BSR64K-R6 2 0-CRGuide PDF

BSR 64000
Command
Reference Guide
Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Release 6.2.0
Notice
EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT, THE SYSTEM,
DOCUMENTATION AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED "AS IS", AS AVAILABLE, WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND. MOTOROLA MOBILITY, INC. DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE SYSTEM WILL MEET
CUSTOMER'S REQUIREMENTS, OR THAT THEIR OPERATION WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR
ERROR-FREE, OR THAT ANY ERRORS CAN OR WILL BE FIXED. MOTOROLA MOBILITY, INC. HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ORAL OR WRITTEN, WITH RESPECT
TO THE SYSTEM AND SERVICES INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, INTEGRATION, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL WARRANTIES ARISING FROM ANY COURSE OF DEALING OR
PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF TRADE.
EXCEPT AS INDICATED IN THE APPLICABLE SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT, MOTOROLA
MOBILITY, INC. SHALL NOT BE LIABLE CONCERNING THE SYSTEM OR SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS
DOCUMENTATION, REGARDLESS OF THE FORM OF ANY CLAIM OR ACTION (WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE, STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE), FOR ANY (A) MATTER BEYOND ITS
REASONABLE CONTROL, (B) LOSS OR INACCURACY OF DATA, LOSS OR INTERRUPTION OF USE, OR
COST OF PROCURING SUBSTITUTE TECHNOLOGY, GOODS OR SERVICES, (C) INDIRECT, PUNITIVE,
INCIDENTAL, RELIANCE, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF BUSINESS, REVENUES, PROFITS OR GOODWILL, OR (D) DIRECT
DAMAGES, IN THE AGGREGATE, IN EXCESS OF THE FEES PAID TO IT HEREUNDER FOR THE SYSTEM
OR SERVICE GIVING RISE TO SUCH DAMAGES DURING THE 12-MONTH PERIOD PRIOR TO THE DATE
THE CAUSE OF ACTION AROSE, EVEN IF COMPANY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES. THESE LIMITATIONS ARE INDEPENDENT FROM ALL OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND SHALL APPLY NOTWITHSTANDING THE FAILURE OF ANY REMEDY PROVIDED
HEREIN.
All Motorola Mobility, Inc. products are furnished under a license agreement included with the product. If you are
unable to locate a copy of the license agreement, please contact Motorola Mobility, Inc.
No part of this publication may be reproduced in any form or by any means or used to make any derivative work (such
as translation, transformation, or adaptation) without written permission from Motorola Mobility, Inc.
Motorola Mobility reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time to time
without obligation on the part of Motorola Mobility to provide notification of such revision or change. Motorola
Mobility provides this guide without warranty of any kind, implied or expressed, including, but not limited to, the
implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. Motorola Mobility may make
improvements or changes in the product(s) described in this manual at any time.
MOTOROLA and the Stylized M Logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Motorola Trademark Holdings,
LLC. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
2011 Motorola Mobility, Inc. All rights reserved.
Release 6.2.0
Published: 7/11
Contents
Preface
Scope ..........................................................................................................................................xlix
Audience.....................................................................................................................................xlix
Documentation Set .....................................................................................................................xlix
Conventions.....................................................................................................................................l
Notes, Cautions, Warnings............................................................................................................lii
If You Need Help .........................................................................................................................liii
Telephone Support.............................................................................................................liii
Online Support...................................................................................................................liv
Motorola BSR Customer Website.......................................................................liv
System Administration Commands

Introduction .................................................................................................................................1-1
System Administration Command Descriptions .........................................................................1-2
aaa accounting commands default....................................................................................1-3
aaa accounting exec default..............................................................................................1-5
aaa authentication enable default......................................................................................1-7
aaa authentication fail-message........................................................................................1-8
aaa authentication local-override......................................................................................1-9
aaa authentication login default......................................................................................1-10
aaa authorization commands default ..............................................................................1-11
aaa authorization exec default ........................................................................................1-13
aaa console authentication..............................................................................................1-14
aaa console authorization commands default .................................................................1-15
iii
BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide
Release 6.2.0
aaa new-model................................................................................................................1-16
alias.................................................................................................................................1-17
banner motd ....................................................................................................................1-18
batch ...............................................................................................................................1-19
boot system.....................................................................................................................1-20
broadcast.........................................................................................................................1-21
carriage-return-lf-mode ..................................................................................................1-22
chassis alias ....................................................................................................................1-23
chassis assetid.................................................................................................................1-24
chkdsk.............................................................................................................................1-25
clear core log ..................................................................................................................1-26
clear evt ..........................................................................................................................1-27
clear log ..........................................................................................................................1-29
clear redundancy stats.....................................................................................................1-30
clock set ..........................................................................................................................1-31
clock summer-time .........................................................................................................1-32
clock timezone................................................................................................................1-34
configure.........................................................................................................................1-36
console authentication radius .........................................................................................1-37
copy ................................................................................................................................1-38
copy core ........................................................................................................................1-40
core .................................................................................................................................1-41
datapath keepalive ..........................................................................................................1-42
datapath pause enable .....................................................................................................1-43
delete...............................................................................................................................1-44
description ......................................................................................................................1-45
dir....................................................................................................................................1-46
disable.............................................................................................................................1-47
duplex .............................................................................................................................1-48
enable..............................................................................................................................1-49
enable authentication radius ...........................................................................................1-50
enable password..............................................................................................................1-51
enable rdn-process ..........................................................................................................1-52
enable secret ...................................................................................................................1-53
iv
Release 6.2.0
Contents
encapsulation snap..........................................................................................................1-54
erase................................................................................................................................1-55
exception.........................................................................................................................1-56
exit ..................................................................................................................................1-57
fastpath timeout slot-recover ..........................................................................................1-58
forced-download.............................................................................................................1-59
format .............................................................................................................................1-60
help .................................................................................................................................1-61
history size......................................................................................................................1-62
hostname.........................................................................................................................1-63
hsim4 slot........................................................................................................................1-64
icp keepalive...................................................................................................................1-65
ip ftp password ...............................................................................................................1-67
ip ftp username ...............................................................................................................1-68
ip netmask-format...........................................................................................................1-69
ip tacacs source-interface ...............................................................................................1-70
ip tftp source-interface loopback ....................................................................................1-71
ldap client .......................................................................................................................1-72
ldap search-base..............................................................................................................1-73
ldap server ......................................................................................................................1-74
load-interval....................................................................................................................1-75
logging............................................................................................................................1-77
logging admin-status ......................................................................................................1-78
logging buffered .............................................................................................................1-80
logging console...............................................................................................................1-82
logging control docsis.....................................................................................................1-84
logging default................................................................................................................1-85
logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages ..................................................................1-86
logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages.....................................................................1-87
logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages.....................................................................1-88
logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages ....................................................................1-89
logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0.......................................................................1-90
logging disable dcc_arrive_new_c203_0 .......................................................................1-91
logging disable dcc_depart_old_c202_0 ........................................................................1-91
Release 6.2.0
logging disable securityuser-login..................................................................................1-92

logging enable-docs-id ...................................................................................................1-93
logging evt clear .............................................................................................................1-95
logging evt set.................................................................................................................1-96
logging facility................................................................................................................1-97
logging on.......................................................................................................................1-98
logging rate-limit ............................................................................................................1-99
logging reporting ..........................................................................................................1-100
logging reporting default ..............................................................................................1-103
logging session .............................................................................................................1-104
logging snmp-trap.........................................................................................................1-105
logging source-interface loopback ...............................................................................1-107
logging trap...................................................................................................................1-108
login..............................................................................................................................1-110
logout............................................................................................................................1-111
macro ............................................................................................................................1-112
memory checkzero........................................................................................................1-113
message.........................................................................................................................1-114
network-clock-select.....................................................................................................1-115
network-clock-select revertive .....................................................................................1-117
more..............................................................................................................................1-118
page...............................................................................................................................1-120
password .......................................................................................................................1-121
patch install...................................................................................................................1-122
privilege restricted ........................................................................................................1-123
radius-server .................................................................................................................1-124
radius-server source-interface loopback.......................................................................1-126
redundancy cmts...........................................................................................................1-127
redundancy dtx .............................................................................................................1-129
redundancy force-switchover cmts...............................................................................1-130
redundancy force-switchover dtx .................................................................................1-132
redundancy force-switchover srm ................................................................................1-133
reload ............................................................................................................................1-134
reload switched.............................................................................................................1-135
vi
Release 6.2.0
Contents
remote copy ..................................................................................................................1-139

remote delete slot..........................................................................................................1-141
remote rm slot...............................................................................................................1-141
remote dir slot...............................................................................................................1-142
remote ls slot.................................................................................................................1-142
repeat ............................................................................................................................1-144
reset...............................................................................................................................1-145
service password-encryption ........................................................................................1-146
session-timeout .............................................................................................................1-147
session-window set.......................................................................................................1-148
set bandwidth-factor .....................................................................................................1-149
set stats poll ..................................................................................................................1-150
show aliases ..................................................................................................................1-152
show boot......................................................................................................................1-154
show chassis alias .........................................................................................................1-155
show chassis assetid .....................................................................................................1-156
show chassis serial-num ...............................................................................................1-157
show chassis status .......................................................................................................1-158
show clock ....................................................................................................................1-162
show core log................................................................................................................1-163
show evt........................................................................................................................1-164
show forced-download .................................................................................................1-168
show history..................................................................................................................1-170
show keepalive .............................................................................................................1-172
show log........................................................................................................................1-174
show log standby ..........................................................................................................1-177
show logging evt...........................................................................................................1-179
show logging reporting.................................................................................................1-180
show logging syslog .....................................................................................................1-183
show macro...................................................................................................................1-184
show memory ...............................................................................................................1-185
show network-clocks ....................................................................................................1-188
show patches-installed..................................................................................................1-189
show pool......................................................................................................................1-191
vii
Release 6.2.0
show process.................................................................................................................1-193
show process cpu..........................................................................................................1-195
show process memory ..................................................................................................1-199
show process msg-q-info..............................................................................................1-202
show process semaphores.............................................................................................1-203
show process stack .......................................................................................................1-205
show redundancy ..........................................................................................................1-207
show redundancy cmts .................................................................................................1-210
show redundancy dtx....................................................................................................1-214
show redundancy srm ...................................................................................................1-217
show reload...................................................................................................................1-219
show running-config.....................................................................................................1-220
show srm alias ..............................................................................................................1-222
show srm assetid...........................................................................................................1-223
show srm serial-num.....................................................................................................1-224
show startup-config ......................................................................................................1-225
show stats fastpath........................................................................................................1-227
show stats summary error.............................................................................................1-229
show stats xfabric .........................................................................................................1-230
show system..................................................................................................................1-231
show system alarms......................................................................................................1-235
show system fans..........................................................................................................1-238
show tacacs...................................................................................................................1-240
show tacacs statistics ....................................................................................................1-241
show tech ......................................................................................................................1-242
show update ..................................................................................................................1-245
show user-group ...........................................................................................................1-246
show users ....................................................................................................................1-248
show vectron slot..........................................................................................................1-250
show version.................................................................................................................1-252
show xfabric .................................................................................................................1-254
slot ................................................................................................................................1-256
speed .............................................................................................................................1-257
srm alias........................................................................................................................1-258
viii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
srm assetid ....................................................................................................................1-259

sync file ........................................................................................................................1-261
system temperature-threshold.......................................................................................1-262
tacacs reset-connections ...............................................................................................1-264
tacacs-server host..........................................................................................................1-265
tacacs-server key ..........................................................................................................1-267
tacacs-server port..........................................................................................................1-268
tacacs-server retry.........................................................................................................1-269
tacacs-server timeout ....................................................................................................1-270
telnet .............................................................................................................................1-271
telnet authentication radius...........................................................................................1-272
telnet session-limit........................................................................................................1-273
update bypass................................................................................................................1-274
update chassis ...............................................................................................................1-275
update slot.....................................................................................................................1-276
username.......................................................................................................................1-277
username privilege........................................................................................................1-279
username user-group ....................................................................................................1-280
xfabric keepalive ..........................................................................................................1-281
IP Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................2-1
IP Command Descriptions ..........................................................................................................2-2
arp .....................................................................................................................................2-3
arp timeout........................................................................................................................2-5
cable helper-address .........................................................................................................2-6
clear arp-cache..................................................................................................................2-8
clear counters....................................................................................................................2-9
clear host.........................................................................................................................2-10
clear ip route ...................................................................................................................2-11
clear ip traffic .................................................................................................................2-12
clear sntp history.............................................................................................................2-13
host authorization ...........................................................................................................2-14
interface ..........................................................................................................................2-16
ix
Release 6.2.0
ip access-group ...............................................................................................................2-18
ip address ........................................................................................................................2-19
ip broadcast-address .......................................................................................................2-23
ip dhcp relay information ...............................................................................................2-24
ip domain-list..................................................................................................................2-26
ip domain-lookup............................................................................................................2-27
ip domain-name ..............................................................................................................2-28
ip forward-protocol udp..................................................................................................2-29
ip forwarding ..................................................................................................................2-30
ip helper-address.............................................................................................................2-31
ip host .............................................................................................................................2-32
ip irdp..............................................................................................................................2-33
ip mask-reply ..................................................................................................................2-35
ip mtu..............................................................................................................................2-36
ip multicast fastpath........................................................................................................2-37
ip name-server ................................................................................................................2-39
ip proxy-arp ....................................................................................................................2-40
ip rarp-server ..................................................................................................................2-41
ip redirects ......................................................................................................................2-42
ip route............................................................................................................................2-43
ip routing ........................................................................................................................2-44
ip source-route ................................................................................................................2-45
ip unreachables ...............................................................................................................2-46
passive-interface .............................................................................................................2-47
ping .................................................................................................................................2-49
show arp..........................................................................................................................2-51
show controllers..............................................................................................................2-53
show host authorization..................................................................................................2-55
show host authorization cpe ...........................................................................................2-56
show host authorization interface cable .........................................................................2-58
show host authorization summary ..................................................................................2-60
show host unauthorized cpe............................................................................................2-62
show hosts ......................................................................................................................2-63
show interfaces ...............................................................................................................2-64
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show ip arp .....................................................................................................................2-66

show ip dhcp stats...........................................................................................................2-69
show ip filters .................................................................................................................2-70
show ip filters summary .................................................................................................2-74
show ip flows..................................................................................................................2-77
show ip forwarding-table................................................................................................2-79
show ip forwarding-table ecmp ......................................................................................2-81
show ip forwarding-table hsim.......................................................................................2-83
show ip interface.............................................................................................................2-85
show ip irdp ....................................................................................................................2-88
show ip multicast fastpath ..............................................................................................2-90
show ip multicast fwd-cache ..........................................................................................2-91
show ip protocols............................................................................................................2-93
show ip route ..................................................................................................................2-95
show ip traffic.................................................................................................................2-98
show l2-cam..................................................................................................................2-102
show sntp ......................................................................................................................2-105
show tcp brief ...............................................................................................................2-106
show tcp statistics .........................................................................................................2-107
shutdown.......................................................................................................................2-111
sntp authenticate ...........................................................................................................2-112
sntp authentication-key.................................................................................................2-113
sntp broadcastdelay ......................................................................................................2-114
sntp broadcast client .....................................................................................................2-115
sntp disable ...................................................................................................................2-116
sntp response timeout ...................................................................................................2-117
sntp server.....................................................................................................................2-118
sntp source-interface loopback .....................................................................................2-120
sntp timer ......................................................................................................................2-121
sntp trusted-key ............................................................................................................2-122
traceroute ......................................................................................................................2-123
trap-enable-if ................................................................................................................2-125
trap-enable-rdn .............................................................................................................2-126
tunnel destination..........................................................................................................2-127
xi
Release 6.2.0
tunnel mode ..................................................................................................................2-128

tunnel source.................................................................................................................2-129
unresolved-ip-packet-throttle .......................................................................................2-130
SNMP Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................3-1
SNMP Command Descriptions ...................................................................................................3-2
show snmp ........................................................................................................................3-3
snmp-server access ...........................................................................................................3-9
snmp-server chassis-id....................................................................................................3-11
snmp-server community .................................................................................................3-12
snmp-server community-table ........................................................................................3-13
snmp-server contact........................................................................................................3-16
snmp-server context........................................................................................................3-17
snmp-server convert .......................................................................................................3-18
snmp-server docs-trap-control........................................................................................3-19
snmp-server enable informs ...........................................................................................3-21
snmp-server enable traps ................................................................................................3-22
snmp-server engineID ....................................................................................................3-24
snmp-server ether ...........................................................................................................3-25
snmp-server group ..........................................................................................................3-26
snmp-server host.............................................................................................................3-27
snmp-server location ......................................................................................................3-30
snmp-server manager response-timeout .........................................................................3-31
snmp-server notify..........................................................................................................3-32
snmp-server notify-filter.................................................................................................3-34
snmp-server notify-filter-profile.....................................................................................3-36
snmp-server packetsize...................................................................................................3-38
snmp-server port number................................................................................................3-39
snmp-server shutdown....................................................................................................3-40
snmp-server sysname......................................................................................................3-41
snmp-server target-addr..................................................................................................3-42
snmp-server target-params .............................................................................................3-45
snmp-server trap rate-limit .............................................................................................3-48
xii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
snmp-server trap-source loopback..................................................................................3-49

snmp-server user.............................................................................................................3-50
snmp-server view............................................................................................................3-52
Debug Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................4-1
Debug Command Descriptions ...................................................................................................4-1
debug aps ..........................................................................................................................4-2
debug arp ..........................................................................................................................4-3
debug cable err .................................................................................................................4-4
debug cable keyman .........................................................................................................4-5
debug cable mac ...............................................................................................................4-6
debug cable map ...............................................................................................................4-7
debug cable modem-select ...............................................................................................4-8
debug cable privacy..........................................................................................................4-9
debug cable qos ..............................................................................................................4-10
debug cable range ...........................................................................................................4-11
debug cable reg...............................................................................................................4-12
debug cable remote-query ..............................................................................................4-13
debug cable ucc ..............................................................................................................4-14
debug ip access-list.........................................................................................................4-15
debug ip bgp ...................................................................................................................4-16
debug ip dvmrp...............................................................................................................4-18
debug ip icmp .................................................................................................................4-19
debug ip igmp .................................................................................................................4-20
debug ip mfm..................................................................................................................4-21
debug ip mrtm.................................................................................................................4-22
debug ip ospf ..................................................................................................................4-23
debug ip packet...............................................................................................................4-25
debug ip pim ...................................................................................................................4-27
debug ip policy ...............................................................................................................4-29
debug ip redistribute .......................................................................................................4-30
debug ip rip.....................................................................................................................4-32
debug ip rip database ......................................................................................................4-33
xiii
Release 6.2.0
debug ip rip events..........................................................................................................4-34

debug ip rip trigger .........................................................................................................4-35
debug ip tcp transactions ................................................................................................4-36
debug ip udp ...................................................................................................................4-37
debug ip vrrp...................................................................................................................4-38
debug ipsec .....................................................................................................................4-39
debug ipv6 all .................................................................................................................4-41
debug ipv6 dhcp .............................................................................................................4-42
debug ipv6 icmp6 ...........................................................................................................4-43
debug ipv6 packet...........................................................................................................4-44
debug ipv6 tcp6 ..............................................................................................................4-45
debug ipv6 udp6 .............................................................................................................4-46
debug isis adj-packets.....................................................................................................4-47
debug isis authentication ................................................................................................4-48
debug isis snp-packets ....................................................................................................4-49
debug isis spf-event ........................................................................................................4-50
debug isis spf-statistics ...................................................................................................4-51
debug isis spf-triggers.....................................................................................................4-52
debug isis update-packets ...............................................................................................4-53
debug mpls forwarding...................................................................................................4-54
debug mpls rsvp..............................................................................................................4-55
debug nd .........................................................................................................................4-57
debug packet-cable .........................................................................................................4-58
debug ppp fsm ................................................................................................................4-59
debug ppp packet............................................................................................................4-60
debug radius....................................................................................................................4-61
debug snmp.....................................................................................................................4-62
debug sntp.......................................................................................................................4-63
debug specmgr................................................................................................................4-64
debug ssh ........................................................................................................................4-65
debug tacacs....................................................................................................................4-66
debug tacacs events ........................................................................................................4-67
debug task monitor .........................................................................................................4-68
debug tunnel ...................................................................................................................4-72
xiv
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show debugging..............................................................................................................4-73
undebug all .....................................................................................................................4-74
Access List Commands

Introduction .................................................................................................................................5-1
Access List Command Descriptions ...........................................................................................5-1
access-class in...................................................................................................................5-2
access-list (standard) ........................................................................................................5-3
access-list (extended)........................................................................................................5-4
ip access-group ...............................................................................................................5-12
ip access-list....................................................................................................................5-13
show access-lists.............................................................................................................5-14
Routing Policy Commands

Introduction .................................................................................................................................6-1
Routing Policy Command Descriptions......................................................................................6-1
default-information originate............................................................................................6-2
default-metric ...................................................................................................................6-4
ip local policy route-map..................................................................................................6-5
ip policy route-map...........................................................................................................6-6
match as-path....................................................................................................................6-7
match community .............................................................................................................6-8
match ip address ...............................................................................................................6-9
match ip next-hop ...........................................................................................................6-10
match ip route-source .....................................................................................................6-11
match metric ...................................................................................................................6-12
match route-type external ...............................................................................................6-13
match route-type internal................................................................................................6-14
match tag ........................................................................................................................6-15
route-map........................................................................................................................6-16
set as-path prepend .........................................................................................................6-18
set automatic-tag.............................................................................................................6-19
set comm-list ..................................................................................................................6-20
set community ................................................................................................................6-22
xv
Release 6.2.0
set default interface.........................................................................................................6-24

set interface.....................................................................................................................6-25
set ip default next-hop ....................................................................................................6-26
set ip diff-serv.................................................................................................................6-27
set ip next-hop ................................................................................................................6-29
set ip qos queue ..............................................................................................................6-30
set local-preference.........................................................................................................6-31
set metric ........................................................................................................................6-32
set metric-type ................................................................................................................6-33
set origin .........................................................................................................................6-34
set tag..............................................................................................................................6-35
set weight........................................................................................................................6-36
show ip redistribute ........................................................................................................6-37
show ip traffic.................................................................................................................6-39
show route-map ..............................................................................................................6-40
RIP Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................7-1
RIP Command Descriptions........................................................................................................7-1
auto-summary ...................................................................................................................7-2
clear ip rip statistics ..........................................................................................................7-3
default-information originate............................................................................................7-4
default-metric ...................................................................................................................7-5
distance .............................................................................................................................7-6
distribute-list in.................................................................................................................7-7
distribute-list out...............................................................................................................7-8
graceful-restart-period ......................................................................................................7-9
ip rip authentication key .................................................................................................7-10
ip rip host-routes.............................................................................................................7-11
ip rip message-digest-key md5.......................................................................................7-12
ip rip receive version ......................................................................................................7-13
ip rip send version ..........................................................................................................7-14
ip split-horizon................................................................................................................7-15
maximum-paths ..............................................................................................................7-16
xvi
Release 6.2.0
Contents
network ...........................................................................................................................7-17
offset-list.........................................................................................................................7-18
output-delay....................................................................................................................7-20
redistribute......................................................................................................................7-22
router rip .........................................................................................................................7-24
show ip rip database .......................................................................................................7-25
source-port 520...............................................................................................................7-27
timers basic.....................................................................................................................7-28
version ............................................................................................................................7-30
OSPF Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................8-1
OSPF Command Descriptions ....................................................................................................8-1
area authentication............................................................................................................8-2
area default-cost................................................................................................................8-3
area nssa............................................................................................................................8-4
area range..........................................................................................................................8-5
area stub............................................................................................................................8-6
area virtual-link ................................................................................................................8-7
auto-cost reference-bandwidth .........................................................................................8-9
auto-virtual-link..............................................................................................................8-10
clear ip ospf ....................................................................................................................8-11
default-information originate..........................................................................................8-12
default-metric .................................................................................................................8-13
distance ...........................................................................................................................8-14
distance ospf ...................................................................................................................8-15
distribute-list...................................................................................................................8-17
graceful-restart................................................................................................................8-18
helper-mode....................................................................................................................8-19
ip ospf authentication-key ..............................................................................................8-21
ip ospf cost......................................................................................................................8-22
ip ospf database-filter all out ..........................................................................................8-23
ip ospf dead-interval .......................................................................................................8-24
xvii
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf hello-interval.......................................................................................................8-25
ip ospf message-digest-key.............................................................................................8-26
ip ospf network ...............................................................................................................8-27
ip ospf priority ................................................................................................................8-28
ip ospf retransmit-interval ..............................................................................................8-29
ip ospf transmit-delay .....................................................................................................8-30
maximum-paths ..............................................................................................................8-31
moto-nsf..........................................................................................................................8-32
network area ...................................................................................................................8-34
redistribute......................................................................................................................8-36
rfc1583-compatible.........................................................................................................8-38
router-id ..........................................................................................................................8-39
router ospf.......................................................................................................................8-40
show ip ospf....................................................................................................................8-41
show ip ospf border-routers............................................................................................8-43
show ip ospf database.....................................................................................................8-44
show ip ospf interface.....................................................................................................8-47
show ip ospf memory .....................................................................................................8-49
show ip ospf neighbor ....................................................................................................8-51
show ip ospf network......................................................................................................8-53
show ip ospf virtual-links ...............................................................................................8-54
summary-address............................................................................................................8-55
timers spf ........................................................................................................................8-56
IGMP Commands
Introduction .................................................................................................................................9-1
IGMP Command Descriptions ....................................................................................................9-2
clear ip igmp counters ......................................................................................................9-3
ip igmp access-group........................................................................................................9-4
ip igmp querier-timeout....................................................................................................9-5
ip igmp query-interval ......................................................................................................9-6
ip igmp last-member-query-count ....................................................................................9-7
ip igmp last-member-query-interval.................................................................................9-8
xviii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
ip igmp query-max-response-time....................................................................................9-9
ip igmp static-group........................................................................................................9-10
ip igmp version ...............................................................................................................9-11
ip igmp version1-querier ................................................................................................9-12
show ip igmp groups ......................................................................................................9-13
show ip igmp interface ...................................................................................................9-16
show ip igmp statistics....................................................................................................9-18
10
VRRP Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................10-1
VRRP Command Descriptions..................................................................................................10-1
clear ip vrrp.....................................................................................................................10-2
ip vrrp .............................................................................................................................10-3
ip vrrp (virtual router ID) ...............................................................................................10-4
ip vrrp address ................................................................................................................10-5
ip vrrp authentication key...............................................................................................10-6
ip vrrp authentication type..............................................................................................10-7
ip vrrp enable..................................................................................................................10-8
ip vrrp preempt ...............................................................................................................10-9
ip vrrp priority ..............................................................................................................10-10
ip vrrp primary-ip .........................................................................................................10-11
ip vrrp timer..................................................................................................................10-12
ip vrrp verify-availability .............................................................................................10-13
show ip vrrp..................................................................................................................10-14
11
IP Multicast Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................11-1
MRTM Command Descriptions................................................................................................11-1
ip mroute.........................................................................................................................11-2
ip mroute static distance .................................................................................................11-3
ip mroute unicast distance ..............................................................................................11-4
ip multicast-routing ........................................................................................................11-5
show ip rpf......................................................................................................................11-6
MFM Command Descriptions...................................................................................................11-7
xix
Release 6.2.0
clear ip multicast fwd-cache...........................................................................................11-8

clear ip multicast proto-cache.........................................................................................11-9
mtrace ...........................................................................................................................11-10
show ip multicast cache-summary................................................................................11-11
show ip multicast fwd-cache ........................................................................................11-12
show ip multicast interface...........................................................................................11-13
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache....................................................................................11-14
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache ..............................................................................11-15
show ip multicast proto-cache ......................................................................................11-16
12
DVMRP Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................12-1
DVMRP Command Descriptions..............................................................................................12-1
ip dvmrp accept-filter .....................................................................................................12-2
ip dvmrp default-information originate ..........................................................................12-3
ip dvmrp metric-offset....................................................................................................12-4
ip dvmrp output-report-delay .........................................................................................12-5
ip dvmrp out-report-filter ...............................................................................................12-6
ip dvmrp probe-interval..................................................................................................12-7
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners ...........................................................................................12-8
ip dvmrp summary-address ............................................................................................12-9
network .........................................................................................................................12-10
router dvmrp .................................................................................................................12-11
show ip dvmrp information ..........................................................................................12-12
show ip dvmrp interface ...............................................................................................12-13
show ip dvmrp neighbor...............................................................................................12-14
show ip dvmrp network ................................................................................................12-15
show ip dvmrp route.....................................................................................................12-16
show ip dvmrp route hold-down...................................................................................12-17
show ip dvmrp summary-route.....................................................................................12-18
show ip dvmrp tunnels..................................................................................................12-19
xx
Release 6.2.0
13
Contents
CMTS Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................13-1
CMTS Command Descriptions .................................................................................................13-1
arp timeout......................................................................................................................13-2
balance............................................................................................................................13-3
band ................................................................................................................................13-4
bind cmts ........................................................................................................................13-5
bootrom-filename ...........................................................................................................13-6
bootrom-invalidate slot...................................................................................................13-7
bridge cable intercept .....................................................................................................13-8
cable arp throttle upstream ...........................................................................................13-10
cable bind (2:8 CMTS).................................................................................................13-11
cable bind (RX48) ........................................................................................................13-13
cable bundle..................................................................................................................13-15
cable bundle master ......................................................................................................13-16
cable cm-sg-resolution..................................................................................................13-17
cable cm-status-event ...................................................................................................13-18
cable cmts type .............................................................................................................13-20
cable concatenation docsis-1.0 .....................................................................................13-21
cable deny ip.................................................................................................................13-22
cable dhcp force-unicast ...............................................................................................13-23
cable dhcp preserve-server-id.......................................................................................13-24
cable dhcp-giaddr primary............................................................................................13-25
cable dhcp leasequery message-type ............................................................................13-26
cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment..........................................................................13-28
cable disable bpi-cmcert ...............................................................................................13-29
cable disable eth-pkt-filtering.......................................................................................13-30
cable downstream aggregate.........................................................................................13-31
cable downstream bonding disable...............................................................................13-32
cable downstream bonding-domain..............................................................................13-33
cable downstream bonding-group ................................................................................13-34
cable downstream bonding-group service-flow-attribute.............................................13-37
cable downstream carrier-only .....................................................................................13-39
cable downstream channel-id .......................................................................................13-40
xxi
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream channel-mode .................................................................................13-41

cable downstream cm-status-event...............................................................................13-42
cable downstream description ......................................................................................13-43
cable downstream fiber-node .......................................................................................13-44
cable downstream frequency ........................................................................................13-45
cable downstream interleave-depth ..............................................................................13-47
cable downstream loadbalance-group ..........................................................................13-49
cable downstream modulation......................................................................................13-50
cable downstream multicast enable ..............................................................................13-51
cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval..............................................................13-52
cable downstream port..................................................................................................13-53
cable downstream power-level .....................................................................................13-54
cable downstream primary-capable..............................................................................13-56
cable downstream rate-limit .........................................................................................13-57
cable downstream schedule ..........................................................................................13-58
cable downstream scrambler on ...................................................................................13-59
cable downstream service-flow-attribute .....................................................................13-60
cable downstream shutdown.........................................................................................13-62
cable downstream sync-interval ...................................................................................13-63
cable downstream threshold .........................................................................................13-64
cable downstream trap-enable-if ..................................................................................13-66
cable downstream trap-enable-rdn ...............................................................................13-67
cable dtx type................................................................................................................13-68
cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout......................................................................13-69
cable fast-path cm.........................................................................................................13-70
cable filter group index src-ip.......................................................................................13-71
cable filter group index dst-ip.......................................................................................13-72
cable filter group index ulp...........................................................................................13-73
cable filter group index tos ...........................................................................................13-74
cable filter group index action......................................................................................13-75
cable filter group index enable .....................................................................................13-76
cable flap-list aging ......................................................................................................13-77
cable flap-list insertion-time.........................................................................................13-79
cable flap-list miss-threshold........................................................................................13-80
xxii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
cable flap-list percentage threshold ..............................................................................13-81

cable flap-list power-adjust threshold ..........................................................................13-82
cable flap-list size .........................................................................................................13-83
cable flap-list trap-enable .............................................................................................13-84
cable helper-address .....................................................................................................13-85
cable helper-address host vendor-class-identifiers.......................................................13-87
cable host authorization range ......................................................................................13-88
cable insert-interval ......................................................................................................13-89
cable intercept...............................................................................................................13-90
cable ip-broadcast-echo ................................................................................................13-92
cable ip-multicast-echo.................................................................................................13-93
cable load-balance ........................................................................................................13-94
cable loadbalance-group...............................................................................................13-95
cable loadbalance-policy ..............................................................................................13-96
cable loadbalance-restricted (2:8 CMTS).....................................................................13-97
cable loadbalance-restricted (RX48) ............................................................................13-99
cable loadbalance-rule ................................................................................................13-100
cable load-balance spectrum-group............................................................................13-103
cable load-balancing dcc-mrc-mode...........................................................................13-104
cable load-balancing interval......................................................................................13-105
cable load-balancing tcc .............................................................................................13-106
cable mdd-interval ......................................................................................................13-107
cable modem-aging-timer...........................................................................................13-108
cable modem control ..................................................................................................13-109
cable modem dcc ........................................................................................................13-111
cable modem deny......................................................................................................13-113
cable modem disable loadbalancing...........................................................................13-114
cable modem max-hosts .............................................................................................13-115
cable modem max-hosts-all........................................................................................13-116
cable modem qos dsa..................................................................................................13-117
cable modem qos dsc..................................................................................................13-119
cable modem qos dsd..................................................................................................13-120
cable modem remote-query ........................................................................................13-121
cable modem remote-query source-interface .............................................................13-122
xxiii
Release 6.2.0
cable modem service-class-name ...............................................................................13-125

cable modem ucc ........................................................................................................13-127
cable modem updis .....................................................................................................13-129
cable modem vendor...................................................................................................13-130
cable modulation-profile ............................................................................................13-131
cable modulation-profile copy....................................................................................13-135
cable modulation-profile description..........................................................................13-136
cable modulation-profile reset....................................................................................13-137
cable mta-protection enable........................................................................................13-138
cable multicast ............................................................................................................13-139
cable multi-ds-override...............................................................................................13-141
cable non-chan-specific cm-status-event....................................................................13-142
cable partial-service....................................................................................................13-144
cable privacy add-certificate.......................................................................................13-145
cable privacy auth life-time ........................................................................................13-147
cable privacy cert........................................................................................................13-148
cable privacy cm-auth life-time..................................................................................13-149
cable privacy cm-auth reset ........................................................................................13-150
cable privacy cm-tek life-time....................................................................................13-152
cable privacy cm-tek reset ..........................................................................................13-153
cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus ...................................................................................13-154
cable privacy mandatory.............................................................................................13-155
cable privacy mcast ....................................................................................................13-157
cable privacy mcast access .........................................................................................13-158
cable privacy tek life-time ..........................................................................................13-159
cable qos max-burst....................................................................................................13-160
cable qos-profile .........................................................................................................13-161
cable security authorized ............................................................................................13-162
cable security dhcp-server permit...............................................................................13-163
cable security failure...................................................................................................13-164
cable shared-secret......................................................................................................13-165
cable shared-secondary-secret ....................................................................................13-166
cable spectrum-group .................................................................................................13-167
cable spm-management ..............................................................................................13-168
xxiv
Release 6.2.0
Contents
cable submgmt default cpe-control active..................................................................13-169

cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable.............................................................13-170
cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe..............................................................13-171
cable submgmt default filter-group ............................................................................13-172
cable submgmt default filter-group cm ......................................................................13-173
cable sync-interval......................................................................................................13-174
cable tcpudp-filter group index src-port .....................................................................13-175
cable tcpudp-filter group index dst-port .....................................................................13-176
cable tcpudp-filter group index enable .......................................................................13-177
cable tcpudp-filter group index tcp-flag .....................................................................13-178
cable ucd-interval .......................................................................................................13-179
cable upstream active-codes .......................................................................................13-180
cable upstream capability ...........................................................................................13-182
cable upstream channel-id ..........................................................................................13-184
cable upstream channel-type ......................................................................................13-186
cable upstream channel-width ....................................................................................13-188
cable upstream cm-status-event..................................................................................13-191
cable upstream codes-minislot ...................................................................................13-193
cable upstream concatenation.....................................................................................13-195
cable upstream data-backoff.......................................................................................13-196
cable upstream description .........................................................................................13-198
cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value................................................................13-200
cable upstream eq-magnitude-scaling ........................................................................13-202
cable upstream fiber-node ..........................................................................................13-204
cable upstream force-frag ...........................................................................................13-205
cable upstream frequency (2:8 CMTS) ......................................................................13-207
cable upstream frequency (RX48)..............................................................................13-209
cable upstream global-clock .......................................................................................13-211
cable upstream global-clock enable............................................................................13-212
cable upstream hopping-seed .....................................................................................13-213
cable upstream ingress-canceller enable ....................................................................13-215
cable upstream init-tech-override ...............................................................................13-217
cable upstream invited-range-interval ........................................................................13-218
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (2:8 CMTS) ............................................................13-220
xxv
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (RX48)....................................................................13-221

cable upstream loadbalance-group .............................................................................13-222
cable upstream maintain-power-density on................................................................13-223
cable upstream map-interval.......................................................................................13-225
cable upstream max-calls ...........................................................................................13-227
cable upstream minislot-size ......................................................................................13-228
cable upstream modem-ranging-delay .......................................................................13-230
cable upstream modulation-profile.............................................................................13-232
cable upstream physical-delay....................................................................................13-234
cable upstream port.....................................................................................................13-238
cable upstream power-level (2:8 CMTS) ...................................................................13-239
cable upstream power-level (RX48)...........................................................................13-241
cable upstream power-level default (2:8 CMTS) .......................................................13-243
cable upstream power-level default (RX48)...............................................................13-245
cable upstream pre-equalization .................................................................................13-247
cable upstream range-backoff.....................................................................................13-249
cable upstream range-forced-continue .......................................................................13-251
cable upstream range-power-override ........................................................................13-252
cable upstream rate-limit ............................................................................................13-253
cable upstream schedule .............................................................................................13-255
cable upstream shutdown ...........................................................................................13-256
cable upstream snr-offset............................................................................................13-257
cable upstream spectrum-group..................................................................................13-258
cable upstream spread-interval ...................................................................................13-259
cable upstream trap-enable-cmts ................................................................................13-261
cable upstream trap-enable-if .....................................................................................13-263
cable upstream trap-enable-rdn ..................................................................................13-265
cable utilization-interval.............................................................................................13-267
channel-type ...............................................................................................................13-268
clear cable dcc-stats....................................................................................................13-270
clear cable downstream bonding-group statistics.......................................................13-271
clear cable flap-list .....................................................................................................13-272
clear cable host ...........................................................................................................13-273
clear cable modem......................................................................................................13-274
xxvi
Release 6.2.0
Contents
clear cable modem downstream .................................................................................13-276

clear cable modem reject-pk reset ..............................................................................13-277
clear cable modem reject-pt reset ...............................................................................13-277
clear cable modem offline ..........................................................................................13-278
clear cable modem sync..............................................................................................13-279
clear cable modem downstream partial-service reset.................................................13-280
clear cable qos svc-flow statistics...............................................................................13-281
clear cable srvclass-stats.............................................................................................13-282
clear cable ucc-stats....................................................................................................13-284
clear cable ugs-stats....................................................................................................13-285
clear counters cable ....................................................................................................13-286
clear interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats .................................................13-287
clear interfaces cable upstream signal-quality............................................................13-288
clear stats cable...........................................................................................................13-289
clear usage-stats..........................................................................................................13-290
cmts-id ........................................................................................................................13-291
codes-subframe...........................................................................................................13-292
collect interval ............................................................................................................13-293
collect resolution ........................................................................................................13-294
dhcp leasequery authorization on ...............................................................................13-295
differential-encoding on .............................................................................................13-296
docstest .......................................................................................................................13-297
docstest type ...............................................................................................................13-298
fec-codeword ..............................................................................................................13-300
fec-correction..............................................................................................................13-301
fft display....................................................................................................................13-302
fft setup.......................................................................................................................13-304
fft start ........................................................................................................................13-306
fft store........................................................................................................................13-309
frequency-test-method................................................................................................13-310
guard-band..................................................................................................................13-311
hop action band...........................................................................................................13-312
hop action channel-width ...........................................................................................13-313
hop action frequency ..................................................................................................13-314
xxvii
Release 6.2.0
hop action modulation-profile ....................................................................................13-315

hop action power-level ...............................................................................................13-316
hop action roll-back....................................................................................................13-318
hop modulation-rollback-count ..................................................................................13-319
hop period...................................................................................................................13-320
hop snr hysteresis .......................................................................................................13-321
hop sampling-period active-channel...........................................................................13-323
hop sampling-period rollback-channel .......................................................................13-324
hop sampling-period spare-channel............................................................................13-325
hop threshold error .....................................................................................................13-326
hop threshold flap .......................................................................................................13-327
hop threshold snr modulation-type.............................................................................13-328
init-tech.......................................................................................................................13-330
interface cable.............................................................................................................13-331
interleaver-block-size .................................................................................................13-332
interleaver-depth.........................................................................................................13-333
interleaver-step-size....................................................................................................13-334
ip address ....................................................................................................................13-335
ip dhcp relay information option ................................................................................13-338
iuc ...............................................................................................................................13-339
last-codeword-length ..................................................................................................13-342
load-balancing ............................................................................................................13-343
load-balancing static...................................................................................................13-344
max-burst....................................................................................................................13-345
mdrc enable ................................................................................................................13-346
modulation-type..........................................................................................................13-347
ping docsis ..................................................................................................................13-349
policy rule...................................................................................................................13-350
preamble-length..........................................................................................................13-351
preamble-type .............................................................................................................13-352
reference-modem-exclusion .......................................................................................13-353
scrambler-mode ..........................................................................................................13-354
scrambler-seed............................................................................................................13-355
show bindings.............................................................................................................13-356
xxviii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show cable binding .....................................................................................................13-357

show cable bonding-group minrr-multipliers.............................................................13-359
show cable channel-set ...............................................................................................13-361
show cable dcc-stats ...................................................................................................13-363
show cable downstream..............................................................................................13-365
show cable downstream bonding-groups ...................................................................13-368
show cable downstream idlist.....................................................................................13-371
show cable fiber-node.................................................................................................13-372
show cable filter .........................................................................................................13-374
show cable flap-list.....................................................................................................13-375
show cable insert-interval...........................................................................................13-377
show cable loadbalance-group ...................................................................................13-378
show cable loadbalance-no-move-list ........................................................................13-380
show cable loadbalance-policy...................................................................................13-382
show cable loadbalance-restricted..............................................................................13-384
show cable loadbalance-rule.......................................................................................13-385
show cable md-ds-sg ..................................................................................................13-386
show cable md-cm-sg .................................................................................................13-388
show cable md-us-sg ..................................................................................................13-390
show cable modem .....................................................................................................13-392
show cable modem bonding .......................................................................................13-396
show cable modem cpe...............................................................................................13-398
show cable modem detail ...........................................................................................13-401
show cable modem downstream bonding...................................................................13-405
show cable modem downstream partial-service.........................................................13-408
show cable flap-list.....................................................................................................13-409
show cable modem hosts ............................................................................................13-412
show cable modem loadbalance-group ......................................................................13-414
show cable modem mac..............................................................................................13-416
show cable modem mac30..........................................................................................13-419
show cable modem maintenance ................................................................................13-422
show cable modem max-rate ......................................................................................13-424
show cable modem mta ..............................................................................................13-425
show cable modem ps.................................................................................................13-425
xxix
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem stb................................................................................................13-425

show cable modem offline..........................................................................................13-430
show cable modem offline-previous ..........................................................................13-432
show cable modem phy ..............................................................................................13-434
show cable modem qos...............................................................................................13-437
show cable modem qos summary...............................................................................13-440
show cable modem registered ....................................................................................13-443
show cable modem remote-query...............................................................................13-446
show cable modem security........................................................................................13-451
show cable modem stats .............................................................................................13-456
show cable modem summary .....................................................................................13-459
show cable modem summary percentage ...................................................................13-462
show cable modem summary total .............................................................................13-464
show cable modem svc-flow-id..................................................................................13-466
show cable modem svc-flow-id detail........................................................................13-468
show cable modem throughput...................................................................................13-471
show cable modem time-registered ............................................................................13-473
show cable modem timing-offset ...............................................................................13-476
show cable modem unregistered ................................................................................13-480
show cable modem vendor .........................................................................................13-482
show cable modem vendor summary .........................................................................13-484
show cable modem verbose........................................................................................13-486
show cable modulation-profile ...................................................................................13-488
show cable modulation-profile brief ..........................................................................13-491
show cable modulation-profile description ................................................................13-492
show cable qos svc-flow param-set............................................................................13-493
show cable qos svc-flow summary.............................................................................13-495
show cable privacy auth .............................................................................................13-497
show cable privacy cm-auth .......................................................................................13-498
show cable privacy cm-tek .........................................................................................13-499
show cable privacy cmts.............................................................................................13-501
show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus..........................................................................13-502
show cable privacy mandatory ...................................................................................13-503
show cable privacy tek ...............................................................................................13-504
xxx
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show cable qos profile ................................................................................................13-505

show cable qos profile user-defined ...........................................................................13-508
show cable qos svc-flow classifier .............................................................................13-511
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat .......................................................................13-514
show cable qos svc-flow log.......................................................................................13-515
show cable qos svc-flow param-set............................................................................13-516
show cable qos svc-flow phs ......................................................................................13-519
show cable qos svc-flow statistics..............................................................................13-521
show cable qos svc-flow summary.............................................................................13-523
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat ......................................................................13-524
show cable spectrum-group........................................................................................13-525
show cable spectrum-group load-balance summary...................................................13-528
show cable spectrum-group map ................................................................................13-529
show cable spectrum-group modem-exclusion-list ....................................................13-531
show cable spectrum-group reference-modem...........................................................13-532
show cable spectrum-group snr-thresholds ................................................................13-533
show cable spectrum-group stats................................................................................13-534
show cable submgmt default ......................................................................................13-536
show cable sync-interval ............................................................................................13-537
show cable tcpudp-filter .............................................................................................13-538
show cable ucc-stats ...................................................................................................13-539
show cable ucd-interval..............................................................................................13-541
show cable ugs-stats ...................................................................................................13-542
show cable upstream...................................................................................................13-544
show cable upstream global-clock..............................................................................13-548
show controllers cable downstream xfpga .................................................................13-549
show controllers cable ds-mac....................................................................................13-552
show controllers cable ds-phy ....................................................................................13-556
show controllers cable ixp ..........................................................................................13-558
show docsis-version....................................................................................................13-560
show docstest..............................................................................................................13-561
show interfaces cable..................................................................................................13-562
show interfaces cable bandwidth voice ......................................................................13-568
show interfaces cable configuration ...........................................................................13-570
xxxi
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable downstream .............................................................................13-572

show interfaces cable intercept...................................................................................13-576
show interfaces cable service-class ............................................................................13-578
show interfaces cable stats..........................................................................................13-581
show interfaces cable upstream ..................................................................................13-583
show interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats.................................................13-588
show running-config cable downstream port .............................................................13-590
show stats cmts ...........................................................................................................13-592
show stats summary error...........................................................................................13-595
snr display...................................................................................................................13-597
snr loop .......................................................................................................................13-598
snr setup......................................................................................................................13-600
snr setup-get................................................................................................................13-602
snr setup-spare-mod-profile........................................................................................13-603
snr start .......................................................................................................................13-604
snr store ......................................................................................................................13-605
spectrum-copy ............................................................................................................13-606
spreader on..................................................................................................................13-607
tcm-encoding on .........................................................................................................13-608
time band ....................................................................................................................13-609
time delete ..................................................................................................................13-610
vendor-class-identifier................................................................................................13-611
14
TX32/RX48 show Commands

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................14-1
RX48 show Command Descriptions .........................................................................................14-2
show cable binding .........................................................................................................14-3
show cable modem detail ...............................................................................................14-5
show cable modem topology ..........................................................................................14-8
show cable qos svc-flow classifier ...............................................................................14-10
show cable service-class...............................................................................................14-13
show cable srvclass-stats ..............................................................................................14-17
show cable upstream.....................................................................................................14-19
show chassis status .......................................................................................................14-24
xxxii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show controllers cable downstream ds-mac .................................................................14-28

show controllers cable downstream ds-phy..................................................................14-32
show controllers cable downstream xfpga ...................................................................14-34
show controllers cable upstream calibrate....................................................................14-37
show controllers cable upstream rxfpga .......................................................................14-43
show controllers cable upstream us-mac......................................................................14-45
show controllers cable upstream us-phy.......................................................................14-49
Dmod..............................................................................................................14-49
FFT.................................................................................................................14-51
GMAC............................................................................................................14-52
GMIC .............................................................................................................14-53
ICB .................................................................................................................14-54
IMP.................................................................................................................14-54
IMX ................................................................................................................14-55
Ingress ............................................................................................................14-56
MAP ...............................................................................................................14-57
REV................................................................................................................14-58
USPROC ........................................................................................................14-59
show interfaces cable upstream ....................................................................................14-62
show interfaces cable upstream stats............................................................................14-66
show running-config cable upstream port ....................................................................14-68
show stats cable ............................................................................................................14-70
show version.................................................................................................................14-73
15
QoS Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................15-1
QoS Command Descriptions.....................................................................................................15-1
qos bw default.................................................................................................................15-2
qos queue bw ..................................................................................................................15-3
qos queue dot1p..............................................................................................................15-4
show qos queue config ...................................................................................................15-5
xxxiii
16
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................16-1
POS Command Descriptions.....................................................................................................16-2
aps force..........................................................................................................................16-3
aps group ........................................................................................................................16-4
aps lockout......................................................................................................................16-5
aps manual ......................................................................................................................16-6
aps protect.......................................................................................................................16-7
aps revert ........................................................................................................................16-8
aps signal-degrade ber threshold ....................................................................................16-9
aps signal-fail ber threshold..........................................................................................16-10
aps unidirectional..........................................................................................................16-11
aps working ..................................................................................................................16-12
crc .................................................................................................................................16-13
interface pos..................................................................................................................16-14
ip address ......................................................................................................................16-15
peer default ip address ..................................................................................................16-16
pos ais-shut ...................................................................................................................16-17
pos flag .........................................................................................................................16-18
pos framing...................................................................................................................16-20
pos internal-clock .........................................................................................................16-21
pos report ......................................................................................................................16-22
pos scramble .................................................................................................................16-24
pos signal mode ............................................................................................................16-25
pos threshold.................................................................................................................16-26
ppp magic-number........................................................................................................16-28
ppp negotiation-count...................................................................................................16-29
ppp timeout...................................................................................................................16-30
show aps .......................................................................................................................16-31
show controllers pos .....................................................................................................16-32
show interfaces pos.......................................................................................................16-34
show ppp info ...............................................................................................................16-37
show ppp statistics........................................................................................................16-38
xxxiv
Release 6.2.0
17
Contents
BGP Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................17-1
BGP Command Descriptions ....................................................................................................17-1
aggregate-address ...........................................................................................................17-2
auto-summary .................................................................................................................17-3
bgp always-compare-med...............................................................................................17-4
bgp client-to-client reflection .........................................................................................17-5
bgp cluster-id ..................................................................................................................17-6
bgp confederation identifier ...........................................................................................17-7
bgp confederation peers..................................................................................................17-8
bgp dampening ...............................................................................................................17-9
bgp default ....................................................................................................................17-11
bgp permit.....................................................................................................................17-12
bgp router-id .................................................................................................................17-13
clear ip bgp ...................................................................................................................17-14
clear ip bgp dampening ................................................................................................17-15
clear ip bgp flap-statistics.............................................................................................17-16
default-information originate........................................................................................17-17
default-metric ...............................................................................................................17-18
distance bgp ..................................................................................................................17-19
distribute-list in.............................................................................................................17-21
distribute-list out...........................................................................................................17-22
ip as-path access-list .....................................................................................................17-23
ip bgp-community new-format.....................................................................................17-24
ip community-list..........................................................................................................17-26
match as-path................................................................................................................17-28
match community .........................................................................................................17-29
maximum-paths ............................................................................................................17-30
neighbor advertisement-interval...................................................................................17-31
neighbor confed-segment .............................................................................................17-32
neighbor default-originate ............................................................................................17-33
neighbor description .....................................................................................................17-34
neighbor distribute-list..................................................................................................17-35
neighbor ebgp-multihop ...............................................................................................17-36
xxxv
Release 6.2.0
neighbor filter-list.........................................................................................................17-37
neighbor maximum-prefix............................................................................................17-39
neighbor next-hop-self..................................................................................................17-41
neighbor password........................................................................................................17-42
neighbor peer-group (assigning members)...................................................................17-43
neighbor peer-group (creating).....................................................................................17-44
neighbor remote-as .......................................................................................................17-45
neighbor remove-private-as..........................................................................................17-47
neighbor route-map ......................................................................................................17-48
neighbor route-reflector-client......................................................................................17-49
neighbor route-refresh ..................................................................................................17-50
neighbor send-community ............................................................................................17-51
neighbor shutdown .......................................................................................................17-52
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.........................................................................17-53
neighbor timers.............................................................................................................17-54
neighbor update-source loopback.................................................................................17-56
neighbor weight ............................................................................................................17-57
network .........................................................................................................................17-58
redistribute....................................................................................................................17-59
route-map......................................................................................................................17-61
router bgp......................................................................................................................17-62
set as-path prepend .......................................................................................................17-63
set comm-list ................................................................................................................17-64
set community ..............................................................................................................17-66
set ip next-hop ..............................................................................................................17-68
set local-preference.......................................................................................................17-69
set metric-type ..............................................................................................................17-70
set origin .......................................................................................................................17-71
set tag............................................................................................................................17-72
set weight......................................................................................................................17-73
show ip as-path-access-list ...........................................................................................17-74
show ip bgp...................................................................................................................17-75
show ip bgp cidr-only...................................................................................................17-77
show ip bgp community ...............................................................................................17-78
xxxvi
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show ip bgp community-list .........................................................................................17-80

show ip bgp dampened-paths .......................................................................................17-81
show ip bgp flap-statistics ............................................................................................17-82
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast ..............................................................................................17-84
show ip bgp memory ....................................................................................................17-88
show ip bgp neighbors..................................................................................................17-90
show ip bgp next-hops..................................................................................................17-92
show ip bgp paths .........................................................................................................17-93
show ip bgp peer-group ................................................................................................17-94
show ip bgp regexp.......................................................................................................17-96
show ip bgp summary...................................................................................................17-97
show ip community-list ................................................................................................17-99
synchronization...........................................................................................................17-100
timers bgp ...................................................................................................................17-101
18
PIM Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................18-1
PIM Command Descriptions.....................................................................................................18-1
ip pim border ..................................................................................................................18-2
ip pim bsr-candidate .......................................................................................................18-3
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address......................................................................................18-4
ip pim dr-priority ............................................................................................................18-5
ip pim message-interval..................................................................................................18-6
ip pim query-interval ......................................................................................................18-7
ip pim rp-candidate.........................................................................................................18-8
ip pim rp-candidate group-list ........................................................................................18-9
ip pim rp-candidate interval..........................................................................................18-10
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address .....................................................................................18-11
ip pim rp-candidate priority..........................................................................................18-12
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop .........................................................................................18-13
ip pim spt-threshold rp..................................................................................................18-14
ip pim ssm.....................................................................................................................18-15
network .........................................................................................................................18-16
pim accept-rp ................................................................................................................18-17
xxxvii
Release 6.2.0
pim graceful-restart restart-interval..............................................................................18-18

pim register-checksum..................................................................................................18-19
pim rp-address ..............................................................................................................18-20
pim unicast-route-lookup..............................................................................................18-22
router pim .....................................................................................................................18-23
show ip pim ..................................................................................................................18-24
19
MPLS Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................19-1
About RSVP ...................................................................................................................19-3
MPLS Command Descriptions..................................................................................................19-3
clear ip rsvp statistics......................................................................................................19-4
clear mpls traffic.............................................................................................................19-5
debug mpls forwarding...................................................................................................19-6
debug mpls rsvp..............................................................................................................19-7
ip rsvp .............................................................................................................................19-9
mpls create-lsp rsvp......................................................................................................19-11
mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier................................................................19-12
mpls create-lsp rsvp next-hop.......................................................................................19-13
mpls create-lsp static ....................................................................................................19-14
mpls fp max ..................................................................................................................19-16
mpls ip ..........................................................................................................................19-17
mpls label range............................................................................................................19-18
mpls rsvp restart-lsp .....................................................................................................19-20
mpls ttl ..........................................................................................................................19-21
show fast-path ranges ...................................................................................................19-22
show ip rsvp explicit-routed-lsps..................................................................................19-23
show ip rsvp interface...................................................................................................19-24
show ip rsvp lsp ............................................................................................................19-25
show ip rsvp neighbor ..................................................................................................19-26
show ip rsvp reservation...............................................................................................19-27
show ip rsvp sender ......................................................................................................19-28
show ip rsvp statistics...................................................................................................19-29
show mpls filters...........................................................................................................19-30
xxxviii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show mpls forwarding-table .........................................................................................19-32

show mpls label range ..................................................................................................19-35
show mpls lsp ...............................................................................................................19-36
show mpls lsp interface ................................................................................................19-39
show mpls rsvp refresh-time ........................................................................................19-41
show mpls traffic ..........................................................................................................19-42
20
Service Class Commands

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................20-1
Entering Service Class Configuration Mode..................................................................20-2
Service Class Command Descriptions ......................................................................................20-2
activity-timeout...............................................................................................................20-3
admission-timeout ..........................................................................................................20-4
admitted-bw-threshold....................................................................................................20-5
allow-share .....................................................................................................................20-6
cable service-class ..........................................................................................................20-7
cap...................................................................................................................................20-8
clear cable srvclass-stats.................................................................................................20-9
enforce-cmts-qos ..........................................................................................................20-10
grant-interval ................................................................................................................20-11
grant-jitter .....................................................................................................................20-12
grant-size ......................................................................................................................20-13
grants-per-interval ........................................................................................................20-14
mab ...............................................................................................................................20-15
max-burst......................................................................................................................20-17
max-concat-burst ..........................................................................................................20-18
max-latency ..................................................................................................................20-19
max-rate........................................................................................................................20-20
min-pkt-size..................................................................................................................20-21
min-rate.........................................................................................................................20-22
name .............................................................................................................................20-23
name schedule-with ......................................................................................................20-24
over-max-rate ...............................................................................................................20-25
peak-rate .......................................................................................................................20-26
xxxix
Release 6.2.0
poll-interval ..................................................................................................................20-27
poll-jitter .......................................................................................................................20-28
req-trans-policy.............................................................................................................20-29
restricted admission disabled........................................................................................20-31
schedpriority .................................................................................................................20-32
show cable service-class...............................................................................................20-33
show cable srvclass-stats ..............................................................................................20-37
tos-overwrite.................................................................................................................20-39
trafpriority.....................................................................................................................20-40
ugs-stats-window..........................................................................................................20-41
21
Secure Shell Server Commands

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................21-1
Secure Shell Server Command Descriptions ............................................................................21-1
password ssh-passphrase ................................................................................................21-2
show ssh config ..............................................................................................................21-3
show ssh hostkey-fingerprint..........................................................................................21-6
show users ssh ................................................................................................................21-7
ssh ciphers ......................................................................................................................21-8
ssh enable......................................................................................................................21-10
ssh-keygen2 ..................................................................................................................21-11
ssh load-host-key-files..................................................................................................21-13
ssh logout session-id.....................................................................................................21-14
ssh message-authentication ..........................................................................................21-15
ssh password-authentication radius ..............................................................................21-16
ssh password-guesses ...................................................................................................21-17
ssh port..........................................................................................................................21-18
ssh session-limit............................................................................................................21-19
ssh timeout....................................................................................................................21-20
xl
Release 6.2.0
22
Contents
PacketCable Commands
Overview ...................................................................................................................................22-1
Command Descriptions .............................................................................................................22-1
cable dynamic-service authorization-mode....................................................................22-2
cable dynamic-service active-timeout ............................................................................22-4
clear configuration..........................................................................................................22-5
clear cops pdp-ip all........................................................................................................22-6
clear counters ipsec.........................................................................................................22-7
clear packet-cable cops...................................................................................................22-8
clear packet-cable gate ...................................................................................................22-9
clear packet-cable statistics ..........................................................................................22-10
cmts-ip ..........................................................................................................................22-11
cops client-timer ...........................................................................................................22-12
cops listener access-list.................................................................................................22-13
cops pdp-ip ...................................................................................................................22-14
cops pep-id....................................................................................................................22-15
cops status-trap-enable .................................................................................................22-16
dqos dscp ......................................................................................................................22-17
dqos emergency-preempt..............................................................................................22-18
dqos emergency-trap-enable.........................................................................................22-19
dqos res-req-trap-enable ...............................................................................................22-20
dqos shutdown ..............................................................................................................22-21
dqos t0-timer/t1-timer...................................................................................................22-22
em dscp.........................................................................................................................22-23
em element-number ......................................................................................................22-24
em event-disable-mask .................................................................................................22-25
em event-priority ..........................................................................................................22-26
em flag-override ...........................................................................................................22-27
em max-batch-events....................................................................................................22-28
em max-batch-time.......................................................................................................22-29
em qos-descriptor-disable.............................................................................................22-30
em retry-count ..............................................................................................................22-31
em retry-interval ...........................................................................................................22-32
em rks-failure-trap-enable ............................................................................................22-33
xli
Release 6.2.0
em shutdown.................................................................................................................22-35
em udp-port ..................................................................................................................22-36
es...................................................................................................................................22-37
es ccc-dscp....................................................................................................................22-39
ike client-addr...............................................................................................................22-40
ike phase1 .....................................................................................................................22-41
ike phase2 .....................................................................................................................22-42
ike retries ......................................................................................................................22-43
ike timeout ....................................................................................................................22-44
ipsec..............................................................................................................................22-45
ipsec shutdown .............................................................................................................22-46
mm dscp........................................................................................................................22-47
mm shutdown ...............................................................................................................22-48
mm t1-timer ..................................................................................................................22-49
packet-cable..................................................................................................................22-50
show cable dynamic-service.........................................................................................22-51
show ipsec ....................................................................................................................22-52
show packet-cable configuration..................................................................................22-55
show packet-cable cops ................................................................................................22-60
show packet-cable gate.................................................................................................22-62
show packet-cable statistics..........................................................................................22-65
spd allow-dynamic-rsp .................................................................................................22-70
spd override ..................................................................................................................22-71
spd policy......................................................................................................................22-72
spd preshared-key.........................................................................................................22-74
23
VLAN Tagging Commands

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................23-1
VLAN Tagging Command Descriptions...................................................................................23-1
bridge cable intercept .....................................................................................................23-2
bridge cable modem .......................................................................................................23-4
bridge mode trunk...........................................................................................................23-5
clear bridge vlan counters...............................................................................................23-6
encapsulation dot1q ........................................................................................................23-7
xlii
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show bridge vlan.............................................................................................................23-8
24
DSG Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................24-1
cable downstream dsg.....................................................................................................24-2
cable downstream dsg enable .........................................................................................24-3
cable dsg .........................................................................................................................24-4
channel-list .....................................................................................................................24-5
classifier..........................................................................................................................24-6
client-list .........................................................................................................................24-8
group-map.....................................................................................................................24-10
show cable dsg..............................................................................................................24-12
show cable dsg channel-list ..........................................................................................24-14
show cable dsg classifier ..............................................................................................24-15
show cable dsg client-list..............................................................................................24-16
show cable dsg downstream .........................................................................................24-17
show cable dsg group-map ...........................................................................................24-18
show cable dsg timer ....................................................................................................24-19
show cable dsg tunnel...................................................................................................24-20
show cable dsg tunnel-group ........................................................................................24-21
show cable dsg vendor-param ......................................................................................24-22
timer..............................................................................................................................24-23
tunnel ............................................................................................................................24-25
vendor-param................................................................................................................24-27
25
IPDR Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................25-1
debug ipdr.......................................................................................................................25-2
ipdr acksequenceinterval ................................................................................................25-3
ipdr acktimeinterval........................................................................................................25-4
ipdr collection-interval ...................................................................................................25-5
ipdr collector...................................................................................................................25-6
xliii
Release 6.2.0
ipdr enable ......................................................................................................................25-9

ipdr keepaliveinterval ...................................................................................................25-10
ipdr poll-rate .................................................................................................................25-11
ipdr source-interface.....................................................................................................25-12
show cable metering-status...........................................................................................25-13
show ipdr connection....................................................................................................25-15
show ipdr session..........................................................................................................25-16
26
Cable Traffic Management Commands

Introduction ...............................................................................................................................26-1
bidirectional....................................................................................................................26-2
cable traffic sample-interval ...........................................................................................26-3
cable traffic policy..........................................................................................................26-4
clear cable traffic enforcement .......................................................................................26-6
clear cable traffic history ................................................................................................26-7
credit ...............................................................................................................................26-8
enabled..........................................................................................................................26-10
enforce ..........................................................................................................................26-12
max-rate........................................................................................................................26-14
peak-time ......................................................................................................................26-16
penalty-period...............................................................................................................26-18
show cable subscriber-usage ........................................................................................26-20
show cable subscriber-usage summary ........................................................................26-26
show cable traffic policy ..............................................................................................26-29
27
IPv6 Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................27-1
IPv6 Command Descriptions ....................................................................................................27-1
cable ipv6 helper-address ...............................................................................................27-2
cable ip prov-mode .........................................................................................................27-4
clear ipv6 neighbor-cache...............................................................................................27-6
clear ipv6 traffic .............................................................................................................27-7
ipv4 range .......................................................................................................................27-8
xliv
Release 6.2.0
Contents
ipv6 address ....................................................................................................................27-9

ipv6 helper-address.......................................................................................................27-11
ipv6 icmp error-interval................................................................................................27-12
ipv6 nd ..........................................................................................................................27-13
ipv6 neighbor................................................................................................................27-16
ipv6 range .....................................................................................................................27-17
ipv6 redirects ................................................................................................................27-18
ipv6 route......................................................................................................................27-19
ipv6 unicast-routing......................................................................................................27-20
ping6 .............................................................................................................................27-21
service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable..............................................................................27-22
show ipv6 dhcp.............................................................................................................27-23
show ipv6 interface.......................................................................................................27-25
show ipv6 interface brief ..............................................................................................27-28
show ipv6 neighbor ......................................................................................................27-30
show ipv6 route ............................................................................................................27-32
show ipv6 traffic...........................................................................................................27-34
traceroute6 ....................................................................................................................27-37
28
IS-IS Commands
Introduction ...............................................................................................................................28-1
IS-IS Command Descriptions....................................................................................................28-1
area-password .................................................................................................................28-2
authentication mode........................................................................................................28-3
clear isis ..........................................................................................................................28-4
default-information originate..........................................................................................28-5
distance ...........................................................................................................................28-6
domain-password............................................................................................................28-7
hello padding ..................................................................................................................28-8
ignore-lsp-errors .............................................................................................................28-9
ip router isis ..................................................................................................................28-10
isis authentication mode ...............................................................................................28-11
isis circuit-type .............................................................................................................28-12
isis csnp-interval...........................................................................................................28-13
xlv
Release 6.2.0
isis hello padding..........................................................................................................28-14

isis hello-interval ..........................................................................................................28-15
isis hello-multiplier.......................................................................................................28-16
isis lsp-interval..............................................................................................................28-17
isis message-digest-key ................................................................................................28-18
isis metric......................................................................................................................28-19
isis network point-to-point ...........................................................................................28-20
isis password.................................................................................................................28-21
isis priority....................................................................................................................28-22
isis retransmit-interval ..................................................................................................28-23
isis retransmit-throttle-interval .....................................................................................28-24
is-type ...........................................................................................................................28-25
log-adjacency-changes .................................................................................................28-26
lsp-gen-interval.............................................................................................................28-27
lsp-refresh-interval .......................................................................................................28-28
max-lsp-lifetime ...........................................................................................................28-29
maximum-paths ............................................................................................................28-30
message-digest-key md5 ..............................................................................................28-31
metric-style ...................................................................................................................28-32
net .................................................................................................................................28-33
passive-interface ...........................................................................................................28-34
redistribute....................................................................................................................28-35
router isis ......................................................................................................................28-37
set-overload-bit.............................................................................................................28-38
show clns interface .......................................................................................................28-39
show clns is-neighbors .................................................................................................28-42
show clns neighbors .....................................................................................................28-44
show clns protocol........................................................................................................28-46
show clns traffic ...........................................................................................................28-48
show ip redistribute ......................................................................................................28-51
show isis database.........................................................................................................28-53
show isis hostname .......................................................................................................28-56
show isis neighbors.......................................................................................................28-58
show isis spf-log ...........................................................................................................28-60
xlvi
Release 6.2.0
Contents
show isis topology ........................................................................................................28-65

summary-address..........................................................................................................28-67
Index
xlvii
Preface
Scope
This document describes how to install and configure the Motorola Broadband
Services Router 64000 (BSR 64000).
Audience
This document is for use by those persons who will install and configure the
BSR 64000 product. Only trained service personnel should install, maintain, or
replace the BSR 64000.
Documentation Set
The following documents comprise the BSR 64000 documentation set:
n
BSR 64000 Quick Start Guide

The quick start guide provides a "roadmap" to the tasks involved in physically
installing the BSR 64000 product, physically connecting it to your network/HFC
infrastructure, and performing configuration tasks to enable the BSR 64000 to
operate in your networking environment.
BSR 64000 Installation Guide

This guide provides detailed instructions for physically installing the BSR 64000
product including: procedures for rack mounting, making physical network cable
connections, connecting DC power, and for determining the status of the BSR
64000 after applying power to it. This document also provides a description of the
BSR 64000 chassis, its hardware components and modules.
xlix
Release 6.2.0
BSR 64000 Resource and I/O Module Installation Guide

This guide contains procedures for installing additional and replacement
Resource and I/O Modules in a BSR 64000 chassis and for making physical cable
connections to the modules.
BSR 64000 Command Line Interface Users Guide

For users, this guide describes the structure of the BSR 64000 Command Line
Interface (CLI) and its various command modes. It also provides rules and
guidelines for navigating through the CLI.

This guide contains individual descriptions of the entire set of commands that
comprise the BSR 64000 Command Line Interface (CLI). These commands are
used to interface with, configure, manage, and maintain the BSR 64000.
BSR 64000 System Administration Guide

For system administrators, this guide provides detailed procedures for performing
initial configuration tasks including setting up: user accounts and passwords;
telnet and console access; system logging; and associated servers such as DHCP,
DNS, etc.
BSR 64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide

This guide provides the instructions and procedures for configuring and
managing BSR 64000 CMTS operation.
BSR 64000 Routing Configuration and Management Guide

This guide contains the instructions and procedures for configuring and managing
BSR 64000 routing operation, including RIP, OSPF, and BGP.
BSR 64000 SNMP Configuration and Management Guide

managing BSR 64000 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) operation.
It also describes SNMP MIBs; provides information that describes standard and
proprietary MIB support; describes how to walk MIBs; and how to compile and
load SNMP MIBs.
Release 6.2.0
Preface
BSR 64000 BGP/MPLS VPN Configuration Guide

managing the BSR 64000 to support and implement Border Gateway Protocol/
MultiProtocol Label Switching Virtual Private Networks (BGP/MPLS VPNs).
BSR 64000 Troubleshooting Guide

This guide contains instructions and procedures for troubleshooting typical
configuration problems that might be encountered using the BSR 64000. It also
offers suggestions for information to record, and have available should the need
arise to call Motorola support for assistance with BSR 64000 operational
problems.
BSR 64000 Release Notes

These documents are specific to each release of the BSR 64000 product (software
and hardware). Release notes provide information about features not documented
or incorrectly documented in the main documentation set; known problems and
anomalies; product limitations; and problem resolutions.
Conventions
This document uses the conventions in the following table:
Convention
Example
Explanation
angle brackets < >
ping <ip-address>
ping 54.89.145.71
Arguments in italic and enclosed by angle

brackets must be replaced by the text the
argument represents. In the example,
54.89.145.71 replaces <ip-address>. When
entering the argument, do not type the angle
brackets.
bar brackets [ ]
disable [level]
Bar brackets enclose optional arguments. The

example indicates you can use the disable
command with or without specifying a level.
Some commands accept more than one
optional argument. When entering the
argument, do not type the bar brackets.
bold text
cable relay-agent-option
Boldface text must be typed exactly as it

appears.
li
Release 6.2.0
Convention
Example
Explanation
brace brackets {}
page {on | off}
Brace brackets enclose required text. The

example indicates you must enter either on or
off after page. The system accepts the
command with only one of the parameters.
When entering the text, do not type the brace
brackets.
italic text
boot system <filename>
Italic type indicates variables for which you

supply values in command syntax descriptions.
It also indicates file names, directory names,
document titles, or emphasized text.
screen display
Wed May 6 17:01:03

2000
This font indicates system output.
vertical bar |
page {on | off}
A vertical bar separates the choices when a

parameter is required. The example indicates
you can enter either command:
page on or page off
When entering the parameter, do not type the
vertical bar or the brace brackets.
Notes, Cautions, Warnings

The following icons and associated text may appear in this document.
Note: A note contains tips, suggestions, and other helpful information, such
as references to material not contained in the document, that can help you
complete a task or understand the subject matter.
Caution: The exclamation point, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to

alert the user to the presence of important installation, servicing, and
operating instructions in the documents accompanying the equipment.
Warning: This symbol indicates that dangerous voltage levels are present
within the equipment. These voltages are not insulated and may be of
sufficient strength to cause serious bodily injury when touched. The symbol
may also appear on schematics.
lii
Release 6.2.0
Preface
If You Need Help

Support for your BSR 64000 hardware and software is available via telephone and the
Internet.
Telephone Support
If you need assistance while working with the BSR 64000, contact the Motorola
Technical Response Center (TRC):
U.S.
1-888-944-HELP (1-888-944-4357)
International
+215-323-0044
The Motorola TRC is on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.

When calling for technical support, please have the following information available:
n
Your customer information, including location, main contact, and telephone

number
BSR product and modules
Detailed description of the issue
Specific information to assist with resolving the problem, including:
BSR hostname
BSR error messages and logs
Output of BSR show tech command
Cable modem information
List of troubleshooting steps you have performed before calling the TRC.
Current state of your BSR 64000 product
Severity of the issue you are reporting
When calling for repair or Advanced Component Exchange (ACE) replacement,

please provide the following additional information:
n
Output of BSR show version command, with part numbers and serial numbers of
BSR components
Shipping information for the replacement, including contact name, company
name, address, phone number, and email address
liii
Release 6.2.0
Online Support
Motorola BSR Customer Website
The BSR customer website, http://bsr.motorola.com, is available for BSR customers
with active service contracts to access the latest product information, software
updates, troubleshooting information, and technical publications for the BSR 64000,
BSR 2000, and BSR 1000 product line.
You may request access to the site by emailing the BSR product support team at
bsrsupportonline@motorola.com with the following information:
n
Company name
Contact name, phone number, and email address
Motorola Support contact
BSR product under service contract
The BSR product support team will email an invitation to you with further
instructions on how to set up an account on the BSR customer information website.
liv
1
System
Administration Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR 64000:
User management commands which establish authentication and to protect the
network from unauthorized users.
Configuration file commands that handle the operating system and the system
software for the BSR. The configuration file commands allow you to customize the
operating system configuration at system startup, and to modify and store the
configuration file for later use.
System services commands that globally configure IP system services used with the
BSR, such as protocols, NVRAM, IP parameters, the operating system, and the
system clock
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) commands that are used with the
BSR to access online directory services over the TCP/IP network protocol. The BSR
becomes an LDAP client and connects to an LDAP server to requests services and/or
information.
1-1
Release 6.2.0
Logger commands which provide a way to configure system event reporting

intended for diagnostics. The information in the report contains actions such as
system startup, status, and event classes.
System Administration Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the system
administration commands supported by the BSR.
1-2
Release 6.2.0
aaa accounting commands default

The aaa accounting commands default command enables command use accounting
on the BSR. Enabling command use accounting provides resource usage data for
commands used at a specified privilege level by creating a default list of methods
used for accounting services. The no aaa accounting commands command disables
command use accounting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Command Line Usage

aaa accounting commands {exec | isp-ro | isp-rw | mso-ro | mso-rw | sysadmin}
default {none | start-stop | stop-only | wait-start} {local | none | radius | tacacs}
no aaa accounting commands [exec | isp-ro | isp-rw | mso-ro | mso-rw | sysadmin]
Command Syntax
exec
commands in the User EXEC privilege level
isp-ro
commands in the ISP Read/Only privilege

level
isp-rw
commands in the ISP Read/Write privilege

level
mso-ro
commands in the MSO Read/Only privilege

level
mso-rw
commands in the MSO Read/Write privilege

level
sysadmin
commands in the SYSADMIN privilege level
none
disables accounting services
1-3
1-4
Release 6.2.0
start-stop
sends a "start" accounting notice at the

beginning of a process and a "stop"
accounting notice at the end of a process - the
requested user process begins regardless of
whether the "start" accounting notice was
received by the accounting server
stop-only
sends a "stop" accounting notice at the end of

the requested user process - does not send a
"start" accounting request at the start of the
process
wait-start

requested user process does not begin until
the "start" accounting notice is received by
the server
local
local database to be used as the accounting

method
none
no method is specified as the accounting

method
radius
RADIUS to be used as the accounting

method.
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the accounting

method.
Release 6.2.0
aaa accounting exec default

The aaa accounting exec default command enables terminal session accounting on
the BSR. Enabling terminal session accounting provides resource usage data for a
specified terminal session and creates a default list of methods used for accounting
services. The no aaa accounting exec command disables terminal session
accounting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa accounting exec {none | start-stop | stop-only | wait-start} default {local |
none | tacacs}
no aaa accounting exec
Command Syntax
none
disables accounting services
start-stop

requested user process begins regardless of
whether the "start" accounting notice was
received by the accounting server
stop-only
sends a "stop" accounting notice at the end of

the requested user process - does not send a
"start" accounting request at the start of the
process
1-5
1-6
Release 6.2.0
wait-start

requested user process does not begin until
the "start" accounting notice is received by
the server
local
local database to be used as the authorization

method.
none
no method is specified as the accounting

method
radius
RADIUS to be used as the accounting

method.
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the accounting

method.
Release 6.2.0
aaa authentication enable default

The aaa authentication enable default command enables AAA authentication to
determine if a user can access the privilege level 15 (system administrator). The aaa
authentication enable default command enables a specific authentication method or
list of methods The no aaa authentication enable command disables AAA
authentication.
Note: If multiple authentication methods are specified, the methods are

invoked in the sequence they are configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authentication enable default {enable | local | none | radius | tacacs}
no aaa authentication enable
Command Syntax
enable
enable password command setup to be used

as the authentication method
local
local database to be used as the authentication

method
none
no method is specified as the authentication

method
radius
RADIUS to be used as the authentication

method
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the authentication

method
1-7
Release 6.2.0
aaa authentication fail-message

The aaa authentication fail-message command allows you to configure an error
message to display when a TACACS login has failed. The no aaa authentication
login default command disables the error message.
Group Access
System Administrator
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authentication fail-message [<LINE>]
no aaa authentication fail-message
Command Syntax
LINE
1-8
the text message to display for the failed

login/authentication
Release 6.2.0
aaa authentication local-override

The aaa authentication local-override command enables local authentication. This
command overrides any configured default authentication method. A configured
default authentication method will be used only if local authentication fails. The no
aaa authentication local-override disables local authentication.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authentication local-override
no aaa authentication local-override
Command Default
Disabled
1-9
Release 6.2.0
aaa authentication login default

The aaa authentication login default command enables AAA authentication to
determine if a user can login to the BSR. The no aaa authentication login default
command disables AAA login authentication.
Note: If multiple authentication methods are specified, the methods are

invoked in the sequence they are configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authentication login default {enable | line | local | none | radius | tacacs}
no aaa authentication login
Command Syntax
1-10
enable
enable password command setup to be used

as the authentication method
line
line password to be used as the authentication

method
local
local database to be used as the authentication

method
none
no method is specified as the authentication

method
radius
RADIUS to be used as the authentication

method
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the authentication

method
Release 6.2.0
aaa authorization commands default

The aaa authorization commands default command enables command
authorization on the BSR. Command authorization determines if a user is allowed to
run commands at a specified privilege level by creating a default list of methods used
for authorization services. The no aaa authorization commands default command
disables command authorization.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authorization commands {exec | isp-ro | isp-rw | mso-ro | mso-rw | sysadmin}
default {local | none | tacacs}
no aaa authentication commands {exec | isp-ro | isp-rw | mso-ro | mso-rw |
sysadmin}
Command Syntax
exec
commands in the User EXEC privilege level
isp-ro
commands in the ISP Read/Only privilege

level
isp-rw
commands in the ISP Read/Write privilege

level
mso-ro
commands in the MSO Read/Only privilege

level
mso-rw
commands in the MSO Read/Write privilege

level
sysadmin
commands in the SYSADMIN privilege level
local

method
1-11
1-12
Release 6.2.0
none
no method is specified as the authorization

method
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the authorization

method
Release 6.2.0
aaa authorization exec default

The aaa authorization exec default command enables privilege level authorization
on the BSR. Privilege level authorization determines if a user is allowed to run an
EXEC shell (user session) by creating a default list of methods used for authorization
services. The no aaa authorization exec default command disables privilege level
authorization.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa authorization exec default {local | none | tacacs}
no aaa authorization exec
Command Syntax
local

method
none
no method is specified as the authorization

method
tacacs
TACACS+ to be used as the authorization

method
1-13
Release 6.2.0
aaa console authentication

The aaa console authentication command enables TACACS authentication for the
console if AAA is configured. The no aaa console authentication command disables
login authentication for the console.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa console authentication
no aaa console authentication
Command Default
Enabled
1-14
Release 6.2.0
aaa console authorization commands default

The aaa console authorization commands default command enables command
authorization for the console if AAA is configured. The no aaa console
authorization commands default command disables command authorization for the
console.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa console authorization commands default
no aaa console authorization commands default
Command Default
Disabled
1-15
Release 6.2.0
aaa new-model
The aaa new model command enables the AAA network security model. The AAA
network security model provides a software mechanism or framework for consistent
authentication, authorization and accounting on the BSR. The no aaa new model
disables the AAA network security model.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aaa new model
no aaa new model
Command Default
Disabled
1-16
Release 6.2.0
alias
The alias command allows you to specify an alias for a CLI command in a specific
command mode (User EXEC, Privileged EXEC, or Global Configuration). The no
alias command deletes a specific alias defined within the command mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

alias {all | exec | priv | conf} <WORD> <WORD>
no alias {all | exec | priv | conf} <WORD>
Command Syntax
all
alias visible in all modes
exec
User EXEC mode alias command
priv
Privileged EXEC mode alias

command
conf
Global Configuration mode alias

command
WORD
name of alias
WORD
the command that is aliased
1-17
Release 6.2.0
banner motd
The banner motd command allows you to create a message-of the-day (motd) that
displays before the login prompt. The no banner motd command deletes the message
of the day.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

banner motd [<1-25>] [...<WORD> ]
no banner motd
Command Syntax
1-18
1-25
message line number
WORD
text of the message
Release 6.2.0
batch
The batch command executes a series of commands from a batch file stored in Flash
memory or NVRAM.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

batch {flash: | nvram:} [acknowledge]
Command Syntax
flash:
execute a batch file from Flash memory
nvram:
execute a batch file from NVRAM
acknowledge
acknowledge the execution of each command
1-19
Release 6.2.0
boot system
The boot system command lets you boot the BSR using a boot image file stored in
either Flash memory, NVRAM on the Supervisory Routing Module (SRM), or an
FTP or TFTP server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

boot system {flash: | nvram:|} {<filename>}
Command Syntax
1-20
flash:
specifies flash memory as the location of the

boot image file
nvram:
specifies Non-volatile Random Access

Memory (NVRAM) as the location of the
boot image file
filename
filename of the boot image stored in Flash,

NVRAM, or an FTP or TFTP server
Release 6.2.0
broadcast
The broadcast command is used to send a message to all connected users.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

broadcast <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
The text message intended for broadcast
1-21
Release 6.2.0
carriage-return-lf-mode
The carriage-return-lf-mode command controls the order of the carriage return and
linefeed sequence. When enabled, the carriage return will be output before the
linefeed. When disabled, the linefeed will be output before the carriage return.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

carriage-return-lf-mode {disable | enable}
Command Syntax
disable
disables carriage return then linefeed

mode
enable
enables carriage return then linefeed

mode
Command Default
Disabled
1-22
Release 6.2.0
chassis alias
The chassis alias command is used to configure an alias name for the BSR 64000
chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

chassis alias <string>
Command Syntax
string
the chassis alias name - enclose the

alias name within quotation marks if
the string contains spaces
1-23
Release 6.2.0
chassis assetid
The chassis assetid command is used to configure your organizations asset ID
number that is assigned to the BSR 64000 chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

chassis assetid <string>
Command Syntax
string
1-24
the BSR 64000 chassis asset ID

number - enclose the asset ID name
within quotation marks if the string
contains spaces
Release 6.2.0
chkdsk
The chkdsk command checks for and corrects any file system errors found in files
stored in Flash memory or NVRAM.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

chkdsk {flash: | nvram: }
Command Syntax
flash:
check the Flash memory file system
nvram:
check the NVRAM filesystem
1-25
Release 6.2.0
clear core log

The clear core log command clears the core.log file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

clear core log
1-26
Release 6.2.0
clear evt
The clear evt command resets the event count to "0" for all groups on all slots, groups
on a specified slot, a specified group, or specified events. The clear evt command
allows the clearing of a particular EVT subsystem across all slots.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

clear evt [slot] [evt-subsystem] [range]
Command Syntax
slot
number of a particular slot to clear
evt-subsystem
a specific EVT subsystem name - refer to the

following table
range
a range of events, such as 1+5+8-13. Use an asterisk

(*) to specify all.
Command Examples
clear evt arp
clear evt 2 arp *
1-27
Release 6.2.0
Table 1-1 EVT Event Subsystems

memchk
net
ipevt
tpt
arp
rpt
im
icp
evtm
evta
rmbind
rm
crmbpi
crm
crmsub
crmfft
crmsnr
crmutl
crmdtm
crmcli
crmdsg
dsgif
csm
brmtag
rsm
rdb
fpevt
spcmgr
dgm
dqos
pcmm
em
lbgmgr
drm
drme
1-28
Memory Check
Network
IP Event System
Testpoint Facility
ARP
SRM Repeater
Interface Manager
ICP
EVT Manager
EVT Agent
RM Bind
Resource Manager
CRM BPI
CRM
CRM SubMgt
CRM FFT
CRM SNR
CRM Util
CRM DOCSTEST
CRM CLI
CRM DSG
DSG Interface
Certificate Storage
Module
BRM VLAN Tagging
Redundancy SRM
Run Time Database
FP EVT
Spectrum Manager
DQM
PacketCable DQOS
PacketCable
Multimedia
PacketCable Event
Message
Load Balance Manage
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager Engine
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager SRM
swr
Switched Reload
tacacs TACACS+
vrfmgr VRF Manager
ipsec
IPSEC
sys
SYS UTIL
snmpa SNMP Agent
dsgmib SNMP DSG
bufmgr Buffer Manager
eth8
Ethernet Switch
fei
FEI
srpcmt SRM Reporter CMTS
maccfg MAC CFG
cmtbuf CMTS Buffer
fpga
CMTS FPGA
bcm
Broadcom Driver
bcmpkt Broadcam Driver Per
Packet
FRM
frm
ARD
ard
ardpkt ARD PKT
QUE Manager
que
Upconverter
upc
RES
res
RES RTR
resrtr
resaut RES AUTH
RES SF
ressf
resmgr RES MGR
Load Balancing
lbm
Load Balancing 2nd
lbm2
Table
lbmsnr Load Balacing SNR
Cable Modem
cms
Selector
ACC
acc
accpkt ACC Packet
drmr
accdhc
reg
range
dpm
dra
ACC DHCP
REG
Range
Data Path Mapping
DOCSIS Redundancy
Agent
ubsha
Upstream Scheduler RTR
ubsbst Upstream Scheduler Burst
ubsmac UBS CMTS MAC RTR
ubs
Upstream Scheduler
ubsim
UBS IM SYNC
ubsmap UBS MAP
macmr MAC MGR
docsif
DOCS IF
macrtr MACRTR
brgtag BRG TAG
BRG
brg
brgrtr
BRG RTR
Spectrum Agent FFT
spafft
spasnr Spectrum Agent SNR
rssi
Spectrum Agent RSSI
spasc
Spectrum Agent SC
ardrtr
ARD RTR
acctrt
ACC RTR
btp
Boot Uptime
mcns
MCNS
red
CMTS Redundancy ICP
ucc
Upstream Channel Change
dcc
Dynamic Channel Change
dsx
Dynamic Service
svcflo
Service Flow
cra
CRA
cra2
CRA SNR
bcm1
Broadcom 3138 Driver
bcmmac Broadcom 3212 Driver
pream Preamble
upcmot Upconverter Motorola
Release 6.2.0
clear log
The clear log command deletes buffered log data.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear log
1-29
Release 6.2.0
clear redundancy stats

The clear redundancy stats command clears redundancy statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear redundancy stats [<0-15>]
Command Syntax
0-15
1-30
the chassis slot number
Release 6.2.0
clock set
The clock set command sets the system clock.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clock set <hh:mm:ss> {<1-31> <MONTH> | <MONTH> <1-31>} <1993-2035>
Command Syntax
hh:mm:ss
current time in 24-hour format
1-31
numeric notation for the current day
MONTH
three letter abbreviated name of the current

month
1993-2035
numeric notation for the current year
1-31
Release 6.2.0
clock summer-time
The clock summer-time command provides the BSR system administrator with the
ability to adjust when the BSR will change the system clock offset for the start and
end of daylight saving time.
The Energy Policy Act of 2005 (H.R.6.ENR), Section 110 changes the start date of
daylight saving time from the first Sunday of April to the second Sunday of March
and changes the end date of daylight saving time from the last Sunday of October to
the first Sunday of November. Starting in 2007, this new rule may cause the BSR to
generate timestamps (such as in syslog messages) that are inaccurate if the time is not
adjusted by the administrator or this command.
The clock summer-time command changes the BSR clock offset from Greenwich
Mean Time at the start and end times specified in the command. The no clock
summer-time command restores the default daylight saving time configuration.
The following command example sets the correct daylight saving time changes as
specified by the Energy Policy Act of 2005:
BSR:7A(config:)#clock summer-time EDT 60 start 2 sun mar 2:00 end first sun
nov 2:00
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clock summer-time <WORD> <1-1440> start {{<1-4> | first | last} <day>
<MONTH> <hh:mm>} end {{<1-4> | first | last} <day> <MONTH> <hh:mm>}
clock summer-time <WORD> <1-1440> start {<1-31> <MONTH> <hh:mm>} end
{<1-31> <MONTH> <hh:mm>}
clock summer-time <WORD> <1-1440> start {<MONTH> <1-31> <hh:mm>} end
{<MONTH> <1-31> <hh:mm>}
no clock summer-time
1-32
Release 6.2.0
Note: The clock summer-time command arguments used after the start
argument must be mirrored by the command arguments available after the
end argument. For example:
clock summer-time est 60 start 11 mar 10:30 end 4 nov 03:30
clock summer-time EDT 60 start 2 sun mar 2:00 end first sun nov 2:00
Command Syntax
WORD
the name of the time zone during daylight

savings time
1-1440
minute offset to be added during daylight

savings time
start
the start of day light savings time
1-31
the day of the month
1-4
the week of the month
MONTH
the month of the year (3 letter abbreviation)
day
the day of the week (3 letter abbreviation)
hh:mm
the time of day that daylight savings time

starts
first
the first week of the month
last
the last week of the month
end
the end of daylight savings time
1-33
Release 6.2.0
clock timezone
The clock timezone command allows you to set the time zone for the system. The no
clock timezone command changes the system time to Universal Time Coordinated
(UTC).
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clock timezone <WORD > <Hours_offset> [<Minute_offset>] [daylightsavings] [on
| off]
no clock timezone
Note: The daylightsavings option has no effect on the setting of time on the
BSR. It is present only to satisfy a requirement for Packetcable. Packetcable
has a field in a network bound event message that must be set to whether or
not daylight savings time is in effect. To satisfy this, the user must manually
configure this parameter when daylight savings time begins and also when it
ends. For automatic setting of the time, the BSR can be configured to obtain
its time via SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol). Since SNTP has no way
of indicating whether daylight savings time is in effect, the operator must use
the daylightsavings option for compliance with Packetcable.
1-34
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
time zone listed when standard time is in effect
Hours_offset
hours corrected from UTC, range -23 to 23
Minute_offset
non-negative difference in minutes corrected

from UTC, range 0 to 59
daylightsavings
configure daylight savings
on | off
daylight savings on or off
Command Default
UTC
1-35
Release 6.2.0
configure
The configure command lets you enter Global Configuration mode from Privileged
EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter exit, end, or Control-Z at

the Global Configuration Mode prompt.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

configure
1-36
Release 6.2.0
console authentication radius

The console authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
user console logins. The no console authentication radius command disables this
feature.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

console authentication radius [ local-password | username <WORD>]
no console authentication radius [ local-password | username ]
Command Syntax
local-password
authenticate with a locally configured

password if there is no response from the
RADIUS server
username
configure a console username to use for

authentication
WORD
the text of the console username - maximum

of 64 characters
1-37
Release 6.2.0
copy
The copy command copies a local or network file from one location to another, either
locally or on the network.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

copy {flash: | ftp: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system: | tftp:} |
{flash: | nvram: | running-config | startup-config | system:}
Command Syntax
1-38
flash:
copy the configuration file from

flash
ftp:
copy the configuration file from a

File Transport Protocol (FTP) server
nvram:
copy the configuration file from

NVRAM
running-config
copy from a currently running

system configuration
startup-config
copy from the startup configuration

in NVRAM
system:
copy from the system
tftp:
copy the configuration file from a

Trivial File Transport Protocol
(TFTP) server
flash:
copy the configuration file to flash
ftp:
copy the configuration file to a File

Transport Protocol (FTP) server
Release 6.2.0
nvram:
copy the configuration file to

NVRAM
running-config
copy to the currently running system

configuration
startup-config
copy to the startup configuration in

NVRAM
system:
copy to the system
tftp:
copy the configuration file to a

Trivial File Transport Protocol
(TFTP) server
1-39
Release 6.2.0
copy core
The copy core command copies an SRM core file to a remote FTP host. This feature
provides for effective debugging by allowing a review of the exact state of the BSR
prior to a software failure.
Warning: The copy core command is for debugging purposes only and
should be used under the guidance of Motorola technical support staff.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

copy core [<NUM> [ ftp ]]
Command Syntax
1-40
NUM
the slot number of the SRM module
ftp
copy core file to ftp: filesystem
Release 6.2.0
core
The core command allows a user to configure memory core dump options.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

core {compression <0-9> | path <WORD> | protocol ftp | server <WORD>}
no core {path <WORD> | server <WORD>}
Command Syntax
compression 0-9
the core dump compression level - "0"

indicates compression is disabled while "9"
indicates the maximum compression level
path WORD
the path to the core dump file on a target core

dump server
protocol ftp
the FTP network protocol will be used to

transfer core dump files
server WORD
the core dump target servers IP address or

hostname
1-41
Release 6.2.0
datapath keepalive
The datapath keepalive command is enabled by default to protect the data path on
redundant 2:8 CMTS modules. A CMTS module is reset after 100 datapath ICP
keepalive message failures. This threshold may be reconfigured using the threshold
argument. The no datapath keepalive command disables this feature.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

datapath keepalive {monitor | slot-reset} [threshold <5-255>]
no datapath keepalive
Command Syntax
monitor
monitor the status
slot-reset
reset the CMTS module after the threshold of

ICP keepalive failures is reached
threshold 5-255
the number of ICP keepalive failures

permitted before resetting the CMTS module
Command Default
slot-reset threshold = 100
1-42
Release 6.2.0
datapath pause enable

The datapath pause enable command enables FPGA PAUSE frames on the 2:8
CMTS module. The no datapath pause enable command disables FPGA PAUSE
frames.
Note: Only use the datapath pause enable command when directed to do
so by Motorola Support.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

datapath pause enable
no datapath pause enable
Command Default
Enabled
1-43
Release 6.2.0
delete
The delete command deletes a file stored in Flash memory or NVRAM or deletes the
startup configuration file.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

delete {flash: | nvram: | startup-config}
Command Syntax
1-44
flash:
delete all files from Flash memory
nvram:
delete all files from NVRAM
startup-config
delete the startup-configuration file
Release 6.2.0
description
The description command is used to specify descriptive information for any interface
on the BSR. This information is limited to 79 characters. Use the characters: _ or - to
separate words. For example, if a particular CMTS interface served a certain section
of a city, the MSO could assign the following description:
MOT:7A(config-if)#description charlestown_1
Note: The entered description can be seen in the running configuration, and
in the command output of show commands such as the show ip interface
and show running-config commands.
You can also use SNMP to view the descriptions. However, if you use SNMP
to view the descriptions, be aware that SNMP has a display limit of 63
characters. Descriptions beyond this length will appear truncated when
viewed via SNMP.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (all interface types)
Command Line Usage

description <WORD> [<WORD>...]
Command Syntax
WORD
is the text that describes this interface.
1-45
Release 6.2.0
dir
The dir command lists directories and files on a filesystem.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

dir [all [time]] [flash: [time]] [nvram: [time]] [time]
Command Syntax
all
list all directories and files
flash:
list all directories and files in flash
nvram:
list all directories and files in

NVRAM
time
sort by modification time
Command Default
NVRAM
1-46
Release 6.2.0
disable
The disable command allows you to enter User EXEC mode from the Privileged
EXEC mode.
Note: To return to Privileged EXEC mode, enter enable at the User EXEC
prompt and, if required, a password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

disable
1-47
Release 6.2.0
duplex
The duplex command configures an Ethernet interface for duplex mode (full or half)
and enables/disables auto-negotiation
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet interface only)
Command Line Usage
duplex {half | full | auto}
no duplex {half | full | auto}
Command Syntax
half
configures the interface for half-duplex

operation. Half-duplex operation allows the
interface to send and receive signals, but not
at the same time.
full
configures the interface for full-duplex

operation. Full-duplex operation allows the
interface to send and receive signals at the
same time.
auto
configures the interface to auto negotiate its

operational mode (either full-duplex or
half-duplex) with the device to which it is
physically connected.
Command Default
Auto negotiation enabled
1-48
Release 6.2.0
enable
The enable command allows you to enter Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC
mode. If the system prompts you for a password, enter the password. After entering
Privileged EXEC mode, the prompt changes from the User EXEC mode prompt
(hostname>) to the privileged EXEC mode prompt (hostname#).
Group Access
Command Mode
User EXEC
Command Line Usage

enable
1-49
Release 6.2.0
enable authentication radius

The enable authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
user logins. The no enable authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enable authentication radius [ local-password ]
no enable authentication radius [ local-password ]
Command Syntax
local-password
1-50

RADIUS server
Release 6.2.0
enable password
The enable password command allows you to specify a password associated with the
enable command. After specifying the password, entering the enable command at the
User EXEC prompt causes the system to prompt you for the password. You must
supply the password to enter the Privileged EXEC mode. The no enable password
command deletes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enable password <LINE>
enable password {0 | 7 } <WORD>
no enable password
Command Syntax
LINE
the password (31 character

maximum) - enclosed with double
quotes if the password contains
spaces). The "%" and "!" characters
must not be used.
specifies an UNENCRYPTED
password
specifies a HIDDEN password
WORD
the UNENCRYPTED or HIDDEN

'enable' password
1-51
Release 6.2.0
enable rdn-process
This enable rdn-process command enables the process for collecting CPU utilization
statistics.The no enable rdn-process command disables the collection of CPU
utilization statistics.
Note: This feature is enabled by default, and must remain enabled if you
intend to use it in conjunction with SNMP polling of the BSR.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enable rdn-process
no enable rdn-process
Command Default
enabled
1-52
Release 6.2.0
enable secret
The enable secret command allows you to provide an encrypted password that
supersedes the enabled password. The no enable secret command removes the secret.
Use the enable secret command to provide an encrypted password for entering
Privileged EXEC mode in the running configuration file when then no service
password-encryption command is in effect.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enable secret [5] <WORD>
no enable secret
Command Syntax
5
specifies an ENCRYPTED secret
WORD
the secret (31 character maximum) enclosed with double quotes if the
secret contains spaces). The "%" and
"!" characters must not be used.
1-53
Release 6.2.0
encapsulation snap
The encapsulation snap command specifies SNAP as the encapsulation method for
Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. The SNAP encapsulation method, as
specified in RFC 1042, allows Ethernet protocols to run on the IEEE 802.2 media.
The no encapsulation snap command returns the interface encapsulation method to
the default method which is ARPA.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet notifies only)
Command Line Usage

encapsulation snap
no encapsulation snap
1-54
Release 6.2.0
erase
The erase command erases a file system stored in Flash memory or NVRAM or the
contents of the startup-configuration file.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

erase {flash: | nvram: | startup-config}
Command Syntax
flash:
erase all files in Flash memory
nvram:
erase all files in NVRAM
startup-config
erase the startup-configuration file
1-55
Release 6.2.0
exception
The exception command enables the Exception Handler. The Exception Handler is a
set of processes that are invoked when errors (exceptions) are caused by another
process that is executing when the particular exception occurs. Exceptions can be
reported or the BSR can be configured to automatically reboot if an exception occurs.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

exception {extended <0-1>| reboot <0-1>}
Command Syntax
1-56
extended 0-1
perform Extended Exception Reporting:

1 = enable Extended Exception Reporting
0 = disable Extended Exception Reporting
reboot 0-1
reboot on Exception:
1 = enable reboot
0 = disable reboot
Release 6.2.0
exit
The exit command (used from the Router Configuration, Interface Configuration, and
Global Configuration modes) accesses the previous command mode in the command
mode hierarchy. For example: using the exit command in Interface Configuration
mode accesses Global Configuration mode.
Using the exit command in Privileged EXEC or User EXEC modes, ends the
command line session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

exit
1-57
Release 6.2.0
fastpath timeout slot-recover

The fastpath timeout slot-recover command is used to enable slot-recover for
fastpath entry timeouts. The no fastpath timeout slot-recover command is used to
disable slot-recover.
With slot-recover enabled, if the SRM times out after 6 consecutive attempts to
program a route to an HSIM, the SRM will automatically reset the HSIM to correct
the failure. With slot-recover disabled, the SRM will generate an EVT message
suggesting that the operator manually reset the HSIM to correct the failure.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

fastpath timeout slot-recover
no fastpath timeout slot-recover
Command Default
Disabled
1-58
Release 6.2.0
forced-download
The forced-download command ensures that boot images are properly downloaded
to modules in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Use the forced-download command to ensure that all modules receive the correct
boot image before performing an upgrade process or to ensure that a specific module
receives the correct boot image before performing an upgrade process.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

forced-download [<0-15>]
no forced-download [<0-15>]
Command Syntax
0-15
BSR 64000 slot number
1-59
Release 6.2.0
format
The format command formats a filesystem in flash or NVRAM.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

format {flash: | nvram:}
Command Syntax
1-60
flash:
format flash
nvram:
format NVRAM
Release 6.2.0
help
The help command displays instructions for using the CLI help functionality. Refer to
the BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide for additional instructions on
using the CLI help functionality.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

help
1-61
Release 6.2.0
history size
The history command enable and controls the command history function. The
history size command lets you specify the size of the history buffer by number of
lines. The no history command deletes the history buffer.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

history [size <1-256>]
no history
Command Syntax
1-256
the number of lines in the history

buffer
Command Default
10
1-62
Release 6.2.0
hostname
The hostname command configures the name for the system host.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hostname <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the systems alphanumeric network hostname
1-63
Release 6.2.0
hsim4 slot
The hsim4 slot command sets the mode in which the Ether-Flex module operates. If
this command is not configured for a given slot, the default is for the module to
operate in Gigabit Ethernet mode. Once this command is used, you must reset the
configured slot for the module to operate in the newly selected mode. As a reminder,
each time you use this command, the following warning message displays on the
console:
%Warning: You must reset slot <num> in order for the
configuration to take effect.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hsim4 slot <0-5, 9-15> {gigaether | ethernet}
Command Syntax
1-64
0-5, 9-15
The slot number of the Ether-Flex module.

Ether-Flex modules cannot be installed in
slots 6, 7 and 8.
gigaether
Gigabit Ethernet mode
ethernet
Ethernet mode
Release 6.2.0
icp keepalive
The icp keepalive command allows you to set the threshold for missed ICP
keepalives after which the SRM module will be reset. The icp keepalive command
also configures console or system logging of event messages related to missed ICP
keepalives.
The Resource Manager (RM) software component of the SRM module sends an ICP
SRM_READY message as a poll every 2.5 seconds to all modules in the BSR
chassis. If any module fails to respond after 10 SRM_READY messages (25
seconds), the SRM generates an RM.35 log message and the module is reset.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

icp keepalive { debug | monitor | slot-reset} [threshold <1-255>]
no icp keepalive [ debug | monitor | slot-reset] [threshold ]
Command Syntax
debug
enables the display of ICP keepalive log

reports to the SRM console
monitor
enables the display of ICP keepalive log

reports to the system logger
slot-reset
the number of missed ICP keepalive

responses after which the SRM will
reset the slot.
1-65
Release 6.2.0
threshold <1-255>
configures number of ICP keepalive

retransmits until an action is taken
threshold
restores the default threshold value for

the no icp keepalive debug, monitor,
and slot-reset commands
Command Defaults
1-66
icp keepalive debug
Disabled
icp keepalive monitor
Disabled
icp keepalive slot-reset
Disabled
icp keepalive debug threshold
10 messages
icp keepalive monitor threshold
10 messages
icp keepalive slot-reset threshold
10 messages
Release 6.2.0
ip ftp password
The ip ftp password command displays the password to use to connect to the
network using FTP. The no ip ftp password command deletes the password for an
FTP connection.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ftp password {0 <LINE>| 7 <LINE> | <LINE>}
no ip ftp password
Command Syntax
0
specifies an unencrypted password will

follow
specifies a hidden password will follow
LINE
the password (31 character minimum, 78

character maximum for option 7) - enclosed
with double quotes if the password contains
spaces). The "%" and "!" characters must not
be used.
1-67
Release 6.2.0
ip ftp username
The ip ftp username command configures the connection to the network for using
FTP. The no ip ftp username command configures the router anonymously for FTP.
Use the ip ftp username command that is related to an account on the server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ftp username <WORD>
no ip ftp username
Command Syntax
WORD
1-68
username (31 character maximum)
Release 6.2.0
ip netmask-format
The ip netmask-format command lets you specify the format in which netmask
values appear in show command output. The no ip netmask format command sets
the output format back to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip netmask-format {bit-count | decimal | hexadecimal}
no ip netmask-format {bit-count | decimal | hexadecimal}
Command Syntax
bit-count
displays netmask as number of

significant bits
decimal
displays netmask in dotted decimal
hexadecimal
displays the netmask in hexadecimal
Command Default
bitcount
1-69
Release 6.2.0
ip tacacs source-interface
The ip tacacs source-interface command allows an operator to control the source IP
address of TACACS+ packets generated by the BSR by specifying an Ethernet or
loopback interface as the source IP address for TACACS+ packets. The normal
convention for generated TACACS+ packets is to set the source IP address equal to
the IP address of the outgoing interface. The ip tacacs source-interface command
overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of a specified Ethernet or
loopback interface. This command facilitates the use of one IP address entry
associated with the TACACS+ client instead of maintaining a list of all IP addresses
and is useful in cases where the a router has many interfaces and an operator wants to
ensure that all TACACS+ packets from a particular router have the same IP address.
The no ip tacacs source-interface command removes the specified source interface.
Note: Before using the ip tacacs source-interface command, the interface
must be configured, assigned an IP address, and up and running. Any
configuration change with this command will not take effect until after the next
BSR connection attempt.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip tacacs source-interface {ethernet <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>}
no ip tacacs source-interface
Command Syntax
1-70
ethernet X/Y
the Ethernet interface slot and port number
loopback 1-255
the loopback interface number
Release 6.2.0
ip tftp source-interface loopback

The ip tftp source-interface loopback command allows an operator to control the
source IP address of TFTP packets generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback
interface as the source IP address for TFTP packets. The normal convention for
generated TFTP packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the
outgoing interface. The ip tftp source-interface loopback command overrides this
convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback interface. The no
ip tftp source-interface loopback command removes the loopback source interface.
Note: Before using the ip tftp source-interface loopback command, the

loopback interface must be configured and assigned an IP address.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip tftp source-interface loopback <1-255>
no ip tftp source-interface loopback
Command Syntax
1-255
1-71
Release 6.2.0
ldap client
The ldap client command enables the LDAP client. The no ldap client command
disables the LDAP client.
Note: Configure a primary or secondary LDAP server addresses before

enabling the LDAP client.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ldap client
no ldap client
1-72
Release 6.2.0
ldap search-base
The ldap search-base command specifies the base distinguished name of the starting
point for a search of the LDAP database. The no ldap search-base ends the search of
the LDAP database.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ldap search-base WORD
no ldap search-base WORD
Command Syntax
WORD
Distinguished name of entry to where the

search will start
1-73
Release 6.2.0
ldap server
The ldap server command configures LDAP server parameters. The no ldap server
command clears the LDAP server parameters.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ldap server {<WORD> [binddn <WORD>] [nobinddn] [nopassword] [password
<WORD>}
no ldap server <WORD>
Command Syntax
1-74
WORD
the primary LDAP server
binddn WORD
distinguished name
nobinddn
distinguished name not required to bind to

this server
nopassword
password not required
password WORD
password
Release 6.2.0
load-interval
The load-interval command specifies the load interval timer value in minutes. The
load interval timer captures bandwidth utilization information on a per-port basis for
both received and transmitted data. Bandwidth utilization information can then be
displayed with the show interfaces command. The following is typical load interval
information as displayed with the show interfaces command:
Cable2/0 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware is BCM3210 ASIC, address is 0030.7b74.3238 (bia 0030.7b74.3238)
Internet address is 10.10.128.1/17
MTU 1500 bytes, BW 27000 Kbit, DLY 1000 usec,
reliability 255/255, txload 1/255, rxload 20/255
Encapsulation MCNS, loopback not set
Keepalive not set
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00
Last input 00:00:00, output 00:00:00, output hang never
Last clearing of "show interface" counters never
Queueing strategy: fifo
Output queue 0/40, 69 drops; input queue 0/75, 7 drops
5 minute input rate 2202000 bits/sec, 416 packets/sec
Load Interval
5 minute output rate 120000 bits/sec, 13 packets/sec
Bandwidth Utilization
1125177443 packets input, 14081732 bytes, 25 no buffer
Information
Received 3125750 broadcasts, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles
1018 input errors, 87 CRC, 0 frame, 0 overrun, 0 ignored, 0 abort
25006326 packets output, 1183354279 bytes, 0 underruns
0 output errors, 0 collisions, 4 interface resets
0 output buffer failures, 0 output buffers swapped out
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage

load-interval <1-300>
1-75
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-300
the load interval timer value in minutes
Command Default
5 minutes
1-76
Release 6.2.0
logging
The logging command specifies the IP address of a remote SYSLOG server. The no
logging command clears the IP address specification of a remote SYSLOG server.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging <A.B.C.D>
no logging <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D.
SYSLOG server IP address - up to 8

SYSLOG servers can be specified
1-77
Release 6.2.0
logging admin-status
The logging admin-status command controls the transmission of traps and SYSLOG
messages with respect to the threshold specified with the logging rate-limit
command. The logging admin-status command is only relevant if DOCSIS logging
control has been specified with the logging control docsis command.
In CLI logging control mode, the logging admin-status command will be ignored by
the system and a warning message will display if it is used. In this mode, only the
logging rate-limit command is relevant. In DOCSIS logging control mode, both the
logging admin-status and logging rate-limit commands are needed to specify
throttling.
Note: An event is always treated as a single event for threshold counting. For
example: an event causing both a trap and a SYSLOG message is still
treated as a one event.
Command Line Usage

logging admin-status {inhibited | maintainBelowThreshold | stopAtThres |
unconstrained}
no logging admin-status {inhibited | maintainBelowThreshold | stopAtThres |
unconstrained}
Command Syntax
1-78
inhibited
causes all trap transmission and SYSLOG

messages to be suppressed - if a threshold has
been specified with the logging rate-limit
command, a warning message will be
displayed
maintainBelowThreshold
causes trap transmission and SYSLOG

messages to be suppressed if the number of
traps/messages would exceed the threshold
specified with the logging rate-limit
command
Release 6.2.0
stopAtThres
causes trap transmission SYSLOG messages

to cease at the threshold specified with the
logging rate-limit command - transmission
will not resume until the logging
admin-status command is reset to an option
other than "stopAtThres" or the threshold is
set to a higher value
unconstrained
causes all traps and SYSLOG messages to be

transmitted - if a threshold has been specified
with the logging rate-limit command, a
warning message will be displayed
1-79
Release 6.2.0
logging buffered
The logging buffered command sets the size of the logging buffer and the severity
level. The no logging buffered command returns to the default buffer size (256 KB).
Note: Use the show log command, in Privileged EXEC mode, to display
logged messages with the newest message displayed first.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging buffered <4096 -16777216> [alerts | critical | emergencies | errors |
informational | notifications | warnings]
no logging buffered <4096 -16777216> [alerts | critical | emergencies | errors |
informational | notifications | warnings]
Command Syntax
4096 -16777216
logging buffer size in bytes
Severity Levels and Descriptions
1-80
emergencies
emergency conditions where the system is

unusable - reserved for vendor-specific, fatal
hardware or software errors that prevents
normal system operation and causes reporting
system to reboot (severity level = 0)
alert
conditions where immediate action is needed

- a serious failure which causes the reporting
system to reboot but is not caused by
hardware or software malfunctioning
(severity level = 1)
Release 6.2.0
critical
critical conditions - a serious failure that

requires immediate attention and prevents the
device from transmitting data but the system
could recover without rebooting
error
error conditions - a failure occurred that could

interrupt the normal data flow
warnings
warning conditions - a failure occurred that

could interrupt the normal data flow
notifications
normal but significant conditions - an event of

importance occurred which is not a failure
information
informational descriptive system messages an unimportant event, which could be helpful

for tracing normal operations
Command Default
notifications, log file is 256 Kbytes
1-81
Release 6.2.0
logging console
The logging console command enables the sending of system logging messages to the
console. Additionally, the logging of messages displayed on the console terminal can
be limited to a specified severity level. Use the no logging console command to
disable console logging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging console [alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational
| notifications | warnings]
no [alerts | critical | debugging | emergencies | errors | informational |
notifications | warnings]
Command Syntax
1-82
emergencies

system to reboot (severity level = 0)
alert

Release 6.2.0
critical

could recover without rebooting (severity
level = 2)
error

warnings

notifications

information

Command Default
notifications
1-83
Release 6.2.0
logging control docsis

The logging control docsis command allows the DOCSIS docsDevEvControlTable
to determine which severity logs go to which destinations.
Note: Any of the various logging <destination> <severity> commands in

place are overridden with this command.
The no logging control docsis disables the docsDevEvControlTable and

re-establishes CLI logging control. Any configurations previously set with the
logging <destination> <severity> command will now control which severity logs go
to which destinations.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging control docsis
no logging control docsis
Command Default
1-84
Release 6.2.0
logging default
The logging default command restores the default settings for all logging, including
logging <destination> <severity>, logging reporting, and EVT configurations.
n
The docsDevEvControlTable is restored to its DOCSIS-specified default values.
CLI logging control is re-established.
All logging evt configuration lines are removed from the running configuration
file.
Any logging <A.B.C.D> (for SYSLOG server) commands are unaffected.
The logging rate-limit command is unaffected.
The logging buffered <size> command is restored to its default size.
The command restores the following entries to the running configuration file:
logging buffered notifications
logging console error
no logging trap
no logging snmp-trap
logging facility local7
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging default
1-85
Release 6.2.0
logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages

The logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages command disables logging of the
"BPI authorization invalid" DOCSIS error message. The no logging disable
bpi_auth_invalid_messages command enables the logging of this error message.
This command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is
being generated and logged.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages
no logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_message
Command Default
Logging of BPI authorization invalid messages is enabled by default.
1-86
Release 6.2.0
logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages

The logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages command disables logging of the
"BPI authorization reject" DOCSIS error message. The no logging disable
bpi_auth_reject_messages command enables the logging of this error message. This
command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is being
generated and logged.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages
no logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages
Command Default
Logging of BPI authorization reject messages is enabled by default.
1-87
Release 6.2.0
logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages

The logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages command suppresses Map Reject
DOCSIS error messages being printed to the console but the error messages will still
be logged through the EVT system. The no logging disable
bpi_map_reject_messages command enables the console printing of Map Reject
error messages. This command is useful in situations where large numbers of these
error messages are being generated.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages
no logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages
Command Default
Logging of Map Reject messages is disabled by default.
1-88
Release 6.2.0
logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages

The logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages command disables logging of the
"BPI TEK Invalid" DOCSIS error message. The no logging disable
bpi_auth_reject_messages command enables the logging of this error message. This
command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error message is being
generated and logged.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages
no logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages
Command Default
Logging of BPI TEK Invalid messages is enabled by default.
1-89
Release 6.2.0
logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0

The logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 command disables logging of the
"Unable to Successfully Range CM Retries Exhausted" DOCSIS error message. The
no logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0 command enables the logging of this
error message. This command is useful in situations where a high volume of this error
message is being generated and logged.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0
no logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0
Command Default
Logging of these error messages is enabled by default.
1-90
Release 6.2.0
logging disable dcc_arrive_new_c203_0

logging disable dcc_depart_old_c202_0
With Dynamic Load Balancing configured, there can be too many DCC transactions
on a large system. The console or log buffer can be easily flooded with the following
OSSI Event Messages (error codes C202.0 and C203.0) which are defined as a Notice
priority by the OSSI specification:
[06/28-07:50:40.88- 11:CMTSMAC]<133>CMTS[DOCSIS]:<67020200>DCC
depart old (CM 0011.8092.e47c, US:5)
[06/28-07:50:41.26- 11:CMTSMAC]<133>CMTS[DOCSIS]:<67020300>DCC
arrive new (CM 0011.8092.e47c, US:4)
The logging disable dcc_arrive_new_c203_0 and logging disable

dcc_depart_old_c202_0 commands disable the logging of these messages. The no
logging disable dcc_arrive_new_c203_0 and no logging disable
dcc_depart_old_c202_0 commands enable the logging of these messages.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Defaults
Enabled
1-91
Release 6.2.0
logging disable securityuser-login

The logging disable securityuser-login command disables the logging of Legal
Intercept securityuser login/logout transactions to the SYSLOG. The no logging
disable securityuser-login enables the logging of securityuser login/logout
transactions.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging disable securityuser-login
no logging disable securityuser-login
1-92
Release 6.2.0
logging enable-docs-id
The logging enable-docs-id command enables DOCSIS events to be added to the
docsIf3CmtsEventCtrlTable. A user can enable a specific DOCSIS Event ID or all
DOCSIS Event IDs to be logged to the docsIf3CmtsEventCtrlTable using this
command.
For example, if a user enters the following command sequence:
logging enable-docs-id all
no logging enable-docs-id 6606020
The result would be all DOCSIS events enabled except 660620.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging enable-docs-id {<0,66010100-89010300> | All}
no logging enable-docs-id {<0,66010100-89010300> | All}
1-93
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
66010100-89010300
The valid range for DOCSIS Event IDs.

Specifying a DOCSIS Event ID in this range
adds the ID to the
docsIf3CmtsEventCtrlTable.
The "0" is a separate, single value that is not a

DOCSIS Event ID, but is defined in the MIB
as a special value enabling logging
mechanisms other than "local" (Flash), under
the control of docsDevEvReporting.
The "0" configuration option is required to
enable trap/syslog reporting which otherwise
would be disabled by default even if
docsDevEvReporting would otherwise allow
trap/syslog reporting.
All
Adds all DOCSIS Event IDs to the

docsIf3CmtsEventCtrlTable.
Command Default
Disabled
1-94
Release 6.2.0
logging evt clear

The logging evt clear command disables logging of all EVTs or disables EVT
logging for a specific logging destination (s). The no logging evt clear command
restores the default EVT logging configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging evt clear {l|t|s|c} {<slot:group>} [<range>]
no logging evt clear {l|t|s|c} {<slot:group>} [<range>]
Command Syntax
l|t|s|c
the log message destination:

l = local
t = trap
s = SYSLOG
c = console
slot
group
the name of an EVT group
range
specific EVTs in the specified EVT group

such as '1+5+8-13'
1-95
Release 6.2.0
logging evt set

The logging evt set command configures EVT logging to log messages to a different
destination. The EVT messages logged can also be configured on a per-slot, per
group, or single, per-event basis. The no logging evt set command with no specified
EVT group name restores the original logging configuration changed with one or
more logging evt set commands.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging evt set {l|t|s|c} {<slot:group>} [<range>]
no logging evt set {l|t|s|c} {<slot:group>} [<range>]
Command Syntax
1-96
l|t|s|c
the log message destination:

l = local
t = trap
s = SYSLOG
c = console
slot
group
the name of an EVT group
range
specific EVTs in the specified EVT group

such as '1+5+8-13'
Release 6.2.0
logging facility
The logging facility command specifies the SYSLOG facility to which error
messages are sent. The no logging facility command reverts to the default of "local7".
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging facility {local 0 | local 1 | local 2 | local 3 | local 4 | local 5 | local 6 | local 7}
no logging facility
Command Syntax
local 0-7
local facility 0 through 7
Command Default
local 7
1-97
Release 6.2.0
logging on
The logging on command starts and stops the SYSLOG, and sends debug and error
messages to a logging process. The no logging on command stops sending debug or
error messages to a logging process.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging on
no logging on
Command Default
Disabled
1-98
Release 6.2.0
logging rate-limit
The logging rate-limit command limits the rate of system messages and SNMP traps
logged per second. The no logging rate-limit command disables the rate limit.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging rate-limit <0-2147483647> <1-2147483647>
no logging rate-limit
Command Syntax
0-2147483647
the number of logged messages
1-2147483647
the rate of messages logged per second
1-99
Release 6.2.0
logging reporting
The logging reporting command specifies the recording mechanism for logging
reports.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | default | emergency | error |
information | notice | warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-syslog | local-trap |
local-trap-syslog}
no logging reporting {alert | critical | debug | default | emergency | error |
information | notice | warning} {all-clear | all-set | local | local-syslog | local-trap |
local-trap-syslog}
Command Syntax
emergency
emergency conditions where the system is unusable

- reserved for vendor-specific, fatal hardware or
software errors that prevents normal system
operation and causes reporting system to reboot
alert
conditions where immediate action is needed - a

serious failure which causes the reporting system to
reboot but is not caused by hardware or software
malfunctioning
1-100
Release 6.2.0
critical
critical conditions - a serious failure that requires

immediate attention and prevents the device from
transmitting data but the system could recover
without rebooting
error

warnings
warning conditions - a failure occurred that could

notice

information
informational descriptive system messages - an

unimportant event, which could be helpful for
tracing normal operations
debug
debugging messages (severity level = 7)
default
set all the severity levels to default
Logging Location Options

local
log messages to local-nonvolatile memory

(NVRAM)
local-syslog
log messages to local NVRAM and the SYSLOG

server
local-trap
log messages, excluding the specified trap level, to

local NVRAM
local-trap-syslog log messages, excluding the specified trap level, to

local NVRAM and a SYSLOG server
1-101
Release 6.2.0
all-clear
unsets all logging locations for the report.
all-set
sets all logging locations for the report.
Note: Debug messages will not be reported unless debugging has been
turned on for a subsystem with the corresponding CLI debug command (e.g.
debug snmp).
1-102
Release 6.2.0
logging reporting default

The logging reporting default command is used to return to the default destination/
severity log reporting configuration.
Note: The default destination/severity log reporting configuration depends on

which logging control mode is enabled.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging reporting default
1-103
Release 6.2.0
logging session
The logging session command enables the transmission of system logging messages
to the current login session. The no logging session command disables the
transmission of system logging messages to the current login session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

logging session
no logging session
1-104
Release 6.2.0
logging snmp-trap
The logging snmp-trap command logs all SNMP traps or logs SNMP traps of a
specified severity level and higher.
Note: The logging snmp-trap command limits SNMP trap logging to SNMP
traps with a level up to and including the severity level specified with this
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging snmp-trap [alerts | critical | emergencies | errors | informational |
no logging snmp-trap [alerts | critical | emergencies | errors | informational |
Command Syntax
emergencies
emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor-specific, fatal hardware or software
errors that prevents normal system operation and causes
reporting system to reboot (severity level = 0)
alert
conditions where immediate action is needed - a serious

failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is
not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning
1-105
1-106
Release 6.2.0
critical

transmitting data but the system could recover without
rebooting
error
error conditions - a failure occurred that could interrupt

the normal data flow (severity level = 3)
warnings

notifications

information

unimportant event, which could be helpful for tracing
normal operations
Release 6.2.0
logging source-interface loopback

The logging source-interface loopback command allows an operator to control the
source IP address of SYSLOG packets generated by the BSR by specifying a
loopback interface as the source IP address for SYSLOG packets. The normal
convention for generated SYSLOG packets is to set the source IP address equal to the
IP address of the outgoing interface. The logging source-interface loopback
command overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified
loopback interface.
Note: Before using the logging source-interface loopback command, the

Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging source-interface loopback<1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
1-107
Release 6.2.0
logging trap
The logging trap command filters messages logged to the SYSLOG servers based on
severity. The command limits the log messages sent to a SYSLOG server to messages
with a severity level up to and including the severity level specified with this
command. The no logging trap command disables the logging of these messages to
the SYSLOG servers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

logging trap {alerts | critical | emergencies | errors | informational | notifications
| warnings}
no logging trap {alerts | critical | emergencies | errors | informational |
notifications | warnings}
Command Syntax
1-108
emergencies

system to reboot
alert

Release 6.2.0
critical

could recover without rebooting
error

warnings

notifications

information

Command Default
notifications level (severity=5)
1-109
Release 6.2.0
login
The login command logs a user on to the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
User EXEC
Command Line Usage

login [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
1-110
1 to 16 character username
Release 6.2.0
logout
The logout command logs a user out of the system. Use the logout command to end
the current session. The logout command is used the same way as the exit command.
In Privileged EXEC mode, use the logout command with a character argument to log
a particular user out of the system. Only users with administrative privileges can log
other users out.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
User EXEC and Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

logout [<session-id> | <username>] (Privileged EXEC mode only)
logout (User EXEC mode only)
Command Syntax
session-id
the session ID number of the user to

log out
username
the name of the user to log out
1-111
Release 6.2.0
macro
The macro command defines a group of existing CLI commands that can be executed
by entering the macro name at the command line. The no macro command removes a
macro from the macro list.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC and Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

macro <WORD> {Variable | <WORD>} ... [Variable | <WORD>]}}
no macro <WORD>
Command Syntax
1-112
WORD
the macro name
Variable
macro variables
WORD
the CLI commands - CLI commands must be

added one at a time
Release 6.2.0
memory checkzero
The memory checkzero command enables memory checking on the BSR.
Note: Memory checking can use considerable BSR system resources.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

memory checkzero <0-1>
Command Syntax
0-1
1 = enable Memory Checking

0 = disable Memory Checking
1-113
Release 6.2.0
message
The message command sends a message to a specified active user.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

message <WORD> <WORD>
Command Syntax
1-114
WORD
session number or username
WORD
message to send
Release 6.2.0
network-clock-select
The network-clock-select command configures network timing parameters. The no
network-clock-select command disables network timing parameters.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network-clock-select {1 | 2 } {bits | pos <X/Y>} {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3 |
pcm31-nocrc} | t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}
no network-clock-select {1 | 2 } {bits | pos <X/Y>} {e1 {pcm31-crc | pcm31-hdb3
| pcm31-nocrc} | t1 {esf-b8zs | sf-d4 | slc96 | t1dm }} {a | b}
Command Syntax
1
primary priority
secondary priority
bits
E1/T1 BITS clock
pos <X/Y>
BSR POS interface slot and port
e1
configure interface as E1
pcm31-crc
PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, CRC

Multiframe
pcm31-hdb3
PCM-31 framing with HDB3 line coding,

CRC Multiframe
pcm31-nocrc
PCM-31 framing with AMI line coding, No

CRC Multiframe
select port A
select port B
1-115
1-116
Release 6.2.0
t1
configure interface as T1
esf-b8zs
ESF framing with B8ZS line coding
sf-d4
SF-D4 framing with AMI line coding
slc96
SLC96 framing with AMI line coding
t1dm
T1DM framing with AMI line coding
Release 6.2.0
network-clock-select revertive
The network-clock-select revertive command enables revertive mode. The no
network-clock-select revertive command disables revertive mode.
Revertive mode enables the automatic switch-over to the highest priority clock source
available if the current clock goes offline
Note: In order for revertive mode to work properly, you must configure both
the primary and secondary clock sources. If there are no clock sources
configured, the Stratum 3 module on the SRM will remain in free-running
mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network-clock-select revertive
no network-clock-select revertive
1-117
Release 6.2.0
more
The more command displays the contents of a specified file.
Use the more nvram:startup-config command to view the startup configuration file
in NVRAM. The config_file environmental table will be displayed if the startup
configuration file is not displayed. The user can determine the status of the file which
is either a complete or a distilled version of the configuration file.
Use the more system:running-config command to view the running configuration
file. The more system:running-config command displays the version of the software
and any changes that were previously made.
Note: You can use the more command to view files on remote systems.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

more {flash: <filename> | ftp: <filename> | nvram: <filename> |
nvram:startup-config | startup-config | system:startup-config } [ | {begin |
exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
more {flash: <filename> | ftp: <filename> | nvram: <filename> |
nvram:startup-config | startup-config | system:startup-config } [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-118
filename
file name
turns on output modifiers (filters)
begin
filter for output that begins with the specified

string
Release 6.2.0
exclude
filter for output that excludes the specified

string
include
filter for output that includes the specified

string
WORD
the specified string
count
count the number of outputted lines
count-only
count the number of lines while suppressing

screen output
1-119
Release 6.2.0
page
The page command controls the scrolling of system output displays.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

page {off | on}
Command Syntax
off
scrolling continues until the end of

the display without stopping
on
controlled scrolling through the use

of the Enter/Return key and spacebar
Command Default
on
1-120
Release 6.2.0
password
The password command establishes a password that must be specified by users
attempting to establish a console or telnet session with the BSR. A console or telnet
session will not be established if the correct password is not specified by the user. The
no password command removes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

password {console | telnet}[0 | 7] <WORD>
no password {console | telnet}
Command Syntax
console
password for console connections
telnet
password for telnet connections
password
WORD

maximum, 78 character maximum
for option 7) - enclosed with double
quotes if the key contains spaces).
The "%" and "!" characters must not
be used.
1-121
Release 6.2.0
patch install
The BSR supports a maximum of 16 unique patch files. A patch file can be configured
through the CLI and then displayed in the running-config file. Once the
running-config file is copied to the startup-config file, the patches are persistently
applied to the BSR chassis.
The patch install command applies text patch files to the BSR chassis or to a
specified slot in the BSR chassis. The SRM copies the specified patch file to all the
running modules. Once a module receives the patch file and a patch indicate message,
the module begins the patching process. The patching process involves opening the
patch file and determining whether the patch file is compatible with the modules
system version. If the patch file is compatible with the modules system version, the
patch file is executed on the module. The patch install slot command executes the
patching process on a single module.
The no patch install command removes a patch from the BSR chassis or from a
specified slot in the BSR chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

patch install {flash: | nvram:} {<filename>} [slot <NUM>]
no patch install {flash: | nvram:} {<filename>} [slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
1-122
flash:
Specifies flash memory as the location of the

patch file.
nvram:
Specifies Non-volatile Random Access

patch file.
filename
Patch filename stored in Flash or NVRAM.
slot NUM
The BSR slot number.
Release 6.2.0
privilege restricted
The privilege restricted command designates a specific CLI command or group of
commands as belonging to the "restricted" user group. Only users in the "restricted"
user group have read-write access to commands designated as "restricted".
Note: By default, users in the "restricted" user group will not be able to
execute any commands unless they have been specified as "restricted" with
the privilege restricted command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

privilege restricted {<WORD> [<...WORD>] | all}
no privilege {<WORD> [<...WORD>] | all}
Command Syntax
WORD
the command whose privilege level is to be

changed to "restricted" - multiple commands
can be specified separated by spaces
all
changes the privilege level to "restricted" for

all of the sub-options of a given command
1-123
Release 6.2.0
radius-server
The radius-server command configures a RADIUS client to allow communication
with a RADIUS server. Configuring a RADIUS client involves the following tasks:
specifying the RADIUS server
defining the shared encryption key for authentication between the RADIUS
server and the RADIUS client
specifying the number of retry attempts if there is no response from an active

RADIUS server
specifying the time interval between retry attempts if there is no response from
from an active RADIUS server
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port <0-65535> [primary]]
radius-server key <WORD>
radius-server retransmit <0-100>
radius-server timeout <1-1000>
no radius-server host {<A.B.C.D>|<Hostname>} [auth-port]
no radius-server key
no radius-server retransmit
no radius-server timeout
Command Syntax
1-124
host
specifies a RADIUS server
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the RADIUS server
Release 6.2.0
Hostname
the hostname of the RADIUS server
auth-port 0-65535
specify a UDP port number for RADIUS

authentication - default port number is 1812
primary
select this server as the primary RADIUS

server
key WORD
text of the encryption key shared between the

RADIUS client and the RADIUS servers Motorola recommends a 22 character
minimum
retransmit 0-100
specify the number of retry attempts if there is

no response from an active RADIUS server default is 3 retries
timeout 1-1000
specify the time interval in seconds between

retry attempts if there is no response from
from an active RADIUS server - default is 5
seconds
1-125
Release 6.2.0
radius-server source-interface loopback

The radius-server source-interface loopback command allows an operator to
control the source IP address of Radius authentication protocol packets generated by
the BSR by specifying a loopback interface as the source IP address for Radius
authentication protocol packets. The normal convention for generated Radius
authentication protocol packets is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address
of the outgoing interface. The radius-server source-interface loopback command
overrides this convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback
interface. The no radius-server source-interface loopback command removes the
loopback source interface.
Note: Before using the radius-server source-interface loopback
command, the loopback interface must be configured and assigned an IP
address.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

radius-server source-interface loopback <1-255>
no radius-server source-interface loopback
Command Syntax
1-255
1-126
Release 6.2.0
redundancy cmts
The redundancy cmts command enables CMTS redundancy protection for a primary
CMTS. The slot number of the primary CMTS must be in the range 0..5 or 9..14. Slot
15 may not be used for CMTS redundancy.
The no redundancy cmts command disables CMTS redundancy protection for a
slot.The slot number must be a primary slot number in the range 0..5 or 9..14. By
default, redundancy is automatically enabled for all installed CMTS modules.
Note: It is important to save any configuration changes made to a primary
CMTS interface in the running configuration to the startup configuration with
the copy running-config startup-config command. This ensures that any
configuration changes are guaranteed to be maintained when a Primary
CMTS Module switches over service to the Standby CMTS Module or the
Standby CMTS Module gives back service to a Primary CMTS Module.
If a CPE that is statically configured with an IP address instead of obtaining
and IP address via DHCP registers on an active CMTS card, then a
switchover occurs, the arp entry will not be deleted if the CM de-registers. If
the CM attempts to re-register, the CPE will not pass data until the arp
timeout expires.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redundancy cmts <NUM>
no redundancy cmts <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR 64000 CMTS slot number
1-127
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
redundancy enabled
1-128
Release 6.2.0
redundancy drx
The redundancy drx command enables RX48 redundancy protection for a primary
RX48. The slot number of the primary RX48 must be in the range 0-5 or 9-14. Slots 7
and 8 are reserved for SRM modules, slot 6 is reserved for a standby 2:8 CMTS or
RX48, and slot 15 does not support the necessary backplane signals.
The no redundancy drx command disables RX48 redundancy protection for a slot.
The slot number must be a primary slot number in the range 0-5 or 9-14. By default,
redundancy is automatically enabled for all installed RX48 modules.
Note: It is important to save any configuration changes in the running
configuration to the startup configuration with the copy running-config
startup-config command so that these changes are maintained whenever
any primary module switches over to a redundant module or is restored to
service as a primary module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redundancy drx {<X> | reset-after-switchover }
no redundancy drx {<X> | reset-after-switchover }
Command Syntax
X
The RX48 slot number.
reset-after-switchover Enables reset of a surrendering RX48 module

after a manual switchover.
Command Defaults
redundancy = enabled
reset-after-switchover = disabled
1-129
Release 6.2.0
redundancy dtx
The redundancy dtx command enables TX32 redundancy protection for a Primary
TX32. The slot number of the Primary TX32 must be in the range 0..5 or 9..14. Slots
7 and 8 are reserved for SRM modules, slot 6 is reserved for a standby CMTS, and
slot 15 does not support the necessary backplane signals.
The no redundancy dtx command disables TX32 redundancy protection for a slot.
The slot number must be a primary slot number in the range 0..5 or 9..14. By default,
redundancy is automatically enabled for all installed TX32 modules.
any primary module switches over to a redundant module or is restored back
to a primary module.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redundancy dtx {<X> | reset-after-switchover }
no redundancy dtx {<X> | reset-after-switchover }
Command Syntax
X
the TX32 slot number
reset-after-switchover enables resetting a surrendering TX32 card

following a manual switchover
Command Defaults
redundancy enabled
reset-after-switchover = disabled
1-130
Release 6.2.0
redundancy force-switchover cmts

The redundancy force-switchover cmts command forces a CMTS to switchover to
the CMTS that provides redundancy for it. For a primary slot in the range 0..5, 9..14,
the spare CMTS in slot 6 takes over. For slot 6, the spare CMTS gives back operation
to whatever primary CMTS for which it was operating.
Note: After the first administrative (manual) switchover you perform for BSR
64000 systems employing Redundant SRMs, Redundant CMTS modules, or
both; wait a minimum of 5 minutes for SRMs and 60 seconds for CMTS
modules before initiating another administrative switchover.
It is important to save any configuration changes made to a primary CMTS
interface in the running configuration to the startup configuration with the
copy running-config startup-config command. This ensures that any
configuration changes are guaranteed to be maintained when a Primary
CMTS Module switches over service to the Standby CMTS Module or the
Standby CMTS Module gives back service to a Primary CMTS Module.
If a CPE that is statically configured with an IP address instead of obtaining
and IP address via DHCP registers on an active CMTS card, then a
switchover occurs, the arp entry will not be deleted if the CM de-registers. If
the CM attempts to re-register, the CPE will not pass data until the arp
timeout expires.
Only users with read/write privileges are allowed to use the redundancy
force-switchover cmts command. If a user has read-only privileges, the
command is not executed and a message is displayed informing the user of
insufficient privileges.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

redundancy force-switchover cmts <NUM>
1-131
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
1-132
Release 6.2.0
redundancy force-switchover drx

The redundancy force-switchover drx command forces a primary RX48 module to
switchover to the standby RX48 module that provides redundancy for it.
any primary module switches over to a redundant module or is restored to
service as a primary module.
force-switchover drx command. If a user has read-only privileges, the
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

redundancy force-switchover drx <X>
Command Syntax
X
1-133
Release 6.2.0
redundancy force-switchover dtx

The redundancy force-switchover dtx command forces a Primary TX32 module to
switchover to the Standby TX32 module that provides redundancy for it..
any primary module switches over to a redundant module or is restored back
to a primary module.
force-switchover dtx command. If a user has read-only privileges, the
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

redundancy force-switchover dtx <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
1-134
Release 6.2.0
redundancy force-switchover srm

The redundancy force-switchover srm command allows an administrative
switchover from the active SRM to the standby SRM and will cause control of the
BSR 64000 to pass from the active SRM to the standby SRM.
Note: After the first administrative (manual) switchover you perform for BSR
64000 systems employing Redundant SRMs, Redundant CMTS modules, or
both; wait a minimum of 5 minutes for SRMs and 60 seconds for CMTS
modules before initiating another administrative switchover.
It is important to save any configuration changes made to a primary SRM
interface in the running configuration to the startup configuration with the
copy running-config startup-config command. This ensures that any
configuration changes are guaranteed to be maintained when a Primary SRM
Module switches over service to the Standby SRM Module or the Standby
SRM Module gives back service to a Primary SRM Module.
force-switchover srm command. If a user has read-only privileges, the
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

redundancy force-switchover srm
1-135
Release 6.2.0
reload
The reload command reloads the operating system. The reload command is most
often used to reload upgraded software.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

reload [ at <hh:mm:> <LINE> <MONTH> | cancel | fast | in countdown | reason
<LINE>]
Command Syntax
1-136
at
reloads at a specific time
hh:mm
specific hour and minute to reload
MONTH
name of the month
cancel
cancels a pending reload
fast
reloads the system immediately
in
reloads after a time interval
countdown
time interval in mm or hh:mm
reason LINE
text of the reason to reload
Release 6.2.0
reload switched
A hitless upgrade is performed by distributing new software image (or images) to all
modules in the BSR chassis via the update chassis command and then using the
reload switched command to sequentially reload the image to all modules in the
chassis.
The reload switched command performs a sequential reload of every module resident
in the BSR chassis as part of a hitless upgrade. While each module is reloading, its
operation is performed by another module.
Note: Hitless upgrade functionality can be executed only if the BSR chassis
contains either RX48 or CMTS 2:8 modules but not both types of modules.
This reason is that both the RX48 and CMTS 2:8 modules use slot 6 for their
standby modules.
Note: The reload switched command can be used by itself (without the
update chassis command) to perform a hitless reload (not upgrade) of the
chassis.
Note: The reload switched command checks to determine if redundancy is

enabled for all slots. If any CMTS slot is not enabled for redundancy, a
warning message appears.
The reload switched command will not be executed in the following circumstances:
n
n
A non-switched reload is currently pending.

There are modules in the BSR chassis that are not in either the RUN or STBY
state.
1-137
Release 6.2.0
The BSR chassis does not support SRM, HSIM and CMTS (RX48 or 2:8 module)
redundancy.
Warning: If a user attempts a hitless upgrade between archives having

different HU Software Group numbers, the following warning message is
displayed:
WARNING - Attempting Hitless Upgrade between two
incompatible archives.
Recommended aborting the "reload switched" command
Abort the "switched reload" ? [yes/no]:
The user is given the choice of proceeding with the hitless upgrade or
aborting the operation with the recommendation to abort.
CLI commands that would interfere with operation of the reload switched command
will not be executed during the switched reload procedure. These commands are:
1-138
balance
boot
copy
download (debug mode command)
update
redundancy cmts enable/disable
redundancy force srm/cmts
reload (except reload cancel)
reset
shutdown (if configuring an HSIM interface)
no shutdown (if configuring HSIM interface)
Release 6.2.0
During a switched hitless upgrade reload, the above commands will not execute even
if the command does not apply to the module currently being reloaded. If an attempt is
made to use these commands, the system will display a message similar to the
following:
This command may not be performed while a switched reload is in progress. Enter
.
show reload to display the current progress of the switched reload. Enter reload
cancel to cancel the switched reload.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

reload switched [check | hsim-delay <15-120> | resume [ hsim-delay <15-120>]]
Command Syntax
check
Checks the system to see if hitless upgrade is

supported.
hsim-delay 15-120
The number of seconds (15-120) that hitless

upgrade waits between the end of the reload
of one HSIM module and the start of the
reload of the next HSIM module. This wait
allows the routing tables to be populated
before reloading the next HSIM module.
resume
Resumes a cancelled or terminated switched

reload.
1-139
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical output from the reload switched check
command:
Switched reload validation summary:
System card types and states meet requirements of Hitless Upgrade.
Please verify the software compatibility between the current and
target application archives by checking the Hitless Upgrade Group
numbers and making sure that they are the same in both the archives.
eg - archive 4.1.0T00P48KRAU.Z
For boot rom upgrade refer to release documentation to verify
suitablity for Hitless Upgrade.
Please check user documentation to insure that hardware revision
numbers meet the requirements of the new software archive.
It is the user's responsibility to insure that multi-path routes
to the desired destinations have been configured.
The software does not verify this.
1-140
Release 6.2.0
Note: For the reload switched resume command, the hsim-delay option
has the same functionality as described above with one important difference;
If the hsim-delay option is not specified with the reload switched resume
command, the hsim-delay value used during hitless upgrade is the
hsim-delay value specified with the previous reload switched hsim-delay
command or the default hsim-delay value of 15 seconds.
For example, the reload switched command is started with an hsim-delay
of 35 seconds.
reload switched hsim-delay 35
If hitless upgrade is either aborted by the user or terminated for some reason,
when the issue has been addressed and hitless upgrade is resumed, the
following scenarios apply:
If the reload switched resume hsim-delay command is used without

explicitly specifying an hsim-delay value, hitless upgrade uses the
previous value of 35 seconds for the hsim-delay.
If the reload switched resume command is used with an hsim-delay
value of 25 seconds (reload switched resume hsim-delay 25),
hitless upgrade uses the new specified value of 25 seconds for the
hsim-delay.
Command Default
hsim-delay = 15 seconds
1-141
Release 6.2.0
remote copy
The remote copy command provides the ability to copy a file from an external File
Transport Protocol (FTP) server to a remote module such as the CMTS 2:8 or TX32.
The remote copy command also provides the ability to copy a file from a remote
module to an external FTP server.
The following example copies the cmts2x8_ar.z file from an FTP server onto BSR
slot 4's filesystem:
MOT:7A# remote copy ftp://10.14.37.195/mgi515/cmts2x8_ar.z slot 4
cmts2x8_ar.z
The following example copies the cmts2x8_ar.z file from BSR slot 4's filesystem onto
an FTP server:
MOT:7A# remote copy slot 4 cmts2x8_ar.z ftp://10.14.37.195/mgi515/
cmts2x8_ar.z
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

remote copy ftp: <filesystem> slot <NUM> [<WORD> [gateway <A.B.C.D>]]
[gateway <A.B.C.D>]
remote copy slot <NUM> <WORD> ftp: [gateway <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
1-142
ftp: filesystem
Copy the configuration file from an

FTP server.
slot NUM
Copy the configuration file from a

FTP server BSR slot number.
Release 6.2.0
WORD
Destination filename or file to be

copied.
gateway A.B.C.D
Specifies a port-forwarding
gateways local logical interfaces IP
address.
1-143
Release 6.2.0
remote delete slot

remote rm slot
The remote delete slot and remote rm slot commands delete a specified file on a
specified BSR slot.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

remote delete slot <NUM> <WORD>
remote rm slot <NUM> <WORD>
Command Syntax
1-144
NUM
WORD
The filename of the file to be

deleted.
Release 6.2.0
remote dir slot

remote ls slot
The remote dir slot and remote ls slot commands display a list of filenames, creation
dates, file sizes and space available on a filesystem. The following is typical screen
output from the remote dir slot and remote ls slot commands:
Directory of Slot 11:
8667918
2097148
2097148
2097148
5230
129356
1144176
0
0
0
0
0
Tue
Mon
Mon
Tue
Thu
Thu
Thu
Fri
Thu
Fri
Fri
Fri
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jun
Jan
Jan
Jan
Jan
Feb
Jan
Jan
Jan
23
22
22
23
15
15
15
16
05
16
16
16
09:59:44
13:57:37
16:08:53
10:03:27
15:13:43
15:14:06
15:14:51
15:29:42
12:16:46
15:16:16
15:19:49
15:26:13
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
2009
tx.bin
eventlog8.mer
eventlog9.mer
eventlog1.mer
tx32_qrm_eeprom.hex
tx32_qrm_flash.hex
tx32_qrm_fpga.cbt
core_dsphy.Initial_01
core_ProcessTask_01
Number of Files: 12
Kbytes
-----50495
Used
---15919
Avail
----34576
Use%
---31 %
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

remote dir slot <NUM>
remote ls slot <NUM>
1-145
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
1-146
Release 6.2.0
repeat
The repeat command repeats a command or series of commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

repeat {<NUM>} {<WORD> [...<WORD>] | delay <NUM> {<WORD>
[...<WORD>]}}
Command Syntax
NUM
the number of times to repeat the command or

series of commands
WORD
the command or series of commands
delay NUM
the delay (in seconds) between the execution

of each command
1-147
Release 6.2.0
reset
The reset command resets all slots or a specific slot in the BSR 64000 chassis.
Note: It is important to save any configuration changes made in the running
startup-config command before resetting a slot. This ensures that any
configuration changes are guaranteed to be maintained after a slot is reset.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

reset {all | slot <0-6, 8-15>}
Command Syntax
1-148
all
reset all slots in the BSR 64000 chassis
slot 0-6, 8-15
reset a specific slot
Release 6.2.0
service password-encryption
The service password-encryption command enables password encryption. The no
service password-encryption disables password encryption.
The service password-encryption command will also encrypt previously specified
passwords in the running-config file that are currently unencrypted.
Note: Once passwords appearing in the running configuration file are
encrypted, they cannot be unencrypted using the no service
password-encryption command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

service password-encryption
no service password-encryption
Command Default
No encryption
1-149
Release 6.2.0
session-timeout
The session-timeout command lets you specify the length of time (in minutes) before
the BSR terminates any inactive session. An inactive session is a session has received
no user input or system output during the specified time interval.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

session-timeout {console | telnet} <0-30>
Command Syntax
console
specifies console sessions
telnet
specifies telnet sessions
0-30
length of time in minutes before the

session is terminated automatically
by the BSR
Command Default
5 minutes for telnet sessions
0 for console sessions (session maintained indefinitely)
1-150
Release 6.2.0
session-window set
The session-window set command specifies the height and width parameters of the
current CLI session window.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

session-window set {height <4-128> | width <16-384>}
Command Syntax
height 4-128
sets window height in number of lines
width 16-384
sets window width in number of columns
1-151
Release 6.2.0
set bandwidth-factor
The set bandwidth-factor command configures the percentage of bandwidth that
may be used by a Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interface. The no set
bandwidth-factor command restores the default bandwidth factor of 100%.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

set bandwidth-factor <10-100>
no set bandwidth-factor
Command Syntax
10-100
the percentage of bandwidth that can be used

(min 10 Mbps)
Command Default
100%
1-152
Release 6.2.0
set stats poll

The set stats poll command specifies a polling interval in seconds for various BSR
slot statistics. The no set stats poll command disables slot statistics polling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

For the SRM module in slot 7:
set stats poll update <1-3600>
no set stats poll update <1-3600>
For all Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet slots:
set stats poll {bmeth | fastpath {ip | mpls} | gige | lcpu | update | xfabric}
{<1-3600>}
no set stats poll {bmeth | fastpath {ip | mpls} | gige | lcpu | update | xfabric}
{<1-3600>}
For all CMTS slots:
set stats poll {cmts | update | xfabric} {<1-3600>}
no set stats poll {cmts | update | xfabric} {<1-3600>}
Command Syntax
bmeth
buffer manager Ethernet statistics
cmts
CMTS Statistics
fastpath ip
Fastpath forwarding IP statistics
fastpath mpls
Fastpath forwarding MPLS statistics
1-153
1-154
Release 6.2.0
gige
Gigabit Ethernet statistics
lcpu
local CPU Ethernet statistics
update
report statistics to SRM
xfabric
switch fabric statistics
1-3600
poll time in seconds
Release 6.2.0
show aliases
The show aliases command displays any one of the following:
n
Aliases for commands in all modes
Aliases for commands in a specific mode.
Aliases for all commands that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string.
Aliases for a specific mode that begin with, include, or exclude a specified string.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show aliases
command:
Privilege mode aliases:

getHa22
copy ftp://150.21.2.61/pub/tter/tterHa22.Z nvram:
getSf
copy ftp://10.14.37.103/pub/tter/tter.Z nvram:tter.Z
ccm
clear cable modem all reset
ccmoff
clear cable modem offline
getElf
copy ftp://10.14.37.103/pub/tter/vxWorks.Z.elf nvram:vxWorks.Z.elf
getVtag
copy ftp://10.14.37.103/pub/tter/tterVtag.Z nvram:tterVtag.Z
System-wide aliases:
scmst
show cable modem summary total
scm
show cable modem
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All except User EXEC
Command Line Usage

show alias [conf | exec | priv] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count |
count-only}]
show alias [conf | exec | priv] [ | {count | count-only}]
1-155
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-156
conf
specifies aliases for Global

Configuration mode
exec
specifies aliases for User EXEC

mode
priv
specifies aliases for Privileged

EXEC mode
begin
filter for output that begins with the

specified string
exclude
filter for output that excludes the

specified string
include
filter for output that includes the

specified string
WORD
count
count-only
count the number of lines while

suppressing screen output
Release 6.2.0
show boot
The show boot command lists the boot parameters. Use the show boot command to
display the contents of the BOOT environment variables and the configuration
register setting. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
boot command:
Boot location currently set to nvram:tter.Z
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show boot [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show boot [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-157
Release 6.2.0
show chassis alias

The show chassis alias command to show the alias name for the BSR chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis alias
1-158
Release 6.2.0
show chassis assetid

The show chassis assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to
the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis assetid
1-159
Release 6.2.0
show chassis serial-num

The show chassis serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to
your BSR 64000.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis serial-num
1-160
Release 6.2.0
show chassis status

The show chassis status command displays the operational status and the type of
modules that are installed in the BSR. The following information is provided:
Slot
The module slot number from 0 to 15.
Type
The type of module inserted into the BSR 64000. HSIM

indicates a Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface module (NIM)CMTS indicates a CMTS 2:8 module - DTX indicates a TX32
module - DRX indicates an RX48 module - SRM4 indicates the
Supervisory Routing Module.
Sub
The module subtype - 2X8 CMTS,TX32, RX48. ETH1, ETH8,

and so on.
Red
The slot number of the redundant backup module.
State
The current operational state of the module. RUN indicates that

the module is fully operational. Flash indicates that the module
is updating its FLASH memory. boot indicates that the module
is currently in a boot state. stby indicates that the module is in
standby mode.
RM
A resource module. An x indicates that this module is

operational. A dash (-) indicates that this module is not currently
operational.
IO
Physical module (IO module). An x indicates that this module is

operational. A dash (-) indicates that this module is not currently
operational.
UpTime
If the system clock has been set using the clock set command,
the UpTime field displays the amount of time that the module
has been operational.
LastUpTime
If the module is down, the last operational time for the module is
displayed.
Success
The module booted successfully.
Failure
The module failed the boot process.
1-161
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show chassis status
command. For Release 6.2, the show chassis status command output has been
enhanced to display the standby RX48 module type and operational status.
Current Time: 11/10-08:04:17

Running archive: FLASH:610t00p29.srm4
Slot
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
1-162
Type Sub
DTX
DTX
TX32
TX32
HSIM
DRX
SRM4
SRM4
DRX
CMTS
CMTS
CMTS
CMTS
GE2/ETH8
RX48
RX48
2x8(2.0)
2x8(2.0)
2x8(2.0)
2x8(2.0)
HSIM GE2/ETH8
Red
2
8
-
State
stby
RUN
RUN
stby
RUN
stby
RUN
RUN
RUN
RUN
RUN
RUN
RM
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
IO
p
p
s
p
p
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
UpTime
11:25:34
11:26:53
11:26:35
11:12:42
11:30:41
11:24:17
11:26:09
11:24:31
11:24:19
11:24:23
11:24:27
11:26:35
LastUpTime Success Failure

0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Standby
0
2
RX48 Module
0
0
1
1
Primary
1
1
RX48 Module
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
Release 6.2.0
Note: The value displayed with the sysUpTime SNMP MIB object and the
value displayed in the UpTime field in the show chassis status command
output represent different system up time values.
The sysUpTime MIB object represents the amount of time that the SNMP
agent has been running, relative to the time that the SNMP agent was last
restarted. Initially, this will be close to the time that the SRM module last
restarted because the SNMP Agent resides on the SRM module. However, if
the SNMP agent itself is restarted with the snmp-server shutdown or
snmp-server enable CLI commands, the sysUpTime is reset to zero.
The UpTime value displayed in the show chassis status command output
represents the amount of time that the modules have been running relative to
the last reboot of the chassis or last reset of the modules. These system time
values may be different for each module, even after a reboot of the entire
chassis, because not all modules complete their initialization at the same
time. Also, the system time values will be different if individual modules are
restarted via the CLI or are manually inserted at a later time. However, the
per-module UpTime values displayed in the show chassis status command
output are not affected by the snmp-server shutdown and snmp-server
enable commands because these values are relative to the modules boot
time not to the SNMP agents boot time.
Note: After an SRM switchover, the show chassis status command output
may display an inaccurate uptime value for SRM4 modules in the BSR
chassis. This should not otherwise affect system performance.
For BSR 64000 systems with an SRM4, a file called timezone is
automatically created in NVRAM to store the system clock time zone
information configured with the clock set and clock timezone commands.
The timezone file should not be deleted. If the file is removed for any reason,
the system clock and time zone configuration must be re-entered using the
clock set and clock timezone commands and verified using the show clock
command.
1-163
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis status [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count |
count-only}]
show chassis status [ | {count | count-only}]
Note: Do not truncate the show chassis status command (ex. sh ch st)
when in Interface Configuration Mode. Truncating the show chassis status
command when in Interface Configuration Mode will produce the expected
command output but will also place the CLI into Global Configuration Mode.
Command Syntax
1-164
Turns on output modifiers (filters).
begin
Filters for output that begins with the

specified string.
exclude
Filters for output that excludes the

specified string.
include
Filters for output that includes the

specified string.
WORD
The specified string.
count
Counts the number of outputted

lines.
count-only
Counts the number of lines while

suppressing screen output.
Release 6.2.0
show clock
The show clock command shows the system clock. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show clock command:
TUE JAN 24 10:05:05 2006

Timezone eastern, -5 hr 0 min offset from UTC
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show clock [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show clock [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-165
Release 6.2.0
show core log

The show core log command addresses the problem of logged exception data being
removed from a log file as other logged data is added and the log files capacity is
exceeded before the exception log data can retrieved. In addition to logging exception
data in the regular log file, the exception data is stored in a core log file. This log file
can be viewed with the show core log command and cleared with the clear core log
command.
n
The core log file stores up to 400 lines of exception data, occupying a maximum
102.4 KB file size in FLASH. The filename is core.log.
After a reload, a new core.log file is created, and the old core.log file is
backed up to a file named core.old.
The core.old file can be viewed in a text editor.
The following displays typical output from the show core log command:
Preparing log file for reading ...

[07/21-18:14:22.4807/21-18:13:41.89[07/21-18:14:22.3607/21-18:13:41.89[07/21-18:14:22.3407/21-18:13:41.89[07/21-18:14:22.3307/21-18:13:41.89[07/21-18:14:22.2907/21-18:13:41.89[07/21-18:14:22.2807/21-18:13:41.89-
08:EXC]-E- Reformating Exception Storage

08:EXC]-EtRDNc
Timeout:0
08:EXC]-E- Tasks blocked on semaphore 0xfffff80:
08:EXC]-EtTnetRDNtd
Timeout:0
08:EXC]-E- Tasks blocked on semaphore 0xb17d88c:
08:EXC]-EEventMgr
Timeout:28
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show core log
1-166
Release 6.2.0
show evt
The show evt command displays EVT counts for all EVT groups, a specific EVT
group, EVT group counts that only occur on a specific BSR slot, or individual event.
By default, only EVT groups with non-zero event counts are displayed. The following
is an example of typical screen output from the show evt command:
Slot 0: CRA
- Cra event system
EVT Base : 4608
Num
Title
Count
Sv Logging
------------------------------------------ ---------- -- -------1
rcvd crm msg
144 D
14
Received CA Certificate SET request
3 D
18
Sent GET CA Cert. message to CRM
1 D
23
cmtsSendCrmCmAdd
12 D
24
cmtsSendCrmCmDel
8 D
25
cmtsSendCrmCmReg
12 D
Slot 0: MACCFG - macCfg event system

EVT Base : 9984
Num
Title
Count
Sv Logging
------------------------------------------ ---------- -- -------1
Flap tree add success
3 D
3
Flap tree delete success
3 D
8
FlapListAdd success
3 D
10
FlapListDel success
3 D
15
FlapListAgeout success
2 D
18
set cmh flap rowstatus to active
3 D
19
set cmh flap rowstatus to destroy
3 D
22
set cmh flap mac addr
4 D
In addition to the BSR 64000 slot number, EVT group name, and EVT base number,
the following information is displayed
Num
the EVT number - EVTs are numbered from 1

to 255 (maximum)
Title
the title of the individual event
1-167
Release 6.2.0
Count
the number of times the EVT has occurred

since the count was last reset
Sv
the severity level of the event - in order of

increasing severity, the abbreviations are:
D = Debug
I = Informational
N = Notice
W = Warning
E = Error
C = Critical
A = Alert
E = Emergency
Logging
indicates to which logging subsystems EVT

messages are forwarded:
L = Local log file
T = Trap to SNMP
S = SYSLOG
C = Console
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show evt [<NUM> | <WORD>]
1-168
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
WORD
the name of an EVT group - refer to the table

below.
1-169
Release 6.2.0
Table 1-2 EVT Event Subsystems

memchk
net
ipevt
tpt
arp
rpt
im
icp
evtm
evta
rmbind
rm
crmbpi
crm
crmsub
crmfft
crmsnr
crmutl
crmdtm
crmcli
crmdsg
dsgif
csm
brmtag
rsm
rdb
fpevt
spcmgr
dgm
dqos
pcmm
em
lbgmgr
drm
drme
1-170
Memory Check
Network
IP Event System
Testpoint Facility
ARP
SRM Repeater
Interface Manager
ICP
EVT Manager
EVT Agent
RM Bind
Resource Manager
CRM BPI
CRM
CRM SubMgt
CRM FFT
CRM SNR
CRM Util
CRM DOCSTEST
CRM CLI
CRM DSG
DSG Interface
Certificate Storage
Module
BRM VLAN Tagging
Redundancy SRM
Run Time Database
FP EVT
Spectrum Manager
DQM
PacketCable DQOS
PacketCable
Multimedia
PacketCable Event
Message
Load Balance Manage
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager Engine
DOCSIS Redundancy
Manager SRM
swr
Switched Reload
tacacs TACACS+
vrfmgr VRF Manager
ipsec
IPSEC
sys
SYS UTIL
snmpa SNMP Agent
dsgmib SNMP DSG
bufmgr Buffer Manager
eth8
Ethernet Switch
fei
FEI
srpcmt SRM Reporter CMTS
maccfg MAC CFG
cmtbuf CMTS Buffer
fpga
CMTS FPGA
bcm
Broadcom Driver
bcmpkt Broadcam Driver Per
Packet
FRM
frm
ARD
ard
ardpkt ARD PKT
QUE Manager
que
Upconverter
upc
RES
res
RES RTR
resrtr
resaut RES AUTH
RES SF
ressf
resmgr RES MGR
Load Balancing
lbm
Load Balancing 2nd
lbm2
Table
lbmsnr Load Balacing SNR
Cable Modem
cms
Selector
ACC
acc
accpkt ACC Packet
drmr
accdhc
reg
range
dpm
dra
ACC DHCP
REG
Range
Data Path Mapping
DOCSIS Redundancy
Agent
ubsha
Upstream Scheduler RTR
ubsbst Upstream Scheduler Burst
ubsmac UBS CMTS MAC RTR
ubs
Upstream Scheduler
ubsim
UBS IM SYNC
ubsmap UBS MAP
macmr MAC MGR
docsif
DOCS IF
macrtr MACRTR
brgtag BRG TAG
BRG
brg
brgrtr
BRG RTR
Spectrum Agent FFT
spafft
spasnr Spectrum Agent SNR
rssi
Spectrum Agent RSSI
spasc
Spectrum Agent SC
ardrtr
ARD RTR
acctrt
ACC RTR
btp
Boot Uptime
mcns
MCNS
red
CMTS Redundancy ICP
ucc
Upstream Channel Change
dcc
Dynamic Channel Change
dsx
Dynamic Service
svcflo
Service Flow
cra
CRA
cra2
CRA SNR
bcm1
Broadcom 3138 Driver
bcmmac Broadcom 3212 Driver
pream Preamble
upcmot Upconverter Motorola
Release 6.2.0
show forced-download
The show forced-download command shows information about which slots are set
for forced download from the SRM.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
forced-download command:
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
Slot
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
is
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
forced
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
to
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
always
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
download
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
from
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
the
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
SRM
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show forced-download [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count |
count-only}]
show forced-download [ | {count | count-only } {<WORD>}]
1-171
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-172
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show history
The show history command displays a list of commands executed during a session.
The list size is determined by the setting of the history size command. The following
is an example of typical screen output from the show history command:
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
ip bgp next-hops
ip bgp summary
ip bgp community
boot
aliases
boot
chassis alias
chassis asset-id
clock
history
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show history [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show history [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
1-173
1-174
Release 6.2.0
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show keepalive
The show keepalive command displays keepalive status and configuration
information for all switch fabric or ICP keepalives. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show keepalive command:
Status
:
:
Features :
:
Thresholds:
:
xfabric keepalive enabled

icp keepalive enabled
xfabric(monitor, 880-recover, slot-recover, cmts-rebind)
icp(monitor, slot-reset )
xfabric (monitor 3, 880-recover 10, slot-recover 60, cmts-rebind 5)
icp (monitor 10, slot-reset 10)
Keepalive Retransmit Counts:

Slot xfabric
ICP
---------------------10 :
1
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show keepalive [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show keepalive [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
turns on output modifiers (filters or

counters)
begin

specified string
1-175
1-176
Release 6.2.0
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show log
The show log command displays message logging in the log file, the oldest message
first. The show log command displays log file contents and information about users
who have logged into the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show log command::

[02/11-10:39:08- 07:telnet01]-N-user enabled-user authenticated
[02/11-10:39:04- 07:telnet01]-N-connection made from 10.14.11.218 on session 01
[02/10-18:41:1107:RMs]-N-Module state RUNNING CMTS slot 1
.
[02/10-18:41:11- 07:RMs]-I-Slot 1 booted with version 2.1.0T00P39.KRBU
[02/10-18:41:09- 07:SPECMGR]-N-No shut down succeed for channel ifIndex = 98561
[02/10-18:41:09[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:07iguration(), for
[02/10-18:41:07disable
[02/10-18:41:073 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:072 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:071 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:07eam 0 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:07-
07:CRMTASK]-N-link up notification, ifIndex = 98561.

07:IM]-N-IP Interface cable 1/0 on 150.31.41.1 is up
07:IM]-N-Interface cable 1/0 is up
07:RMsc]-E-bad return value 0 from parse() in loadInterfaceConf
config line:' cable dynamic-service authorization-mode disable'
07:RMsc]-I-restoring: cable dynamic-service authorization-mode
07:RMsc]-N-configuration change by [hotswapper]: cable upstream
07:RMsc]-I-restoring: cable upstream 3 shutdown
07:RMsc]-N-configuration change by [hotswapper]: no cable upstr
07:RMsc]-I-restoring: no cable upstream 0 shutdown
Group Access
All
Command Mode
1-177
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show log [chronological] [security] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
{count | count-only}]]
show log [chronological] [security] [ | {count | count-only}]
1-178
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
chronological
displays the log file from the oldest

entry to the newest entry - this is the
reverse of using the show log
command without options
security
displays security privilege

information
Note: the security option is only
available to a user logged in as
securityuser - refer to Configuring
Cable Intercepts in the BSR 64000
CMTS Configuration and
Management Guide
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-179
Release 6.2.0
show log standby

The show log standby command displays message logging in the log file for the
standby SRM module, in reverse chronological order. This command follows the
same syntax as the show log command. The show log standby command displays log
file contents and information about users who have logged into the BSR. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show log standby
command:
[02/11-10:39:08- 07:telnet01]-N-user enabled-user authenticated
[02/11-10:39:04- 07:telnet01]-N-connection made from 10.14.11.218 on session 01
[02/10-18:41:1107:RMs]-N-Module state RUNNING CMTS slot 1
.
[02/10-18:41:11- 07:RMs]-I-Slot 1 booted with version 2.1.0T00P39.KRBU
[02/10-18:41:09- 07:SPECMGR]-N-No shut down succeed for channel ifIndex = 98561
[02/10-18:41:09[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:08[02/10-18:41:07iguration(), for
[02/10-18:41:07disable
[02/10-18:41:073 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:072 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:071 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:07eam 0 shutdown
[02/10-18:41:07[02/10-18:41:07-

07:IM]-N-IP Interface cable 1/0 on 150.31.41.1 is up
07:IM]-N-Interface cable 1/0 is up
07:RMsc]-E-bad return value 0 from parse() in loadInterfaceConf
config line:' cable dynamic-service authorization-mode disable'
07:RMsc]-I-restoring: cable dynamic-service authorization-mode
07:RMsc]-N-configuration change by [hotswapper]: no cable upstr
07:RMsc]-I-restoring: no cable upstream 0 shutdown
Group Access
All
1-180
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show log standby [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show log standby [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin
Filters for output that begins with the specified string.
exclude
Filters for output that excludes the specified string.
include
Filters for output that includes the specified string.
WORD
count
Counts the number of outputted lines.
count-only
Counts the number of lines while suppressing screen

output.
1-181
Release 6.2.0
show logging evt

The show logging evt command displays the EVT configuration entries in the
running configuration file. The following is an example of typical screen output from
the show logging evt command:
EVT RUNNING
logging evt
logging evt
logging evt
CONFIG:
set c drme 82
set c rdb 197
set c dra 121
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show logging evt
1-182
Release 6.2.0
show logging reporting

The show logging reporting command displays the recording mechanism for logging
messages based on their severity level. The display output is in the format: logging
reporting <severity> <logging location> e.g. logging reporting alert local. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show logging reporting
command:

logging reporting emergency local
logging reporting alert local
logging reporting critical local-trap-syslog
logging reporting error local-trap-syslog
logging reporting warning local-trap-syslog
logging reporting notice local-trap-syslog
logging reporting information all-clear
logging reporting debug all-clear
The following information is displayed:

emergency
emergency conditions where the system is unusable reserved for vendor-specific, fatal hardware or software
errors that prevents normal system operation and causes
reporting system to reboot
alert
conditions where immediate action is needed - a serious

failure which causes the reporting system to reboot but is
not caused by hardware or software malfunctioning
critical

transmitting data but the system could recover without
rebooting
1-183
Release 6.2.0
error
error conditions - a failure occurred that could interrupt

the normal data flow
warnings

notice

information

unimportant event, which could be helpful for tracing
normal operations
debug
debugging messages
default
set all the severity level to default
Logging Location Options
1-184
local
log messages for the report go to local-nonvolatile

memory (NVRAM)
local-syslog
log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and the

SYSLOG server
local-trap
log messages for the report go to local NVRAM. SNMP

traps are also sent to an SNMP manager
local-trap-syslog
log messages for the report go to local NVRAM and a

SYSLOG server - SNMP traps are also sent to an SNMP
manager
all-clear
unsets all logging locations for the report
all-set
sets all logging locations for the report
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show logging reporting
1-185
Release 6.2.0
show logging syslog

The show logging syslog command displays a counter of the total number of log
messages sent to the SYSLOG server and the number of messages dropped if a
logging threshold has been exceeded. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show logging syslog command:
Syslog Messages Sent:

654
Syslog Messages Dropped due to throttling: 0

Syslog Messages Sent:
the number of log messages logged

to the SYSLOG server
Syslog Messages Dropped due to throttling:
the number of log messages that

were to be logged to the SYSLOG
server but were discarded because
the threshold set with the logging
rate-limit command was exceeded
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show logging syslog
1-186
Release 6.2.0
show macro
The show macro command lists all configured macros on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show macro [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show macro [ | {count | count-only}}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-187
Release 6.2.0
show memory
The show memory command displays the memory content of the starting address.
Use the show memory command to view information about memory available after
the system image decompresses and loads. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show memory command with the fastpath argument:
Fast Path memory usage as follows:

Category
--------
# Of Bytes
----------
Buffer Manager L2 Cam Total size

Buffer Manager L2 CAM mapping table size
Buffer Manager L2 CAM hash table size
Buffer Manager L2 CAM MAC address tables size
Buffer Manager L2 CAM Miscellaneous size
Flow Classification Total size
Icmp Filter FC mapping/hashing table size
Policy FC mapping/hashing table size
Flow Classification CAM/SRAM mapping table size
Flow Classification Miscellaneous size
Unicast Routing Total size
Unicast Routing local route mapping
Unicast Routing LME/SRAM mapping table size
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1559084
1245232
2040
311808
4
5127504
52
144
5127304
4
12630540
:
49152
:
12581384
Total
19317128
1-188
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show memory
command with the information argument:
FREE LIST:
num
addr
size
--- ---------- ---------1 0x6ea6718
72
2 0x6ee8248
32
3 0x6ea67e0
40
4 0x6ee8d60
32
5 0x6ea6a10
40
6 0x6ea6960
24
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show memory [<address> <1-4294967295> | byte | end <address> | long | short ] [
fastpath [brief] ] [ information [brief] [slot <NUM>] ] [ | {begin | exclude |
include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show memory [<address> <1-4294967295> | byte | end <address> | long | short ] [
fastpath [brief] ] [ information [brief] [slot <NUM>] ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
address
the starting memory address expressed in

hexadecimal notation
1-4294967295
the number of bytes to dump
byte
display in byte format
end
the ending memory address expressed in

long
display in long format
1-189
Release 6.2.0
short
display in short format
fastpath
the number of bytes used to program the

HSIM FastPath
brief
display only the summary
information
displays free memory statistics and a

summary of memory usage
slot
displays free memory statistics and a

summary of memory usage for a specified
slot in the BSR chassis
NUM
the BSR slot number
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Command Default
32 bit
1-190
Release 6.2.0
show network-clocks
The show network-clocks command displays the network clock configuration. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show network-clocks
command:
Priority 1 clock source: Reference not configured
Priority 2 clock source: Reference not configured
Current clock status: Out of Range
Non-revertive mode selected
Unlocked
Free-running
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show network-clocks
1-191
Release 6.2.0
show patches-installed
The show patches-installed command displays all slots in the BSR chassis that have
patches installed and descriptions of these patches. The show patches-installed slot
command displays only the names of the patches on a particular slot and the
timestamp for when the patch was installed on that slot.
patches-installed command:
Slot
0
0
7
7
14
14
15
Patch File
patch_cq40400
patch_cq40420
patch_cq40400
patch_cq40420
patch_cq40400
patch_cq40420
patch_cq40420
Description
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
CQ40400 Patch
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
Text
File
File
File
File
File
File
File

patches-installed slot command:
Slot 14
patch_cq40400
Installed on 04/30 at 12:06:59
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show patches-installed [slot <NUM>]
1-192
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
slot NUM
1-193
Release 6.2.0
show pool
The show pool command displays information on data buffering including all
memory buffer pools, application-specific pools, the network pool, system physical
structures, and all mBuf pool names. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show pool command:
Statistics for pool: network

number of FREE mbufs:
38271
number of mbufs:
38272
number of times failed to find space:
0
number of times waited for space:
0
number of times drained protocols for space: 0
high water mark:
9
__________________
CLUSTER POOL TABLE
_____________________________________________________
size
clusters free
usage
highwater mark
----------------------------------------------------64
16384
16383
44153
6
128
32768
32768
22520
2
256
4096
4096
64
1
512
2048
2048
25
1
1024
2048
2048
647
3
2048
512
512
0
0
-----------------------------------------------------
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show pool [<WORD> | all | application | icp | names | network | system ] [ |
{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show pool [<WORD> | all | application | icp | names | network | system ] [ |
{count | count-only}]
1-194
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
the name of the buffer pool
all
view all memory buffer pools
application
view all application-specific pools
icp
view chassis control messages in the ICP pool
names
view the network pool where network data

transfer information for the stack is located
network
view the network pool where network data

transfer information for the stack is located
system
view system pool physical structures such as

the number of sockets, routes, interface
addresses, PCB, and multicast addresses
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-195
Release 6.2.0
show process
The show process command displays information about software processes that are
running on the router. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show process command:
All CPU accounting is approximate, there are 103 ticks per second
NAME
-------tExcTask
TaskMon
ctrlMon
tPCCARD
BgpTask
DiagTask
DvmrpTask
EventMgr
FpMsgHndlr
IcpTask
OspfTask
PimTask
SntpTask
SonetBoardAP
SonetTimingT
StatsMgrTask
VrrpTask
fanStatus
TID
------f7fbb60
7925f38
7928958
f69d078
6a566e0
76af6b0
609d888
b17caf8
9118668
a29e4d8
637da80
61afd80
76a9a68
76b20d0
76b4af0
ae05e80
79ba698
76ac558
PRI
--0
1
2
20
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
total % (ticks)
-----------------000.00%(
8
000.00%(
12
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
0
000.01%(
68
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
2
000.00%(
8
000.00%(
32
000.11%(
1289
000.02%(
203
000.00%(
8
000.00%(
2
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
12
000.00%(
13
000.00%(
27
000.18%(
2173
delta % (ticks)
-----------------000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.10%(
2)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.05%(
1)
000.25%(
5)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
1-196
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show process [cpu | memory | msg-q-info | semaphores | stack] [ | {begin | exclude
| include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show process [cpu | memory | msg-q-info | semaphores | stack] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
cpu
cpu utilization by each process
memory
memory information per process
msg-q-info
information about current message queues
semaphores
display state of semaphore(s)
stack
process stack usage and interrupt routines,

including the reason for the last system reboot
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-197
Release 6.2.0
show process cpu

The show process cpu command displays detailed CPU usage statistics for active
SRM and CMTS modules in the BSR 64000 chassis. The module type (for example:
2x8 CMTS slot <NUM>) is displayed along with the CPU usage statistics for that
module. For HSIM modules, the module sub type (for example: Sub Type: SMGE)
is displayed.
Note: CPU usage statistics for HSIM or standby SRM modules will not be
displayed using this command.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show process cpu
command:
Slot: 4 Module Type: 2x8
CMTS
All CPU accounting is approximate, there are 503 ticks per second
NAME
-------tExcTask
TaskMon
tShell
ctrlMon
tKADEBUG
tWdbTask
DiagTask
EventMgr
tCmdHdlQ
tRdnCollectT
tRdnReportTa
tRmIomLedTas
tUbs
redMonitorTa
redSyncTask
tFtpdTask
1-198
TID
------fbfd6d8
eea6498
eee0168
eea8eb8
8b8c720
eee2388
ec0acd0
f081f78
ee72b60
8d65288
8d638f8
8d6b888
c4d1598
ec08248
a7ea9f8
f077380
PRI
--0
1
1
2
2
3
30
30
30
30
30
30
40
50
50
55
total % (ticks)
-----------------000.00%(
0
000.00%(
119
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
32
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
9
000.00%(
38
000.03%(
1516
000.00%(
0
000.00%(
50
004.31%(
260069
000.00%(
268
000.15%(
9299
000.00%(
0
delta % (ticks)
-----------------000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
119)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
32)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
9)
000.00%(
38)
000.03%(
1516)
000.00%(
0)
000.00%(
50)
004.31%(
260069)
000.00%(
268)
000.15%(
9299)
000.00%(
0)
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process cpu [frequency <30-200> | restart | slot <NUM> | stop] [ | {begin |
exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show process cpu [frequency <30-200> | restart | slot <NUM> | stop] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
frequency 30-200
how many times per second a CPU statistic

measurement is taken in 30-200 Hz
restart
restart the utilization measurement process on

any or all slots containing a CMTS or active
SRM
1-199
slot NUM
Release 6.2.0
displays detailed CPU usage statistics for a

CMTS or SRM module specified by the
modules slot number (0-15)
Note: CPU usage statistics are not displayed
for a standby NIM or standby SRM module
if the specified slot is an HSIM module, the
following message displays:
This command does NOT accept
HSIM slot
if the specified slot does not contain a
module, the following message displays:
No data available for slot
<NUM>
1-200
stop
stops the utilization measurement process
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
frequency = 60 Hz
1-201
Release 6.2.0
show process memory

The show process memory command displays per process memory usage
information about software processes that are running on the BSR. The following
screen output is displayed:
NAME
TID STATUS
Memory Requested Overhead
HW mark
--------------- --------- -------- --------- --------- --------- --------tRootTask
bfffdf8
61713912 61706523
7389 61713936
tShell
aeea888 PEND
3248
2981
267
3248
ctrlMon
aeb20e8 PEND
152
128
24
152
tCmdHdlQ
ae92450 READY
3712
3548
164
14016
tLogTask
aeb7308 PEND+T
136
108
28
136
DiagTask
ac2fd28 PEND
1928
1856
72
1928
redMonitorTask
ac2d2a0 DELAY
379008
378976
32
379008
redSyncMsgTask
ac2c018 DELAY
380664
380584
80
380664
redIcpTask
ac2ad90 PEND
380696
380600
96
380696
redSTSIHTask
ac28a70 PEND
48
32
16
48
IcpTask
ac42d78 READY
65832
65772
60
74528
tEVTA
ac3d3f0 PEND
2952
2920
32
4440
StatsMgrTask
ac32dd8 PEND+T
528
464
64
528
tUpc
aafe4d0 PEND
1680
1616
64
12520
fpgaDsTask
908f280 READY
48
32
16
48
tDftTask
908a570 DELAY
48
32
16
48
tArdTim
8583fb8 DELAY
48
32
16
48
dpsDsTask
8582b00 PEND
104
60
44
16144
resMgrTask
853e440 PEND
22240
22072
168
22768
tSftTask
853c088 PEND
48
32
16
48
tUbs
8446a40 READY
563368
562880
488
563896
tMcns2
8436000 PEND
48
32
16
48
tMacTask
842a5c0 READY
34793632 34792500
1132 34795744
rdnBpiMain
843e7b8 PEND+T
4048960
4048228
732
4048960
tMcnsLogTask
8434de0 PEND
6344
6284
60
6344
tRcyc
84223a0 READY
352
288
64
352
tCmacStats
8420180 PEND
262440
262368
72
262440
tSrmReporter
841df60 PEND+T
112
80
32
112
tRLimit
841bd40 DELAY
352
288
64
352
tMacRtr
8419b20 PEND
409352
408640
712
409880
tAccDhcp
8293c48 DELAY
48
32
16
48
tSPA
8292a28 PEND
148232
148188
44
148232
tDra
8286e18 PEND+T
184224
183832
392
185280
tCRA
5c26998 PEND
395976
395784
192
396632
tDownloadTask
5bbc540 PEND
15528
15480
48
15528
tRdb005
5bb1eb0 PEND+T
16352
16216
136
16880
tMcnsTask
842c7e0 READY
56
28
28
56
37 tasks used
1-202
103802408 103789516
12892
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process memory {<process-id> [ bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ]} |
{<process-name> [ bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ]} | {slot <NUM>} {sorted [bytes |
high-water-mark [bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | kilobytes | megabytes | name
[bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | no-sort [bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | use [bytes
| kilobytes | megabytes ]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show process memory {<process-id> [ bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ]} |
{<process-name> [ bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ]} | {slot <NUM>} {sorted [bytes |
high-water-mark [bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | kilobytes | megabytes | name
[bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | no-sort [bytes | kilobytes | megabytes ] | use [bytes
| kilobytes | megabytes ]} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
process-id
A process identifier in hexadecimal format
bytes
Display total sizes in bytes
kilobytes
Display total sizes in kilobytes
megabytes
Display total sizes in megabytes
process-name
The alphanumeric process name up to 15

characters
slot NUM
Displays detailed memory usage statistics for

a CMTS module specified by the modules
slot number
sorted
Display sorted memory information for all

processes
high-water-mark
Sort by maximum memory used
1-203
Release 6.2.0
name
Sort by name
no-sort
Display the first memory request order
use
Sort by memory used now
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Command Defaults
All display output is shown in bytes
Sorting is disabled
1-204
Release 6.2.0
show process msg-q-info

The show process msg-q-info command displays information about current message
queues.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process msg-q-info [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show process msg-q-info [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-205
Release 6.2.0
show process semaphores

The show process semaphores command creates a message when an attempt to
unlock a semaphore when it is already unlocked. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show process semaphores command:
B - Binary, M - Mutex, C - Counting, O - Old
* - new from last show
Creator
Id(Hex) Type/sub
------------ -------- ----------tRootTask
ef1808 B-ShowSem
tRootTask
c724b0 B-Init
tRootTask
c7258c M-Init
tRootTask
ec02d8 M-Spl
tRootTask
ec1c64 B-Mux
tRootTask
ec26e8 B-NetBuf
tRootTask
ec2708 B-NetBuf
tRootTask
ec2728 B-NetTask
tRootTask
ec9f98 M-PppHook
tRootTask
eca058 M-PppSecret
tRootTask
eca69c M-Evt
tRootTask
eca6bc M-Evt
tRootTask
eca6d8 M-Evt
tRootTask
eca6f8 M-Evt
tLogTask
eca7c4 M-LogCtrl
tRootTask
eeb7b8 B-Icp
tRootTask
eeb7dc M-FIO
tRootTask
ef14f8 B-MemCheck
Queue #Pend State

Blocked-Task TIMEOUT
----- ----- ---------- ------------ ------FIFO
0 FULL
PRIOR
0 FULL
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 FULL
PRIOR
0 EMPTY
PRIOR
0 EMPTY
PRIOR
1 EMPTY
tNetTask
5
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
FIFO
0 FULL
PRIOR
0 OWNER:NONE
FIFO
0 FULL
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process semaphores [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show process semaphores [ | {count | count-only}]
1-206
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-207
Release 6.2.0
show process stack

The show process stack command monitors the stack utilization of processes and
interrupt routines. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
process stack command:
NAME
-----------tExcTask
TaskMon
ctrlMon
tPCCARD
tLogTask
EventMgr
tRtmMgrTask
tNetTask
igmpTask
StatsMgrTask
statsMgrIcp
tEvtHdlr
IcpTask
tEVTM
tEVTA
tDRM
tCRM
tCsm
tRM_elect
tDownloadTas
tRM_sm
ENTRY
-----------excTask
0x000089987c
ctrlKeyTask
pcd
logTask
EventMgrMain
RtmMgrTask
netTask
igmpTask
statsMgrTask
statsMgrIcpT
0x000081103c
IcpTask
0x00000b4b00
0x00000b4d00
drm_main
crmTaskMain
CsmMain
RM_election_
DownloadTask
RM_sm
TID
SIZE
CUR HIGH MARGIN
-------- ----- ----- ----- -----f7fbb60
7976
248 1520
6456
7925f38 10224 1112 1288
8936
7928958 10224
208 2040
8184
f69d078
3984
216
280
3704
f6a3ba8 20456
464 5512 14944
b17caf8 15336
216 5272 10064
ae850e8 10216
256 3232
6984
ae2eb38 19976
336 5264 14712
ae29af8 19976
296 2128 17848
ae05e80 10216
272 2104
8112
a82eb80 10216
232 2120
8096
a6898c0 10216
728 4520
5696
a29e4d8 10224
296 4416
5808
a27d508 32752
320 4312 28440
a2752e8 32752
320 2288 30464
a2633d0 10224
544 3592
6632
a2609b0 32752 2216 6576 26176
963bcc8 16368 1696 4848 11520
9634750 40936
168 2184 38752
919c498 10216
248 3216
7000
917f278 40944
584 20112 20832
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show process stack [ procID | procName ] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
{<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show process stack [ procID | procName ] [ | {count | count-only}]
1-208
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
procID
process identifier in decimal or hexadecimal

format (0x is required)
procName
the name of the process
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-209
Release 6.2.0
show redundancy
The show redundancy command displays the BSR redundancy configuration for all
modules in the BSR chassis. The following information is displayed:
Slot
The slots configured for redundancy.
Sub Type
The type of module installed in the slot.
Slot Status
Indicates whether the module is in the RUN

(active) state or stby (standby) state. The stby
state indicates that the module is ready to
accept a switch-over for another slot.
Red Slot
The redundant slot providing redundancy

protection for this slot.
Primary Slot
The context in which this module slot is

active:
When a primary module slot is active, the
slot number indicated is the same as a
primary module slot.
When a standby module slot is active, the
primary slot for which the standby module
is running is indicated.
Logging Status
full indicates that the primary module

information has been fully replicated to the
standby module for this slot
inactive indicates that the module is not
running or has no redundant slot to which to
replicate.
partial indicates that replication is currently
underway. A primary module cannot be
forced to switchover until it has completed
replication. If a failure occurs in this situation,
auto-takeover will still apply, but manual
takeover will not work.
1-210
Release 6.2.0
Manual Takeovers
The number of operator-requested takeovers.
Auto-takeovers
The number of takeovers prompted by a

module failure, reset, or de-insertion - each
takeover count represents the number of times
that a slot has been taken over.
Unavailable Time
The time in dd:mm:ss since the last chassis

boot when the primary module was not active
and the standby module did not takeover for
it.
Time Since Failover
The time in dd:mm:ss since the standby

module has taken over for the primary
module.
PLL
The status of the phase lock loop between

modules.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show redundancy
command:
Slot Type
Slot
Red
Status Slot
Primary
Slot
Logging
Status
2
3
4
6
8
9
11
12
13
stby
RUN
RUN
stby
RUN
RUN
RUN
RUN
RUN
3
4
9
11
12
13
inactive
full
inactive
inactive
n/a
full
inactive
inactive
inactive
DTX
DTX
DTX
DRX
SRM
DRX
CMTS
CMTS
CMTS
2
7
6
-
Manual
Takeovers
Auto
Takeovers
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Time
Unavail Since
PLL
Time
Failover
0:00:00
0:00:01
0:00:00
0:00:00
n/a
0:00:01
0:00:00
0:00:01
0:00:01
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
n/a
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
Group Access
All
1-211
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show redundancy [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show redundancy [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-212
begin

specified string.
exclude
Filters for output that excludes the specified

string.
include
Filters for output that includes the specified

string.
WORD
count
count-only
Counts the number of lines while suppressing

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
show redundancy cmts

The show redundancy cmts command displays the BSR 64000 redundancy
configuration for 2:8 CMTS modules in the BSR 64000 chassis. The following
information is displayed:
CMTS Slot
The CMTS slots configured for CMTS

redundancy.
Sub Type
The type of CMTS module installed in the

slot- either 2x8, or 2x8(2.0).
Slot Status

(active) state or stby (standby) state - the
stby state indicates that the module is ready to
accept a switch-over from another slot.
Red Slot
The redundant slot to which this chassis slot

switches over.
Primary Slot
The context in which this Primary CMTS

module slot is active - the chassis slot number
is the same as a Primary CMTS module slot
when a Primary CMTS module slot is active
and when the Standby CMTS module slot is
active, the Primary slot for which it is running
is indicated.
1-213
Logging Status
Release 6.2.0
full indicates that CMTS information has

been fully replicated to the Standby CMTS
module for this slot.
inactive indicates that the CMTS is not
replicate.
underway - a CMTS cannot be forced to
switchover until it has completed replication.
If a failure occurs in this situation,
auto-takeover will still takeover - only
manual takeover will not work.
1-214
Manual Takeovers
Auto-takeovers

CMTS module failure, reset, or de-insertion each takeover count represents the number of
times that a slot has been taken over for (For
example, the takeover counts for slot 3 gives
the number of times that slot 6 [Standby
CMTS Module] has taken over for slot 3 - the
takeover counts for slot 6 give the number of
givebacks from slot 6).
Unavailable Time

boot when the Primary CMTS Module was
not active and the Standby CMTS Module did
not takeover for it.
Time Since Failover
The time in dd:mm:ss since the Standby

CMTS Module has taken over for the Primary
CMTS Module.
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show redundancy
cmts command:
CMTS
Slot
5
6
9
Sub
Type
Slot
Status
2x8(2.0)
2x8
2x8
boot
boot
boot
Red
Slot
Primary
Slot
Logging
Status
5
9
inactive
inactive
inactive
Manual
Takeovers
Auto
Takeovers
Unavail
Time
Time
Since
Failover
0
0
0
0
0
0
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show redundancy cmts [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show redundancy cmts [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin
Filter for output that begins with the specified

string.
exclude
Filter for output that excludes the specified string.
include
Filter for output that includes the specified string.
WORD
count
Count the number of outputted lines.
count-only
Count the number of lines while suppressing

screen output.
1-215
Release 6.2.0
show redundancy drx

The show redundancy drx command displays the BSR redundancy configuration for
RX48 modules in the BSR chassis. The following information is displayed:
1-216
DTX Slot
The RX48 slots configured for RX48

redundancy.
Sub Type
The type of RX48 module installed in the

slot.
Slot Status

Red Slot

Primary Slot
The context in which this Primary RX48

module slot is active:
When a primary RX48 module slot is
active, the slot number indicated is the
same as a primary RX48 module slot.
When a standby RX48 module slot is
active, the primary RX48 module slot for
which the standby RX48 module is
running is indicated.
Release 6.2.0
Logging Status
full indicates that RX48 information has been

fully replicated to the Standby RX48 module
for this slot.
inactive indicates that the RX48 is not
replicate.
underway - a RX48 cannot be forced to
switchover until it has completed replication.
auto-takeover will still takeover - only
manual takeover will not work.
Manual Takeovers
The number of operator-requested takeover.s
Auto-takeovers

RX48 module failure, reset, or de-insertion each takeover count represents the number of
times that a slot has been taken over.
Unavailable Time

boot when the primary RX48 module was not
active and the standby RX48 module did not
takeover for it.
Time Since Failover
The time since the standby RX48 module has

taken over for the primary RX48 module.
PLL
The status of the phase lock loop between the

RX48 and the TX32.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show redundancy drx
command:
1-217
DRX Sub
Slot Type
6
9
Slot
Red
Status Slot
RX48
RX48
stby
RUN
Release 6.2.0
Primary
Slot
Logging
Status
inactive
full
Manual
Takeovers
Auto
Takeovers
0
0
0
0
Time
Unavail Since
PLL
Time
Failover
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
Ok
Ok
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show redundancy drx [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show redundancy drx [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-218
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
show redundancy dtx

The show redundancy dtx command displays the BSR redundancy configuration for
TX32 modules in the BSR chassis. The following information is displayed:
DTX Slot
The TX32 slots configured for TX32

redundancy.
Sub Type
The type of TX32 module installed in the slot.
Slot Status

Red Slot

Primary Slot
The context in which this primary TX32

module slot is active:
When a primary TX32 module slot is
active, the slot number indicated is the
same as a primary TX32 module slot.
When a standby TX32 module slot is
active, the primary TX32 module slot for
which the standby TX32 module is
running is indicated.
Logging Status
full indicates that TX32 information has been

fully replicated to the standby TX32 module
for this slot.
inactive indicates that the TX32 is not
replicate.
underway. A TX32 cannot be forced to
switch over until it has completed replication.
auto-takeover will still apply, but manual
takeover will not work.
1-219
Release 6.2.0
Manual Takeovers
Auto-takeovers

TX32 module failure, reset, or de-insertion.
Each takeover count represents the number of
times that a slot has been taken over.
Unavailable Time

boot when the primary TX32 module was not
active and the standby TX32 module did not
take over for it.
Time Since Failover
The time in dd:mm:ss since the standby TX32

module has taken over for the primary TX32
module.
PLL
The status of the phase lock loop between the

CMTS 2:8 and the TX32 module.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show redundancy dtx
command:
DTX Sub
Slot Type
PriSlot
Red mary
Status Slot Slot
Logging
Status
10
11
12
13
14
RUN
RUN
stby
RUN
RUN
full
full
inactive
full
full
TX32
TX32
TX32
TX32
TX32
12
12
12
12
10
11
13
14
Manual
Takeovers
0
0
0
0
0
Auto
Takeovers
0
0
0
0
0
Time
Unavail Since
PLL
Time
Failover
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
0:00:00
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
Ok
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
1-220
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show redundancy dtx [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show redundancy dtx [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
1-221
Release 6.2.0
show redundancy srm

The show redundancy srm command tracks takeover statistics on the SRM module
in a chassis. When a manual or an automatic takeover occurs, this will be reflected in
the statistics for that SRM module by showing an increase in takeovers for the
respective field on the respective module (the one that was just taken over). The
command displays the SRM module slot number, subtype, status, redundant slot
number, primary slot number, number of manual takeovers, number of automatic
takeovers, and the time since its last failover. The time since failover on a certain
module will display the amount of time since the respective module was last taken
over. The following displays typical screen output for the show redundancy srm
command:
SRM
Slot
7
Sub
Type
Slot
Status
SRM4
RUN
Red
Slot
-
Primary
Slot
7
Manual
Takeovers
Auto
Takeovers
Time
Since
Failover
0:00:00
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show redundancy srm [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
Command Syntax
1-222
begin
filter for output that begins with the specified string
exclude
filter for output that excludes the specified string
Release 6.2.0
include
filter for output that includes the specified string
WORD
count
count-only
count the number of lines while suppressing screen

output
1-223
Release 6.2.0
show reload
The show reload command displays the status of a Hitless Upgrade in progress after a
software reload of all modules in the BSR chassis has been initiated with the reload
switched command.
Last reload reason: power reset

No reload is scheduled
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show reload
1-224
Release 6.2.0
show running-config
The show running-config command displays configuration information currently
running on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show running-config [interface [cable <X/Y> ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | |
pos <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show running-config [interface [cable <X/Y> ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | |
pos <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>]] [ | {count | count-only}]
show running-config verbose [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show running-config verbose [ | {count | count-only}]
show running-config security [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show running-config security [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
interface
display running configuration information on all

interfaces or a specific interface card
cable X/Y
the CMTS slot and MAC Domain number on the BSR
ethernet X/Y
the Ethernet/Fast Ethernet IEEE 802.3 slot and port

number on the BSR
gigaether X/Y
the Gigabit Ethernet slot and port number on the BSR
loopback 1-255
1-225
1-226
Release 6.2.0
pos X/Y
the Packet over SONET slot and port number on the

BSR
tunnel 0-255
the tunnel interface number
verbose
runs the show running-config command in verbose

mode
security
displays security privilege information

Note: the security option is only available to a user
logged in as securityuser - refer to Configuring Cable
Intercepts in the BSR 64000 CMTS Configuration and
Management Guide
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
Release 6.2.0
show srm alias

The show srm alias command is used to show the alias name for the SRM module.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show srm alias
1-227
Release 6.2.0
show srm assetid

The show srm assetid command is used to view the asset ID number assigned to the
SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show srm assetid
1-228
Release 6.2.0
show srm serial-num

The show srm serial-num command is used to view the serial number assigned to
your SRM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show srm serial-num
1-229
Release 6.2.0
show startup-config
The show startup-config command displays the contents of the system startup
configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show startup-config [security] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show startup-config [security] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-230
security
displays security privilege information

Note: the security option is only available to
a user logged in as securityuser - refer to
Configuring Cable Intercepts in the BSR
64000 CMTS Configuration and Management
Guide
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output
1-231
Release 6.2.0
show stats fastpath

The show stats fastpath command allows a user to view various fastpath statistical
information. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats
fastpath command:
FastPath Statistics:
IP
----------
Unicast
---------Packets
Header errors
Version errors
TTL errors
Checksum errors
Length errors
Protocol errors
Source address errors
Destination address errors
Forwarded packets
Forwarded tunnel packets
To SRM
De-encapsulated
Discards
Dropped
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
153018
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
147876
0
5142
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
1-232
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show stats <NUM> fastpath [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count |
count-only}]
show stats <NUM> fastpath [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR slot number containing the

HSIM module
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-233
Release 6.2.0
show stats summary error

The show stats summary error command displays FEC error counts and ratios. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats summary error
command:
MAC Address
0008.0e16.e6e2
0008.0e16.f954
00e0.0c60.02b4
I/F
0/0/U1
0/0/U1
0/0/U1
SID
2
1
3
CorrFec
Count
0
0
0
CorrFec
Ratio
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
UnCorrFec
Count
0
0
0
UnCorrFec
Ratio
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show stats summary error [sid <1-2049> | slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
1-234
sid 1-2049
display cable modem service flow

identifier (SID) Forward Error
Correction (FEC) error counts and
ratios
slot NUM
display FEC error counts and ratios

for a particular chassis slot
Release 6.2.0
show stats xfabric

The show stats xfabric command displays downstream and upstream successfully
transmitted packet counts and dropped or aborted packet counts for the switch fabric.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats xfabric
command:
Downstream
--------Packet Count
Drop Count
:
:
44907
0
Upstream
--------Packet Count
Abort Count
:
:
44907
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show stats <NUM> xfabric
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR slot number
1-235
Release 6.2.0
show system
This show system command displays various operating information for the BSR
64000. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats
system command:
Station-ID (mac)
-------------------00:30:b8:c6:5c:00
Uptime h:m:s
------------3:49:04
Model
Serial #
HW
SW
--------- ---------- ------------ ---------BSR 64000 027006554 CHS-0009-01 4.2.0T00P43.H14.KRBU
Module
Status
Temperature Low High
---------- --------- ----------- ----- ----SRM (750)
ok
25C
77F
0C
65C
SRM (DIMM) ok
29C
84F
0C
65C
SRM (DC2DC) ok
28C
82F
0C
65C
SRM (XFAB) ok
42C 107F
0C
80C
Fan Temp
ok
28C
82F
0C
50C
CO Alarm Severity
------------------Critical
Major
Minor
1-236
Number Active
------------0
0
0
Release 6.2.0
The following information is provided:

Station-ID
a proper indication of which MAC address is

being used for the system and can be either
the SRM7/SRM8 or Chassis MAC ID
Uptime
the routing modules uptime in hh:mm:ss

format - use the show chassis status
command for information on other modules
Model/Serial #
Motorola identifiers that can also be retrieved

with the show version command for the
current master SRM
Module temperature and status and the number of each class of alarms are also
displayed.
1-237
Release 6.2.0
"UpTime" field as displayed in the show system command output represent
different system up time values.
Agent has been running. This is relative to the time that the SNMP Agent was
last restarted. Initially, this will be close to the time that the SRM module last
restarted because the SNMP Agent resides on the SRM module. However, if
the SNMP Agent itself is restarted with the snmp-server shutdown or
snmp-server enable CLI commands, the sysUpTime will be reset to zero.
The "UpTime" value displayed in the show system command output
per-module 'UpTime" values displayed in the show system command output
are NOT affected by the snmp-server shutdown and snmp-server enable
commands because these values are relative to the modules boot time not to
the SNMP Agents boot time.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show system [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show system [ | {count | count-only}]
1-238
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
1-239
Release 6.2.0
show system alarms

The show system alarms command provides a summary of alarm information for the
entire BSR 64000. The alarm summary display can be filtered according to whether
the alarm is active, critical, major, or minor. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show stats alarms command:
CO Alarm Severity
Number Active
------------------- ------------Critical
0
Major
0
Minor
0
BSR64K-9:7A#sho sys
BSR64K-9:7A#sho system al
BSR64K-9:7A#sho system alarms
Alarm Summary
Alarms
Active Disabled Severity Error
-------------- ------ -------- -------- ----------------------Power A
Power B
Top Fan
Bot Fan
Fan Temp
Temp 750
Temp DIMM
Temp DC2DC
Temp XFab
SRM I2C
FAN I2C
x
-
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
1-240
Release 6.2.0
Alarms
the BSR component for which the alarm is

valid:
Power A
Power B
Top Fan
Bot Fan
Temp Fans
Temp 750
Temp DIMM
Temp DC2DC
Temp XFab
SRM I2C
FAN I2C
Active
indicates if there is an active alarm per

component - an "x" is present in the Active
column if the current alarm is triggered
Disabled
an "x"' is present in the Disabled column if

the current alarm will suppress an audio/
visual event, SYSLOG, and/or SNMP traps
Severity
the severity level of the alarm - depending on

severity, the severity column will indicate
"Critical", "Major", or "Minor" matching the
led (s) on the front of the BSR 64000 chassis
Error
the Error column is used to display a message

sent to the central alarm component when an
error occurs - two examples of possible error
messages are:
2. "Fan Tray Communication Failed" - upon
FAN I2C failure
3. "General Failure" - for Power A failure
representing a case where a specific
message was not supplied to the
subsystem at the time of the alarm
1-241
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show system alarms [active | critical | major | minor] [ | {begin | exclude |
show system alarms [active | critical | major | minor] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-242
active
display active alarms
critical
display critical alarms
major
display major alarms
minor
display minor alarms
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
show system fans

This show system fans command displays the current state of the fan tray subsystem.
It is used for troubleshooting and operational verification. All alarm events are
indicated with as corresponding error messages. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show stats fans command:
Fan Tray
GLB: [
Top: [
Top: [
Bot: [
Bot: [
Alarm Status
0] Fan Trays Good
0] No Current Alarms
0] All Fans Good
0] No Current Alarms
0] All Fans Good
Top Fan Readings:

ROM Rev# = 0x83
Status
= [ 00]
Alarm
1 = [ 00]
Status 1 = [ 00]
ThermOff1 = [
4]
Therm
1 = [ 137]
Fan1Speed
Fan3Speed
Fan4Speed
Buck PWM1
Buck PWM3
Buck PWM4
=
=
=
=
=
=
[
[
[
[
[
[
94]
95]
95]
92]
97]
97]
28C
82F
2144rpms
2122rpms
2122rpms
AckCnt 1 = [
0]
MaxAckCnt1= [ 255]
SetPnt
SetPnt
1 = [
= [
0]
94]
0rpms
2144rpms
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
1-243
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show system fans [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show system fans [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-244
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
show tacacs
The show tacacs command displays statistics for all TACACS+ servers on the
network including the IP address of the servers, connections, failed connection
attempts, and packets sent and received. If there is more than one TACACS+ server
configured, the command output displays statistics for all servers in the order in which
they were configured. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show tacacs command:
Tacacs+ Server : 11.14.162.80/49

Number of Sessions: 1
Socket opens: 3
Socket closes: 3
Socket aborts: 0
Socket errors: 0
Socket Timeouts: 0
Failed Connect Attempts: 0
No current connection
Session 1 Statistics
Total Packets Sent: 7
Total Packets Recv: 7
Expected Replies: 0
Note: TACACS+ statistics can also be displayed with the show ip traffic
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show tacacs
1-245
Release 6.2.0
show tacacs statistics

The show tacacs statistics command displays overall TACACS+ statistics including
the total number of access (AAA) requests, the number of denied requests, and the
number of allowed requests. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show tacacs statistics command:
TACACS+ Overall Statistics

Number of access requests
: 7
Number of access deny responses : 1
Number of access allow responses: 6
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show tacacs statistics
1-246
Release 6.2.0
show tech
The show tech command displays statistics and log information from the output of
the following technical support related show commands:
show chassis status
show version
show running-config
show log
show log standby
show core log
show ip traffic
show stats xfabric
show xfabric status
show stats fastpath
show stats lcpu
show stats gige
show stats bmeth
show stats feth
show controllers cable
show controllers cable downstream ds-mac
show controllers cable downstream ds-phy
show controllers cable downstream xfpga
show controllers cable upstream us-mac
show controllers cable upstream us-phy
show controllers cable upstream rxfpga
show interfaces cable service-class all
show process memory
show memory information
show stats cmts
show pool
show pool application
1-247
Release 6.2.0
show process cpu
show process memory sorted
show process msg-q-info
show process semaphores
show process stack
show evt
show memory fastpath
show interfaces
show redundancy cmts
show cable modem summary
show bind
show packet-cable cops inactive
show packet-cable statistics
show packet-cable statistics gate cops
show l2-cam mac
show l2-cam ip
show l2-cam label
show cable spectrum-group
show cable downstream bonding-groups statistics
The display output of the show tech command is a compilation of the above show
commands and can take several minutes to display on the screen. The output can also
be saved to a file for later viewing. For a sample display of the output of the show
tech command, see the individual show commands listed above.
1-248
Release 6.2.0
The show tech light version of the show tech command displays information that is
helpful for trouble shooting. The show tech light command displays only dynamic
information. The show tech command displays both dynamic and static information.
Static commands are commands like show running config, show chassis status,
show version and show log and are not included in the display output of the show
tech light command. However, dynamic commands like show stats xfabric and
show memory info are included in the display output of the show tech light
command.
Note: The show tech command output will not display SNMP community
and username or password entries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show tech [flash: <filename> | light | nvram: <filename>]
Command Syntax
flash: filename
output to a file on the Flash memory file

system
light
display abbreviated version of the show tech

command - dynamic command information
only
nvram: filename
output to a file on the NVRAM file system
show controllers cable ds-mac
show controllers cable ds-phy
show controllers cable
show interfaces cable service-class all
1-249
Release 6.2.0
show update
The show update command displays bypassed Resource Manager behaviors or
ongoing or prior upgrade status for each slot on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show update {bypass | status} [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show update {bypass | status} [ | {count | count-only}}]
Command Syntax
1-250
bypass
display bypassed Resource Manager

behaviors
status
display ongoing or prior upgrade

status
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show user-group
The show user-group command displays the group access level for a specific CLI
command. The group access levels are as follows:
SYSADMIN
access for users with System Administrator

privileges
ISP
access for users with Internet Service

Provider privileges
MSO
access for users with Multiple Service

Operator privileges
RESTRICTED
access for users with "restricted" privileges
ALL
access for all users
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show user-group <WORD>
For example, entering the following:
show user-group password telnet 0 test
would return the following:
The command "password telnet 0 test" is set to SYSADMIN access
1-251
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
1-252
the command name - the complete command

syntax must be entered otherwise the system
will return an "is not a valid command" error
message
Release 6.2.0
show users
The show users command displays information about active Telnet sessions
including the username, user group and privilege level, the IP address of the
originating host, and the session ID. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show users command:
Active connections
user
group/privilege
origin
session
-----------------------------------------------------------------console
sysadmin/rw
console
0
enabled-user
sysadmin/rw
10.14.37.103
1*
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC and Global Configuration
Command Line Usage

show users [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show users [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
1-253
1-254
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show vectron slot

The show vectron slot command displays the version of the Vectron TRU clock/data
recovery chip resident on a specified slot in the BSR chassis. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show vectron slot command:
Vectron time module version
CL 4/27/2005 *
BL 10/19/2004*
FL 10/19/2004*
GA 10/19/2004*
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show vectron slot <0-15> [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show vectron slot <0-15> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
0-15
the BSR chassis slot number
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
1-255
1-256
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show version
The show version command displays the configuration of the system hardware, the
software version, the names and sources of configuration files, and the boot images.
The following is typical screen output from the show version command:
Slot07 Master SRM4 Versions:

Boot ROM: RDN 5.0.0.34 Created: Friday, January 30, 2009
System Image: 5.0.0T00P95.HXX.KRAU
Patches:
patch_cq40400
patch_cq40420
Date Built: Fri Apr 24 18:15:47 EDT 2009
CPU: MPC750-MPC8260
Memory Size: 256 MB
4:05:44 PM EST
The table below describes the displayed fields:

Slot 0-15
The type of module present in the slot such as

2:8 CMTS, 2:8 CMTS (2.0), Gigabit
Ethernet, Supervisory Routing Module
(SRM4), etc.
Boot ROM:
The Boot ROM version.
System Image:
The current software version running on the

module.
Patches:
The patches installed on this BSR module.
Date Built:
The date the above version was built.
CPU:
The processor type name.
Memory Size:
The processor memory size.
1-257
Release 6.2.0
Depending on the module type, the remaining output in each show version display
shows the format version, assembly type, hardware revision, serial, part, and product
numbers, FPGA Version number, and buffer management information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show version [slot <0-15>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show version [slot <0-15>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-258
slot 0-15
The slot number in the BSR 64000 chassis

from which version information is to be
displayed.
begin

string.
exclude
Filter for output that excludes the specified

string.
include
Filter for output that includes the specified

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
show xfabric
The show xfabric command displays keepalive status and configuration information
for all switch fabric keepalives and the status of all operational slots.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show xfabric {keepalive | status} [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show xfabric {keepalive | status} [ | {count | count-only}}]
Command Syntax
keepalive
display the switch fabric keepalive

configuration
status
display status of operational slots
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

1-259
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show xfabric
keepalive command:
Status
:
:
Features :
:
Thresholds:
:
xfabric keepalive enabled

icp keepalive enabled
xfabric(monitor, 880-recover, slot-recover, cmts-rebind)
icp(monitor, slot-reset )
xfabric (monitor 3, 880-recover 10, slot-recover 60, cmts-rebind 5)
icp (monitor 10, slot-reset 10)
Keepalive Retransmit Counts:

Slot xfabric
ICP
---------------------1 :
1
0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show xfabric status
command:
Slot
1
14
10
0
15
7
1-260
Sync
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
Status
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
Release 6.2.0
slot
The slot command enters Slot Configuration mode for a specified BSR slot from
Global Configuration mode. To return to Global Configuration mode, use the end
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

slot <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
the specified BSR slot number
1-261
Release 6.2.0
speed
The speed command specifies the speed at which the Ethernet interface operates. The
default speed is auto-negotiated but the speed can be manually set to either 10 Mbps
or 100 Mbps.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet interface only)
Command Line Usage
speed {100 | 10 | auto}
no speed {100 | 10 | auto}
Command Syntax
100
100 Mbps
10
10 Mbps
auto
autonegotiate the connection speed (100

Mbps or 10 Mbps) with the device at the other
end of the physical connection.
Command Default
Auto negotiation enabled
1-262
Release 6.2.0
srm alias
The srm alias command is used to configure an alias name for the SRM module.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

srm alias <string>
Command Syntax
string
the SRM alias name - enclose the

1-263
Release 6.2.0
srm assetid
The srm assetid command is used to configure your organizations asset ID number
that is assigned to the SRM module.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

srm assetid <string>
Command Syntax
string
1-264
the SRM alias name - enclose the

Release 6.2.0
srm assetid
The srm assetid command is used to configure your organizations asset ID number
that is assigned to the SRM module.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

srm assetid <string>
Command Syntax
string
the SRM asset ID number - enclose

the alias name within quotation
marks if the string contains spaces
1-265
Release 6.2.0
sync file
The sync file command synchronizes all files stored in Flash memory or NVRAM
between an Active SRM and a Standby SRM including the startup and running
configuration files.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

sync file {flash: | nvram:}
Command Syntax
1-266
flash:
synchronize files from Flash memory
nvram:
synchronize files from NVRAM
Release 6.2.0
system temperature-threshold
The system temperature-threshold command sets temperature threshold values that
are retained between reboots of the chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

system temperature-threshold low <num>
system temperature-threshold {high srm {750 | dimm | dc2dc | xfab} | high fan}
<num>
system temperature-threshold default [srm | fan]
Command Syntax
low
set the minimum system temperature
high srm
set the maximum temperature a the SRM module component
750
set the maximum temperature for the SRM module 750 component
dimm
set the maximum temperature for the SRM module dimm

component
dc2dc
set the maximum temperature for the SRM module dc2dc

component
xfab
set the maximum temperature for the SRM module xfab component
high fan
set the maximum temperature for the fan tray
<num>
temperature value (low or high), in degrees Celsius
default
set the minimum and maximum temperature values to the defaults
1-267
Release 6.2.0
Command Defaults
low = 0C
high srm 750 = 65C
high srm dimm = 65C
high srm dc2dc = 65C
high srm xfab = 80C
high fan = 50C
1-268
Release 6.2.0
tacacs reset-connections
The tacacs reset-connections command is used to reset all the TACACS+ server
connections and associated sessions. After reset, all connections will be
re-established. The tacacs reset-connections command is useful to initiate a reset and
re-establish the existing connections after making any connection-specific
configuration changes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs reset-connections
1-269
Release 6.2.0
tacacs-server host
The tacacs-server host command is used to specify and configure individual
TACACS+ servers. The command can also be used to configure multiple TACACS+
servers. The TACACS+ client will contact the servers in the order in which they are
specified.The no tacacs-server host command removes a TACACS+ server from the
list.
Note: Since the key, port, retry, and timeout parameters specified with the
tacacs-server host command override any global settings made by the
tacacs-server key, tacacs-server port, tacacs-server retry, and
tacacs-server timeout commands, the tacacs-server host command can be
used to enhance network security by uniquely configuring individual
TACACS+ servers.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs-server host {<hostname> | <A.B.C.D>} [key <WORD> | port <0-65535>|
retry <0-100> | single-connection | timeout <1-1000>]
no tacacs-server host [<hostname> | <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
1-270
key WORD
specifies an authentication and encryption

key - specifying a key with this command
overrides the global key specified by the
tacacs-server key command for this
TACACS+ server only
port 0-65535
specifies a server port number - this value

overrides the global port number value set
with the tacacs-server port command for this
TACACS+ server only
Release 6.2.0
retry 0-100
specifies a retry value - this value overrides

the global retry value set with the
tacacs-server retry command for this
TACACS+ server only
single-connection
opens a new TCP connection for every

TACACS session established
timeout 1-1000
specifies a timeout value in seconds - this

value overrides the global timeout value set
with the tacacs-server timeout command for
this TACACS+ server only
1-271
Release 6.2.0
tacacs-server key
The tacacs-server key command is used to specify a global authentication encryption
key used for all TACACS+ communications between the TACACS+ client and the
TACACS+ server. A global encryption key is used if no encryption key is specifically
configured for this TACACS+ server. The no tacacs-server key disables
authentication encryption.
Note: The key entered must match the key used on the TACACS+ server. All
leading spaces are ignored; spaces within and at the end of the key are not. If
spaces are used within the key, the key should not be enclosed in quotation
marks unless the quotation marks themselves are part of the key.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs-server key <WORD>
no tacacs-server key
Command Syntax
WORD
1-272
specifies an authentication and encryption

key - this key must match the key used by the
TACACS+ server and is limited to 127
characters
Release 6.2.0
tacacs-server port
The tacacs-server port command to specify a global port number for all
communication between the TACACS+ server and the TACACS client. A global port
number is used if no port number is specifically configured for this TACACS+ server.
The no tacacs-server port command restores the default port number value of 49.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs-server port <0-65536>
no tacacs-server port
Command Syntax
0-65536
specifies the global port number used for all

communication between the TACACS+
server and the TACACS client.
Command Default
49
1-273
Release 6.2.0
tacacs-server retry
The tacacs-server retry command is used to globally specify a retry count for all
TACACS+ servers. A global retry count is used if no retry count is specifically
configured for this TACACS+ server. The no tacacs-server retry command restores
the global default value of 3 retries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs-server retry <0-100>
no tacacs-server retry
Command Syntax
0-100
the retry count
Command Default
3 retries
1-274
Release 6.2.0
tacacs-server timeout
The tacacs-server timeout command is used to specify a global timeout interval for
all TACACS+ servers. A global timeout value is used if no timeout value is
specifically configured for this TACACS+ server. The no tacacs-server timeout
command restores the global default timeout value or specifies another value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tacacs-server timeout <1-1000>
no tacacs-server timeout [<1-1000>]
Command Syntax
1-1000
timeout value in seconds.
Command Default
10 seconds
1-275
Release 6.2.0
telnet
The telnet command establishes a telnet connection between the BSR and a remote
system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

telnet {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} [<0-65535>]
Command Syntax
1-276
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the remote system
WORD
the hostname of the remote system
0-65535
the destination port of the remote system
Release 6.2.0
telnet authentication radius

The telnet authentication radius command enables RADIUS authentication for
telnet access. The no telnet authentication radius command disables this feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

telnet authentication radius [ fail-message <LINE> | local-password ]
no telnet authentication radius [ fail-message | local-password ]
Command Syntax
fail-message LINE
specify message to display for a failed login/

authentication
local-password

RADIUS server
1-277
Release 6.2.0
telnet session-limit
The telnet session-limit command specifies a limit on the number of concurrent
telnet sessions allowed to the BSR. Setting the session-limit to "0" will disallow any
telnet sessions from being accepted. Setting a session-limit value will not affect any
currently open telnet sessions.
The no telnet session-limit command restores the default session limit of 16
concurrent telnet sessions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

telnet session-limit <0-16>
no telnet session-limit [<0-16>]
Command Syntax
0-16
the telnet session limit number
Command Default
16
1-278
Release 6.2.0
update bypass
The update bypass command bypasses specified Resource Manager behaviors.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

update bypass {all | boot | download | format | reset} [<0-15>]
no update bypass {all | boot | download | format | reset} [<0-15>]
Command Syntax
all
bypass all configurable behaviors
boot
bypass boot command to daughter card
download
bypass behavior for default and forced

download
format
bypass slot format - causes the spare SRM to

format the target boot device before receiving
a new application image
reset
bypass slot reset
0-15
slot number of the BSR 64000 chassis
1-279
Release 6.2.0
update chassis
The update chassis command allows a runtime upgrade of the BSR 64000 I/O
module bootrom, the FPGA, and applications.
Note: Using the update chassis command may result in an audible loss of
voice-over-IP data for up to 20 seconds
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

update chassis {flash: <filename> | ftp:<filename> | nvram: <filename>| tftp:
<filename>} [reload]
Command Syntax
1-280
flash:
upgrade from archive in flash:
ftp:
copy to nvram: and upgrade
nvram:
upgrade from archive in nvram:
tftp:
copy to nvram: and upgrade
filename
filename of the boot image stored in flash,

NVRAM, or an FTP or TFTP server
reload
set bootfile and perform reload
Release 6.2.0
update slot
The update slot command allows a user to perform a runtime upgrade of a Boot
ROM on a single module with a single command instead of having to use the
additional upgrade steps necessary when using the update bypass all command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

update slot <NUM> {all | app | boot | fpga} [flash: | nvram:]
Note: Entering the update slot command without specifying a boot image
initiates an update from the boot system image. Otherwise, the update slot
command attempts the specified upgrade type (all, app, boot, or fpga) using
the specified boot image.
Command Syntax
NUM
the slot number for a module installed in the

BSR chassis
all
upgrade all updates
app
upgrade application
boot
upgrade boot image
fpga
upgrade FPGA(s)
flash: <boot image>
upgrade from archive in the Flash memory

file system
nvram: <boot image>
upgrade from archive in the NVRAM file

system
1-281
Release 6.2.0
username
The username command establishes a login authentication system based on a
username.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

username <WORD> password [ 0 | 7 ]<WORD>
username <WORD> nopassword
Command Syntax
1-282
WORD
the username, up to 16 characters
nopassword
no password is required for the user

to log in
password
specify a password for the user (31

character maximum) - enclosed with
double quotes if the key contains
spaces). The "%" and "!" characters
must not be used.
password
specifies a HIDDEN password will

follow
WORD
the UNENCRYPTED (cleartext)

user password (31 character
maximum) - enclosed with double
quotes if the key contains spaces).
The "%" and "!" characters must not
be used.
Release 6.2.0
Note: Refer to Defining a User Name with an Encrypted Password in the

BSR 64000 Configuration and Management Guide for Release 3.1 for details
on encrypting passwords.
1-283
Release 6.2.0
username privilege
The username privilege command sets a privilege level for a user.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

username <WORD> privilege {ro | rw}
Command Syntax
1-284
WORD
privilege
the user privilege level
ro
read-only privilege
rw
read and write privilege
Release 6.2.0
username user-group
The username user-group command assigns a user to a user group. The no
username user-group command removes a user from a user group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | restricted | sysadmin}
no username <WORD> user-group {isp <1-1> | mso | restricted | sysadmin}
Command Syntax
WORD
user-group
assigns the user group name
isp
provides this user access to most CLI

commands including routing
commands but excluding cable
commands
1-1
the number of the virtual ISP
mso
provides this user access to most CLI

commands including cable
commands but excluding routing
commands
restricted
only provides this user access to CLI

commands with a designated
privilege level of "restricted" as
defined with the privilege restricted
CLI command.
sysadmin
provides this user access to all CLI

commands
1-285
Release 6.2.0
xfabric keepalive
The xfabric keepalive command enables the switch fabric keepalive timer and
specifies the type of system reaction in the event of a switch fabric failure. The no
xfabric keepalive command disables the switch fabric keepalive timer.
Note: Motorola recommends always enabling the xfabric keepalive
slot-recover command and copying the running configuration to the startup
configuration. This causes the BSR to reset a slot which fails to respond to a
1-second switch fabric keepalive message for 10 consecutive intervals. If for
any reason a customer's configuration or traffic level results in undesirably
frequent slot resets, the threshold number of intervals can be increased to
<1-255> intervals with the xfabric keepalive slot-recover threshold
<1-255> command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

xfabric keepalive { 880-recover | cmts-rebind | hsim-warmstart | monitor |
slot-recover} [threshold <1-255>]
no xfabric keepalive [880-recover | cmts-rebind | monitor | slot-recover ]
[threshold]
no xfabric keepalive threshold
Command Syntax
1-286
880-recover
initiate 880-recover if switch fabric is not

operational
cmts-rebind
rebind all CMTS modules to available HSIM

modules if the data path is not operational
hsim-warmstart
initiate HSIM warmstart if the data path is

not operational
Release 6.2.0
monitor
system logger notification only
slot-recover
initiate a slot recovery reset if the switch

fabric is not operational
threshold 1-255
configures the number of 2.5 second timeouts

until an action is taken
threshold
restores the default threshold value for the no

xfabric keepalive 880-recover,
cmts-rebind, hsim-warmstart, monitor,
and slot-recover commands - the no xfabric
keepalive threshold command restores all
default threshold values
Command Defaults
880-recover
Disabled
cmts-rebind
Disabled
hsim-warmstart
Disabled
monitor
Disabled
slot-recover
Disabled
880-recover threshold
cmts-rebind threshold
15
hsim-warmstart threshold 10
monitor threshold
10
slot-recover threshold
60
1-287
1-288
Release 6.2.0
2
IP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the following types of commands for the BSR:
Interface commands not associated with a specific protocol can be used to configure
interface features with any device on the network.
Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) commands handle
network communications between network nodes. This includes network addressing
information, control information that enables packets to be routed, and reliable
transmission of data.
Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) commands map IP addresses to physical
hardware addresses. An ARP cache is used to maintain a correlation between each
MAC address and its corresponding IP address.
Domain Name System (DNS) commands are used to dynamically map hostnames to
IP addresses and to control Internet routing information. Lists of domain names and
IP addresses are distributed throughout the Internet by DNS servers.
Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) commands are used to synchronize
computer clocks in the global internet. SNTP operates in unicast, broadcast, and IP
multicast modes.
Tunneling commands provide a way to encapsulate packets inside of a transport
protocol. IP in IP Encapsulation for tunnel interfaces is supported by the BSR.
2-1
Release 6.2.0
IP Command Descriptions
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IP commands
supported by the BSR.
2-2
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
arp
The arp command adds a permanent entry in the ARP cache. The no arp command
removes the entry from the ARP cache. The arp command can also specify the type
of ARP packet that is used, whether to use an alias if proxy arp is enabled, and to
specify a cable bundle interface if cable bundling is being used.
Note: Proxy ARP is not enabled by default. ARP cache entries map IP
addresses and their associated 48-bit hardware MAC addresses. If the host
supports dynamic resolution, static entries are usually not needed. Use the
clear arp-cache command to remove all dynamically learned entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

arp <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> {arpa | snap} [alias | cablebundle cable <X/Y> |
cm-hardware-address <H.H.H>]
no arp <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> {arpa | snap} [alias | cablebundle cable <X/Y> |
cm-hardware-address <H.H.H>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of ARP entry associated with the

local data link address
H.H.H
48-bit local data link address (MAC address),

format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
arpa
standard Ethernet-style ARP, RFC 826
snap
IEEE 802.3 usage of ARP packets

conforming to RFC 1042
alias
respond to ARP as if it owns the specified

address, if proxy arp is enabled
2-3
Release 6.2.0
cablebundle cable X/Y slot X and MAC domain Y of the cable bundle
physical interface on the CMTS module
cm-hardware-address
H.H.H
MAC address of the cable modem, format
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Command Default
no entries in table
arpa (ethernet ARP)
2-4
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
arp timeout
The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP
cache. The no arp timeout command removes the time configuration an entry stays
in the ARP cache.
Use the show interfaces command in Privileged EXEC mode to view the ARP
time-out value.
Note: If the ARP time-out value is changed, the new value affects all the
existing entries in the ARP cache and any entries subsequently added to the
ARP cache.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

arp timeout <4-6000>
no arp timeout <4-6000>
Command Syntax
4-6000
amount of time, in minutes, that an entry is

allowed to stay in the ARP cache
Command Default
60 minutes
2-5
Release 6.2.0
cable helper-address
The cable helper-address command enables broadcast forwarding for User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets. The cable helper address function disassembles a
DHCP broadcast packet and reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can
traverse the router and communicate with the DHCP server.
The cable helper-address command is also used to bind a cable helper address to a
secondary IP subnet of a CM connected to CPEs belonging to a particular ISP. This
allows CPEs to have their IP address assigned from the DHCP server belonging to the
corresponding ISP.
Note: The isp-bind option is only available after selecting the host or mta
options. It is not available for the cable modem option.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable and loopback interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem | host | mta} [isp-bind <A.B.C.D>
| global ]
no cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem | host | mta} [isp-bind
<A.B.C.D> | global ]
Command Syntax
2-6
A.B.C.D
IP address of the destination DHCP server
cable-modem
only CM UDP broadcasts are forwarded
host
only CPE UDP broadcasts are forwarded
mta
only MTA UDP broadcasts are forwarded
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
isp-bind A.B.C.D
secondary IP subnet to which the cable-helper

is bound
global
cable-helper is on the global network
2-7
Release 6.2.0
clear arp-cache
The clear arp-cache command clears all dynamic entries or a specific entry from the
ARP cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear arp-cache [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
2-8
IP address entry to be cleared from the ARP

table
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
clear counters
The clear counters command is used to clear a specific interface counter or all
interface counters.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear counters [cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N>
| ipsec | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255> ]
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
clear the cable counters for the specified slot

X, port Y, and if applicable, sub-interface N
ethernet X/Y
clear the Ethernet counters for the specified

slot X and port Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
clear the Gigabit Ethernet counters for the

specified slot X, port Y, and if applicable,
sub-interface N
ipsec
clear the IPSEC counters
loopback 1-255
clear the loopback counters for the specified

loopback interface number
tunnel 0-255
clear the tunnel interface counters for the

specified tunnel interface number
pos X/Y
clear the Packet over SONET (POS) counters

for the specified slot X and port Y
2-9
Release 6.2.0
clear host
The clear host command deletes DNS host entries from the
host-name-and-address cache.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear host {<Word> | *}
Command Syntax
2-10
Word
delete a specific DNS hostname entry
delete all DNS hostname entries
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
clear ip route
The clear ip route command deletes route table entries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear ip route {* | <A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>]}
Command Syntax
*
delete all routes
A.B.C.D
destination network route to delete
A.B.C.D
destination network subnet mask
2-11
Release 6.2.0
clear ip traffic
The clear ip traffic command resets the IP traffic statistic counters to zero.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear ip traffic
2-12
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
clear sntp history

The clear sntp history command removes servers from the SNTP server history list
displayed by the show sntp command and the show sntp detail command. To remove
a specific SNTP server from the display, that particular SNTP server must be
specified with the clear sntp history command. To remove all SNTP servers from the
display, the clear sntp history command is used without specifying an individual
SNTP server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear sntp history [<A.B.C.D> | <Hostname>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP address of an SNTP server
Hostname
the hostname of an SNTP server
Command Default
All SNTP servers on the SNTP server list are displayed by the show sntp command
and the show sntp detail command.
2-13
Release 6.2.0
host authorization
The host authorization command is used to enforce the binding of the CM and CPE
MAC addresses to the IP address assigned to them (statically or through DHCP). The
no host authorization command disables host authorization on the cable interface.
The host authorization feature is used for security purposes on the cable network.
When enabled, host authorization denies access to any hacker who tries to take or
spoof an IP address from any legitimate user on the same cable network. A hacker
takes the IP address from a user to steal their data service. The hacker accomplishes
this by changing the IP address on their PC to the IP address that the DHCP server
assigned to a legitimate users CPE. Cable operators can create static entries to deny
hackers from stealing service from users. Through static entries, cable operators can
manually bind the CPE MAC (hardware) and IP address to a particular cable modem.
This command may be used in circumstances when DHCP is not used to assign the
CPE IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration mode (cable interface only)
Command Line Usage

host authorization {<mac> {cpe <mac> <A.B.C.D> | cpr <mac> <A.B.C.D>} | on}
no host authorization on {<mac> {cpe <mac> <A.B.C.D> | cpr <mac> <prefix>} |
on}
Command Syntax
2-14
mac
cable modem MAC address, format

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
cpe
Customer Premises Equipment
cpr
Customer Premise Router
mac
MAC address of the CPE or CPR, format

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
A.B.C.D
IP address of the CPE or CPR
on
enable host authorization
Command Default
Disabled
2-15
Release 6.2.0
interface
The interface command specifies an interface for further configuration. Once the
interface is selected you enter Interface Configuration mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interface {cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> |
loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
slot X, MAC domain Y, and, if applicable, the

cable sub-interface N of the CMTS module
ethernet X/Y
slot X and port Y on the Ethernet interface:

On the 8-port Ethernet module, there are 8
10/100 Mbps Ethernet ports
On the SRM module, Ethernet interface 0
is a 10 Mbps management interface that
does not support the negotiation feature
and is associated with its corresponding
port on the SRM I/O module
Ethernet ports 1 and 2 are typically used to
support an external T1/E1 BITS clock and
are associated with their corresponding
ports on the SRM I/O module
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
2-16
slot X, port Y, and, if applicable, the

sub-interface N of the 1000 Mbps optical
Ethernet interface
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
loopback 1-255
loopback interfaces are used as inbound

logical interfaces when physical interfaces go
down - up to 255 loopback interfaces are
supported
pos X/Y
slot X and port Y on the high speed

OC3/OC12 SONET interface
tunnel 0-255
tunnels are logical interfaces used to make

point-to-point links between two devices, up
to 255 tunnels are supported
2-17
Release 6.2.0
ip access-group
The ip access-group command configures an interface to use an access list. The no ip
access-group command removes an access-list for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip access-group {<1-199> | <1300-2699>} {in | out}
no ip access-group {<1-199> | <1300-2699>} {in | out}
Command Syntax
1-199
standard access-list number range
1300-2699
extended access-list number range
in
incoming packet is processed only if the

source address is permitted by the access-list
out
outgoing packet is processed only if

access-list permits the packet
Command Default
No access groups defined.
2-18
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip address
The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an
interface or defines the Gateway IP address (giaddr) for Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), Multimedia Telephone Adapter (MTA), or cable modem DHCP
requests. The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the
interface.
The BSR now allows multiple BSRs connected to the same LAN (or VLAN) to share
the same IP subnet by using the shared-proxy-arp option. An interface configured
with the shared-proxy-arp option is allowed to share ARP resolutions with all
Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces configured with the ip proxy-arp command.
When the BSR needs to resolve an IP address in a shared-proxy-arp IP subnet, it sends
an ARP request upstream on the Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces configured
with the ip proxy-arp command and also sends the ARP request downstream on the
cable interface(s) configured with the shared-proxy-arp option. The BSR then learns
the host addresses of shared-proxy-arp IP subnets present on the Ethernet or Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces configured with the ip proxy-arp command.
Note: The shared-proxy-arp option must be specified after all other options.
For example, when enabling shared-proxy-arp on a secondary host subnet,
the secondary host options must be specified prior to the shared-proxy-arp
option.
When configuring the IP address of a cable or loopback interface, two additional
options are supported; the host and mta options. The host and mta options are only
available from cable or loopback interface configuration mode when selecting an IP
address. During the DHCP process, the relay agent requests an IP address in a
particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the DHCP requests
from CMs, hosts, and MTAs. The primary address is always inserted in cable modem
DHCP requests. If a secondary address or a secondary host address is defined, then
the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into DHCP
requests from hosts. If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined, then the
first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from secondary
MTA devices. The ip dhcp relay information option command must be enabled to
allow the BSR to determine what type of device originated the DHCP request. By
default, the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests.
2-19
Release 6.2.0
The ip address command is also used to bind a secondary IP address to a secondary

IP subnet of a CM which is connected to CPEs belonging to a particular ISP. This
allows the BSR to set the giaddr of the CPE's DHCP packets to the secondary
address of the CM to which the secondary addresses of the CPE are bound.
Note: You must configure a primary IP address before configuring any

secondary IP addresses.
Note: The BSR supports 256 secondary IP subnets per CMTS module. The
maximum number of secondary IP subnets that can be configured on the
entire BSR chassis is 1024.
If you are running a BCM 3140-based DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS module as two
1:4 configurations, the limit is still 256 secondary IP subnets for the entire 2:8
CMTS module. The total number of secondary IP subnets between MAC
Domain 0 and MAC Domain 1 can only equal 256. Also, if you apply the
same cable bundle to each MAC domain even though the secondary IP
subnets are the same they must be counted twice.
For example, if you have 256 secondary IP subnets in a cable bundle and
you apply that cable bundle to two MAC domains, the total number of
secondary IP subnets would be 512 which exceeds the limit for the DOCSIS
2.0 CMTS module. In this example, there can be no more than 128
secondary IP subnets on the cable bundle.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
2-20
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
Command Line Usage

ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [secondary]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [secondary]
Cable or Loopback interfaces only:
ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [shared-proxy-arp]
ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [secondary [ host | mta] [isp-bind
<A.B.C.D> | shared-proxy-arp]]
ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [secondary [shared-proxy-arp]]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [shared-proxy-arp]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D>}} [ secondary [ host | mta ][isp-bind
<A.B.C.D>]]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D>{<A.B.C.D>}} [secondary [shared-proxy-arp]]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP address
A.B.C.D
the subnetwork mask for the IP address - the

BSR supports up to a 30-bit subnetwork IP
address mask
secondary
designates the specified IP address as a

secondary IP address - on a cable interface,
defines this IP address as the IP address to be
inserted into host DHCP requests
shared-proxy-arp
share ARP resolutions with Ethernet or

Gigabit Ethernet interfaces configured with
the ip proxy-arp command
2-21
2-22
Release 6.2.0
host
defines the IP address for the cable interface

as the giaddr for host DHCP requests - on the
cable interface, defines this IP address as the
IP address to be inserted into host DHCP
requests (this option is only available on the
cable interface)
mta

as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests - on
the cable interface, defines this IP address as
the IP address to be inserted into MTA DHCP
requests (this option is only available on the
cable interface)
isp-bind A.B.C.D
specifies the secondary IP subnet to which

this secondary address is bound.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip broadcast-address
The ip broadcast-address command configures a broadcast address for an interface.
The no ip broadcast-address command deletes the broadcast address for an
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip broadcast-address <A.B.C.D>
no ip broadcast-address <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP broadcast address assigned to the interface
2-23
Release 6.2.0
ip dhcp relay information

The ip dhcp relay information command enables the BSR to insert the DHCP relay
information option (option-82) into received DHCP client messages being forwarded
to a DHCP server (configured using the cable helper command). Support for DHCP
Option-82, sub-option 2 (Agent Remote ID), which is enabled by the ip dhcp relay
information option command, allows the relay agent in the BSR to insert the MAC
address of the modem that the DHCP client is behind into outbound DHCP client
requests (i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR). This
enables the receiving DHCP server to identify the user sending the request and to treat
that client appropriately.
Support for DHCP Option-82, sub-option 1 (Agent Circuit ID), which is enabled by
the ip dhcp relay information spectrum-group-name command, allows the relay
agent in the BSR to insert, when available, the Spectrum Group name associated with
the upstream channel that the DHCP client is using into outbound DHCP client
requests (i.e., DHCP Discovers and DHCP Requests as they traverse the BSR).
The ip dhcp relay informationmulti-isp-enable command allows the BSR to

insert the DHCP relay information option (option-82) into received DHCP client
messages being forwarded to a DHCP server.
Note: If you are configuring two MAC domains on the 2x8 CMTS module, the
ip dhcp relay information option command must be entered for each MAC
domain. If this command is not entered in for each domain, CMs cannot
register in that domain.
Note: If a DHCP client on a particular subnet is using an upstream frequency
that is not configured as a member of a Spectrum Group, the Spectrum
Group name is not inserted by the DHCP relay agent into the DHCP discover
packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable interface only)
2-24
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
Command Line Usage

ip dhcp relay information { multi-isp-enable | option | spectrum-group-name}
no ip dhcp relay information { multi-isp-enable | option | spectrum-group-name}
Command Syntax
multi-isp-enable
enables the insertion of the DHCP relay

information option when multiple ISPs are
used
option
insert a MAC address (Agent Remote ID)

only into a clients DHCP discover packets
spectrum-group-name
insert the Spectrum Group name into all

DHCP outbound requests
2-25
Release 6.2.0
ip domain-list
The ip domain-list command configures up to six domain names to resolve
unqualified host names when the primary domain, specified by the ip domain-name
command, fails to resolve.
Use the ip domain-list command to define a list of secondary domain names.
Secondary domain names are used if the primary domain name fails to resolve.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip domain-list <WORD> [<WORD>] [<WORD>] [<WORD>] [<WORD>]
[<WORD>]
no ip domain-list <WORD> [<WORD>] [<WORD>] [<WORD>] [<WORD>]
[<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
2-26
domain name
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip domain-lookup
The ip domain-lookup command enables the IP Domain Name System (DNS) based
host name-to-address translation. The no ip domain-lookup command disables the IP
DNS-based name-to-address translation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Command Default
Enabled
2-27
Release 6.2.0
ip domain-name
The ip domain-name command is used to configure a domain name. The no ip
domain-name command removes the domain name.
For each BSR, you should configure the name of the domain in which the BSR is
located. This is the default domain name that is appended to host names that are not
fully qualified.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip domain-name <WORD>
no ip domain-name <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
domain name
Command Default
No domain is configured.
2-28
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip forward-protocol udp
The ip forward-protocol udp command controls what type of UDP packet to
forward when broadcasting packets or allows all types of UDP packets to be
forwarded. The no ip forward-protocol udp command disables IP forwarding.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip forward-protocol udp [<0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain | netbios-dgm |
netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time]
no ip forward-protocol udp [<0-65535> | bootpc | bootps | domain | netbios-dgm |
netbios-ns | tacacs | tftp | time]
Command Syntax
0-65535
UDP port number
bootpc
Bootstrap Protocol client (port 68)
bootps
Bootstrap Protocol server (port 67)
domain
Domain Name Service (DNS) (port 53)
netbios-dgm
NetBios datagram service (port 138)
netbios-ns
NetBios name service (port 137)
tacacs
TAC Access Control System (port 49)
tftp
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (port 69)
time
Time service (port 37)
2-29
Release 6.2.0
ip forwarding
The ip forwarding command neutralizes virus or hacking attacks by forwarding the
offending traffic to Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) or User Datagram Protocol
(UDP) source or destination port zero (depending where this traffic is coming from).
It is then discarded through the BSRs hardware.
Once the hacking or virus problem is resolved, the no ip forwarding command is
used to stop discarding TCP or UDP packets on their respective source port 0 or
destination port 0.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip forwarding {tcp | udp}{dst-zero | src-zero}
no ip forwarding {tcp | udp}{dst-zero | src-zero}
Command Syntax
tcp
TCP port
udp
UDP port
dest-zero
destination port is 0
src-zero
source port is 0
Command Default
Disabled
2-30
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip helper-address
The ip helper-address command specifies the destination IP address of the DHCP
server for where broadcast packets are forwarded. The no ip helper-address
command removes the IP address where broadcast packets are forwarded.
Use the ip helper-address command to forward broadcast packets received on an
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip helper-address <A.B.C.D>
no ip helper-address <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the DHCP server
2-31
Release 6.2.0
ip host
The ip host command is used to add a static, classless DNS host entry and its IP
address to the IP hostname table. The no ip host command deletes the host
address-to-name mapping in the host cache.
Note: The initial character of the name must be a letter.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip host <Hostname> <A.B.C.D>
no ip host <Hostname> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
Hostname
name of host
A.B.C.D
IP address
Command Default
No hosts configured.
2-32
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip irdp
The ip irdp command enables the ICMP Router Discovery Protocol (IRDP) on an
interface. The no ip irdp command disables the ICMP IRDP on an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <1-9000> | maxadvertinterval <4-1800> |
minadvertinterval <3-1800> | multicast | preference <-2147483648-2147483647>]
no ip irdp [address <A.B.C.D> | holdtime <1-9000> | maxadvertinterval <4-1800>
| minadvertinterval <3-1800> | multicast | preference
<-2147483648-2147483647>]
Command Syntax
address A.B.C.D
IP address to proxy-advertise, preference

value
holdtime 1-9000
amount of time, in seconds, advertisements

hold valid
maxadvertinterval 4-1800 maximum time, in seconds, between

advertisements
minadvertinterval 3-1800
minimal time between advertisement in

seconds
multicast
advertisements are sent with multicast
preference
-2147483648-2147483647
preference value for this interface, -231 to 231,

higher values increase performance, preferred
router
2-33
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
holdtime
2-34
1800 seconds
maxadvertinterval =
600 seconds
minadvertinterval =
450 seconds
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip mask-reply
The ip mask-reply command enables Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
netmask reply messages. The no ip mask-reply command disables ICMP netmask
reply messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Mode
ip mask-reply
no ip mask-reply
Command Default
Enabled
2-35
Release 6.2.0
ip mtu
The ip mtu command configures the maximum transmission unit (MTU) packet size
allowed on the interface. The no ip mtu command resets to the default value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip mtu <68-1528>
no ip mtu
Command Syntax
68-1528
MTU size in bytes.
Command Default
1496 bytes
2-36
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip multicast fastpath
The ip multicast fastpath command is used to specify which multicast flow or flows
will be given preferential treatment for forwarding in the fast path.
Which flow is forwarded in the fast path depends on the user configuration. A flow or
a range of flows can be configured with an extended access list (eACL). If no eACL
configured flows are present, all flows will be forwarded through the slow path in the
SRM. When the traffic for these eACL configured flows is active, they will be
forwarded in the fast path. Only the maximum allowed 16 fast path entries can be
forwarded even though there might be more active flows configured. When an active
flow is deleted, either due to a timeout or forced removal, the next active eACL
configured flow, if any, will be forwarded in the fast path.
Source and group destination IP addresses can be setup in ranges using wildcard
network masks in the eACL. Only permit entries are parsed for eligibility of installing
into the fast path. The fast path entries will be installed up to the first 16 flows
configured in the eACL initially. When a multicast flow becomes active in the
multicast forwarding cache and it matches any of the entries in the eACL, the entry
will be programmed into the fast path if one of the 16 flows are available. A flow is
considered active when traffic of that flow is being forwarded within a 3 minute
window. The entries in the fast path will be re-evaluated on any updates to the eACL.
For entries no longer matched in the eACL, they will be taken out of the fast path. The
updated eACL will be parsed to see if any corresponding active flows need to be
programmed into the fast path if there are still room in the fast path. However, if all 16
installed entries still match the configured range, no entry in the fast path will be
replaced even if the configured range has become higher in the sequence order of the
eACL. This is because ACLs only provide a way to make a binary decision, i.e. it is
either eligible for the fast path or not, and not used for ordering to determine which
entries get installed.
There is an optional parameter queue for all multicast data packets to be forwarded
out one of the eight specified queues which can be used for statistics, debugging or
QoS purposes. The queue number cannot be changed once configured unless a new
extended ACL is configured where all previous fast path flows are removed and any
new fast path flows are created with the new queue number.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
2-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

ip multicast fastpath {<100-199> | <2000-2699>} [ queue <0-7>]
no ip multicast fastpath {<100-199> | <2000-2699>} [ queue <0-7>]
Command Syntax
100-199
the mulitcast acceleration eligibility list
2000-2699
the extended ACL range
queue 0-7
the HSIM transmit queue number
Command Default
queue = 1
2-38
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip name-server
The ip name-server command is used to enter the IP address of one or more Domain
Name System (DNS) servers. Up to six DNS servers can be configured on the BSR.
The no ip name-server command deletes a DNS entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip name-server <A.B.C.D> [<...A.B.C.D>]
no ip name-server <A.B.C.D> [<...A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of a DNS server, 6 addresses may

be specified
2-39
Release 6.2.0
ip proxy-arp
The ip proxy-arp command enables proxy Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) on an
Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet interface. The no ip proxy-arp command disables
proxy ARP on an interface.
Note: If a host in the local network is incapable of responding to an ARP
request for some reason, the router will respond on behalf of the host when
proxy arp is enabled and the IP-to-MAC address mapping of the host is
stored in the router with a static arp command and the alias option specified.
To verify ARP status, use the show running-config command.
The BSR will also respond to an ARP request for a network on a different
interface when proxy ARP is enabled.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet Interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Command Default
Disabled
2-40
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip rarp-server
The ip rarp-server command is used to enable the router to act as a Reverse Address
Resolution Protocol (RARP) server. The no ip rarp-server command disables the
router to act as a RARP server.
The RARP server can be configured on each interface to ensure that the router does
not affect RARP traffic on other subnetworks that do not need RARP assistance. The
following conditions must be satisfied before receiving RARP support:
n
n
The ip rarp-server command must be configured on the requesting interface

A static entry, must exist in the IP ARP table, mapping the MAC address in the
RARP request to an IP address
The IP address should be set to whatever address the user configures as the primary
address for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rarp-server <A.B.C.D>
no ip rarp-server <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address for use as the source protocol

address
Command Default
Disabled
2-41
Release 6.2.0
ip redirects
The ip redirects command enables the processing of "Host Redirect" messages. If
both the global and interface configuration modes are enabled, the BSR will send an
ICMPv4 "Host Redirect" packet to the original source of an IPv4 packet received by
the BSR from that interface when both the source IP address and destination IP
address of the packet are within a logical IPv4 subnet implemented on the incoming
interface. The source should send packets directly to the destination rather than
routing through the BSR.
The no ip redirects command disables the processing of "Host Redirect" messages.
When disabled, the BSR will not send an ICMPv4 "Host Redirect" message to the
source.
This command applies only to IP version 4 packets. Regardless of the configuration,
the BSR attempts to forward packets back onto the incoming interface in order to
reach their destinations.
Note: Unless your network devices respond to IP redirects, which can be a
security issue, Motorola recommends that this function be disabled. This will
minimize network traffic load and packet processing by the BSR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Global Configuration and Interface Configuration (not supported for Cable interfaces)
Command Line Usage

ip redirects
no ip redirects
Command Default
Enabled
2-42
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip route
The ip route command is used to configure a static route when the router cannot
dynamically build a route to the specific destination or if the route must be in place
permanently. The no ip route command removes a static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip route <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D> | null <NUM> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel
<0-255>} [<1-255> ] [ range <1-65536> ] [tag <1-4294967295>]
no ip route <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D> | null <NUM> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel
<0-255>} [<1-255> ] [ range <1-65536> ] [tag <1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the destination network
A.B.C.D
netmask of the destination network
A.B.C.D
IP address of the forwarding router
null <NUM>
null interface number
pos X/Y
POS slot X and port Y
tunnel 0-255
tunnel interface number
1-255
administrative distance
range 1-65536
number of route entries
tag 1-4294967295
match value to control route-map

redistribution
Command Default
Administrative distance = 1
2-43
Release 6.2.0
ip routing
The ip routing command enables IP routing. The no ip routing command disables IP
routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip routing
no ip routing
Command Default
Enabled
2-44
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ip source-route
The ip source-route command allows the BSR to handle IP datagrams with source
routing header options. The no ip source-route command discards any IP datagrams
containing a source-route option.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip source-route
no ip source-route
2-45
Release 6.2.0
ip unreachables
The ip unreachables command enables processing of an ICMP unreachable message
when the BSR can not deliver a received packet. When enabled for both the global
and interface configuration modes, the BSR will send an ICMPv4 "Network
Unreachable" packet to the original source of an IPv4 packet received by the BSR for
which the BSR does not have a route.
The no ip unreachables command disables ICMP unreachable message processing
when the router can not deliver a received a packet. If either the global or interface
configuration mode is disabled, then the BSR will not send an ICMPv4 packet to the
source.
This command applies only to IP version 4 packets. Regardless of the configuration,
the BSR will discard the packet when it has no route to its destination.
Note: Because enabling this feature can cause large amounts of data to be
sent on the network interface, Motorola recommends that this feature be
disabled.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Global Configuration and Interface Configuration (not supported for Cable interfaces)
Command Line Usage

ip unreachables
no ip unreachables
Command Default
Enabled
2-46
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
passive-interface
The passive-interface command suppresses routing updates from being transmitted
over a specific ethernet or cable routing interface. The no passive-interface
command re-enables route updates to be transmitted over the routing interface.
Note: Updates from routers that are directly connected to the passive
interface continue to be received and processed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Router Configuration
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | default | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
no passive-interface {cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | default | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
slot X, MAC domain Y, and, if applicable, the

cable sub-interface N of the CMTS module
default
suppress routing updates on all interfaces
ethernet X/Y
Ethernet interface slot X and port Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
slot X, port Y, and, if applicable, the

sub-interface N of the 1000 Mbps optical
Ethernet interface
2-47
Release 6.2.0
loopback 1-255
pos X/Y
Packet-Over-SONET interface slot X and port

Y
Command Default
Routing updates are transmitted over the router (no passive-interface command).
2-48
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
ping
The Packet Internet Groper (PING) ping command sends an Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMP) echo request to a remote host that reports errors and
provides information relevant to IP packet addressing. The ping command checks
host reachability and network connectivity, or confirms basic network connectivity.
Note: The address of the source in an echo message will be the destination
of the echo reply message. To form an echo reply message, the source and
destination addresses are simply reversed, the type code changed to 0, and
the checksum recomputed.
ICMP is used to report problems with delivery of IP datagrams within an IP
network. It can also show when a particular node is not responding, when an
IP network is not reachable, when a node is overloaded, when an error
occurs in the IP header information, etc. The protocol is also frequently used
by Internet managers to verify correct operations of nodes and to check that
routers are correctly routing packets to the specified destination address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ping {<A.B.C.D> | <Hostname>}[df] [repeat <1-65535>] [size <40-65515>] [source
<A.B.C.D>] [timeout <1-1024>] [tos <0-255>] [ttl <0-255>]
Note: Command parameters must be entered in alphabetical order, for
example:
MOT:7A# ping <A.B.C.D> repeat 5 timeout 1 ttl 0
2-49
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
2-50
A.B.C.D
The IP address of the destination system.
Hostname
The name of the destination system.
df
Sets the "dont fragment" IP flag in the outgoing ping IP

header.
repeat 1-65535
The number of ping requests to send.
size 40-65535
The size, in bytes, of the echo message.
source A.B.C.D
The IP address of the BSR interface to use as the source

of the ping request.
timeout 1-1024
The time, in seconds, to wait for a reply before the

connection times out.
tos 0-255
The type of service.
ttl 0-255
The time to live value.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show arp
The show arp command displays static and dynamic entries in the ARP table. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show arp command:
Protocol
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Address
Age(min)
10.10.10.10
10.255.4.1
10.255.5.1
10.255.6.1
10.255.7.1
150.31.60.1
41
150.31.60.10
150.31.60.99
150.31.61.23
21
150.31.61.27
31
150.31.61.28
3
150.31.61.29
3
150.31.61.34
3
150.31.61.37
3
150.31.61.80
3
150.31.61.81
3
Hardware Address
0030.b801.c5f4
0000.0000.0004
0000.0000.0005
0000.0000.0006
0000.0000.0007
00e0.6367.99b1
0030.b801.c570
0000.0000.9999
0008.0ee4.84e8
0008.0ee4.d550
0020.4026.77c0
0020.4027.a028
0020.4026.d5dc
0020.4026.77bc
0020.4029.19dc
0020.4027.a038
Type
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
Interface
ethernet 15/4
ethernet 7/0
ethernet 7/0
ethernet 7/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
cable 0/0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show arp [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show arp [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
turn on output modifiers (filters)
begin

specified string
2-51
2-52
Release 6.2.0
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show controllers
The show controllers command displays detailed hardware and configuration
information for each module installed in the BSR chassis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers {ethernet [<X/Y>] | gigaether [<X/Y | X/Y.N>] | pos [<X/Y>]
| cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> [upstream <NUM> | downstream <NUM> | mac ]} [ | {begin
| exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show controllers {ethernet [<X/Y>] | gigaether [<X/Y | X/Y.N>] | pos [<X/Y>]
| cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> [upstream <NUM> | downstream <NUM> | mac ]} [ | {count
| count-only}]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y
display Ethernet interface controller

information for the entire BSR
chassis or the optional, specified
BSR chassis slot X and port Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
display Gigabit Ethernet interface

controller information for the entire
BSR chassis or the optional,
specified BSR chassis slot X, port Y,
and if applicable, sub-interface N
pos X/Y
display POS interface controller

information for the entire BSR
chassis or the optional, specified
BSR chassis slot X and port Y
2-53
2-54
Release 6.2.0
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
display cable interface controller

information for the specified BSR
chassis slot X, MAC domain Y, and if
applicable sub-interface N
upstream NUM
display information for the specified

upstream port including the upstream
modulation type, channel width,
frequency, and modulation profile
information (i.e minislots, interleave,
preamble, etc.)
downstream NUM
display information for the

downstream port number including
downstream modulation type,
frequency (label), and symbol rate
mac
display MAC layer (layer 2)

information for all cable modems on
this specific CMTS module
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show host authorization

The show host authorization command displays the host authorization enabled state
and displays all cable host entries in the ARP authorization table. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show host authorization command:
Device
Host
Modem
Host
Modem
Type
Dyn
Dyn
Dyn
Dyn
State
Ack
Ack-TD-TF
Learned
Ack-TD-TF
Seconds
90000
90000
90000
90000
Modem MAC Addr

0008.0e72.bf70
0008.0e72.bf70
0008.0e73.1dba
0008.0e73.1dba
Host IP Addr
150.31.43.3
150.31.42.2
150.31.43.2
150.31.42.3
Host MAC Addr

0008.0e72.bf72
0008.0e72.bf70
0008.0e73.1dbc
0008.0e73.1dba
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show host authorization <0-15>
Command Syntax
0-15
CMTS slot number
2-55
Release 6.2.0
show host authorization cpe

The show host authorization cpe command is used to display the dynamic or static
ARP entries for CPEs only. The following is an example of typical screen output from
the show host authorization cpe command:
Type
Dynamic
Dynamic
Host IP Address
150.31.43.3
150.31.43.2
Host MAC Address

0008.0e72.bf72
0008.0e73.1dbc
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show host authorization cpe {leased | static} [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show host authorization cpe {leased | static} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-56
leased
display dynamically configured host

authorization entries
static
display statically configured host

authorization entries
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
WORD
count
count-only

2-57
Release 6.2.0
show host authorization interface cable

The show host authorization interface cable command displays host authorization
configuration information for a cable interface. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show host authorization interface cable command:
Device
Host
Host
Modem
Modem
Type
Dyn
Dyn
Dyn
Dyn
State
Ack
Ack
Ack-TD-TF
Ack-TD-TF
Seconds
3600
3600
3600
3600
Modem MAC Addr

0012.25d9.59f8
000e.5c6c.9810
0019.5eb4.8176
000e.5c00.d2e2
Host IP Addr
150.31.56.2
150.31.56.3
150.31.54.20
150.31.54.15
Host MAC Addr

0008.0ecc.9a52
0008.0ecc.9a3a
0019.5eb4.8176
000e.5c00.d2e2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show host authorization interface cable <X/Y> [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show host authorization interface cable <X/Y> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-58
X/Y
slot X and MAC Domain Y of the CMTS

module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
2-59
Release 6.2.0
show host authorization summary

The show host authorization summary command is used to display ARP table
summary information. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show host authorization summary command:
Interface
Cable
Total
Modems
2
4/0
Total
Hosts
2
Total
Routers
0
Dynamic
Entries
4
Static
Entries
0
Total
Entries
4
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show host authorization summary [<0-15>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show host authorization summary [<0-15>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-60
0-15
CMTS slot number
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
count
count-only

screen output
2-61
Release 6.2.0
show host unauthorized cpe

The show host unauthorized cpe command displays the list of hosts/CPEs that are
unauthorized due to a failed DHCP lease query response. The following is an example
of typical screen output from the show host unauthorized cpe command:
Index
32767
Seconds
600
Modem MAC Addr

0012.2588.33ac
Host IP Addr
150.42.101.2
Host MAC Addr Vrf Index

0030.1bb4.a703 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show host unauthorized cpe
2-62
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show hosts
The show hosts command displays the cache list of hostnames with their IP addresses
and aliases.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show hosts
2-63
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces
Use the show interfaces command to display the status and statistics for the network
interfaces. Use the show interfaces command without the slot and interface argument
to display all interfaces. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show interfaces command:
gigaether 14/0.10 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware address is 00:30:b8:80:63:3f
Encapsulation Arpa
802.1Q Virtual LAN, VLAN ID 63
ARP Timeout 01:00:00
Last state change at 1d16h, 63 interface resets
Queueing strategy: FIFO
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N>
| pos <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>] [accounting] [ | {begin | exclude
show interfaces [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N>
| pos <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>] [accounting] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-64
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
Gigabit Ethernet interface slot X, port Y, and

if applicable, sub-interface N
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
cable interface slot X, port Y, and if

applicable, sub-interface N
pos X/Y
Packet-over-SONET interface slot X and port

Y
loopback 1-255
tunnel 0-255
accounting
display the number of packets for each

protocol type that has been sent through an
interface
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
2-65
Release 6.2.0
show ip arp
The show ip arp command displays the Internet Protocol (IP) Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) cache table entries for individual interfaces or all interfaces on the
BSR. Each ARP entry describes the protocol type, IP address to MAC address
binding, age time, ARP type, and interface location and type. Use the additional
command arguments to filter the output information you want to receive. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip arp command:
Protocol
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Internet
Address
Age(min)
150.31.90.1
0
150.31.90.10
150.31.93.10
21
150.31.93.12
10
150.31.93.13
13
150.31.93.14
8
150.31.93.15
20
150.31.93.16
28
150.31.93.17
3
150.31.94.10
1
150.31.94.11
1
150.31.94.12
6
150.31.94.13
1
150.31.94.14
0
150.31.94.15
2
150.31.98.10
150.31.98.100
0
150.31.99.7
-
Hardware Address
00e0.6367.99b1
0030.b8c6.5c70
0011.1aca.1388
0011.1ac9.2094
0011.8061.3f0e
0011.1aca.13a6
0011.1aca.1394
00c0.4f5e.e476
0011.805f.fd30
0011.1ac9.2096
0011.1aca.138a
0011.1aca.1396
0011.8061.3f10
0011.1aca.13a8
0011.805f.fd32
0030.b8c6.5cf2
00c0.4f63.482c
0030.b800.0701
Type
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
ARPA
Interface
ethernet 7/0
ethernet 7/0
cable 11/1
cable 11/1
cable 4/0
cable 11/0
cable 11/0
cable 11/1
cable 4/0
cable 11/1
cable 11/1
cable 11/0
cable 4/0
cable 11/0
cable 4/0
ethernet 15/2
ethernet 15/2
ethernet 7/1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except for User EXEC
Command Line Usage

show ip arp [<A.B.C.D> | <H.H.H> | <Hostname> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet
<X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <0-255> | incomplete ] [ | {begin |
2-66
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip arp [<A.B.C.D> | <H.H.H> | <Hostname> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet

<X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <0-255> | incomplete ] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
display ARP entries matching the specified IP

address
H.H.H
display ARP entries matching the specified

48 bit MAC address
Hostname
display ARP entries matching the specified

hostname
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
display ARP entries for the specified cable

interface in the BSR slot X, MAC Domain Y,
and if applicable, sub-interface N
ethernet X/Y
display ARP entries for the specified Ethernet

interface in BSR slot X and port number Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
display ARP entries for the specified Gigabit

Ethernet interface in BSR slot X, port Y, and if
applicable sub-interface N
loopback 0-255
display ARP entries for the specified

loopback interface
incomplete
display incomplete ARP entries
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
2-67
2-68
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip dhcp stats

The show ip dhcp stats command displays DHCP messages sent and received for a
specified slot or all slots on the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show ip dhcp stats command:
DHCP statistics:
CMTS Slot
Upstream Downstream
4
30238
30234
6
0
0
9
0
0
11
40174
40160
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dhcp stats [<NUM>]
Command Syntax
NUM
CMTS slot number
2-69
Release 6.2.0
show ip filters
The show ip filters command displays a variety of filter and routing policy
configuration information. IP filters provide a mechanism for determining whether or
not to process IP packets received over the BSR 64000 POS OC-3/C12, Multi-Mode
Gigabit Ethernet (SX), Single-Mode Gigabit Ethernet (LX), or 10/100 Ethernet
Network Interface Modules (NIMs). When an IP packet matches one of the patterns in
a filter, the filter determines whether the packet is discarded or passed to the IP
routing module for forwarding. Filtering decisions can be based on combinations of
source address, destination address, TCP/UDP port, and protocol.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip filters
command:
NL
AP
DR
TL
PP
IG
=
=
=
=
=
=
Type
Null Filter, SM = Send To Srm, UA = Unresolved ARP,

Access List Permit, AD = Access List Deny, PR = ACL Permit Range,
ACL Deny Range, IR = ICMP Redirect, IU = ICMP Unreachable,
Ip Tunnel Loopback, TE = Ip Tunnel Decap, TN = Ip Tunnel Encap,
Policy Route Permit, PD = Policy Route Deny, PT = Policy Tunnel,
Ignore CAM use LME, PU = Ip to Mpls Push
VRF
Dest Ip Address Src Ip Address Pro
InF
134.33.90.99
150.31.98.100
ip
InF
172.50.1.100
150.31.94.11
ip
SP / DP / DS Interface FT QId
Type Code
0
IU
-
IU
The show ip filters command displays the following filter configuration information
for the acl, icmp, policy, qos, srm, and tunnel command options:
2-70
Dest Ip Address
destination IP address for this filter
Src Ip Address
source IP address for this filter
Pro
first three characters of the routing

protocol acronym for this filter. For
example, OSPF is displayed as OSP.
SP
source IP port for this filter
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
DP
destination IP port for this filter
FT
Flow (classification) Type (FT).

Flow types include the following:
AP = Access List Permit
AD = Access List Deny
PR = ACL Permit Range
DR = ACL Deny Range
II = IP Ingress
IR = ICMP Redirect
IU = ICMP Unreachable
TL = IP Tunnel Loopback
TE = IP Tunnel Egress
TN = IP Tunnel
PP = Policy Route Permit
PD = Policy Route Deny
QS = QoS
SM = Send To Srm
NL = Drop
QId
outgoing QoS queue ID number
The following additional filter configuration information is displayed for the policy
command option:
In If
incoming TCP/UDP port number

associated with this filter entry
Out If
outgoing TCP/UDP port number

associated with this filter entry
DS
Diff-serv Code Point (differentiated

services)
Def
default filter indicator
2-71
Release 6.2.0
Mac
MAC address for the interface
Mtu
Maximum Transmission Unit

(MTU) packet size allowed on the
interface
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip filters [acl | icmp | policy | srm | summary | tunnel] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip filters [acl | icmp | policy | qos | srm | summary | tunnel] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-72
acl
display access list filters
icmp
display ICMP filters
policy
display policy routing filters
srm
send filters to the SRM to

troubleshoot problems - for example,
this can be used in instances when
ARP is unresolved
summary
display a summary of all Fast Path

filters - refer to show ip filters
summary
tunnel
display IP tunneling filters
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

2-73
Release 6.2.0
show ip filters summary

The show ip filters summary command displays a summary of filter and routing
policy statistics for IP filters for the BSR 64000 POS OC-3/C12, Multi-Mode Gigabit
Ethernet (SX), Single-Mode Gigabit Ethernet (LX), or 10/100 Ethernet Network
Interface Modules (NIMs). The show ip filters summary command displays the
following filter summary statistics:
Flow Classification Type
Flow Classification Types:

Null Filter
Access List Permit
Access List Deny
IP Ingress
IP Tunnel Egress
IP Tunnel Loopback
ICMP Redirect
ICMP Unreachable
IP Tunnel
Policy Route Permit
Policy Route Deny
Qos
Send To Srm
Number of Filters
number of filters applied to each

Slot
BSR 64000 slot
Number of Filters
number of filters applied to the

corresponding BSR 64000 slot
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip filters
summary command:
2-74
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands

-------------------------
Number of Filters
-----------------
Null Filter
Send To Srm
Unresolved ARP
Access List Permit
Access List Deny
ACL Permit Range
ACL Deny Range
ICMP Redirect
ICMP Unreachable
Ip Tunnel Loopback
Ip Tunnel Decap
Ip Tunnel Encap
Policy Route Permit
Policy Route Deny
Policy Tunnel
Ignore CAM use LME
Ip to Mpls Push
------------------------total
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
-------1
Slot
----
Number of Filters
-----------------
15
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip filters summary [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip filters summary [ | {count | count-only}]
2-75
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
2-76
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip flows
The show ip flows command displays active TCP/UDP flows/connections including
servers.
PCB
specifies the source physical address of the

flow or connection - PCB denotes printed
circuit board
Proto
specifies the protocol used in this flow or

connection
Recv-Q
specifies the number of packets received
Send-Q
specifies the number of packets sentr
Local Address
specifies the source IP address and UDP port

of the flow
Foreign Address
specifies the destination IP address and UDP

port of the flow
(state)
the state of the flow or connection
VPN
the Virtual Private Network associated with

this flow or connection
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip flows
command:
Active Internet connections (including servers)

PCB
Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address
Foreign Address
(state)
VPN
----- ------ ------ -----------------------------------1fb10e8 TCP
56
54
150.31.20.10.23 10.14.37.103.39345 ESTABLISHED global
1fb0fd8 TCP
89
78
1fb1060 TCP
45
23
1fb0f50 UDP
101
127.0.0.1.161
0.0.0.0.0
LISTENING
global
2-77
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show ip flows [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show ip flows [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-78
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip forwarding-table
The show ip forwarding-table command displays all unicast route entries in the
HSIM IP forwarding table. The following is an example of typical screen output from
the show ip forwarding-table command:
NL
NA
GW
LN
PU
=
=
=
=
=
Null Route, LI = Local Interface, BC = Subnet Broadcast,

Directly Connected Need ARP, WA = Directly Connected With ARP,
Gateway Route, CH = Cmts Host Route, CI = Cmts Interface Route,
Local Interface Network Route, CR = Cmts Route, TL = Tunnel Route,
Ip to Mpls Push, 2P = Ip to Mpls 2 Push, LS
VRF
------
Ip Address/Prefix
-----------------150.31.83.0/24
150.31.83.3/32
150.31.83.0/32
150.31.83.255/32
150.31.85.0/24
150.31.89.255/32
10.14.0.0/16
0.0.0.0/0
150.31.91.0/24
150.31.83.15/32
150.31.1.0/24
Phys If
------------eth 7/0
eth 7/0
eth 7/0
eth 7/0
eth 7/0
eth 7/1
eth 7/0
eth 7/0
eth 7/0
cab 2/0
eth 7/0
RT
-LN
LI
BC
BC
LN
BC
LN
LN
LN
CH
LN
Gateway
-----------------------150.31.83.3
--
MAC Address
HitCnt
-------------- -----------------
0
9808
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
546
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip forwarding-table [<A.B.C.D> | hitCount [<NUM>] | summary ] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show ip forwarding-table [<A.B.C.D> | hitCount [<NUM>] | summary ] [ | {count
| count-only }]
2-79
Release 6.2.0
show ip forwarding-table [mpls | tunnel | vrf {<word>}] [hitCount [<NUM>]] [ |

{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show ip forwarding-table [mpls | tunnel | vrf {<word>}] [hitCount [<NUM>]] [ |
{count | count-only }]
Command Syntax
2-80
A.B.C.D
display the entries for the specified IP address
hitCount NUM
display the access-list hit count for the

(optional) BSR chassis slot number
summary
display a summary
mpls
display the MPLS Fast Path filters
tunnel
display the tunnel filters
vrf word
display a VPN Routing/Forwarding instance
begin

string
count
count-only

screen output
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip forwarding-table ecmp

The show ip forwarding-table ecmp command displays ECMP forwarding table
entries. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
forwarding-table command:
NL = Null Route,
LI = Local Interface,
NA = Directly Connected Need ARP,
BC = Subnet Broadcast,
WA = Directly Connected With ARP,
GW =
Gateway Route,
CH = Cmts Host Route,
CI = Cmts Interface Route,
LN = Local Interface Network
Route,
CR = Cmts Route,
TL = Tunnel Route,
2P = Ip to Mpls 2 Push,
VRF
Ip Address/Prefix
------ ------------------
PU = Ip to Mpls Push,
LS
Phys If
RT
------------- --
20.200.230.0/24
gig 13/0
equal-cost
equal-cost
gig 14/0
gig 12/0
WA
Gateway
MAC Address
HsimSlots
--------------- -------------- --------13.13.13.2
0019.07a8.2a00
13,11
14.14.14.2
12.12.12.2
0019.07a8.2a0a
0019.07a8.2a00
14
12,11
equal-cost
gig 14/1
14.14.14.10
0019.07a8.2a00
14
equal-cost
gig 13/1
13.13.13.10
0019.07a8.2a00
15,13
equal-cost
gig 12/1
12.12.12.10
0019.07a8.2a00
15,12
Group Access
All
Command Mode
2-81
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show ip forwarding-table ecmp [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count
| count-only}]
show ip forwarding-table ecmp [ | {count | count-only }]
Command Syntax
2-82
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip forwarding-table hsim

The show ip forwarding-table hsim command displays the forwarding table entries
for each HSIM slot.The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show ip forwarding-table hsim command:
NL = Null Route,
LI = Local Interface,
NA = Directly Connected Need ARP,
BC = Subnet Broadcast,
WA = Directly Connected With ARP,
GW =
Gateway Route,
CH = Cmts Host Route,
CI = Cmts Interface Route,
LN = Local Interface Network
Route,
CR = Cmts Route,
TL = Tunnel Route,
2P = Ip to Mpls 2 Push,
PU = Ip to Mpls Push,
LS
Forwarding-table entries for HSIM 15

VRF
Ip Address/Prefix
Phys If
RT
MAC Address
------
------------------
-------------
--
--------------
127.255.254.0/23
eth 7/1
LN
--
127.255.255.7/32
eth 7/0
LI
--
127.255.254.0/32
eth 7/1
BC
--
127.255.255.255/32
eth 7/1
BC
--
150.31.32.0/24
eth 7/0
LN
--
150.31.32.1/32
eth 7/0
LI
--
150.31.32.0/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.32.255/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.33.0/24
eth 7/0
LN
--
150.31.33.1/32
eth 7/0
LI
--
150.31.33.0/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.33.255/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.31.0/24
eth 7/0
LN
--
150.31.31.1/32
eth 7/0
LI
--
150.31.31.0/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.31.255/32
eth 7/0
BC
--
150.31.34.0/24
eth 7/0
LN
--
150.31.34.1/32
eth 7/0
LI
0.0.0.0/0
150 31 35 0/24
eth 15/0
th 15/1
WA
-00e0.6367.99b1
LN
Group Access
All
2-83
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip forwarding-table hsim [<NUM>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
{<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show ip forwarding-table hsim [<NUM>] [ | {count | count-only }]
Command Syntax
2-84
NUM
The optional HSIM slot number.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip interface
The show ip interface command displays the status, statistical information, and
configuration for the network interfaces. The show ip interface command without
any command arguments displays status, statistical information, and configuration for
all interfaces. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
interface command:
ethernet 7/0 is up, line protocol is up
Broadcast address is 255.255.255.255
MTU 1500 bytes
Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled
Outgoing access list is not set
Inbound access list is not set
Policy routing is disabled
Proxy ARP is disabled
Split horizon is enabled
ICMP redirects are always sent
ICMP unreachables are always sent
ICMP mask replies are always sent
Router Discovery is disabled
loopback 3 is up, line protocol is up
Destination address is 150.31.93.1
MTU 1514 bytes
Cable cable-modem helper addresses are: 150.31.1.100 global
Cable host helper addresses are: 150.31.1.100 global
Cable mta helper addresses are: 150.31.1.100 global
Directed broadcast forwarding is disabled
Outgoing access list is not set
Inbound access list is not set
Policy routing is disabled
Split horizon is enabled
ICMP redirects are never sent
ICMP unreachables are always sent
ICMP mask replies are always sent
Router Discovery is disabled
Secondary address 150.31.94.1/24
2-85
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show ip interface [ brief | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>]
[ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip interface [ brief | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>]
[ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-86
brief
provides a brief summary of IP status and

configuration information for a specific
interface or all interfaces
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
cable interface slot X, MAC Domain Y, and if

applicable, sub-interface N
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N

loopback 1-255
pos X/Y
Packet-over-SONET interface slot X and port

Y
tunnel 0-255
begin

string
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
2-87
Release 6.2.0
show ip irdp
The show ip irdp command displays ICMP Router Discovery Protocol information
including interface holdtime values, configured preface values, and advertisement
values for specified Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces or all Ethernet or Gigabit
Ethernet interfaces on the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show ip irdp command:
ethernet 7/0 has router discovery disabled
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show ip irdp [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N>] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip irdp [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N>] [ | {count | count-only}]
2-88
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N

begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
2-89
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast fastpath

The show ip multicast fastpath command display multicast entries in the fast path.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip multicast
fastpath command:
Source/Group
----------------------8.8.8.21/224.2.166.71
In Phys If
---------feth 2/0
20.1.1.10/224.2.166.71
feth 3/0
8.8.8.21/224.2.231.191
feth 2/1
20.1.1.10/224.2.231.191
feth 2/2
Out Phys Ifs

------------cab 5/0
cab 4/0
cab 5/0
cab 5/1
eth 2/6
cab 5/0
cab 1/0
FP Idx
-----2
5
13
6
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast fastpath
2-90
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip multicast fwd-cache

The show ip multicast fwd-cache command displays the multicast forwarding cache
on a source and group pair basis. The added legend of s indicates that the flow is
currently being switched/forwarded in the fast path. If the entry is in the fast path, the
column in parenthesis displays any packets that have come through to the slow path.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip multicast
fwd-cache command:
Legend (L): D = DVMRP accept, d = DVMRP drop, P = PIM accept, p = PIM drop
s = Switched (FastPath), N = None/Drop, U = unknown
Source/
(L)
Incoming/
# in pkts
# out pkts
# OI
Entry
Group
Outgoing
(# in SRM)
Timeout
------------------------------------------------ ------8.8.8.21/
Ps
90.1.1.15/
2352
1
208
224.2.166.71
Ps
1.1.1.1
(49)
20.1.1.10/
P
PIM REG IN/
1074
1
210
224.2.166.71
P
90.1.1.15
1074
8.8.8.21/
Ps
90.1.1.15/
47
1
209
224.2.231.191
Ps
1.1.1.1
(147)
20.1.1.10/
Ps
1.1.1.1/
24709
1
210
224.2.231.191
Ps
90.1.1.15
(1)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast fwd-cache [<A.B.C.D> | <A.B.C.D> | physical ]
2-91
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
2-92
A.B.C.D
only displays the cache for this source or

group address
A.B.C.D
only displays the cache for this specified

source and group
physical
displays the cache only in relation to the

physical interface - if "physical" is not
specified - if "physical" is not specified, the
command output relates to the logical
interface
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip protocols
The show ip protocols command is used for debugging routing activity and processes
by displaying the status of routing protocol processes currently on the system. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip protocols
command:
Routing Protocol is
"bgp 4
"
Bgp default capabilities: ipv4-unicast route-refresh
Timers: keepalive 60 hold 180
Client-to-client reflection is enabled
Default local-preference 100
Routing Process OSPF with ID 150.31.94.1
Supports only single TOS(TOS0) routes
This is an autonomous system boundary router
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs
Minimum LSA interval 5 secs. Minimum LSA arrival 1 secs
Number of external LSA 63
Number of areas in this router is 1. 1 normal 0 stub 0 nssa
Area 0.0.0.0
Number of interfaces in this area is 6
Area has no authentication
SPF algorithm executed 215 times
Routing for Networks:
150.31.0.0/16
Distance: 110 (default is 110)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show ip protocols [bgp | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
2-93
Release 6.2.0
show ip protocols [bgp | summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-94
bgp
Display BGP protocol infomation.
summary
Display a summary of system routing

protocol processes.
Turn on output modifiers (filters).
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ipv6 protocols

The show ipv6 protocols command is used for debugging routing activity and
processes by displaying the status of routing protocol processes currently on the
system. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipv6
protocols command:
Routing Protocol is "isisv6"

Outgoing update filter list for all interfaces is not set
Redistributing: static
Address Summarization:
Gigaether10/0
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway
Distance
Last Update
FE80::0:A3FF:FE27:B711
115
24:23:37
Distance: (default is 115)
Group Access
Allsho
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show iv6p protocols [summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show ipv6 protocols [summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
summary
Displays a summary of system routing

protocol processes.
2-95
2-96
Release 6.2.0
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip route
The show ip route command displays active entries in the BSR routing table. The
following is typical screen output from the show ip route command:
Codes: C - connected, S - static, R - RIP, B - BGP

i - IS-IS derived L1- IS-IS level-1, L2- IS-IS level 2
route O - OSPF, IA - OSPF inter area, N1 - OSPF NSSA external type 1
N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2, E1 - OSPF external type 1
E2 - OSPF external type 2, * - candidate default
U - per-user static route, P - periodic downloaded static route
T - traffic engineered route
Gateway of last resort is 150.31.90.1 to network 0.0.0.0
*S
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
E2
E2
0.0.0.0/0 [1/0] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1

150.31.1.0/24 [110/1] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.2.0/24 [110/1] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.10.0/24 [110/21] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.11.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.17.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.19.0/24 [110/22] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.20.0/24 [110/21] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.21.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.22.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.24.0/24 [110/22] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.26.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.30.0/24 [110/21] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.31.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.32.0/24 [110/31] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
150.31.39.0/24 [110/22] via 150.31.90.1, ethernet 15/1
2-97
Release 6.2.0
"Rep" in the show ip route command display ouptut indicates a replicated route. For
example:
10.1.6.0/24 [110/2] via 8.8.8.50, ethernet 12/2 (Rep)

186.1.1.0/24 [110/2] via 8.8.8.50, ethernet 12/2 (Rep)
Replicated routes are removed after an OSPF graceful restart function completes and
routes are recalculated after an SRM switchover by the new active SRM or if the
OSPF graceful restart process fails to complete.
Note: The IP route information displayed reflects the routes that the routing
table has exported after being filtered by each routing protocols export
routing policy statements.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip route [<A.B.C.D> [longer-prefixes] [<A.B.C.D> [longer-prefixes] | bgp |
connected | <Hostname> | isis | ospf | rip | static | summary | vrf <word> ] [ | {begin
| exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip route [<A.B.C.D> [longer-prefixes] [<A.B.C.D> [longer-prefixes] | bgp |
connected | <Hostname> | isis | ospf | rip | static | summary | vrf <word> ] [ |
2-98
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
Display routes for the specified IP address.
A.B.C.D
Subnet mask.
longer-prefixes
Display routes matching the specified

network and mask pair only.
bgp
Display Border Gateway Protocol routes.
connected
Display connected routes.
Hostname
Display routes for the hostname.
isis
Display ISIS routes.
ospf
Display OSPF routes.
rip
Display RIP routes.
static
Display static routes.
summary
Display a summary of routes.
vrf word
Display a VPN Routing/Forwarding instance.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
2-99
Release 6.2.0
show ipv6 route

The show ipv6 route command displays active entries in the IPv6 routing table. The
following is typical screen output from the show ipv6 route command:
IPv6 Routing Table
Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S Static,
I1 - ISIS L1, I2 - ISIS L2, IA - ISIS interarea, IS - ISIS summary
I1 2002:BCED:0:30::/43 [115/10]
via FE80::0:A3FF:FE27:B711, Ethernet0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 route [ <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/ 1-128 > | connected |
isis | static | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
isis | static | summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
2-100
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
The destination IPv6 Address.
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/
1-128
The IPv6 address/Prefix Length.
connected
Displays connected routes.
isis
Displays IS-IS IPv6 routing information.
static
Displays static routes.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
summary
Displays a summary of routes in the IPv6

routing table.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
2-101
Release 6.2.0
show ip traffic
The show ip traffic command displays IP, ICMP, UDP, TCP, ARP, OSPF, IGMP,
DVMRP, PIM, and RADIUS protocol packet statistics, depending on what protocols
are in use on the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show ip traffic command:
IP statistics:
Rcvd:
3348 total, 1215 local destination
0 no ip address configured on vrf
0 incoming interface with no ip addresses, 0 null incoming interface
0 packet received on a cable bundle i/f with master, 0 packets with
local src addr
0 packets with src addr = 0xffffffff, 0 packets with src addr = 0
0 format errors, 0 checksum errors, 0 bad hop count
0 unknown protocol, 0 not a gateway
0 security failures, 0 bad options, 0 with options
Opts:
0 end, 0 nop, 0 basic security, 0 loose source route
0 timestamp, 0 extended security, 0 record route
0 streamID, 0 strict source route, 0 alert, 0 cipso
0 policy-based routing forward, 0 other
Frags: 0 reassembled, 0 timeouts, 0 couldn't reassemble
0 fragmented, 0 couldn't fragment
Bcast: 34 received, 0 sent
Mcast: 971 control pkt received, 3126 control pkt sent
0 data pkt received, 0 data pkt sent
Sent:
6395 generated, 2133 forwarded
Drop:
0 encapsulation failed, 0 unresolved, 0 no adjacency
0 Mcast In Drop, 0 Mcast Out Drop
0 no route, 0 unicast RPF, 0 forced drop
0 acces-list inbound, 0 access-list outbound
0 policy-based routing drop
ICMP statistics:
Rcvd:
0 format errors, 0 checksum errors, 0 redirects, 0 unreachable
0 echo, 0 echo reply, 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies,0 quench
0 parameter problem, 0 timestamp, 0 timestamp reply, 0 info request
0 other, 0 irdp solicitations, 0 irdp advertisements
Sent:
0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply
0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp
0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem
2-102
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
UDP statistics:
Rcvd:
34 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port, 34 no port broadcast
Sent:
0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts
Dhcp Relay Rcvd: 20 discover, 20 offer, 14 request
14 ack, 0 nak
Dhcp Relay Sent: 20 discover, 20 offer, 14 request
14 ack, 0 nak
DhcpLeaseQuery Sent: 0
DhcpLeaseQuery Rcvd: 0 Active, 0 Known, 0 Unknown, 0 Unimplemented
TCP statistics:
Dropped 0 broadcast/multicast TCP packets in the IP layer
Rcvd:
109 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port
Sent:
111 total
ARP statistics:
Rcvd:
10 requests, 1 replies, 0 reverse replies, 0 reverse requests, 0 oth
er
Sent:
4 requests, 7 replies (0 proxy), 0 reverse replies, 0 reverse reques
ts
OSPF statistics:
Rcvd:
1044 total (dropped 0), 665 hello (dropped 0)
3 database desc, 0 link state req, 301 link state updates
75 link state acks
Sent:
3131 total, 2756 hello
2 database desc, 2 link state req, 77 link state updates
294 link state acks
IGMP statistics: Sent/Received
Total: 0/0, Format errors: 0/0, Checksum errors: 0/0
Host Queriers: 0/0, Host Reports: 0/0, Host Leaves: 0/0
Bad Queries: 0/0, Bad Reports: 0/0
2-103
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP statistics:
Total DVMRP routes: 0, Valid DVMRP routes: 0
Total Probes sent: 0, Total Probes received: 0
Total Reports sent: 0, Total Reports received: 0
Total Prunes sent: 0, Total Prunes received: 0
Total Grafts sent: 0, Total Grafts received: 0
Total Graft Acks sent: 0, Total Graft Acks received: 0
Total Unknown packets received: 0
PIM statistics:
All Pim Send & Receive counters: 0
RADIUS client statistics:
Recv: invalid server 0
TACACS+ Statistics
TACACS+ Overall Statistics
Number of access requests
: 0
Number of access deny responses : 0
Number of access allow responses: 0
No TACACS+ Servers Configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip traffic [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
2-104
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show ip traffic [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

2-105
Release 6.2.0
show l2-cam
The show l2-cam command displays the BSRs Layer 2 Content Addressable
Memory (L2 CAM). The following is typical output from the show l2-cam command:
Index
------
PID
IP Address/Mask
--------- -------------------
PRI/CFI/VLAN
------------
EN
--
PT
--
TOS
---
256
eth 15/1
150.31.90.10/32
0/
0/
257
eth 15/2
150.31.98.10/32
0/
0/
260
eth 15/1
150.31.90.0/24
0/
261
eth 15/2
150.31.98.0/24
0/
8059
eth 15/2
0.0.0.0/0
8061
eth 15/1
0.0.0.0/0
VRF
------
IIID
------
ILID
------
eth 15/1
eth 15/2
0/
eth 15/1
0/
eth 15/2
0/
0/
eth 15/2
0/
0/
eth 15/1
The following provides descriptions of the various show l2-cam command output
fields:
2-106
Index
label specified by this router
PID
Port ID - the BSR module slot and port

number
IP Address/Mask
IP address
Type
identifies either the Provider (P) or Provider

Edge (PE) router
Label
MPLS label
PRI
frame priority level which is used for

prioritizing traffic and is capable of
representing 8 levels (0-7)
CFI
Canonical Format Indicator (CFI), 1 indicates

the MAC address is in non-canonical format,
0 indicates the MAC address is in canonical
format
VLAN
VLAN ID number
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
TP
reserved by Motorola.
BEN
Layer 2 Bridge status, 0 indicates disabled, 1

indicates enabled
EN
Routing status, 0 indicates disabled, 1

indicates enabled
PT
Preserve (P) Type of Service (TOS) status, 0

indicates disabled, 1 indicates enabled
TOS
Type of Service value
VRF
VRF name
EIID/IIID
Egressing or Ingressing Interface ID
IIID
Ingressing Interface ID
ILID
Ingressing Logical ID
MAC Address
MAC address (not valid for POS) of the BSR

module slot and port number
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show l2-cam {ip | label | mac [<NUM>]} [ { | begin | exclude | include}
{<WORD>} [ | count | count-only}]]
show l2-cam {ip | label | mac [<NUM>]} [ | {count | count-only}]
Note: The "l2" portion of the command syntax command contains a lower
case "L" not a 1.
2-107
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
2-108
ip
display the Internet Protocol table,

including bridging (VLAN tagging)
entries
label
display leased host authorization

entries for a CPE
mac [NUM]
display the entire MAC address table

or MAC addresses for a specific
BSR module, including VRF host
authorization entries for all leased
CPEs
begin

specified string
count
count lines outputted
count-only
count lines outputted while

surpressing output
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show sntp
The Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) provides system time with high
accuracy. The show sntp command displays the following SNTP information for the
BSR:
SNTP server
configured SNTP server to request NTP

packets or broadcast NTP server address
Stratum
number of NTP hops a machine is from an

authoritative time source
Version
NTP server version
Last Recvd.
when the last update was received
Trusted Server?
"Yes" - if an authentication was attempted

and succeeded; "No" - otherwise
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show sntp command:
Polling interval is 100 seconds.

SNTP server
Stratum Version
150.31.1.32
14
3
Last Recvd.
Trusted Server?
0 hours 0 min 21 sec
No
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes excpet User EXEC
Command Line Usage

show sntp [detail]
Command Syntax
detail
display transaction details even if no SNTP

server is configured
2-109
Release 6.2.0
show tcp brief

The show tcp brief command displays a brief summary of TCP status and
configuration. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
tcp brief command:
Active TCP connections (including servers)

PCB
Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address
Foreign Address
(state)
VPN
-------- ----- ------ ------ ---------------- ------------------ ----------- --d2bf708 TCP
0
0
all vpns
d2bf460 TCP
0
0
0.0.0.0.179
0.0.0.0.0
LISTEN
all vpns
d2be4f8 TCP
0
0
0.0.0.0.23
0.0.0.0.0
LISTEN
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show tcp brief
2-110
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
show tcp statistics

The show tcp statistics command displays the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)
statistics. The show tcp statistics command displays the following information:
sent:
statistics for packets sent by the router
packets sent
total number of packets sent
data packets
number of data packets sent
data packet
retransmitted
number of data packets retransmitted
ack-only packets
number of packets sent that are

acknowledgments only
URG only packet
number of urgent packets sent
window probe
packet
number of window probe packets sent
window update
packet
number of window update packets sent
control packets
number of control packets (SYN, FIN, or

RST) sent
received:
statistics in this section refer to packets

received by the router
packets received
total number of packets received
acks
number of acknowledgment packets received
duplicate acks
number of duplicate acknowledgment packets

received
ack for unsent data
number of acknowledgment packets with

unsent data received
packets received in
sequence
number of data packets received in sequence
completely duplicate number of duplicate packets received

packets
2-111
Release 6.2.0
packets with some

dup data
number of packets received with partially

duplicated data
out-of-order packet
number of packets received out of order
packet of data after

window
number of packets received with data that

exceeds the receiver window size
window probe
number of window probe packets received
window update
packets
number of window update packets received
packet received after number of packets received after the

close
connection has been closed
discarded for bad
checksum
number of packets received with checksum

error
discarded for bad

header offset field
number of packets received with bad offset to

data
discarded because
packet too short
number of packets received that were too

short
connection request
number of connections initiated
connection accepts
number of connections accepted
connections established number of connections established

connections closed
number of connections closed
retransmit timeout
number of times the router tried to retransmit,

but timed out
connection dropped number of connections dropped in retransmit

by rxmit timeout
timeout
keepalive timeouts
keepalive probes
sent
number of keepalive packets in timeout

number of keepalive probes
connection dropped number of connections dropped in keepalive

by keepalive
2-112
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show tcp statistics
command:
TCP:
20117 packets sent
11990 data packets (399789 bytes)
0 data packet (0 byte) retransmitted
8116 ack-only packets (4 delayed)
0 URG only packet
0 window probe packet
0 window update packet
14 control packets
22949 packets received
11896 acks (for 399790 bytes)
2921 duplicate acks
0 ack for unsent data
11794 packets (12305 bytes) received in-sequence
2 completely duplicate packets (1 byte)
0 packet with some dup. data (0 byte duped)
0 out-of-order packet (0 byte)
0 packet (0 byte) of data after window
0 window probe
5573 window update packets
0 packet received after close
0 discarded for bad checksum
0 discarded for bad header offset field
0 discarded because packet too short
0 connection request
9 connection accepts
8 connections established (including accepts)
9 connections closed (including 8 drops)
1 embryonic connection dropped
11895 segments updated rtt (of 11903 attempts)
1 retransmit timeout
0 connection dropped by rexmit timeout
0 persist timeout
2916 keepalive timeouts
2915 keepalive probes sent
0 connection dropped by keepalive
0 pcb cache lookup failed
2-113
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show tcp statistics
2-114
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
shutdown
The shutdown command disables an interface. An interface is in a shutdown state
when some configuration tasks must be performed on the interface.
All interfaces on the BSR are shutdown by default. The no shutdown command is
used to enable a disabled interface.
Note: Use the show interfaces command to display which interfaces are
enabled or disabled.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

shutdown
no shutdown
2-115
Release 6.2.0
sntp authenticate
The sntp authenticate command enables authentication for SNTP. The no sntp
authenticate command disables authentication for SNTP.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp authenticate
no sntp authenticate
2-116
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
sntp authentication-key
The sntp authentication-key command enables authentication for SNTP.
Authentication provides additional security for traffic received from SNTP sources.
The no sntp authentication-key command disables authentication for SNTP.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp authentication-key <1-4294967295> [md5 <WORD>]
no sntp authentication-key <1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
The authentication key number.
md5
Use the Message Digest 5 (MD5)

authentication key.
WORD
The MD5 authentication key value - up to 12

characters.
2-117
Release 6.2.0
sntp broadcastdelay
The sntp broadcastdelay command establishes the round-trip delay time between the
system and a broadcast server. The no sntp broadcastdelay command removes the
round-trip delay time between the system and a broadcast server and returns it to the
default.
Use the sntp broadcastdelay command to set the exact time between the router as a
broadcast client and the network.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp broadcastdelay <1-999999>
no sntp broadcastdelay <1-999999>
Command Syntax
1-999999
round-trip delay in microseconds
Command Default
3000 microseconds
2-118
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
sntp broadcast client

The sntp broadcast client command configures the BSR to listen for SNTP
broadcasts. The no sntp broadcast client command blocks the BSR from receiving
SNTP broadcast traffic.
Use the sntp broadcast client command to receive NTP traffic from a broadcast
server.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp broadcast client
no sntp broadcast client
2-119
Release 6.2.0
sntp disable
The sntp disable command disables SNTP. The no sntp disable command enables
the BSR to accept NTP traffic from other servers.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp disable
no sntp disable
Command Default
Enabled
2-120
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
sntp response timeout

The sntp response timeout command is used to configure the switchover criteria
when the active SNTP server is not responding and the next SNTP server on the
SNTP server list becomes the active SNTP server. For details on configuring the list
of SNTP servers, refer to the sntp server command. The switchover criteria is
determined by the total number of failures occurring within a number of attempts at
communicating with the active SNTP server. When the number of failures out of the
number of attempts match the numbers configured with the sntp response timeout
command, then the next SNTP server on the list will become the active SNTP server.
The default values are three failures and five attempts. If using the default values and
a server has three failures out of five attempts, then the next configured SNTP server
on the SNTP server list becomes the active SNTP server. The no sntp response
timeout command restores the default values.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp response timeout attempts <1-5>
sntp response timeout failures <1-5>
no sntp response timeout attempts
no sntp response timeout failures
Command Syntax
1-5
the number of attempts/failures allowed with

the active SNTP server before switching to
the next SNTP server
Command Default
attempts = 5
failures = 3
2-121
Release 6.2.0
sntp server
The sntp server command configures a BSR for SNTP to accept NTP traffic. The no
sntp server command disables the BSR from receiving NTP traffic.
A secondary SNTP server can also be configured as a backup in case the primary
SNTP server goes down unexpectedly. This secondary SNTP server automatically
becomes the primary SNTP server after 5 unsuccessful attempts to contact the
primary SNTP server.
Note: When the SNTP server address is set to 224.0.1.1 (the assigned
multicast address for NTP), the BSR operates in unicast mode. It then
transmits a request to this multicast address and waits for replies. It then
"binds" to the first SNTP server that replies. All subsequent transactions
happen in a unicast mode. In this way, the SNTP servers address does not
need to be known beforehand.
If you configure the BSR to operate in authenticated mode, you must also
configure an authentication key with the sntp authentication-key command
and a trusted key with the sntp trusted-key command.
Caution: If the sntp server configuration command is specified, the clock
timezone command must also be specified. Otherwise, the timezone may
not be initialized properly on the standby SRM and wildly fluctuating time
changes may be recorded when switching from the primary to the standby
SRM.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp server {224.0.1.1 | <A.B.C.D> | <Hostname>} [key <1-4294967295>]
[secondary [key <1-4294967295>]]
no sntp server [secondary]
2-122
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
Command Syntax
224.0.1.1
the NTP Multicast group
A.B.C.D
the SNTP servers IP address.
Hostname
the SNTP servers hostname
key 1-4294967295
the key number for authentication purposes
secondary
specifies this SNTP server as a secondary

SNTP server
2-123
Release 6.2.0
sntp source-interface loopback

The sntp source-interface loopback command specifies a configured loopback
interface as the interface for sending SNTP messages. The no sntp source-interface
loopback command removes the configured SNTP source-interface.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp source-interface loopback <1-255>
no sntp source-interface
Command Syntax
loopback 1-255
the loopback interface number; the loopback

interface must be previously configured
Command Default
An SNTP source-interface is not configured.
2-124
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
sntp timer
The sntp timer command specifies the time interval between queries to the SNTP
server. The no sntp timer command removes the time interval.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp timer <16-16284>
no sntp timer
Command Syntax
16-16284
The SNTP server query interval in seconds.
2-125
Release 6.2.0
sntp trusted-key
The sntp trusted-key command authorizes synchronization and authenticates system
identity. The no sntp trusted-key command disables synchronization and removes
system identity.
Use the sntp trusted-key command to establish a key or keys following the sntp
authentication-key command to synchronize the system. The sntp trusted-key
command synchronizes with only those systems that are trusted to deliver additional
security.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

sntp trusted-key <1-4294967295>
no sntp trusted-key <1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
trusted authentication key-number for trusted

time source
Command Default
No trusted keys defined
2-126
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
traceroute
The traceroute command is used to trace the route that packets take through the
network from their source to their destination. The BSR sends out a sequence of User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) datagrams to an invalid port address at the remote host to
trace the route through the network, as follows:
n
First, three UDP datagrams are sent, each with a TTL field value set to 1. The
TTL value of 1 causes the datagram to "timeout" as soon as it reaches the first
router in the path. The router responds with an ICMP "time exceeded" message
indicating that the datagram has expired.
Next, three more UDP datagrams are sent, each with the TTL value set to 2. This
causes the second router in the path to the destination to return an ICMP "time
exceeded" message.
This process continues until the UDP datagrams reach the destination and the
system originating the traceroute has received an ICMP "time exceeded" message
from every router in the path to the destination. Since the UDP datagrams are
trying to access an invalid port at the destination host, the host responds with an
ICMP "port unreachable" message which signals the traceroute program to finish.
The following is typical screen output from the traceroute command:
traceroute to 150.31.40.10 : 1-64 hops, 38 byte packets
1 172.17.103.65
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
2 172.17.1.1
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
3 150.31.1.21
0.000 ms 16.7 ms 0.000 ms
4 150.31.40.10
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
Trace complete
Group Access
All
Command Mode
2-127
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

traceroute {<A.B.C.D> | <Hostname>} [Source <A.B.C.D>] [timeout <1-1024>]
[nprobes <1-1024>] [minhops <1-64>] [maxhops <2-1024>] [port <0-65535>] [tos
<0-255>] [df ]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
destination IP address
Hostname
destination hostname
Source A.B.C.D
IP address of the source interface
timeout 1-1024
number of seconds to wait for a response to a

probe packet
nprobes 1-1024
number of probes to send
minhops 1-64
minimum TTL value - the default value is 1 but

can be set to a higher value to suppress the
display of known hops
maxhops 2-1024
maximum TTL value - the traceroute command

terminates when the destination or this value is
reached
port 0-65535
destination port used by the UDP probe messages
tos 0-255
type of service value
df
set the "Dont Fragment" flag in the IP header
Command Defaults
timeout = 3 seconds
nprobes = 3
minhops = 1
maxhops = 64
port = 32868
tos = 0
df = disabled
2-128
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
trap-enable-if
The trap-enable-if command enables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap. The
ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should
be generated for an interface. The no trap-enable-if command disables the
ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Syntax
trap-enable-if
no trap-enable-if
Command Default
Disabled
2-129
Release 6.2.0
trap-enable-rdn
The trap-enable-rdn command enables the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap. The
rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap
should be generated for a BSR module. The no trap-enable-rdn command disables
the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Syntax
trap-enable-rdn
no trap-enable-rdn
Command Default
Disabled
2-130
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
tunnel destination
The tunnel destination command provides a tunnel interface destination. The no
tunnel destination command removes a tunnel interface destination.
Note: The tunnel destination command specifies the endpoint of the tunnel.
If a hostname is specified, DNS must have already been configured. The host
name-to-address translation is done following the command only once. If
mapping changes occur, the command needs to be re-issued and is stored
as an IP address in the configuration files.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only)
Command Line Usage

tunnel destination {<A.B.C.D> | <Hostname>}
no tunnel destination
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the tunnel interface destination
Hostname
DNS name of tunnel interface destination
2-131
Release 6.2.0
tunnel mode
The tunnel mode command specifies the tunnel encapsulation method to be used
when configuring a tunnel interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tunnel mode {dvmrp | gre | ipip}
Command Syntax
2-132
dvmrp
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol

(DVMRP) - routes multicast datagrams only
within a single Autonomous System
gre
Generic Routing Encapsulation (GRE) - a

transport layer tunneling protocol that
encapsulates a wide variety of protocol packet
types inside IP tunnels
ipip
IP in IP (IPIP) - is an IP-within-IP
encapsulation protocol in which an outer IP
header is added before the original IP header.
The outer IP header Source and Destination
addresses identify the "endpoints" of the
tunnel. The original IP header Source and
Destination addresses identify the original
sender and recipient of the datagram.
Release 6.2.0
IP Commands
tunnel source
The tunnel source command specifies a source address for a tunnel interface. The no
tunnel source command removes a source address for a tunnel interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (tunnel interface only)
Command Line Usage

tunnel source {<A.B.C.D> | cable <X/Y> | default | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether
<X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
no tunnel source {<A.B.C.D> | cable <X/Y> | default | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether
<X/Y> | loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
source IP address for the tunnel interface
cable X/Y
CMTS interface slot X and MAC Domain Y
default
source interface is based on the destination IP

address
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
Gigabit Ethernet interface slot X and port Y
loopback 1-255
pos X/Y
Packet-Over-SONET interface slot X and

port Y
2-133
Release 6.2.0
unresolved-ip-packet-throttle
The unresolved-ip-packet-throttle command provides a throttling mechanism to
prevent problems such as voice packet drops or latency that can be caused by short
bursts of a large number of packets which require ARP resolutions being sent to the
CMTS at a rate higher than the CMTS can process. The
unresolved-ip-packet-throttle command prevents such problems from occurring
regardless of configuration or traffic load by preventing the CMTS from being
overrun but still allowing normal ARP resolution traffic to occur
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

unresolved-ip-packet-throttle { burst-rate <1-8000> | rate <1-4000>}
no unresolved-ip-packet-throttle
Command Syntax
burst-rate 1-8000
configures the unresolved IP packet throttling

burst-rate in packets/second
rate 1-4000
configures the unresolved IP packet throttling

packet rate in packets/second
Command Defaults
Enabled
burst-rate = 20 packets/second
rate = 200 packets/second
2-134
3
SNMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP)
commands used to manage the BSR 64000.
Since it was developed in 1988, SNMP has become the de facto standard for
internetwork management. SNMP is an application layer protocol and is based on the
manager/agent model. SNMP is referred to as simple because the agent requires
minimal software. Most of the processing power and the data storage resides on the
management system, with a subset of those functions residing in the managed system.
A typical agent usually implements the SNMP protocol, stores and retrieves
management data (as defined by the MIB); can asynchronously signal an event to the
manager; and can be a proxy for some non-SNMP network node.
A typical manager implemented as a Network Management Station (NMS)
Network-management stations implements the SNMP protocol; learns of problems by
receiving event notifications, called traps, from network devices implementing
SNMP; is able to query agents; gets responses from agents; sets variables in agents;
and acknowledges synchronous events from agents.
The primary protocols that SNMP runs on are the User Datagram Protocol (UDP) and
IP. SNMP also requires Data Link Layer protocols such as Ethernet to implement the
communication channel from the management to the managed agent.
3-1
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SNMP commands
3-2
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
show snmp
The show snmp command displays SNMP statistics, determine the running status,
and display configuration information such as chassis ID, system description, and
system location, chassis ID, and counter information for the SNMP process. The
show snmp command, without arguments, displays the following information:
SNMP In Packets
total number of SNMP packets received by

the SNMP agent
Bad SNMP version

errors
number of bad SNMP packets received with

bad SNMP version errors
Unknown community
names
number of SNMP packets received with

unknown community names
Illegal operations for

community names
supplied
number not allowed
ASN parse errors
number incorrectly encoded
Requested variables
variables requested by SNMP managers
Changed variables
variables altered by SNMP managers
Get requests
numberof get-request PDUs received
Get-next requests
number of get-next PDUs received
Get responses
number of get-response PDUs received
Set requests
number of set request PDUs received
SNMP Out Packets
number of SNMP packets sent by the agent
Get-next requests
number of get-next PDUs sent by the agent
Get responses
number of get-response PDUs sent by the

agent
Set requests
number of set request PDUs sent by the agent
Timeouts
number of out PDU timeouts
3-3
3-4
Release 6.2.0
Packets too big
larger than maximum packet size sent by the

agent
No such name errors
name errors nonexistent number, undefinable

Management Information Base (MIB)
Bad values
number of set requests that detail an invalid

value for a MIB object
General errors
number of requests failed due to some other

error, excluding a noSuchName error,
badValue error, or any of the other specific
errors
Responses
number of responses
Traps
number of traps sent
Traps Dropped due to

throttling
number of traps dropped due to exceeding a

throttling rate limit
Informs
number of inform requests sent
Notification Errors
number of notification errors sent
Probes
number of probes sent
Inform Retries
number of inform retries sent
Probe Retries
number of probe retries sent
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show snmp command:
SNMP Information:
Status: running
Port Number: 161
Contact: Tom Terrific (Tom.Terrific@motorola.com)
Description: BSR 64000(tm) << HW_REV: Hardware Revision: CHS-000
otorola Inc, BOOTR: RDN 4.1.0.10, SW_REV: SW Version: 4.2.0T00P43.
opyright(c) 2001 Motorola, Compiled: Tue Jan 3 14:37:10 EST 2006
MPC750-MPC8260, Memory: 256MB
Location: Location not set
0 SNMP In Packets
0 Bad SNMP version errors
0 Unknown community names
0 Illegal operations for community names supplied
0 ASN parse errors
0 Requested variables
0 Changed variables
0 Get requests
0 Get-next requests
0 Get responses
0 Set requests
0 SNMP Out Packets
0 Get requests
0 Get-next requests
0 Set requests
0 Timeouts
0 Packets too big
0 No such name errors
0 Bad values
0 General errors
0 Responses
0 Traps
0 Traps Dropped due to no memory
0 Traps Queued, waiting linkUp
0 Traps Dropped, queue full
0 Informs
0 Notification Errors
3-5
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
show snmp without arguments - all modes
show snmp with arguments - all modes except User EXEC
Command Line Usage

show snmp [access | chassis-id | community | contact | context | description |
engineID | group | host | location | packetsize | port | sysname | traps | users | view]
3-6
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
Command Syntax
access
Displays SNMPv3 access rights for SNMP

groups and users with security models and
levels. It also displays the associations
between SNMP views and these security
parameters.
chassis-id
Displays SNMP chassis-id information
community
Displays information about configured

SNMP communities.
contact
Displays SNMP system contact information

from the MIB object sysContact.
context
Displays SNMPv3 context information from

the MIB object sysContext.
description
Display SNMP system description from MIB

object sysDescr.
engineID
Displays the local and remote SNMPv3

engines that were configured on the BSR.
group
Displays SNMPv3 groups.
host
Displays the hosts configured to receive

SNMP notifications - both SNMP Traps and
Informs.
location
Displays SNMP system location information

from ther sysLocation MIB object.
packetsize
Displays the maximum SNMP packet size

that the SNMP agent can send and receive.
The maximum packet size is 484-17940
bytes.
port
Displays the UDP port number on which the

SNMP agent is configured.
sysname
Displays the system information from the

sysName MIB object.
3-7
3-8
Release 6.2.0
traps
Displays a list of SNMP traps.
users
Displays a list of configured SNMPv3 users

stored in the SNMP group username table and
their associated access privileges, such as
engineID and security level.
view
Displays the SNMPv3 view-name and the

object-identifier subtrees associated with it
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server access
The snmp-server access command defines access policy information. The no
snmp-server access command clears the SNMP access policies..
Note: Community Name Access Method is used predominantly with SNMPv1

and v2c.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server access <WORD> {v1 | v2c | v3 {noauth | auth | priv }} [match {exact |
prefix} | notify <WORD>] [prefix <WORD>] [read <WORD> [notify | write]]
[write <WORD> [notify]]
no snmp-server access <WORD> {v1 | v2c | v3 {noauth | auth | priv }} [prefix
<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
SNMP group name
v1
access group using v1 security model
v2c
access group using v2c security model
v3
access group using v3 security model (USM)
noauth
no authentication
auth
authentication
priv
privacy
match
specify match parameters
3-9
3-10
Release 6.2.0
exact
match exact
prefix
match prefix
notify WORD
specify a notify view name from 0 to 32 bits

in length
prefix WORD
specify a prefix name from 0 to 32 bits in

length
read WORD
specify a read view name from 0 to 32 bits in

length
notify
specify a notify view for this access group
write
specify a write view for this access group
write WORD
specify a write view name from 0 to 32 bits in

length
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server chassis-id
The snmp-server chassis-id command specifies a new chassis ID to uniquely
identify the SNMP servers chassis. The no snmp-server chassis-id command
returns the chassis ID to the default value which is the serial number of the chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server chassis-id <string>
no snmp-server chassis-id <string>
Command Syntax
string
a unique ID string which overwrites the MIB

object chassisId
Command Default
Defaults to chassis serial number
3-11
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server community
The snmp-server community command enables SNMP and sets community strings
and access privileges. The no snmp-server community command removes
community strings and access privileges to a particular SNMP community.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server community <WORD> [<1-199> | ro | rw | view <WORD>]
no snmp-server community <WORD>
Command Syntax
3-12
1-199
IP access list allowed access with this

community string
ro
set read-only access with this community

string
rw
sets read-write access; authorized

management stations can retrieve and modify
MIB objects
view WORD
MIB view to restrict community
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server community-table
The snmp-server community-table command configures the snmpCommunityTable
which is part of the snmpCommunityMIB (RFC 2576). The snmpCommunityMIB
defines objects to help support coexistence between SNMPv1, SNMPv2c, and
SNMPv3. The snmpCommunityTable contains a database of community strings and
provides mappings between community strings and the parameters required for
View-based Access Control.
The no snmp-server community-table command removes an snmpCommunityTable
entry.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server community-table <octet-string> <octet-string> [access-list <num> |
active | context-name <octet-string>| eng-id <HEX>| index <octet-string>|
nonvolatile | not-in-service | transport-tag <octet-string> | volatile ]
no snmp-server community-table <octet-string>
Note: The no snmp-server community-table <octet-string> command
requires an snmpCommunityIndex (the unique index value of a row in the
snmpCommunityTable) as an entered value for the <octet-string> parameter
NOT an snmpCommunityName.
3-13
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
3-14
octet-string
the community string

(snmpCommunityName) whose configuration
is represented by a row in this
community-table
octet-string
a string representing the corresponding value

of snmpCommunityName in a Security Model
independent format
access-list num
the number (1-199) of the IP access-list

allowed access with this community string
active
set the snmpCommunityStatus object to

"active"
context-name
the context in which management information

is accessed when using the community string
specified by the snmpCommunityName
eng-id HEX
specifies the context EngineID

(snmpCommunityContextEngineID)
indicating the location of the context in which
management information is accessed when
using the community string specified by the
corresponding value of the
snmpCommunityName object
index octet-string
the unique index value of a row in the

snmpCommunityTable
nonvolatile
specifies the storage type

(snmpCommunityStorageType) as nonvolatile
which is defined as having persistent memory
so that the storage content remains after the
device is turned off and on again
not-in-service
sets the snmpCommunityStatus object to

"notInService"
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
transport-tag
specifies the transport tag

(snmpCommunityTransportTag) which is a
set of transport endpoints from which a
SNMP command responder application will
accept management requests - if a
management request containing this
community is received on a transport
endpoint other than the transport endpoints
identified by this object, the request is
deemed unauthentic
volatile

(snmpCommunityStorageType) as volatile
which is the defined as having temporary
memory and so that the storage content is
deleted if the device is turned off
Command Defaults
snmpCommunityStatus = active
snmpCommunityStorageType = nonvolatile
3-15
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server contact
The snmp-server contact command specifies the contact information in the
sysContact MIB object
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server contact <string>
Command Syntax
string
name of system contact person- provides text

for the MIB object sysContact
Command Default
no contact set
3-16
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server context
The snmp-server context defines or updates a context record. The no snmp-server
context command clears a context record.
Note: By defining a context record, an access policy can be specified that
includes the context. The context record identifies object resources that are
accessible.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server context <WORD>
no snmp-server context <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the name of context record - provides text for

the MIB object sysContext
3-17
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server convert
The snmp-server convert command converts a key or password to a localized
authentication key.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server convert {key <WORD> | password <WORD> } {md5 | sha} [eng-id
<HEX>]
Command Syntax
3-18
key WORD
specify the key to convert to a localized

authentication key
password WORD
specify the password to convert to a localized

authentication key
md5
use MD5 Authentication
sha
use SHA Authentication
eng-id HEX
specify the engine-id- if not specified the

local engine ID is used
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server docs-trap-control
The snmp-server docs-trap-control command enables various CMTS traps. The no
snmp-server docs-trap-control disables the CMTS trap.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server docs-trap-control {cmtsBPKMTrap | cmtsBpiInitTrap |
cmtsDCCAckFailTrap | cmtsDCCReqFailTrap | cmtsDCCRspFailTrap |
cmtsDynServAckFailTrap | cmtsDynServReqFailTrap |
cmtsDynServRspFailTrap | cmtsDynamicSATrap | cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap |
cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap | cmtsInitRegRspFailTrap}
no snmp-server docs-trap-control {cmtsBPKMTrap | cmtsBpiInitTrap |
cmtsDCCAckFailTrap | cmtsDCCReqFailTrap | cmtsDCCRspFailTrap |
cmtsDynServAckFailTrap | cmtsDynServReqFailTrap |
cmtsDynServRspFailTrap | cmtsDynamicSATrap | cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap |
cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap | cmtsInitRegRspFailTrap}
Command Syntax
cmtsBPKMTrap
the failure of a BPKM operation detected on

the CMTS side
cmtsBpiInitTrap
the failure of a BPI initialization attempt

happened during the CM registration process
and detected on the CMTS side
cmtsDCCAckFailTrap
the failure of a dynamic channel change

acknowledgement that happened during the
dynamic channel change process on the
CMTS side
3-19
3-20
Release 6.2.0
cmtsDCCReqFailTrap

request that happened during the dynamic
channel change process on the CM side and
detected on the CMTS side
cmtsDCCRspFailTrap

response that happened during the dynamic
channel change process on the CMTS side
cmtsDynServAckFailTrap
the failure of a dynamic service

acknowledgement that happened during the
dynamic services process and detected on the
CMTS side
cmtsDynServReqFailTrap
the failure of a dynamic service request that

happened during the dynamic services
process and detected on the CMTS side
cmtsDynServRspFailTrap
the failure of a dynamic service response that

happened during the dynamic services
process and detected on the CMTS side
cmtsDynamicSATrap
the failure of a dynamic security association

operation detected on the CMTS side
cmtsInitRegAckFailTrap
the failure of a registration acknowledgement

from the CM that happened during the CM
initialization process and was detected on the
CMTS side
cmtsInitRegReqFailTrap
the failure of a registration request from the

CM happened during the CM initialization
process and was detected on the CMTS side
cmtsInitRegRspFailTra
the failure of a registration response happened

during the CM initialization process and was
detected on the CMTS side
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server enable informs

The snmp-server enable informs command enables SNMP informs and allows this
SNMP management station to send SNMP informs to hosts also configured to accept
informs using this command.
The snmp-server host command configures a host or hosts to accept SNMP informs.
At least one SNMP-server host must be configured. For a host to receive an inform,
an snmp-server host informs command must be configured for that host, and the
inform must then be enabled globally through the use of the snmp-server enable
informs command.
The no snmp-server enable informs command disables sending inform notification
messages from this SNMP management station.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server enable informs
no snmp-server enable informs
Command Default
Disabled
3-21
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server enable traps

The snmp-server enable traps command enables SNMP traps and allows the SNMP
agent to send an unsolicited notification to one or more pre-configured management
stations. The no snmp-server enable traps command disables all SNMP traps or a
specific trap type.The snmp-server enable traps command enables all SNMP traps
or specific types of traps and allows this SNMP management station to send SNMP
traps to hosts identified to receive traps with the snmp-server host command. At least
one SNMP-server host must be configured.
Note: The snmp-server enable traps command without arguments enables

BGP, OSPF, SNMP, and VRRP state change traps.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ [temp | power | fan
| srm-switchover] | flap | ospf | pim | registration | remote-query | snmp | snr |
vrrp]
no snmp-server enable traps [bgp | docsdevcmts | entity | environ [temp | power |
fan | srm-switchover] | flap | ospf | pim | registration | remote-query | snmp | snr |
vrrp]
Command Syntax
3-22
bgp
Enable BGP state change traps.
docsdevcmts
Enable docs device CMTS traps.
entity
Enable entity state change traps.
environ
Enable environment change traps.
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
temp
Enable traps for temperature changes.
power
Enable traps for power level changes.
fan
Enable traps for fan state changes.
srm-switchover
Enable traps for SRM module switch-overs.
flap
Enable flap state change traps.
ospf
Enable OSPF state change traps.
pim
Enable PIM state change traps.
registration
Enable CM (de)registration traps.
remote-query
Enable remote query traps.
snmp
Enable SNMP state change traps.
snr
Enable Signal/Noise Ratio measurement

traps.
vrrp
Enable VRRP state change traps.
Command Default
Disabled
3-23
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server engineID
The snmp-server engineID command specifies an identification name (ID) for
a local or remote SNMPv3 engine. The no snmp-server engineID command returns
the local agent engineID to the default, or deletes a remote engineID from the agent.
Note: A local SNMP Engine ID must be configured to use SNMPv3.The
SNMP agent is configured with a default Engine ID equal to the MAC address
of the chassis.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server engineID {local <HEX>} {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port <0-65535>]
<HEX>}
no snmp-server engineID {local <HEX>} {remote <A.B.C.D> [udp-port
<0-65535>] <HEX>}
Command Syntax
3-24
local
sets local engine identification
HEX
engine ID octet string
remote
change or add remote engine id parameters
A.B.C.D
IP address of remote SNMP notification host
udp-port
configures a remote engine-ID
0-65535
UDP port number
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server ether
The snmp-server ether command specifies the RFC conventions used for reporting
Ethernet interface types. The older conventions specified in RFC 2665 used
gigabitEthernet(117) and fastEther(62) for interface types. RFC 3635 allows only
ethernetCsmacd(6) to be used to specify Ethernet interface types but allows
backward compatibility to RFC 2665.
Note: Some third-party SNMP management systems do not allow backward

compatibility to RFC 2665.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server ether {rfc2665 | rfc3635}
Command Syntax
rfc2665
Sets the reporting Ethernet interface to the conventions

found in RFC 2665. This is the default configuration.
rfc3635
Sets the reporting Ethernet interface to the conventions

found in RFC 3635.
Command Default
RFC 2665
3-25
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server group
The snmp-server group command associates (or maps) SNMP groups to SNMP
users. Use the no snmp-server group command to delete the group or a table to
match SNMP users with SNMP groups.
The snmp-server group command is used to create an SNMP group, associate it with
an SNMP user, and define a security level (SNMPv1, v2c, v3) for use with the group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server group <WORD> <WORD> [v1 | v2c | v3]
no snmp-server group <WORD> <WORD> [v1 | v2c | v3]]
Command Syntax
3-26
WORD
security name belonging to this group
WORD
name of user creating group - user (security

name) belonging to this group
v1
provides the least security
v2c
provides the next level of security
v3
provides the most security
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server host
The snmp-server host command configures the SNMP agent to send notifications to
a remote host.You configure an SNMP inform or trap host with the snmp-server host
command by specifying the receiver of specific inform or trap types. All informs or
raps are sent if one is not specified. Each time the snmp-server host command is
used, one host acting as a inform or trap recipient is configured. The no snmp-server
host clears the host recipient from receiving SNMP notification activity.
Note: A maximum of 40 remote hosts can be specified with the snmp-server

host command.
Note: If the community-string is not defined using snmp-server community

command prior to using the snmp-server host command, the default form of
the snmp-server community command is automatically inserted into the
configuration. The password (community-string) used for this default
configuration is the same as that specified in the snmp-server host
command.
When removing an SNMP trap host from the trap host list with the no
snmp-server host command, the community name that is specified in the
command must exist. If the community name does not exist, the command
will fail.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server host <A.B.C.D> {<WORD>} {informs {<WORD> | version {1 | 2c | 3
{auth | noauth | priv}}} {traps {<WORD> | version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth |
priv}}} {version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth | priv} {<WORD>}}} [bgp |
docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf | pim | registration | remote-query |
snmp | udp-port<0-65535>| vrrp]
3-27
Release 6.2.0
no snmp-server host <A.B.C.D> {<WORD>} {informs {<WORD> | version {1 | 2c

| 3 {auth | noauth | priv}}} {traps {<WORD> | version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth |
priv}}} {version {1 | 2c | 3 {auth | noauth | priv} {<WORD>}}} [bgp |
docsdevcmts | entity | environ | flap | ospf | pim | registration | remote-query
|snmp | udp-port<0-65535>| vrrp]
Command Syntax
3-28
A.B.C.D
IP address of SNMP notification host
WORD
1 to 32 alphabetic characters specifying an

SNMP community
informs
enable SNMP informs
version
version to use for notification messages
lowest security level
2c
second level, more than security level 1
auth
most secure level, authenticates without

encryption
no auth
no authentication, unscrambled packet
priv
privileged level, authenticates and scrambles

packet
traps
enable SNMP traps
bgp
send BGP state change informs or traps
docsdevcmts
send docsdevicecmts change informs or traps
entity
send entity state change informs or traps
environ
send SNMP environment change informs or

traps
flap
send flap state change informs or traps
ospf
send OSPF state change informs or traps
pim
send PIM state change informs or traps
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
registration
send CM (de)registration traps
remote-query
send remote query traps
snmp
send SNMP state change informs or traps
udp-port 0-65535
the UDP port number for the host to use
vrrp
send VRRP state change informs or traps
Command Default
No hosts configured
3-29
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server location
The snmp-server location command specifies the system location information in the
sysLocation MIB object.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server location <string>
Command Syntax
string
3-30
text for MIB object sysLocation; identifies the

physical location of the SNMP server, using 1
to 255 alphanumeric characters including
spaces
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server manager response-timeout

The snmp-server manager response-timeout command specifies the number of
milliseconds that the SNMP manager running on the BSR waits for an SNMP
response from a cable modem polled by the Remote Query feature.
Note: Increasing the response-timeout value increases the probability of
receiving a cable modem remote query response under high upstream load
conditions, but also increases the overall polling cycle time when cable
modems completely fail to respond.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server manager response-timeout <10-60000>
no snmp-server manager response-timeout <10-60000>
Command Syntax
10-60000
the number of milliseconds
Command Default
2000 milliseconds
3-31
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server notify
The snmp-server notify command specifies the target addresses for notifications by
setting the snmpNotifyName object in the snmpNotifyTable and the snmpNotifyTag
object in the snmpTargetAddrTable.
The snmpNotifyTable contains entries which are used to select which entries in the
snmpTargetAddrTable should be used for generating notifications and the type of
notifications to be generated.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server notify <octet-string> <octet-string> {inform | trap} {nonvolatile |
volatile} [active | not-in-service ]
no snmp-server notify <octet-string>
Command Syntax
octet-string
specifies the snmpNotifyName (index into the

snmpNotifyTable) which is a unique identifier
associated with this snmpNotifyEntry
octet-string
specifies the snmpNotifyTag object which is
used to select entries in the

snmpTargetAddrTable
3-32
inform
send Inform notification messages to the host

identified in the snmpTargetAddrTable
through the corresponding snmpNotifyTag
trap
send Trap notification messages to the host

identified in the snmpTargetAddrTable
through the corresponding snmpNotifyTag
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
nonvolatile

(snmpNotifyStorageType) as nonvolatile
volatile

(snmpNotifyStorageType) as volatile which is
the defined as having temporary memory and
so that the storage content is deleted if the
device is turned off
active
sets the snmpNotifyRowStatus object to

"active"
not-in-service
sets the snmpNotifyRowStatus object to

"notInService"
Command Default
snmpNotifyRowStatus = active
snmpNotifyStorageType = nonvolatile
3-33
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server notify-filter
The snmp-server notify-filter configures the snmpNotifyFilterTable.The
snmpNotifyFilterTable is a table containing filter profiles. Filter profiles are used to
determine whether a particular management target should receive particular
notifications. When a notification is generated, it must be compared to the filters
associated with each management target that is configured to receive notifications in
order to determine whether the notification can be sent to that management target.
Entries in the snmpNotifyFilterTable are created and deleted using the
snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus object.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server notify-filter <octet-string> <OID> <octet-string> {excluded |
included} {nonvolatile | volatile} [active | not-in-service ]
no snmp-server notify-filter <octet-string> <OID>
Command Syntax
3-34
octet-string
the name of the filter profile

(snmpNotifyFilterProfileName) to be used
when generating notifications using the
corresponding entry in the
snmpTargetAddrTable
OID
the MIB subtree (snmpNotifyFilterSubtree)

which, when combined with the
corresponding value of the
snmpNotifyFilterMask object, defines a
family of subtrees which are included in or
excluded from the filter profile
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
octet-string
the bit mask (snmpNotifyFilterMask) which,

in combination with the corresponding OID
value of the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree object,
defines a family of subtrees which are
included in or excluded from the filter profile
excluded
indicates whether the family of filter subtrees

defined by the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree and
snmpNotifyFilterMask objects are excluded
from a filter
included
indicates whether the family of filter subtrees

defined by the snmpNotifyFilterSubtree and
snmpNotifyFilterMask objects are included in
a filter
nonvolatile

(snmpNotifyFilterStorageType) as nonvolatile
volatile

(snmpNotifyFilterStorageType) as volatile
active
sets the snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus object to

"active"
not-in-service
sets the snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus object to

"notInService"
Command Default
snmpNotifyFilterMask = empty
snmpNotifyFilterRowStatus = active
snmpNotifyFilterStorageType = nonvolatile
3-35
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server notify-filter-profile
The snmp-server notify-filter-profile command configures the
snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable. The snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable is used to associate
a notification filter profile with a particular set of target parameters. An entry in this
table indicates the name of the filter profile to be used when generating notifications
using the corresponding entry in the snmpTargetParamsTable.
Entries in the snmpNotifyFilterProfileTable are created or deleted using the
snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus object.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server notify-filter-profile <octet-string> <octet-string> {nonvolatile |
volatile} [active | not-in-service]
no snmp-server notify-filter-profile <octet-string>
Command Syntax
3-36
octet-string
specifies the snmpTargetParamsName (index

into the snmpTargetParamsTable) which is a
unique identifier associated with this
snmpTargetParamsEntry
octet-string
specifies the snmpNotifyFilterProfileName

which is the name of the filter profile to be
used when generating notifications using the
corresponding entry in the
snmpTargetAddrTable
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
nonvolatile

(snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType) as
nonvolatile which is defined as having
persistent memory so that the storage content
remains after the device is turned off and on
again
volatile

(snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType) as volatile
active
set the snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus

object to "active"
not-in-service
set the snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus

object to "notInService"
Command Default
snmpNotifyFilterProfileRowStatus = active
snmpNotifyFilterProfileStorType = nonvolatile
3-37
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server packetsize
The snmp-server packetsize command sets the maximum SNMP packet size that the
server sends or receives. The no snmp-server packetsize command sets SNMP
packet size back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server packetsize <484-17940>
no snmp-server packetsize
Command Syntax
484-17940
maximum packet size in bytes
Command Default
1400 bytes
3-38
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server port number

The snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to use.
The no snmp-server port number sets the UDP port number the SNMP agent is to
use back to the default.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server port number <0-65535>
no snmp-server port number <0-65535>
Command Syntax
0-65535
port number for the SNMP agent to listen
Command Default
161
3-39
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server shutdown
The snmp-server shutdown command shuts down the SNMP Agent, preventing it
from further processing SNMP packets, while retaining all SNMP configuration data
in the event the agent is restarted. The snmp-server shutdown delete command shuts
down the SNMP Agent and deletes all SNMP configuration data (all SNMP
configuration data is lost).
Note: The snmp-server shutdown command is identical to the no

snmp-server command.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server shutdown [delete]
Command Syntax
delete
deletes all SNMP configuration data upon

shutting down (without this option all SNMP
configuration data is retained and the agent is
suspended).
Command Default
Disabled
3-40
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server sysname
The snmp-server sysname command specifies the system name information in the
sysLocation MIB object.
Note: The sysName MIB variable is the name of the node. The show snmp
sysname command gets the sysName MIB variable.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server sysname <string>
Command Syntax
string
text for the MIB object sysName
3-41
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server target-addr
The snmp-server target-addr command configures the SNMP target address entries
in the snmpTargetAddressTable. The snmpTargetAddrTable contains information
about transport domains and addresses to be used in the generation of SNMP
operations. It also contains the snmpTargetAddrTagList object which provides a
mechanism for grouping table entries.
Entries in the snmpTargetAddrTable are created or deleted using the
snmpTargetAddrRowStatus object.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server target-addr <octet-string> <A.B.C.D> udp-port <0-65535>
<0-2147483647> <0-255> <octet-string> <octet-string> <octet-string> {0 |
<484-2147483647>} {nonvolatile | volatile} [active | not-in-service ]
no snmp-server target-addr <octet-string>
Command Syntax
3-42
octet-string
specifies the snmpTargetAddrName (index

into the snmpTargetAddrTable) which is a
snmpTargetAddrEntry
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the SNMP notification host
udp-port 0-65535
specifies the SNMP notification host's UDP

port number
0-2147483647
the expected maximum round trip time

(snmpTargetAddrTimeout) for
communicating with the transport address
defined by this row
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
0-255
specifies a default number of retries

(snmpTargetAddrRetryCount) to be
attempted when a response is not received for
a generated message - if an application
provides its own retry count, the value of this
object is ignored
octet-string
sets the snmpTargetAddrTagList object

which is a list of tag values which are
used to select target addresses for a
particular operation - if there is more than
one tag, use quotation marks to separate each
tag
octet-string
sets the snmpTargetAddrParams object

which identifies an entry in the
snmpTargetParamsTable - the identified
entry contains SNMP parameters to be used
when generating messages to be sent to this
transport address
octet-string
sets the snmpTargetAddrTMask object which

is the mask associated with
snmpTargetParamsTable
0 | 484-2147483647
the maximum message size in bytes specified

by the snmpTargetAddrMMS object - "0" = an
empty message
nonvolatile

(snmpTargetAddrStorageType) as nonvolatile
volatile

(snmpTargetAddrStorageType) as volatile
memory so that the storage content is deleted
if the device is turned off
3-43
Release 6.2.0
active
sets the snmpTargetAddrRowStatus object to

"active"
not-in-service
sets the snmpTargetAddrRowStatus object to

"notInService"
Command Default
snmpTargetAddrMMS = 484
snmpTargetAddrRowStatus = active
snmpTargetAddrStorageType = nonvolatile
3-44
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server target-params
The snmp-server target-params configures the snmpTargetParamsTable. The
snmpTargetParamsTable contains information about SNMP version and security
information to be used when sending messages to particular transport domains and
addresses.
Entries in the snmpTargetParamsTable are created or deleted using the
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus object.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server target-params <octet-string> <0-3> <0-3> <octet-string>
{authNoPriv | authPriv | noAuthNoPriv} {nonvolatile | volatile} [active |
not-in-service ]
no snmp-server target-params <octet-string>
3-45
Command Syntax
octet-string
0-3
Release 6.2.0
specifies the snmpTargetParamsName (index

into the snmpTargetParamsTable) which is a
snmpTargetParamsEntry
the message processing model
(snmpTargetParamsMPModel) to be used
when generating SNMP messages using this
entry
0 = SNMPv1,
1 = SNMPv2c
2 = SNMPv2u and SNMPv2
3 = SNMPv3
0-3
the security model

(snmpTargetParamsSecurityModel) to be
used when generating SNMP messages using
this entry - an implementation may choose to
return an "inconsistentValue" error if an
attempt is made to set this variable to a value
for a security model which the
implementation does not support
0 = any
1 = SNMPv1
2 = SNMPv2c
3 = USM (User-Based Security)
3-46
octet-string
the security name

(snmpTargetParamsSecurityName) for
generating notifications which identifies
the principal on whose behalf SNMP
messages will be generated using this
entry
authNoPriv
set the snmpTargetParamsSecurityLevel

object to "authorization/no privilege"
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
authPriv

object to "authorization/privilege"
noAuthNoPriv

object to "no authorization/no privilege"
nonvolatile

(snmpTargetParamsStorageType) as
nonvolatile which is defined as having
persistent memory so that the storage content
remains after the device is turned off and on
again
volatile

(snmpTargetParamsStorageType) as volatile
active
set snmpTargetParamsRowStatus to "active"
not-in-service
set snmpTargetParamsRowStatus to
"notInService"
Command Default
snmpTargetParamsRowStatus = active
snmpTargetParamsStorageType = nonvolatile
3-47
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server trap rate-limit

The snmp-server trap rate-limit command constricts the rate of SNMP messages
and log messages sent to a remote host and used by the agent to send an unsolicited
notification to one or more pre-configured management stations. The no snmp-server
trap rate-limit clears the SNMP agent and increases the number of traps sent to a
remote host.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server trap rate-limit <0-2147483647> <1-2147483647>
no snmp-server trap rate-limit <0-2147483647> <1-2147483647>
Command Syntax
3-48
0-2147483647
number of SNMP traps; affects both trap and

SYSLOG
1-2147483647
per unit time in seconds
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
snmp-server trap-source loopback

The snmp-server trap-source loopback command allows an operator to control the
source IP address of SNMP traps generated by the BSR by specifying a loopback
interface as the source IP address for SNMP traps. The normal convention for
generated SNMP traps is to set the source IP address equal to the IP address of the
outgoing interface. The snmp-server trap-source loopback command overrides this
convention and instead uses the IP address of the specified loopback interface. The no
snmp-server trap-source loopback command removes the loopback source
interface.
Note: Before using the snmp-server trap-source loopback command, the

Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server trap-source loopback <1-255>
no snmp-server trap-source loopback <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
3-49
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server user
The snmp-server user command adds a new user to an SNMP group. The no
snmp-server user command removes a user from an SNMP group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server user <WORD> [auth {sha | md5} {key <string> [eng-id <HEX>| priv
des56 <string> | public <octet-string>] | local <string> [eng-id <HEX>| priv des56
<string> | public <octet-string>] | password <string> [eng-id <HEX>| priv des56
<string> | public <octet-string>] | <string> [eng-id <HEX>| priv des56 <string>]}]
no snmp-server user <WORD> [eng-id <HEX>]
Command Syntax
3-50
WORD
username
auth
authentication parameters for user
md5
uses HMAC/MD5 algorithm for

authentication
sha
uses HMAC/SHA algorithm for

authentication
key string
specifies a non-localized authentication key

(SHA = 20 octets, MD5 = 16 octets)
local string
specifies a localized authentication key (SHA

= 20 octets, MD5 = 16 octets)
password string
specifies a password string (must be at least 8

characters)
string
specifies an authentication password string

for this user
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
eng HEX
specifies engine-id with this user; local value

of engine ID
priv des56
provides DES-56 bit encryption with

authentication based on the CBC-DES
(DES-56) standard
public octet-string
sets the usmUserPublic MIB object
3-51
Release 6.2.0
snmp-server view
The snmp-server view command defines an SNMPv2 MIB view. The no
snmp-server view command removes the defined view. You can assign MIB views
to SNMP Groups or community strings to limit the MIB objects that an SNMP
manager can access. You can use a predefined view or create your own view. Other
SNMP commands, such as snmp-server community, can use the view to create
records associated with a view.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

snmp-server view <WORD> [<OID> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 | egp
| experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso | mgmt | mib-2 |
org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp | snmpv2 | sonet |
system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
no snmp-server view <WORD> [<OID> | at | bgp | directory | docsif | dod | dot3 |
egp | experimental | icmp | ifmib | igmp | interfaces | internet | ip | iso | mgmt |
mib-2 | org | ospf | ppp | private | rip2 | riverdelta | security | snmp | snmpv2 | sonet
| system | tcp | transmission | udp | vrrp ] {included | excluded}
Command Syntax
3-52
WORD
used for reference identification to view

record being generated or removed reference
identification
OID
subtree of MIB view family name (ex:

1.3.6.1.= internet, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1 = system)
at
AT MIB group
bgp
BGP MIB group
directory
directory MIB group
Release 6.2.0
SNMP Commands
docsif
docsisIf MIB group
dod
DOD MIB group
dot3
ether-like MIB group
egp
EGP MIB group
experimental
experimental MIB group
icmp
ICMP MIB group
ifmib
ifMib MIB group
igmp
IGMP MIB group
interfaces
interfaces MIB group
internet
internet MIB group
ip
IP MIB group
iso
ISO MIB group
mgmt
mgmt MIB group
mib-2
MIB-2 MIB group
org
org MIB group
ospf
OSPF MIB group
ppp
PPP MIB group
private
private MIB group
rip2
RIP2 MIB group
riverdelta
RiverDelta Networks proprietary MIB groups
security
security MIB group
snmp
SNMP MIB group
snmpv2
SNMPv2 MIB group
sonet
SONET MIB group
system
System MIB group
3-53
3-54
Release 6.2.0
tcp
TCP MIB group
transmission
transmission MIB group
udp
UDP MIB group
vrrp
VRRP MIB group
included
specifies MIB group is included from view
excluded
specifies MIB group is excluded from view
4
Debug Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the debug commands supported by the BSR 64000. Debug
commands help to isolate the source of a system failure. The output provides
diagnostic information, protocol status, and network activity which can be used to
diagnose and resolve networking problems.
Note: These debug commands and messages only function or display
packets which are routed through the SRM. Most user-to-user traffic is
switched through hardware which bypasses the SRM so these commands
would not show those packets.
Debug Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the debug commands
4-1
Release 6.2.0
debug aps
The debug aps command enables APS debugging. The no debug aps command turns
APS debugging off.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug aps {all {all | slot <0-15>}} {switching {all | slot <0-15>}}
no debug aps {all {all | slot <0-15>}} {switching {all | slot <0-15>}}
Command Syntax
4-2
all
debug all APS commands, actions and

configurations
switching
debug only APS switch commands and

actions
all
debug all valid slots
slot 0-15
select slot number to debug
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug arp
The debug arp command displays Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) information
exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no debug arp
command turns off ARP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug arp
no debug arp
4-3
Release 6.2.0
debug cable err

The debug cable err command displays miscellaneous error conditions.\
Note: The debug cable err command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module and is available through the NUM (chassis slot) option on the
command line. This command is not supported on the 2:8 (2.0) CMTS
module.
To determine which CMTS modules are installed in the BSR 64000, use the
show chassis status command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> err
no debug cable <NUM> err
Command Syntax
NUM
4-4
the BSR 64000 chassis slot number

containing the CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug cable keyman

The debug cable keyman command activates debugging of TEK and KEK baseline
privacy key activity. The no debug cable keyman turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable keyman command is only supported on the 2:8
CMTS module and is available through the NUM (chassis slot) option on the
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> keyman
no debug cable <NUM> keyman
Command Syntax
NUM

4-5
Release 6.2.0
debug cable mac

The debug cable mac command displays dynamic service messages and/or MAC
layer management information MAC-layer information. The no debug cable mac
command turns off MAC-layer debugging.
Note: The debug cable mac command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> mac {dynsrv | information}
no debug cable <NUM> mac {dynsrv | information}
Command Syntax
NUM
4-6

Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug cable map

The debug cable map command displays map debugging messages. The no debug
cable map command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable map command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> map
no debug cable <NUM> map
Command Syntax
NUM

4-7
Release 6.2.0
debug cable modem-select

The debug cable modem-select command lets you select a specific cable modem for
debug tracing. The no debug cable modem-select command turns off this debugging
operation.
Note: The debug cable modem-select command is only supported on the
2:8 CMTS module and is available through the NUM (chassis slot) option on
the command line. This command is not supported on the 2:8 (2.0) CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> modem-select <mac>
no debug cable <NUM> modem-select <mac>
Command Syntax
4-8
mac
MAC address of a specific cable modem
NUM

Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug cable privacy

The debug cable privacy command activates debugging of baseline privacy. The no
debug cable privacy command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable privacy command is only supported on the 2:8
CMTS module and is available through the NUM (chassis slot) option on the
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> privacy
no debug cable <NUM> privacy
Command Syntax
NUM

4-9
Release 6.2.0
debug cable qos

The debug cable qos command activates debugging of Quality of Service (QoS). The
no debug cable qos command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable qos command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> qos
no debug cable <NUM> qos
Command Syntax
NUM
4-10

Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug cable range

The debug cable range command displays ranging messages exchanged between
cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable range command turns off this
debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable range command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> range
no debug cable <NUM> range
Command Syntax
NUM

4-11
Release 6.2.0
debug cable reg

The debug cable reg command displays registration messages exchanged between
cable modems and the CMTS. The no debug cable reg command turns off this
Note: The debug cable reg command is supported on the 2:8, and 2:8 (2.0)
CMTS modules and is only available through the X/Y (chassis slot and MAC
Domain) option on the command line. The debug cable reg command is not
available through the NUM (chassis slot) option on the command line.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <X/Y> reg
no debug cable <X/Y> reg
Command Syntax
X/Y
4-12
the slot and MAC Domain number of the

CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug cable remote-query

The debug cable remote-query command enables console logging of messages for
each SNMP packet sent and received by the Remote Query polling feature.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug cable remote-query
4-13
Release 6.2.0
debug cable ucc

The debug cable ucc command displays upstream channel change (UCC) messages
generated when cable modems request or are assigned a new channel. The no debug
cable ucc command turns of this debugging operation.
Note: The debug cable ucc command is only supported on the 2:8 CMTS
module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug cable <NUM> ucc
no debug cable <NUM> ucc
Command Syntax
NUM
4-14

Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip access-list
The debug ip access-list command enables IP access-list debugging. The no debug
ip access-list command turns IP access-list debugging off.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip access-list {in | out }
no debug ip access-list {in | out }
Command Syntax
in
debug inbound packets
out
debug outbound packets
Command Default
Disabled
4-15
Release 6.2.0
debug ip bgp
The debug ip bgp command displays Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) transactions.
The no debug ip bgp command turns off this debugging operation. Use the debug ip
bgp command to:
n
Show events that change the state of the BGP session with any peer
Show open messages sent and received between peers
Show keepalive messages sent and received between peers

Show update messages sent and received between peers including advertised
routes and withdrawn routes
Show notification messages sent and received between peers
Troubleshoot BGP peer sessions and route exchanges
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip bgp [<A.B.C.D> | dampening | events | inbound-connection [access-list
[<1-199> | <1300-2699> ]] | keepalives [ in | out ] | message-dump [ in | keepalive |
notify | open | others | out | refresh | update ] | notifies [ in | out ] | rules [ in | out ]
| soft-reconfiguration-inbound | updates [ in | out ]]
no debug ip bgp [<A.B.C.D> | dampening | events | inbound-connection
[access-list [<1-199> | <1300-2699> ]] | keepalives [ in | out ] | message-dump [ in |
keepalive | notify | open | others | out | refresh | update ] | notifies [ in | out ] | rules
[ in | out ] | soft-reconfiguration-inbound | updates [ in | out ]]
Command Syntax
4-16
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address to debug
dampening
BGP dampening
events
enables logging of BGP state transitions
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
inbound-connection
information about peers trying to make a

connection
access-list
select the peer from which inbound to display

inbound connections
1-199
1300-2699
access list number

access list number (expanded range)
keepalives
BGP keepalives
in
out
incoming information
outgoing information
message dump
displays contents of messages
keepalive
notify
open
others
refresh
update
display contents of KEEPALIVE messages

display contents of NOTIFY messages
display contents of OPEN messages
display contents of any other messagesd
display contents of ROUTE-REFRESH
messages
display contents of UPDATE messages
notifies
BGP notification messages
rules
display an explanation of the treatment of

update messages
soft-reconfiguration-inbound
process clear ip bgp soft in updates
updates
generates per update messages
4-17
Release 6.2.0
debug ip dvmrp
The debug ip dvmrp command displays information on Distance Vector Multicast
Routing Protocol (DVMRP) packets received and transmitted. The no debug ip
dvmrp command turns off this debugging operation.
Note: The debug ip dvmrp command uses considerable bandwidth to

output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip dvmrp
no debug ip dvmrp
Command Default
Disabled
4-18
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip icmp
The debug ip icmp command displays Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)
information exchanges between the BSR and other devices on the network. The no
debug ip icmp turns off ICMP debugging.
Use the debug ip icmp command to determine whether the BSR is sending or
receiving ICMP messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip icmp
no debug ip icmp
Command Default
Disabled
4-19
Release 6.2.0
debug ip igmp
The debug ip igmp command displays all Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) packets, and all IGMP host-related actions. The no debug ip igmp command
turns off the IGMP debugging.
Use the debug ip igmp command to target IGMP protocol messages and mtrace
messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip igmp
no debug ip igmp
Command Default
Disabled
4-20
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip mfm
The debug ip mfm command displays Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM)
control packet activity. The no debug ip mfm command turns off MFM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip mfm
no debug ip mfm
Command Default
Disabled
4-21
Release 6.2.0
debug ip mrtm
The debug ip mrtm command displays changes made to the IP multicast routing
table made by the Multicast Routing Table Manager. The no debug ip mrtm
command turns off MRTM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip mrtm {all | general}
no debug ip mrtm {all | general}
Command Syntax
all
all MRTM processing information
general
general, non-specific MRTM application

information
Command Default
Disabled
4-22
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip ospf
The debug ip ospf command displays Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)-related
activity. The no debug ip ospf command turns off OSPF-related debugging. Use the
debug ip ospf command to turn on debugging for IP OSPF.
The debug ip ospf command can be used to do the following:
n
Confirm that the routers match the same IP mask
Verify same hello interval
Verify same dead interval
Verify neighbors are part of the same area
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip ospf {adj | dr | events | graceful-restart | lsa | packet | retransmission |
spf [detail] }
no debug ip ospf {adj | dr | events | graceful-restart | lsa | packet | retransmission |
spf [detail] }
Command Syntax
adj
debug OSPF adjacency events
dr
debug OSPF DR election events
events
debug all OSPFevents
graceful-restart
debug OSPF graceful-restart |
lsa
debug OSPF LSA rx/tx events
packet
debug OSPF packets reception events
retransmission
debug OSPF retransmission events
4-23
Release 6.2.0
spf
debug OSPF SPF calculation events
detail
display detailed SPF calculation events debug

information
Command Default
Disabled
4-24
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip packet
The debug ip packet command displays general IP debugging information generated
and forwarded through th SRM including packets received, generated, and forwarded.
The no debug ip packet command turns IP debugging operations.
Note: The debug ip packet command uses considerable bandwidth to

output debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip packet [<1-199> | <1300-2699> | detail ]
no debug ip packet
Command Usage Examples:
debug ip packet
debug ip packet detail
debug ip packet detail [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
debug ip packet [<1-199> | <1300-2699>
debug ip packet [<1-199> | <1300-2699> detail
debug ip packet [<1-199> | <1300-2699> detail [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
4-25
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
extended access list number
detail
display more detailed IP packet; debugging

information
Command Default
Disabled
4-26
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip pim
The debug ip pim command enables PIM debugging. The no debug ip pim
command turns PIM debugging off.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip pim {all | assert | bsr | cache | general | hello | join-prune | register | rp |
rp-db | rt-change }
no debug ip pim
Command Syntax
all
debug all pim processing information
assert
debug assert processing information
bsr
debug BSR-RP processing information
cache
debug internal cache maintenance

information
general
debug non-specific PIM application

information
hello
debug hello processing information
join-prune
debug Join/Prune processing information
register
debug register processing information
rp
debug RP processing information
rp-db
debug RPSet Database processing

information
rt-change
debug route change processing information
4-27
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
Disabled
4-28
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip policy
The debug ip policy command displays IP policy routing packet activity. The debug
ip policy command displays information about whether a packet matches the routing
policy criteria and the resulting routing information for the packet.The no debug ip
policy command turns off IP policy debugging.
Note: The debug ip policy command uses considerable bandwidth to output

debugging information. This may interrupt router activities.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip policy
no debug ip policy
Command Default
Disabled
4-29
Release 6.2.0
debug ip redistribute
The debug ip redistribute command displays route redistribution information from
one routing domain to another routing domain. The no debug ip redistribute
command turns off IP redistribute debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected | isis
| ospf | rip | static}
no debug ip redistribute to {all | bgp | isis | ospf | rip} from {all | bgp | connected |
isis | ospf | rip | static}
Command Syntax
4-30
to
to protocols
all
all supported protocols
bgp
routes redistributed into BGP
isis
routes redistributed into IS-IS
ospf
routes redistributed into OSPF
rip
routes redistributed into RIP
from
from protocols
all
all supported protocols
bgp
routes redistributed from BGP
connected
routes redistributed connected
isis
routes redistributed from IS-IS
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
ospf
routes redistributed from OSPF
rip
routes redistributed from RIP
static
routes redistributed static
Command Default
Disabled
4-31
Release 6.2.0
debug ip rip
The debug ip rip command displays Routing Information Protocol (RIP) send and
receive information. The no debug ip rip turns off RIP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip rip [database | events | trigger]
no debug ip rip [database | events | trigger]
Command Syntax
database
RIP database events
events
RIP protocol events
trigger
RIP triggered events
Command Default
Disabled
4-32
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip rip database

The debug ip rip database command displays information on RIP route entry events;
additions, deletions, and changes. The no debug ip rip database command turns off
RIP database debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip rip database
no debug ip rip database
4-33
Release 6.2.0
debug ip rip events

The debug ip rip events command displays information on RIP-related events. The
no debug ip rip events turns off RIP-related event debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip rip events
no debug ip rip events
Command Default
Disabled
4-34
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip rip trigger

The debug ip rip trigger command displays RIP routing events that occur as a result
of RIP trigger extensions. The no debug ip rip trigger command turns off RIP
triggered events debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip rip trigger
no debug ip rip trigger
Command Default
Disabled
4-35
Release 6.2.0
debug ip tcp transactions

The debug ip tcp transactions command displays information on significant
TCP activity such as state changes, retransmissions, and duplicate packets.
The no debug tcp transactions command turns off TCP debugging.
Note: The debug ip tcp transactions command reports output for packets
the BSR 64000 transmits and receives, but does not display output for
packets it forwards.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip tcp transactions
no debug ip tcp transactions
Command Default
Disabled
4-36
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ip udp
The debug ip udp command displays UDP-based transactions.The debug output
shows whether packets are being received from the host. The no debug ip udp
command turns off UDP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]]
no debug ip udp [dhcp [<mac>]]
Command Syntax
dhcp
display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

(DHCP) packet information
mac
client hardware/MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Command Default
Disabled
4-37
Release 6.2.0
debug ip vrrp
The debug ip vrrp command displays Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP)
transactions. The no debug ip vrrp command turns off VRRP debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ip vrrp
no debug ip vrrp
Command Default
Disabled
4-38
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ipsec
The debug ipsec command displays all realtime IP security (IPSec) debugging
information to the console. The no debug ipsec command turns off this debugging
function.
Note: Debugging for IPSec can only occur when IPSec is not shutdown.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipsec {ike [chan-agent | del-msg | info-msg | key-exg | main | quick] | ipsec |
sadb | spd}
no debug ipsec {ike [chan-agent | del-msg | info-msg | key-exg | main | quick] |
ipsec | sadb | spd}
Command Syntax
ike
enables the debugging of the Internet Key

Exchange (IKE) channel agent information,
delete messages, informational messages, key
exchanges, main mode (IKE phase 1) and
quick mode (IKE phase 2) information to the
console. Disabling this parameter shuts down
all six of the IKE debug printing categories.
chan-agent
enables the debugging of the channel agent

information and prints it to the console
del-msg
enables the debugging of delete messages and

prints them to the console
4-39
Release 6.2.0
info-msg
enables the debugging of informational

messages and prints them to the console
key-exg
enables the debugging of key exchanges and

prints them to the console
main
enables the debugging Internet Security

Association Key Management Protocol
(ISAKMP) exchange statements and prints
them to the console
quick
enables the debugging of ISAKMP IKE

Security Association (SA) exchange
statements and prints them to the console
ipsec
enables the debugging of IPSec information

and prints it to the console
sadb
enables the debugging of Security

Association Database (SADB) information
and prints it to the console
spd
enables the debugging of the IPSec Security

Policy Database (SPD) information and
prints it to the console
Command Default
Disabled
4-40
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ipv6 all

The debug ipv6 all command turns on debugging messages for all IPv6 debug
functions. The no debug ipv6 all command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 all
no debug ipv6 all
Command Default
Disabled
4-41
Release 6.2.0
debug ipv6 dhcp

The debug ipv6 dhcp command turns on debugging messages for all DHCP based
transactions. The no debug ipv6 dhcp command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 dhcp
no debug ipv6 dhcp
Command Default
Disabled
4-42
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ipv6 icmp6

The debug ipv6 icmp6 command turns on debugging messages for all ICMP6 based
transactions. The no debug ipv6 icmp6 command turns off this debugging operation.
Caution: The debug ipv6 icmp6 command could cause a huge number of
messages to be displayed or logged and should only be enabled for short
periods.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 icmp6
no debug ipv6 icmp6
Command Default
Disabled
4-43
Release 6.2.0
debug ipv6 packet

The debug ipv6 packet command displays general IPv6 debugging information
generated and forwarded through the SRM including packets received, generated, and
forwarded. The no debug ipv6 packet command turns off this debugging operation.
The detail option displays more detailed IPV6 packet debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 packet [detail]
no debug ipv6 packet [detail]
Command Default
Disabled
4-44
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ipv6 tcp6

The debug ipv6 tcp6 command turns on debugging messages for all TCP6 based
transactions. The no debug ipv6 tcp6 command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 tcp6
no debug ipv6 tcp6
Command Default
Disabled
4-45
Release 6.2.0
debug ipv6 udp6

The debug ipv6 udp6 command turns on debugging messages for all UDP6 based
transactions. The no debug ipv6 udp6 command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipv6 udp6
no debug ipv6 udp6
Command Default
Disabled
4-46
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug isis adj-packets

The debug isis adj packets command displays debug information on all
adjacency-related activity such as hello packets sent and received and IS-IS
adjacencies going up and down. The no debug isis adj packets command disables
debugging output.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis adj packets
no debug isis adj packets
Command Default
Disabled
4-47
Release 6.2.0
debug isis authentication

The debug isis authentication command turns on debugging messages for all IS-IS
packet authentication. The no isis authentication command turns off this debugging
operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis authentication
no debug isis authentication
Command Default
Disabled
4-48
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug isis snp-packets

The debug isis snp-packets command turns on debugging messages for all IS-IS
CSNP/PSNP packets. The no isis snp-packets command turns off this debugging
operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis snp-packets
no debug isis snp-packets
Command Default
Disabled
4-49
Release 6.2.0
debug isis spf-event

The debug isis spf-events command turns on debugging messages for all IS-IS
Shortest Path First Events. The no isis spf-events command turns off this debugging
operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis spf-events
no debug isis spf-events
Command Default
Disabled
4-50
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug isis spf-statistics

The debug isis spf-statistics command turns on debugging messages for all IS-IS
shortest path first statistics. The no debug isis spf-statistics command turns off this
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis spf-statistics
no debug isis statistics
Command Default
Disabled
4-51
Release 6.2.0
debug isis spf-triggers

The debug isis spf-triggers command turns on debugging messages for all IS-IS SPF
triggering events. The no debug isis spf-triggers command turns off this debugging
operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis spf-triggers
no debug isis spf-triggers
Command Default
Disabled
4-52
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug isis update-packets

The debug isis update-packets command displays various sequence number protocol
data units (PDUs) and link state packets that are detected by the BSR. The no debug
isis update-packets command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug isis update-packets
no debug isis update-packets
Command Default
Disabled
4-53
Release 6.2.0
debug mpls forwarding

The debug mpls forwarding command enables debugging for MPLS forwarding.
The no debug mpls forwarding disables debugging for MPLS forwarding.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no debug mpls forwarding
4-54
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug mpls rsvp

The debug mpls rsvp command enables various debugging functions for MPLS
RSVP protocol messages. The no debug mpls rsvp command disables debugging for
MPLS RSVP protocol messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug mpls rsvp {all | path | resv | ptear | rtear | error}
no debug mpls rsvp {all | path | resv | ptear | rtear | error}
Command Syntax
all
debug all MPLS RSVP protocol messages
path
debug MPLS RSVP protocol Path messages each sender transmits Path messages
downstream along the routes provided by the
unicast and multicast routing protocols
resv
debug MPLS RSVP protocol Resv messages each receiver sends reservation request
(Resv) messages upstream toward senders
and sender applications and follow the
reverse route of Path messages
ptear
debug MPLS RSVP protocol PathTear

messages - PathTear messages remove path
states and dependent reservation states in any
routers along a path and follow the same route
as Path messages.
4-55
4-56
Release 6.2.0
rtear
debug MPLS RSVP protocol ResvTear

messages - ResvTear messages remove
reservation states along a path and travel
upstream toward senders of the session
error
debug MPLS RSVP protocol PathErr and

ResvErr error messages
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug nd
The debug nd command turns on debugging messages for all Neighbor Discovery
(ND) functions. The no debug nd command turns off this debugging operation.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug nd [dad | error | na | ns | nud | ra | rs]
no debug nd [dad | error | na | ns | nud | ra | rs]
Command Syntax
dad
debug duplicate address detection
error
debug error messages
na
debug neighbor advertisement messages
ns
debug neighbor solicitation messages
nud
debug neighbor unreachablily detection
ra
debug router advertisement messages
rs
debug router advertisement solicitation

messages
Command Default
Disabled
4-57
Release 6.2.0
debug packet-cable
The debug packet-cable command enables Packet Cable debugging. The no debug
packet-cable command disables debugging output.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug packet-cable {gate | trace [cops | em]}
no debug packet-cable {gate | trace [cops | em]}
Command Syntax
gate
displays DQoS and Multimedia gate state

transition information
trace
enable packet trace
trace cops
enables COPS packet trace - dumps COPS

messages in hexidecimal format to the
console
trace em
enable Event Message PCES packet trace dumps event messages in hexidecimal format
to the console
Command Default
Disabled
4-58
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ppp fsm

The debug ppp fsm command turns debugging on for the PPP finite state machine
(FSM). The no debug ppp fsm command turns off PPP FSM debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ppp fsm
no debug ppp fsm
Command Default
Disabled
4-59
Release 6.2.0
debug ppp packet

The debug ppp packet command displays PPP packets being transmitted and
received. The no debug ppp packet command turns off PPP debugging. The debug
ppp packet command to displays low-level packet dumps and is useful in identifying
the following information and error conditions:
n
Network Control Protocols (NCPs) that are supported on either end of a PPP
connection
any loops that might exist in a PPP internetwork
nodes that are (or are not) properly negotiating PPP connections
errors that have occurred over the PPP connection
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ppp packet
no debug ppp packet
Command Default
Disabled
4-60
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug radius
The debug radius command displays RADIUS client authentication transactions.
The no debug radius command turns off RADIUS debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug radius
no debug radius
4-61
Release 6.2.0
debug snmp
The debug snmp command display detailed information about every SNMP packet
transmitted or received by the BSR 64000. The no debug snmp command turns off
SNMP debugging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

debug snmp {headers | packets | traps}
no debug snmp {headers | packets | traps}
Command Syntax
headers
display SNMP packet headers
packets
display SNMP packets
traps
display SNMP traps
Command Default
Disabled
4-62
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug sntp
The debug sntp command displays information on Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) activity. The no debug sntp command turns off SNTP debugging.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug sntp
no debug sntp
4-63
Release 6.2.0
debug specmgr
The debug specmgr command enables the display of spectrum management
debugging messages. The command output displays a time stamp, the error rate, the
number of word errors, total word count, and the upstream noise power level in
one-tenth of a dBmV. The no debug specmgr stops displaying spectrum management
debugging messages.
Note: The debug cable reg command is supported on the 2:8, and 2:8 (2.0)
CMTS modules.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug specmgr [cable <X/Y> [ upstream <NUM>]]
no debug specmgr [cable <X/Y> [ upstream <NUM>]]
Command Syntax
4-64
cable
display cable information
X/Y

CMTS module
upstream
display upstream information
NUM
upstream port number
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug ssh
The debug ssh command enables debugging for SSH. The no debug ssh command
turns SSH debugging off.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ssh [verbose]
no debug ssh [verbose]
Command Syntax
verbose
display detailed SSH debug information
4-65
Release 6.2.0
debug tacacs
The debug tacacs command displays debug information associated with TACACS+
Client operations.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug tacacs
4-66
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
debug tacacs events

The debug tacacs events command displays debug information related to TACACS+
server events generated as a result of interaction with a client. This command can
produce substantial amount of output on the console. The debug tacacs events
command is generally used as a tool to collect data to analyze a problem reported by
users.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

debug tacacs events
4-67
Release 6.2.0
debug task monitor

The debug task monitor command enables task-based debugging through the Task
Monitor. The Task Monitor monitors task resource contention. The no debug task
monitor command disables debugging output.
The Task Monitor operates in two modes: background and foreground. In both modes
it monitors the amount of available memory (for SRM only and only if configured)
and performs reboot or switchover to a redundant SRM if the amount of available
memory falls below the configured threshold.The background mode is the default
mode of operation for all boards and the Task Monitor will run on all boards after
boot. The foreground mode is used for debugging purposes.
In background mode the Task Monitor checks to see if there has been ICP activity on
the board during the configured delay-interval. If ICP activity has been detected, no
other checking is done. Otherwise it checks to see if there have been non-zero idle
ticks. If there have been non-zero idle ticks, the checking is done. Otherwise it
displays brief information about all tasks that consumed non-zero CPU ticks during
the previous delay-interval, and detailed information about tasks that consumed the
maximum number of CPU ticks. If such tasks consumed more than 99% of the CPU
ticks and suspension of such tasks has been requested with the Ctrl-@ key sequence,
and suspension of such tasks is permitted, then those tasks will be suspended.
Note: The following tasks are never suspended: tRDNc, tExcTask, tShell, TaskMon,
ctrlMon, DiagTask, tNetTask and all telnet tasks. Also note that the Ctrl-@ request
will be canceled if no task consumed more than 99% of the CPU ticks during the
delay-interval.
The following applies only to the background mode on active SRM. If the same task
consumed more than threshold-percent of CPU time within the threshold-interval
during consecutive checks and suspend-task has been requested and suspension of
such task is permitted, then those tasks will be suspended. If the switchover-reboot
has been requested, then the SRM will be rebooted if there is no running redundant
SRM, or switched over otherwise.
4-68
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
In foreground mode the Task Monitor checks to see if idle ticks have fallen below the
idle-trigger value. If so, it will display detailed information about all tasks that
consumed non-zero CPU ticks during the delay-interval. If one of the tasks consumed
more than 99% of the CPU ticks and suspension of such task has been requested with
Ctrl-@ key, and suspension of such task is permitted, then that task will be
suspended. In foreground mode the Task Monitor performs its checks during
num-times delay-intervals and after that will automatically revert to the background
mode of operation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug task monitor {<NUM>| all} background [delay-interval <1-86400> |
mem-switchover <0-1> | registers | suspend-task | switchover-reboot <0-1> |
threshold-interval <10-3600> | threshold-mem-low <0-128000000> |
threshold-percent <50-100>]
debug task monitor {<NUM>| all} [delay-interval <1-86400> | idle-trigger
<1-100>| num-times <1-24000> | registers]
no debug task monitor {<NUM>| all}
Command Syntax
NUM
run Task Monitor for the specified slot

number
all
run Task Monitor for all operational slots
background
run Task Monitor in the background
delay-interval 1-86400 the number of seconds between data

collection intervals
4-69
Release 6.2.0
mem-switchover 0-1
If system memory falls below the value

specified by the threshold-mem-low
parameter on the SRM, then switch-over or
reboot and switch-over.
registers
Display registers for running tasks
suspend-task
Suspend task if it consumes more than the

percentage of CPU time specified by the
threshold-percent parameter during the time
interval specified by the threshold-interval
parameter.
switchover-reboot 0-1 If a single task consumes more than the

percentage of CPU time specified by the
threshold-percent parameter during the time
interval specified by the threshold-interval
parameter, switchover to redundant SRM if it
is available, otherwise reboot.
4-70
threshold-interval
10-3600
Time interval in seconds during which if a

single task spends more than the percentage
of CPU time specified by the
threshold-percent parameter, special actions
will be taken depending on the values of the
suspend-task and switchover-reboot
parameters.
threshold-mem-low
0-128000000
If the memory on the primary SRM falls

below the set amount, a reboot and/or
switch-over will be initiated. The frequency
of this check is in accordance with the task
monitor threshold-interval.
threshold-percent
50-100
If a single task consumes more than this value

of CPU time during the time interval
specified by the threshold-interval
parameter, special actions will be taken
depending on the values of the suspend-task
and switchover-reboot parameters.
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
delay-interval 1-86400 the number of seconds between data

collection intervals
idle-trigger 1-100
the idle-trigger percentage - Task Monitor

displays running tasks if the idle tick
percentage is less than or equal to the
specified idle-trigger percentage
num-times 1-24000
the number of times to run Task Monitor
registers
display registers for running tasks
Command Default Values

Task Monitor is running in background mode for all boards
delay-interval = 20 seconds for the SRM, 5 seconds for all other modules
mem-switchover = do both (switch-over, then reboot and switch-over)
registers = no display
suspend-task = no
switchover-reboot = yes
threshold-interval = 180 seconds
threshold-mem-low = 16000000 bytes
threshold-percent = 99 percent
idle-trigger = 10 percent
4-71
Release 6.2.0
debug tunnel
The debug tunnel command displays IP-in-IP encapsulated packets as they are
transmitted and received on a tunnel interface in real time and displays debugging
information on the tunnel interface. The no debug tunnel command turns off tunnel
debugging.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug tunnel
no debug tunnel
Command Default
Disabled
4-72
Release 6.2.0
Debug Commands
show debugging
The show debugging command displays enabled debugging operations and other
types of debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show debugging [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show debugging [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

4-73
Release 6.2.0
undebug all
The undebug all command disables all debugging functions on the system.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

undebug all
4-74
5
Introduction
This chapter describes the access list commands used with the BSR 64000.
Access lists are used on the BSR to control entry or exit access to or from the BSR.
Access lists are also used within a route-map statement that is part of the routing
configuration. Access lists can be configured for all routed network protocols to filter
packets as the packets pass through the BSR. The access list criteria can be defined by
the source or the destination address, upper-layer protocol, or other routing
information.
There are many reasons to configure access lists including to restrict contents of
routing updates or to provide traffic flow control. One of the most important reasons
to configure access lists is to provide a basic level of security on the network. All
packets passing through the BSR can be allowed onto all parts of the network if an
access list is not part of the router configuration.
Access List Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the access list
commands supported by the BSR.
5-1
Release 6.2.0
access-class in
The access-class in command filters incoming connections based on an IP access list.
The no access-class command disables incoming connection filtering.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

access-class {<1-99> | <1300-1999> | name <name>} in
no access-class
Command Syntax
5-2
1-99
The IP access-list number (standard range).
1300-1999
The IP access-list number (expanded range).
name name
The access list name (if configured).
Release 6.2.0
access-list (standard)
The standard access-list command defines a standard access list to configure and
control the flow of routing information and traffic by matching a packet with a permit
or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list.
Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information; control the
transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Note: ACL entries can be commented by appending a text description at the

end of a CLI entry using the remark <description> option.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

access-list {<1-99> | <1300-1999> | standard <name>} {deny | permit}
{<A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>] | any | host <A.B.C.D>} [remark]
no access-list {<1-99> | <1300-1999> | standard <name>} [deny | permit]
[remark]
Command Syntax
1-99
The standard access list number.
1300-1999
The standard access list number (expanded

range).
standard name
The standard access list name (if configured).
deny
Deny access if conditions are matched.
permit
Permit access if conditions are matched.
A.B.C.D
The address to match.
5-3
5-4
Release 6.2.0
A.B.C.D
Wildcard bits.
any
Any source host.
host A.B.C.D
A single source host.
Release 6.2.0
access-list (extended)
The extended access-list command defines an extended access list to configure and
control the flow of routing information and network traffic by matching a packet with
a permit or deny result. The no access-list command deletes the access-list.
Use the access-list command to restrict routing update information, control the
transmission of packets on an interface, or control virtual terminal line access.
Note: ACL entries can be commented by appending a text description at the

end of a CLI entry using the remark <description> option.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

To configure an extended access list for AHP, ESP, GRE, IP, IPINIP, OSPF, PCP,
and PIM, use the following command:
access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name>}{deny | permit}
{<0-255> | ahp | esp | gre | ip | ipinip | ospf | pcp | pim} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> |
any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>}
5-5
Release 6.2.0
To configure an extended access list for ICMP, use the following command:
access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name>} {deny | permit} icmp
{<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host
<A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> | administratively-prohibited | alternate-address | diff-serv
<0-63> | dod-host-prohibited | dod-net-prohibited | echo | echo-reply | fragments
[diff-serv <0-63>] | general-parameter-problem | host-isolated |
host-precedence-unreachable | host-redirect | host-tos-redirect |
host-tos-unreachable | host-unknown | host-unreachable | information-reply |
information-request | mask-reply | mask-request | net-redirect | net-tos-redirect |
net-tos-unreachable | net-unreachable | network-unknown | no-room-for-option |
option-missing | packet-too-big | parameter-problem | port-unreachable |
precedence-unreachable | protocol-unreachable | reassembly-timeout | redirect |
router-advertisement | router-solicitation | source-quench | source-route-failed |
time-exceeded | timestamp-reply | timestamp-request | ttl-exceeded |
unreachable] [remark]
To configure an extended access list for IGMP, use the following command:
access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name>} {deny | permit} igmp
{<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host
<A.B.C.D>} [<0-255> | diff-serv <0-63> | dvmrp | fragments [diff-serv <0-63>] |
host-query | host-report | pim ] [remark]
To configure an extended access list for TCP, use the following command:
access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name>} {deny | permit} tcp
{<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | eq |
gt | host <A.B.C.D> | lt | neq | range} [diff-serv <0-63> | <0-65535> | bgp | chargen
| cmd | daytime | discard | domain | echo | exec | finger | fragments [diff-serv
<0-63>] | ftp | ftp-data | gopher | hostname | ident | irc | klogin | kshell | login | lpd
| nntp | pim-auto-rp | pop2 | pop3 | smtp | sunrpc | talk | telnet | time | uucp | whois
| www] [remark]
To configure an extended access list for UDP, use the following command:
access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name>} {deny | permit} udp
{<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | host <A.B.C.D>} {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> | any | eq |
gt | host <A.B.C.D> | lt | neq | range} [diff-serv <0-63> | <0-65535> | biff | bootpc |
discard | domain | echo | fragments [diff-serv <0-63>] | mobile-ip | netbios-dgm |
netbios-ns | netbios-ss | ntp | pim-auto-rp | rip | snmp | snmptrap | sunrpc | syslog |
talk | tftp | time | who | xdmcp] [remark]
5-6
Release 6.2.0
To remove an access list, use the following command:

no access-list {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | extended <name> | name <name>}
[remark]
Command Syntax
100-199
The extended access list number.
2000-2699
The extended access list (expanded range).
extended name
The extended access list name (if configured).
deny
Deny access if conditions are matched.
permit
Permit access if conditions are matched.
Name or number of an IP protocol.

0-255
ahp
esp
gre
icmp
igmp
ip
ipinip
ospf
pcp
pim
tcp
udp
vrrp
The number of an IP protocol.

Authentication Header Protocol (51)
Encapsulation Security Payload (50)
General Routing Encapsulation (47)
Internet Control Message Protocol (1)
Internet Group Management Protocol (2)
Any Internet protocol (0)
IP in IP tunneling (4)
OSPF routing protocol (89)
Payload Compression Protocol (108)
Protocol Independent Multicast (103
Transmission Control Protocol (6)
User Datagram Protocol (17)
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (112)
A.B.C.D
Source address.
A.B.C.D
Source wildcard bits.
any
Any source host.
host A.B.C.D
A single source host.
5-7
5-8
Release 6.2.0
A.B.C.D
Destination address.
A.B.C.D
Destination wildcard bits.
any
Any destination host.
host A.B.C.D
A single destination host.
Release 6.2.0
Filter ICMP packets by message

type number (0-255) or message
type name.
0-255
administratively-prohibited
alternate-address
diff-serv <0-63>
dod-host-prohibited
dod-net-prohibited
echo
echo-reply
fragments
general-parameter-problem
host-isolated
host-precedence-unreachable
host-redirect
host-tos-redirect
host-tos-unreachable
host-unknown
host-unreachable
information-reply
information-request
mask-reply
mask-request
net-redirect
net-tos-redirect
net-tos-unreachable
net-unreachable
network-unknown
no-room-for-option
option-missing
packet-too-big
parameter-problem
port-unreachable
Filter by message type number.

Administrativelyprohibited
Alternate address
Differentiated-Services Code Point
Host prohibited
Network prohibited
Echo ping
Echo reply
Check non-initial fragments
Parameter problem
Host isolated
Host unreachable for precedence
Host redirect
Host redirect for TOS
Host unreachable for TOS
Host unknown
Host unreachable
Information replies
Information requests
Mask replies
Mask requests
Network redirect
Network redirect for TOS
Network unreachable for TOS
Network unreachable
Network unknown
Parameter required but no room
Parameter required but not present
Fragmentation needed and DF set
All parameter problems
Port unreachable
5-9
precedence-unreachable
protocol-unreachable
reassembly-timeout
redirect
router-advertisement
router-solicitation
source-quench
source-route-failed
time-exceeded
timestamp-reply
timestamp-request
ttl-exceeded
unreachable
Release 6.2.0
Precedence cutoff
Protocol unreachable
Reassembly timeout
All redirects
Router discovery advertisements
Router discovery solicitations
Source quenches
Source route failed
All time exceededs
Timestamp replies
Timestamp requests
TTL exceeded
All unreachable targets
Filter IGMP packets by message

type number (0-255) or message
type name.
0-255
diff-serv
dvmrp
fragments
host-query
host-report
pim
Filter by message type number.

Differentiated Services Code Point
Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol
(0x13)
Host query (0x11)
Host report (0x12)
Protocol Independent Multicast (0x14)
Only match packets on a TCP or

UDP port number or range of port
numbers.
eq
gt
lt
neq
range
5-10
Match only packets on a given port number.

Match only packets with a greater port number.
Match only packets with a lower port number.
Match only packets not on a given port number.
Match only packets in a range of port numbers.
Release 6.2.0
0-65535
bgp
chargen
cmd
daytime
discard
domain
echo
exec
fragments
finger
ftp
ftp-data
gopher
hostname
ident
irc
klogin
kshell
login
lpd
nntp
pim-auto-rp
pop2
pop3
A TCP port number.

Border Gateway Protocol (179)
Character generator (19)
Remote commands - rcmd (514)
Daytime (13)
Discard (9)
Domain Name Service (53)
Echo (7)
Exec - rsh (512)
Finger (79)
File Transfer Protocol (21)
File Transfer Protocol [default data] (20)
Gopher (70)
NIC hostname server (101)
Authentication Service (113)
Internet Relay Chat (194
Kerberos login (543)
Kerberos shell (544)
Login - rlogin (513)
Printer service (515)
Network News Transport Protocol (119)
PIM Auto-RP (496)
Post Office Protocol v2 (109)
Post Office Protocol v3 (110)
5-11
smtp
sunrpc
talk
telnet
time
uucp
whois
www
5-12
Release 6.2.0
Simple Mail Transport Protocol (25)

Sun Remote Procedure Call (111)
Talk (517)
Telnet (23)
Time (37)
UNIX-to-UNIX Copy Program (540)
Nickname (43)
World Wide Web - HTTP (80)
Release 6.2.0
The number or name of a UDP

port.
0-65535
biff
bootpc
bootps
discard
domain
echo
fragments
mobile-ip
netbios-dgm
netbios-ns
netbios-ss
ntp
pim-auto-rp
rip
snmp
snmptrap
sunrpc
syslog
talk
tftp
time
who
xdmcp
A UDP port number.

Biff - mail notification system (512)
Bootstrap Protocol Client (68)
Bootstrap Protocol Server (67)
Discard (9)
Domain Name Service (53)
Echo (7)
Mobile IP registration (434)
NetBIOS datagram service (138)
NetBIOS name service (137)
NetBIOS session service (139)
Network Time Protocol (123)
PIM Auto-RP (496)
Routing Information Protocol (520)
Simple Network Management Protocol (161)
SNMP Traps (162)
Sun Remote Procedure Call (111)
Syslog (514)
Talk (517)
Trivial File Transfer Protocol (69)
Time (37)
Who service - rwho (513)
X Display Manager Control Protocol (177)
5-13
Release 6.2.0
ip access-group
Use the ip access-group command to assign an access list to an interface and
determine if the interface accepts inbound or outbound packets, or both from this
access list. The no ip access-group command removes the access list or disables
inbound or outbound packets.
Note: Access-groups should typically be assigned to physical interfaces

rather than logical interfaces like the cable loopback interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip access-group {<1-199> | <1300-2699> | name <name>} {in | out}
no ip access-group {<1-199> | <1300-2699> | in | name <name> | out} {in | out}
Command Syntax
5-14
1-199
The access list number.
1300-2699
The access list number (expanded range).
name name
in
Inbound packets.
out
Outbound packets.
Release 6.2.0
ip access-list
The ip access-list command adds a standard or extended access-list entry. The no ip
access-list command removes the entry.
The resequence option renumbers ACLs in an access-list. This frees up sequence
numbers and allows additional lines to be added without the requirement to delete and
re-add the whole access list. The resequence option takes a starting sequence number
and an increment and then renumbers each line of the specified ACL.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip access-list standard {<1-99> | <1300-1999> | name <name>}
ip access-list extended {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | name <name>}
ip access-list resequence {<1-199> | <1300-2699> | name <name>}
{<0-2147483647> <1-2147483647> }
no ip access-list ip access-list standard {<1-99> | <1300-1999> | name <name>}
no ip access-list extended {<100-199> | <2000-2699> | name <name>}
Command Syntax
standard 1-99
The standard access list number.
standard 1300-1999
The standard access list number (expanded

range).
name name
extended 100-199
The extended access list number
extended 2000-2699
The extended access list number (expanded

range).
5-15
resequence 1-199
Resequence access list number.
resequence 1300-2699 Resequence expanded access list number.

0-2147483647
Starting sequence number
1-214748364
Sequence number increment
Release 6.2.0
show access-lists
The show access-lists command displays an access list, or all access lists, without
displaying the entire configuration file. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show access-lists command:
Standard IP access list 10

deny host 150.31.91.71
permit any
Extended IP access list 113
permit tcp any lt 200 any
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show access-lists [<1-199> | <1300-2699> | name <name>] [ | {begin | exclude |
show access-lists [<1-199> <1300-2699> | name <name>] [ | {count | count-only}]
5-17
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-199
The access list number (standard range).
1300-2699
name name
begin
Filters for output that begins with the specified

string.
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Command Default
All access lists are displayed.
5-18
Release 6.2.0
show ip access-lists
The show ip access-lists command displays an access list, or all access lists, without
displaying the entire configuration file. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show ip access-lists command:
Standard IP access list 10

deny host 150.31.91.71
permit any
Extended IP access list 113
permit tcp any lt 200 any
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip access-lists [<1-199> | <1300-2699> | name <name>] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip access-lists [<1-199> | <1300-2699> | name <name>] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
1-199
The access list number (standard range).
1300-2699
name name
begin
Filters for output that begins with the specified

string.
exclude
5-19
5-20
Release 6.2.0
include
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
6
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Policy and Policy-Based Routing commands used
with the BSR 64000.
Routing Policy allows the control of information that is imported from or exported
into different routing domains or Autonomous Systems (AS).
BSR Routing Policy allows the filtering and altering of routing information so that
some of them can be advertised to other routers. The BSR Routing Policy is quite
versatile and flexible.
The BSR also supports Policy-based routing. Policy-based routing uses sets of rules
that define the criteria for obtaining specific routing paths for different users to give
some users better-routed Internet connections than others. Policy-based routing is
established by the source information of the packets, rather than the destination
information that traditional routing protocols use. The network administrator
determines and implements routing policies to allow or deny router paths.
Routing Policy Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the routing policy
6-1
Release 6.2.0
default-information originate
The default-information originate command injects the default network in a routing
domain such as Border Gateway Protocol (BGP).The no default-information
originate command disables the default network redistribution in the routing domain.
The network 0.0.0.0 command in Router Configuration mode performs the same
function as the default-information originate command. In the Routing Information
Protocol (RIP) the metric is always set to 1. In BGP, the default route needs to exist in
the BGP routing database. BGP uses the metric associated with the default entry in its
database.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type
<1-2>]
no default-default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>]
[metric-type <1-2>]
Command Syntax
6-2
originate
software generates a default external route

into an Open Shortest Path First (OSPF)
domain to propagate another route if a default
route exists
always
advertises the default route even when the

default route does not exist (OSPF only)
metric 0-16777214
metric for generating the default route,

default is 1 if no metric-value value specified
(OSPF only)
metric-type 1-2
1- external type 1 (OSPF only)

2- external type 2 (OSPF only)
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
Disabled
6-3
Release 6.2.0
default-metric
The default-metric command sets the default metric value for redistribution of routes
from one domain into another. The no default-metric command removes the set
default value for metric.
Use the default-metric command with the redistribute command to enforce the
same metric value for all redistributed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default-metric <1-4294967295>
no default-metric [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
default metric value; the range of values

depends on the routing protocol for which this
is configured; for RIP 1 to 16, OSPF from 1
to 16777214, and BGP from 1 to 4294967295
Command Default
A built-in automatic metric translation for each routing protocol
6-4
Release 6.2.0
ip local policy route-map

The ip local policy route-map command enables local policy routing for a specified
route map. The no ip local policy route-map command disables local policy routing
for a specified route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip local policy route-map <WORD>
no ip local policy route-map <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the route map name
6-5
Release 6.2.0
ip policy route-map
The ip policy route-map command identifies the route-map used on an interface to
perform policy-based routing. The no ip policy route-map command removes the
route-map on an interface, and disables policy-based routing on that interface.
Use the ip policy route-map command for paths other than the shortest path. This
command has associated match and set commands: match commands specify policy
routing rules, set commands perform tasks
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip policy route-map <WORD>
no ip policy route-map <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
route-map name that must match a specified

map tag
Command Default
No policy routing
6-6
Release 6.2.0
match as-path
The match as-path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list to
a match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The no match
as-path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the
command.
Use the match as-path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path
to ensure advertisement on the route-map. Values can be set using the match as-path
command.
Use the match as-path command to globally replace values matched and set with the
match as-path command and the set weight command to supersede weights
established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter-list commands.
The values set by the match and set commands override global values. For example,
the weights assigned with the match as-path and set weight route-map commands
override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list
commands. The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system
match.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route Map Configuration
Command Line Usage

match as-path [<1-199>]
no match as-path [<1-199>]

Command Syntax
1-199
as-path list number - you can specify a
single number or multiple numbers

separated by a space
6-7
Release 6.2.0
match community
The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community
access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The
no match community command removes the match entry completely. The no match
community command removes the list numbers or the exact-match attribute from the
match entry.
Use the match community-list command to ensure that the route is advertised for
outbound and inbound route-maps. If a change to some of the information is to match
is needed, configure a second route-map with specifics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match community [<1-99> | <100-199> | exact-match]
no match community [<1-99> | <100-199> | exact-match]
Command Syntax
6-8
1-99
standard community list number
100-199
extended community list number
exact-match
exact match required; all of the communities

and only those communities in the
community list must be present
Release 6.2.0
match ip address
The match ip address command matches the destination and source IP address or
other fields of the IP header on packets with a standard or extended access list
allocated. The no match ip address command disables policy routing on packets.
This command can also be used for filtering routes based on the destination network
of the route.
Use the match ip address command to match any routes that have a source network
number and a destination network number address that a standard or extended access
list permits. To match both source and destination numbers, use an extended access
list. The match ip address command can also be used to filter routing information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip address [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
1-199
standard access list number
1300-2699
6-9
Release 6.2.0
match ip next-hop
The match ip next-hop command establishes the condition for the next hop IP
address of a route to match against the specified access lists. The no match ip
next-hop command removes the access-list from the match condition.
Use the match ip next-hop command to match any routes that have a next-hop router
address permitted one of the specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip next-hop [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
6-10
1-199
1300-2699
Release 6.2.0
match ip route-source
The match ip route-source command specifies match conditions for the source IP
address of a route to match against the specified address list(s). The no match ip
route-source command removes access lists from such a match statement.
The match ip route-source command is used to match routes where source IP
addresses are permitted by specified access lists.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
no match ip route-source [<1-199> | <1300-2699>]
Command Syntax
1-199
1300-2699
6-11
Release 6.2.0
match metric
The match metric command matches routes imported or otherwise with specified
metric value. The no match metric command disables matching imported routes with
specified metric values.
Use the match metric command to match a route for the specified metric value(s).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match metric [<0-4294967295>]
no match metric [<0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
6-12
metric value
Release 6.2.0
match route-type external

The match route-type external command is used to match the type of OSPF routes.
The no match route-type external clears the match condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2]
no match route-type external [level-1 | level-2 | type-1 | type-2]
Command Syntax
type-1
matches only type 1 external route (OSPF)
type-2
matches only type 2 external route (OSPF)
level-1
IS-IS level-1 route
level-2
IS-IS level-2 route
6-13
Release 6.2.0
match route-type internal

The match route-type internal command matches and redistributes OSPF routes of
an internal type. The no match route-type internal command clears the condition.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2]
no match route-type internal [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
6-14
level-1
IS-IS level-1 route
level-2
IS-IS level-2 route
Release 6.2.0
match tag
The match tag command redistributes routes in the routing table that match a
specified tag value. Use the no match tag command to disable redistributing routes in
the routing table that match a specified tag.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match tag [<0-4294967295>]
no match tag
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
tag value
6-15
Release 6.2.0
route-map
The route-map command defines the conditions for redistributing routes from one
protocol to another, or to configure routing policies. The no route-map command
removes some or all of the instances of the route map.
Use the route-map command and the match and set commands, to define the
conditions for redistributing routes from one routing protocol into another, or for
accepting routes from a neighboring router. Each route-map command has an
associated list of match and set commands. The match commands specify the
conditions under which redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command.
The set commands specify the particular redistribution set actions to perform if the
criteria enforced by the match commands are met. When all match criteria are met,
all set actions are performed. The no route-map command deletes the route-map, or
an instance.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535]
no route-map <WORD> [permit | deny] [0-65535]
6-16
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
tag name, more than one instance of the

route-map can share name
permit
distributes route as controlled by set actions

when permit is specified and the match
criteria are met, the route is specified by the
specific actions
deny
distributes route as controlled by set actions,

if criteria not met, route not distributed
0-65535
position a new instance will have in the list of

route-map instances already established with
the same map name.
6-17
Release 6.2.0
set as-path prepend

The set as-path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the
matched BGP routes. The no set as-path prepend command ends modification of a
system path for BGP routes.
Use the set as-path prepend command to guide the path information to control the
BGP decision process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set as-path prepend <1-65535> [...<1-65535>]
no set as-path prepend <1-65535> [...<1-65535>]
Command Syntax
1-65535
6-18
prepend string - you can specify a single
number or multiple numbers separated

by a space
Release 6.2.0
set automatic-tag
The set automatic-tag command enables the automatic computing of tag values. The
no set automatic-tag command disables the automatic computing of tag values.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set automatic-tag
no set automatic-tag
6-19
Release 6.2.0
set comm-list
The set comm-list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an
inbound or outbound update. The no set comm-list command deletes the entry.
Use the set comm-list command to delete communities from the community attribute
of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the
communities to be deleted.
If the standard list is referred in the set comm-list delete command, only the elements
with the single community number or no community number in them will be used. All
others will be quietly ignored. Any element specified with the 'internet' keyword is
equivalent to element without community number.
If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete commands are
configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion operation (set
comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the set operation (set community
comm).
Note: If the set community and set comm-list delete commands are
configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion
operation (set comm-list delete) is performed before the set operation (set
community).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
no set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
Command Syntax
1-99
6-20
Release 6.2.0
100-199
delete
delete inbound or outbound communities from the

community attribute
6-21
Release 6.2.0
set community
The set community command adds or replaces communities from the community
attribute of an inbound or outbound update. Use the no set community command
removes the specified communities from the set.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the
rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map
command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The match
commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which
redistribution is allowed for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the set actions, the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the
route map.
Note: The communities could be specified as numbers; the result will be the
same; none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is
specified for the set entry. In this case it doesn't modify update community
attributes.
In other words, the no set community command, if the entry had some
community numbers in it before removal, and as the result of the removal no
numbers are left, then the entry itself is deleted.
The command set community none removes all community numbers from
set entry, if any, but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route-map Configuration
Command Line Usage

set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export | additive |
none}
no set community {<1-4294967295> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export |
additive | none}
6-22
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
community number
additive
add to the existing community
local-AS
do not advertise this route to peers outside of

the local autonomous system
no-advertise
do not advertise this route to any peer internal

or external
no-export
routes with this community are sent to peers

in other sub-autonomous systems within a
confederation
none
no community attribute
6-23
Release 6.2.0
set default interface

The set default interface command sets a default output interface for a packet in the
default destination-based routing process. The no set default interface command
disables this function.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set default interface {null0 | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>}
no set default interface {null0 | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>}
Command Syntax
null0
forces packets to be dropped and not routed to

the default destination-based routing process
pos X/Y
the POS interface slot and port number
tunnel 0-255
Command Default
Disabled
6-24
Release 6.2.0
set interface
The set interface command sets the output interface for a packet in the
destination-based routing process. The no set interface command disables this
function.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set interface {null0 | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>}
no set interface {null0 | pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>}
Command Syntax
null0
sets the last entry in the interface list to force

packets to be dropped and not routed to the
default destination-based routing process
pos X/Y
the POS interface slot and port number
tunnel 0-255
Command Default
Disabled
6-25
Release 6.2.0
set ip default next-hop

The set ip default next-hop command specifies a default next hop IP address that
indicates where the BSR sends packets that pass a match clause in a route map for
policy routing but have no route to the destination. The no set ip default next-hop
removes the default next hop IP address.
Note: The presence of a default route in the routing table will ensure that
destination-based forwarding will always be applied and policy will be
ignored.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set ip default next-hop <A.B.C.D>
no set ip default next-hop <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
6-26
the IP address of the next hop
Release 6.2.0
set ip diff-serv
The set ip diff-serv command assigns a differentiated service value which is placed
in the IP packet header that determines which packets are given transmission priority.
When these packets are received by another router, they are transmitted based on the
precedence value. A higher precedence value indicates a higher priority. The no set ip
diff-serv command disables assigning a differentiated service value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set ip diff-serv <0-63>
no set ip diff-serv [<0-63>]
Command Syntax
0-63
IP packet precedence value.
The following table describes the number and name values for IP Precedence:
Number
Name
routine
priority
immediate
flash
flash-override
critical
internet
network
6-27
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
0
6-28
Release 6.2.0
set ip next-hop
The set ip next-hop command establishes a next-hop IP address for the AS path. The
no ip next-hop command deletes the entry.
Use the ip policy route-map interface configuration command, the route-map global
configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands,
to define the conditions for policy routing packets. The ip policy route-map
command identifies a route map by name. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match
criteria---the conditions under which policy routing occurs. The set commands
specify the set actions---the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met.
If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next-hop
command is down, the optionally specified IP addresses are tried in turn.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D>
no set ip next-hop
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the next hop to which packets

are output; address of the adjacent router
Command Default
Disabled
6-29
Release 6.2.0
set ip qos queue

The set ip qos queue command specifies Quality Of Service (QoS) queue number.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set ip qos queue <0-7>
Command Syntax
0-7
6-30
the QoS queue number
Release 6.2.0
set local-preference
The set-local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system
path. Use the set local-preference command to send the local-preference to all
routers in the local autonomous system.
Use the no set-local preference form of this command to delete the entry.
Note: In the no set-local preference command, the optional

<0-4294967295> argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set local-preference <0-4294967295>
no set local-preference <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
local preference value
6-31
Release 6.2.0
set metric
The set metric command sets the metric value for a routing protocol. The no set
metric command changes the metric value for a routing protocol to the default value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set metric <0-4294967295>
no set metric <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
metric value or bandwidth in Kbytes per

second
Command Default
Metric value dynamically learned or a default value
6-32
Release 6.2.0
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the metric type for the destination routing
protocol. The no set metric-type command disables the metric type set for the
destination routing protocol.
Use the route-map command to set the type of metric for the route imported by OSPF
into its domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2}
no set metric-type {external | internal | type-1 | type-2}
Command Syntax
external
IS-IS external metric
internal
use IGP metric as the MED for BGP
type-1
OSPF external type 1 metric
type-2
Command Default
Disabled
6-33
Release 6.2.0
set origin
The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any
protocol to any protocol. The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code.
When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to
any protocol, any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit
everything to set tags.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
no set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
Command Syntax
6-34
egp
EGP
igp
remote IGP
incomplete
unknown history
Release 6.2.0
set tag
The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol. The no set tag
command removes the value.
The route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map
configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing
routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the
conditions for redistribution for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the
match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set tag <0-4294967295>
no set tag <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
tag value
Command Default
if not specified, tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol
6-35
Release 6.2.0
set weight
The set-weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first
autonomous system match determines the weight to be set.
Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first AS
match determines the weight to be set. The route with the highest weight is chosen as
the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network. Weights spoken
when an as path is matched, override any weight set by the neighbor command. Any
match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set weight <0-65535>
no set weight
Command Syntax
0-65535
6-36
weight value
Release 6.2.0
show ip redistribute
The show ip redistribute command displays the routing protocols that are being
redistributed to other routing domains. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show ip redistribute command:
To ospf in ipv4
redistribute connected subnets
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip redistribute [bgp | ospf | rip] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show ip redistribute [bgp | ospf | rip] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
bgp
displays routing domains redistributed into

BGP
ospf

OSPF
rip

RIP
begin

string
exclude

string
6-37
6-38
Release 6.2.0
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
show ip traffic
The show ip traffic command displays the number of routing policy forwards and
routing policy drops.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip traffic [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip traffic [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

6-39
Release 6.2.0
show route-map
The show route-map command displays configured route maps. The following
displays typical screen output from the show route-map command:
route-map LOOPBACK2, permit, sequence 10

Match clauses:
ip address (access-list): 100
Set clauses:
ip next-hop 150.31.50.1
route-map TEST, permit, sequence 10
Match clauses:
Set clauses:
community 1:57920
route-map QOS, permit, sequence 1
Match clauses:
ip address (access-list): 101 102
Set clauses:
ip qos queue 1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show route-map [<WORD>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show route-map [<WORD>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
WORD
6-40
the specified route-map
Release 6.2.0
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
6-41
7
RIP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Routing Information Protocol (RIP) commands used with
the BSR 64000.
RIP exchanges routing information to resolve routing errors. RIP coordinates routers
on the network to broadcast their routing database periodically and determine the
route with the least number of hops relative to the active routing table. Each hop
determination message lists each destination with a distance in number of hops to the
destination.
RIP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the RIP commands
7-1
Release 6.2.0
auto-summary
The auto-summary command restores automatic summarization of subnet routes into
network-level routes. The no auto summary command disables automatic
summarization.
Note: RIP Version 1 always uses automatic summarization. RIP Version 2
when routing between disconnected subnets, requires automatic
summarization to be off which is the default state.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

auto summary
no auto summary
Command Default
Disabled
7-2
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
clear ip rip statistics

The clear ip rip statistics command clears all routes from the RIP routing table. This
is the same route information displayed with the show ip rip database command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip rip statistics
7-3
Release 6.2.0
The default-information originate command generates a default route into the RIP
database. The no default-information originate command disables default route
generation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no default-information originate
Command Default
Disabled
7-4
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
default-metric
The default-metric command specifies a new RIP default metric value. The no
metric command returns the metric value to the default.
Use the default-metric command to set the current protocol to the same metric value
for all distributed routes. The default-metric command is used with the redistribute
command to obtain the same metric value for all distributed protocol-specific routes.
Note: This command assures that metrics are compatible during route
redistribution. The default metric delivers an alternate for successful
distribution if the network metrics are not converted.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default metric <1-16>
no default metric <1-16>
Command Syntax
1-16
the metric value
Command Default
Automatic metric translations given for each routing protocol
7-5
Release 6.2.0
distance
The distance command sets the administrative distances for routes. The no distance
command disables the administrative distance for routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance <1-255>
no distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
administrative distance for setting routes
Command Default
120
7-6
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
distribute-list in
The distribute-list in command filters networks received in routing updates. The no
distribute-list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
in
applies access list to incoming route updates
Command Default
Disabled
7-7
Release 6.2.0
distribute-list out
The distribute-list out command prevents networks from being advertised in
updates. The no distribute-list out command enables update advertisements.
Use the distribute-list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route
updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
Command Syntax
1-199
1300-2699
pre-defined access list number
out
applies access list to outgoing route updates
Command Default
Disabled
7-8
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
graceful-restart-period
The graceful-restart-period command enables RIP graceful restart. Graceful restart
allows a RIP router to stay on the forwarding path even as its RIP software is being
restarted. As the graceful restart procedure executes, the RIP routing table is updated
with recalculated route entries that replace older entries in the routng table which are
marked with a replicated flag. RIP graceful restart has a configurable time period
(in seconds) that must elapse before routing table updates are completed and entries
with the replicated flag are flushed from the routing table and the Fast Path
database. The no graceful-restart-period command disables RIP graceful restart.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Routing Configuration
Command Line Usage

graceful-restart-period <0-360>
no graceful-restart-period <0-360>
Command Syntax
0-360
the time period, in seconds, for

completion of RIP graceful restart
following an SRM switchover
Command Default
180 seconds
7-9
Release 6.2.0
ip rip authentication key

The ip rip authentication key command enables RIP authentication on an interface
by specifying a password or group of passwords that can be used on that interface.
The no rip authentication key command deletes the associated password(s).
Note: Only RIP version 2 supports authentication.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip authentication key { 7 <WORD> | <Password>}
no ip rip authentication key <Password>
Command Syntax
7-10
specifies a that HIDDEN password will

follow
WORD
the ENCRYPTED password: 18-50 hex digits

(even number of digits)
Password
a plain text password with a 16 character

maximum
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
ip rip host-routes
The ip rip host-routes command enables sending or receiving host routes with RIP
version 1 for an interface. The no ip rip host-routes command disables sending or
receiving host routes with RIP version 1 for an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip host-routes
no ip rip host-routes
Command Default
Disabled
7-11
Release 6.2.0
ip rip message-digest-key md5

The ip rip message-digest-key command is used to configure a Message Digest 5
(MD5) Authentication key for a RIP V2 interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip message-digest-key <1-255> md5 {7 <WORD> | <WORD>}
no ip rip message-digest-key <1-255> md5 {7 <WORD> | <WORD>}
Command Syntax
1-255
the range of numbers from which an MD5

secret Key ID can be selected
7 <WORD>
specifies a hidden (encrypted) MD5 password

will follow that is between 1-50 characters.
WORD
MD5 password that is between 1-16

characters.
Note: A maximum of ten key IDs can be configured at the same time.
Command Default
Disabled
7-12
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
ip rip receive version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only receive
packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive
version command to configure the interface to receive one or both RIP versions. The
no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 1
and 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2}
no ip rip receive version {0, 1, 2}
Command Syntax
0
RIP version 1 and 2
RIP version 1 only
RIP version 2 only
Command Default
0
7-13
Release 6.2.0
ip rip send version

The ip rip receive version command configures an interface to only transmit
packets from a specific version of the RIP protocol. Use the ip rip receive
version command to configure the interface to transmit one or both RIP versions. The
no ip rip receive version command resets the RIP protocol version to RIP version 2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3}
no ip rip send version {0, 1, 2, 3}
Command Syntax
0
RIP 2 compatible
RIP version 1 only
RIP version 2 only
none
Command Default
2
7-14
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
ip split-horizon
The ip split-horizon command blocks route information from being advertised by a
router out any interface from which that information originated. Enabling
split-horizon optimizes communications among multiple routers, particularly when
links are broken. The no ip split-horizon disables split-horizon.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip split-horizon
no ip split-horizon
Command Default
Enabled
7-15
Release 6.2.0
maximum-paths
The maximum-paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes an
IP routing protocol can support. The no maximum-paths command changes or
cancels the number of maximum paths.
Group Access
RESTRICTED
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

maximum-paths <1-2>
no maximum-paths
Command Syntax
1-2
The maximum number of parallel routes.
Command Default
2
7-16
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
network
The RIP version of the network command enables networks for the routing process.
The no network command disables networks for the RIP routing process.
Note: If a network with RIP is not specified, the system does not advertise
the network in any RIP routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network <A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>]
no network <A.B.C.D [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of directly connected networks
A.B.C.D
Network mask
7-17
Release 6.2.0
offset-list
The offset-list command adds an offset to incoming and outgoing metrics to routes
learned via RIP. The offset value is added to the routing metric. An offset-list with an
interface slot/port is considered extended and takes precedence over an offset-list that
is not extended. The no offset-list command removes the offset for incoming and
outgoing metrics to routes learned via RIP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

offset-list {<1-99> | any} {in | out} <0-16> [cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | pos <X/Y>]
no offset-list {<1-99> | any} {in | out} <0-16> [cable <X/Y | X/Y.N>
| ethernet <X/Y >| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
7-18
1-99
standard access-list-number, if 0, no action is

taken
any
apply offset to all networks
in
apply the offset to incoming metrics
out
apply the offset list to outgoing metrics
0-16
positive offset to be applied to metrics for

networks matching the access list, if set to 0,
no action is taken
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
cable interface slot X, MAC Domain Y, and if

applicable, sub-interface N to which the
offset-list is applied
ethernet X/Y
Ethernet interface slot X and port Y to which

the offset-list is applied
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N

if applicable, sub-interface N to which the
pos X/Y
POS interface slot X and port Y to which the

Command Default
Disabled
7-19
Release 6.2.0
output-delay
The output-delay command changes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates to ensure
that transmitted information is received by lower-speed routers. The no output delay
command removes the inter-packet delay for RIP updates.
Note: This command helps prevent the loss of routing table information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

output-delay <8-50>
no output delay <8-50>
Command Syntax
8-50
delay time, in milliseconds, between packets

of a multiple-packet RIP update
Command Default
0
7-20
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
passive-interface
The passive-interface command disables an interface from sending route updates by
prohibiting packets from being transmitted from a specified port. When disabled, the
subnet continues advertising to other interfaces. The no passive-interface command
enables the interface to send route updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | default | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
no passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | default | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
cable interface slot and MAC Domain

number
default
suppresses routing updates on all interfaces
ethernet X/Y
Ethernet interface slot and port number
gigaether X/Y
Gigabit Ethernet interface slot and port

number
loopback 1-255
Loopback interface number
pos X/Y
POS interface slot and port number
7-21
Release 6.2.0
redistribute
The redistribute command redistributes routes from one protocol domain to another
routing domain. The no redistribute command disables route distribution from one
protocol domain to another routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 |
external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>] [route-map <WORD>]
no redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 |
external 2}] | static} [metric <1-16>] [route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
7-22
bgp
BGP source protocol
connected
established routes as result of IP enabled on

an interface
ospf
OSPF source protocol
match
the criteria by which OSPF routes are

redistributed into RIP.
internal
routes that are internal to an autonomous

system
external
routes external to an autonomous system, but

are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or
Type 2 external route
external 1
routes that are external to an autonomous

system, but are imported into OSPF as Type 1
external route
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
external 2

external route
static
IP or RIP static routes
metric
metric used for the redistributed route.
1-16
the RIP default metric
route-map
route-map used to conditionally control the

route redistribution
WORD
the name of the route-map
Command Default
Disabled
7-23
Release 6.2.0
router rip
The router rip command enables the routing process for RIP. The no router rip
command disable the RIP routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router rip
no router rip
7-24
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
show ip rip database

The show ip rip database command displays RIP database routing table
information.The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
rip database command:
172.19.13.0
10.10.0.0
172.22.251.0
172.22.244.0
10.10.10.0
12.12.12.0
50.0.0.0
21.21.21.0
58.0.0.0
80.0.0.0
4.4.4.0
80.80.80.0
172.22.0.0
10.0.0.0
4.0.0.0
58.58.58.0
12.0.0.0
172.19.0.0
172.168.0.0
21.0.0.0
50.50.50.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.252.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
255.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.255.0
255.255.0.0
255.0.0.0
255.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
255.0.0.0
255.255.0.0
255.255.0.0
255.0.0.0
255.255.255.0
redistributed
redistributed
redistributed
redistributed
via
redistributed
auto summary
directly connected
auto summary
auto summary
directly connected
directly connected
redistributed
via
auto summary
directly connected
redistributed
redistributed
redistributed
auto summary
directly connected
172.17.1.1
58.58.58.2
58.58.58.2
58.58.58.2
58.58.58.2
172.17.1.1
50.50.50.4
21.21.21.1
58.58.58.1
80.80.80.4
4.4.4.4
80.80.80.4
58.58.58.2
58.58.58.2
4.4.4.4
58.58.58.1
172.17.1.1
172.17.1.1
58.58.58.2
21.21.21.1
50.50.50.4
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:2
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
m:1
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:12
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
t:0
Note: The show ip route rip command can be used to display RIP routes in
the routing table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
7-25
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show ip rip database [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip rip database [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
7-26
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
source-port 520
The source-port 520 command enables UDP port 520 to be used by the RIP routing
process. The no source-port 520 command disables UDP port 520.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

source port 520
no source port 520
Command Default
Disabled
7-27
Release 6.2.0
timers basic
The timers basic command configures RIP network timers. The no timers basic
command resets the network timer default.
Note: The basic timers for RIP are adjustable, but must be the same for all
routers and servers on the network to execute a distributed, asynchronous
routing algorithm. When the route-timeout timer expires, the route is marked
invalid but is retained in the table until the route-flush timer expires.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

timers basic <update> <invalid> <flush>
no timers basic <update> <invalid> <flush>
Command Syntax
update
7-28
specify the interval, in seconds, between

periodic routing updates; valid values:
0-4294967295
Release 6.2.0
RIP Commands
invalid
specify the interval of time, in seconds, after

which a route is declared invalid; valid
values: 1-4294967295
invalid should be at least three times the value
of the update argument. A route becomes
invalid when there is an absence of updates
that refresh the route. The route then enters
into a holddown state. The route is marked
inaccessible and advertised as unreachable.
However, the route is still used for
forwarding packets.
flush
specify the amount of time (in seconds) that

must pass before the route is removed from
the routing table; valid range: 1-4294967295
flush should be greater than the value of the
invalid argument. If it is less than this sum,
the proper holddown interval cannot elapse,
which results in a new route being accepted
before the holddown interval expires.
Command Default
update = 30 seconds
invalid = 180 seconds
flush = 300 seconds
7-29
Release 6.2.0
version
The version command specifies the routing RIP version. The no version command
disables the routing RIP version and resets the default.
Use the ip rip receive version and the ip rip send version commands to specify
versions per interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

version {1 | 2}
no version
Command Syntax
1
RIP version 1
RIP version 2
Command Default
RIP receives version 1 and 2, but sends only version 1
7-30
8
OSPF Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) commands used with the
BSR 64000.
OSPF is a link-state routing protocol that runs internally to a single Autonomous
System, such as an enterprise network. At the core of the OSPF protocol is a
distributed, replicated link-state database.
OSPF specifies Link-state Advertisements (LSAs) that allow OSPF routers to update
each other about the LAN and WAN links to which they are connected. OSPF ensures
that each OSPF router has an identical link-state database, except during periods of
convergence. Using the link-state database, each OSPF router calculates its IP routing
table with the best routes through the network.
OSPF Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the OSPF commands
8-1
Release 6.2.0
area authentication
Use the area authentication command to enable authentication for an OSPF area to
Type 1, Type 2, simple password, as specified in RFC 1247, while specification of
Type 0 is assumed. Authentication type must match all routers and access servers in a
particular area. The no authentication command disables authentication for the
specified OSPF area.
Note: Ensure that the ip ospf authentication-key command is used to
specify a password, which must be the same for all OSPF routers on a
network for communication to take place before the area authentication
command is issued.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} authentication [message-digest]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} authentication [message-digest]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
OSPF area ID number in decimal format.
A.B.C.D
OSPF area ID in IP address format.
message-digest
Enables MD5 authentication only on the area

specified by the area ID or IP address.
Command Default
No authentication
8-2
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command to specify a cost metric for the default summary
route sent into the stub area by an area border router (ABR) only. The no area
default-cost command removes the specified cost for the default summary route sent
into a stub area.
Note: The area stub command is used in conjunction with the area
default-cost command to define a specified area as a stub area for all
routers and access servers attached to the area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} default-cost <0-65535>
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} default-cost <0-65535>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
A.B.C.D
OSPF area ID in IP address format
0-65535
Outgoing OSPF cost metric for packets sent

from an interface, which is an unsigned 16-bit
integer from 0 to 65535.
8-3
Release 6.2.0
area nssa
Use the area nssa command to configure an area as a Not So Stubby Area (NSSA).
The no nssa command removes the NSSA configuration of an area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} nssa [default-information-originate]
[no-redistribution] [no-summary]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} nssa [default-information-originate]
[no-redistribution] [no-summary]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
A.B.C.D
default-information-originate Originates a Type 7 default LSA into the

NSSA area on an NSSA Area Border Router
(ABR) only.
no-redistribution
When the router is a NSSA ABR, the

no-redistribute option imports routes into
normal areas, but not into the NSSA area.
no-summary
Does not send summary LSAs into NSSA.
Command Default
No NSSA area is defined.
8-4
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
area range
Use the area range command to consolidate OSPF routes for an Area Border Router
(ABR) only by advertising a single summary route for each address range that is
external to the area. The no area range command removes summarized routes for the
ABR.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} range <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise |
not-advertise ]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} range <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise |
not-advertise ]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
A.B.C.D
OSPF area ID in IP address format
A.B.C.D
Network IP address to match.
A.B.C.D
Subnet mask.
advertise
Sets address range status to advertise,

generates a Type 3 summary LSA.
not-advertise
Sets address range status to DoNotAdvertise,

Type 3 summary LSA is suppressed, and the
component networks remain hidden from
other networks.
8-5
Release 6.2.0
area stub
Use the area stub command to configure an OSPF area as a stub area. A stub area
allows a default route, intra-area routes, and inter-area routes, but disallows
autonomous system (AS) external routes, virtual links, and Autonomous System
Boundary Router (ASBR) routes.
Note: If there is more than one router within a stub area, ensure that the area
that you are creating as a stub area is defined as a stub area on each of
these routers.
The optional area stub no-summary command argument is used to prevent an area
border router (ABR) from sending further Type 3 link-state advertisements (LSAs)
into the stub area. Use the no area stub command to return the area that you defined
as a stub area to a non-stub OSPF area.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Router configuration
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} stub [no-summary]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} stub
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
8-6
0-4294967295
A.B.C.D
no-summary
Prevents ABR from sending summary link

advertisements into the stub area.
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual link command to create a virtual link that connects an OSPF
area to the backbone area (area 0) without being physically connected to the OSPF
backbone area. Use the no area virtual-link command to delete the defined OSPF
virtual link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} virtual-link <A.B.C.D> [authentication-key
<WORD> | dead-interval <1-65535> | hello-interval <1-65535> |
message-digest-key <1-255> | retransmit-interval <1-65535> | transmit-delay
<1-8192>]
no area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>} virtual-link <A.B.C.D>
[authentication-key <WORD> | dead-interval <1-65535> | hello-interval
<1-65535> | message-digest-key <1-255> | retransmit-interval <1-65535> |
transmit-delay <1-8192>]
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D
IP address of the virtual link neighbor.
authentication-key WORD
Unencrypted cleartext password that is 1 to 8

characters in length.
dead-interval 1-65535
Number of seconds that the router does not

receive hello packets from its neighbor before
declaring the neighbor is down.
8-7
Release 6.2.0
hello-interval 1-65535
Time in seconds between hello packets on an

interface; the value must be the same for all
routers and access servers attached to a
common network.
message-digest-key 1-255
OSPF MD5 authentication key.
retransmit-interval 1-65535
Expected round-trip delay between two

routers on the attached network; the value
must be more than the expected delay.
transmit-delay 1-8192
Approximate time to transmit an LSA packet.
Command Defaults
8-8
hello-interval
10 seconds
retransmit-interval
5 seconds
transmit-delay
1 second
dead-interval
40 seconds
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
auto-cost reference-bandwidth
The BSR OSPF routing process calculates the OSPF cost metric for an interface
according to the bandwidth of the interface. The cost of an interface depends on the
type of interface. The formula to calculate the cost is the reference bandwidth divided
by the interface bandwidth.
Use the auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to set the automatic cost metric
that the OSPF routing process uses to differentiate the cost of multiple
high-bandwidth links.
Use the no auto-cost reference-bandwidth command to remove the OSPF cost
metric for a link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

auto-cost reference-bandwidth <1-4294967>
no auto-cost reference-bandwidth <1-4294967>
Command Syntax
1-4294967
The reference bandwidth in Mbps.
Command Default
100 Mbps
8-9
Release 6.2.0
auto-virtual-link
Use the auto-virtual-link command to automatically detect and create OSPF virtual
links. The no auto-virtual-link command disables automatic detection and creation
of OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

auto-virtual-link
no auto-virtual-link
Command Default
Disabled
8-10
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
clear ip ospf
The clear ip ospf command resets an OSPF connection using a soft reconfiguration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip ospf
8-11
Release 6.2.0
The default-information originate command generates a default route into an OSPF
routing domain by configuring the metric for redistributed routes and is used with the
redistribute command to redistribute routes into an OSPF routing domain so they are
included in an automatic Autonomous System Border Router (ASBR) summary.
The no default-information originate command removes default routes from the
OSPF routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type
<1-2>]
no default-information originate [always] [metric <0-16777214>] [metric-type
<1-2>]
Command Syntax
always
Always advertise the default route into the

OSPF domain regardless of whether the
routing table has a default route.
metric 0-16777214
OSPF metric assigned to a default route.
metric-type 1-2
External link type associated with the default

route advertised into the OSPF routing
domain, values are 1 and 2, 1 being
comparable to the link state metric and 2
larger than the cost of intra-AS path.
Command Default
Disabled
8-12
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
default-metric
The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions
for each routing protocol redistribution.The default-metric command forces the
OSPF routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from
other routing protocols. The no default-metric command removes or changes the
default metric value for the OSPF routing protocol.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no default-metric
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
Default metric value.
8-13
Release 6.2.0
distance
The distance command sets all 3 OSPF distances (intra-area, inter-area, and external)
for routes to the same administrative value. The no distance command disables the
administrative distance for routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance <1-255>
no distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
administrative distance assigned to all OSPF

routes
Command Default
120
8-14
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
distance ospf
The distance ospf command defines OSPF route administrative distances based on
route type. The no distance ospf command deletes OSPF route administrative
distances based on route type.
Use the distance ospf command to set a distance for a group of routers, as opposed to
any specific route passing an access list. The distance ospf command serves the same
function as the distance command used with an access list.
Use the distance ospf command when OSPF processes have mutual redistribution, to
choose internal routes from one external route to another.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance ospf intra-area <1-255> inter-area <1-255> external
<1-255>
no distance ospf intra-area <1-255> inter-area <1-255> external
<1-255>
Command Syntax
intra-area 1-255
sets distance for all routes within an area,

default value 110
inter-area 1-255
sets distance for all routes from one area to

another area, default value 110
external 1-255
sets distance for routes learned by

redistribution from other routing domains
8-15
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
intra-area distance = 110
inter-area distance = 110
external distance = 110
8-16
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
distribute-list
Use the distribute-list command to filter networks received and sent in routing
updates and networks suppressed in routing updates by using access lists. The
networks that are permitted or denied are defined in access lists. The no
distribute-list command removes access list from an incoming or outgoing routing
update.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list {<1-199> | <1300-2699>} {in | out}
no distribute-list {<1-199> | <1300-2699>} {in | out}
Command Syntax
1-199
Access list number that is used to filter

incoming and outgoing routing updates.
1300-2699
Expanded range access list number that is

used to filter incoming and outgoing routing
updates.
in
Filters incoming routing updates.
out
Filters outgoing routing updates.
Command Default
Disabled
8-17
Release 6.2.0
graceful-restart
The graceful-restart command enables the OSPF graceful restart feature. The
graceful restart feature allows an OSPF router to stay on the forwarding path even as
its OSPF software is being restarted. The no graceful-restart command disables
OSPF graceful restart.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

graceful-restart [restart-interval <1-1800>]
no graceful-restart [restart-interval <1-1800>]
Command Syntax
restart-interval 1-1800
8-18

completion of the OSPF graceful
restart following an SRM switchover
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
helper-mode
The helper-mode command enables OSPF graceful restart helper mode on the BSR.
The no helper-mode command disables graceful restart helper mode on the BSR.
The BSRs neighbors must cooperate in order for the OSPF restart to be graceful.
During graceful restart, the neighbor routers are running in "helper mode".
The helper mode relationship is on a per network segment basis. The BSR or another
router acting in helper mode monitors the network for topology changes, and as long
as there are none, continues to advertise its LSAs as if the restarting router had
remained in continuousoperation. If the restarting router was also the Designated
Router on the network segment when the helper relationship began, the helper router
assumes the Designated Router until the helping relationship is terminated and the
restarting router is re-established as the Designated Router.
Note: The helper mode command only enables/disables helper mode on the
BSR. Neighboring routers must support helper mode and have helper mode
enabled locally for graceful restart to be fully operational on the network.
Helper mode and OSPF graceful restart are independent. You can disable
graceful restart in the configuration, but still allow the router to cooperate with
a neighbor attempting to restart gracefully.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

helper-mode [<A.B.C.D> | grace-period <1-1800> | strict-lsa-checking ]
no helper-mode [<A.B.C.D> | grace-period <1-1800> | strict-lsa-checking ]
8-19
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor router ID
grace-period 1-1800
specifies the helper mode grace

period in seconds - a grace period is
set to specify the time period for
which the neighbors should consider
the restarting router as part of the
topology
strict-lsa-checking
specifies helper mode strict LSA

checking - strict LSA checking
indicates whether or not an OSPF
restart helper should terminate
graceful restart when there is a
change to an LSA that would be
flooded to the restarting router or
when there is a changed LSA on the
restarting router's retransmission list
when graceful restart is initiated
Command Default
Enabled
8-20
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
ip ospf authentication-key
The ip ospf authentication-key command assigns a password for use by neighboring
OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication. The no ip ospf
authentication-key command deletes the password assigned for use by neighboring
OSPF routers that are using OSPF simple password authentication.
Note: All neighbor routers on the same network need the same password to
exchange OSPF information.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf authentication-key <WORD>
no ip ospf authentication-key <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
character string up to 8 bytes in length
8-21
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf cost
The ip ospf cost command establishes a precise cost metric value for sending a packet
on an OSPF interface. The no ip ospf cost command disables a precise cost metric
value for sending the path cost to the default.
Use the ip ospf cost command to assign a cost metric value for a particular interface.
The user can set the metric manually if the default needs to be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf cost <1-65535>
no ip ospf cost
Command Syntax
1-65535
8-22
the link state metric
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
ip ospf database-filter all out

The ip ospf database-filter all out command filters OSPF LSAs during
synchronization and flooding on the specified interface. The no ip ospf
database-filter all out command disables filtering OSPF LSAs during
synchronization and flooding on the specified interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf database-filter all out
no ip ospf database-filter all out
Command Default
Disabled
8-23
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf dead-interval
The ip ospf dead-interval command sets the number of seconds after which a
neighbor routers is considered to be down. The no ip ospf dead-internal resets the
dead interval to the default value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf dead-interval <1-65535>
no ip ospf dead-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
time, in seconds, after which a neighbor is

considered dead; the value must be the same
for all routers on the network
Command Default
40
8-24
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
ip ospf hello-interval
The ip ospf hello-interval command sets the number of seconds between hello
packets sent by the BSR on the interface. The no ip ospf hello-interval command
resets the number of seconds between hello packets sent by a router on an interface to
the default value.
Use the ip ospf hello-interval command as a form of keepalive used by routers in
order to acknowledge their existence on a segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf hello-interval <1-65535>
no ip ospf hello-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
time, in seconds, between transmitting hello

packets on an interface, the time value must
be the same for all nodes on the network.
Command Default
10
8-25
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf message-digest-key
The ip ospf message-digest-key command enables OSPF MD5 authentication. The
no ip ospf message-digest-key command disables OSPF MD5 authentication.
Use the ip ospf message-digest-key md5 command to generate authentication
information when sending packets and to authenticate incoming packets. Neighbor
routers must have the same key identifier.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255> md5 <WORD>
no ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
key identifier
WORD
OSPF password, string between 1 and 16

alphanumeric characters
Command Default
Disabled
8-26
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
ip ospf network
The ip ospf network command configures the OSPF network type to a type other
than the default for a given media. The no ip ospf network command returns to the
default network type.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf network [ broadcast | point-to-point]
no ip ospf network
Command Syntax
broadcast
specifies an OSPF broadcast multi-access

network
point-to-point
specifies an OSPF point-to-point network OSPF point-to-point networks reduces the

time it takes for designated router election
and peering
Command Default
Dependant upon the network type.
8-27
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf priority
The ip ospf priority command sets router priority to aid in determining the OSPF
designated router for a network. The no ip ospf priority command changes priority to
aid in determining the OSPF designated router for a network to the default value.
Use the ip ospf priority command value to configure OSPF broadcast networks. The
router with a higher priority takes precedence when attempting to become the
designated router. If the routers share the same priority, router ID takes precedence.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf priority <0-255>
no ip ospf priority <0-255>
Command Syntax
0-255
the priority value
Command Default
1
8-28
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
ip ospf retransmit-interval
The ip ospf retransmit-interval command establishes the number of seconds
between LSAs retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The
no ip ospf retransmit-interval command changes the number of seconds between
LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface to the default
value.
Use the ip ospf retransmit-interval command to establish the time a router sends an
LSA to its neighbor. The neighbor keeps the LSA until it receives the
acknowledgement.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf retransmit-interval <1-3600>
no ip ospf retransmit-interval
Command Syntax
1-3600
the amount of time between LSA

retransmissions in seconds
Command Default
5
8-29
Release 6.2.0
ip ospf transmit-delay
The ip ospf transmit-delay command sets the approximate amount of time to
transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface. The
no ip ospf transmit-delay command changes the approximate amount of time set to
transmit an LSA retransmissions for adjacencies belonging to an OSPF interface.
Use the ip ospf transmit-delay command to enable the delay over a link. The delay is
defined as the time that it takes for the LSA to propagate over a link.
Before transmission, LSAs in the update packet must have their ages incremented by
the amount specified in the seconds argument. The value should take into account the
transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
If the delay is not added before transmission over a link, the time in which the LSA
propagates over the link is not considered. Significance is greater on low-speed links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip ospf transmit-delay <1-3600>
no ip ospf transmit-delay
Command Syntax
1-3600
the time it takes to transmit an LSA in

seconds
Command Default
1
8-30
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
maximum-paths
Group Access
RESTRICTED
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

maximum-paths <1-8>
no maximum-paths
Command Syntax
1-8
the maximum number of parallel routes
Command Default
4
8-31
Release 6.2.0
moto-nsf
The BSR 64000 supports Non Stop Forwarding (NSF) of network traffic during an
SRM switchover based on its High Availability Routing architecture. NSF is required
to maintain data integrity for critical applications such as streaming video and voice.
If OSPF has been selected to route video and voice traffic, the BSRs OSPF graceful
restart feature and NSF architecture would be the optimal choice to ensure no packet
loss during an SRM switchover. However, in a network that includes devices that do
not support OSPF graceful restart, there would be an interruption in network traffic
during an SRM switchover.
The moto-nsf command enables the moto-nsf feature which allows a router that does
not support OSPF graceful restart to continue forwarding data as its OSPF software is
being restarted. Like OSPF graceful restart, the moto-nsf restart process prevents the
router running OSPF from losing adjacency, maintains the protocols previous state,
and allows OSPF routes to be relearned after the SRM switchover is completed. The
no moto-nsf command disables the moto-nsf feature.
Note: If OSPF graceful restart and/or its helper mode is enabled on the BSR
with the graceful-restart and/or helper-mode commands, moto-nsf must be
disabled. If moto-nsf is enabled on the BSR, OSPF graceful restart and/or its
helper mode must be disabled. A warning notifying a user of this rule will be
printed to the console.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

moto-nsf [restart-interval <1-1800>]
no moto-nsf [restart-interval <1-1800>]
8-32
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
Command Syntax
restart-interval 1-1800

completion of the OSPF restart
process following an SRM
switchover
Command Defaults
Disabled
restart-interval = 120 seconds
8-33
Release 6.2.0
network area
The network area command defines the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF runs.
The no network area command deletes the interfaces and area ID on which OSPF
runs.
Use the network area command to cover IP address(es) for OSPF to operate on an
interface. Use the address and wildcard-mask as one command to define one or more
interfaces for an intended area.
A subnet address may be designated as the area ID if associated areas are used with IP
subnets. Each IP subnet is associated with a single area only.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
no network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> area {<0-4294967295> | <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
Network IP address.
A.B.C.D
IP address type mask with wild card bits
0-4294967295
OSPF area ID as a decimal value
A.B.C.D
OSPF area ID as an IP address if OSPF areas

are associated with IP subnets
Command Default
Disabled
8-34
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
passive-interface
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y>| loopback
<1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
no passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y>| loopback
<1-255> | pos <X/Y>}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
cable interface slot and MAC Domain

number
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y

number
loopback 1-255
Loopback interface number
pos X/Y
8-35
Release 6.2.0
redistribute
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redistribute {bgp | connected | rip | static} [metric <1-16777215>] [metric-type
{1 | 2}] [route-map <WORD>] [subnets] [tag <0-4294967295>]
no redistribute {bgp | connected | rip | static} [metric <1-16777215>]
[metric-type {1 | 2}] [route-map <WORD>] [subnets] [tag <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
8-36
bgp
BGP source protocol
connected

an interface
rip
RIP source protocol
static
IP or OSPF static routes
metric 1-16777215
metric used for the redistributed route.
metric-type 1
metric-type 2
OSPF exterior metric type for redistributed

routes
route-map WORD
the name of the route-map used to

conditionally control the route redistribution
subnets
consider subnets for redistribution into OSPF
tag 0-4294967295
set a 32-bit tag value for routes redistributed

into OSPF
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
Command Default
Disabled
8-37
Release 6.2.0
rfc1583-compatible
The rfc1583-compatible enables RFC1583 preference rules on choosing
AS-External-LSAs during shortest path first (SPF) calculation according to RFC2328,
section 16.4. The no rfc1583-compatible command disables RFC1583 preference
rules on choosing AS-External-LSAs during SPF calculation according to RFC2238,
section 16.4.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

rfc1583-compatible
no rfc1583-compatible
Command Default
Disabled
8-38
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
router-id
The router-id command overrides a configured OSPF router identifier (IP address)
by manually configuring a new identifier. The no router-id command restores the
initial configuration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router-id <A.B.C.D>
no router-id
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the new OSPF router identifier (IP

address)
8-39
Release 6.2.0
router ospf
The router ospf command enables an OSPF routing process. The no router ospf
command disables the OSPF routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router ospf
no router ospf
8-40
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf
To display general information about OSPF routing processes, use the show ip ospf
command. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
ospf command:
Routing Process OSPF with ID 150.31.94.1

Supports only single TOS(TOS0) routes
This is an autonomous system boundary router
SPF schedule delay 5 secs, Hold time between two SPFs 10 secs
Minimum LSA interval 5 secs. Minimum LSA arrival 1 secs
Number of external LSA 63
Number of areas in this router is 1. 1 normal 0 stub 0 nssa
Area 0.0.0.0
Number of interfaces in this area is 6
Area has no authentication
SPF algorithm executed 215 times
150.31.0.0/16
Distance: 110 (default is 110)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf [network] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf [network] [ | {count | count-only}]
8-41
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
8-42
network
shows IP OSPF network; displays network

area information
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf border-routers

The show ip ospf border-routers command displays the internal OSPF routing table
for Autonomous System Boundary Routers (ASBRs), and Area Border Routers
(ABRs).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf border-routers [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf border-routers} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
8-43
Release 6.2.0
show ip ospf database

The show ip ospf database command displays list of information related to the OSPF
database. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip ospf
database command:
OSPF Router with ID (150.31.94.1)
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)

Link ID
150.31.1.21
150.31.11.1
150.31.22.1
150.31.39.7
150.31.62.1
ADV Router
150.31.1.21
150.31.11.1
150.31.22.1
150.31.39.7
150.31.62.1
Age
1298
1016
603
1551
49
Seq#
0x8000002B
0x800000F2
0x8000099D
0x80000A19
0x800005BE
Checksum
0x4B90
0x68F
0xFADD
0xCF11
0xEA93
Link count
11
3
5
4
4
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)

Link ID
150.31.10.10
150.31.20.10
150.31.30.10
150.31.60.10
150.31.70.10
ADV Router
150.31.11.1
150.31.22.1
150.31.39.7
150.31.62.1
150.31.70.10
Age
1685
495
1951
1413
1717
Seq#
0x800000B2
0x80000022
0x80000022
0x80000022
0x800000E6
Link ID
150.31.1.0
150.31.2.255
150.31.40.255
Type-5 AS External Link States

ADV Router
Age
Seq#
150.31.1.21
1455
0x80000026
150.31.1.21
1392
0x80000026
150.31.1.21
63
0x80000027
Checksum
0x3F50
0x8F7
0xD3F3
0x9EE8
0xDABB
Checksum Tag
0x1C4F
3221225472
0x1159
3221225472
0x6BD7
3221225472
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All Modes except User EXEC
8-44
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf [<0-4294967295>] database [A.B.C.D | adv-router <A.B.C.D> |
asbr-summary | database-summary | external | network | nssa-external | router |
self-originate | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf [<0-4294967295>] database [A.B.C.D | adv-router <A.B.C.D> |
asbr-summary | database-summary | external | network | nssa-external | router |
self-originate | summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
Assigned OSPF area ID number.
A.B.C.D
Link state ID in IP address format, always the

same as the advertising router, value
dependent upon advertisement LSA type.
adv-router
Displays all LSAs for the specified

advertising router.
A.B.C.D
Specifies the advertised router ID.
asbr-summary
Autonomous System Boundary Router

(ASBR) summary.
database-summary
summary of the OSPF database.
external
external LSAs.
network
network LSAs.
nssa-external
NSSA external LSA information.
router
router LSAs.
self-originate
LSAs from the local router.
summary
summary LSAs.
turns on output modifiers (filters).
begin

string.
8-45
8-46
Release 6.2.0
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf interface

The show ip ospf interface command displays OSPF-related interface information.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip ospf interface
command:

Internet Address 150.31.90.10/24, Area 0.0.0.0
Router ID 150.31.94.1, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 10
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 150.31.94.1, Interface address 150.31.90.10
Backup Designated Router (ID) 150.31.1.21, Interface address 150.31.90.1
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5
Neighbor Count is 1, Adjacent neighbor count is 1
Adjacent with neighbor 150.31.1.21 (Backup Designated Router)
Internet Address 150.31.92.1/24, Area 0.0.0.0
Router ID 150.31.94.1, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 10
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1
Designated Router (ID) 150.31.94.1, Interface address 150.31.92.1
Backup Designated Router (ID) 0.0.0.0, Interface address 0.0.0.0
Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5
Neighbor Count is 0, Adjacent neighbor count is 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf interface [<A.B.C.D> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255>| pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>]
show ip ospf interface [<A.B.C.D> | cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet <X/Y>
| gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255>| pos <X/Y> | tunnel <0-255>]
8-47
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
Interface IP address
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
OSPF information over the cable interface

slot X, MAC Domain Y, and if applicable,
sub-interface N
ethernet X/Y
OSPF information over the Ethernet/

FastEthernet 802.3 interface slot X and port Y
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
OSPF information over the Gigabit Ethernet

interface slot X, port Y, and if applicable,
sub-interface N
loopback 1-255
OSPF information over the loopback

interface
pos X/Y
OSPF information over the Packet Over

SONET interface slot X and port Y
tunnel 0-255
8-48
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf memory

The show ip ospf memory command displays OSPF memory usage information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip ospf memory
command:
OSPF Memory Usage

Mem Pool
Free
In-Use
Hi-Water Mark
----------------------------------------------------------Gen256
499
1
69
Gen512
500
0
9
Gen1k
500
0
0
Gen2k
494
6
7
Gen16k
8
0
1
Lsd256
412
88
142
Lsa256
437
63
113
Lsa2k
191
9
15
Lsa16k
6
10
13
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf memory [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf memory [ | {count | count-only}]
8-49
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
8-50
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf neighbor

The show ip ospf neighbor command displays information about all OSPF
neighbors. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
ospf neighbor command:
Neighbor ID
150.31.1.21
Pri
1
State
FULL/BDR
Dead Time
00:00:30
Address
150.31.90.1
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf neighbor [<A.B.C.D>] [detail] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show ip ospf neighbor [<A.B.C.D>] [detail] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
specific OSPF neighbor ID
detail
list of neighbor information in detail
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
8-51
8-52
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf network

The show ip ospf network command displays information about OSPF network
areas. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip ospf
network command:
network 150.31.0.0 0.0.255.255 area 0.0.0.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf network [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf network [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
8-53
Release 6.2.0
show ip ospf virtual-links

The show ip ospf virtual-links command displays parameters regarding the current
state of the OSPF virtual links.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip ospf virtual-links [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip ospf virtual-links [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
8-54
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
OSPF Commands
summary-address
The summary-address aggregates external routes at the border of the OSPF domain.
The no summary-address command deletes aggregated external routes at the border
of the OSPF domain.
Use the summary-address command to summarize routes from other routing
protocols that are redistributed to OSPF. The area range command summarizes
routes between OSPF areas.
The summary-address command is responsible for an OSPF autonomous system
boundary router to advertise one external route as an aggregate. This applies to all
redistributed routes that the address covers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [tag <0-4294967295>]
no summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [tag <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
summary address
A.B.C.D
IP subnet mask for the summary route
tag 0-4294967295
tag value, can be used as a match value to

control redistribution
Command Default
All redistributed routes advertised separately
8-55
Release 6.2.0
timers spf
The timers spf command configures the amount of time between OSPF topology
change receipt and when it starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. This includes
the hold time between two consecutive SPF calculations. The no timers spf command
changes the configuration of the amount of time between OSPF topology changes
receipt and when it starts an SPF calculation and returns it to the default value.
Use the timers spf command to set the delay time and hold time to change routing to
a faster path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

timers spf <0-65535> <0-65535>
no timers spf <0-65535> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
0-65535
time in seconds between receipt and SPF
0-65535
minimum time in seconds between two

consecutive SPF calculations
Command Default
SPF delay = 5 seconds
SPF hold time = 10 seconds
8-56
9
IGMP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) commands
used with the BSR 64000.
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP), part of the Internet Protocol (IP) suite,
is used between hosts and routers to report dynamic multicast group membership. IP
multicasting is the transmission of an IP datagram to a "host group" identified by a
single IP destination address. Multicasting directs the same information packets to
multiple destinations at the same time, versus unicasting, which sends a separate copy
to each individual destination. Because the destinations receive the same source
packet at once, delivery of the information takes place in a more timely manner.
As stated in RFC 1112, the membership of a host group is dynamic; that is, hosts may
join and leave groups at any time. There is no restriction on the location or number of
members in a host group, and a host may be a member of more than one group at a
time.
There are three types of messages structures supported by IGMP to communicate with
each other about the multicast traffic: queries, reports, and leave group
messages. Query messages are used to discover which hosts are in which multicast
groups. In response, the hosts sends a report message to inform the querier of a hosts
membership. (Report messages are also used by the host to join a new group). Leave
group messages are sent when the host wishes to leave the multicast group.
9-1
Release 6.2.0
Applications that implement IGMP effectively eliminate multicast traffic on segments

that are not destined to receive this traffic, thus limiting the overall amount of traffic
on the network.
IGMP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IGMP commands
9-2
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
clear ip igmp counters

The clear ip igmp counters command clears IGMP statistics counters on a specific
router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip igmp counters
9-3
Release 6.2.0
ip igmp access-group
The ip igmp access-group command controls multicast groups that hosts can join.
The no ip igmp access-group command removes control and allows the hosts to join
all groups.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999>
no ip igmp access-group <1-99> <1300-1999>
Command Syntax
1-99
standard access list
1300-1999
standard access-list number (expanded range)
Command Default
any group allowed on interface
9-4
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
ip igmp querier-timeout
The ip igmp querier-timeout command configures the timeout value indicating
when the router takes over as the interface querier. The no ip igmp querier-timeout
removes the configured timeout prior to the time the router takes over as the interface
querier, and returns it to the default.
Note: After a no ip igmp querier-timeout command is issued and only after
the querier has completed the last query, then the router takes over as the
interface querier.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp querier-timeout <1-3600>
no ip igmp querier-timeout <1-3600>
Command Syntax
1-3600
querier timeout value in seconds
Command Default
query-interval value x 2
9-5
Release 6.2.0
ip igmp query-interval
The igmp query-interval command sets the frequency at which the router sends out
IGMP queries on the interface. The no ip igmp query-interval command returns the
query interval to the default value.
Use the ip igmp query-interval command to configure how often the router solicits
the IGMP report responses from all of the multicast hosts on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp query-interval <1-3600>
no ip igmp query-interval <1-3600>
Command Syntax
1-3600
query interval in seconds
Command Default
125 seconds
9-6
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
ip igmp last-member-query-count
The ip igmp last-member-query-count command configures the number of times
that the BSR sends Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) group-specific
query messages in response to receiving a group-specific leave message. The no ip
igmp last-member-query-count command resets this interval to the default value of
2.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp last-member-query-count <1-7>
no ip igmp last-member-query-count <1-7>
Command Syntax
1-7
the number of times that the BSR

sends Internet Group Management
Protocol (IGMP) group-specific
query messages in response to
receiving a group-specific leave
message
Command Default
2
9-7
Release 6.2.0
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
The ip igmp last-member-query-interval command configures the interval (in
tenths of a second) at which the BSR sends Internet Group Management Protocol
(IGMP) group-specific query messages. The no ip igmp
last-member-query-interval command resets this interval to the default value of 10
(1 second).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp last-member-query-interval <1-255>
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the interval (in tenths of a second) at

which the BSR sends Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP)
group-specific query messages
Command Default
10 (1 second)
9-8
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
ip igmp query-max-response-time
The ip igmp query-max-response-time command sets the maximum response time
advertised in query. Use the no ip igmp query-max-response-time command to
remove the set maximum response time advertised in query and return it to the
default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-255>
no ip igmp query-max-response-time <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
query response value in seconds
Command Default
10 seconds
9-9
Release 6.2.0
ip igmp static-group
The ip igmp static-group command is used for the following:
n
n
n
Connects or configures the router as a member of a particular multicast group on

the interface.
Gives a host (that does not run IGMP) membership in a multicast group.
Allows an IP unicast source address and the multicast group address channel to
join an upstream PIM neighbor.
Note: Packet forwarding of this IP unicast source address and the multicast
group address channel will only be sent onto physical interfaces that have
this static IP unicast source address and the multicast group address channel
Join message.
The no ip igmp static-group disassociates the router from the group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D> [source <A.B.C.D>]
no ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D> [source <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
The multicast group IP address that the router

is configured to be a member, which is in the
Class D IP address range 224.0.0.0 through
232.255.255.255.
source A.B.C.D
The unicast source IP address.
Command Default
Disabled
9-10
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
ip igmp version
The ip igmp version command defines the highest IGMP operational level on the
BSR by configuring the IGMP version used on an interface. The no ip igmp version
disables the specific version used by the interface and returns to the default IGMP
version (IGMP Version 2).
If the BSR is configured for IGMPv2, the system will operate in IGMPv2 mode but
IGMPv1 routers will also be able to communicate with the BSR. If the BSR is
configured for IGMPv3, the system will operate in IGMPv3 mode but IGMPv1 and
IGMPv2 routers will also be able to communicate with the BSR.
Note: IGMPv3 routers may be placed on a network where there are hosts
that have not yet been upgraded to IGMPv3.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp version { 1 | 2 | 3 }
no ip igmp version { 1 | 2 | 3 }
Command Syntax
1
IGMP Version 1
IGMP Version 2
IGMP Version 3
Command Default
IGMP Version 2
9-11
Release 6.2.0
ip igmp version1-querier
The ip igmp version1-querier command configures the router to act as the querier
for IGMPv1. This is done by manually assigning the IGMP querier. The no ip igmp
version1-querier command disables the router from acting as the querier.
Note: The interface is not affected when IGMPv2 is running on the interface.
It is recommended that only one querier is enabled in a network segment.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip igmp version1-querier
no ip igmp version1-querier
Command Default
Disabled
9-12
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
show ip igmp groups

This release changes the output of the show ip igmp groups command to eliminate
redundant information by limiting the output for static groups.
The show ip igmp groups command displays the following information for multicast
groups connected to a specific router using IGMP. The show ip igmp groups
command displays the following IGMP group information:
Group Address
The multicast address.
Interface
The reachable interfaces.
IP Address
The source IP address for the group.
Uptime
The uptime of the group table entry in hours,

minutes, and seconds (hh:mm:ss).
Expires
Include Group:
The expires timer for an Include Group will always
display "00:00". Each separate source in the Include
Group will have its own expires timer. When all of
the source timers time out, the Include Group is
removed.
Exclude Group:
The time in hours, minutes, and seconds (hh:mm:ss)
until the Exclude Group is removed from IGMP
groups table.
Last Reporter
The last host of the multicast group.
9-13
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip igmp groups
command:
IGMP Connected Group Membership

Legend: # - Version 1 Host detected, * - all sources
Group Address
Interface
IP Address
Uptime
Expires
232.52.48.0/
loopback 2
67.173.204.1
537:19:47 00:00
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
cable 4/0
(bundled slave)
76.96.0.226
cable 9/0
(bundled slave)
76.96.0.226
cable 5/0
(bundled slave)
76.96.0.226
cable 3/0
(bundled slave)
232.52.48.32/
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
232.52.48.33/
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
76.96.0.226
232.52.60.1/
69.241.177.58
69.241.177.58
69.241.177.58
69.241.177.58
loopback 2
cable
cable
cable
cable
4/0
9/0
5/0
3/0
loopback 2
cable
cable
cable
cable
4/0
9/0
5/0
3/0
loopback 2
cable 4/0
cable 9/0
cable 5/0
67.173.204.1
(bundled
(bundled
(bundled
(bundled
537:19:47
00:00
0.0.0.0
537:19:47
00:00
0.0.0.0
537:19:47
00:00
0.0.0.0
slave)
slave)
slave)
slave)
67.173.204.1
(bundled
(bundled
(bundled
(bundled
Last Reporter
0.0.0.0
slave)
slave)
slave)
slave)
67.173.204.1
(bundled slave)
(bundled slave)
(bundled slave)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip igmp groups [summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show ip igmp groups [summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
9-14
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
Command Syntax
summary
Shows a summary report of IGMP groups.
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output.
9-15
Release 6.2.0
show ip igmp interface

The show ip igmp interface command displays the multicast information for an
interface. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
igmp interface command:
loopback 2
IGMP is disabled on interface 150.31.92.1
loopback 3
ethernet 7/0
ethernet 7/1
ethernet 15/0
IGMP is disabled on interface
ethernet 15/1
IGMP is disabled on interface
ethernet 15/2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip igmp interface [groups | brief] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>}
[ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip igmp interface [groups | brief] [ | {count | count-only}]
9-16
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
Command Syntax
groups
multicast groups that are joined on each

interface
brief
brief summary of IGMP interface
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
9-17
Release 6.2.0
show ip igmp statistics

The show ip igmp statistics command displays statistics for a specified IGMP
interface. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip
igmp statistics command:
IGMP statistics: Sent/Received

Total: 0/0, Format errors: 0/0, Checksum errors: 0/0
Host Queries: 0/0, Host Reports: 0/0
Bad Queries: 0/0, Bad Reports: 0/0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip igmp statistics [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip igmp statistics [ | {count | count-only}]
9-18
Release 6.2.0
IGMP Commands
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
9-19
10
VRRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) commands for
the BSR 64000.
VRRP specifies an election protocol that dynamically assigns responsibility for a
virtual router to one of the VRRP routers on a LAN. The Master VRRP router is
responsible for forwarding packets that are sent to the IP addresses of the virtual
router from hosts on the LAN. The election process provides dynamic failover in the
forwarding responsibility if the Master becomes unavailable. When the Master goes
down, the remaining VRRP routers elect a new Master VRRP router based on priority
and primary IP address. VRRP provides a higher-availability default path without
requiring configuration of dynamic routing or router discovery protocols on every end
host.
VRRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the VRRP commands
10-1
Release 6.2.0
clear ip vrrp
The clear ip vrrp command resets all VRRP statistic counters of all virtual routers
configured on the router. A specific interface and specific Virtual Router ID (VRID)
may be specified.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip vrrp {* } | {ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y>} [<1-255>]
Command Syntax
10-2
resets all VRRP statistics counters for all

virtual routers on all interfaces on this router
ethernet X/Y
resets VRRP statistics counters on the

gigaether X/Y
resets VRRP statistics counters on the Gigabit

1-255
virtual router ID (VRID)
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp
The ip vrrp command activates the VRRP protocol on all interfaces that are
configured to run VRRP. The no ip vrrp command de-activates the VRRP protocol
on all interfaces that are configured to run VRRP.
Use the ip vrrp command to enable all interfaces so that multiple virtual routers can
be enabled or disabled all at once.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp
no ip vrrp
Command Default
Enabled
10-3
Release 6.2.0
ip vrrp (virtual router ID)

The ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command creates a virtual router. The no ip vrrp
(virtual router ID) command deletes the virtual router from the interface.
Use the ip vrrp (virtual router ID) command to specify and associate the virtual
router.
Each virtual router group selects its own Master and Backup routers independently of
other virtual router groups. Each individual virtual router has a unique virtual MAC
address and virtual IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255>
no ip vrrp <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
10-4
the Virtual Router ID (VRID)
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp address
The ip vrrp address command specifies a virtual IP address and secondary IP
addresses for a virtual router. The no ip vrrp removes the specified virtual IP address
or addresses for a virtual router.
Use the ip vrrp address command to configure IP addresses for virtual routers.
VRRP is not enabled for the virtual router until at least one IP address has been
specified. If one or more IP addresses are specified, then the addresses will be used as
the designated ip addresses among routers associating with the virtual router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> address <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> address [<A.B.C.D>] [...<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
1-255
virtual router ID (VRID)
A.B.C.D
specify the IP address of this virtual router
...A.B.C.D
specifies additional secondary IP addresses of

this virtual router
10-5
Release 6.2.0
ip vrrp authentication key

The ip vrrp authentication key command specifies the authentication string for use
with the authentication type, text only. The no ip vrrp authentication key command
removes the specified authentication string for use with the authentication type, text
only.
Use the ip vrrp authentication key command to set a simple text key in VRRP
messages. The unencrypted authentication string is transmitted for authentication type
simple text in all VRRP protocol messages. The same authentication string must be
configured on all routers for a virtual router. Authentication mismatch will not
prevent a router from taking over as the designated Master. Authentication mismatch
will cause VRRP to stop working properly for a virtual router due to authentication
failure, and results in lack of communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key <WORD>
no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication key
Command Syntax
10-6
1-255
the identification number of a configured

virtual router
WORD
an authentication key string of up to 8

characters
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp authentication type

The ip vrrp authentication type command specifies the type of authentication to use
for the given virtual router on the configured interface. The no ip vrrp
authentication type command removes the specified type of authentication to use for
the given virtual router on the configured interface.
The same authentication type must be configured on all routers for a given virtual
router. Authentication mismatch will not prevent a router from taking over as the
designated Master. Authentication mismatch may cause VRRP not to work properly
for a given virtual router due to authentication failure, and results in lack of
communication between virtual routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type {text}
no ip vrrp <1-255> authentication type
Command Syntax
1-255
the virtual router ID (VRID)
text
simple text authentication type
Command Default
No authentication
10-7
Release 6.2.0
ip vrrp enable
The ip vrrp enable command enables a specific VRRP router on a configured
interface. The no vrrp enable command disables a specific VRRP router on a
configured interface.
Use the ip vrrp enable command to bring up a specific VRRP router on the given
interface if the interface is being enabled. This command brings the VRRP router to
either Backup or Master VRRP router when the router is enabled (if at least one IP
address is configured for the virtual router).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> enable
no ip vrrp <1-255> enable
Command Syntax
1-255
Command Default
Enabled
10-8
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp preempt
The ip vrrp preempt command indicates whether a higher priority Backup can
pre-empt a lower priority Master. The no ip vrrp preempt command disables
pre-emption of a lower priority Master by a higher priority Backup.
If the router owns the IP address or addresses associated with the virtual router, the
Master will always pre-empt, regardless of this command setting.
To determine which of the routers should be allowed to pre-empt, use the ip vrrp
preempt command for virtual routers that have IP addresses that do not belong to any
router interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> preempt
no ip vrrp <1-255> preempt
Command Syntax
1-255
the identification number of a configured

virtual router
Command Default
Enabled
10-9
Release 6.2.0
ip vrrp priority
The ip vrrp priority command specifies the priority of the router to act as Master for
a given virtual router. The no ip vrrp priority command restores the default priority
value of the router.
Use the ip vrrp priority command to select a Master when multiple routers are
associated with the same virtual router. If two routers have the same priority, their
primary IP address is compared, and the router with the higher IP address value takes
precedence. A priority of 255 is reserved for VRRP routers that own the virtual IP
address. Therefore, during configuration, if the router owns that IP address, priority is
automatically set to 255 and cannot be changed. A priority of 0 is reserved for the
Master to indicate the relinquishing of responsibility of the virtual router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> priority <1-254>
no ip vrrp <1-255> priority
Command Syntax
1-255
priority 1-254
priority value of the VRRP router
Command Default
100
10-10
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp primary-ip
The ip vrrp primary-ip command configures the primary IP address for a virtual
router with multiple interface addresses in a VRRP group. The no ip vrrp primary-ip
command resets the primary IP address to the lowest IP address among all real
interface addresses for the given interface.
Note: VRRP advertisements are always sent using the primary IP address as
the source of the IP packet.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip <A.B.C.D>
no ip vrrp <1-255> primary-ip
Command Syntax
1-255
A.B.C.D
IP address to set as the source of outgoing IP

packets when selected as the master VRRP
router
Command Default
The lowest IP address value among all valid IP addresses of the given interface.
10-11
Release 6.2.0
ip vrrp timer
The ip vrrp timer command specifies the time interval that the Master should send
VRRP advertisement messages. The no ip vrrp timer command restores the default.
All VRRP routers are associated with a particular virtual router, and must use the
same advertisement interval to have VRRP run properly.
Note: The system is configured to send VRRP advertisements every 3
seconds for the virtual router on the configured interface Ethernet 1/0, if the
router is configured as the Master for the virtual router 1. If not, this interval is
used as the factor to determine if the Master is down, if the router is
configured as Backup for virtual router 1.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> timer <1-255>
no ip vrrp <1-255> timer
Command Syntax
1-255
timer 1-255
advertisement interval in seconds
Command Default
1 second
10-12
Release 6.2.0
VRRP Commands
ip vrrp verify-availability
The ip vrrp verify-availability command configures the VRRP router to monitor one
or more ip addresses. The no ip vrrp verify-availability command stops monitoring
one or more of the designated IP addresses.
Use the ip vrrp verify-availability command to configure the VRRP router to
monitor the link states of other VRRP router interfaces. If one or more IP addresses is
configured for monitoring, and all of the monitored links are down, the virtual router
is brought down automatically. The Master relinquishes responsibility by sending an
advertisement 0. If at least one link of all monitored IP addresses being monitored
comes back up, the associated virtual router will be brought back up automatically. If
a virtual router is not monitoring any link state where no IP address is configured for
verify-availability, the virtual router will continue as usual.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
no ip vrrp <1-255> verify-availability <A.B.C.D> [...<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
1-255
the identification of a configured virtual

router number
A.B.C.D
VRRP IP address that this VRRP router

monitors
...A.B.C.D
additional IP addresses that this virtual router

monitors
10-13
Release 6.2.0
show ip vrrp
The show ip vrrp command displays detailed status information on all VRRP virtual
routers configured on the router. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show ip vrrp command:
VRRP Global Statistic:

Recv: 0 checksum errors, 0 bad version
0 bad vrid, 0 bad packet size
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip vrrp [ethernet <X/Y> [<1-255>]] | [ gigaether <X/Y> [1-255>]]
| [summary]
Command Syntax
10-14
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
Gigabit Ethernet interface slot X and port Y
1-255
identification number of a configured virtual

router
summary
summary information for all VRRP routers

configured on all interfaces
11
Introduction
This chapter describes the IP Multicast Protocol commands used with the BSR. This
chapter contains the following sections on the Multicast Routing Table Manager
(MRTM), and Multicast Forwarding Manager (MFM) protocols.
n
MRTM Command Descriptions
MFM Command Descriptions
MRTM Command Descriptions

Unlike traditional Internet traffic that requires separate connections for each
source-destination pair, IP Multicasting allows many recipients to share the same
source. The IP Multicast protocol sends data to distributed servers on the multicast
backbone, and MRTM allows different IP protocols to work together on the same
router. This means that just one set of packets is transmitted for all destinations.
MRTM also manages Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP) and
Multicast Open Shortest Path First (MOSPF), and provides multicast routing support
for Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP). For large amounts of data, IP Multicast is
more efficient than normal Internet transmissions because the server can broadcast a
message to many recipients simultaneously. This section contains an alphabetized list
and descriptions of the MRTM IP multicast commands supported by the BSR.
11-1
Release 6.2.0
ip mroute
The ip mroute command configures an IP multicast static route. The no ip mroute
command removes the configuration of an IP multicast static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>]
no ip mroute <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-255>]
Command Syntax
11-2
A.B.C.D
static source address
A.B.C.D
static network mask
A.B.C.D
RPF neighbor address or route
1-255
administrative distance for mroute
Release 6.2.0
ip mroute static distance

The ip mroute static distance command configures a static multicast route. The no ip
mroute static distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip mroute static distance <1-255>
no ip mroute static distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the administrative distance for the multicast

static route - a lower distance has preference
11-3
Release 6.2.0
ip mroute unicast distance

The ip mroute unicast distance command configures a unicast multicast route. The
no ip mroute unicast distance command removes the route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip mroute unicast distance <1-255>
no ip mroute unicast distance <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
11-4
the administrative distance for the unicast

multicast route - a lower distance has
preference
Release 6.2.0
ip multicast-routing
The ip multicast-routing command enables IP multicast routing. The no ip
multicast-routing command disables IP multicast routing. This command is used
with multicast routing protocols, such as DVMRP.
Note: Multicast packets are not forwarded unless IP multicast routing is

enabled.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip multicast-routing
no ip multicast-routing
Command Default
Disabled
11-5
Release 6.2.0
show ip rpf
The show ip rpf command displays how IP multicast routing does Reverse Path
Forwarding (RPF).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rpf <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
11-6
displays RPF information for a specified

source address
Release 6.2.0
MFM Command Descriptions

MFM supports multicast tools for tracing routes, maintains a multicast forwarding
cache and forwards multicast traffic. To forward multicast traffic, each multicast
routing protocol must register with the MFM with the APIs for inbound check and
outbound check. Parameters such as cache age for the flow, and a time-to-live value
for the interface being registered, is included. When MFM receives a data packet that
does not have a multicast forwarding cache, the MFM will call the protocol check
inbound function, and check the outbound function to the registered protocol to
determine the cache.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MFM commands
11-7
Release 6.2.0
clear ip multicast fwd-cache

The clear ip multicast fwd-cache command clears the IP multicast forwarding cache
table.
Use the clear ip multicast fwd-cache command to clear the multicast forwarding
table which is built from the multicast forwarding cache, and then used for forwarding
traffic. Once cleared, the Multicast Forwarding Manager regenerates the cache when
multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip multicast fwd-cache
11-8
Release 6.2.0
clear ip multicast proto-cache

The clear ip multicast proto-cache command clears the IP multicast protocol cache
and also clears the IP multicast forwarding cache.
Note: The MFM manager regenerates the multicast protocol cache when
multicast traffic is received.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip multicast proto-cache
11-9
Release 6.2.0
mtrace
The mtrace command traces the path from a multicast source to a multicast
destination branch of a multicast distribution tree.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

mtrace [<A.B.C.D (group)> | <A.B.C.D (hostname)> | <A.B.C.D (hostname)>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D (group)
group address or group hostname
A.B.C.D (hostname)
destination IP address or destination

hostname
A.B.C.D (hostname)
source IP address or source hostname
Command Default
group address or group hostname = 224.2.0.1
11-10
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast cache-summary

The show ip multicast cache-summary command displays the number of multicast
flows currently passing through the router. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show ip multicast cache-summary command:
Total number of protocol cache: 0

Total number of forwarding cache: 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast cache-summary
11-11
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast fwd-cache

The show ip multicast fwd-cache command displays all of the multicast forwarding
cache on a source group basis.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast fwd-cache [[<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]] | [ physical ]
Command Syntax
11-12
A.B.C.D
display the cache for this source or group

address
A.B.C.D
display the cache for this specified source and

group address
physical
display the cache only in relation to the

physical interface - if "physical" is not
specified, the cache will display in relation to
the logical interface
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast interface

The show ip multicast interface command is used to list the IP address, multicast
protocol (PIM, DVMRP, or IGMP), and time-to-live (TTL) information that is
associated with each multicast interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast interface [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
display information only for this interface

address
11-13
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache

The show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast
forwarding cache entries that have outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache
11-14
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache

The show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache command is used to display multicast
forwarding cache entries, which have no outgoing interfaces (OIs).
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache
11-15
Release 6.2.0
show ip multicast proto-cache

The show ip multicast proto-cache command is used to display multicast protocol
cache entries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip multicast proto-cache [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
11-16
A.B.C.D
only displays the cache for this source or

group address
A.B.C.D
only displays the cache for this specified

source and group address
12
DVMRP Commands
Introduction
This chapter contains the Distance Vector Multicast Routing Protocol (DVMRP)
commands used with the BSR 64000.
DVMRP is the original IP Multicast routing protocol. It was designed to run over both
multicast LANs as well as non-multicast routers. In this case, the IP Multicast packets
are tunneled through the routers as unicast packets. This replicates the packets and
affects performance, but provides intermediate solution for IP Multicast routing on
the Internet while router vendors decide to support native IP Multicast routing.
DVMRP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the DVMRP commands
12-1
Release 6.2.0
ip dvmrp accept-filter
The ip dvmrp accept-filter command configures a filter for incoming DVMRP
reports. The no ip dvmrp accept-filter command removes configuration of a filter
for incoming DVMRP reports.
Use the ip dvmrp accept-filter command to configure filters to accept and deny
DVMRP routes learned from this interface. The accepted routes are added to the
Multicast Routing Table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99>
no ip dvmrp accept-filter <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
access list for filtering routes
Command Default
Accepts destination reports from all neighbors.
12-2
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp default-information originate

The ip dvmrp default-information originate command advertises network 0.0.0.0
to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone. The no ip dvmrp
default-information originate command prevents network 0.0.0.0. from being
advertised to DVMRP neighbors and the multicast backbone.
Use the ip dvmrp default-information originate command with the ip dvmrp
metric-offset command to configure the metric used when advertising the default
route 0.0.0.0.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp default-information originate [only]
no ip dvmrp default-information originate
Command Syntax
only
the default DVMRP route is distributed to

neighbors only
Command Default
Disabled
12-3
Release 6.2.0
ip dvmrp metric-offset
The ip dvmrp metric-offset command modifies the metrics of the advertised
DVMRP routes. The no ip dvmrp metric-offset sets the modified metrics of the
advertised DVMRP routes to the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31>
no ip dvmrp metric-offset [in | out] <0-31>
Command Syntax
in 0-31
increment value for incoming DVMRP routes
out 0-31
increment value for outgoing DVMRP routes
Command Default
in = 1
out = 0
12-4
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp output-report-delay
The ip dvmrp output-report-delay command configures transmission delays
between packet sets of a DVMRP report. The no ip dvmrp output-report-delay
command removes configuration of transmission delays of a DVMRP report.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>]
no ip dvmrp output-report-delay <1-10> [<1-100>]
Command Syntax
1-10
delay between each route report burst in

seconds
1-100
number of DVMRP reports in each burst
Command Default
Delay between each route report burst = 1 second
Number of DVMRP reports in each burst = 2
12-5
Release 6.2.0
ip dvmrp out-report-filter
The ip dvmrp out-report-filter command uses the specified access list to filter the
outgoing DVMRP route report for the interface. The no ip dvmrp out-report-filter
command disables the use of the specified access list to filter the outgoing DVMRP
route report for the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99>
no ip dvmrp out-report-filter <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
access list for filtering outgoing route reports
Command Default
Disabled
12-6
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp probe-interval
The ip dvmrp probe-interval command configures how often a query is sent to
neighboring multicast routers for DVMRP multicast routes. The no ip dvmrp
probe-interval command disables sending queries.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600>
no ip dvmrp probe-interval <5-3600>
Command Syntax
5-3600
probe interval in seconds
12-7
Release 6.2.0
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
The ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command prevents peering with neighbors that do
not support DVMRP pruning or grafting. The no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
command enables peering with all neighbors, even those that do not support DVMRP
pruning or grafting.
Use the ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners command to discard a DVMRP report
message that does not have the prune-capable flag set.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
no ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners
Command Default
Disabled
12-8
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp summary-address
The ip dvmrp summary-address command configures a DVMRP summary address
to be advertised out of the interface. The no ip dvmrp summary-address command
removes the configuration of a DVMRP summary address that is advertised out of the
interface.
Use the ip dvmrp summary-address command to advertise the summary address if
there is a more specific route in the DVMRP routing table that matches. The summary
is advertised with the metric value when specified.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>]
no ip dvmrp summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [metric <1-31>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
summary IP address advertised rather than a

more specific route
A.B.C.D
mask on summary IP address
metric 1-31
metric value advertised with the summary

address
Command Default
metric = 1
12-9
Release 6.2.0
network
The network command specifies which IP interface should enable DVMRP. The no
network command removes the specified IP address to enable DVMRP.
Use the network command to be able to use a single command to define one or
multiple interfaces to be associated with DVMRP using both the prefix and
wildcard-mask arguments.
For DVMRP to operate on the interface, the specific IP address on the interface must
be covered by the network command.
This software sequentially evaluates the address/wildcard-mask pair for each
interface as follows:
n
The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with the interface IP address.
The wildcard-mask is logically ORed with address in the network command.
The software compares the two resulting values, and, if they match, DVMRP is
enabled on the associated interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
12-10
A.B.C.D
IP address prefix, network type to broadcast
A.B.C.D
IP address-type mask that includes dont care

bits
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
router dvmrp
The router dvmrp command configures the DVMRP routing process. The no router
dvmrp command removes the DVMRP configured routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router dvmrp
no router dvmrp
Command Default
Disabled
12-11
Release 6.2.0
show ip dvmrp information

The show ip dvmrp information command displays global DVMRP information.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip dvmrp
information command:
DVMRP Summary Information

------------------------Full Update Interval
Trigger Update Interval
Route Expiration Timeout
Number of Multicast Routes
:
:
:
:
60
5
140
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp information
12-12
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp interface

The show ip dvmrp interface command displays information about interfaces with
DVMRP enabled.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp interface [statistics]
Command Syntax
statistics
display DVMRP interface statistical

information
12-13
Release 6.2.0
show ip dvmrp neighbor

The show ip dvmrp neighbor command displays information about neighbors
discovered by DVMRP.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp neighbor [detail]
Command Syntax
detail
12-14
detailed information about DVMRP

neighbors including neighbor address,
interface through which the neighbor is
reachable, and the number of routes learned
from the neighbor
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp network

The show ip dvmrp network command shows the DVMRP network configuration as
entered by the network command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp network
12-15
Release 6.2.0
show ip dvmrp route

The show ip dvmrp route command displays the DVMRP routing table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp route [entry <A.B.C.D> | neighbor <A.B.C.D>] [detail]
Command Syntax
12-16
entry A.B.C.D
IP address of an entry in the routing table
neighbor A.B.C.D
IP address of a neighbor in the routing table
detail
displays detailed information
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp route hold-down

The show ip dvmrp route hold-down command displays all of the routes in the
DVMRP hold-down table.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp route hold-down
12-17
Release 6.2.0
show ip dvmrp summary-route

The show ip dvmrp summary-route command displays the configured DVMRP
summary address that is advertised for each interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp summary-route
12-18
Release 6.2.0
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp tunnels

The show ip dvmrp tunnels command displays information about DVMRP
configured tunnels.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip dvmrp tunnels
12-19
13
CMTS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the Cable
Modem Termination System (CMTS). The CMTS permits data to be transmitted and
received over a broadband cable TV (CATV) network. Downstream network data
traffic flows from the CMTS to connected cable modems (CMs), and upstream
network data traffic flows from the CMs to the CMTS.
CMTS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the CMTS commands
13-1
Release 6.2.0
arp timeout
The arp timeout command configures the amount of time an entry stays in the ARP
cache. The no arp timeout command removes the time configuration an entry stays
in the ARP cache.
Use the show interfaces command in Privileged EXEC mode to view the ARP
time-out value.
Note: If the ARP time-out value is changed, the new value affects all the
existing entries in the ARP cache and any entries subsequently added to the
ARP cache.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

arp time-out <1-6000>
no arp timeout <1-6000>
Command Syntax
1-6000
amount of time, in minutes, that an entry is

allowed to stay in the ARP cache
Command Default
60 minutes
13-2
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
balance
The balance command automatically redistributes CMTS modules across the
available HSIM modules in the BSR chassis. Binding re-distributes CMTS traffic to
optimize network efficiency. The BSR allows for both manual and automatic binding.
For example; if there are 7 CMTS modules in the BSR, and 3 have been manually
bound, issuing the balance command will redistribute the remaining 4 CMTS
modules while leaving the manually bound modules unaffected.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

balance
13-3
Release 6.2.0
band
The band command is used to define the start and end frequency band for the
Spectrum Group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Spectrum Group
Command Line Usage

band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
no band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
Command Syntax
13-4
5000000-42000000
The start upstream frequency in Hertz.
5000000-42000000
The end upstream frequency in Hertz.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
bind cmts
The bind cmts command manually binds or unbinds a CMTS module to an HSIM
module. Binding re-distributes CMTS traffic to optimize network efficiency.The no
bind cmts command manually unbinds a CMTS module to an HSIM module.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

bind cmts <NUM>
no bind cmts <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
the number of the slot to bind the CMTS

module to
13-5
Release 6.2.0
bootrom-filename
The bootrom-filename command sets the BSR Boot ROM filename using a Boot
ROM image file stored in either Flash memory, NVRAM on the Supervisory Routing
Module (SRM), or on an FTP or TFTP server.
Note: Using the update chassis <Boot ROM filename> command will set
the Boot ROM filename automatically. However, you must save the
configuration when prompted to preserve the Boot ROM filename across a
reboot of the chassis.
If the chassis has been restarted before the updated configuration has been
saved, you will need to use the bootrom-filename command to set the Boot
ROM filename so that automatic Boot ROM recovery can function properly.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bootrom-filename {flash: | nvram:} {<filename>}
Command Syntax
13-6
flash:
specifies flash memory as the location of the

boot image file
nvram:

boot image file
filename
filename of the boot image stored in Flash,

NVRAM, or on an FTP or TFTP server
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
bootrom-invalidate slot
Boot ROM invalidate and recovery is a feature available on BSR 64000 5.x releases
that allows the SRM to send Boot Invalidation Indication messages to a module
running Mini ROM through the bootroom-invalidate slot command for the desired
module. If Mini ROM receives a Boot Invalidation Indication message, it will mark
its current secondary boot image as invalid and start a TFTP download of a new boot
image from the SRM. Bootrom invalidate is useful in the event that a module has a
valid secondary boot image, but has unforeseen issues with bringing up the module
properly, such as neglecting to provide support for a newer version of a particular
component. Boot ROM invalidate allows a user to downgrade a module to a
previously known working Boot ROM or to a newer version which properly handles
the newer components.
Note: The Boot ROM invalidate and recovery feature is only supported by the
TX32 and 2:8 CMTS modules. These are the only modules that currently
support running a Mini ROM and therefore the Boot ROM invalidate and
recovery feature.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

bootrom-invalidate slot <NUM>
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR chassis slot number
13-7
Release 6.2.0
bridge cable intercept

The bridge cable intercept command creates a cable intercept on a specified
bridging cable modem as a response to a CALEA request from law enforcement for
traffic regarding a specific user. The no bridge cable intercept command deletes a
bridge cable intercept on a specified bridging cable modem.
Note: The bridge cable intercept command is only available to a user
logged in as securityuser - refer to Configuring Cable Intercepts in the BSR
64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide.
The bridge cable intercept command now supports up to three intercept collectors
per target MAC address and an optional source IP address setting.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bridge cable intercept {7 | <mac>} modem <mac> <A.B.C.D> <0-65535>
no bridge cable intercept {7 | <mac>} modem <mac> <A.B.C.D> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
13-8
Specifies that encrypted command parameters will

follow.
mac
The intercept source, which is the MAC address from

which traffic is intercepted. Packets with a source or
destination MAC address that matches this address
are copied and forwarded to the data collection
server. Most often, this MAC address is the user's
CPE device (such as a PC or VoIP phone), and not
the MAC address of the user's cable modem.
modem
Configure a cable modem for CPE
mac
The MAC address of the cable modem.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
A.B.C.D
Specifies the destination IP addresses for the data

collection servers that receive copies of the
forwarded traffic. You can configure one, two, or
three destination/port pairs. Intercepted packets are
sent to each of the configured data collection server
addresses.
0-65535
The destination User Datagram Port (UDP) port

number, which is used exclusively by the data
collection server. A default UDP port number is not
provided.
13-9
Release 6.2.0
cable arp throttle upstream

The cable arp throttle upstream command protects a system from an "ARP storm"
or "ARP flood," which can occur from an ARP spoofing/poisoning attack. This
command sets tolerances, on a per-modem basis, for upstream ARP requests and
responses, thus preventing flooding from these messages.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable arp throttle upstream <1-20> <1-5>
no cable arp throttle upstream
Command Syntax
1-20
The number of upstream ARP requests and responses

allowed from an individual cable modem or CPE.
1-5
The interval (in seconds) in which to monitor ARP

transmissions.
Command Defaults
4 packets
2 seconds
Enabled
13-10
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable bind (2:8 CMTS)

After using the interface cable command in Global Configuration mode to select a
cable interface and MAC Domain, use the cable bind command to modify the MAC
Domain definition for the module.
Each MAC Domain must have at least one downstream and one upstream channel
associated (bound) to it. Using the cable bind command, a user can associate (bind)
either one or both of the two downstream channels and a specific group of the eight
upstream channels on the module to either of the two MAC Domains available on the
module. When installed in an operating BSR chassis, the 2:8 Primary CMTS
Resource Module sets up MAC Domains based on the default definition in the startup
configuration file.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable bind {downstream <NUM> | upstream <NUM>}
Command Syntax
downstream NUM
is a list of local and/or remote downstream channels

separated by spaces
for a description of the local channels are represented as a single digit
channel number
NUM syntax for
downstream channels, remote channels are in the form slot/downstream port
refer to the figure below
number/downstream channel number - a remote
this table
TX32 downstream channel must be bound before it
can be bonded
upstream NUM
specifies a single upstream port number, a subset of

upstream port numbers (0,1,2,3 or 4,5,6,7) separated by
commas, or all the upstream port numbers on the module
(0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7) separated by commas
13-11
Release 6.2.0
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]
TX32 Module Slot Number/

TX32 Downstream Port Number/
TX32 Downstream Channel Number
2:8 CMTS Module Slot Number/

Downstream Port Number
Command Default
A MAC Domain definition is defined for each resource module slot in which a 2:8
Primary CMTS Module can be installed (slots 0-7, 9-15) in the BSR startup
configuration file. When a 2:8 Primary CMTS Resource Module is installed into an
operating BSR chassis, the module, after booting, has one MAC Domain (0). MAC
Domain 0 comprises downstream port 0 and upstream ports 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7.
13-12
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable bind (RX48)

The cable bind command associates (binds) downstream and upstream channels to a
MAC domain. Each MAC domain can contain from 1 to 48 upstream channels;
however, the total of all upstream channels assigned to all RX48 MAC domains is 48.
All of these upstream channels must be local to the RX48 module and cannot be from
a remote RX48 module. It is required that the upstream channels be in the shutdown
state before they can be bound to the MAC domain. Any given upstream channel can
belong only to one MAC domain. Therefore, all corresponding upstream logical
channels of the RX48 upstream channel are part of that MAC domain.
Although a single MAC domain can contain all 48 upstream channels available from
an RX48 module, the total number of upstream channels that can be assigned to the 16
supported MAC domains for each RX48 module is 48. In other words, the 48
upstream channels on each RX48 module can be configured into one MAC domain
(e.g. 1x48) or spread across the 16 supported MAC domains.
Note: Any attempt to bind upstream channels to a MAC domain from a

different RX48 module (other than the RX48 module where the MAC domain
resides) will be automatically prevented based on the syntax of the cable
bind upstream command (refer to Configuring RX48 MAC Domain Binding
and Unbinding). The cable bind upstream command syntax does not accept
a slot number for a different RX48.
Bonding Domains (such as a pair of RX48 modules) are not supported.
Note: Any attempt to bind upstream channels to an RX48 MAC domain from
a 2:8 CMTS module will be automatically prevented based on the syntax of
the cable bind upstream command (refer to Chapter 9 and Configuring
RX48 MAC Domain Binding and Unbinding). The cable bind upstream
command syntax does not accept a slot number for a 2:8 CMTS module.
Bonding Domains (such as 2:8 CMTS and RX48) are not supported.
13-13
Release 6.2.0
All upstream RX48 channels must be in an operationally shutdown state before

they can be bound to an RX48 MAC domain.
The BSR rejects the binding of upstream and downstream channels to an RX48
MAC domain if those channels are not associated to a configured fiber node.
Note: Initiating a bind operation too soon after a previous unbind operation
generates an error message. The time period within which a new bind
operation can be initiated immediately after an unbind operation has
completed is approximately one second per 180 cable modems.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Interface Configuration (RX48 slot and port)
Command Line Usage

cable bind {downstream <Downstream Port> | upstream <Upstream RfChannel>}
no cable bind [downstream <Downstream Port> | upstream <Upstream
RfChannel>]
Command Syntax
13-14
downstream
Downstream Port
A list of remote TX32 downstream channels in the form

slot/downstream port number/downstream channel
number. For example: 4/0/1. A remote TX32 downstream
channel must be bound before it can be bonded.
upstream
Upstream RfChannel
The RX48 port number (0-7) and upstream RF channel

number (0-5). For example: 2/0.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable bundle
Cable bundling allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet.
The cable bundle command is used to assign the cable interface as the slave cable
interface and assign the bundle the same number as the master cable interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable bundle <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the number of the cable bundle
13-15
Release 6.2.0
cable bundle master

The cable bundle master command is used to assign a cable or loopback interface as
the master cable interface and assign the cable bundle a number. Cable bundling
allows you to group multiple cable interfaces into a single IP subnet. Cable bundling
simplifies network management and conserves IP addresses.
A cable bundle comprises two or more cable interfaces: one cable interface is
configured as the master, while the remaining interfaces are configured as slaves to
the master. If one CMTS module is configured as the master, the other CMTS
modules can become slaves. The master cable interface is assigned IP addresses and
the slaves share the same IP address with the master. The bundling feature eliminates
the need for an IP subnet for each cable interface.
Configuring a loopback interface as a cable bundle master provides a mechanism for
configuring the IP parameters of a cable bundle in a virtual interface which is
independent of physical cable interfaces. The advantage of configuring a virtual
interface as the cable bundle master is that IP configuration information will be
always available regardless of the state of the CMTS hardware. The slave cable
interfaces of a bundle whose master is a virtual interface will not lose their IP
information when the hardware module for one of the cable interfaces has either
failed or been removed.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable bundle <1-255> master
Command Syntax
1-255
13-16
the cable bundle identifying number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable cm-sg-resolution
The cable cm-sg-resolution command allows a user to enable or disable MD-CM-SG
ambiguity resolution on a per interface basis.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable cm-sg-resolution {disable | enable }
Command Syntax
disable
Disables MD-CM-SG ambiguity resolution.

A Channel Adjust Ranging TLV will not be
used to resolve ambiguity.
enable
Enables MD-CM-SG ambiguity resolution.

The CMTS will makes 3 attempts to resolve
MD-CM-SG ambiguity.
Command Default
Enabled
13-17
Release 6.2.0
cable cm-status-event
The cable cm-status-event command enables or disables CM-STATUS event
reporting for a MAC domain and additionally allows a user to configure a maximum
hold off timer and a maximum number of reports. The no cable cm-status-event
command disables CM-STATUS event reporting for a MAC domain.
This command must be used to configure the following specific downstream event
bits. The CM-STATUS Event Enable Bitmask = 2 bytes. Each bit in this field
represents the enable/disable for a particular event for which status may be reported
through the CM-STATUS message. If a bit = 1, CM-STATUS reporting is enabled
for the corresponding event. The CMTS may include this TLV. If a bit = 0,
CM-STATUS reporting is disabled for the corresponding event. If the TLV is
omitted, then all events are disabled. The following bit fields are defined:
0
Reserved (unused)
MDD timeout
QAM/FEC lock failure
Reserved (used for non-channel-specific events)
MDD Recovery
QAM/FEC Lock Recovery
6-8
Reserved (used for upstream specific events)
9-10
Reserved (used for non-channel-specific events)
11-15
Reserved for future use
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable cm-status-event enable
13-18
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
no cable cm-status-event enable

cable cm-status-event <0x0-0xffff> {max-holdoff-time <0-65535> | max-report
<0-255>}
Command Syntax
enable
Creates a CM-STATUS Event Control TLV in the

MDD message.
0x0-0xffff
The event bitmask in hexidecimal number format.
max-holdoff-time
0-65535
Configures the maximum event hold off timer value

in units of 20 ms. A value of "0" stops sending the
specified event control TLV in the MDD message.
max-report 0-255
Configures the maximum number of reports for each

event. A value of "0" specifies an unlimited number
of reports.
Command Defaults
Enabled
max-holdoff-time = 1
max-report = 3
13-19
Release 6.2.0
cable cmts type

The cable cmts type command specifies the DOCSIS type supported by all CMTS
modules resident in the BSR chassis.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable cmts type {Domestic | Japan}
no cable cmts type {Domestic | Japan}
Command Syntax
Domestic
specifies the CMTS module type to the North

American DOCSIS or Euro-DOCSIS
standards
Japan
specifies the CMTS module types to the

Japan DOCSIS (J-DOCSIS) Standard
Command Default
Domestic
13-20
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable concatenation docsis-1.0

The cable concatenation docsis-1.0 command enables or disables concatenation for
DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems. The no cable concatenation docsis-1.0 command
disables concatenation for DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems.
Note: Concatenation must be enabled globally with the cable upstream

concatenation command before any setting specified with the cable
concatenation command is valid. Once concatenation is enabled globally,
the cable concatenation command will enable or disable concatentation for
DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems only and concatenation will always be enabled
for DOCSIS 1.1 and DOCSIS 2.0 cable modems regardless of any setting
specified with this command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable concatenation docsis-1.0
no cable concatenation docsis-1.0
Command Syntax
docsis-1.0
concatenation is enabled for DOCSIS 1.0

cable modems only
Command Default
Concatenation is enabled for DOCSIS 1.0, 1.1, and 2.0 cable modems if
concatenation is globally enabled with the cable upstream concatenation command.
13-21
Release 6.2.0
cable deny ip
The cable deny ip command allows operators to filter (drop) worm/virus packets on
both the upstream and downstream cable interfaces by specifying the IP protocol used
by the virus or worm and its packet length (in bytes) to enable a filter for a particular
threat. The no cable deny ip command disables the filter.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable deny ip <0-255> <20-65535>
no cable deny ip <0-255> <20-65535>
Command Syntax
13-22
0-255
a numeric value indicating which IP protocol

number to drop
20-65535
the length in bytes indicating the size of the IP

packet to drop
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable dhcp force-unicast

The cable dhcp force-unicast command forces downstream DHCP traffic to be
unicasted regardless of the setting of the DHCP broadcast bit.
The initial DHCP exchange for a cable modem occurs before the cable modem
completes DHCP. Therefore the packets for that DHCP exchange must be sent
unencrypted. If the downstream DHCP responses are broadcasted, then they must be
broadcasted unencrypted. These downstream broadcasts will then "leak" onto the
CPE LAN of all cable modems on that MAC Domain. The cable dhcp force-unicast
command can be used to prevent this leakage.
When the cable dhcp force-unicast command is present in the running configuration,
the BSRs DHCP relay agent ignores the "broadcast bit" in downstream cable modem
DHCP responses and always sends unicasted downstream DHCP responses to cable
modems. These broadcasts will be encrypted using the appropriate SAID.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dhcp force-unicast
no cable dhcp force-unicast
13-23
Release 6.2.0
cable dhcp preserve-server-id

The cable dhcp preserve-server-id command prevents the modification of DHCP
option 54, server ID, as a part of MPLS VPN support on the BSR 64000. The no
cable dhcp preserve-server-id command re-establishes the default behavior, which
is to allow modification of DHCP option 54.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dhcp preserve-server-id
no cable dhcp preserve-server-id
Command Default
Disabled
13-24
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable dhcp-giaddr primary

This cable dhcp-giaddr primary command forces the BSR to always set the giaddr
in host DHCP requests to the primary cable interface IP address.
The no cable dhcp-giaddr primary command sets the giaddr field in DHCP host
requests to the default. When set to the default, the first secondary address, if one is
defined, is used in DHCP host requests, otherwise the primary IP address is used.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dhcp-giaddr primary
no cable dhcp-giaddr primary
Command Default
The giaddr for cable modems is the primary IP address on the cable interface.
The giaddr for Hosts is the first secondary IP address on the cable interface.
13-25
Release 6.2.0
cable dhcp leasequery message-type

The cable dhcp leasequery message-type command sets the DHCP Leasequery
message type values that the BSR uses. The default DHCP Leasequery message types
are defined by RFC4388 DHCP Leasequery. The no cable dhcp leasequery
message-type command re-establishes the default DHCP Leasequery message type
values.
Guidelines for Configuring DHCP Leasequery Message Types
RFC4388 defines the DHCP Leasequery protocol. Various DHCP server and CMTS
vendors have implemented draft revisions of the DHCP Leasequery protocol prior to
the publication of RFC4388. The main difference between these vendor specific
drafts and RFC4388 is the specification of the message type value for each of the
DHCP Leasequery message types.
These inconsistencies have led to interoperability problems. To address this issue,
Motorola now supports configurable DHCP Leasequery message type values
(through the cable dhcp leasequery message-type command) to support
non-compliant implementations of the DHCP Leasequery protocol.
Note: If a DHCP server allows configurable DHCP Leasequery message
types, Motorola recommends that the message type values specified in
RFC4388 be used. Some implementations of the DHCP Leasequery protocol
may not use all four DHCP Leasequery message types. In such cases, any
unused message type value may be configured for the unimplemented
message types.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dhcp leasequery message-type <10-254>
no cable dhcp leasequery message-type <10-254>
13-26
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
10-254
DHCPLEASEQUERY message type
Command Default
10
13-27
Release 6.2.0
cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment

The cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment command allows an operator to enable
NB-PWR adjustments for the BCM3140. The command configures upstream nominal
power levels to be 3dB lower which eliminates any US TX power discrepancies for
the DOCSIS 2.0 2x8 CMTS module. A US TX power discrepancy could potentially
cause cable modem registration/ranging issues for cable modems operating at a
maximum US TX power level. The no cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment
disables NB-PWR adjustment.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment
no cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment
Command Default
Disabled
13-28
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable disable bpi-cmcert

The cable disable bpi-cmcert command bypasses the cable modem (CM) certificate
verification during the BPI authentication key exchange. Using the cable disable
bpi-cmcert command is similar to provisioning a cable modem certificate. The
difference is that provisioning a cable modem certificate is on a per cable modem
basis whereas the cable disable bpi-cmcert command is for all cable modems with
the same Manufacturer ID. The no cable disable bpi-cmcert command disables
bypassing cable modem certificate verification
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable disable <mac> <mac> bpi-cmcert
no cable disable <mac> <mac> bpi-cmcert
Command Syntax
mac
the cable modem Vendor MAC address in the

form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx - the first 3 bytes
have to be 0xFF (ffff.ffxx.xxxx) in
order to extract the Manufacturer ID from
Vendor MAC Address
mac
the mask to specify a particular cable modem

or a range of cable modems in the form
yyyy.yyyy.yyyy
Command Default
Disabled
13-29
Release 6.2.0
cable disable eth-pkt-filtering

The cable disable eth-pkt-filtering command disables filtering of Ethernet packets
based on MAC addresses received at the CMTS. When Ethernet packet filtering is
disabled, the CMTS accepts and processes any Ethernet packet. The no cable disable
eth-pkt-filtering command enables the filtering of Ethernet packets.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable disable eth-pkt-filtering
no cable disable eth-pkt-filtering
Command Default
Enabled
13-30
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream aggregate

The cable downstream aggregate command configures a downstream aggregate rate
limiter.
If numerous service flows are backlogged and rate limiting is turned on, dpsDsTask
can run at high CPU levels This command implements a downstream ARL and
calendar scheduled flow rate limiting to resolve the high dspDsTask CPU level due to
rate limiting and can also improved downstream throughput.
Warning: The cable downstream aggregate command should be used only

when instructed to do so by Motorola support personnel
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> aggregate { burst <250-1000000> | fraction <0-100>}
no cable downstream <NUM> aggregate { burst <250-1000000> | fraction
<0-100>}
Command Syntax
NUM
the downstream port number
burst 250-1000000
the downstream traffic burst downstream in

usec
fraction 0-100
the percentage of downstream throughput
Command Default
fraction = 95%
13-31
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream bonding disable

The cable downstream bonding disable command disables channel bonding for a
downstream channel. The no cable downstream bonding disable command enables
channel bonding for a downstream channel.
Note: Disabling downstream channel bonding during run-time will result in
the deregistration of all bonding cable modems associated with this MAC
domain.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream bonding disable
no cable downstream bonding disable
Command Default
Enabled
13-32
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream bonding-domain

The cable downstream bonding-domain command configures a bonding domain
that will be used for binding more than one MAC Domain to a bonding group. The no
cable downstream bonding-domain removes a bonding domain from the BSRs
configuration.
All bonding groups configured in a bonding domain must be deleted before removing
that bonding domain from the BSRs configuration. The BSR will not allow the
configuration of bonding domains whose slots are currently configured in an existing
bonding domain.
For example, if a bonding domain is currently configured to include slots 1 and 2 and
the user wants to remove slot 2 from that bonding domain, the bonding domain
consisting of slots 1 and 2 must first be removed and then a new bonding domain must
be created that only includes slot 1.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream bonding-domain <NUM> [<NUM>]
no cable downstream bonding-domain <NUM> [<NUM>]
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR 2:8 CMTS module slot number
13-33
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream bonding-group

The cable downstream bonding-group command is used to configure a DOCSIS 3.0
downstream channel bonding group. The no cable downstream bonding-group
command removes a downstream channel bonding group. The BSR supports up to 8
channels in a downstream bonding group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> {<NUM> {<NUM> [<NUM>...]}}
cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> reseq-wait-time [<1-180>]
cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> reseq-warn-thresh [<1-179>]
no cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> {<NUM> {<NUM>
[<NUM>...]}}
no cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> reseq-wait-time [<1-180>]
no cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> reseq-warn-thresh [<1-179>]
13-34
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
1-65535
The DOCSIS 3.0 downstream

channel bonding group number.
NUM
A list of local and/or remote

downstream channels associated
with this channel bonding group
which includes TX32 or 2:8 CMTS
modules installed in the BSR.
local channels are represented as
a single digit channel number
remote channels are in the form
slot/downstream port number/
downstream channel number
Each in the channel list needs to be
separated by a space. A remote
TX32 downstream channel must be
bound before it can be bonded (refer
to the example output below).
The BSR supports up to 8 channels
in a downstream bonding group.
reseq-wait-time 1-180
The DSID re-sequence wait time

within a bonding group
reseq-warn-thresh 1-179
The DSID re-sequence warning

threshold within a bonding group.
13-35
Release 6.2.0
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]

13-36

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream bonding-group service-flow-attribute

The cable downstream bonding-group service-flow-attribute command overrides
a downstream bonding groups default sfProvAttributeMask.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> service-flow-attribute
[<0x00000000-0xFFFFFFFF>]
no cable downstream bonding-group <1-65535> service-flow-attribute
Command Syntax
1-65535
The DOCSIS 3.0 downstream

channel bonding group number.
service-flow-attribute
0x00000000-0xFFFFFFFF
The hexidecimal attribute mask.
Command Default
0x80000000
13-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-65535
the DOCSIS 3.0 downstream

channel bonding group number
NUM
a list of local and/or remote

downstream channels associated
with this channel bonding group
which includes TX32 or 2:8 CMTS
modules installed in the BSR local channels are represented as
downstream channel number
each in the channel list needs to be
separated by a space - a remote
TX32 downstream channel must be
bound before it can be bonded (refer
to the example output below)
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]

13-38

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream carrier-only

The downstream carrier-only function is disabled by default and is used for testing
purposes only to control the behavior of the downstream output. The cable
downstream carrier-only command is optionally used as a test function to enable the
sending of an un-modulated (CW) RF carrier on the downstream port. The no cable
downstream carrier-only command disables the sending of the un-modulated RF
carrier on the downstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
TX32 Downstream Configuration
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> carrier-only
no cable downstream <NUM> carrier-only
Command Syntax
NUM
the downstream channel or port number
Command Default
Modulation to the RF carrier is disabled.
13-39
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream channel-id

The cable downstream channel-id command allows a user to specify a Channel ID
number for a downstream port instead of using the default pre-defined Channel IDs
that are automatically assigned to the downstream ports by the SRM. Refer to the BSR
64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide for a listing of the default
downstream channel IDs.
Note: Channel IDs must be unique within a BSR chassis.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> channel-id <1-255>
no cable downstream <NUM> channel-id <1-255>
Command Syntax
13-40
NUM
the downstream channel or port

number
1-255
the downstream Channel ID number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream channel-mode

The cable downstream channel-mode command configures the channel mode (1
channel, 2 channel, or 4 channel) of a TX32 downstream RF port. The no cable
downstream channel-mode command returns to the default value. When configured
to the default value of 4, the configuration is not displayed in with the show
running-config downstream port command.
Note: The TX32 downstream RF port must be shutdown before changing the
channel mode of the port. Also, the user must first unbind the already bound
affected channels of the TX32 downstream RF port before changing the
channel mode of the port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream channel-mode {1 | 2 | 4}
no cable downstream channel-mode {1 | 2 | 4}
Command Syntax
1
allocate 1 channel on this port
allocate 2 channels on this port
allocate 4 channels on this port
Command Default
4 = allocate 4 channels on this port
13-41
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream cm-status-event

The cable downstream cm-status-event command configures a downstream
CM-STATUS event bitmask. This command must be used to configure the following
specific downstream event bits.
1
MDD timeout
QAM/FEC lock failure
MDD recovery
QAM/FEC lock recovery
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> cm-status-event <0x0-0xffff>
Command Syntax
NUM
The downstream port number.
0x0-0xffff
The event bitmask in hexidecimal

number format.
Command Default
0x0012
13-42
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream description

The cable downstream description command is used to specify descriptive
information for a downstream port.
For example: an MSO could assign the following description:
MOT:7A(config-ds)#cable downstream description TX32 dsport 0
MOT:7A(config-if)#cable downstream 0 description 2:8 local dsport 0
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

TX32 Downstream Configuration Mode
cable downstream description <LINE>
Cable Interface Configuration Mode
cable downstream <NUM> description <LINE>
Command Syntax
NUM
LINE
the text that describes the interface - this

information is limited to 80 characters spaces can be used and are counted as a part
of the 80 character limit
13-43
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream fiber-node

The cable downstream fiber-node command associates a TX32 RF Port or CMTS
2:8 downstream port to one or more configured fiber nodes. The no cable
downstream fiber-node command removes a fiber node association. Up to 8 fiber
nodes can be associated with a downstream channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream fiber-node <WORD>
no cable downstream fiber-node
cable downstream <NUM> fiber-node <WORD>
no cable downstream <NUM> fiber-node
Command Syntax
13-44
NUM
The downstream port number.
WORD
The list of fiber node names separated by

commas with no spaces allowed. Up to 8 fiber
nodes can be associated with a downstream
channel.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream frequency

The cable downstream frequency command is used to set the fixed center
downstream frequency for RF output. The no cable downstream command returns
the fixed center downstream frequency of RF output to the default.
Note: The four downstream frequencies of a TX32 downstream port are
configured by configuring downstream channel 0s center frequency. Explicit
configuration of the downstream frequency for channels 1-3 is not allowed.
The downstream frequencies of channels 1-3 are derived internally as the
next three contiguous frequencies in the spectrum (based on a channel-width
of 6 or 8 MHz) from the downstream frequency defined for channel 0.
Note: The respective DOCSIS standard (North American DOCSIS,
Euro-DOCSIS, or Japan-DOCSIS) must be specified with the cable dtx type
command before a downstream frequency can be selected for a TX32
module.
The Japan DOCSIS Standard must be specified with the cable cmts type
command before a downstream frequency can be selected for any Japan
DOCSIS Standard CMTS 2:8 module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
13-45
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

North American DOCSIS
cable downstream <NUM> frequency <91000000-857000000>
no cable downstream <NUM> frequency <91000000-857000000>
EuroDOCSIS Standard
Command Syntax
NUM
91000000-857000000
the downstream carrier center frequency for

the North American DOCSIS standard - valid
values are from 91000000 to 857000000
Hertz (Hz) for North American DOCSIS and
should be in multiples of 62500 Hz
112000000-858000000 the downstream carrier center frequency for

the EuroDOCSIS standard - valid values are
from 112000000 to 858000000 Hertz (Hz) for
EuroDOCSIS and should be in multiples of
62500 Hz
91000000-860000000
the downstream carrier center frequency for

the Japan DOCSIS (J-DOCSIS) Standard valid values are from 91000000 to 857000000
Hertz (Hz) for Japan DOCSIS and should be
in multiples of 62500 Hz
Command Default
555000000 Hz
13-46
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream interleave-depth

The cable operator can protect the downstream path from excess noise or decrease
latency on the downstream path by setting the interleave depth. A higher interleave
depth provides more protection from noise on the HFC network, but increases
downstream latency. A lower interleave depth decreases downstream latency, but
provides less protection from noise on the HFC network.
The cable downstream interleave-depth command sets the downstream port
interleave depth criteria.
Note: A higher interleave depth provides more protection from bursts of noise
on the HFC network; however, it increases downstream latency.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
no cable downstream interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
cable downstream <NUM> interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
no cable downstream <NUM> interleave-depth {8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128}
Command Syntax
NUM
13-47
Release 6.2.0
Review the following to determine the appropriate interleave-depth. The increment

parameter determines the amount of delay increment in symbols for each additional
tap in the algorithm
Depth
# of Taps
Increments
16
12
12
17
16
16
32
32
64
64
128
128
Note: The Euro DOCSIS standard requires an interleave depth of 12.
Command Default
The command default is 8 for North American DOCSIS.
13-48
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream loadbalance-group

The cable downstream loadbalance-group command assigns a downstream channel
to a load balancing group. The no cable downstream loadbalance-group command
removes the downstream channel from the load balancing group.
Note: The same downstream channel may be assigned to multiple load

balancing groups.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> loadbalance-group <WORD>
no cable downstream <NUM> loadbalance-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
NUM
WORD
the name of the load balancing group to

assign to this downstream channel or port
number
13-49
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream modulation

The cable downstream modulation command sets the modulation rate for a
downstream port. The no cable downstream modulation command returns the
modulation rate setting to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream modulation {256 | 64}
no cable downstream modulation {256 | 64}
cable downstream <NUM> modulation {256 | 64}
no cable downstream <NUM> modulation {256 | 64}
Command Syntax
NUM
256
the modulation rate, 8 bits per downstream

symbol
64
the modulation rate, 6 bits per downstream

symbol
Command Default
64 QAM
13-50
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream multicast enable

The cable downstream multicast enable command allows a user to configure a
downstream channel as multicast capable. This enables the replication of
downstream multicast packets on the specified channel/port. The no cable
downstream multicast enable command disables the replication of a downstream
multicast packets on this downstream channel/port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <0-3> multicast enable
no cable downstream <0-3> multicast enable
cable downstream <NUM> multicast enable
no cable downstream <NUM> multicast enable
Command Syntax
0-3
the TX32 downstream channel number
NUM
the CMTS 2:8 downstream port number
Command Default
Enabled
13-51
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval

The cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval configures the periodic resetting
of bonding capable cable modems operating in a non-bonded mode after a specific
time interval. The command checks for downstream voice flows to determine if there
is an active call on a cable modem before resetting it. If there is an active call, the
cable modem is not reset. The no cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval
command disables the periodic resetting of bonding capable cable modems operating
in a non-bonded mode fter a specific time interval.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval <5-10080>
no cable downstream non-bonding-reset interval
Command Syntax
5-10080
The reset interval in minutes.
Command Default
Disabled
13-52
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream port

TX32 Downstream Port Configuration mode allows a user to configure a TX32
downstream port. The cable downstream port command enters TX32 Downstream
Port Configuration mode. After issuing the cable downstream port command, the
command line prompt changes to:
MOT:7A(config-ds)#
Use the end or exit commands to return to Global Configuration mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream port <X/Y>
Command Syntax
X/Y
the slot and downstream port number

of the TX32 module
13-53
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream power-level

The cable downstream power-level command sets the power level of a downstream
channel. The no cable downstream power-level changes the power level setting of a
downstream channel to the default. The cable downstream power-level command
set the absolute power level in tenths of dBmV.
Note: The allowed power levels that can be specified with the cable
downstream power-level command for theTX32 will vary depending on the
channel mode that the TX32 is set to with the cable downstream
channel-mode command (1, 2, or 4 channel mode).
Power-level ranges valid for a TX32 port are as follows:
Channel Mode 1 Power Level <520-600>
If a power level is configured beyond the range allowed, an error will be
displayed and the configuration will be rejected.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
13-54
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

cable downstream power-level <440-600>
no cable downstream power-level <440-600>
cable downstream <NUM> power-level <450-630>
no cable downstream <NUM> power-level <450-630>
Command Syntax
NUM
440-600
downstream power level value for a TX32

module in tenths of a dBmV
450-630
downstream power level value for a 2:8

CMTS module in tenths of a dBmV
Command Defaults
2:8 CMTS module = 550 (55.0 dBmV)
TX32 module = 520 (52.0 dBmV)
13-55
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream primary-capable

The cable downstream primary-capable command enables the primary capable
option for a downstream channel port. The no cable downstream primary-capable
command to disables the primary capable option for a downstream channel or port.
When configured to the default to value of Enabled, the cable downstream
primary-capable configuration is not displayed in the show running-config
command output.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> primary-capable
no cable downstream <NUM> primary-capable
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Enabled
13-56
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream rate-limit

The cable downstream rate-limit command controls whether rate limiting is applied
to downstream traffic on a given downstream interface. The no cable upstream
rate-limit command disables downstream rate limiting. A token-bucket algorithm is
used for rate limiting.
Note: If rate limiting is enabled, downstream traffic is rate limited according to
the cable modems configured throughput. Packets may be buffered at times
when any cable modem or the hosts behind the cable modems transmit data
exceeding the permitted bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> rate-limit
no cable downstream <NUM> rate-limit
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Disabled
13-57
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream schedule

The cable downstream schedule command is used to configure the type of
scheduling to be applied on downstream ports.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream schedule {priority-only | priority-wfq}
Command Syntax
13-58
priority-only
specifies the use of straight priority-based

scheduling
priority-wfq
specifies the use of priority-based weighted

fair queuing scheduling
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream scrambler on

The cable downstream scrambler on command enables the scrambler for a
downstream port. The no cable downstream scrambler on command disables the
scrambler for a downstream port.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream scrambler on
no cable downstream scrambler on
cable downstream <NUM> scrambler on
no cable downstream <NUM> scrambler on
Command Syntax
NUM
13-59
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream service-flow-attribute

The cable downstream service-flow-attribute command allows a user to override a
downstream ports default sfProvAttributeMask.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> service-flow-attribute <0x00000000-0xFFFFFFFF>
no cable downstream <NUM> service-flow-attribute
Command Syntax
13-60
NUM
A list of local and/or remote downstream

channels associated with this channel bonding
group which includes TX32 or 2:8 CMTS
modules installed in the BSR.
local channels are represented as a single
digit channel number
remote channels are in the form slot/
downstream port number/downstream
channel number
Each in the channel list needs to be separated
by a space. A remote TX32 downstream
channel must be bound before it can be
bonded (refer to the example output below).
The BSR supports up to 8 channels in a
downstream bonding group.
0x00000000-0xFFFFFFFF
The hexadecimal attribute mask.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]


Command Default
0x00000000
13-61
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream shutdown

The cable downstream shutdown command is used to disable an enabled
downstream port. Certain downstream parameters require that the downstream port is
disabled before these parameters are configured.
The downstream port is disabled by default. Use the no cable downstream shutdown
command to enable the downstream port after the required downstream parameters
are configured for the BSR. The downstream port is not active for data transmission
until it is enabled.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream shutdown
no cable downstream shutdown
cable downstream <NUM> shutdown
no cable downstream <NUM> shutdown
cable downstream <NUM> shutdown
no cable downstream <NUM> shutdown
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
The downstream port(s) on the cable interface is disabled or "shut down" by default.
13-62
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream sync-interval

The cable downstream sync-interval command sets the synchronization interval
between transmission of successive SYNC messages from the TX32 to the cable
modems. The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive
synchronization message transmissions from a TX32s RF port. The no cable
downstream sync-interval returns the interval setting to transmit SYNC messages to
the default.
Note: Disable the cable interface using the cable downstream shutdown
command before using the cable downstream sync-interval command.
The BSR will only send SYNC messages on primary capable downstream channels.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream sync-interval <0-200>
no cable downstream sync-interval <0-200>
Command Syntax
0-200
synchronization interval in milliseconds.
Command Default
10
13-63
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream threshold

The cable downstream threshold command specifies downstream channel upper
and lower queue thresholds for a 2:8 CMTS or 2:8 (2.0) CMTS module. This
command allows an operator to configure "back pressure" parameters for various
applications. For example, if the BSR is running both a time critical application (such
as Voice Over IP) and best effort service, the cable downstream threshold command
guarantees that the downstream scheduler can only release bandwidth within a certain
specified range to the downstream channel. When a higher priority VOIP packet
arrives, the VOIP packet will move ahead of the previously queued downstream
non-VOIP data.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> threshold {bytes <500-65535> [<500-65535>] | pdu
<16-256> <16-256>}
no cable downstream <NUM> threshold {bytes <500-65535> [<500-65535>] | pdu
<16-256> <16-256>}
Command Syntax
13-64
NUM
the downstream channel number
bytes
use the byte count as a threshold unit
500-65535
specify the upper byte threshold
500-65535
specify the optional lower byte threshold
pdu
use the PDU count as a threshold unit
16-256
specify the upper PDU threshold
16-256
specify the lower PDU threshold
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Defaults
upper byte threshold = 1000 bytes
lower byte threshold = 500 bytes
upper pdu threshold = 32 PDUs
lower pdu threshold = 16 PDUs
Note: When using the byte count parameter as the threshold unit, you must
specify a value for the lower byte threshold. If the lower byte threshold is not
specified, the BSR will automatically use one half of the upper byte threshold
value as the lower byte threshold value.
13-65
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream trap-enable-if

The cable downstream trap-enable-if command enables the
ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap for a downstream channel. The
ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a link up or link down trap should
be generated. The cable downstream no trap-enable-if command disables the
ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> trap-enable-if
no cable downstream <NUM> trap-enable-if
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Disabled
13-66
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable downstream trap-enable-rdn

The cable downstream trap-enable-rdn command enables the
rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap for a downstream channel. The
should be generated. The no cable downstream trap-enable-rdn command disables
the rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> trap-enable-rdn
no cable downstream <NUM> trap-enable-rdn
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Disabled
13-67
Release 6.2.0
cable dtx type

The cable dtx type command configures the operational mode of a TX32 module. If
the default configuration of domestic is used, the cable dtx type command
configuration does not appear in the show running-config command output. The
cable dtx type command is only applicable to TX32 slots.
Note: All downstream channels of the DTX card must be administratively
shutdown before the DTX type is changed.
The respective DOCSIS standard (North American DOCSIS, EuroDOCSIS,
or Japan-DOCSIS) must be specified with the cable dtx type command
before a downstream frequency can be selected for a TX32 module.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
TX32 Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

cable dtx type {domestic | euro | japan }
Command Syntax
domestic
set module type to North American DOCSIS

standard
euro
set module type to EuroDOCSIS standard
japan
set module type to Japan-DOCSIS standard
Command Default
domestic
13-68
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout

The cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout command allows a user to set an
admitted timeout value for admitted service flows. If the admitted timeout value is
exceeded by a service flow, the service flow is deleted. In previous software releases,
the service flow was only deferred. The value specified with this command will be
used for the admitted timeout unless an admitted timeout value is specified by the
TLV. The no cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout command disables the
admitted timeout timer.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable or loopback interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout <0-65535>
no cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout
Command Syntax
0-65535
the admitted timeout in seconds, a value of

"0" disables the admitted timeout timer
Note: Disabling the cable dynamic-service admitted-timeout command by

using a value of "0" or using the no version of the command, causes a
service flow that has exceeded an admitted timeout to be deferred instead of
deleted as in previous software releases.
Command Default
0
13-69
Release 6.2.0
cable fast-path cm
The cable fast-path cm command enables HSIM fast path forwarding of cable
modem traffic by adding cable modem ARP entries to the HSIM fast path. The no
cable fast-path cm command disables HSIM fast path forwarding of cable modem
traffic.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable fast-path cm
no cable fast-path cm
Command Default
Enabled
13-70
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable filter group index src-ip

The cable filter group index src-ip command configures the source IP address and
bit mask, which must match the classified packets source IP address and bit mask.
The no cable filter group index src-ip command returns to the default values.
The no cable filter group index command deletes the assigned packet filter group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> src-ip <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> src-ip <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64>
Command Syntax
1-32
subscriber management filter group

number
1-64
submanagement packet filter number

(index)
A.B.C.D
source IP address
A.B.C.D
source IP bit mask
Command Default
source IP address: 0.0.0.0
source IP bit mask: 0.0.0.0
13-71
Release 6.2.0
cable filter group index dst-ip

The cable filter group index dst-ip command configures the destination IP address
and bit mask, which must match the classified packets destination IP address and bit
mask.
The no cable filter group index dst-ip command returns to the default values.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> dst-ip <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> dst-ip <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64

(index)
A.B.C.D
destination IP address
A.B.C.D
destination IP bit mask
Command Default
destination IP address: 0.0.0.0
destination IP bit mask: 0.0.0.0
13-72
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable filter group index ulp

Use the cable filter group index ulp command in Global Configuration mode to
configure the Layer 4 upper level protocol (ULP) IP protocol number, which is to be
matched in the classified packet.
The no cable filter group index ulp command returns to the default value.
Note: If the ULP number is 256, it matches all ULP values.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> ulp <0-256>
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> ulp <0-256>
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64

(index)
0-256
ULP number
Command Default
256
13-73
Release 6.2.0
cable filter group index tos

The cable filter group index tos command configures the Type of Service (TOS)
value and mask, which is to be matched in the classified packet.
The no cable filter group index tos command returns to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> tos <0x0-0xff> <0x0-0xff>
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> tos <0x0-0xff> <0x0-0xff>
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64

(index)
0x0-0xff
hexidecimal TOS number
0x0-0xff
hexidecimal TOS mask
Command Default
0x0
13-74
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable filter group index action

The cable filter group index action command configures the action to take when the
packet filter matches.
The no cable filter group index action command disables the packet filter.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> action {accept | drop}
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> action {accept | drop}
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64

(index)
accept
accepts the packet for further

processing
drop
discards the packet
Command Default
accept
13-75
Release 6.2.0
cable filter group index enable

The cable filter group index enable command enables the configured packet filter.
The no cable filter group index enable command disables the configured packet
filter.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> enable
no cable filter group <1-32> index <1-64> enable
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64

(index)
Command Default
Disabled
13-76
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list aging

The cable flap-list aging command specifies the cable flap-list aging in terms of
maximum number of minutes a cable modem is kept in the flap-list. Use the no cable
flap-list aging command to disable cable flap-list aging.
Use this command to keep track of cable modem mac address upstream and
downstream traffic for every cable modem having communication problems.
Problems can be detected when the cable is inactive. This command will show cable
modem registration events, missed ranging packets, upstream power adjustments, and
the CMTS physical interface. Monitoring the flap list can not affect cable modem
communications.
The user can get the following information with the cable flap-list aging number of
days command:
Upstream performance data.
Quality control installation data.
Cable modem problem isolation and location.
CMTS problems based upon high activity.
Unreliable upstream paths based on high CRC errors.
Unreliable in-home wiring problems based on high CRC errors.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Global Configuration and Interface Configuration (cable interface only)
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list aging <1-86400>
no cable flap-list aging <1-86400>
Command Syntax
1-86400
maximum number of minutes a cable modem

is kept in the flap-list
13-77
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
1440 minutes
13-78
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list insertion-time

The cable flap-list insertion-time command sets the insertion time interval in
seconds. Use the no form of this command to disable insertion time.
Use the cable flap-list insertion-time command to manage the flapping modem
detector and place the cable modem on the flap list if the connection time is outside
the insertion time interval.
Note: The insertion-time is the time taken by cable modems to complete their
registration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list insertion-time <1-86400>
no cable flap-list insertion-time <1-86400>
Command Syntax
1-86400
insertion time interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
13-79
Release 6.2.0
cable flap-list miss-threshold

The cable flap-list miss-threshold command specifies the threshold for missing
consecutive polling messages which triggers the polling flap detector. The no cable
flap-list miss-threshold removes the specified threshold.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list miss-threshold <1-12>
no cable flap-list miss-threshold <1-12>
Command Syntax
1-12
missing consecutive polling messages
Command Default
6
13-80
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list percentage threshold

The cable flap-list percentage-threshold command specifies the CM miss
percentage threshold. The no cable flap-list percentage-threshold command
restores the default threshold value.
If CM miss percentage exceeds the flapListPercentageThreshold and the flapListTrap
is enabled with the cable flap-list trap-enable command, a flapListTrap will be sent
to the CMTS by the SNMP agent.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list percentage-threshold <1-100>
no cable flap-list percentage-threshold
Command Syntax
1-100
the CM miss threshold percentage
Command Default
10 percent
13-81
Release 6.2.0
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold

The cable flap-list power-adjust threshold specifies the flap-list power adjustment
parameters in dBmV for recording a flap-list event. The no cable flap-list
power-adjust threshold command disables power-adjust thresholds.
Use the cable flap-list power-adjust threshold to manage the flapping modem
detector and place the cable modem on the flap-list if the connection exceeds the
parameters.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <1-10>
no cable flap-list power-adjust threshold <1-10>
Command Syntax
1-10
threshold in dBmV
Command Default
2 dBmV
13-82
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable flap-list size

The cable flap-list size command specifies the flap-list size, the maximum number of
cable modems in the flap-list. The no cable flap-list size command sets the default
flap-list table size.
Use the cable flap-list size number command to set the number of modems that the
cable flap-list table can record.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list size <1-8191>
no cable flap-list size <1-8191>
Command Syntax
1-8191
number of cable modems that can register to

the flap-list table
Command Default
256 cable modems
13-83
Release 6.2.0
cable flap-list trap-enable

The cable flap-list trap-enable command controls whether a flapListTrap will be
sent to the CMTS by the SNMP agent if the CM miss percentage exceeds the
flapListPercentageThreshold specified with the cable flap-list percentage threshold
command. The no cable flap-list percentage-threshold command disables sending
the flapListTrap.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable flap-list trap-enable
no cable flap-list trap-enable
Command Default
Enabled
13-84
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable helper-address
The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet, and
reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the router and
communicate with the DHCP server. The cable helper-address command enables
broadcast forwarding for User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets.
The cable helper-address command can also be used to define the cable helper
address to be used for all CPEs whose CMs have an IP address in a particular subnets
address space. This forces the BSR relay agent to forward DHCP requests from a CPE
using a selected ISP to a DHCP server configured for that selected ISP.
Note: The isp-bind option is only available after selecting the host or mta
options. It is not available for the cable modem option.
Note: The cable helper-address command allows operators to support

multiple CM subnets bound to a single cable helper-address. Any DHCP
requests from clients that are attached to CMs that are part of the Multiple
ISP configuration will have their requests relayed to any defined ip
helper-addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem [isp-bind <A.B.C.D>] | mta
[isp-bind <A.B.C.D>]}
no cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> {cable-modem [isp-bind <A.B.C.D>] | mta
[isp-bind <A.B.C.D>]}
13-85
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-86
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the destination DHCP

server.
cable-modem
specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are

forwarded.
mta
specifies that only CPE MTA broadcasts are

forwarded.
isp-bind A.B.C.D
specifies the secondary IP subnet to which the

cable-helper is bound.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable helper-address host vendor-class-identifiers

The cable helper-address host vendor-class-identifiers command assigns a helper
address to a vendor class identifier (VCI) group. This helper address will only be used
when a host includes the VCI option (option 60) and the field matches one of the VCI
strings in the assigned VCI group.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> host vendor-class-identifiers <1-32> [global |
vrf ]
no cable helper-address <A.B.C.D> host vendor-class-identifiers <1-32> [global |
vrf ]
Command Syntax
1-32
the vendor class identifier group number
global
specify that the helper address is on the global

network
vrf
specify that the helper address is on a VPN
13-87
Release 6.2.0
cable host authorization range

The cable host authorization range command configures an authorization IP
address range for Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) access to the BSR. The no
cable host authorization range command disables IP address range authorization.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable host authorization range <prefix> <prefix>
no cable host authorization range <prefix> <prefix>
Command Syntax
13-88
prefix
starting CPE IP address range
prefix
ending CPE IP address range
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable insert-interval
The cable insert-interval command sets the interval at which Initial Maintenance
intervals are scheduled in the upstream.These intervals are used by cable modems to
send ranging request messages when attempting to join the network. The no cable
insert-interval command is used to set the default insertion interval.
Note: Ensure that the upstream port is down before setting the insertion
interval.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable insert-interval <0-200>
no cable insert-interval <0-200>
Command Syntax
0-200
The insert interval in hundredths of a second.
Command Default
The default insertion interval is 20 hundredths of a second.
13-89
Release 6.2.0
cable intercept
The BSR provides a way to monitor and intercept data originating from a DOCSIS
network through the Cable Intercept feature, which provides Multiple System
Operators (MSOs) with Lawful Intercept capabilities required by the
Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) for electronic
surveillance. Lawful Intercept capabilities are used by law enforcement agencies to
conduct electronic surveillance of circuit and data communications.
Warning: Lawful Intercept capabilities to intercept customer traffic are
authorized by either a judicial means to support local laws or through an
administrative order governed by service level agreements (SLAs). The
proper legal or administrative persons must be contacted first before
customer traffic is intercepted and examined.
Note: The cable intercept command is only available to a user logged in as

securityuser - refer to Configuring Cable Intercepts in the BSR 64000 CMTS
Configuration and Management Guide.
When the Cable Intercept feature is initiated, copies of the data transmissions from
and to a specified Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) MAC address (such as a PC)
are sent to an intercept collector, which is a server at a specified IP address and UDP
port number.
Each CMTS resource module supports a maximum of 16 cable intercept entries in the
startup configuration and running configuration files. Only one MAC address per
CPE device, such as a PC can be intercepted and only packets from these CPEs are
intercepted.
Use the cable intercept command to create a cable intercept on the CMTS interface
to respond to CALEA requests from law enforcement for traffic regarding a specific
user. Use the no cable intercept command to delete a cable intercept on the CMTS
interface.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
13-90
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

cable intercept <mac> [source <A.B.C.D>] <prefix> <0-65535> [<prefix>
<0-65535> [<prefix> <0-65535>]]
no cable intercept <mac> <prefix> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
mac
The intercept source, which is the MAC address from

are copied and forwarded to the data collection
server. Most often, this MAC address is the user's
CPE device (such as a PC or VoIP phone), and not
the MAC address of the user's cable modem.
source <A.B.C.D>
Specifies an optional hard-coded source IP address

for intercepted packets. You must specify an address
that is routable to the data collection servers.
prefix
Specifies the destination IP addresses for the data

collection servers that receive copies of the
forwarded traffic. You can configure one, two, or
three destination/port pairs. Intercepted packets are
sent to each of the configured data collection server
addresses.
0-65535

provided.
13-91
Release 6.2.0
cable ip-broadcast-echo
The cable ip-broadcast-echo command reflects all upstream broadcast flows back to
the downstream to mimic a broadcast domain. The no cable ip-broadcast-echo
command disabled this functionality.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable ip-broadcast-echo
no cable ip-broadcast-echo
Command Default
Disabled
13-92
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable ip-multicast-echo
The cable ip-multicast-echo command reflects all upstream multicast flows back to
the downstream to mimic a multicast domain. The no cable ip-multicast-echo
command disabled this functionality.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage
cable ip-multicast-echo
no cable ip-multicast-echo
Command Default
Disabled
13-93
Release 6.2.0
cable load-balance
The cable load-balance command executes downstream or upstream static load
balancing (based on ds-reg or us-reg rules) for all registered cable modems in the
affected load balancing groups. Downstream or upstream static count-based load
balancing evenly distributes cable modems across multiple channels serving the same
geographical community or Spectrum Group. The term "static" means that the BSR
will only attempt to move a cable modem to another channel after the registration
process is complete. Static downstream or upstream load balancing occurs
automatically moves a newly registered cable modem to the least loaded channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable load-balance [downstream| upstream] [loadbalance-group <WORD>]
Command Syntax
13-94
downstream
enable downstream cable modem count load

balancing
upstream
enable upstream cable modem count load

balancing
loadbalance-group
WORD
load balance the specified load balancing

group
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable loadbalance-group
The cable loadbalance-group command accesses Load Balancing Group
Configuration mode. Load Balancing Group Configuration mode allows you to create
a new load balancing group or modify an existing load balancing group. The no cable
loadbalance-group command removes a load balancing group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Global Configuration and Load Balancing Group Configuration Mode
Command Line Usage

cable loadbalance-group <WORD> [<X/Y> | snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
no cable loadbalance-group <WORD> [<X/Y> | snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
WORD
The name of the load balancing group to be

created or modified.
X/Y
The RX48 module slot and MAC domain

number (0-15).
snmp-index
0-4294967295
The SNMP index value.
13-95
Release 6.2.0
cable loadbalance-policy
The cable loadbalance-policy command enters Load Balancing Policy Configuration
mode for a specified load balancing policy. Load Balancing Policy Configuration
mode allows you to create a new load balancing policy or modify an existing load
balancing policy. Load balancing policies provide control over the autonomous load
balancing process on a per-CM basis. A load balancing policy is described by a set of
conditions (rules) that govern the autonomous load balancing process for the CM. The
no cable loadbalance-policy command removes a load balancing policy.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable loadbalance-policy <WORD> [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
no cable loadbalance-policy <WORD> [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
13-96
WORD
the name of the load balancing policy to be

created or modified
snmp-index
0-4294967295
the SNMP index value
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable loadbalance-restricted (2:8 CMTS)

The cable loadbalance-restricted command allows you to designate a particular CM
or a range of CMs in a Load Balancing Group as restricted. A Restricted Load
Balancing Group is associated with a specific, provisioned set of cable modems.
Restricted Load Balancing Groups are used to accommodate a topology specific
or provisioning specific restriction such as a set of channels reserved exclusively
for business customers.
The no cable loadbalance-restricted command allows you to remove the restricted
designation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable loadbalance-restricted [<1-256> | <WORD> [ snmp-index
<0-4294967295>]] no-move [<1-100> [<mac> [<mac>]]]
no cable loadbalance-restricted [<1-256> | <WORD> [ snmp-index
<0-4294967295>]] no-move [<1-100> [<mac> [<mac>]]]
Command Syntax
1-256
the load balancing group ID
WORD
the load balancing group name
snmp-index
0-4294967295
no-move
restricted cable modems that cannot be

moved to another channel
1-100
the restricted cable modem index that cannot

be moved to another channel
13-97
Release 6.2.0
mac
the MAC address of the CM to be restricted

from load balancing in the form of
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
mac
the mask to specify a particular CM or a range

of CMs in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Note: The cable modem index refers to an index of the Restricted List not the
index of the CM record.
13-98
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable loadbalance-restricted (RX48)

The cable loadbalance-restricted command designate a Load Balancing Group as
restricted. A Restricted Load Balancing Group is associated with a specific,
provisioned set of cable modems. Restricted Load Balancing Groups are used to
accommodate a topology specific or provisioning specific restriction such as a set
of channels reserved exclusively for business customers.
The no cable loadbalance-restricted command removes the restricted designation.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (RX48 module only)
Command Line Usage

cable loadbalance-restricted <WORD> upstream <Upstream RfChannel>
downstream <Downstream Port>
no cable loadbalance-restricted <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
The load balancing group name.
upstream
Upstream RfChannel
The RX48 port number (0-7) and upstream

RF channel number (0-5). For example: 2/0.
downstream
Downstream Port
The TX32 downstream channel in the form

slot/downstream port number/downstream
channel number. For example: 4/0/1.
13-99
Release 6.2.0
cable loadbalance-rule
The cable loadbalance-rule command creates a new load balancing rule or modifies
an existing load balancing rule. The no cable loadbalance-rule command removes a
load balancing rule.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable loadbalance-rule <WORD> {dis-period <0-86400> <0-86400> | disable |
ds-util {min <0-100> delta <0-100> stop <0-100} | enable | interval <0-480> |
rem-dsx | spec-trigger | us-reg modem-count-thresh <1-50> | us-util {min
<0-100> delta <0-100> stop <0-100}} [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
no cable loadbalance-rule <WORD> {dis-period <0-86400> <0-86400> | disable |
ds-util {min <0-100> delta <0-100> stop <0-100} | enable | interval <0-480> |
rem-dsx | spec-trigger | us-reg modem-count-thresh <1-50> | us-util {min
<0-100> delta <0-100> stop <0-100}} [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
13-100
WORD
the policy rule name
dis-period
disable load balancing for a specified time

period
0-86400
dis-period start time in seconds after 12:00

AM
0-86400
dis-period length in seconds
disable
disable the load balancing rule
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
ds-util min 0-100
minimum threshold percentage of

downstream utilization before load-balancing
starts - any downstream channel that has a
minimum utilization value of "0" will
participate in load balancing
ds-util delta 0-100
delta percentage of downstream utilization

between load-balancing channels to start load
balancing - the delta between two
downstream channels must be equal to or
exceed a utilization of "0" before load
balancing can start
ds-util stop 0-100
delta percentage of downstream utilization

between load-balancing channels to stop load
balancing - when moving cable modems
between downstream channels the process
will attempt to bring the channels as close to
"0" as possible before stopping
enable
enable the load balancing rule
interval 5-480
periodic interval for load balancing in

minutes
rem-dsx
remote DSX resource failure load-balancing
spec-trigger
trigger load balancing when there is a

spectrum management configuration change
us-reg
modem-count-thresh
1-50
the maximum allowed difference in the cable

modem count between the cable modem's
initial upstream channel and the least loaded
upstream channel in the load balance group
us-util min 0-100
minimum threshold percentage of upstream

utilization before load-balancing starts - any
upstream channel that has a minimum
utilization value of "0" will participate in load
balancing
13-101
Release 6.2.0
us-util delta 0-100
delta percentage of upstream utilization

between load-balancing channels to start load
balancing - the delta between two upstream
channels must be equal to or exceed a
utilization of "0" before load balancing can
start
us-util stop 0-100
delta percentage of upstream utilization

between load-balancing channels to stop load
balancing - when moving cable modems
between upstream channels the process will
attempt to bring the channels as close to "0"
as possible before stopping
snmp-index
0-4294967295
Note: Only the maximum utilized channel must meet the minimum threshold
value before load balancing starts within a load balancing group.
Note: The load balancing disable period (dis-period) that is entered in a load
balancing rule cannot span AM to PM (i.e. 4 PM through 9 AM).
For example, to disable load balancing for this time period, you would need to
enter two separate command strings, 4 PM to 11:59:59 PM and 00:00:01 AM
to 9 AM, as follows:
cable loadbalance-rule <WORD> dis-period 57600 86399
cable loadbalance-rule <WORD> dis-period 1 32400
Command Defaults
us-reg modem-count-thresh = 5
13-102
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
13-103
Release 6.2.0
cable load-balance spectrum-group

The cable load-balance spectrum-group command balances cable modems across
all upstream channels within the same Spectrum Group. This command can be used
for one specific Spectrum Group or for all Spectrum Groups.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable load-balance spectrum-group [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
only balance the specified Spectrum Group
Note: If load balancing is disabled for a Spectrum Group, that specific

Spectrum Group can still be load balanced by including the Spectrum Group
name with the cable load-balance spectrum-group command. If the cable
load-balance spectrum-group command is used without a specific
Spectrum Group name, any Spectrum Groups that have load balancing
disabled will not be load balanced.
13-104
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable load-balancing dcc-mrc-mode

The cable load-balancing dcc-mrc-mode command forces the usage of Dynamic
Channel Change (DCC) to move an upstream channel on a DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem
with Multiple Receive Channel (MRC) mode enabled and Multiple Transmit Channel
(MTC) mode disabled. With this configuration, when a DOCSIS 3.0 modem is in
MRC modem, and not in MTC mode, Dynamic Bonding Change (DBC) will not be
used for upstream channel moves rather, DCC will be used.
MRC mode is a cable modem capabiality that allows a cable modem to receive
downstream traffic from multiple downstream channels. MTC mode is a cable
modem capabiality that allows a cable modem to send upstream traffic on multiple
upstream channels
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable load-balancing dcc-mrc-mode {enable | disable}
Command Syntax
enable
Allows DCC to move an upsteam channel on

a DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem with MRC mode
enabled and MTC mode disabled.
disable
Disables the usages of DCC from moving an

upsteam channel on a DOCSIS 3.0 cable
modem with MRC mode enabled and MTC
mode disabled. With this configuration, when
a DOCSIS 3.0 modem is in MRC modem,
and not in MTC mode, DBC will be used for
upstream channel moves.
Command Default
Disabled
13-105
Release 6.2.0
cable load-balancing interval

The cable load-balancing interval command sets the dynamic load balancing
interval in minutes.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable load-balancing interval <5-480>
no cable load-balancing interval <5-480
Command Syntax
5-480
13-106
The dynamic load balancing interval in

minutes.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable load-balancing tcc

The cable load-balancing tcc command enables or disables TCC TLV encodings to
be sent in a REG-RSP-MP message to a DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable load-balancing tcc {enable | disable}
Command Syntax
enable
Enables TCC TLV encodings.
disable
Disables TCC TLV encodings.
Command Default
Disabled
13-107
Release 6.2.0
cable mdd-interval
In order to communicate topology and IP layer service initialization parameters to a
DOCSIS 3.0 Cable Modem, the BSR transmits an MAC Domain Descriptor (MDD)
message periodically on every downstream channel in the MAC Domain. The MDD
message is configured with the cable mdd-interval command. A separate MDD
message is sent for each downstream channel associated with the bonding domain
where a DOCSIS 3.0 bonding group is configured. This message is used by the cable
modem during initialization. The information provided to the cable modem in the
MDD message allows the cable modem to identify the downstream fiber node it is
connected to and which downstream channels reach it. The downstream fiber node is
identified by the MAC Domain Downstream Service Group (MD-DS-SG).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable mdd-interval <0-2000>
no cable mdd-interval <0-2000>
Command Syntax
0-2000
MAC Domain Descriptor message interval in

milliseconds - entries will be rounded to
nearest 50 milliseconds - a value of "0"
disables sending MDD messages on this
MAC Domain
Command Default
2000 milliseconds (2 seconds)
13-108
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem-aging-timer
The cable modem-aging-timer command specifies a cable modem aging timer in
minutes. Cable modems that go off-line are automatically removed from the network
after the configured time period.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem-aging-timer {<10-30240> | off}
Command Syntax
10-30240
the cable modem aging timer number in

minutes (10 minutes to 21 days)
off
disables the cable modem aging timer
Command Default
Disabled
13-109
Release 6.2.0
cable modem control

The command sends a CM-CTRL-REQ management message to DOCSIS 3.0
capable cable modems. The CM-CTRL-REQ management message and is used to
perform the following actions:
n
n
n
Mute or un-mute an upstream channel. A mute interval must be specified for

mute action, i.e. an amount of time to mute the upstream channel (in
milliseconds).
Reinitialize a cable modem MAC.
Enable or disable the forwarding of PDUs in the upstream and downstream
direction for a specified cable modem.
Override a downstream status event enable bitmask.
Override upstream status event enable bitmask.
Override non-channel specific CM-STATUS event enable bitmask.
Note: A cable modem should respond to the CM-CTRL-REQ message within

5 seconds. If not, the request message is considered lost.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable modem <mac> control cm-status-override <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF>
cable modem <mac> control downstream <Downstream Port>
cm-status-override <0x0-0xFFFFFFFF>
cable modem <mac> control forwarding {enable | disable}
cable modem <mac> control mute-us-chan <0-7/0-3> mute-interva1
<0-4294967295>
13-110
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem <mac> control reinitialize

cable modem <mac> control upstream <0-7/0-3> cm-status-override
<0x0-0xFFFFFFFF>
Command Syntax
mac
The MAC address of the DOCSIS 3.0 capable

cable modem in the form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
cm-status-override Sends a CM-CTRL-REQ request to override

0x0-0xFFFFFFFF
the cm-status event enable bitmask for the

specified DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem.
downstream
Downstream Port
Specifies downstream override status event

enable bitmask.
forwarding
enable enables data forwarding for the

disable disables data forwarding for the
mute-us-chan 0-7/0-3
Mutes the upstream channel for the specified

DOCSIS 3.0 cable modem.
mute-interva1
0-4294967295
Mutes the upstream channel for the specified

interval. A value of "0" un-mutes the
upstream channel immediately and a value of
"0xFFFFFFFF (4294967295)" mutes the
upstream channel indefinitely.
reinitialize
Re-initializes the specified DOCSIS 3.0 cable

modem.
upstream 0-7/0-3
Specifies the upstream override status event

enable bitmask
13-111
Release 6.2.0
cable modem dcc

The cable modem dcc command allows an operator to manually move DOCSIS 1.1
and 2.0 cable modems or MTAs to a specified upstream and/or downstream port and
logical channel using DOCSIS Dynamic Channel Change (DCC).
Note: The upstream channel must be physically connected for DOCSIS 1.1
and 2.0 cable modems to be manually moved.
When moving a CM or MTA to a different downstream or upstream channel ,
the upstream channel must be specified first followed by the downstream
channel.
The same init-tech must be specified for both the upstream and downstream
channels.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} dcc [downstream <0-1> [init-tech <0-4>] |
init-tech <0-4>| upstream <0-7>/<0-3> [init-tech <0-4>| [downstream [init-tech
<0-4>]]]
Command Syntax
13-112
mac
the cable modem MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
prefix
the cable modem IP address
downstream 0-1
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
init-tech 0-4
the ranging technique used for DCC:

0 = re-initialize the MAC
1 = perform broadcast intitial ranging on the
new channel before normal operation
2 = perform unicast ranging on the new
channel before normal operation
3 = perform either broadcast or unicast
ranging on the new channel before normal
operation
4 = use the new channel directly without
re-intializing or ranging
upstream 0-7/0-3
the upstream port/logical channel
13-113
Release 6.2.0
cable modem deny

The cable modem deny command removes a specified cable modem from the
network and denies it future entry. The no cable modem deny command removes the
restriction from the specified cable modem.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem deny <mac>
no cable modem deny <mac>
Command Syntax
mac
13-114
CM MAC address.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem disable loadbalancing

The cable modem disable loadbalancing command disables Dynamic Load
Balancing on all BSR CMTS modules. If disabled on the BSR, Dynamic Load
Balancing operations are only allowed from an external management station. The no
cable modem disable loadbalancing command enables Dynamic Load Balancing on
all BSR CMTS modules.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem disable loadbalancing
no cable modem disable loadbalancing
Command Default
Enabled
13-115
Release 6.2.0
cable modem max-hosts

The cable modem max-hosts command sets the limit for the maximum Customer
Premises Equipment (CPE) hosts behind a particular cable modem. The no cable
modem max-hosts sets the limit to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} max-hosts <0-32>
no cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} max-hosts <0-32>
Command Syntax
13-116
mac
Cable modem MAC address.
prefix
Cable modem IP address.
0-32
Number of CPE hosts.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem max-hosts-all

The cable modem max-hosts-all command sets the limit for the maximum Customer
Premises Equipment (CPE) hosts behind all cable modems on the network. The no
cable modem max-hosts-all sets the limit to the default value.
Warning: Cable modems already registered need to be reset for any

configuration change to take effect.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem max-hosts-all <0-32>
no cable modem max-hosts-all <0-32>
Command Syntax
0-32
the number of CPE hosts
13-117
Release 6.2.0
cable modem qos dsa

The cable modem qos dsa command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem. The DSC is in a binary file that
conforms to the DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration
file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address.
The current implementation has only the change of service based on service-flow (not
the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
Note: The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that
conforms to the DOCSIS 1.1 cable modems configuration file format. This
configuration file is saved in the TFTP "boot" directory on a TFTP server with
known IP address.
Warning: This command should be used with extreme caution as the

dynamic service definition in the configuration file will be overwritten.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} qos dsa <prefix> <string>
Command Syntax
13-118
mac
The CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC

address of the specified cable modem.
prefix
Specified cable modem IP address to create or

delete a SID.
prefix
IP address of TFTP server.
string
File name to be configured.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Default
none
13-119
Release 6.2.0
cable modem qos dsc

The cable modem qos dsc command triggers a Dynamic Service Change (DSC)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified cable modem (CM).The cable modem qos dsc
command triggers a dynamic service change (DSC) initiated by the CMTS for a
specified cable modem. The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary
file that conforms to the DOCSIS cable modems configuration file format. This
configuration file is saved in /tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with known IP
address. The current implementation only the change of service based on service-flow
(not the flow classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
The definition of the dynamic service is defined in a binary file that conforms to the
DOCSIS cable modem configuration file format. This configuration file is saved in
the /tftpboot directory on a TFTP server with a known IP address. The current
implementation only is the change of service based on service-flow (not the flow
classifier, nor the payload-header-suppression).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} qos dsc <prefix> <string>
Command Syntax
13-120
mac
The CM Dynamic Service Addition MAC

address of the specified cable modem.
prefix
Specified cable modem IP address to create or

delete a SID.
prefix
IP address of TFTP server.
string
File name to be configured.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem qos dsd

The cable modem qos dsd command triggers a dynamic service deletion (DSD)
initiated by the CMTS for a specified service flow.
Note: The cable modem qos dsd command should be used with extreme
caution as the correct service-flow identifier must be specified.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem qos dsd <X/Y> <1-262143>
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
1-262143
Service Flow Identifier (not all values are

valid at all times in a running system)
Command Default
none
13-121
Release 6.2.0
cable modem remote-query

The cable modem remote-query command enables the Remote Query features
polling operation, configures the polling interval to use when querying each cable
modem, and specifies the SNMP community name to use when to reading a cable
modems RF parameters. The new polling interval starts immediately when specified
with this command. The no cable modem remote-query command disables Remote
Query polling.
Note: The Remote Query feature polls cable modems using SNMPv1 only.
The MSO must configure CMs to accept the SNMPv1 community string
specified with the cable modem remote-query command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem remote-query <1-86400> <snmp-community-name>
no cable modem remote-query <1-86400> <snmp-community-name>
13-122
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem remote-query source-interface

If cable modems are configured to only allow SNMP access from certain trusted
subnets and the current Remote Query feature uses the virtual cable bundle IP address
as the source for SNMP access to these cable modems, access can be blocked.
Allowing a user to specify a source interface for Remote Query will provide SNMP
access to a trusted subnet.
The cable modem remote-query source-interface command sets the source
interface of the polls that are sent to cable modems when Remote Query is active.
If a source interface is not specified and Remote Query is active, polls will be sent
from any available IP address. The source interface may be specified before the
interface has an IP address configured and will then function as described once the IP
address is configured on the interface.
If the source interface is specified before it is active, Remote Query will use any
available IP address and will use the specified source interface once it is active.
The no cable modem remote-query source-interface disables the Remote Query
source interface configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem remote-query source-interface {cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet
<X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>}
no cable modem remote-query source-interface {cable <X/Y | X/Y.N> | ethernet
<X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y | X/Y.N> | loopback <1-255> | tunnel <0-255>
13-123
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-124
cable X/Y
cable X/Y.N
set the remote query source interface for cable

interface slot X, MAC domain Y, and, if
applicable, cable sub-interface N
ethernet X/Y
set the remote query source interface slot X

and port Y on the Ethernet interface:
gigaether X/Y
gigaether X/Y.N
set the remote query source interface slot X,

port Y, and, if applicable, the sub-interface N
on the Gigabit Ethernet
loopback 1-255
set the remote query source interface for the

specified loopback interface number
tunnel 0-255
set the remote query source interface for the

specified tunnel interface
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
1-86400
configures the interval, in seconds,

that the Remote Query task waits
after completing one full polling
cycle of all cable modems and then
starting the next polling cycle
snmp-community-name
the SNMPv1 community name that

the Remote Query task uses to read a
cable modems RF parameters - an
example value is public
Note: An operator can force the immediate execution of a Remote Query

polling cycle by entering the following sequence of commands:
1) cable modem remote-query <1-86400> <snmp-community-name>
2) no cable modem remote-query
3) show cable modem remote-query (check the status of the polling cycle)
The frequency of Remote Query polling should be selected with care so as
not to introduce excessive overhead that would degrade performance.
The cable modem remote-query command is the only command required to
enable the Remote Query feature. No additional SNMP commands are
required.
Command Default
Disabled
13-125
Release 6.2.0
cable modem service-class-name

Motorola assigns a Service Class Name (SCN) to all service flows for a cable modem
whether the CM registers with DOCSIS 1.0 or DOCSIS 1.1 registration parameters.
However, the SCN can also be explicitly assigned with DOCSIS 1.1
Type-Length-Value (TLV) parameters in the cable modems registration request, or
(as usually deployed) selected implicitly by the BSR based on the TLVs.
The cable modem service-class-name command overrides the selected service class
that defines the QoS parameters of one or both primary service flows for the
referenced CM.
When the cable modem service-class-name command is issued and the referenced
CM is already registered, the BSR dynamically changes the QoS parameters of the
primary service flow(s) according to the command without de-registering the CM.
When the referenced CM registers (or re-registers) with the cable modem
service-class-name command in effect, the BSR selects the referenced SCN(s) for the
QoS parameters of the CMs primary service flow(s).
The cable modem service-class-name command is typically used to lower the QoS
received by a CM as a penalty for non-payment, bandwidth overuse, etc. The no cable
modem service-class-name command removes the service class name override.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem <mac> service-class-name <WORD> [<WORD> ]
no cable modem <mac> service-class-name [<WORD> | <WORD> ]
13-126
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
mac
The cable modem MAC address in the form

of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
WORD
An existing service class name in either the

upstream or downstream direction.
WORD
An existing service class name in the opposite

direction of <WORD> above. This is an
optional second service class name.
13-127
Release 6.2.0
cable modem ucc

The cable modem ucc command allows an operator to manually move a DOCSIS 1.0
or 1.1 CM or MTA to a different upstream channel within the same MAC domain.
Note: The cable modem will not be moved if the old and new upstream
channels are associated to two different Spectrum Groups.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} ucc <0-7> [init-tech <0-4> | logical <0-3>]
Command Syntax
13-128
mac
cable modem MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
prefix
cable modem IP address
0-7
the upstream physical channel
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
init-tech 0-4
the ranging technique used for UCC:

0 = re-initialize the MAC
1 = perform broadcast intitial ranging on the
2 = perform unicast ranging on the new
channel before normal operation
3 = perform either broadcast or unicast
ranging on the new channel before normal
operation
4 = use the new channel directly without
re-intializing or ranging
logical 0-3
the upstream logical channel
13-129
Release 6.2.0
cable modem updis

The cable modem updis command enables the transmission of an an Upstream
Transmitter Disable (UP-DIS) MAC layer message that disables a specified cable
modems upstream transmitter. Upon receipt of an UP-DIS message, the cable
modem autonomously disables its upstream transmitter. Once disabled through an
UP-DIS message, the cable modems upstream transmitter can only be re-enabled by
power cycling the cable modem.
The cable modem updis command is not intended to be a replacement for existing
mechanisms for controlling a subscribers service. The cable modem updis
command provides an additional tool to protect against some forms of denial of
service, such as a virus propagated across the Internet, that cannot be controlled with
existing management mechanisms.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

cable modem updis <mac>
Command Syntax
mac
13-130
the cable modem MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modem vendor

The cable modem vendor command lets you specify a vendor name for an
organizationally unique identifier (OUI), part of a cable modems hardware MAC
address. This lets you replace the displayed "unknown" value for cable modems in the
OUI table, as well as replace entries where the vendor name is incorrect (for OEM
products, for instance). The no cable modem vendor command changes an OUI table
entry back to its default value.
You can configure up to 32 unique vendor names and up to 128 vendor OUI values in
addition to the provided default combinations.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modem vendor <vendor-OUI> <vendor-name>
no cable modem vendor <vendor-OUI>
Command Syntax
vendor-OUI
Specifies the organizationally unique identifier

whose vendor name you wish to change, using six
hexadecimal characters, such as 0123ab. Do not
include delimiters such as hyphens or periods when
specifying the vendor OUI.
vendor-name
Specifies the new vendor name to associate with the

OUI.
13-131
Release 6.2.0
cable modulation-profile
The cable modulation-profile command navigates to Modulation Profile
Configuration Mode. Modulation Profile Configuration Mode provides a series of
modulation profile commands that allow an MSO to create or modify a modulation
profile.
Warning: Motorola does not recommend modification of modulation profile
parameters without a thorough understanding of modulation changes and
DOCSIS interface specifications. Modulation profile parameters will affect the
physical layer and may cause disruption or degradation of services.
Note: Modulation profiles 1-4, 101-116, 201-205, and 301-310 are
pre-configured modulation profiles. To view the configuration of these
profiles, use the show cable modulation-profile command.
Motorola recommends that user-created modulation profiles use the
numbering range of 401-600 to ensure better future portability.
For a complete list and configuration of all 35 pre-defined modulation profiles,
refer to Appendix A, Pre-Defined Modulation Profiles in the BSR 64000
For guidelines on modifying modulation profile parameters, refer to Appendix
B, Understanding and Modifying Modulation Profiles in the BSR 64000
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modulation-profile {<1-600>} [a-long | a-short | a-ugs]
cable modulation-profile {<1-600>} [initial | long | request | short | station]
[<0-10>] <16-253> <0-255> {16qam | qpsk} {scrambler | no-scrambler} <0x0000
- 0x7fff> {diff | no-diff} <64-256> {fixed | shortened}
13-132
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
no cable modulation-profile {<1-600>} [a-long | a-short | a-ugs]

no cable modulation-profile {<1-600>} [initial | long | request | short | station]
[<0-10>] <16-253> <0-255> {16qam | qpsk} {scrambler | no-scrambler} <0x0000
- 0x7fff> {diff | no-diff} <64-256> {fixed | shortened}
Command Syntax
1-600
specify a modulation profile number and

enter Modulation Profile Configuration Mode
for that modulation profile - the default IUC
submode is request
a-long
enter the Modulation Profile Configuration

Mode a-long IUC submode for the specified
cable modulation profile number for
configuring the advanced PHY long data
grant
a-short

Mode a-short IUC submode for the specified
configuring the advanced PHY short data
grant
a-ugs

Mode a-ugs IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Unsolicited Grant Service
initial

Mode initial IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Initial Ranging Burst
long

Mode long IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Long Grant Burst
13-133
13-134
Release 6.2.0
request

Mode request IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Request Burst
short

Mode short IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Short Grant Burst
station

Mode station IUC submode for the specified
configuring the Station Ranging Burst
0-10
the FEC correction value - 0 indicates no

Forward Error Correction
16-253
the FEC codeword length in kilobytes
0-255
the maximum burst length in minislots - "0"

means no limit
16qam | qpsk
the modulation type
scrambler |
no-scrambler
enable or disable scrambler
0x0000 - 0x7fff
the scrambler seed in hexadecimal format.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
diff | no-diff
enable or disable differential encoding

Note: If a modulation profile is in use, differential
encoding cannot be enabled or disabled for any
of the burst types. To enable or disable
differential encoding for a burst type, an operator
must copy the modulation profile to a new
modulation profile number, enable or disable
differential encoding for the new modulation
profile, and assign the new modulation profile to
the desired upstream channel. Attempting to
enable or disable differential encoding for a
modulation profile that is in use will generate the
following error message:
[10/07-10:26:06.5907:CRMTASK]-E-mod profile in use,
cannot change diff encoding
64-256
the preamble length in bits
fixed | shortened
the handling of FEC for last codeword length
13-135
Release 6.2.0
cable modulation-profile copy

The cable modulation-profile copy command copies an existing modulation profile
from a source modulation profile number to a destination modulation profile number.
The destination modulation profile is overwritten by the source modulation profile.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modulation-profile copy {<1-600>} {<1-600>}
no cable modulation-profile copy {<1-600>} {<1-600>}
Command Syntax
13-136
1-600
source modulation profile number
1-600
destination modulation profile number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable modulation-profile description

The cable modulation-profile description command sets the description of the
specified modulation profile to the given string. A string that contains spaces must be
enclosed within quotation marks.The no cable modulation-profile description form
of this command clears the description and resets it to the default.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modulation-profile <1-600> description {<string>}
no cable modulation-profile <1-600> description
Command Syntax
1-600
the modulation profile number
string
the description text for the modulation profile
13-137
Release 6.2.0
cable modulation-profile reset

The cable modulation-profile reset command resets a modified, pre-defined
modulation profile back to the system default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable modulation-profile reset {<1-4> | <101-116> | <201-205> | <301-310>}
Command Syntax
1-4, 101-116, 201-205,
301-310
13-138
the pre-defined modulation profile number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable mta-protection enable

The cable mta-protection enable command enables or disables MTA protection for
a MAC domain. An MTA will be moved to a protected channel only when MTA
protection has been enabled with the cable mta-protection enable command in the
MAC domain in which the MTA registers. MTA protection is enabled by default. The
no cable mta-protection enable command disables MTA protection for a MAC
domain.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable mta-protection enable
no cable mta-protection enable
Command Default
Enabled
13-139
Release 6.2.0
cable multicast
The cable multicast command creates a static multicast downstream service flow and
assigns the service flow to a service class. Creating a static multicast downstream
service flow and assigning the service flow to a service class allows the BSR to limit
the amount of multicast traffic (including DVMRP or PIM) on the downstream
channel. The cable multicast command allows an MSO to balance the bandwidth
requirements of IP-based video streaming services with other bandwidth critical
services such as voice traffic or high-priority business traffic. The no cable multicast
command disables the downstream multicast traffic limiting.
This feature is configurable as a percentage of the total bandwidth available on the
downstream channel through the service class to which it is assigned. The cable
multicast command can be used to optionally specify a service class with the new
downstream service flow. If a service class is not specified, the downstream service
flow defaults to the DefMCDown service class.
Note: The BSR supports the configuration of 256 downstream multicast
service flows specified by unique combinations of a destination IP multicast
address and destination IP multicast address mask {ipAddr, ipMask}. The
BSR supports the mapping of different downstream multicast service flows to
a specific user defined service class for a maximum of 256 mappings.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable multicast <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<WORD>]
no cable multicast <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<WORD>]
13-140
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
destination IP multicast address
A.B.C.D
destination IP multicast address mask
WORD
the service class name
Command Defaults
Disabled
Service Class = DefMCDown
13-141
Release 6.2.0
cable multi-ds-override
The cable multi-ds-override commands enables downstream frequency override
during ranging. Downstream frequency override allows an MSO to instruct a cable
modem to move to a specific downstream/upstream pair during ranging by sending an
RNG-RSP message with a downstream frequency override that tells a specific cable
modem to move to a specific downstream channel. The no cable multi-ds-override
command disables downstream frequency override during ranging.
Note: The downstream override feature is supported between any two 2:8
Primary CMTS Resource Modules that share a downstream path.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable multi-ds-override
no cable multi-ds-override
Command Default
Disabled
13-142
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable non-chan-specific cm-status-event

The cable non-chan-specific cm-status-event command configures a non-channel
specific CM-STATUS event bitmask.
This command must be used to configure the following non-channel specific event
bits. The CM-STATUS Event Enable Bitmask for Non-Channel-Specific Events = 2
bytes. Each bit in this field represents the enable/disable for a particular
non-channel-specific event for which status may be reported through the
CM-STATUS message. If a bit = 1, CM-STATUS reporting is enabled for the
corresponding event. If a bit = 0, CM-STATUS reporting is disabled for the
corresponding event. If the TLV is omitted, then all events listed below are disabled.
The following bits are defined:
0
Reserved (unused)
1-2
Reserved (used for downstream specific events)
Sequence out of range
4-5
Reserved (used for downstream specific events)
6-8
Reserved (used for upstream specific events)
Cable modem operating on battery backu
10
Cable modem returned to A/C power
11-15
Reserved for future use
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable non-chan-specific cm-status-event <0x0-0xffff>
13-143
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
0x0-0xffff
13-144
The event bitmask in hexidecimal

number format.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable partial-service
The cable partial-service command defines how the BSR will handle partial service
or CM-STATUS events with Dynamic Bonding Change (DBC).
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable partial-service {deregister-non-bonded | reschedule}
Command Syntax
deregister-non-bonded
Deregisters all effected modems if a

CM-STATUS message is received and forces
the cable modems to operate in non-bonded
mode upon registration.
reschedule
Causes partial service be resolved through a

packet scheduling modification but no DBC
transaction will be initiated.
Command Default
reschedule
13-145
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy add-certificate

The cable privacy add-certificate command lets you add up to 25 persistent cable
modem trusted manufacturer certificates to your BSR 64000 chassis configuration for
Baseline Privacy Interface Plus (BPI+). Specified certificates, except chained
certificates, will continue to be available after a BSR chassis reload.
Note: You must load the certificates into a text file prior to issuing this
command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy add-certificate {trusted | untrusted | chained | root} {flash: |
nvram:} <filename>
no cable privacy add-certificate {flash: | nvram:} <filename>
Command Syntax
13-146
trusted
Specifies that the self-signed manufacturer

certificates in the file are trusted.
untrusted
Specifies that the self-signed manufacturer

certificates in the file are not trusted.
chained
Specifies a certificate chain. A certificate chain is a

sequence of certificates, where each certificate in the
chain is signed by the subsequent certificate. The last
certificate in the chain is normally a self-signed
certificate one that signs itself.
root
A root certificate is the top-most certificate of the

tree, the private key used to sign other certificates.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
flash:
Loads certificate file from flash memory.
nvram:
Loads certificate file from NVRAM memory.
filename
Specifies the file containing the certificates.
13-147
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy auth life-time

The cable privacy auth life-time command sets the authorization key (AK) life-time
values for baseline privacy. The no cable privacy auth life-time command changes
the AK life-time values for baseline privacy back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy auth life-time <300-6048000>
no cable privacy auth life-time <300-6048000>
Command Syntax
300-6048000
Length of the key encryption life-time, valid

values 300 seconds (5 minutes) to 6048000
seconds (70 days).
Command Default
604800 seconds (7 days)
13-148
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cert

The cable privacy cert command allows cable modems to register using self-signed
manufacturer certificates, as opposed to a manufacturer certificate that is chained to
the DOCSIS root certificate. The no cable privacy cert command disables this
feature.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy cert {trust [trusted | untrusted] | valid [false | true]}
no cable privacy cert {trust [trusted | untrusted] | valid [false | true]}
Command Syntax
trust
[trusted | untrusted]
set trust for all self-signed manufacturer

certificates - default is untrusted
valid
enable/disable the checking for a certificate's

validity period
false
disable certificate validity checking
true
enable certificate validity checking (default)
Command Default
trust is set to "untrusted"
certificate validity checking is enabled
13-149
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy cm-auth life-time

The cable privacy cm-auth life-time command sets AK life-time values for a cable
modem. The no cable privacy cm-auth life-time changes the setting of AK life-time
values for a cable modem back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac> [<300-6048000>]
no cable privacy cm-auth life-time <mac>
Command Syntax
mac
cable modem physical address (MAC) in the

form xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
300-6048000
length of key encryption life-time in seconds
Command Default
604800 seconds (7 days)
13-150
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-auth reset

The cable privacy cm-auth reset command resets a Traffic Encryption Key (TEK)
before expiration on a grace-time or a life-time value. The no cable privacy cm-auth
reset command changes the TEK expiration back to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy cm-auth reset <mac> <1-4>
no cable privacy cm-auth reset
Command Syntax
mac
cable modem MAC address of 6 bytes
1-4
number representing an action:

1 noReset requested - causes CMTS to do
nothing
2 invalidateAuth - causes CMTS to invalidate
current CM authorization key, does not
transmit an Authorization Invalid message to
the CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs
3 sendAuthInvalid - causes CMTS to
invalidate current CM authorization key, does
not transmit an Authorization invalid message
to CM, does not invalidate unicast TEKs
4 invalidateTeks - causes CMTS to invalidate
current CM authorization key, to transmit an
Authorization Invalid message to the CM,
and to invalidate all unicast TEKs related to
this CM authorization
13-151
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
profile 1
13-152
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable privacy cm-tek life-time

The cable privacy cm-tek life-time command sets the TEK life-time value for
baseline privacy. The no cable privacy cm-tek life-time command returns the TEK
life-time value to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy cm-tek life-time <0-16383> <1800-604800>
no cable privacy cm-tek life-time <0-16383> <1800-604800>
Command Syntax
0-16383
CM primary SID.
1800-604800
Traffic encryption life-time value in seconds.
Command Default
43200 seconds
13-153
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy cm-tek reset

The cable privacy cm-tek reset command resets a CM Traffic Encryption Key
(TEK).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy cm-tek reset [<1-16383>]
Command Syntax
1-16383
13-154
the primary Service Identifier (SID) of the

cable modem
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus

The cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus command mandates that a cable modem
provisioned in DOCSIS 1.1 or higher must register with DOCSIS Baseline Privacy
Interface Plus (BPI+) and not use the earlier version of DOCSIS BPI. The no cable
privacy enforce-bpi-plus command disables BPI+ enforcement.
Note: CMs provisioned with DOCSIS 1.0 are permitted to register without
BPI+.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus
no cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus
13-155
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy mandatory

The cable privacy mandatory command allows a cable operator to enable the
encryption of all routed broadcasts and routed unmapped multicast traffic. The cable
privacy mandatory command encrypts otherwise unencrypted downstream routed
non-unicasts and only gives the key to decrypt these messages to routing cable
modems. Bridging cable modems will discard all downstream routed broadcasts or
routed multicasts. The no cable privacy mandatory disables the encryption of routed
broadcasts and routed unmapped multicast traffic.
Note: The cable privacy mandatory feature requires that all cable modems
have BPI enabled in order to register. If a cable modem does not have BPI
enabled and cable privacy mandatory is turned on, the cable modem will not
be able to register.
With cable privacy mandatory enabled, routed broadcasts are not received
by VLAN Tagging CM's. Therefore, VLAN tagging cable modems will not be
able to respond to broadcast pings.
Warning: After enabling the cable privacy mandatory feature, the cable
operator must issue the clear cable modem all reset command to
re-register all cable modems and allow non-unicast traffic (including ARPs) to
function correctly.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy mandatory [bpi-plus-only ]
no cable privacy mandatory [bpi-plus-only ]
13-156
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
bpi-plus-only
Require BPI+ for all CMs by default.
13-157
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy mcast

The cable privacy mcast command enables the encryption of multicast traffic from a
specific IP address. The no cable privacy mcast command disables the encryption of
multicast traffic from a specific IP address.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy mcast access <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<15872-16381>]
no cable privacy mcast access <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<15872-16381>]
Command Syntax
13-158
A.B.C.D
the multicast IP address
A.B.C.D
the multicast subnet mask
15872-16381
the multicast SAID number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable privacy mcast access

The cable privacy mcast access command configures a multicast access list by
specifying a cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP address.
Note: A cable modem MAC address and the corresponding multicast IP

address is required.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy mcast access <H.H.H> <A.B.C.D> [<8192-16381>]
no cable privacy mcast access <H.H.H> <A.B.C.D> [<8192-16381>
Command Syntax
H.H.H
cable modem physical address (MAC) in the

form xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
A.B.C.D
multicast IP address.
8192-16381
the multicast SAID number
13-159
Release 6.2.0
cable privacy tek life-time

The cable privacy tek life-time command sets the cable privacy Traffic Encryption
Key (TEK) life-time value. The no cable privacy tek life-time command returns the
cable privacy TEK life-time value to the default value.
Note: Baseline privacy is configured with key encryption keys (KEKs), and
the TEKs are configured based on the 40 or 56-bit data encryption standard
(DES).
A life-time or a grace-time TEK value expires based on a life-time or
grace-time value, but a cable modem has to renew its TEK grace-time value
before it expires. If a lasting TEK lifetime is needed, use a life-time key.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable privacy tek life-time <30-604800>
no cable privacy tek life-time
Command Syntax
30-604800
minimum and maximum traffic encryption

life-time value in seconds
Command Default
43200 seconds
13-160
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable qos max-burst

The cable qos max-burst command automatically adjusts the downstream maximum
burst based on the downstream maximum sustained rate (max-rate) and adjusts the
upstream maximum burst and maximum concatenated burst (max-concat-burst)
based on the upstream maximum sustained rate. The cable qos max-burst command
should be used only for service flows that do not have a not have maximum burst
setting defined with the max-burst command. The no cable qos max-burst
command disables automatic downstream or upstream maximum burst adjustments.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable qos max-burst {downstream automatic | upstream automatic}
no cable qos max-burst {downstream automatic | upstream automatic}
Command Syntax
downstream automatic Automatic maximum burst adjustments are
calculated for service flows in the
downstream direction only.
upstream automatic
Automatic maximum burst adjustments are

calculated for service flows in the upstream
direction only.
Command Default
Disabled
13-161
Release 6.2.0
cable qos-profile
The cable qos-profile command accesses QoS Profile Configuration mode. QoS
Profile Configuration mode allows you to create or modify a QoS Profile. The no
cable qos-profile command deletes a QoS Profile.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Global Configuration and QoS Profile Configuration
Command Line Usage

cable qos-profile <prof-num>
no cable qos-profile <prof-num>
Command Syntax
prof-num
the QoS Profile identifying number
Note: Only QoS Profile numbers 1-16 can be configured by the user.
13-162
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable rcc-template (Global Configuration Mode)

The cable rcc-template command, in Global Configuration mode, enters RCC
Template Configuration mode. RCC Template Configuration mode allows a user to
configure one or more receive channel configuration (RCC) templates. An RCC
template configures the physical layer components described by an RCP, including
receive modules and receive channels to specific downstream frequencies. The
template also specifies the interconnections among receive modules, or between a
receive module and a receive channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Note: To assign an RCC template to a cable interface, use the cable

rcc-template command in Cable Interface Configuration mode.
Command Line Usage

cable rcc-template <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
Specifies an RCC template index.
13-163
Release 6.2.0
cable rcc-template (Cable Interface Configuration Mode)

The cable rcc-template command, in Cable Interface Configuration mode, assigns an
RCC template to a cable interface. A list of RCC template indexes can be entered
separated by commas (,). This list is not an incremental configuration. Any entered
list replaces the previous list. The no cable rcc-template command removes the
entire list.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Interface Configuration
Note: To enter RCC Template Configuration mode, use the cable

rcc-template command in Global Configuration mode.
Command Line Usage

cable rcc-template <1,2,3,...,255>
no cable rcc-template
Command Syntax
1,2,3,...,255
13-164
Specifies an RCC template index.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable security authorized

The cable security authorized command enables cable security authorization for a
MAC domain. The no cable security authorized command disables cable security
authorization for a MAC domain.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable security authorized
no cable security authorized
Command Default
Disabled
13-165
Release 6.2.0
cable security dhcp-server permit

The cable security dhcp-server permit command allows an operator to manually
enter up to 16 global DHCP server IP addresses and network masks that will always
be authorized by the cable security feature for downstream DHCP traffic. All DHCP
servers can be authorized using the any keyword. This feature is useful if a cable
helper DHCP server relays discover and request packets to other DHCP servers as a
form of load balancing. The no cable security dhcp-server permit command
removes cable security authorization for a DHCP server.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable security dhcp-server permit {<A.B.C.D> [A.B.C.D] | any}
no cable security dhcp-server permit {<A.B.C.D> [A.B.C.D] | any}
Command Syntax
13-166
A.B.C.D
The IP address of the DHCP server.
A.B.C.D
The IP address mask of the DHCP server.
any
Authorizes any (all) DHCP servers.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable security failure

The cable security failure command configures how the BSR handles an initializing
cable modem after the CMs second consecutive security failure. When an initializing
CM fails a cable security option check, it is said to have a cable security failure. In
order to account for present and future initializing CMs that may change their
behavior between initialization attempts, the BSR permits an initializing CM to have
one cable security failure before it applies a configured cable security failure action
after the second failure.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable security failure {mark | reject }
Command Syntax
mark
This configuration allows the CM to register,

but the CM is marked as having failed a
security option.The BSR displays an
exclamation point (!) before the CM status
field (e.g. !online) in the show cable
modem command output for CMs which
were permitted to register with a cable
security failure.
reject
This configuration means that the BSR

continues to reject the CMs registration and
resets the consecutive failure count to zero.
Command Default
cable security failure reject
13-167
Release 6.2.0
cable service-type
The cable service-type command configures a service type identifier on a MAC
domain. The no cable service-type command removes the service type identifier
configuration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage

cable service-type <WORD> [restricted]
no cable service-type <WORD> [restricted]

Command Syntax
13-168
WORD
The service type identifier. The maximum

number of characters is 16.
restricted
Marks the MAC domains service type as

restricted. If the service type identifier for the
MAC domain to which the cable modem is
being steered has the restricted option
configured, the BSR indefinately continues
its attempts to steer the cable modem to that
MAC domain. The cable modem will not be
placed in a no-move list.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable shared-secret
The cable shared-secret command activates or deactivates cable modem
authentication with a shared-secret key. The no cable shared-secret command sets
the cable shared-secret back to the default.
Use the cable shared-secret command to authenticate the cable modem such that all
cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the network.
If the no cable shared-secret command is enabled on the CMTS, secret key checking
is not available on any cable modem. If shared-secret is configured on CMTS, cable
modems have to use the secret key obtained from the CM configuration files obtained
from the TFTP server.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable shared-secret {0 <string> | 7 <hex-dump-string> | <string>}
no cable shared-secret {0 <string> | 7 <hex-dump-string> | <string>}
Command Syntax
0
Specifies an UNENCRYPTED key will follow
Specifies an ENCRYPTED key will follow
hex-dump-string
The authentication key in hex number format.
string
The authentication key (enclosed with double

quotes if the key contains spaces). The "%" and
Command Default
null string
13-169
Release 6.2.0
cable shared-secondary-secret
The cable shared-secondary-secret command activates or deactivates cable modem
authentication with a shared-secondary-secret key. The no cable
shared-secondary-secret command sets the cable shared-secondary-secret back to
the default.
Use the cable shared-secondary-secret command to authenticate the cable modem
such that all cable modems must return a text string to register for access to the
network.
If the no cable shared-secondary-secret command is enabled on the CMTS, secret
key checking is not available on any cable modem. If shared-secondary-secret is
configured on CMTS, cable modems have to use the secret key obtained from the CM
configuration files obtained from the TFTP server.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable shared-secondary-secret {0 <string> | 7 <hex-dump-string> | <string>}
no cable shared-secondary-secret {0 <string> | 7 <hex-dump-string> | <string>}
Command Syntax
0
Specifies an UNENCRYPTED key will follow
Specifies an ENCRYPTED key will follow
hex-dump-string
The authentication key in hex number format.
string
The authentication key (enclosed with double

quotes if the key contains spaces). The "%" and
Command Default
null string
13-170
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable spectrum-group
The cable spectrum-group command is used to create a cable spectrum group and
enter Cable Spectrum Group mode in which to configure a cable spectrum group. All
of the cable spectrum parameters are configured from Cable Spectrum Group mode.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable spectrum-group <WORD>
no cable spectrum-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
The cable spectrum group name.
13-171
Release 6.2.0
cable spm-management
The cable spm-management command allows for the configuration of either
composite SNR or minimum SNR (single cable modem) as the basis for Advanced
Spectrum Management agility decisions. The command specifies the basic method
that Advanced Spectrum Management uses to determine upstream channel quality.
The no cable spm-management command returns the configuration to the default
value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable spm-management {composite | minimum}
no cable spm-management {composite | minimum}
Command Syntax
composite
use the average of all cable modems

to determine upstream channel
quality via SNR
minimum
use a single cable modem to

determine upstream channel quality
via SNR
Note: The 15 cable modems with the
lowest SNR are excluded from being
the reference modem - refer to the
reference-modem-exclusion
command for more information on
this configuration.
Command Default
minimum
13-172
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable submgmt default cpe-control active

The cable submgmt default cpe-control active command configures the default
filter for controlling active CPEs if it is not signaled in the DOCSIS Registration
request.
The no cable submgmt default cpe-control active command returns to the default.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable submgmt default cpe-control active {true | false}
no cable submgmt default cpe-control active
Command Syntax
true
CPE is active
false
CPE is not active
Command Default
false
13-173
Release 6.2.0
cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable

Sometimes the CMTS does not learn a CPE IP address from the DOCSIS
provisioning entries in a CMs configuration file that is signaled in a DOCSIS
registration request.
The cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable command configures the default
for controlling whether or not a CPE IP address can be learned.
The no cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable command returns to the
default.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable {true | false}
no cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable
Command Syntax
true
CPE can be learned
false
CPE cannot be learned
Command Default
true
13-174
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe

The cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe command configures a packet
filter for controlling the number of CPEs, if it is not signaled in the DOCSIS
Registration request.
The no cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe command returns to the default
value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe <0-1024>
no cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe <0-1024>
Command Syntax
0-1024
default packet filter group number
Command Default
16 CPEs upon CMTS initialization
13-175
Release 6.2.0
cable submgmt default filter-group

The cable submgmt default filter-group command configures the default filter
group for traffic applied to or from CPEs through its connected CM.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable submgmt default filter-group {downstream | upstream} <1-32>
Command Syntax
13-176
downstream
default filter group for a CPE, for

traffic going to the CPE through its
connected CM on the downstream
from the CMTS
upstream

traffic going from the CPE through
its connected CM on the upstream to
the CMTS
1-32
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable submgmt default filter-group cm

The cable submgmt default filter-group cm command configures the default filter
group for traffic applied to or from the CM itself.
The no cable submgmt default filter-group cm command removes the default filter
group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable submgmt default filter-group cm {downstream | upstream} <1-32>
no cable submgmt default filter-group cm {downstream | upstream} <1-32>
Command Syntax
downstream
default filter group for a CM, for

traffic going to the CM on the
downstream from the CMTS
upstream

traffic going from the CM on the
upstream to the CMTS
1-32
13-177
Release 6.2.0
cable sync-interval
The synchronization message interval is the interval between successive
synchronization message transmissions from the BSR CMTS interface to the CMs.
The cable sync-interval command sets the synchronization interval between
transmission of successive SYNC messages from the CMTS to CMs. The no cable
sync-interval returns the interval setting to transmit SYNC messages to the default.
Note: Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown
command before using the cable sync-interval command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable sync-interval <0-200>
no cable sync-interval
Command Syntax
0-200
synchronization interval in milliseconds.
Command Default
200
13-178
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable tcpudp-filter group index src-port

The cable tcpudp-filter group index src-port command configures which TCP/
UDP source port that should be matched in the classified packet.
Note: The default source port 65536 matches any value in the TCP or UDP
source field.
The no cable tcpudp-filter group index src-port command returns to the default
value.
The no cable tcpudp-filter group index command deletes an assigned TCP/UDP
packet filter group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> src-port <0-65536>
no cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> src-port <0-65536>
no cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64>
Command Syntax
1-32
TCP/UDP packet filter group

number
1-64
packet filter
0-65536
source port to match in the classified

packet
Command Default
65536
13-179
Release 6.2.0
cable tcpudp-filter group index dst-port

The cable tcpudp-filter group index dst-port command configures the TCP/UDP
destination port that should be matched in the classified packet.
Note: The default destination port 65536 matches any value in the TCP or
UDP destination field.
The no tcpudp-filter group index dst-port command disables the configured TCP/
UDP packet filter.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> dst-port <0-65536>
no cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> dst-port <0-65536>
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64
packet filter index number
0-65536
destination port to match in the

classified packet
Command Default
Source port 65536
13-180
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable tcpudp-filter group index enable

The cable tcpudp-filter group index enable command enables the configured TCP/
UDP packet filter.
The no cable tcpudp-filter group index enable command returns to the default.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> enable
no cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> enable
Command Syntax
1-32

number
1-64
packet filter
0-65536
destination port to match in the

classified packet
Command Default
Disabled
13-181
Release 6.2.0
cable tcpudp-filter group index tcp-flag

The cable tcpudp-filter group index tcp-flag command configures the desired TCP
packet header flag value and mask to match in the classified packet.
The no cable tcpudp-filter group index tcp-flag command returns to the default
value.
Note: The TCP flag value must always be a subset (proper or otherwise) of
the mask field.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> tcp-flag <0x0-0x3f> <0x0-0x3f>
no cable tcpudp-filter group <1-32> index <1-64> tcp-flag <0x0-0x3f> <0x0-0x3f>
Command Syntax
1-32
TCP/UDP packet filter group number
1-64
packet filter
0x0-0x3f
TCP flag value
0x0-0x3f
TCP flag mask
Command Default
0x0 (Zero)
13-182
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable ucd-interval
The cable ucd-interval command sets the interval between transmission of
successive Upstream Channel Descriptor (UCD) messages. The no cable
ucd-interval changes the interval setting to transmit UCD messages back to the
default.
Note: Ensure that you disable the cable interface using the cable shutdown
command before using the cable ucd-interval command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable ucd-interval <0-2000>
no cable ucd-interval
Command Syntax
0-2000
UCD interval in milliseconds
Command Default
1000
13-183
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream active-codes

The cable upstream active-codes command specifies the number of active codes
allowed for an S-CDMA channel type. The active codes value must be a non prime
number. Increasing the number of allowed active codes provides more transmission
channel capacity. Reducing the number of active codes takes advantage of the
S-CDMA spreader processing gain at the expense of channel capacity.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
RX48 Logical Channel Configuration
Note: RX48 Logical Channel Configuration mode is accessed from RX48
Port Configuration mode by using the X/Y argument (upstream channel
number/logical channel number) in the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> active-codes <64-128>
no cable upstream <X/Y> active-codes <64-128>
cable upstream <X/Y> active-codes <64-128>
no cable upstream <X/Y> active-codes <64-128>
13-184
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port and logical

channel number (0-3).
X/Y
The RX48 upstream RF channel number (0-5)

and logical channel number (0-3).
64-128
The total number of allowed active codes.
13-185
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream capability

The cable upstream capability command enables/disables concatenation or
fragmentation for an upstream port. The no cable upstream capability command
disables concatenation or fragmentation for an upstream port.
Caution: The cable upstream capability command is intended for Motorola
support purposes only. The command may or may not be displayed in a
running-configuration, depending on various other configuration settings.
Do not add, delete, or change the cable upstream capability configuration
setting except as directed by Motorola support personnel.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
RX48 RF Channel Configuration
Note: RX48 RF Channel Configuration mode is accessed from RX48 Port
Configuration mode by using the X argument (upstream channel number) in
the command line.
Command Line Usage

Interface Configuration Mode
cable upstream <NUM> capability {concatenation | fragmentation}

no cable upstream <NUM> capability {concatenation | fragmentation}
RX48 RF Channel Configuration Mode
cable upstream <X> capability {concatenation | fragmentation}

no cable upstream <X> capability {concatenation | fragmentation}
13-186
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port number.
The RX48 upstream channel number (0-5).
concatenation
Enable/disable concatenation for this

upstream channel/port.
fragmentation
Enable/disable fragmentation for this

upstream channel/port.
Command Default
concatenation = enabled
fragmentation = enabled
13-187
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream channel-id

The cable upstream channel-id command allows a user to specify a Channel ID
number for a 2:8 CMTS upstream port and logical channel or an RX48 upstream RF
channel and logical channel instead of using the default pre-defined Channel IDs that
are automatically assigned to the upstream ports by the BSR CMTS. Refer to the BSR
64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide for a listing of the default
upstream channel IDs.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-id <1-255>
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-id <1-255>
RX48 Logical Channel Configuration Mode
cable upstream <X/Y> channel-id <1-255>
no cable upstream <X/Y> channel-id <1-255>
13-188
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port

number.
X/Y

number and optional logical channel
number (0-3).
X/Y
The RX48 upstream RF channel

number (0-5) and logical channel
number (0-3).
1-255
The upstream Channel ID number.
13-189
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream channel-type

For the 2:8 CMTS, the cable upstream channel-type command allows you to specify
the channel type for the default upstream channel (0) or specify the channel type for
up to four logical channels (0-3).
For the RX48, the cable upstream channel-type command allows you to specify the
channel type for up to four logical channels (0-3).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-type {tdma | atdma | mtdma | scdma}
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-type {tdma | atdma | mtdma |
scdma}
cable upstream <X/Y> channel-type {tdma | atdma | mtdma | scdma}
no cable upstream <X/Y> channel-type {tdma | atdma | mtdma | scdma}
13-190
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port number and

logical channel number (0-3).
X/Y

tdma
atdma
mtdma
scdma
DOCSIS 1.0 or 1.1 channel type

DOCSIS 2.0 channel type
DOCSIS 1.0, 1.1, 2.0 TDMA channel type
DOCSIS 2.0 channel type only used for
logical channel configurations
13-191
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream channel-width

The cable upstream channel-width command specifies an upstream channel width
for an upstream port. The no cable upstream channel-width command returns the
default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> channel-width [1600000 | 200000 | 3200000 | 400000 |
800000]
no cable upstream <NUM> channel-width [1600000 | 200000 | 3200000 | 400000 |
800000]
cable upstream <X> channel-width { 200000 | 400000 | 800000 | 1600000 |
3200000 | 6400000}
no cable upstream <X> channel-width { 200000 | 400000 | 800000 | 1600000 |
3200000 | 6400000 }
13-192
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y
the upstream port number and logical channel

number (0-3)
200000
400000
800000
1600000
3200000
6400000
200000 - channel width of 200 kHz

The following table summarizes the allowed channel widths for various channel type
and sub-type combinations:
Channel
Type
Channel
Sub-type
Allowed
Channel Widths
TDMA
D20
200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, 3200000
MTDMA
D20
200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, 3200000
A-TDMA
D20
200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, 3200000,

640000
A-TDMA
D30
200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, 3200000,

640000
A-TDMA
D30 - mixed
200000, 400000, 800000, 1600000, 3200000,

640000
S-CDMA
D20
1600000, 3200000, 640000
S-CDMA
D30
1600000, 3200000, 640000
S-CDMA
D30 - mixed
1600000, 3200000, 640000
13-193
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
3200000
13-194
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream cm-status-event

The cable upstream cm-status-event command configures an upstream
CM-STATUS event bitmask. This command must be used to configure the following
specific upstream event bits.
6
T4 timeout
T3 retries exceeded
Successful ranging after T3 retries exceeded
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> cm-status-event <0x0-0xffff>
cable upstream <X/Y> cm-status-event <0x0-0xffff>
13-195
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y

X/Y

0x0-0xffff
The event bitmask in hexidecimal number

format.
Command Default
0x1c0
13-196
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream codes-minislot

The cable upstream codes-minislot command specifies the number of active codes
allowed for each minislot on an S-CDMA channel. The number active codes allowed
for each minislot determines the minislot capacity and sets the granularity of the
upstream grants.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> codes-minislot <2-32>
no cable upstream <X/Y> codes-minislot <2-32>
cable upstream <X/Y> codes-minislot <2-32>
no cable upstream <X/Y> codes-minislot <2-32>
13-197
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y

X/Y

2-32
The number of codes allowed per minislot.
Command Default
codes-minislot = 4
13-198
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream concatenation

The cable upstream concatenation command enables CMTS concatenation
capabilities. The no cable upstream concatenation command disables CMTS
concatenation capabilities.
Note: Concatenation must be enabled globally with the cable upstream
concatenation command before any setting specified with the cable
concatenation command is valid. Once concatenation is enabled globally,
the cable concatenation command will enable or disable concatentation for
DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems only and concatenation will always be enabled
for DOCSIS 1.1 and DOCSIS 2.0 cable modems regardless of any setting
specified with the cable concatenation command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> concatenation
no cable upstream <NUM> concatenation
Command Syntax
NUM
The upstream port number.
Command Default
Enabled
13-199
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream data-backoff

Use the cable upstream data-backoff command sets data back-off value to assign
automatic or fixed start and stop values. The no cable upstream data-backoff
command returns to the default data back-off value.
Note: The automatic setting is recommended.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} data-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} data-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
cable upstream <X/Y>} data-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
no cable upstream <X/Y> data-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
13-200
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

0-15
Start of data backoff.
0-15
End of data backoff.
0-15
End of data backoff
automatic
Automatic data-backoff.
13-201
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream description

The cable upstream description command is used to specify descriptive information
for a upstream port on the BSR. This information is limited to 80 characters and single
word descriptions are not allowed. Use the characters: _ or - to separate words. For
example, if a upstream port served a certain section of a city, the MSO could assign
the following description:
MOT:7A(config-if)#cable upstream 0 description charlestown_1U
MOT:7A(config-us)#cable upstream 0 description charlestown_1U
Command Mode
RX48 Port Configuration
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> description <LINE>
RX48 Port Configuration Mode
cable upstream description <LINE>
RX48 Channel Configuration Mode
cable upstream <X> description <LINE
13-202
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
LINE
The text that describes the cable interface and

RX48 port or channel.
13-203
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value

The cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value command configures the internal
narrow band attenuation backoff. Configuring a backoff in narrow band attenuation
may alleviate the potential problem of adjacent upstream channel interference on the
DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS modules.
The cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value command is configured on a
physical upstream port basis. A 6dB backoff in narrow band attenuation is enabled by
default. Setting the backoff value to 0 disables the internal narrow band attenuation
backoff. The no cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value command resets the
narrow band attenuation backoff value to the default of 6dB.
Note: The narrow band attenuation backoff value must be set to a value
other than 0 when an upstream channel is configured for SCDMA mode.
This change only applies to the DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS module.
Warning: The cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value command

should be used only when instructed to do so by Motorola support personnel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> eng-nb-atten-backoff value <0-15>
no cable upstream <NUM> eng-nb-atten-backoff value <0-15>
13-204
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
0-15
The backoff value in dB, 0 disables narrow

band attenuation backoff.
Command Default
6dB narrow band attenuation backoff is enabled.
13-205
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream eq-magnitude-scaling

The cable upstream eq-magnitude-scaling command allows the equalizer's update
to be scaled by the specified value. The default magnitude scaling value is 1, which
does not scale the output. With a value other than 1 configured, the update is scaled
down to a fourth, an eighth, or a sixteenth of the current update. The no cable
upstream eq-magnitude-scaling command returns the magnitude scaling value to
the default or another value.
Warning: The cable upstream eq-magnitude-scaling command should be

used only when instructed to do so by Motorola Mobility support personnel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> eq-magnitude-scaling {16 | 1 | 4 | 8 }
no cable upstream <NUM> eq-magnitude-scaling { 16 | 1 | 4 | 8 }
cable upstream <X/Y> eq-magnitude-scaling { 1 | 16 | 4 | 8 }
no cable upstream <X/Y> eq-magnitude-scaling { 1 | 16 | 4 | 8 }
13-206
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM

number.
X/Y
The RX48 upstream RF channel

number (0-5) and logical channel
number (0-3).
Magnitude scaling is set to 1. This is

the default value and does not scale
the output.
16
Magnitude scaling is set to 1/16.
Command Default
magnitude scaling = 1 - this is the default value and does not scale the output
13-207
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream fiber-node

The cable upstream fiber-node command associates a CMTS 2:8 upstream port or
RX48 upstream port to one or more configured fiber nodes. The no cable upstream
fiber-node command removes a fiber node association.
Group Access
MSO
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> fiber-node <WORD>
no cable upstream <NUM> fiber-node
RX48 Port Configuration Mode
cable upstream fiber-node <WORD>
no cable upstream fiber-node
Command Syntax
13-208
NUM
WORD
The fiber node name. Multiple fiber node

names can be entered separated by commas,
with no spaces allowed.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream force-frag

The cable upstream force-frag command is used as a traffic shaping tool that forces
the CM to fragment large upstream packets. When a CM sends a request to the CMTS
for a large data grant that exceeds the configured minislot threshold, the CMTS grants
the CM the configured minislot threshold, which forces the CM to make another data
grant request for the remaining data, thereby causing data packets in the original grant
to be fragmented by the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} force-frag <0-255>
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} force-frag <0-255>
cable upstream <X/Y> force-frag <0-255>
no cable upstream <X/Y> force-frag <0-255>
13-209
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port number,
X/Y

X/Y

0-255
The configured minislot threshold without

fragmentation for large data grants. A value
of "0" disables forced fragmentation.
Command Default
The force fragmentation feature is set to "0" for no forced fragmentation of large data
grants.
13-210
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream frequency (2:8 CMTS)

The cable upstream frequency command sets the fixed frequency for the upstream
cable port in Hz. The no cable upstream frequency command returns the default
upstream frequency value. The cable interface does not operate until a fixed upstream
frequency is set. The RF upstream frequency must comply with the expected CM
output frequency.
Note: The Japan DOCSIS Standard must be specified with the cable cmts
type command before an upstream frequency can be selected for any Japan
DOCSIS Standard CMTS module.
Note: Make sure that the upstream frequency selected does not interfere
with the frequencies used for any other upstream applications running in the
cable plant.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

North American DOCSIS/Euro-DOCSIS Standard
cable upstream <NUM> frequency <5000000-65000000>
no cable upstream <NUM> frequency <5000000-65000000>

cable upstream <NUM> frequency <10000000-55000000>
no cable upstream <NUM> frequency <10000000-55000000>
13-211
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
the upstream port number
5000000-42000000
the upstream frequency value; valid entries

are from 5000000 to 42000000 Hertz (Hz) for
DOCSIS or 5000000 to 65000000 Hz for
Euro-DOCSIS
10000000-55000000
the upstream frequency value for the Japan

DOCSIS (J-DOCSIS) Standard
Command Default
None
13-212
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream frequency (RX48)

The cable upstream frequency command sets the fixed center frequency in hertz for
an upstream RF channel. The no cable upstream frequency command restores the
default upstream frequency value. The RF channel will not operate until a fixed
upstream frequency is set. The RF upstream frequency must comply with the
expected cable modem output frequency.
Note: The same default center frequency settings will be applied to the six
RF channels on each of the eight RX48 ports.
Note: For an RX48 module, the BSR does not perform verification on an
upstream frequency configuration range based on whether extended
frequency support is enabled or disabled for the corresponding RX48 MAC
domain. The BSR does not perform verification on upstream frequency
ranges based on national types (North American, Euro or Japanese
DOCSIS).
If an operator configures a frequency that is outside the valid frequencies for
a given national type, that frequency is still assigned to the receiver because
the BSR does not perform range checking on the configured frequencies
based on national type. For example, a European operator could configure an
upstream frequency of 70 MHz. The 70 MHz frequency is beyond the range
(5 MHz 65 MHz) for the European cable modems. The BSR 64000 does not
verify that the configured frequency is outside the national type range. The
operator is responsible for performing the verification.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
13-213
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X> frequency <5000000-85000000>
no cable upstream <X> frequency <5000000-85000000>
Command Syntax
X
The upstream channel number (0-5).
5000000-85000000
The upstream frequency value.

North American DOCSIS standard frequency
range: 5000000-42000000
Euro-DOCSIS standard frequency range:
5000000-65000000
Japanese DOCSIS (J-DOCSIS) standard
frequency range:
10000000-55000000
DOCSIS 3.0 North American DOCSIS
standard frequency range:
5000000-85000000
Command Defaults
RF Channel 0 center frequency = 16400000
Note: These default values are the same for all ports of a given RX48
Module. The delta between each center frequency is based on the default
channel width of 3.2 MHz.
13-214
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream global-clock

The cable upstream global-clock command overrides the automated Global Clock
Delay (GCD) setting and the calibrated GCD setting of the BCM3140 global clock
register with the specified GCD value for a specified upstream port. The no cable
upstream global-clock command disables a specified GCD setting for a specified
upstream port.
Caution: Do not use the cable upstream global-clock command unless

instructed to do so by Motorola.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> global-clock <0-31>
no cable upstream <NUM> global-clock <0-31>
Command Syntax
NUM
0-31
the GCD value
13-215
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream global-clock enable

The cable upstream global-clock enable command enables a Global Clock Delay
(GCD) setting for a specified upstream port. The no cable upstream global-clock
enable command disables a GCD setting for an upstream port and returns the system
to use either the automated GCD setting or the calibrated GCD setting.
Caution: Do not use the cable upstream global-clock enable command

unless instructed to do so by Motorola.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> global-clock enable
no cable upstream <NUM> global-clock enable
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Disabled
13-216
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream hopping-seed

The cable upstream hopping-seed command specifies the 15 bit S-CDMA hopping
seed value used for the code hopping sequence initialization.
Note: The logical channel must be disabled to specify a new hopping seed
value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> hopping-seed <0-32767>
no cable upstream <X/Y> hopping-seed <0-32767>
cable upstream <X/Y> hopping-seed <0-32767>
no cable upstream <X/Y> hopping-seed <0-32767>
13-217
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y

X/Y

0-32767
The hopping seed value (0 disables code

hopping).
Command Default
hopping-seed = 0
13-218
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream ingress-canceller enable

The cable upstream ingress-canceller enable command enables the ingress
canceller feature for an upstream cable port or RF channel. Ingress cancellation is
used to protect against plant impairments such as common path distortion (CPD),
citizens band (CB), short-wave radio, and ham radio by opening unused portions of
the upstream spectrum. The no cable upstream ingress-canceller enable command
disables the ingress canceller feature for an upstream cable port or RF channel.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> ingress-canceller enable
no cable upstream <NUM> ingress-canceller enable
cable upstream <X> ingress-canceller enable
no cable upstream <X> ingress-canceller enable
Command Syntax
NUM
13-219
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
Enabled
13-220
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream init-tech-override

The cable upstream init-tech-override command configures the initialization
technique override which allows an operator to configure the load balancing
technique used when moving cable modems with DCC. Initialization technique
override allows an operator to use the initialization technique they want instead of
what the BSR selects. The no cable upstream init-tech-override command returns
control of the initialization technique to the BSR.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Cable Interface Configuration (RX48 slot and port)
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y/Z> init-tech-override <0-31> <X/Y/Z> <WORD>
no cable upstream <X/Y/Z> init-tech-override <0-31> <X/Y/Z> <WORD>
Command Syntax
X/Y/Z
The port (0-7), upstream RF channel (0-5),

and logical channel (0-3) of the RX48
module.
0-31
The technique bitmap value to be used to

override the default initTech value.
WORD
The load balance group name.
13-221
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream invited-range-interval

The cable upstream invited-range-interval command is used by the MAC to
determine how often to schedule station maintenance intervals for each cable modem.
The no cable upstream invited-range-interval command returns to the default
value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> invited-range-interval <0-30000>
no cable upstream <NUM> invited-range-interval <0-30000>
cable upstream <X> invited-range-interval <100-30000>
no cable upstream <X> invited-range-interval <100-30000>
Command Syntax
13-222
NUM
0-30000
the time in milliseconds allowed by the

CMTS between ranging requests transmitted
by the cable modem
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Default
10000 milliseconds
13-223
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (2:8 CMTS)

The cable upstream iuc11-grant-size command specifies the size of the Interval
Usage Code (IUC) 11 Advanced Unsolicited Grant burst descriptor when configuring
a DOCSIS 2.0 upstream logical channel.
Note: If a modulation profile for an upstream channel does not support IUC
11, the configuration of the IUC 11 byte size will be not be allowed. If a
modulation profile for an upstream channel is changed and the new
modulation profile does not support IUC 11, the IUC 11 byte size muset be
reset to "0".
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> iuc11-grant-size [<0-1024>]
no cable upstream <X/Y> iuc11-grant-size [<0-1024>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
the upstream port and logical channel number

(0-3)
0-1024
the grant size in bytes
Command Default
0 bytes
13-224
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (RX48)

The cable upstream iuc11-grant-size command specifies the unsolicited grant MAC
frame size (in bytes) for which the CMTS will use an IUC 11 burst type to schedule
the grant. Any unsolicited grant with a different MAC frame size will be scheduled
using an IUC 9 or IUC 10 burst type.
Note: The specified grant size will apply to all UGS flows on a given logical
channel. A grant size of zero disables the use of IUC 11.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
RX48 Logical Channel Configuration mode is accessed from RX48 Port
Configuration mode by using the X/Y argument (upstream channel number/logical
channel number) in the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> iuc11-grant-size <0-1024>
no cable upstream <X/Y> iuc11-grant-size <0-1024>
Command Syntax
X/Y
The upstream RF channel number (0-5) and

0-1024
The grant size in bytes.
Command Default
0 bytes
13-225
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream loadbalance-group

The cable upstream loadbalance-group command assigns an upstream channel to a
load balancing group. The no cable upstream loadbalance-group command
removes an upstream channel from a load balancing group.
Note: The upstream channel can not be assigned to multiple load balancing
groups unless the load balancing groups are defined as restricted.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> loadbalance-group <WORD>
no cable upstream <NUM> loadbalance-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
13-226
NUM
WORD
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream maintain-power-density on

The cable upstream maintain-power-density on command enables the Maintain
Power Spectral Density feature for each logical channel. If Maintain Power Spectral
Density is enabled and the modulation rate is different from the previous UCD, the
cable modem must change its transmit power level to keep the power spectral density
as close as possible to what it was prior to the modulation rate change. The no cable
upstream maintain-power-density on command disables the Maintain Power
Spectral Density feature. If Maintain Power Spectral Density is disabled, the cable
modem maintains the same power level that it was using prior to the modulation rate
change.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> maintain-power-density on
no cable upstream <X/Y> maintain-power-density on
cable upstream <X/Y> maintain-power-density on
no cable upstream <X/Y> maintain-power-density on
13-227
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-228
X/Y

X/Y

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream map-interval

The cable upstream map-interval command is used by the upstream bandwidth
scheduler to define the minimum MAP size in microseconds. The actual MAP size
may be longer depending on scheduling of grants for bandwidth requests. The no
cable upstream map-interval command resets the upstream interval to the default
value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} map-interval <500-16000>
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} map-interval <500-16000>
cable upstream <X> map-interval <1000-16000>
no cable upstream <X> map-interval <1000-16000>
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

13-229
Release 6.2.0
500-16000
The map interval value in microseconds.
Command Default
4000 microseconds
13-230
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream max-calls

The Maximum Assigned Bandwidth (MAB) feature is used on the cable interface to
regulate the number of Voice-over-IP (VOIP) calls that are available on a particular
upstream channel for Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS) and Unsolicited Grant Service
with Activity Detection UGS-AD constant bit rate (CBR) data flows. A definitive
limit on the number of voice calls ensures that bandwidth resources are not overused
on an upstream channel.
Use the cable upstream max-calls command to configure the maximum number of
voice calls for an upstream channel. The no cable upstream max-calls command
returns the maximum number of voice calls to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} max-calls <0-255>
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} max-calls <0-255>
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y
The upstream port number and logical

0-255
The number of voice calls permitted on the

upstream channel.
Command Default
The default maximum number of calls is 0.
13-231
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream minislot-size

Use the cable upstream minislot-size command to set the number of 6.25
microsecond ticks in each upstream minislot. The no cable upstream minislot-size
command returns the minislot size to the default value.
Note: The minislot size is not applicable to S-CDMA.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} minislot-size [2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128]
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} minislot-size [2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128]
cable upstream <X/Y> minislot-size [2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128]
no cable upstream <X/Y> minislot-size [2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128]
13-232
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

Channel Width
3200000 Hz
1600000 Hz
800000 Hz
400000 Hz
200000 Hz
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
Valid Minislot Sizes

2, 4, 8 ticks
4, 8, 16 ticks
8, 16, 32 ticks
16, 32, 64 ticks
32, 64, 128 ticks
Command Defaults
Channel Width Minislot Size
3200000 Hz
4 ticks
1600000 Hz
8 ticks
800000 Hz
16 ticks
400000 Hz
32 ticks
200000 Hz
64 ticks
13-233
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream modem-ranging-delay

The cable upstream modem-ranging-delay command specifies the maximum cable
modem ranging delay in microseconds (usec). The ranging delay of a modem is the
timing adjustment that would be sent to the modem if it were located next to the
CMTS. For example, if a modem is located next to the CMTS and the show cable
modem command indicates a timing offset of 1800 (10MHz clock units), the ranging
delay for the modem is (1800 x 100)/1024 = 175-microseconds. The maximum
modem ranging delay is used in sizing Initial Maintenance intervals in the upstream
and is used for no other purpose. Initial Maintenance is the upstream interval that a
cable modem uses to send its initial ranging request message when it wants to join the
network. The no cable upstream modem-ranging-delay command restores the
default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> modem-ranging-delay <0-600>
no cable upstream <NUM> modem-ranging-delay
cable upstream <X> modem-ranging-delay <0-600>
no cable upstream <X> modem-ranging-delay <0-600>
13-234
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
0-600
The maximum ranging timing offset in

microseconds.
Command Default
250 microseconds
13-235
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream modulation-profile

The cable upstream modulation-profile is used to apply an upstream modulation
profile to an upstream channel. The no cable upstream modulation-profile
command returns the modulation profile to modulation profile 1.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} modulation-profile <1-600>
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} modulation-profile <1-600>
cable upstream <X/Y> modulation-profile <1-600>
no cable upstream <X/Y> modulation-profile <1-600>
13-236
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Note: When a modulation profile is assigned to an upstream channel, the

assignment will be rejected if any of the following rules are violated:
Differential encoding can only be enabled for TDMA, MTDMA, and

ATDMA channel types not the SCDMA channel type.
Differential encoding can only be enabled for bursts using the QPSK and
16QAM modulation types.
For the TDMA and MTDMA channel types, the differential encoding
setting (enabled or disabled) must be the same for IUC's 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6.
For the ATDMA channel type, the differential encoding setting (enabled or
disabled) must be the same for IUC's 1, 3, and 4.
For the MTDMA and ATDMA channel types, the differential encoding
setting (enabled or disabled) must be the same for IUC's 9, 10, and (if
defined) IUC 11.
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

1-600
The modulation profile number.
Command Default
Modulation profile 1
13-237
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream physical-delay

The CMTS physical delay function is used to specify the maximum round-trip
propagation delay between the CMTS and cable modems (CMs). The CMTS can
optionally set the physical delay automatically.
The cable upstream physical-delay command is used to set fixed or automatic
physical delay parameters. You can use the following options to adjust the physical
delay function:
n
n
A single fixed time can be set for physical delay.

Physical delay parameters can be configured so that they are adjusted
automatically by the BSR when you specify the automatic option with a
specified minimum and maximum microsecond range.
If you do not want to specify a range for the automatic option, select the
automatic option only.
The no cable upstream physical-delay command changes the physical delay setting
back to the default value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> physical-delay {<10-1600> | automatic [<10-1600>
<10-1600>]}
no cable upstream <NUM> physical-delay {<10-1600> | automatic [<10-1600>
<10-1600>]}
13-238
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
10-1600
the fixed physical delay in microseconds
automatic
the automatic physical delay in microseconds
10-1600
the automatic minimum physical delay in

microseconds - the default is 200
microseconds
10-1600
the automatic maximum physical delay in

microseconds - the default is 1600
microseconds
Command Default
The fixed physical delay is 800 microseconds
The 800 microsecond default setting is an optimal setting for HFC networks with a
radius of not more than 50 miles (i.e., distance to the farthest cable modem).
However, when the default setting of 800 microseconds is in force on HFC plants
with a radius larger than 50 miles, cable modems may not be able to register or pass
data reliably since the round-trip propagation delay exceeds the configured value for
the physical delay (i.e, cable modems are not given enough time to register).
Note: Setting a physical delay value larger than required is allowed, although
data passing performance will not be optimized. However, do not set a
physical delay value smaller than required since this might cause some cable
modems to become inoperable.
13-239
Release 6.2.0
Should you need to change the default value for the physical delay, refer to the
guidelines in the table that follows or calculate a setting value using the formulas that
follow the table.
BSR
Physical
Delay
Transit Delay Setting
(microsecon (microsecs)
One-way
distance
(miles)
One-Way
Distance
(kilometers)
Round trip Round trip

distance
distance
(miles)
(kilometers)
800
1,600
100.0
160.9
200.0
321.9
700
1,400
87.5
140.8
175.0
281.6
600
1,200
75.0
120.7
150.0
241.4
500
1,000
62.5
100.6
125.0
201.2
400
800
50.0
80.5
100.0
160.9
300
600
37.5
60.4
75.0
120.7
200
400
25.0
40.2
50.0
80.5
100
200
12.5
20.1
25.0
40.2
To calculate a setting value for your HFC plant, follow these steps using one of the
formulas provided in Step 2:
1. Determine the distance from the BSR 64000 (i.e, CMTS) to the most distant cable
modem measured in miles (or kilometers) of HFC (i.e, physical cable length).
2. Calculate the value for the physical delay using one of the following formulas:
For HFC measured in miles:
16 x L = PD
where
L is the value determined in Step 1.
PD is the value to specify for the command cable upstream physical-delay
For HFC measured in kilometers:
9.95 x L = PD
13-240
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
where
L is the value determined in Step 1.
PD is the value to specify for the command cable upstream physical-delay
Note: The physical delay cannot be configured to a value less than 10

microseconds.
13-241
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream port

RX48 Port Configuration mode allows a user to configure an RX48 port and,
additionally, upstream RF channels and logical channels. The cable upstream port
command is used to enter RX48 Port Configuration mode. After issuing the cable
upstream port command, the command line prompt changes to:
MOT:7A(config-us)#
Use the end or exit commands to return to Global Configuration mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream port <X/Y>
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-242
The slot and port number (0-7) of the RX48

module.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream power-level (2:8 CMTS)

The BSR CMTS interface controls cable modem output power levels to meet the
desired CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an
upstream port compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver
and the upstream RF port.
The cable upstream power-level command is used to set the upstream input power
level in absolute mode. In absolute mode, the input power level does not change when
the upstream channel width is changed. Defining the input power level in absolute
mode could possibly cause upstream return lasers to clip on a completely populated
upstream channel.
Caution: If the power level is not explicitly set on the upstream interfaces,
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols
per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream
channel.
The following table describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to
the input power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream
channel.
Table 13-1 Upstream Input Power Level Range Parameters
Modulation Upstream Channel Default

Rate
Bandwidth
Power-level
Power-level
Range
160 ksym/s
200 kHz
-1 dBmV
-16 to +14 dBmV
320 ksym/s
400 kHz
+2 dBmV
-13 to +17 dBmV
640 ksym/s
800 kHz
+5 dBmV
-10 to +20 dBmV
1280 ksym/s
1600 kHz
+8 dBmV
-7 to +23 dBmV
2560 ksym/s
3200 kHz
+11 dBmV
-4 to +26 dBmV
5120 ksym/s
6400 kHz
-1 to +29 dBmV
Caution: Use caution when increasing the input power level in absolute
mode. The CMs on the HFC network increase their transmit power level by 3
dB for every incremental upstream channel bandwidth change, causing an
increase in the total power on the upstream channel. This may violate the
upstream return laser design parameters
13-243
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> power-level <200-3200>
no cable upstream <NUM> power-level <200-3200>
Command Syntax
NUM
200-3200
the input power level, expressed in dB
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level command
to set the upstream input power level to +5 dBmV in absolute mode, which keeps the
input power level at +5 dBmV regardless of the upstream channel bandwidth setting,
as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level 50
13-244
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream power-level (RX48)

The cable upstream power-level command is used to set the upstream input power
level in absolute mode. In absolute mode, the input power level does not change when
the upstream channel width is changed. Defining the input power level in absolute
mode could possibly cause upstream return lasers to clip on a completely populated
upstream channel.
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a rate of 3.2 MHz, 2560
kilosymbols per second. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each
upstream channel.
The following table lists the default power levels for various channel widths in both
the absolute and relative modes.
Upstream Channel Width
Default Power Level in dBmV
5120 kHz
+5
2560 kHz
+2
1280 kHz
-1
640 kHz
-4
320 kHz
-7
160 kHz
-10
Caution: Use caution when increasing the input power level in absolute
mode. The CMs on the HFC network increase their transmit power level by 3
dB for every incremental upstream channel bandwidth change, causing an
increase in the total power on the upstream channel. This increase may
violate the upstream return laser design parameters.
Group Access
MSO
13-245
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X> power-level <200-6400>
no cable upstream <X> power-level <200-6400>
Command Syntax
X
200-6400
The input power level, expressed in dB.
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level command
to set the upstream input power level to +5 dBmV in absolute mode, which keeps the
input power level at +5 dBmV regardless of the upstream channel bandwidth setting,
as shown below:
MOT(config-us)#cable upstream 0 power-level 50
13-246
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream power-level default (2:8 CMTS)

The BSR CMTS interface controls CM output power levels to meet the desired
CMTS upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream port
compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the
upstream RF port.
The cable upstream power-level default command is used to set the upstream input
power level in relative mode, which means that the input power level changes when
the upstream channel width is changed. For example, if the input power level is +11
dBmV for a DOCSIS 3.2 MHz upstream channel bandwidth setting in relative mode
and is changed to 1.6 MHz, the default receive power is +8 dBmV. The default power
levels for the 3.2 MHz and 1.6 MHz channels are equal relative to their respective
channel bandwidth settings
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a 3.2 MHz, 2560 kilosymbols
per second rate. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each upstream
channel.
The folliwng table describes how the upstream channel bandwidth corresponds to the
input power-level range and default power-level range for a specific upstream
channel.
Upstream Channel
Bandwidth
Default Power-level
Range
Power-level
Range
200 KHz
-1 dBmV
-16 to +14 dBmV
400 KHz
+2 dBmV
-13 to +17 dBmV
800 KHz
+5 dBmV
-10 to +20 dBmV
1.6 MHz
+8 dBmV
-7 to +23 dBmV
3.2 MHz
+11 dBmV
-4 to +26 dBmV
Group Access
MSO
13-247
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> power-level default {<-150 - +150>}
no cable upstream <NUM> power-level default {<-150 - +150>}
Command Syntax
NUM
-150 - +150
the number of dB above or below the default

input power level
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
The following example shows how to use the cable upstream power-level default
command to set the input power level for a 3.2 MHz channel in relative mode from
+11 dBmV to +5 dBmV:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -60
The default input power level is reduced by 6 dB. The power level is now +5 dBmV.
+11 dBmV to 0 dBmV, as shown below:
MOT(config-if)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -110
The default input power level is reduced by 11 dB.
13-248
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream power-level default (RX48)

The CMTS controls cable modem output power levels to meet the desired CMTS
upstream input power level. Input power level adjustments to an upstream RF channel
compensate for CMTS signal degradation between the optical receiver and the
upstream RF channel.
The cable upstream power-level default command is used to set the upstream input
power level in relative mode, which means that the input power level changes when
the upstream channel width is changed. For example, if the input power level is +11
dBmV for a DOCSIS 3.2 MHz upstream channel bandwidth setting in relative mode
and is changed to 1.6 MHz, the default receive power is +8 dBmV. The default power
levels for the 3.2 MHz and 1.6 MHz channels are equal relative to their respective
channel bandwidth settings.
they default to 0 dBmV in absolute mode with a rate of 3.2 MHz, 2560
kilosymbols per second. Ensure that the correct power level is set on each
upstream channel.
The following table lists the default power levels for various channel widths in both
the absolute and relative modes.
Upstream Channel Width
Default Power Level in dBmV
5120 kHz
+5
2560 kHz
+2
1280 kHz
-1
640 kHz
-4
320 kHz
-7
160 kHz
-10
Group Access
MSO
13-249
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X> power-level default <-150 - +150>
no cable upstream <X> power-level default <-150 - +150>
Command Syntax
X
-150 - +150
The number of dB above or below the default

input power level.
Command Default
0 dB
Command Example
+11 dBmV to +5 dBmV:
MOT(config-us)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -60
The default input power level is reduced by 6 dB. The power level is now +5 dBmV.
+11 dBmV to 0 dBmV:
MOT(config-us)#cable upstream 0 power-level default -110
The default input power level is reduced by 11 dB.
13-250
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream pre-equalization

The cable upstream pre-equalization command enables pre-equalization adjustment
on the upstream port that includes sending pre-equalization coefficients in a ranging
response to a CM to compensate for impairment over the transmission line. The no
cable upstream pre-equalization command disables the pre-equalization function.
Note: Not all CMs support the pre-equalization adjustment. If a CM does not
support this adjustment, the BSR CMTS interface may not be able to receive
upstream data correctly from the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> pre-equalization
no cable upstream <NUM> pre-equalization
cable upstream <X/Y> pre-equalization
no cable upstream <X/Y> pre-equalization
13-251
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-252
NUM
X/Y

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream range-backoff

Use the cable upstream range-backoff command to set the start and end upstream
range-backoff values for a CM or re-establish a CM if a power outage occurs. Use the
no cable upstream range-backoff command return the ranging back-off default
value. If you choose automatic, the system sets the upstream data-backoff start and
end values.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} range-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} range-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
cable upstream <X/Y> range-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
no cable upstream <X/Y> range-backoff {<0-15> <0-15> | automatic}
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

13-253
Release 6.2.0
X/Y

0-15
Start of range backoff.
0-15
End of range backoff.
automatic
The automatic range backoff.
Command Default
start 0, end 4
13-254
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream range-forced-continue

The cable upstream range-forced-continue command forces a ranging response to
continue for all CMs. The no cable upstream range-forced-continue command
disables forcing a ranging response/
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> range-forced-continue
no cable upstream <NUM> range-forced-continue
Command Syntax
NUM
13-255
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream range-power-override

The cable upstream range-power-override command enables CM power
adjustment. The no cable upstream range-power-override command disables CM
power adjustment.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> range-power-override
no cable upstream <NUM> range-power-override
Command Syntax
NUM
13-256
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream rate-limit

The cable upstream rate-limit command controls whether rate-limiting is applied to
any CM sending upstream data to the CMTS on a given upstream interface. The no
cable upstream rate-limit command changes the rate limit applied to a cable modem
sending upstream data to the CMTS back to the default. The token-bucket algorithm
is used for rate-limiting.
Note: If the rate-limit is enabled, data received from cable modems are
rate-limited according to the cable modems configured. Packets may be
buffered at times when any cable modem or the hosts behind the cable
modems transmit data exceeding the permitted bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> rate-limit
no cable upstream <NUM> rate-limit
cable upstream <X> rate-limit
no cable upstream <X> rate-limit
13-257
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
2:8 CMTS = Disabled
RX48 = Enabled
13-258
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream schedule

The cable upstream schedule command is used to configure the type of scheduling
to be applied on upstream ports.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream schedule {priority-only | priority-wfq}
Command Syntax
priority-only
specifies the use of straight priority-based

scheduling
priority-wfq
specifies the use of priority-based weighted

fair queuing scheduling
13-259
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream shutdown

The cable upstream shutdown command administratively disables the upstream
port. The no cable upstream shutdown command enables an upstream port.
Note: Verify that each upstream port is enabled after the port is properly
configured and ready for use.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} shutdown
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} shutdown
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y
the upstream port number and logical channel

number (0-3)
Command Default
Each upstream port is disabled.
13-260
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream snr-offset

The cable upstream snr-offset command configures the display an SNR value with
an offset. The offset can be configured for each upstream port up to a value of 100 (10
dB) in 10 (1 dB) increments. The offset value will be added to the SNR value when it
is displayed with the show controllers and show interfaces cable upstream
signal-quality CLI commands and through SNMP. The offset value will not be added
to the actual SNR reading that is used by critical tasks such as Spectrum Management.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> snr-offset {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100}
no cable upstream <NUM> snr-offset {10 | 20 | 30 | 40 | 50 | 60 | 70 | 80 | 90 | 100}
Command Syntax
NUM

the offset value in increments of 10 (1 dB):
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
offset SNR value by 10

13-261
Release 6.2.0
cable upstream spectrum-group

The cable upstream spectrum-group command is used to apply a spectrum group
to an upstream port. The no cable upstream spectrum-group command removes the
spectrum group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <NUM> spectrum-group <WORD>
no cable upstream <NUM> spectrum-group <WORD>
cable upstream <X> spectrum-group <WORD>
no cable upstream <X> spectrum-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
13-262
NUM
The 2:8 CMTS upstream port number
WORD
The spectrum group name.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream spread-interval

The cable upstream spread-interval specifies the spreading interval for an
S-CDMA frame. A spreading interval is the time that it takes to transmit one symbol
per code across all 128 codes in an S-CDMA frame. The time duration of an
S-CDMA frame is determined by a configurable number of spreading intervals and
the signaling rate.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable upstream <X/Y> spread-interval <1-32>
no cable upstream <X/Y> spread-interval <1-32>
cable upstream <X/Y> spread-interval <1-32>
no cable upstream <X/Y> spread-interval <1-32>
13-263
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y

X/Y

1-32
The spreading interval value.
Command Default
spread-interval = 32
13-264
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream trap-enable-cmts

The cable upstream trap-enable-cmts command enables the
rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap for a 2:8 CMTS upstream port, RX48
upstream RF channel, or RX48 upstream RF channel and logical channel. The
rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates whether a CMTS link up or link
down trap should be generated. The no cable upstream trap-enable-rdn command
disables the rdnCmtsLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} trap-enable-cmts
no cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} trap-enable-cmts
cable upstream <X> trap-enable-cmts
no cable upstream <X> trap-enable-cmts
13-265
Release 6.2.0

cable upstream <X/Y> trap-enable-cmts
no cable upstream <X/Y> trap-enable-cmts
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

Command Default
Disabled
13-266
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream trap-enable-if

The cable upstream trap-enable-if command enables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable
trap for a 2:8 CMTS upstream port, RX48 upstream RF channel, or RX48 upstream
RF channel and logical channel. The ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap indicates
whether a link up or link down trap should be generated. The cable upstream no
trap-enable-if command disables the ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

13-267
Release 6.2.0

Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

Command Default
Disabled
13-268
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable upstream trap-enable-rdn

The cable upstream trap-enable-rdn command enables the
rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap for a 2:8 CMTS upstream port, RX48 upstream
RF channel, or RX48 upstream RF channel and logical channel. The
should be generated. The no cable upstream trap-enable-rdn command disables the
rdnCardIfLinkUpDownEnable trap.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
the command line.
Command Line Usage

13-269
Release 6.2.0

Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y

X/Y

Command Default
Disabled
13-270
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable utilization-interval
The cable utilization-interval command specifies the upstream or downstream
channel utilization calculation interval. The no cable utilization-interval returns the
channel utilization calculation interval to the default value of "0" (disabled).
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable utilization-interval <0-86400>
no cable utilization-interval <0-86400>
Command Syntax
0-86400
the channel utilization interval in seconds, 0

is disabled
Command Default
0 = disabled
13-271
Release 6.2.0
channel-type
The channel-type command specifies the channel type for a modulation profile.
There are four possible channel-types:
n
TDMA - DOCSIS 1.1 channel type
ATDMA - DOCSIS 2.0 channel type
MTDMA - DOCSIS 1.1 or DOCSIS 2.0 channel type
S-CDMA - DOCSIS 2.0 channel type only used for logical channel
configurations
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Modulation Profile Configuration
Command Line Usage

channel-type {tdma | atdma | scdma | mtdma}
no channel-type {tdma | atdma | scdma | mtdma}
Note: The channel-type command is applicable to the 2:8 and 2:8
(2.0)CMTS modules only. To determine which CMTS modules are installed in
the BSR 64000, use the show chassis status command.
It is unnecessary to configure and enable multiple logical channels with the
same channel types. The total capacity of the physical channel will not be
enhanced by enabling multiple logical channels. However, it is reasonable to
assign unique modulation profile to multiple logical channels of the same type
for RF impairment investigation.
13-272
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
tdma
TDMA, Time Division Multiple Access valid for initial, long, request, short, and
station IUC codes
atdma
Advanced TDMA, Time Division Multiple

Access - valid for a-long, a-short, a-ugs,
initial, request, and station IUC codes
scdma
S-CDMA Synchronous CDMA, Code

Division Multiple Access - valid for a-long,
a-short, a-ugs, initial, request, and station
IUC codes
mtdma
TDMA-A-TDMA - valid for a-long, a-short,

a-ugs, initial, request, and station IUC
codes
13-273
Release 6.2.0
clear cable dcc-stats

The clear cable dcc-stats command clears all Dynamic Channel Change (DCC)
statistics for all CMTS modules in the BSR chassis or a CMTS module in a specified
slot.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable dcc-stats [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-274

CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable downstream bonding-group statistics

The clear cable downstream bonding-group statistics command clears downstream
bonding group statistics. The BSR will automatically clear downstream bonding
group statistics under the following conditions:
n
a downstream bonding group configuration is modified.
a downstream bonding group is deleted.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable downstream bonding-group statistics [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
the downstream channel associated with this

channel bonding group: X is the 2:8 CMTS
module slot number and Y is the MAC
domain
13-275
Release 6.2.0
clear cable flap-list

The clear cable flap-list command clears the cable flap-list. You can either clear the
flap-list of a specific cable modem by specifying its MAC address or clear the
flap-lists of all the cable modems by using the all option. The clear cable flap-list
command provides optional modifiers to clear or retain cable modem counters. The
unmodified command does not clear CRC counters.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable flap-list {<mac> | all} [modem-counters | save-counters]
Command Syntax
13-276
mac
The cable modem MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
all
Clears all MAC addresses.
modem-counters
Clear all cable modem counters, including the CRC

counter, but do not clear the cable modem(s) from the flap
list.
save-counters
Clear the cable modem(s) from the flap list, but save all
cable modem counters.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable host

The clear cable host command removes a host CPE's IP address, MAC address, or
domain name from the BSRs internal address tables. This allows a new host CPE to
come online from the previous host's cable modem.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable host {<mac> | <prefix> | all}
Command Syntax
mac
the host CPEs MAC address
prefix
the host CPEs IP address
all
reset all host CPEs
13-277
Release 6.2.0
clear cable modem

The clear cable modem command is used to either clear the traffic counters or reset a
single cable modem or all cable modems connected to the BSR. The clear cable
modem command options can be used to do the following:
n
Clear or reset a single cable modem by using its MAC address or IP address.
Clear or reset specific group of cable modems.
Clear or reset all cable modems.
Clear or reset all cable modems on a specific interface.
Note: Only users with read/write privileges are allowed to clear cable
modems with the following exception - read only users can clear cable
modems by MAC address or IP address. The clear cable modem all
{counters | reset} command requires read/write privileges.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem {X/Y | <mac> [<mac>] | <prefix> | all } {counters | reset }
13-278
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
The specific slot and port to clear.
mac
mac
A MAC address mask that specifies a group

of cable modems.
prefix
The IP address of the cable modem.
all
Clears cable modem traffic counters or resets

all cable modems.
counters
Clears the cable modem traffic counters.
reset
Resets the cable modem.
13-279
Release 6.2.0
clear cable modem downstream

The clear cable modem command is used to reset all bonded or non-bonded cable
modems on a BSR downstream channel. The clear cable modem command can be
used to do the following:
n
Reset all bonded cable modems on a MAC Domain.
Reset all bonded cable modems on a MAC Domain bonding group.
Resets all bonding capable cable modems that are registered as non-bonded.
Note: Only users with read/write privileges are allowed to reset cable
modems on a downstream channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem <X/Y> downstream bonding [<1-65535>] reset
clear cable modem <X/Y> downstream non-bonding reset
Command Syntax
13-280
X/Y

CMTS module
bonding
channel bonded cable modems
1-65535
the downstream channel bonding group

number
non-bonding
all channel-bonding capable cable modems

that are registered as non-bonding
reset
reset the cable modems
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable modem reject-pk reset

clear cable modem reject-pt reset
The clear cable modem reject-pk reset and clear cable modem reject-pt reset
commands are used to reset cable modems that are in the reject(pk) or the reject(pt)
states, respectively.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem reject-pk reset
clear cable modem reject-pt reset
13-281
Release 6.2.0
clear cable modem offline

The clear cable modem offline command removes a cable modem from the list of
offline cable modems. This command allows you to do the following:
n
remove a single offline cable modem from the offline list
remove all offline cable modems in a single CMTS from the offline list
remove all offline cable modems from the offline list
Note: The cable modem aging timer removes offline cable modems from
the list after the configured timeout period has expired. The clear cable
modem offline command is useful if you need to remove a modem before
the cable modem aging timer has expired or if you are not using the cable
modem aging timer feature.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem offline [<mac> | <X/Y> | slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
13-282
mac
the cable modems MAC address
X/Y

CMTS module
slot NUM
a CMTS slot number (0-5, 9-14)
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable modem sync

The clear cable modem sync command provides a means of updating the SRMs
cable modem database if the SRM becomes out of synchronization with the CMTS
modules in regard to what cable modems are registered. The clear cable modem sync
command is useful when the show cable modem command is not displaying all of the
cable modems on the system or is displaying duplicate cable modems.
The clear cable modem sync command causes the SRM to clear its cable modem
database and then query each CMTS about their cable modems. The response from
each CMTS is used to rebuild the SRMs cable modem database.
Note: There is no reason to use the clear cable modem sync command
unless an operator suspects a problem with the display results from the
show cable modem command.
It may take several seconds to completely rebuild the SRMs cable modem
database.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem sync [slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
slot NUM
specifies a CMTS slot (0-5, 9-14)
Command Defaults
Disabled
13-283
Release 6.2.0
clear cable modem downstream partial-service reset

The clear cable modem downstream partial-service reset command is used to reset
all cable modems that are in partial service on a BSR downstream channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cable modem <X/Y> downstream partial-service reset
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-284
The slot and MAC Domain number of the

CMTS module.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable qos svc-flow statistics

The clear cable qos svc-flow statistics command clears all statistics relating to
downstream rate-limiting for a particular service flow. This is the same information
displayed with the show cable qos svc-flow statistics command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable qos svc-flow statistics [<X/Y>] [<1-4292967295>]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
1-4292967295
service flow ID
13-285
Release 6.2.0
clear cable srvclass-stats

The clear cable srvclass-stats command clears service class statistics on the BSR.
These are the same service class statistics displayed with the show cable
srvclass-stats command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Service Class Configuration
Command Line Usage

clear cable srvclass-stats <NUM> <NUM> {DOWN | UP | <WORD>}
Command Syntax
13-286
NUM
specify a CMTS slot number
NUM
specify a CMTS downstream or

upstream port number or a TX32
module slot number/downstream port
number/downstream channel number refer to the diagram following the
Command Syntax table
Note: The comma should not be entered
as part of the command syntax
DOWN
clear downstream service class statistics
UP
clear upstream service class statistics
WORD
the pre-defined service class name or

the user-defined service class name
created with the name command
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
<0-7>
4/[0-7]/[0-3]
comma

2:8 CMTS Module
Downstream or Upstream TX32 Downstream Port Number/
Port Number
13-287
Release 6.2.0
clear cable ucc-stats

The clear cable ucc-stats command clears all UCC statistics for all CMTS modules
in the BSR chassis or a CMTS module in a specified slot.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable ucc-stats [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-288

CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear cable ugs-stats

The clear cable ugs-stats command clears active voice call statistics for all CMTS
modules, a specified CMTS module, or a specified upstream port on a CMTS module.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable ugs-stats [<0-15> [<0-7>]]
Command Syntax
0-15
DOCSIS (CMTS) module slot

number
0-7
the upstream port number.
13-289
Release 6.2.0
clear counters cable

The clear counters cable clears counters for a cable interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC.
Command Line Usage

clear counters cable <X/Y>
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-290

CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats

The clear interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats command clears ASPM
Channel Statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream <NUM> channel-agility-stats
Note: When using the clear interfaces cable upstream

channel-agility-stats command, only the NUM argument displays for a BCM
3138-based 2:8 CMTS module (For example: clear interfaces cable
upstream <NUM> channel-agility-stats). Both the NUM and X/Y arguments
display for a BCM 3140-based DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS (For example: clear
interfaces cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-agility-stats). Only
the NUM argument is applicable to this command.
Command Syntax
X/Y
the slot and MAC Domain number of the 2:8

CMTS module:
NUM
Command Default
Disabled
13-291
Release 6.2.0
clear interfaces cable upstream signal-quality

The clear interfaces cable upstream signal-quality command clears the unerroreds,
correctables and uncorrectables counters in the show controllers cable upstream
command output.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<NUM>} signal-quality
Command Syntax
13-292
X/Y
The slot and MAC Domain number

of the CMTS module.
NUM
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
clear stats cable

The clear stats cable command clears RX48 slot statistics.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear stats <NUM> cable [downstream <NUM> | mac <0-15> | upstream
<Upstream RfChannel>]
Command Syntax
NUM
Specifies an RX48 slot number.
NUM
A TX32 module slot number,

downstream port number, and
downstream channel number. For
example: 4/0/3.
mac 0-15
An available MAC domain number.
Upstream RfChannel
The RX48 port number and upstream

RF channel number (0-5). For
example: 2/0.
13-293
Release 6.2.0
clear usage-stats
The clear usage-stats command clears the ASPM statistics displayed per Spectrum
Group with the show cable spectrum-group stats command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear usage-stats [upstream <NUM>]
Command Syntax
upstream NUM
13-294
specify an upstream port number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cmts-id
The method that the BSR uses to generate GateIDs for DQoS allows for unique IDs
across CMTSs which is referred to as the CMTS-ID. CMTS-IDs remove the need to
constantly update the Call Management Server (CMS) with scope information. The
CMTS-ID is configured using the cmts-id command.
The BSR generates a unique GateID when a request to create a PacketCable gate is
received from a Call Management Server (CMS) or a Policy Server (PS). The cmts-id
command allows the user to reserve 1-17 MSBs in the GateID. These bits are used to
for specifying a CMTS-ID for identifying the CMTS generating the GateID.
The no cmts-id command removes a configured CMTS-ID.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Packet Cable Configuration
Command Line Usage

cmts-id {size <1-14> value <0x0-0x3fff>}
no cmts-id {size <1-14> value <0x0-0x3fff>}
Command Syntax
size 1-14
the number of bits reserved for specifying the

CMTS-ID
value 0x0-0x3fff
the CMTS-ID value in hexidecimal - a

CMTS-ID must fit within the specified range
Command Default
Disabled. The GateID does not contain a CMTS-ID.
13-295
Release 6.2.0
codes-subframe
The codes-subframe command specifies the sub-frame size for an S-CDMA channel
type. The sub-frame size establishes the boundaries over which interleaving is
accomplished
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

codes-subframe <1-128>
no codes-subframe <1-128>
Command Syntax
1-128
13-296
the sub-frame size
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
collect interval
The collect interval command configures the interval rate at which data collection is
performed by the spectrum manager.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

collect interval <60-65535>
Command Syntax
60-65535
The time interval in seconds
13-297
Release 6.2.0
collect resolution
The collect resolution command is used to configure the frequency resolution rate
that the spectrum manager performs. The value from the collect resolution command
is used as an increment when measuring the upstream frequencies. This value is also
used as the channel width so that the measurements over the spectrum contain no gaps
nor overlaps.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

collect resolution {200000 | 400000}
Command Syntax
200000
400000
the resolution in Hertz (Hz)
Command Default
200000 Hz
13-298
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
description (RCC template)

The description command is used to specify descriptive information for a RCC
template on the BSR. This information is limited to 15 characters. Use the underscore
(_) or hyphen (-) characters to separate words.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
RCC Template Configuration
Command Line Usage

description <string>
no description
Command Syntax
string
Specifies a description for the RCC template

The character string can be up to 15
characters long.
13-299
Release 6.2.0
dhcp leasequery authorization on

The dhcp leasequery authorization on command enables the exchange of DHCP
lease query messages between the CMTS and a DHCP server. The no dhcp
leasequery authorization on command disables this exchange.
When an IP packet is either received from or destined to a Host/CPE which does not
have an entry in the BSRs DHCP Lease table, the DHCP Lease Query feature will
attempt to identify the Host/CPE. If the DHCP Lease Query attempt fails, packets
associated with this Host/CPE are discarded.
Note: For the DHCP Lease Query feature to function properly, host
authorization must also be enabled with the host authorization command.
Host authorization is used for security purposes on a cable network.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dhcp leasequery {authorization {on}}
no dhcp leasequery {authorization {on}}
Command Syntax
13-300
authorization
Authorization configuration
on
Turn on the authorization (Disables Proxy

ARP)
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
differential-encoding on
The differential-encoding on command specifies whether or not differential
encoding is used in this modulation profile. Differential encoding is a technique
where data is transmitted according to the phase change between two modulation
symbols instead of by the absolute phase of a symbol. Differential encoding makes
the absolute phase of the received signal insignificant and has the effect of doubling
the BER for the same C/N. The no differential-encoding on command disables
differential encoding for this modulation profile.
Note: If a modulation profile is in use, differential encoding cannot be
enabled or disabled for any of the burst types. To enable or disable
differential encoding for a burst type, an operator must copy the modulation
profile to a new modulation profile number, enable or disable differential
encoding for the new modulation profile, and assign the new modulation
profile to the desired upstream channel. Attempting to enable or disable
differential encoding for a modulation profile that is in use will generate the
[10/07-10:26:06.59- 07:CRMTASK]-E-mod profile in use, cannot
change diff encoding
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

differential-encoding on
no differential-encoding on
13-301
Release 6.2.0
docstest
The docstest command globally enables or disables DOCSIS 2.0 test mode on the
BSR through the DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIB (SP-TestMIBv2.0-D02-030530). The
DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIB is used to test DOCSIS 2.0 protocol compliance through a
set of objects used to manage DOCSIS 2.0 Cable Modem (CM) and Cable Modem
Termination System (CMTS) programmable test features.
Note: The DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIB is considered to be an adjunct to the
DOCSIS 2.0 Specification rather than a part of that specification. Support for
this MIB does not indicate compliance with the DOCSIS 2.0 specification.
Conversely, lack of support for this MIB does not indicate non-compliance
with the DOCSIS 2.0 specification. However, support for this MIB is
mandatory for all DOCSIS 2.0 compliant CMs and CMTSs that are submitted
for Certification and Qualification by CableLabs.
Once DOCSIS 2.0 test mode is enabled with the docstest enable command,
the BSR remains in DOCSIS 2.0 test mode until the test mode is disabled
with the docstest disable command or the system is rebooted.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

docstest {disable | enable }
Command Syntax
disable
disable DOCSIS 2.0 test mode
enable
enable DOCSIS 2.0 test mode
Command Default
Disabled
13-302
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
docstest type
The docstest type command allows you to specify the type of DOCSIS 2.0 test to be
used through a series of enumerated test modes. The enumerated test mode selected
with the docstest type command corresponds to an integer "TYPE" field in the
DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIBs CM/CMTS TLV Table.
Note: DOCSIS 2.0 test mode must be enabled with the docstest enable
command before a DOCSIS 2.0 test type can be specified.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

docstest type {110 | 111} | slot <NUM> downstream {0 | 1} [LINE]
docstest type 112 slot <NUM> [LINE]
no docstest type {110 | 111} | slot <NUM> downstream {0 | 1} [LINE]
no docstest type 112 slot <NUM> [LINE]
Command Syntax
110
111
the enumerated test type for the downstream

channel - the enumerated test types
correspond to an integer "TYPE" field in the
DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIBs CM/CMTS TLV
Table
112
the enumerated test type for the 10.24 MHz

reference clock
slot NUM
the slot number in the BSR chassis containing

an installed DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS module
13-303
13-304
Release 6.2.0
downstream 0
downstream 1
the downstream channel number
LINE
specifies the data required for the test - up to

510 characters can be entered with first two
characters being the length and value of the
data that follows - the length and value
correspond to the LENGTH and VALUE
fields from the DOCSIS 2.0 Testing MIBs
CM/CMTS TLV Table
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
fec-codeword
This fec codeword command specifies the number of information bytes for each FEC
codeword.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

fec-codeword <16-253>
no fec-codeword <16-253>
Command Syntax
16-253
the number of information bytes for each FEC

codeword
13-305
Release 6.2.0
fec-correction
The fec-correction command specifies the number of bytes that can be corrected per
Forward Error Correction (FEC) code word. This is the number of bytes that the FEC
decoder can correct within a codeword. A FEC codeword consists of information and
parity bytes for error correction. The number of parity bytes is equal to two times the
number of correctable errors. The size of correctable errors is dictated by channel
impairments.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

fec-correction <0-16>
no fec-correction <0-16>
Command Syntax
0-16
13-306
the FEC correction value - 0 indicates no

Forward Error Correction
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
fft display
The fft display command displays the FFT power level measurement data to the
console or telnet session in one of the two formats: table or graph (ASCII plot).
Power level measurement data is retrieved either from an operational CMTS module
or a file system. The user specifies a frequency range for which power level
measurement data is to be displayed.
Caution: Running the fft display command can impact voice performance.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

fft display {Slot/Port | nvram: <WORD> | flash: <WORD>} startfreq
{<0-81920000>} endfreq {<0-81920000>} {table | graph}
Command Syntax
Slot/Port
operational 2:8 CMTS slot number and valid

nvram:
retrieve the power level measurement data

from the NVRAM file system
flash:
retrieve the power level measurement data

from the flash file system
WORD
power level measurement data filename limit of 20 characters excluding the ".fft"
filename extension
startfreq 0-81920000
start of the frequency range (0 Hz - 81.92

MHz)
13-307
13-308
Release 6.2.0
endfreq 0-81920000
end of the frequency range (0 Hz - 81.92

MHz)
table | graph
specify table or graph display format
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
fft setup
The fft setup command can be used to configure the FFT processor on the BCM3142
chip set or to display the current FFT processor configuration.
Caution: Running the fft setup command can affect voice performance.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

fft setup <Slot/Port> [sample {256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 4096} mode {hardware |
idle-sid} window {blackman | blackman-harris | hamming | hanning |
rectangular}]
Command Syntax
Slot/Port
The slot and upstream port number of an

operational RX48 module.
sample
The number of samples of the power level

measurement.
256
512
1024
2048
4096
13-309
Release 6.2.0
mode
The RF Sentry operational mode. Triggers the

power level measurement sample by
hardware (random) or idle-sid (ASPM uses
the IDLE SID trigger).
window
The window coefficient to shape the output of

the power level measurement (rectangular,
hamming, hanning, blackman, or
blackman-harris).
Command Defaults
sample = 4096
mode = hardware
window = rectangular
13-310
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
fft start
The fft start command initiates the power level measurement using the FFT
algorithm via the RF Sentry.
Note: The sample, mode, and window arguments are optional with the fft
start command but can be used to override the current FFT processor
configuration specified with the fft setup command and initiate power level
measurement with a new FFT processor configuration.
Caution: Running the fft start command can affect voice performance.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

fft start <Slot/Port> [average {1 | 2 | 4 | 8 | 16 | 32 | 64 | 128} |
ingress-canceller-option {pre | post} | sample {256 | 512 | 1024 | 2048 | 4096} mode
{hardware | idle-sid} window {blackman | blackman-harris | hamming | hanning
| rectangular}]
13-311
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-312
Slot/Port
The slot and upstream port number of an

operational RX48 module.
average
Allows the user to specify how many samples

to average together.
1
2
4
8
16
32
64
128
ingress-canceller-option
Allows the sampling to be done before

ingress cancellation has been applied (pre) or
after ingress cancellation has been applied
(post).
sample
The number of samples of the power level

measurement.
256
512
1024
2048
4096
mode
The RF Sentry operational mode. Triggers the

power level measurement sample by
hardware (random) or idle-sid (ASPM uses
the IDLE SID trigger).
window
The window coefficient to shape the output of

the power level measurement (rectangular,
hamming, hanning, blackman, or
blackman-harris).
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Defaults
ingress-canceller-option = pre
sample = 4096
mode = hardware
window = rectangular
13-313
Release 6.2.0
fft store
The fft store command saves the latest FFT power level measurement data for a
CMTS module to a file system. The user specifies a particular slot and port, the file
system (NVRAM or Flash), and a file name without any extension to be used to store
the FFT power level measurement data. An extension of ".fft" will be automatically
added to the file name.
Caution: Running the fft store command can impact voice performance.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

fft store Slot/Port {nvram:<filename> | flash:<filename>}
Command Syntax
13-314
Slot/Port
operational 2:8 CMTS slot number and valid

nvram:
store the power level measurement data to the

NVRAM file system
flash:
store the power level measurement data to the

Flash file system
filename
power level measurement data filename limit of 20 characters not including any
filename extension
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
frequency-test-method
The frequency-test-method command allows an operator to select the preferred type
of measurement method for frequency agility. Frequency Agility provides the
capability of periodically monitoring the quality of the active upstream channel. The
no frequency-test-method command disables frequency agility measurement.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

frequency-test-method {fft | snr}
no frequency-test-method {fft | snr}
Command Syntax
fft
use power level measurement by means of the

Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) algorithm FFT transforms a discrete signal in a time
domain to a power level in a frequency
domain
snr
use Signal to Noise Ratio (SNR)

measurement which exchanges data between
a reference modem and the 2:8 CMTS - a
reference modem is a registered cable modem
that is selected to send an upstream traffic/
burst used to measure the SNR on that
upstream
Command Default
fft
13-315
Release 6.2.0
guard-band
The guard-band command is used to define the minimum spectrum separation or
spacing between upstream channels in the same spectrum group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

guard-band {<0-37000000> | <0-60000000>}
no guard-band {<0-37000000> | <0-60000000>}
Command Syntax
0-37000000
The guard band separation size in Hertz for

North America.
0-60000000
The guard band separation size in Hertz for

Europe.
Command Default
North America = 0 Hz
Europe = 0 Hz
13-316
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop action band

The hop action band command is used to determine the search order for each
frequency band during the frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000> [priority <1-255>]
no hop action band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000> [priority
<1-255>]
Command Syntax
5000000-42000000
The start upstream frequency band in Hertz.
5000000-42000000
The end upstream frequency band in Hertz.
1-255
The upstream band priority number.The

lower number takes precedence.
Command Default
upstream band priority = 128
13-317
Release 6.2.0
hop action channel-width

The hop action channel-width command is used to change the upstream
channel-width setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action channel-width {1600000 | 200000 | 3200000 | 400000 | 800000}
[priority <1-255>]
no hop action channel-width {1600000 | 200000 | 3200000 | 400000 | 800000}
[priority <1-255>]
Command Syntax
The upstream channel width setting.
1600000
200000
3200000
400000
800000
1600000 = Channel width of 1600 kHz

1-255

Command Default
13-318
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop action frequency

The hop action frequency command is used to determine the frequency search order
for either discrete center frequencies or frequency bands during the frequency hop
action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action frequency <5000000-42000000> [priority <1-255>]
no hop action frequency <5000000-42000000> [priority <1-255>]
Command Syntax
5000000-42000000
The upstream frequency in Hertz
1-255

Command Default
13-319
Release 6.2.0
hop action modulation-profile

The hop action modulation-profile command is used to change the modulation
profile setting before a frequency hop action.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action modulation-profile <1-600> [priority <1-255>]
no hop action modulation-profile <1-600> [priority <1-255>]
Note: The modulation type for the hopping profile has to be the same as the
configured channel profile type (i.e.TDMA to TDMA or ATDMA to ATDMA,
etc.)
Command Syntax
1-600
The modulation profile number.
1-255

Command Default
modulation profiles = 1 or 2
upstream band priority = 128\
13-320
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop action power-level

The hop action power-level command is used to change the power-level setting before
a frequency hop action.Table 13-3 describes how the upstream channel bandwidth
corresponds to the input power-level range and default power-level range for a
specific upstream channel.
Upstream Channel
Bandwidth
Default Power-level
Range
Power-level
Range
200 KHz
-1 dBmV
-16 to +14 dBmV
400 KHz
+2 dBmV
-13 to +17 dBmV
800 KHz
+5 dBmV
-10 to +20 dBmV
1.6 MHz
+8 dBmV
-7 to +23 dBmV
3.2 MHz
+11 dBmV
-4 to +26 dBmV
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action power-level {<200-3200> | default < -150 - +150>} [priority <1-255>]
no hop action power-level {<200-3200> | default < -150 - +150>} [priority
<1-255>]
Command Syntax
200 - 3200
The input power level, expressed in kHz.
default -150 - +150
The number in tenths of a dB above or below

the default input power level.
1-255

13-321
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
13-322
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop action roll-back

The hop action roll-back command is used to return the upstream channel width or
modulation profile setting, that was adjusted during a hop action, to the original
configuration when upstream channel conditions improve.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop action roll-back
no hop action roll-back
Command Default
Disabled
13-323
Release 6.2.0
hop modulation-rollback-count
The hop modulation-rollback-count command provides an operator with the ability
to specify the number of consecutive, good SNR (MER) measurements before ASPM
will perform a modulation profile rollback. This ensures that the channel is clean
before performing a modulation profile rollback back and also reduces the number of
extraneous UCD changes.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop modulation-rollback-count <5-100>
no hop modulation-rollback-count <5-100>
Command Syntax
5-100
the number of consecutive, good SNR (MER)

measurements before ASPM will perform a
modulation profile rollback
Command Defaults
18
13-324
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop period
The hop period command is used to prevent excessive frequency hops on an
upstream port.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop period <30-3600>
no hop period <30-3600>
Command Syntax
30-3600
The rate at which the frequency hop takes

place in seconds.
Command Default
300 seconds
13-325
Release 6.2.0
hop snr hysteresis

The hop snr hysteresis command specifies the amount of dB degradation in a
downward direction before a channel will be marked as "IMPAIRED". For example.
if a channel is operating in a "NORMAL" state of 20 dB and SNR hysteresis is set to
2 dB, if the channel degrades in a downward direction until it reaches 18 dB, then the
channel will be considered to be in the "IMPAIRED" state. If the channel again
improves to 20 dB, the channel is no longer considerd to be "IMPAIRED".
The user must be aware of the effects of lowering or increasing the SNR hysteresis. A
higher SNR hysteresis value will delay switching to a channel that is not impaired. A
smaller SNR hysteresis value could result in too many channel transitions.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop snr hysteresis <2-3>
no hop snr hysteresis <2-3>
13-326
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
2-3
defines the SNR threshold for the downward

transition of a modulation type - the amount
of dB improvement in the channel being
assessed through the RF Sentry 9th Receiver
before switching back to this channel.
Command Default
2dB
13-327
Release 6.2.0
hop sampling-period active-channel

The hop sampling-period active-channel command configures the active channel
sampling period which is how often the active channel quality is measured.
The signal quality of the active channel is periodically measured for SNR. The active
channel sampling period is the time between two consecutive signal quality
measurements of the active channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop sampling-period active-channel <0-15>
no hop sampling-period active-channel <0-15>
Command Syntax
0-15
the rate, measured in seconds, at which the

signal quality of the active channel is assessed
- a value of "0" disables active channel
measurement per Spectrum Group
Command Default
3 seconds
13-328
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop sampling-period rollback-channel

The hop sampling-period rollback-channel command configures the rollback
rollback sampling period which is how often the configured channel quality is
measured with RF Sentry.
When a primary channel is swapped with the spare channel, if the rollback is
configured, the primary channel is periodically measured for signal quality in the
background using RF Sentry. The rollback channel sampling period is the time
between two consecutive signal quality measurements of the impaired configured
channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop sampling-period rollback-channel <10-300>
no hop sampling-period rollback-channel <10-300>
Command Syntax
10-300

signal quality of the primary channel is
assessed when the receiver is operating on a
spare channel, i.e. the receiver is in a
rollback mode
Command Default
60 seconds
13-329
Release 6.2.0
hop sampling-period spare-channel

The hop sampling-period spare-channel command configures the spare channel
sampling period which is how often the spare channels Spectrum quality is measured
when an active channel is in the "NON-OPTIMAL" or "IMPAIRED" states.
If a primary channel could not be swapped for noise avoidance with a spare channel,
due to poor signal quality of the spare channels, the spare channels are periodically
assessed with the RF Sentry 9th receiver. The spare channel sampling period is the
time between two consecutive signal quality measurements of all the spare channels.
In each spare channel quality sampling cycle, all the spare channels are tested.
The quality assessment for a spare channel is performed whenever the active channel
of a receiver in the Spectrum Group is in the "NON-OPTIMAL" or "IMPAIRED"
state provided a spare channel for the Spectrum Group is available. If all spare
channels are searched and no acceptable replacement channel is found, this
configurable hold down delay will elapse before the retesting of the spare channels is
resumed.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop sampling-period spare-channel <10-600>
no hop sampling-period spare-channel <10-600>
Command Syntax:
10-600

signal quality of the spare channels is
assessed when a channel tuned to the receiver
is operating at a sub-optimal quality
Command Default
60 seconds
13-330
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop threshold error

A frequency hopping error threshold is configured to prevent unnecessary frequency
hops in instances when a minimal number of errors are generated. The frequency
hopping error threshold is determined by an error percentage. The hop threshold
error command is used to trigger the hop error threshold.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop threshold error <1-1000>
no hop threshold error <1-1000>
Command Syntax
1-1000
the threshold percentage of errors that can

generated before the hop threshold flap is
triggered - the error rate as a fraction of 1000,
for example, an error rate of 1 implies 0.1%
Command Default
Enabled
10, 1%
13-331
Release 6.2.0
hop threshold flap

A frequency hopping threshold is configured to prevent unnecessary frequency hops
in instances when one or a minimal number of cable modems (CMs) lose their
connection with the BSR. The frequency hopping threshold is determined by the
percentage of CMs that lose their connectivity. The hop threshold flap command is
used to trigger the hop threshold flap when the number of CMs greater than a set
percentage lose their connectivity.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop threshold flap <1-100>
no hop threshold flap <1-100>
Command Syntax
1-100
the threshold percentage of CMs that can lose

connectivity before the hop threshold flap is
triggered
Command Default
Disabled
13-332
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
hop threshold snr modulation-type

The hop threshold snr modulation-type command configures the SNR thresholds
for each modulation type.
SNR threshold is used to determine if a channel is capable of operating error free in
the modulation mode that is specified for Long Data or Advanced Long Data IUCs in
the configured modulation profile for the upstream receiver. A default SNR threshold
is used for each modulation type. The operator can override this by configuring a
different SNR threshold for a specific modulation type that is used in the active
channel. This threshold is used to transition channel states. SNR thresholds are
configurable with a resolution of 1dB.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hop threshold snr modulation-type {128qam | 16qam | 256qam | 32qam | 64qam |
8qam | qpsk} <13-34>
no hop threshold snr modulation-type {128qam | 16qam | 256qam | 32qam |
64qam | 8qam | qpsk} <13-34>
Command Syntax
13-34
is the SNR threshold, in dB, at which a

specified modulation type should operate this setting is also used to transition channel
states
13-333
Release 6.2.0
Command Defaults
The following table lists the recommended SNR thresholds for different modulation
types without FEC.
Note: The SNR threshold values for the different modulation types must
always be in a low to high order with QPSK being the lowest and 256QAM
being the highest.
13-334
Modulation Type
Default SNR Threshold
QPSK
14dB
8QAM
17dB
16QAM
20dB
32QAM
23dB
64QAM
27dB
128QAM
30dB
256QAM
33dB
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
init-tech
The init-tech command allows an operator to select the initialization technique to use
when using DCC to move a cable modem to RF Sentry. The initialization technique
selected will be on a per Spectrum Group basis.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

init-tech <1-4>
no init-tech <1-4>
Command Syntax
init-tech 1-4
the initialization technique used for

DCC:
1 = perform broadcast initial ranging
on the new channel before normal
operation
2 = perform unicast ranging on the
3 = perform either broadcast or
unicast ranging on the new channel
before normal operation
4 = use the new channel directly
without re-initializing or ranging
Command Default
1
13-335
Release 6.2.0
interface cable
The interface cable command is used to enter cable interface configuration mode.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interface cable <X/Y>
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-336
the BSR CMTS slot and port number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
interleaver-block-size
The interleaver-block-size command specifies the interleaver block size for an
ATDMA or MTDMA channel. Interleaving is a technique which improves the error
correction of channel noise such as burst errors. The interleaver re-arranges
transmitted data and distributes it among different interleaver blocks. At the receiver
end, the interleaved data is arranged back into the original sequence by a
de-interleaver. By intermixing the transmitted data and reassembling it on the receiver
end, any transmission errors are spread out over a greater transmission time.
Forward error correction (FEC) is very effective on errors that are spread out.
Interleaving spreads bursts of errors over several blocks so that the maximum number
of errors in each block stays within the number of correctable errors. Since most
errors occur in bursts, this is an efficient way to improve the error rate. Interleaver
transmissions do not transmit each codeword by itself, but instead send bits from
multiple codewords at the same time, so that a noise burst affects the minimum
number of bits per codeword. This allows the FEC algorithm a greater chance of
detecting and correcting any transmission errors.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interleaver-block-size <32-2048>
no interleaver-block-size <32-2048>
Command Syntax
32-2048
the ATDMA or MTDMA interleaver block

size value
13-337
Release 6.2.0
interleaver-depth
The interleaver-depth command specifies the interleaver depth for an ATDMA or
MTDMA channel. This command sets the interleaver minimum latency. A higher
interleaver depth provides more protection from bursts errors by spreading out the bits
for each codeword over a greater transmission time. However, a higher depth also
increases downstream latency, which may slow TCP/IP throughput for some
configurations.
DOCSIS 2.0 specifies five different interleaver depths - 128:1 is the highest amount
of interleaving and 8:16 is the lowest.
128:1 indicates that 128 codewords made up of 128 symbols each will be
intermixed on a 1 for 1 basis
8:16 indicates that 16 symbols will be kept in a row per codeword and intermixed
with 16 symbols from 7 other codewords.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interleaver-depth <0-128>
no interleaver-depth <0-128>
Command Syntax
0-128
13-338
the ATDMA or MTDMA interleaver depth

value
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
interleaver-step-size
The interleaver-step-size command specifies the interleaver step size for an
S-CDMA channel. The interleaver step size is the amount time that symbols are
dispersed in time within the frame due to interleaving .
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interleaver-step-size <1-31>
no interleaver-step-size <1-31>
Command Syntax
1-31
the interleaver step size value
13-339
Release 6.2.0
ip address
The ip address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an
interface or defines the Gateway IP address (giaddr) for Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), Multimedia Telephone Adapter (MTA), or cable modem DHCP
requests. The no ip address command is used to remove an IP address from the
interface. When configuring the cable interface IP address two additional options are
supported; the host and mta options.
The additional options are only available from cable interface configuration mode
when selecting an IP address. During the DHCP process, the relay agent requests an
IP address in a particular subnet by inserting the IP address of the interface into the
DHCP requests from CMs, hosts, and MTAs. The primary address is always inserted
in cable modem DHCP requests. If a secondary address or a secondary host address is
defined, then the first secondary or secondary host IP address in the list is inserted into
DHCP requests from hosts. If one or multiple secondary mta IP address are defined,
then the first secondary mta IP address defined is inserted into DHCP requests from
secondary MTA devices. The ip dhcp relay information option command must be
enabled to allow the BSR to determine what type of device originated the DHCP
request. By default, the primary address will be inserted into DHCP requests.
When an operator wants to support multiple ISP providers, the ip address command
can be used to group secondary subnets together. Basically one secondary is defined
for CMs and another secondary subnet is defined for CPEs. The CM subnet and the
CPE subnet are bound through the use of the isp-bind option of the ip address
command. First the secondary subnet for CMs is defined and then the secondary
subnet for CPE's is defined using isp-bind option. To bind the CPE subnet with the
CM subnet, the CM subnet address is entered after the isp-bind option is entered
while configuring the secondary subnet for CPE's.
Note: Supporting multiple ISPs on the BSR requires significant coordination
between the operator provisioning system and the configuration of the BSR.
Refer to Selecting a Specific ISP in the BSR 64000 Configuration and
Management Guide.
Note: You must configure a primary IP address before configuring a

secondary IP address.
13-340
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Note: The host or mta optional parameters can be specified with a

secondary IP address on a loopback interface. However, these parameters
will have no effect unless the loopback interface is configured as a virtual
cable bundle master.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ secondary [ host | mta ][isp-bind <A.B.C.D>]]]
no ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [ secondary [ host | mta ][isp-bind
<A.B.C.D>]]]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP address
A.B.C.D
the subnetwork mask for the IP address - the

BSR supports up to a 30-bit subnetwork IP
address mask
secondary
designates the specified IP address as a

secondary IP address - on a cable interface,
defines this IP address as the IP address to be
inserted into host DHCP requests
host

as the giaddr for host DHCP requests - on the
cable interface, defines this IP address as the
IP address to be inserted into host DHCP
requests
13-341
13-342
Release 6.2.0
mta

as the giaddr for all MTA DHCP requests - on
the cable interface, defines this IP address as
the IP address to be inserted into MTA DHCP
requests
isp-bind A.B.C.D
specifies the secondary IP subnet to which

this secondary address is bound.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
ip dhcp relay information option

The IP DHCP relay function is used only when multiple subnetworks are configured
on the same cable interface. The IP DHCP relay function gathers broadcast DHCP
MAC discovery packets from a DHCP host, such as a CM or Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE), and redirect the packets to their corresponding DHCP server or
DHCP server profile if there is only one DHCP server. The DHCP server assigns an
IP address to the CM or CPE that requested the IP address.
Use the ip dhcp relay information option command to enable the DHCP option-82
relay-agent on the cable interface. Use the no ip dhcp relay information option
command to disable the DHCP option-82 relay-agent on the cable interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip dhcp relay information option
no ip dhcp relay information option
Command Default
DHCP option-82 disabled
13-343
Release 6.2.0
iuc
The iuc command is used to completely configure a modulation profile without
having to enter individual IUC submodes.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

iuc {a-long | a-short | a-ugs | initial | long | request | short | station} [atdma |
mtdma | scdma | tdma] {128qam | 16qam | 256qam | 32qam | 64qam | 8qam |
qpsk} {<0-16>} {<16-253>} {fixed | short} {<0-255>} {off | on} {<0x0-0x7fff>}
{off | on} {none | qpsk0 | qpsk1} {<0-1536>} {<0-2048>} {<0-2048>} {<0-32>}
{off | on} {<0-128>} {off | on}
no iuc {a-long | a-short | a-ugs | initial | long | request | short | station} [atdma |
mtdma | scdma | tdma] {128qam | 16qam | 256qam | 32qam | 64qam | 8qam |
qpsk} {<0-16>} {<16-253>} {fixed | short} {<0-255>} {off | on} {<0x0-0x7fff>}
{off | on} {none | qpsk0 | qpsk1} {<0-1536>} {<0-2048>} {<0-2048>} {<0-32>}
{off | on} {<0-128>} {off | on}
Command Syntax
a-long
a-short
a-ugs
initial
long
request
short
station
13-344
Advanced PHY long data grant

Advanced PHY short data grant
Unsolicited Grant Service
Initial Ranging Burst
Long Grant Burst
Request Burst
Short Grant Burst
Station Ranging Burst
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
128qam
16qam
256qam
32qam
64qam
8qam
qpsk
128qam is used for DOCSIS 2.0 ATDMA or

S-CDMA channel types only - creates a
default 128 -QAM modulation type where all
bursts are sent using 128-QAM
16qam creates a default 16-QAM modulation
type where all bursts are sent using 16-QAM
default 32-QAM modulation type where all
64qam used for DOCSIS 2.0 ATDMA or
qpsk creates a default QPSK modulation type
where all bursts are sent using QPSK
16-253
the FEC code word length
fixed
short
fixed handling of FEC for last code word

shortened handling of FEC for last code word
0-255
the maximum burst length in minislots
off | on
disable/enable scrambler
13-345
Release 6.2.0
0x0-0x7fff
the scrambler seed in hexadecimal format
off | on
disable/enable differential encoding

Note: If a modulation profile is in use, differential
encoding cannot be enabled or disabled for any
of the burst types. To enable or disable
differential encoding for a burst type, an operator
must copy the modulation profile to a new
modulation profile number, enable or disable
differential encoding for the new modulation
profile, and assign the new modulation profile to
the desired upstream channel. Attempting to
enable or disable differential encoding for a
modulation profile that is in use will generate the
[10/07-10:26:06.5907:CRMTASK]-E-mod profile in use,
cannot change diff encoding
13-346
none
qpsk0
qpsk1
the preamble type

low power QPSK preamble
high power QPSK preamble
0-1536
0-2048
the interleaver depth value
0-2048
the interleaver block size value
0-32
the interleaver step size
off | on
turn spreader off/on (S-CDMA only)
0-128
the codes subframe value (S-CDMA only)
off | on
turn TCM encoding off/on - indicates

whether trellis code modulation (TCM) is
enabled for (S-CDMA only)
16-253
the FEC code word length
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
last-codeword-length
The last-codeword-length command specifies fixed or shortened handling of FEC
for last code word.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

last-codeword-length {fixed | shortened}
no last-codeword-length {fixed | shortened}
Command Syntax
fixed
fixed handling of FEC for last code word
shortened
shortened handling of FEC for last code word
13-347
Release 6.2.0
load-balancing
The load-balancing command is used to configure a load balancing group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Load Balancing Group Configuration
Command Line Usage

load-balancing {init-tech <1-31> | mode {disabled | enabled} | policy <WORD>} |
restricted {false | true}}
no load-balancing {init-tech <1-31> | mode {disabled | enabled} | policy
<WORD>} | restricted {false | true}}
Command Syntax
init-tech 1-31
configures a default initialization technique

bitmap for a load balancing group
mode
the load balancing mode; disabled or

enabled - enabled means the load balancing
will occur autonomously (based on policy
rules) between channels that are assigned to
this group
policy WORD
the load balancing group's policy name
restricted
the load balancing groups restricted status:

false - load-balancing group type is general
true - load-balancing group type is restricted
Command Defaults
mode = disabled
policy = 0
restricted = false
13-348
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
load-balancing service-type
The load-balancing service-type command configures a service type identifier for a
Restricted Load Balancing Group. The no load-balancing service-type command to
removes the service type identifier configuration.
Note: For a Restricted Load Balancing Group to be assigned a service type,
one of the following options must be configured for the Restricted Load
Balancing Group:
load-balancing restricted true-override
loadbalancing restricted true
There is no such restriction for MAC domain assignments.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Load Balancing Group Configuration
Command Line Usage

load-balancing service-type <WORD> [restricted]
no load-balancing service-type <WORD> [restricted]
13-349
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-350
WORD
The service type identifier. The maximum

number of characters is 16.
restricted
Marks the Restricted Load Balancing Group's

service type as restricted. If the service type
identifier for a Restricted Load Balancing Group
to which the cable modem is being steered has the
restricted option configured, the BSR
indefinately continues its attempts to steer the
cable modem to that Restricted Load Balancing
Group. The cable modem will not be placed in a
no-move list.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
load-balancing static
Static upstream load balancing evenly distributes cable modems across multiple
upstream channels serving the same geographical community or Spectrum Group.
Load balancing is based on the cable modem count on each upstream channel. Static
load balancing means that the BSR will only attempt to move a cable modem to
another upstream channel after the modems registration process is complete.
The load-balancing static command enables static load balancing for a Spectrum
Group. The no load-balancing static command disables static load balancing.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

load-balancing static
no load-balancing static
Command Default
Disabled
Note: The load-balancing static command cannot move cable modems

registered with a TLV type 2. To move cable modems registered with a TLV
type 2, you must use the cable modem ucc command.
13-351
Release 6.2.0
max-burst
The max-burst command is used to specify the maximum burst length in minislots.
The maximum burst length is used to determine the breakpoint between packets that
use the short data grant burst profile and packets that use the long data grant burst
profile. If the required upstream time to transmit a packet is greater than this value,
the long data grant burst profile is used. If the time is less than or equal to this value,
the short data grant burst profile is used.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-burst <0-255>
no max-burst <0-255>
Command Syntax
0-255
13-352
the maximum burst value in minislots
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
mdrc enable
The mdrc enable command allows a user/operator to enable the MDRC feature on a
MAC domain. If the MDRC feature is not enabled, the BSR will operate as it did prior
to the implementation of the MDRC feature. If multicast capability is not enabled
with the cable downstream multicast enable command for a channel/port (but
MDRC is enabled), the multicast packet will not be replicated on that downstream
channel/port. The multicast capability parameter of a downstream channel/port
comes into play only when the MDRC feature is enabled for that MAC domain. The
no mdrc enable command disables the MDRC feature.
Group Access
All
Command Modes
Command Line Usage

mdrc enable
no mdrc enable
Command Default
Disabled
13-353
Release 6.2.0
modulation-type
The modulation-type command specifies the digital frequency modulation technique
used in a modulation profile.
n
Quadrature Phase Shift Keying (QPSK) is a digital frequency modulation

technique is used primarily for sending data from the cable subscriber upstream.
Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (QAM) is a digital frequency modulation
technique is primarily used for sending data downstream.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

modulation-type {qpsk | 16qam | 8qam | 32qam | 64qam | 128qam | 256qam}
no modulation-type {qpsk | 16qam | 8qam | 32qam | 64qam | 128qam | 256qam}
13-354
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
qpsk
16qam
8qam
32qam
64qam
128qam
256qam
qpsk creates a default QPSK modulation type

where all bursts are sent using QPSK
16qam creates a default 16-QAM modulation
type where all bursts are sent using 16-QAM
64qam used for DOCSIS 2.0 ATDMA or
bursts are sent using 128-QAM.
bursts are sent using 256-QAM.
13-355
Release 6.2.0
ping docsis
The ping docsis command is used to ping a cable modem (CM) on the network at
the MAC layer to determine if the CM is online by entering the CMs MAC or IP
address.
When a DOCSIS ping is initiated, the BSR sends a test packet downstream towards
the CM to test its connection. In most instances, this command is used to determine if
a particular CM is able to communicate at the MAC address layer when a cable
modem has connectivity problems at the network layer. For example, if a CM is
unable to register and obtain an IP address, the ping DOCSIS command can help you
determine if there are provisioning problems associated with the CM.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC and Interface Configuration
Command Line Usage

ping docsis {<mac> | <prefix>} [<1-100>]
Command Syntax
13-356
mac
The MAC address of the CM in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
prefix
The IP address of the CM.
1-100
The number of ping test packets to be sent to

the cable modem.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
policy rule
The policy rule command adds an existing policy rule to a load balancing policy. The
no policy rule command removes a policy rule from a load balancing policy.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Load Balancing Policy Configuration
Command Line Usage

policy rule <WORD> [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
no policy rule <WORD> [snmp-index <0-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
WORD
the rule name
snmp-index
0-4294967295
the SNMP index
13-357
Release 6.2.0
preamble-length
The preamble-length command is used to specify the preamble length in bits. The
preamble length is used to define a synchronizing string of modulation symbols that is
used to allow the receiver to find the phase and timing of the transmitted burst.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

preamble-length <0-1536>
no preamble-length <0-1536>
Command Syntax
0-1536
13-358
the preamble length in bits - 0 indicates no

preamble:
0-1536 is used for DOCSIS 2.0 bursts
0-1024 is used for DOCSIS 1.x bursts
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
preamble-type
The preamble-type command specifies the preamble format for DOCSIS ATDMA.
MTDMA, and S-CDMA channel type modulation profiles. The preamble format is
specified through the Quadrature Phase-Shift Keying (QPSK) digital modulation
technique.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

preamble-type {qpsk0 | qpsk1}
no preamble-type {qpsk0 | qpsk1}
Command Syntax
qpsk0
low power QPSK preamble
qpsk1
high power QPSK preamble
13-359
Release 6.2.0
priority
The BSR selects a manually configured RCC with the highest priority for assignment
to a registering cable modem.The highest priority RCC under consideration for
assignment must also meet all other requirements, such as being in the MAC domain
and containing the cable modems primary downstream channel.
The BSR decides between manually configured RCC with the same priority value for
assignment to a registering cable modem based upon the following selection criteria:
1. The RCC that provides the most assigned service flows.
2. The RCC that supports the largest bonding group.
3. The RCC containing the most channels.
The priority command specifies a priority value for an RCP. The no priority
command restores the default priority value.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

priority <1-255>
no priority
Command Syntax
1-255
The RCP priority value. "1" is the highest

priority.
Command Default
priority = 1
13-360
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
rcp-id
The rcp-id command assigns a receive channel profile (RCP) ID to a receive channel
configuration (RCC) template.
Note: Multiple RCCs can be configured with the same RCP ID.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

rcp-id <hex-dump-string>
Command Syntax
hex-dump-string
Specifies an RCP ID for the RCC template.

The valid range is from 00 00 00 00 00 to FF
FF FF FF FF.
13-361
Release 6.2.0
receive-channel
The receive-channel command adds a receive channel to an RCC template. The no
receive-channel command removes a receive channel from an RCC template.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

receive-channel <1-8> center-frequency <91000000-999000000>
[connected-receive-module <1-8> [primary] | primary ]
no receive-channel <1-8>
Command Syntax
1-8
Specifies the index value for the receive

channel.
center-frequency
91000000-999000000
Specifies the center frequency for the receive

channel in Hz.
connected-receive-module Specifies a connected receive module in the

1-8
RCC template.
primary
13-362
Indicates a cable modem primary receive

channel.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
receive-module
The receive-module command adds a receive module to an RCC template. The no
receive-module command removes a receive module from an RCC template.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

receive-module <1-8> first-channel-center-frequency <91000000-999000000>
[connected-receive-module <1-8>]
no receive-module <1-8>
Command Syntax
1-8
Specifies the index value for the receive

module.
first-channel-center-frequency
91000000-999000000
Specifies the center frequency in Hz of the

first channel of the receive module channel
block.
connected-receive-module 1-8
Specifies a nested receive module in the RCC

template. Generally, only one receive module
is configured for an RCC template.
13-363
Release 6.2.0
The reference-modem-exclusion command specifies the number of low SNR cable
modem(s) on each upstream channel in a Spectrum Group that are not allowed to be
used for channel assessment.
This value is used to exclude bad or cable modems with errors from being selected as
the reference modem. These excluded reference cable modems are those with the
lowest SNR values within the reference cable modem list.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

reference-modem-exclusion <0-45>
no reference-modem-exclusion <0-45>
Command Syntax
0-45
the number of low SNR cable modem(s) on

each upstream in the Spectrum Group that are
not allowed to be used for channel assessment
- this parameter has no effect when the
number of registered cable modems on a
specific upstream are less than double this
value - a value of "0" indicates that no cable
modem is excluded from the reference cable
modem list
Command Default
15
13-364
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
scrambler-mode
The scrambler-mode command enables or disables the scrambler. The scrambler is
used to generate an almost random sequence of transmission symbols. This ensures an
even distribution of transmissions through the channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

scrambler-mode {off | on}
no scrambler-mode {off | on}
Command Syntax
off
disable the scrambler
on
enable the scrambler
13-365
Release 6.2.0
scrambler-seed
The scramber-seed command specifies a scrambler seed value as a hexidecimal
number. The scrambler seed is the initial value that is used to start the scramblers
pseudo-randomizer to scramble the bits. As the transmitter and receiver know the
scrambler seed value, scrambling can be reversed at the receiver leaving only the
original data.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

scrambler-seed <0x00-0x7fff>
no scrambler-seed <0x00-0x7fff>
Command Syntax
0x00-0x7fff
13-366
the scrambler seed value
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show bindings
The show bindings command shows bindings, or mapping, between CMTS and
HSIM. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show bindings
command:
CMTS slot 3 is automatically mapped to HSIM slot 9
CMTS slot 4 is automatically mapped to HSIM slot 15
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show bindings [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]
show bindings [ | {count | count-only}]]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

13-367
Release 6.2.0
show cable binding

The show cable binding command displays downstream and upstream binding
information. The binding information displayed can include:
n
n
a single CMTS slot and its associated MAC domain (0).

all MAC domains associated with a single CMTS slot which would include
binding information for two MAC domains if a 2:8 Primary CMTS Resource
Module is installed in that slot and two MAC domains have been configured on
the module.
all CMTS slot and MAC domain associations for the entire BSR chassis.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable binding command
displaying CMTS slot and MAC domain associations for the entire BSR chassis:
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
0/0: downstream 0,1,12/0/0,12/0/1; upstream 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7

0/1: downstream NONE; upstream NONE
2/0: downstream 12/2/0,12/2/1; upstream 0,1,2,3
4/0: downstream 12/4/0,12/4/1,12/4/2,12/4/3; upstream 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
11/0: downstream 0,12/6/0; upstream 0,1,2,3
Note: Use the show chassis status command to determine what CMTS
modules are installed in the BSR chassis.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable binding [cable <X/Y> | slot <NUM>]
13-368
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
display binding information for a single MAC

domain associated with a CMTS slot
slot NUM
display binding information for all MAC

domains associated with a single CMTS slot binding information for two MAC domains
may be displayed if a 2:8 Primary CMTS
Resource Module is installed in that slot and
more than one MAC domain has been
configured on the module
13-369
Release 6.2.0
show cable bonding-group minrr-multipliers

The show cable bonding-group minrr-multipliers command displays the minimum
reserved rate multipliers for a cable bonding group.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable bonding-group
minrr-multipliers command:
Interface
9/0 bonding group 1
DefBEDown
DefRRDown
DefBEUp
DefRRUp
DefUGS
DefUGSAD
DefRTPS
DefNRTPS
DefEMUp
DefEMDown
DefMCDown
DefVoiceDown
9/0
9/1
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
34
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
33
Interface 11/0 bonding group 1
DefBEDown
DefRRDown
DefBEUp
DefRRUp
DefUGS
DefUGSAD
DefRTPS
DefNRTPS
DefEMUp
DefEMDown
DefMCDown
DefVoiceDown
13-370
11/0
11/1
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable bonding-group minrr-multipliers [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y

domain
13-371
Release 6.2.0
show cable channel-set

The show cable channel-set command displays the slot and MAC domain number,
channel set direction, channel set identifier, the associated channel list, and jhe total
number of channel sets.The following is typical screen output from the show cable
channel-set command:
Interface
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
US/DS
DS
DS
US
US
US
US
US
US
US
US
DS
DS
US
US
US
US
Channel-Set-Id
3
4
1
33
65
97
2
34
66
98
1
2
1
2
3
4
Channels
0
1
0/0
0/1
0/2
0/3
1/0
1/1
1/2
1/3
0
1
0/0
1/0
2/0
3/0
Total Channel Sets: 16
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable channel-set [<X/Y> [downstream [<1-1256>] | upstream [<1-1256>]]]
13-372
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

of the CMTS module. Use this
optional slot and MAC Domain
parameter to display information for
a specific MAC Domain.
downstream
Display downstream channel sets.
upstream
Display upstream channel sets.
1-1256
The channel set ID. A single channel

set id in the range of 1-255. Multiple
channel sets are in the range of
256-1256
13-373
Release 6.2.0
show cable dcc-stats

The show cable dcc-stats command displays DOCSIS Dynamic Channel Change
(DCC) statistics for a MAC domain. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show cable dcc-stats command:
CMTS Slot: 0
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
MAC Domain: 0 Interface index: 32513

Reqs
: 2
Rsps
: 4
Rsps(Depart) : 2
Rsps(Arrive) : 2
Acks
: 2
: 0
Fails
: 0
CMTS Slot: 3
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC

Reqs
: 0
Rsps
: 0
Rsps(Depart) : 0
Rsps(Arrive) : 0
Acks
: 0
: 0
Fails
: 0
CMTS Slot: 3
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC
Number of DCC

Reqs
: 0
Rsps
: 0
Rsps(Depart) : 0
Rsps
: 0
Rsps(Depart) : 0
Rsps(Arrive) : 0
Acks
: 0
: 0
Fails
: 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-374
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable dcc-stats [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
13-375
Release 6.2.0
show cable downstream

The show cable downstream command displays the following downstream cable
information:
ifIndex
interface index
annex
the downstream MPEG framing format
frequency
radio frequency carrier center frequency
rfModulation
radio frequency enabled
interleaveDepth
depth of interleaving to provide protection

from noise
qamMode
downstream modulation type
channelWidth
radio frequency channel width
powerLevel
downstream transmit power level in units of

whole dB to one decimal place
Reserved BW
the amount of reserved downstream

bandwidth configured
Spectrum Group
the associated Spectrum Group names
rate limit: On
indicates whether rate limiting has been

enabled
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable
downstream command:
13-376
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
ifIndex:
description:
annex:
frequency:
rfModulation:
interleaveDepth:
qamMode:
channelWidth:
powerLevel:
Spectrum Group:
rate limit:
98305
B
327000000
true
32
256
6000000
600 (10th of dB)
On
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable downstream [<NUM>]
Command Syntax
NUM
is a list of local and/or remote downstream

channels separated by spaces
for a description of the local channels are represented as a single
digit channel number
NUM syntax for
downstream channels, remote channels are in the form slot/
refer to the figure below
downstream port number/downstream
this table
channel number - a remote TX32
downstream channel must be bound
before it can be bonded
13-377
Release 6.2.0
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]

13-378

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable downstream bonding-groups

The show cable downstream bonding-groups command displays the following
downstream channel bonding group information:
Interface
The slot and MAC domain of the primary

downstream channel.
Grp-Id
The downstream channel bonding group ID

number.
Type
Displays the type of bonding group.
SfAttrMask
The service flow attribute mask.
Channels
The slot and MAC Domain of the

downstream channels that belong to the
bonding group.
ChId
The channel identifier.
State
Up indicates the downstream channel is

enabled.
Down indicates the downstream channel is
disabled.
Qam
The downstream Quadrature Amplitude

Modulation (QAM). 64 is 6 bits per
downstream symbol. 256 is 8 bits per
downstream symbol.
Prim
Displays if the downstream channel in

"Primary Capable" (TRUE) or "Non-Primary
Capable" (FALSE). Any downstream channel
associated with a bonding group can be
configured to be "Primary Capable" or
"Non-Primary Capable".
Frequency
The downstream frequency in Hertz (Hz).
13-379
Release 6.2.0
downstream bonding-groups command:
Interface
2/0
Grp-Id
1
Type
DOCSIS
SfAttrMask Channels
0x80000000 2/0
2/1
3/0
ChId
7
8
1
State
Up
Up
Up
Qam
256
256
256
Prim
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
Frequency
561000000
567000000
573000000
2/0
DOCSIS
0x0
2/0
2/1
3/0
3/1
7
8
1
2
Up
Up
Up
Up
256
256
256
256
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
TRUE
561000000
567000000
573000000
579000000
2/1
DOCSIS
0x80000000 2/0
2/1
3/1
7
8
2
Up
Up
Up
256 TRUE
256 TRUE
256 TRUE
561000000
567000000
579000000
downstream bonding-groups statistics command:
Interface: 11/0
DOCSIS Group-Id: 20
Channel
Packets
Octets
--------------------------------------------11/0
256
4790
4/0/0
498
4524
--------------------------------------Totals
754
9314
Total Registered Modems: 23
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-380
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable downstream bonding-groups [statistics | <X/Y> [<1-65535>]]
Command Syntax
statistics
Display downstream bonding group statistics.
X/Y
The downstream channel associated with this

domain.
1-65535
The downstream channel bonding group

number.
13-381
Release 6.2.0
show cable downstream idlist

The show cable downstream idlist command to displays the physical interface,
downstream channel ID, Fiber Node Name and Load Balancing Group name
associations for each TX32 of CMTS module in the BSR chassis.
downstream idlist command:
Phy
Interface
Cable 0/0
Cable 0/1
Cable 2/0
Cable 2/1
Cable 4/0
Cable 4/1
Cable 11/0
Cable 11/1
DTX 12/0/0
DS-CHAN-ID
7
2
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
24
5
9
Fiber Node
Name
RedSox
RedSox
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
R dS
Load Balancing
Group Name
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
NULL
marlborough
mansfield
NULL
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable downstream idlist [slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
slot NUM
13-382
specifies a CMTS or TX32 slot
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable fiber-node

The show cable fiber-node command displays the fiber node and MAC domain
associations. The fiber node and MAC domain associations are created when a fiber
node name is associated to a MAC domain with the cable fiber-node command. Once
configured, the MD-DS-SG-ID, MD-US-SG-ID, or MD-CM-SG-IDs will be assigned
internally for the association.
Without the optional MAC Domain <X/Y> parameter, the show cable fiber-node
command displays the fiber node names and MD-DS-SG-ID, MD-US-SG-ID, and
MD-CM-SG-IDs for every configured MAC domain. Use the optional MAC domain
<X/Y> parameter to display the information for a specific MAC domain.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable fiber-node
command:
Interface
Cable 4/0
Cable 9/0
Fiber Node Name

FN1
FN1
MD-CM-SG-ID
2
1
MD-DS-SG-ID
2
2
MD-US-SG-ID
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable fiber-node [<X/Y ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show cable fiber-node [<X/Y>] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-383
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-384
X/Y

CMTS module. Use this optional slot and
MAC Domain parameter to display
information for a specific MAC Domain.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable filter

The show cable filter command displays the packet filter configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable filter [group <1-32> [index <1-64>]]
Command Syntax
group 1-32
displays a specified packet filter

group
index 1-64
displays the packet filter
13-385
Release 6.2.0
show cable flap-list

The show cable flap-list command displays the cable flap-list and provides the
following information:.
13-386
MAC ID
Customer account or street address.
Cable IF
Upstream port.
Hit
Number of times modem responds to mac

layer keep alive messages, minimum hit rate
one time/30 seconds, can indicate intermittent
upstream, laser clipping, or common-path
distortion. Count should be much higher than
Miss count, if not, modem having problem
maintaining the connection due to upstream
problem, flap count increments each time the
system transitions from a Hit to a Miss.
Miss
Number of times modem misses the mac

layer keep-alive message, 8% normal, can
indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping,
common path distortion.
Ins
Number of times the modem comes up and

connect to the network, number of times RF
link reestablished more frequently than time
period configured in the cable flap-list
insertion time command.
P-Adj
Number of times the CMTS instructed the

modem to adjust transmit (TX) power beyond
threshold configured with the cable flap-list
power-adjust threshold command, can
indicate unacceptable connections, thermal
sensitivity.
Flap
Total of P-Adj and Ins values, high flap-count

modems have high SIDs and may not register.
Rng
Number of times the modem exceeded the

missed ranging threshold.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Type
Specifies the type of flap (ranging, timing, or

power)
Time
Most recent time modem dropped connection.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable flap-list
command:
MAC ID
CableIF Hit Miss
000b.0643.3b60 4/0 U1 1469 7
000b.0643.36c8 4/0 U1 1469 7
000b.0643.3b78 4/0 U1 1469 6
Ins
0
0
0
Pow
0
0
0
Rng
1
1
1
Flap
1
1
1
Type Time
Rng FRI NOV 05 11:59:39 2
Rng FRI NOV 05 11:59:40 2
Rng FRI NOV 05 11:59:40 2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable flap-list [sort-flap | sort-interface | sort-time]
Command Syntax
sort-flap
Sort by number of times cable modem

flapped.
sort-interface
Sort cable modem flaps by interface.
sort-time
Sort most recent time cable modem flapped.
13-387
Release 6.2.0
show cable insert-interval

The show cable insert-interval command shows the period (in hundredths of a
second) with which Initial Maintenance intervals are scheduled in the upstream. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable insert-interval
command:
Cable insert-interval: 20
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable insert-interval
13-388
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable loadbalance-group

The show cable loadbalance-group command displays configuration information for
all load balancing groups or a specific load balancing group. The following is an
example of typical output from the show cable loadbalance-group command:
Load Balance Group:

SnmpIdx:
Id:
MdCmSgId:
macIfIndex:
Glbg-7
1
1
2
0x97f0000
Member channels: slot/port/channel

Cable 9/0/U0
Cable 9/0/U1
Cable 9/0/U2
Cable 9/0/U3
Cable 9/0/U4
Cable 9/0/U5
Cable 3/0/D0
Cable 3/0/D1
Cable 3/0/D2
Cable 3/0/D3
List of associated Fiber-Nodes:
RX0
Configuration:
load-balance mode disabled
load-balance restricted false
load-balance interval 5
load-balance initTech 31
Tech 0: 1
Tech 1: 1
Tech 2: 1
Tech 3: 1
Tech 4: 1
no load-balance policy assigned
13-389
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable loadbalance-group [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
13-390
The load balancing group name.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable loadbalance-no-move-list

The show cable loadbalance-no-move-list command displays cable modems that
have been added to the no-move-list and are not participating in dynamic load
balancing. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable
loadbalance-no-move-list command:
CM Mac Address
0011.805f.3d18
0014.e835.e8f2
0014.e836.8c84
0011.1aca.2ce4
Interface
1/1/D1/U5/C0
1/1/D1/U5/C0
1/1/D1/U6/C0
1/1/D1/U4/C0
TLV1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
TLV2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
UCC
ON
ON
ON
ON
DCC
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
REJECT
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
DBC
ON
ON
OFF
ON
The following table describes the reasons for a cable modem being added to the
no-move-list. As reflected by the sample output above, "ON" indicates the reason that
the cable modem was added to the no-move-list. All the cable modems displayed
above are on the no-move list because they deregistered after receiving a UCC
command.
TLV1
The cable modem is prevented from moving

due to TLV1 (Downstream Frequency) being
configured in the cable modem configuration
file and was placed on the no-move-list.
TLV2
The cable modem is prevented from moving

due to TLV2 (Upstream Channel ID) being
configured in the cable modem configuration
file and was placed on the no-move-list.
UCC
The cable modem deregistered when

attempting a UCC and was placed on the
no-move-list.
DCC
The cable modem deregistered within 5

minutes after attempting a DCC and was
placed on the no-move-list.
13-391
Release 6.2.0
REJECT
The cable modem responded to a DCC

request with a confirmation code other than a
Depart (180) indicating the cable modem is
on the old channel and is about to perform the
jump to the new channel.
DBC
The cable modem was de-registered because

it rejected a DBC and is now potentially
non-bonded because of it nd was placed on
the no-move-list.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable loadbalance-no-move-list [slot]
Command Syntax
slot
13-392
Specifies a CMTS slot on the BSR.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable loadbalance-policy

The show cable loadbalance-policy command displays configuration information for
all load balancing policies or a specific load balancing policy. The following is an
example of typical output from the show cable loadbalance-policy command:
Load Balance Policy: lbp-1

SnmpIdx: 1
Id: 1
Rule List:
SnmpIdx: 1
Id: 1
load-balancing is enabled
Load Balance Policy: lbp-2

SnmpIdx: 2
Id: 2
Rule List:
SnmpIdx: 1
Id: 2
load-balancing is disabled for 300 seconds starting at 0 seconds after
12:00 A.M.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable loadbalance-policy [<WORD>]
13-393
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
13-394
the load balancing policy name
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable loadbalance-restricted

The show cable loadbalance-restricted command lists all cable modems associated
with a particular restricted load balancing group or all restricted load balancing
groups. The following is an example of typical output from the show cable
loadbalance-restricted command
Cable Load Balance Restricted List:

Group name = test, cm-index = 1:
Mac address:
0000.1111.2222
Mac mask:
ffff.ffff.ffff
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable loadbalance-restricted [<1-256> | <WORD>] [snmp-index
<0-4294967295>] [ungrouped]
Command Syntax
1-256
the load balancing group ID
WORD
snmp-index
0-4294967295
ungrouped
display the ungrouped restricted list
13-395
Release 6.2.0
show cable loadbalance-rule

The show cable loadbalance-rule command displays configuration information for
all load balancing rules or a specific load balancing rule. The following is an example
of typical output from the show cable loadbalance-rule command:
Load Balance Rule: lbr-10
SnmpIdx: 10
Id: 1
load-balancing is enabled

SnmpIdx: 20
Id: 2
load-balancing is disabled

SnmpIdx: 30
Id: 3
load-balancing is disabled for 300 seconds starting at 0 seconds after
12:00 A.M.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable loadbalance-rule [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
13-396
the load balancing rule name
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable md-ds-sg

The show cable md-ds-sg command displays MAC Domain Downstream Service
Group (MD-DS-SG) information which is information pertaining to cable interfaces
and MAC domains and their associated service groups and downstream channels.
This includes the cable interface and MAC domain number, the MD-DS-SG-ID, and
the associated list of downstream channels. The following is typical screen output
from the show cable md-ds-sg command:
Interface
Cable 2/0
Cable 2/1
Cable 3/0
Cable 3/1
Cable 4/0
Cable 9/0
MD-DS-SG-ID
2
2
2
2
2
2
FN-Count
0
0
0
0
1
1
CM-Count
0
0
0
0
3
19
DCS-ID
257
259
257
259
9
3
DS Channels
0,1,3/0
0,1,3/1
0,1,2/0
0,1,2/1
13/0/0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable md-ds-sg [<X/Y>] | [{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show cable md-ds-sg [<X/Y>] | [{count | count-only}]
13-397
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-398
X/Y

begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable md-cm-sg

The show cable md-cm-sg command displays the count of fiber nodes and cable
modems and the MD-DS-SG-ID and MD-US-SG-ID associated with the cable
modem service groups of a MAC Domain.The following is typical screen output from
the show cable md-cm-sg command:
Interface
Cable 4/0
Cable 9/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 10/0
Cable 11/0
MD-CM-SG-ID
2
1
1
1
1
MD-DS-SG-ID
2
2
2
2
2
MD-US-SG-ID
1
2
1
2
1
FN-Count
1
1
1
1
1
CM-Count
5
2
0
1
10
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show cable md-cm-sg [<X/Y>] | [{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show cable md-cm-sg [<X/Y>] | [{count | count-only}]
13-399
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-400
X/Y

begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable md-us-sg

The show cable md-us-sg command displays MAC Domain Upstream Service Group
(MD-US-SG) information which is information pertaining to cable interfaces and
MAC domains and their associated service groups and upstream channels. This
includes the cable interface and MAC domain number, the MD-US-SG-ID, and the
associated list of upstream channels. The following is typical screen output from the
show cable md-us-sg command:
Interface
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
MD-US-SG-ID FN-Count CM-Count UCS-ID
3/0
3/0
10/0
10/1
11/0
1
2
1
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
5
2
0
1
10
257
258
257
263
257
US Channels
0/0/0,1/0/0,2/0/0,3/0/0
4/0/0,5/0/0,6/0/0,7/0/0
0/0/0,1/0/0,2/0/0,3/0/0
4/0/0,5/0/0,6/0/0,7/0/0
1/0/0,2/0/0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show cable md-us-sg [<X/Y>] | [{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show cable md-us-sg [<X/Y>] | [{count | count-only}]
13-401
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-402
X/Y

begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem

The show cable modem command is used to gather a variety of cable modem (CM)
statistical information used to evaluate network performance, troubleshoot
registration problems, and learn specific registration and ranging information on
modems connected to a specific interface.
Use the show cable modem command to see detailed modem configuration
information for a specific head-end modem. The following information is provided:
Interface
CM interface with active connection
Upstream IF Index
Upstream interface to which the cable

modem belongs.
Downsteam IF Index
Downstream interface to which the cable

modem belongs.
Prim SID
Primary Service Identifier number.
Connectivity State
Describes the connectivity state of a cable

modem. The table below describes the 20
cable modem connectivity states
supported on the BSR.
Timing offset
CM current timing adjustment.
Rec Power
CM receive downstream receive power

level in units of whole dB to one decimal
place
IP address
CM IP address
MAC address
Media Access Control layer address
Cable modem connectivity states are listed below. Any state preceded by an
exclamation point ("!online(pt)") indicates that the cable modem failed the
security check. A cable modem may still be in an online state and still pass data with
this flag. Use the show cable modem security command to see why a cable modem
failed the security check:
init(o)
Option file transfer was started.
init(t)
Time-of-day (TOD) exchange was started.
init(r1)
CM sent initial ranging parameters.
13-403
Release 6.2.0
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
Ranging is complete.
dhcp(d)
DHCP Discover was sent by CM.
dhcp(o)
DHCP Offer was received.
dhcp(req)
DHCP Request was sent by CM.
dhcp(ack)
DHCP Ack was received, IP address was

assigned by DHCP server.
online
CM registered; enabled for data.
online(d)
CM registered, but network access for the

CM is disabled.
online(un)
CM registered, but not enabled data. Fail

to verify modem's identity by BPI module.
online(pk)
CM registered; baseline privacy interface

(BPI) enabled, and key encryption key
(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)
CM registered; BPI enabled, and traffic

encryption key (TEK) is assigned.
reject(m)
CM did attempt to register; registration

was refused due to bad mic.
reject(c)

was refused due to bad COS.
reject(r)
CM did attempt to register, registration

was refused due to unavailable resource.
reject(pk)
KEK modem key assignment is rejected.
reject(pt)
TEK modem key assignment is rejected.
offline
CM is considered to be offline.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem
command:
13-404
Release 6.2.0
Intf
Cable
9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
DS
9D0C0
11D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
CMTS Commands
Prim
US
U1C0L0
U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
Prim
Sid
15841
0
1
8193
2
Connect
State
online
offline
online
online
online(pt)
Timing
Offset
1267
0
1290
1291
2843
RxPwr Ip Address
dBmV
0.0
150.31.92.87
0.0.0.0
-.2
150.31.93.12
-.2
150.31.93.40
-.1
150.31.93.32
Mac Address
0017.ee85.affc
0017.ee90.30ac
0011.1aca.13a6
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem [X/Y] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show cable modem [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y
the slot and MAC Domain number

on the CMTS module
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
13-405
13-406
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem bonding

The show cable modem bonding command displays information about downstream
channel bonded cable modems.
bonding command:
Interface
Cable 4/0/D0/U0/C1
Cable 4/0/D0/U0/C0
Prim
Sid
2
3
Connect
State
online
online
BgId
1
1
Ip Address
Mac Address
150.31.153.23
150.31.153.24
0010.ee90.3200
0010.ff81.1478
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem bonding [<X/Y>] | [{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show cable modem bonding [<X/Y>] | [{count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

channel bonding group
begin

string
exclude

string
13-407
13-408
Release 6.2.0
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem cpe

The show cable modem cpe command displays the following Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE) information for all cable interfaces, a particular upstream port, or a
specific CPE:
Interface
the downstream cable interface and upstream

port the cable modem is connected to
PSID
the upstream Primary SID number associated

with this cable modem
CM MAC
CM IP
the cable modems IP address
CPE Count
the CPE count per cable modem
cpe command:
13-409
Intf Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
9/0 9D0C0 U1C0L0
Intf Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
11/0 11D0C0 U0C0L0
CPE MAC
0011.1aca.13a8
Intf Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
11/0 11D1C0 U5C0L0
CPE MAC
00c0.4f63.482c
Intf Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
11/0 11D1C0 U5C0L0
Release 6.2.0
PSID
CM MAC
CM IP
CPE Count
15841
PSID
0017.ee85.affc
CM MAC
150.31.92.87
CM IP
0
CPE Count
0011.1aca.13a6
CPE IP
150.31.94.10
PSID
CM MAC
150.31.93.12
8193
0019.5eb4.704e
CPE IP
150.31.98.10
PSID
CM MAC
150.31.93.40
150.31.93.32
0800.3e08.7f4e
CM IP
CM IP
CPE Count
1
CPE Count
0
Total number of CPE : 2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-410
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> cpe [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
{<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}] ]
show cable modem <mac> cpe [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
show cable modem cpe <X/Y> [subinterface |upstream <NUM>] [ | {begin |
show cable modem cpe <X/Y> [subinterface | upstream <NUM>] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
mac
subinterface
show subinterface information
X/Y

CMTS module
upstream NUM
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-411
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem detail

The show cable modem detail command displays information for a SID assigned to a
cable modem on a specific CMTS interface or a specific cable modem connected to a
specific interface.
Note: The show cable modem detail command now displays the service type
identifier for a cable modem.
The following is typical output from the show cable modem detail command:
CM Record (index 2) Dump:
Psid
8198
SAID
8198
Config
0x7402
docsDevServerConfigFile kjc674\steer_stiAB_id41.bin
Status
regComplete
BPI Enabled
No
MAC Address
0011.8065.db52
IP Addr
150.42.120.7
US Chan
1
Primary DS Channel
13/1/0
RCS list
13/1/0
Service-Type Id
Annex_A
Service Type Identifier
Vendor Id
00 20 40
MAX Classifier
0
MAX CPEs
16
Qos Profile
0
Device type
eMTA
Target Id
156
MD-CM-SG-ID
3
MD-DS-SG-ID
3
MD-US-SG-ID
2
RCS-ID (assigned)
11
RCS-ID (active)
11
RCC Template Id
0
Group Access
All
13-412
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem detail {<X/Y> <NUM>} {<MAC>} [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem detail {<X/Y> <NUM>} {<MAC>} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module.
NUM
The Service Identifier assigned to a cable

modem.
MAC
The cable modems MAC address.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
13-413
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem downstream bonding

The show cable modem downstream bonding command provides configuration
information for channel bonded cable modems or channel-bonding capable cable
modems that are registered as non-bonding. The show cable modem downstream
bonding command displays the following information for each bonded or
non-bonded cable modem:
13-414
Interface
The downstream cable interface and upstream

port that the cable modem is connected to
Prim SID
The primary service identifier assigned to this

cable modem.
Connect State
The stage of connectivity that the cable

modem has achieved with the CMTS - offline
or in one of a number of online, init, or reject
states.
BgId (if applicable)
The downstream channel bonding group ID

number.
Multi RxCap
The number of downstream channels a cable

modem or channel bonded cable modem can
support (receive). This is not necessarily the
number of downstream channels being used
but the number of downstream channels the
cable modems hardware supports.
IP Address
The cable modems IP address.
MAC Address
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
downstream bonding command:
Interface
Prim
Connect
Sid
State
Prim SF Multi Ip Address

BgId
DSCap
Mac Address
PrimSF
PrimSF
Assign
Chan
Active
Chan
11/0
4D0C0
U4C0L0 8195
online
20
150.31.93.15
0010.1881.0190
11/0
4D0C0
U4C0L0 8194
online
10
150.31.93.66
0017.ee85.b07c
downstream bonding summary command:
Cable
Interface
9/0
11/0
12/0
13/0
CLI
BGID
-
Total
Modems
3
2
5
2
Bonded
Modems
2
0
4
1
PS
Modems
-
Non-bonded
Modems
1
2
1
1
downstream bonding summary total command:
Cable
Interface
9/0
11/0
12/0
13/0
Total
CLI
BGID
-
Total
Modems
3
2
5
2
12
Bonded
Modems
2
0
4
1
7
PS
Modems
0
Non-bonded
Modems
1
2
1
1
5
Group Access
All
13-415
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem downstream bonding [<X/Y> [<1-65535>]] [summary [total
]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show cable modem downstream bonding [<X/Y> [<1-65535>]] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-416
X/Y

of the CMTS module.
1-65535
The downstream channel bonding

group number.
summary
Displays summarized configuration

information for bonded and
non-bonded cable modems.
total
Displays the total number of onded

and non-bonded cable modems.
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem downstream partial-service

The show cable modem downstream partial-servicecommand displays a list of
cable modems that are in partial service.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem downstream partial-service <X/Y> | [{begin | exclude |
show cable modem downstream partial-service <X/Y> | [{count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
13-417
Release 6.2.0
show cable flap-list

The show cable flap-list command displays the cable flap-list and provides the
following information:
13-418
MAC ID
The MAC address of the flapping cable modem.
Cable IF
The upstream port.
Hit
The number of times the cable modem responded

to MAC layer keepalive messages (minimum hit
rate one time/30 seconds) that can indicate
intermittent upstream, laser clipping, or
common-path distortion - the Hit count should be
much higher than Miss count - if not, the cable
modem is having problems maintaining the
connection due to an upstream problem - the flap
count increments each time the system transitions
from a Hit to a Miss.
Miss
The number of times the cable modem missed the

MAC layer keepalive message - 8% normal, can
indicate intermittent upstream, laser clipping,
common path distortion.
Ins
The number of times the cable modem comes up

and connects to the network - this can indicated
the number of times an RF link was reestablished
more frequently than the time period configured
with the cable flap-list insertion time command.
CRC
Displays the count of CRC errors for each cable

modem on the flap-list - this count is also saved in
the cable modem history record so that the count
remains valid if cable modems flap - the count is a
sum of all of the CRC errors for each service flow
tied to a cable modem.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Pow
The number of times the CMTS instructed the

cable modem to adjust transmit (TX) power
beyond the threshold configured with the cable
flap-list power-adjust threshold command - this
can indicate unacceptable connections or thermal
sensitivity.
Rng
The number of times the modem exceeded the

missed ranging threshold.
Flap
The total of Pow and Ins values - high flap-count

cable modems have high SIDs and may not
register.
Type
Specifies the type of flap (ranging, timing, or

power).
Time
The most recent time a cable modem dropped a

connection.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable flap-list
command:
MAC ID
CableIF Hit Miss Ins
000b.0643.3b60 4/0 U1 1469 7
0
000b.0643.36c8 4/0 U1 1469 7
0
000b.0643.3b78 4/0 U1 1469 6
0
CRC Pow
3
0
0
0
0
0
Rng
1
1
1
Flap
1
1
1
Type
Rng
Rng
Rng
Time
FRI NOV 05 11:59:39
FRI NOV 05 11:59:40
FRI NOV 05 11:59:40
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable flap-list [sort-flap | sort-interface | sort-time]
13-419
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-420
sort-flap
Sort by number of times cable modem

flapped.
sort-interface
Sort cable modem flaps by interface.
sort-time
Sort most recent time cable modem flapped.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem hosts

The show cable modem hosts command displays the number of Customer Premises
Equipment (CPE) hosts connected to a specific CM.
Intf Prim
Prim
Prim Connect
Cable DS
US
Sid
State
9/0 9D0C0 U1C0L0 15841 online
Number of Hosts = 0
Timing RxPwr Ip Address

Offset dBmV
1267
0.0
150.31.92.87
Mac Address
0017.ee85.affc
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} hosts [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem {<mac> | <prefix>} hosts [{count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
mac
Cable modem MAC address.
prefix
Cable modem IP address.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
13-421
13-422
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem loadbalance-group

The show cable modem loadbalance-group command displays cable modem load
balancing group assignments. The following is typical output from the show cable
modem loadbalance-group command:
Intf
Cable
9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
DS
9D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
Prim
US
U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
Mac Address
0017.ee85.affc
0011.1aca.13a6
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e
Load Balance
Group Name
Not Assigned
Not Assigned
Not Assigned
Not Assigned
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem loadbalance-group [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>}
| {count | count-only}]
show cable modem loadbalance-group [ | {count | count-only } {<WORD>}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
13-423
13-424
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem mac

The show cable modem mac command displays the following MAC layer (layer 2)
information for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific
CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
MAC Address
MAC State
the stage of connectivity that the cable

states
Prim SID
the Primary SID number associated with this

cable modem
Version
the version of the DOCSIS specification that

this cable modem supports (DOC1.0,
DOC1.0+, DOC1.1, DOC2.0) - this field does
not indicate the DOCSIS version that a cable
modem is running. If the modem is offline, a
default version of DOCSIS 1.0 is displayed.
QoS Prov
the version of DOCSIS for which the cable

modem is registered and provisioned
Frag
yes indicates that this cable modem is capable

of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style
fragmentation
Concat

of performing concatenation
PHS

of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style Payload
Header Suppression (PHS)
Priv
BPI+ indicates that this Cable Modem is

capable of supporting BPI+ encryption if not,
it displays BPI
13-425
Release 6.2.0
DS Saids
the number of BPI+ style downstream

Security Association Identifiers (SAIDs) that
this cable modem supports (DOCSIS 1.1
modems only)
US Sids
the number of upstream Service IDentifiers

(SIDs) that this cable modem supports
(DOCSIS 1.1 modems only)
Dev
the device type field:

CM = cable modem
eSTB = embedded Set Top Box
Note: If the cable modem supports DOCSIS 1.0+, it will be displayed in the
"Version" field of the command output.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable modem mac command:
MAC Address
0011.805f.fd30
0011.8061.3f0e
000b.0643.33fc
000b.0643.3718
0020.409a.24c8
00e0.0c60.2854
0011.1ac9.2094
0011.1aca.1394
0011.1aca.13a6
MAC
State
online
online
online
online
online
online
offline
online
online
Prim
SID
2
1
195
203
194
213
0
1
2
DOC
Ver
2.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.0
1.0
2.0
2.0
Qos
Prov
1.1
1.1
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.1
1.1
Frag Con
PHS
Priv
DCC
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
BPI+
BPI+
BPI
BPI
BPI
BPI
BPI
BPI+
BPI+
yes
yes
no
no
no
no
no
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
no
no
yes
yes
DS
Saids
15
15
0
0
0
0
0
15
15
US
Sids
16
16
0
0
0
0
0
16
16
Dev
eCM
eCM
CM
CM
CM
CM
CM
eCM
eC
Group Access
All
13-426
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> mac [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem <mac> mac [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
show cable modem mac [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem mac [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
mac
subinterface
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-427
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem mac30

The show cable modem mac30 command displays the following DOCSIS 3.0 MAC
layer (layer 2) information for all DOCSIS 3.0 cable modems attached to the BSR,
DOCSIS 3.0 cable modems on a specific CMTS module, or a specific DOCSIS 3.0
cable modem:
13-428
MAC Address
MAC State
the stage of connectivity that the cable

states - "bd" indicates a bonded cable modem
Prim SID
the Primary SID number associated with this

cable modem
Multi RxCap
the number of downstream channels a cable

modem or channel bonded cable modem can
support (receive) - this is not necessarilly the
number of downstream channels being used
but the number of downstream channels the
cable modems hardware supports
PReg Frag

of performing DOCSIS 1.1 style
fragmentation
EAE
displays whether early authentication and

encryption (EAE) signaling for the MAC
Domain is enabled (yes) or disabled (no) early authentication functions as a network
admission control - only authenticated CMs
are allowed to continue their initialization
process and may be subsequently admitted to
the network and the results of successful
authentication are used for securing the
subsequent steps in the CMs initialization
process
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
The following is typical screen output from the show cable modem mac30
command:
MAC Address
0017.ee85.affc
0017.ee90.30ac
0011.1aca.13a6
0017.ee85.b020
0017.ee85.b07c
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e
MAC
State
online(bd)
online
online
online(bd)
online(bd)
online
online
Prim
SID
15809
2
1
15778
15777
8193
3
Multi
RxCap
4
4
0
4
4
3
0
PReg
Frag
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
EAE
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show cable modem mac30 <X/Y> [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} |
show cable modem mac30 <X/Y> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
13-429
13-430
Release 6.2.0
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem maintenance

The show cable modem maintenance command displays the following station
maintenance error statistics for all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems
on a specific CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
Mac Address
the MAC address of the cable modem
I/F
the interface on which the cable modem has

an active connection
Prime Sid
the primary service identifier assigned to the

modem
SM Exhausted
Count - Time
the number of times a CM was dropped

because it did not reply to station
maintenance requests
SM Aborted
Count - Time
the number of times the CM was dropped

because its operational parameters were
unacceptable including power level outside of
the acceptable range, or the timing offset
changes
The following is typical output from the show cable modem maintenance command:
MAC Address
0017.ee85.affc
0011.1aca.13a6
0017.ee90.30ac
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e
Intf
Cable
9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
DS
9D0C0
11D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
Prim
US
U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U1C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
SM Exhausted
Count - Time
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
8
APR 17
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
07:23:19
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
SM Aborted
Count - Time
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
0
xxx xx
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
xx:xx:xx
Group Access
All
13-431
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> maintenance [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem <mac> maintenance [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
show cable modem maintenance [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem maintenance [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-432
mac
subinterface
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem max-rate

The show cable modem max-rate command shows the upstream and downstream
maximum sustained rate for the primary service flow. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show cable modem max-rate command:
Interface
Modem
Primary
Upstream
Primary
Downstream
Mac Address
US SFID
Max-Rate
DS SFID
Max-Rate
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0011.1a63.e1b4
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0011.1aca.2dda
1000000
5000000
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0011.aefe.8fbe
10
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0015.9a6a.88ee
13
1000000
14
5000000
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0015.9a6a.8906
11
1000000
12
5000000
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0015.9adc.7c8c
Cable
9/0/D0/U0 0017.ee5a.1bfc
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem max-rate [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
13-433
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem mta

show cable modem ps
show cable modem stb
The show cable modem mta, show cable modem ps, and show cable modem stb
commands are used to display embedded DOCSIS cable modem (eCM) statistics
information based on the embedded Service/Application Functional Entity (eSAFE)
types, including embedded PacketCable Multimedia Terminal Adapter (MTA),
embedded CableHome Portal Services (PS), and embedded Set-Top Box (STB). This
device information can used to evaluate network performance, troubleshoot
registration problems, and view specific registration and ranging information for
devices connected to a specific interface.
{mta | ps | stb}, show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} <X/Y>, and show cable modem
{mta | ps | stb} registered commands:
Intf Prim
Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
Sid
11/0 11D0C0 U0C0L0 1
Connect
State
online
Timing RxPwr Ip Address

Offset dBmV
1290
-.1
150.31.93.12
Mac Address
0011.1aca.13a6
The show cable modem {mta | ps | stb}, show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} <X/Y>,
and show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} registered commands display the following
information:
13-434
Interface
interface with active connection
Prim Sid
Primary Service Identifier number
Connect State
the device connectivity state - the table

below describes the connectivity states
supported on the BSR
Timing Offset
current timing adjustment
RxPwr
receive downstream power level in dBmV
Ip address
IP address
Mac address
Media Access Control layer address
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
The supported MTA, PS, and STB device connectivity states are as follows:
init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
ranging is complete.
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
option file transfer was started.
init(t)
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)

reject(c)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
offline
13-435
Release 6.2.0
{mta | ps | stb} summary command:
Cable
Interface
2/0/U0
2/0/U1
9/0/U0
9/0/U1
9/0/U2
11/1/U4
11/1/U5
11/1/U6
11/1/U7
Total
Modem
4
3
4
13
15
16
13
8
13
Reg
Modem
4
3
4
13
15
16
13
8
13
Unreg
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Offline
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SpecGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
marlborough
marlborough
marlborough
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
LbGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
{mta | ps | stb} summary total command:
Cable
Interface
2/0/U0
2/0/U1
9/0/U0
9/0/U1
9/0/U2
11/1/U4
11/1/U5
11/1/U6
11/1/U7
Total
Total
Modems
4
3
4
13
15
16
13
8
13
89
Active
Modems
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Registered
Modems
4
3
4
13
15
16
13
8
13
89
SpecGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
marlborough
marlborough
marlborough
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
LbGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
The show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} summary and show cable modem {mta |
ps | stb} summary total commands display the following information:
13-436
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Cable Interface
the BSR 64000 CMTS slot, port, and

Total Modem
the total number of active, registered, and

offline cable modems
Reg Modem
the number of cable modems which have

reached the Online(d), Online (pk),
Online(pt) or Online(un) states
Unreg Modem
the number of cable modems in any Init,

DHCP, Reject state or substate
Offline Modem
the number of cable modems which have no

state and are not communicating but were
previously provisioned - these modems are
assumed to be powered off
SpecGrp
the Spectrum Group name for each upstream

channel.
LbGrp
the load balancing group assignment for each

upstream channel
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} [<X/Y> | offline | registered | summary
[total ]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show cable modem {mta | ps | stb} [<X/Y> | offline | registered | summary
[total ]] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-437
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-438
X/Y

CMTS module
offline
displays all offline MTAs, PSs, or STBs
registered
displays all registered MTAs, PSs, or STBs
summary
displays summarized configuration

information for each MTA, PS, or STB
total
displays the total number of all MTAs, PSs,

or STBs in each summarized configuration
category
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem offline

The show cable modem offline command provides the following information about
cable modems that are offline:
Interface
cable modem interface with active

connection
Prim Sid
Mac address
cable modem Media Access Control layer

address
DeRegistration Timestamp the time at which the modem deregistered

in month,date,hh:mm:ss format
lastTxBytes
the size of the last transmitted data
lastRxBytes
the size of the last received data
offline command:
Intf Prim
Prim
Prim
Cable DS
US
Sid
11/0 11D0C0 U1C0L0 0
Mac Address
DeRegistration Last Us
TimeStamp
KBytes
0017.ee90.30ac APR 17 06:55:54 0
Last Ds
KBytes
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem offline [<0-15> | <X/Y> | <mac>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem offline [<0-15> | <X/Y> | <mac>] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-439
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-440
0-15
X/Y

CMTS module
mac
the cable modem MAC address
begin

specified string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem offline-previous

The show cable modem offline-previous command displays the modems previous
state prior to going into the offline state. The command provides the following
information about cable modems that are offline:
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Mac address

address
DeRegistration Timestamp the time at which the modem deregistered

in month,date,hh:mm:ss format
Previous State
the previous state the modem was in

before going offline
offline-previous command:
Cable
Interface
0/0 0D0CO U0C0L0
Prim
Sid
0
Mac Address
DeRegistration Previous
TimeStamp
State
0011.ae89.7e62 SEP 09 01:48:35 online
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem offline-previous [<0-15> | <X/Y> | <mac>] [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem offline-previous [<0-15> | <X/Y> | <mac>] [ | {count |
count-only}]
13-441
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-442
0-15
X/Y

CMTS module
mac
begin

specified string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem phy

The show cable modem phy command displays the following physical hardware
information for or all cable modems attached to the BSR, cable modems on a specific
CMTS module, or a specific cable modem:
Mac Address
the MAC address of the cable modem
I/F
the channel number
USPwr (dBmV)
the upstream power level in dBmV as

measured at the CMTS upstream port for this
cable modem
USSNR (tenthdB)
the estimated upstream signal to noise ratio of

signals generated by this cable modem as
measured at the CMTS upstream port
Timing Offset
the ranging time offset for the cable modem
Mod Type
the modulation type for the cable modem possible types are:
TDMA - DOCSIS 1.X capable modems or
DOCSIS 2.0 modems with TLV39 DOCSIS
2.0 Mode disabled
ATDMA - DOCSIS 2.0 modems on an
ATDMA or MTDMA channel.
SCDMA - DOCSIS 2.0 modems on an
SCDMA channel
phy command:
MAC Address
0017.ee85.affc
0011.1aca.13a6
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e
Intf
Cable
9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
DS
9D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
Prim
US
U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
USPwr
(tenthdBmV)
0
-1
-2
-1
USSNR
(tenthdB)
328
361
365
342
Timing
Offset
1267
1290
1291
2843
Mod
Type
TDMA
TDMA
TDMA
TDMA
13-443
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> phy [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem <mac> phy [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only }
{<WORD>}]
show cable modem phy [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem phy [<X/Y> [subinterface]] [ | {count | count-only }
{<WORD>}]
Command Syntax
13-444
mac
subinterface
Show subinterface information.
X/Y
The slot and MAC Domain number of the CMTS

module.
begin

string.
count
count-only

screen output.
exclude
include
WORD
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem qos

The show cable modem qos command displays the service class names applied to
each MAC domain, the downstream and upstream maximum rates allowed, and
whether the cable modem service-class-name command has been used to override
service class to temporarily penalize the QoS received by a CM due to violations of
the subscribers service level agreement. The following is typical screen output from
the show cable modem qos command:
Cable
IF
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
MAC
DS SCN
0008.0e15.48d0
0008.0e15.4900
0008.0e15.49d2
0008.0e15.a42c
0008.0e15.a61e
0008.0e15.a72c
0008.0e15.a7c2
000e.5cf3.acc0
000e.5cf3.accc
000e.5cf3.ad26
0011.8056.3fee
0011.8059.f796
0011.8060.e598
0011.8060.e5b0
0011.8060.e5bc
0011.8060.e5c2
0011.8061.0aca
0011.8061.0bd8
0011.8061.0c08
0011.8061.0d22
0011.8061.0d64
0011.8061.0d94
0011.8061.0ee4
0011.ae02.56de
0011.ae05.b850
0011.ae89.7820
T1up
DefRRDown
DefRRDown
DefRRDown
DefRRDown
DefBEDown
DefRRDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DefBEDown
DS
MAX-RATE
0
64000
64000
64000
64000
0
64000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
5000000
US SCN
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
penaltyUS
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefRRUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
DefBEUp
13-445
Release 6.2.0
The following table provides descriptions of the output fields:

Cable If
The slot and MAC Domain of the cable

interface.
MAC
DS SCN
Displays the current operational downstream

service class name of the service flow.
DS Max-Rate
Displays the current maximum rate of the

primary downstream channel.
US SCN
Displays the current operational upstream

service-class-name of the service flow.
US Max-Rate
Displays the current maximum rate of the

primary upstream channel.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem qos [<X/Y> ] [ name <service class name>] [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem qos [<X/Y> ] [ name <service class name>] [ | {count |
count-only}]
13-446
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
Limits output to the slot and MAC domain

specified.
name service class

name
Limits output to the service class name

specified.
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
13-447
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem qos summary

The show cable modem qos summary command displays a summary of QoS
activity for each MAC domain and associated service classes. The following is typical
screen output from the show cable modem qos summary command:
Cable
IF
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
3/0
Direction
downstream
downstream
downstream
upstream
upstream
upstream
Primary Service
Flow Service Name
DefBEDown
DefRRDown
T1up
DefBEUp
DefRRUp
penaltyUS
CMs
23
5
1
27
1
1
Summary
Direction
downstream
downstream
downstream
upstream
upstream
upstream
Primary Service
Flow Service Name
DefBEDown
DefRRDown
T1up
DefBEUp
DefRRUp
penaltyUS
SFs
23
5
1
27
1
1
Total downstream 29
Total upstream
29
Total
58
13-448
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands

Cable I/F
Output from the slot and MAC domain

specified.
Dir
Output in the downstream or upstream

direction.
Primary SF SCN
Service Class Name
Output from the service class name specified.
CMs
The number of cable modems
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem qos summary [<X/Y>] [downstream | upstream ] [name
<service class name>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show cable modem qos summary [<X/Y>] [downstream | upstream ] [name
<service class name>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
downstream
Limits output to the downstream direction.
upstream
Limits output to the upstream direction.
X/Y
Limits output to the slot and MAC domain

specified.
name service class

name
Limits output to the service class name

specified.
13-449
13-450
Release 6.2.0
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem registered

The show cable modem registered command displays the following information
about registered cable modems:
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State
describes the connectivity state of a cable

Timing Offset
current cable modem timing adjustment.
Rec Power
cable modem receive downstream power

level in dbmv
Ip address
Mac address

address
registered command:
Interface
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
4/1/D1U1
Prim
Sid
4
6
9
7
5
1
2
3
8
Connect
State
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
online(pt)
Timing
Offset
580
581
581
580
579
583
583
579
581
Rec
Power
0.2
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.0
Ip Address
Mac Address
150.31.101.14
150.31.101.44
150.31.101.45
150.31.101.46
150.31.101.50
150.31.101.21
150.31.101.17
150.31.101.12
150.31.101.15
000b.0643.36c8
000b.0643.3716
000b.0643.3b60
000b.0643.3b72
000b.0643.3b78
000b.0643.3b84
000b.0643.3b90
000b.0643.3b9a
000b.0643.3bb2
13-451
Release 6.2.0
Cable modem connectivity states are as follows:

online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem registered [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem registered [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-452
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
subinterface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

13-453
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem remote-query

The show cable modem remote-query command displays the polled RF parameters
for each cable modem that has registered on the BSR. The show cable modem
remote-query command groups the cable modem's RF parameters in a transmitter,
receiver, or channel order, allowing operators to easily determine when upstream or
downstream attenuation on any port needs to be adjusted.
remote-query command:
Remote Query Polling: Enabled
Poll Cycle:
Complete
Last Poll Cycle Started:

THU APR 17 07:53:53 2008
Last Poll Cycle Completed: THU APR 17 07:53:54 2008
Intf
Cable
----9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
Ds
-----9D0C0
11D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
Prim
Us
-----U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U1C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
Mac Address
-------------0017.ee85.affc
0011.1aca.13a6
0017.ee90.30ac
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e
DS
S/N
---40.2
37.0
0.0
38.8
35.4
US
DS
Tx
Micro Modem
Pwr Pwr
Offs Refln State
---- ----- ----- ----- ------42.8 -6.9 3366 31
online
38.7 -0.4 1290 27
online
0.0 +0.0 0
0
offline
43.5 -2.6 3390 32
online
42.0 -8.0 2843 0
online

Remote Query Enabled indicates that the Remote Query feature is enabled.
Polling
Disabled indicates that the Remote Query feature is disabled.
Poll Cycle
13-454
Complete indicates that Remote Query polling is enabled and no

current polling cycle is in progress.
In Progress indicates that Remote Query polling is enabled and
the current poll cycle is in progress.
Disabled indicates that Remote Query polling is disabled.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Last Poll Cycle The date and time at which the last Remote Query polling cycle
Started
was started. If the Remote Query feature has never been enabled,
the field is not displayed.
Last Poll Cycle Displays the date and time at which the last Remote Query polling
Completed
cycle was completed. If the Remote Query feature has never been
enabled or the first Remote Query polling cycle has not yet
completed, the field is not displayed.
Cable Interface The slot/port/downstream channel number/upstream channel
number of the cable modem.
IP Address
The IP address of the cable modem.
Mac Address
DS S/N
The downstream signal-to-noise ratio in dB. This represents the

last polled value of the cable modems docsIfSigQSignalNoise MIB
object.
US Pwr
The cable modems upstream transmit power level, in dBmv,

which represents the last polled value of the cable modems
docsIfCmStatusTxPower MIB object. DOCSIS specifies this
power level to be between 8.0 and 54.0 dbMv.
DS Pwr
The received downstream power level at the cable modem, in

dbMv, which represents the last polled value of the cable modems
docsIfdownChannelPower MIB object. DOCSIS specifies this
power level to be between +5.0 and -15.0 dBmv.
Tx Offs
The cable modems estimate of the current round-trip time

obtained from the ranging offset (initial ranging offset + ranging
offset adjustments), which represents the last polled value of the
cable modems docsIfUpChannelTxTimingOffset MIB object. The
cable modem uses this offset for timing upstream transmissions to
ensure synchronized arrivals at the CMTS. Units are in terms of
DOCSIS tick sixty-fourths with a duration of 6.25 microseconds/
64+.
13-455
Release 6.2.0
Micro Refln
Estimate of the total microreflections including in-channel

responses perceived on the downstream interface, measured in dBc
below the signal level, which represents the last polled value of the
cable modems docsIfSigQMicroreflections MIB object.
Modem State
online indicates that the cable modem is registered properly.

offline indicates that the cable modem is not registered.
Note: This field does not display the same set of modem states as
the show cable modem command.
remote-query bonding downstream command:
InvalidLast
Pri Pri
Pri 2nd 2nd
Mac Address
Frq SNR
Pwr Frq SNR
-------------- --- ---- ----- --- ---001f.c4aa.7ed1 555 39.8 -0.9 513 39.3
001f.c4aa.7f23 555 39.8 -0.5 513 39.3
Poll Cycle Completed: Invalid

2nd 3rd 3rd
3rd 4th 4th
4th
Pwr Frq SNR
Pwr Frq SNR
Pwr
----- --- ---- ----- --- ---- -----1.9 519 40.3 -1.0 525 39.8 -1.2
-2.3 519 39.8 -1.0 525 39.8 -1.8
remote-query bonding detail command:
Cable
Interface
Mac Address
Ip Address
------------ -------------- --------------0/0/D0U1C0
001f.c4aa.7ed1 30.10.1.6
0/0/D0U0C0
13-456
001f.c4aa.7f23 30.10.1.16
Chan
Desc
----dsPri
dsSec
dsSec
dsSec
usPri
dsPri
dsSec
dsSec
dsSec
usPri
Frq
--555
513
519
525
24
555
513
519
525
31
SNR
---39.8
39.3
40.3
39.8
0.0
39.8
39.3
39.8
39.8
0.0
Pwr
-----0.9
-2.0
-0.9
-1.4
44.5
-0.6
-2.3
-0.9
-1.9
45.8
Tx
Micro
Offs Refln
---- ----1474
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1475
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
remote-query filename command:
Remote Query Polling: Enabled
Poll Cycle:
Complete

THU JUN 10 07:15:42 2010
Last Poll Cycle Completed: THU JUN 10 07:15:46 2010
Intf
Cable
----9/0
9/0
9/0
Prim
DS
-----10D0C0
10D4C1
10D4C0
Prim
US
-----U0C0L0
U3C0L0
U3C0L0
Mac Address
-----------000e.5c00.d2e2
0012.25d9.59f8
0022.102b.48c2
Modem
State
------online
online
online
Modem Config
Filename
-----------------------------lac_cm_w_class.bin
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem remote-query [bonding {detail | downstream } | filename |
version ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show cable modem remote-query [bonding {detail | downstream } | filename |
version ] [ | {count | count-only} {<WORD>}]
Command Syntax
bonding
Displays the SNR and power levels for secondary

channels with channel bonding cable modems.
detail
Provides detailed channel bonding information.
downstream
Provides downstream channel information only.
filename
Displays the cable modem configuration filename.
version
Displays the version of software that a customer

cable modem is running, for example, SB6120
SB6120-1.0.1.7-SCM00-NOSH.
13-457
13-458
Release 6.2.0
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem security

The show cable modem security command displays a summary of initializing CMs
security authorization state, one CM per line. The command provides output only for
initializing CMs which are CMs which have sent an initial DHCP Discover but
have not yet registered. Registered CMs and offline CMs are not displayed by the
show cable modem security command.
security command:
CM MAC
-------------0000.0001.0002
0000.0001.0003
State
--------init(o)
reject(m)
DHCP Server
--------------10.20.23.121
10.20.23.121
TFTP Server
-------------10. 20. 23.121
10. 20. 23.121
P
P
-
Config Filename
-------------------ResLow.bin
*ig/BusinessHigh.bin
C
C
C

CM MAC
State

modem - the table below describes the cable
modem connectivity states supported on the
BSR.
DHCP Server
The DHCP server selected by the cable

modem through a DHCP-REQUEST. This
field will display a - if the cable modem has
not yet sent a DHCP-REQUEST.
TFTP Server
The MSO TFTP server address learned from

the DHCP-ACK. This field will display a -
if a DHCP-ACK has not been received.
The P column reports a P if the BSR acts

as a TFTP proxy for the authorized TFTP
server, or - otherwise.
13-459
Release 6.2.0
Config Filename
The CM configuration filename. The BSR

supports configuration filenames of up to 128
characters. The show cable modem security
command will display all 128 characters of
the filename.
The C column reports whether the TFTP

file contents were cached.
<cm-mac> security command:
CM Mac:
State:
DHCP Server:
TFTP Server:
TOD Server:
Syslog Server:
Config File:
Cached:
Failure:
13-460
0000.0001.0003
reject(m)
10.20.23.121
10.20.23.121 (proxy 172.52.111.1)
10.20.23.121
10.20.23.121
/public/config/BusinessHigh.bin
Yes, last updated 19-jun-2008 03:43
Requested tftp file not authorized by DHCP.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands

CM MAC
State

modem. The table below describes the cable
modem connectivity states supported by the
BSR.
DHCP Server
The DHCP server selected by the cable

modem through a DHCP-REQUEST. This
field will display a - if the cable modem has
not yet sent a DHCP-REQUEST.
TFTP Server
The authorized TFTP Server reported in the

DHCP-ACK to the CM. If the BSR served as
a TFTP server proxy, the BSRs proxy TFTP
server IP address provided to the CM is also
reported.This field will display a - if a
DHCP-ACK has not been received.
TOD Server
The Time of Day server IP address.
Syslog Server
The Syslog server IP address.
Config File
The CM configuration filename. The BSR

supports configuration filenames of up to 128
characters. The show cable modem
<cm-mac> security command will display all
128 characters of the filename.
Cached
Reports whether the configuration file was

retrieved from the cache and, if so, what was
the date and time at which it was updated
from the MSOs TFTP server.
Failure
The Failure field provides a user-readable

reason for the latest cable security failure
reason for the CM, or None if none.
13-461
Release 6.2.0
13-462
init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
init(t)
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)

was refused due to bad mic or cable
security failure.
reject(c)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
offline
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem [<cm-mac>] security [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>}
show cable modem [<cm-mac>] security [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
cm-mac
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
13-463
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem service-type

The show cable modem service-type command displays a list of cable modems that
have configured service type identifiers or displays which cable modems have a
specific service type identifier configured.
Note: If a cable modem has been moved from the Restricted Load Balance
Group to which it was originally steered, this is indicated by parentheses ()
around the serivice type assignment.
The following is typical output from the show cable modem service-type command:
Intf
Cable
0/0
0/0
0/0
Mac Address
Service-Type-Id
0011.8065.db52 Annex_A
0014.e835.e8a4 Annex_A
0018.c0df.0d7c Annex_A
Service-Type
Assignment
lbg00b
lbg00b
(lbg00b)
Restricted
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem service-type [<WORD> | <X/Y>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem service-type [<WORD> | <X/Y>] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-464
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
WORD
The service type identifier.
X/Y
The slot and MAC domain number of the

CMTS module.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
13-465
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem stats

The show cable modem stats command displays the following statistics for each
cable modem on a CMTS module. This includes cable modems that are off-line.
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State

Mac Address

address
DS Kbytes
the number of unicast Kbytes on the

downstream
US Kbytes
the number of unicast Kbytes on the

upstream
stats command:
Intf Prim
Cable DS
9/0 9D0C0
Prim
Prim Connect
US
Sid
State
U1C0L0 15841 online
Mac Address
Us
KBytes
0017.ee85.affc 2158
Ds
KBytes
0
13-466
init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
init(t)
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)

reject(c)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem {<X/Y> | <mac> | <prefix>} stats [subinterface] [ | {begin |
13-467
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem {<X/Y> | <mac> | <prefix>} stats [subinterface] [ | {count |

count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-468
X/Y

CMTS module
mac
prefix
the IP address
subinterface
begin

specified string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem summary

The show cable modem summary command displays cable modem information for
each cable interface on the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show cable modem summary command displaying upstream cable modem
information:
Cable Upstream
Interface
2/0/U0
2/0/U1
9/0/U0
9/0/U1
9/0/U2
11/1/U4
11/1/U5
11/1/U6
11/1/U7
Total
Modem
7
9
32
29
29
16
13
8
13
Reg
Modem
7
9
32
29
29
16
13
8
13
Unreg
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Offline
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SpecGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
marlborough
marlborough
marlborough
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
LbGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
summary downstream command:
Intf
Cable
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
Total
Prim
DS
0D0C0
0D1C0
9D0C0
9D0C1
Total
Modem
3
7
4
3
17
Reg
Modem
3
7
4
3
17
Unreg
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
Offline
Modem
0
0
0
0
0
LbGrp
Name
RedSox
RedSox
RedSox
RedSox
13-469
Release 6.2.0

Intf Cable
The slot and MAC Domain number.
Prim DS
The primary slot, port, and downstream

channel number of the CMTS module.
Cable Upstream
Interface
The slot, MAC Domain, and upstream port

number of the CMTS module.
Total Modem
The total number of active, registered, and

offline cable modems.
Reg Modem
The number of cable modems which have

Online(pt) or Online(un) states.
Unreg Modem
The number of cable modems in any Init,

DHCP, Reject state or substate.
Offline Modem
The number of cable modems which have no

assumed to be powered off.
SpecGrp
The Spectrum Group name for each upstream

channel.
LbGrp
The load balancing group assignment for each

upstream or downstream channel.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-470
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable modem summary <X/Y> [downstream <NUM> | total ] [total]
[upstream <NUM> | total ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]
show cable modem summary <X/Y> [downstream <NUM> | total ] [total]
[upstream <NUM> | total ] [ | {count | count-only}]
show cable modem summary [downstream [total ]] | [total] | upstream [total]] [ |
show cable modem summary [downstream [total ]] | [total] | upstream [total]] [ |
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module.
downstream
Displays downstream summary information.
upstream
Displays upstream summary information.
total
Displays total summary information.
begin

string
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
13-471
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem summary percentage

The show cable modem summary percentage command displays cable the
percentage of cable modems online for each cable interface on the BSR. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable modem
summary percentage command:
Cable
Interface
0/0/U0
0/0/U1
0/1/U4
0/1/U5
0/1/U6
0/1/U7
Total
Total
Modems
12
14
12
3
5
2
48
Active
Modems
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Registered
Modems
12
14
12
3
5
2
48
Percent
Online
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
100%
Description
Upstream_0
Upstream_1
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
13-472
Cable Interface
The BSR 64000 CMTS slot, port, and upstream port

number.
Total Modems
The total number of active, registered, and offline

cable modems.
Active Modems
The number of cable modems currently in the process

of registering.
Registered Modems
The number of cable modems which have reached

the Online(d), Online(pk), Online(pt) or Online(un)
states.
Percent Online
The percentage of registered modems versus total

modems.
Description
A text description, if any, that has been configured

for the interface.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem summary percentage [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem summary percentage [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output.
13-473
Release 6.2.0

The show cable modem summary total command displays cable modem
information for each cable interface on the BSR. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show cable modem summary total command and
descriptions of the output fields:
Cable
Interface
2/0/U0
2/0/U1
9/0/U0
9/0/U1
9/0/U2
11/1/U4
11/1/U5
11/1/U6
11/1/U7
Total
13-474
Total
Modems
7
9
32
29
29
16
13
8
13
156
Active
Modems
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Registered
Modems
7
9
32
29
29
16
13
8
13
156
SpecGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
marlborough
marlborough
marlborough
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
LbGrp
Name
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
mansfield
Cable Interface
the BSR 64000 CMTS slot, port, and

Total Modem
the total number of active, registered, and

offline cable modems
Reg Modem
the number of cable modems which have

Online(pt) or Online(un) states
Unreg Modem
the number of cable modems in any Init,

DHCP, Reject state or substate
Offline Modem
the number of cable modems which have no

assumed to be powered off
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
SpecGrp
the Spectrum Group name for each upstream

channel.
LbGrp
the load balancing group assignment for each

upstream channel
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem summary total [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show cable modem summary total [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-475
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem svc-flow-id

The show cable modem svc-flow-id command displays the following information for
all of the service flows associated with a specific MAC address:
Service flow id
the service flow identifier number
Interface

connection
Flow Direction
the flow direction for this service flow
Flow Max Rate
the maximum sustained traffic rate

allowed for this service flow in bits/sec no traffic rate limit for this service flow is
indicated by "no restriction"
svc-flow-id command:
Service flow id
9
10
Interface
cable 4/1
cable 4/1
Flow Direction
Upstream
Downstream
Flow Max Rate

96000
10
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> svc-flow-id [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [
| {count | count-only}]]
show cable modem <mac> svc-flow-id [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
mac
13-476
cable modem Media Access Control layer address
begin
exclude
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
13-477
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem svc-flow-id detail

The show cable modem svc-flow-id detail command provides detailed information
on all of the service flows associated with a specific MAC address. The following
information is provided:
13-478
Dir
the flow direction for this service flow
SFID
the service flow identifier number
SID
the service ID assigned to the cable

modem
Type
the service flow type - possible service

flow types are as follows:
Stat - Static Flow
Stat* - Static Flow Primary
DQoS - Dynamic DQoS Flow
Normal Priority
DQoSE - Dynamic DQoS Flow
Emergency Priority
Dyn - Dynamic non-DQoS Flow
Normal Priority
PCMM - PacketCable Multimedia
Flow Normal Priority
Unknw - Unknown
State
the service flow state - possible service

flow states are as follows:
Activ - the service flow is in an
Active state
Admit - the service flow is in an
Admitted state
Prov - the service flow is in a
Provisioned state
Defer - the service flow is in a
Deferred state
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Sched
the upstream service flow scheduling type

- possible upstream service flow
scheduling types are as follows:
Rsvd - Reserved (for future use)
Undef - Undefined
BE - Best Effort
NRTPS - Non Real Time Polling
Service
RTPS - Real Time Polling Service
UGSAD - Unsolicited Grant
Service with Activity Detection
UGS - Unsolicited Grant Service
Unknwn - Unknown
for downstream service flow scheduling
types this field displays "n/a"
Min-Rate
the minimum sustained traffic rate

indicated by "none"
Max-Rate
the maximum sustained traffic rate

indicated by "none"
Packets
the total number of packets for this service

flow
Bytes
the total number of bytes for this service

flow
13-479
Release 6.2.0
The following is typical output from the show cable modem svc-flow-id detail
command:
CM - 0017.ee85.affc
Cable Interface 9/0 9D0C0 U1/C0
Dir
SFID
Up
1
Down 2
SID
Type
State
Sched
Min-Rate
Max-Rate
Packets
Bytes
15841
n/a
Stat* Activ
Stat* Activ
BE
Undef
100000
5000000
none
none
6132
0
2394478
0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <mac> svc-flow-id detail [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem <mac> svc-flow-id detail [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-480
mac
cable modem Media Access Control layer address
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem throughput

The show cable modem throughput command displays near-real-time cable modem
information for modems connected to the 2:8 CMTS slot that you specify in the
command. This command does not apply to RX48 modules. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show cable modem throughput
command:
MAC Address:
IP Address:
Number of CPE IP's:
Total US Data:
Average US Throughput:
Instant US Throughput:
Total DS Data:
Average DS Throughput:
Instant DS Throughput:
Time Since Update:
Total Time Online:
001a.de67.a02a
150.31.61.12
0
259 KBytes
6 bytes/sec
6 bytes/sec
142 KBytes
3 bytes/sec
3 bytes/sec
000:11:18:39
000:11:18:39
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem throughput <slot> [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [
show cable modem throughput <slot> [ | {count | count-only}]
13-481
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-482
slot
The CMTS modules slot location.
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only
Count the number of lines while suppressing screen output
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modem time-registered

The show cable modem time-registered command displays how long a cable
modem has been registered. This command can be used to specify individual cable
modems, cable modems associated with a particular BSR 64000 chassis slot, or cable
modems associated with a particular Spectrum Group. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show cable modem time-registered command:
Intf Prim
Cable DS
9/0 9D0C0
Prim
Connect
US
State
U1C0L0 online
Mac Address
0017.ee85.affc
Registration
Time
000:16:57:25

Interface

connection
Connect State

Mac Address

address
Registration Time
the length of time a cable modem has been

registered in ddd:hh:mm:ss format
Spectrum Group
the associated Spectrum Group name

online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

13-483
Release 6.2.0
online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

reject(m)

reject(c)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem time-registered {<mac> [subinterface] | <X/Y> | slot [<NUM>
| subinterface] | subinterface] | spectrum-group [<WORD>[subinterface] |
subinterface ]} [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show cable modem time-registered {<mac> [subinterface] | <X/Y> | slot [<NUM>
| subinterface] | subinterface] | spectrum-group [<WORD>[subinterface] |
subinterface ]} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-484
mac
the MAC address of a particular cable modem
subinterface
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
X/Y
the slot and MAC Domain number of the CMTS

module
slot NUM
spectrum-group WORD
the Spectrum Group name
begin

string
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
13-485
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem timing-offset

This show cable modem timing-offset command allows the user to select which
cable modems are displayed on the console based on their timing offset value. The
timing offset stored at the cable modem is the accumulation of all the timing
adjustments sent to the cable modem. The cable modem starts at an initial timing
offset which takes into account the cable modems internal delays. The BSR cannot
determine at what timing offset a particular cable modem starts and therefore the
values stored and displayed by the BSR are the summation of the adjustments from
the cable modems initial timing offset. Since most manufacturers use a different
initial timing offset value, the values stored by the BSR will vary per cable modem
based on the manufacturer.
Note: The true timing offset that a CM is using should be read at the CM
using SNMP. A CM with the highest recorded timing offset could be the
furthest unit away from the BSR and be functioning correctly.
The show cable modem timing-offset command displays the following information
about a cable modem:
13-486
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State

Timing Offset
current cable modem timing adjustment
Rec Power

level in dbmv
Ip address
Mac address

address
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
The following is typical output from the show cable modem timing-offset command:
Intf
Cable
9/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
11/0
Prim
DS
9D0C0
11D0C0
11D0C0
11D1C0
11D1C0
Prim
US
U1C0L0
U0C0L0
U1C0L0
U5C0L0
U5C0L0
Prim
Sid
15841
1
3
8193
2
Connect
State
online
online
init(r2)
online
online(pt)
Timing
Offset
1267
1290
1282
1291
2844
RxPwr
dBmV
0.0
-.1
-4.4
-.1
-.1
Ip Address
Mac Address
150.31.92.87
150.31.93.12
0.0.0.0
150.31.93.40
150.31.93.32
0017.ee85.affc
0011.1aca.13a6
0017.ee90.30ac
0019.5eb4.704e
0800.3e08.7f4e

init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
init(t)
online
online(d)

CM is disabled.
online(un)

online(pk)

(KEK) is assigned.
online(pt)

13-487
Release 6.2.0
reject(m)

reject(c)

reject(r)

reject(pk)
reject(pt)
offline
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem timing offset {above | below} <0-500000> [<X/Y>
[subinterface] | subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show cable modem timing offset {above | below} <0-500000> [<X/Y>
[subinterface] | subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-488
above
identify all cable modems with a timing offset above

the entered number
below
identify all cable modems with a timing offset below

the entered number
0-500000
the timing offset value
X/Y

module
subinterface
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
13-489
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem unregistered

The show cable modem unregistered command displays the following information
about unregistered cable modems:
Interface

connection
Prim Sid
Connect State

Timing Offset
current cable modem timing adjustment
Rec Power

level in dbmv
Ip address
Mac address

address
13-490
init(r1)
init(r2)
CM is ranging.
init(rc)
dhcp(d)
dhcp(o)
dhcp(req)
dhcp(ack)

init(o)
init(t)
offline
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
unregistered command:
Cable 11/0/D0/U6/C0 0
offline
0.0.0.0
0011.1ac9.2094
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem unregistered [subinterface] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem unregistered [subinterface] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
subinterface
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

13-491
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem vendor

The show cable modem vendor command displays the cable modems vendor name
which is returned from the Organizational Unique Identifier (OUI) vendor table. If no
match is found in the OUI vendor table, the vendor field is left blank. Currently, 71
vendors and 729 OUI's are supported by this command.
vendor command:
Vendor
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
Motorola
MAC
Address
0020.4041.7c40
0020.4041.7d18
0011.aefe.8fbe
0015.2f48.0f0a
0015.9a6a.88ee
0015.9a6a.8906
0015.9a6a.8932
0015.9adc.7c8c
I/F
4/0/U1
4/0/U0
9/0/U0
9/0/U0
9/0/U0
9/0/U0
9/0/U0
9/0/U0
Connect
State
online
online
online
online
online
online
online
online
Prim
Sid
21
22
62
71
68
69
67
70
RxPwr
(dBmV)
0.4
0.0
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.1
-.2
-.1
Timing
Offset
1888
567
1792
1297
1280
1281
1279
1279
Num
CPE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BPI
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem vendor {<cm-mac> | <X/Y>} [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem vendor {<cm-mac> | <X/Y>} [ | {count | count-only}]
13-492
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
cm-mac
cable modem Mac address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-493
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem vendor summary

The show cable modem vendor summary command displays cable modem
summary totals per vendor OUI. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show cable modem vendor summary command:
Interface: 5/0
Vendor
OUI
Motorola 000e.5c
Motorola 0011.ae
Motorola 0012.25
Motorola 0017.ee
Interface: 5/1
Vendor
OUI
Motorola 0017.ee
Total CM's Registered

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Unregistered
0
0
0
0
Offline
0
0
0
0
Total CM's Registered Unregistered Offline

1
1
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem vendor summary {<X/Y>} [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem vendor summary {<X/Y>} [ | {count | count-only}]
13-494
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-495
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem verbose

The show cable modem verbose command displays detailed cable modem
information
verbose command:
MAC Address:
IP Address:
Prim Sid:
docsDevServerConfigFile:
QoS Profile Index:
Interface:
sysDescr:
Upstream Power:
Downstream Power:
Timing Offset:
Received Power(dBmV):
MAC Version:
Qos Provisioned Mode:
Phy Operating Mode:
Capabilities:
Sid/Said Limit:
Transmit Eq. Support:
Number of CPE IP's:
Max number of CPE's:
Total US Data:
Total US Throughput:
Total DS Data:
Total DS Throughput:
Active Classifiers:
Total Time Online:
0012.25d9.59f8
150.34.81.11
3
lac_cm_w_class.bin
0
9/0 10D4C1 U3C0L0
Vendor = Motorola
, Model = SB5120
46.9
-6.9
964
-.1
Docsis 2.0
1.1
TDMA
Frag = yes , Concat = yes , PHS = yes , Priv = BPI+
Max US Sids = 16 , Max DS Saids = 15
Taps/Symbol = 1 , Num of Taps = 24
0
31
23 KBytes
5 bytes/sec
8 KBytes
2 bytes/sec
5 (Max = No Limit)
000:01:09:01
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-496
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable modem [<cm-mac>] verbose [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable modem [<cm-mac>] verbose [ | {count | count-only}]]
Command Syntax
cm-mac
cable modem Mac address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-497
Release 6.2.0
show cable modulation-profile

The show cable modulation-profile command displays all configured modulation
profiles on the BSR. A modulation profile contains six burst profiles sent out in a
UCD message to configure CM transmit parameters. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show cable modulation-profile command:
Cable Modulation Profile 1
+--------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
|
| 1
| 3
| 4
| 5
| 6
| 9
| 10 | 11 |
|
IUC | Req | Init | Per | Short| Long | Adv | Adv | Adv |
|
|
| Maint| Maint| Data | Data | Short| Long | UGS |
+--------------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+------+
Modulation
qpsk
qpsk
qpsk 16qam 16qam 64qam 64qam
XXXX
Diff Encoding
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
XXXX
Preamble Len
64
128
128
384
384
120
120
XXXX
FEC Err CRC
0
5
5
5
10
12
16
XXXX
FEC CW Len
16
34
34
78
235
75
220
XXXX
Scrambler Seed
338
338
338
338
338
338
338
XXXX
Max Burst
0
0
0
8
0
6
0
XXXX
Guard Time
8
48
48
8
8
8
8
XXXX
Last Codeword FIXED FIXED FIXED SHORT SHORT SHORT SHORT
XXXX
Scrambler
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
ON
XXXX
Intlv Depth
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
XXXX
Intlv Blk Sz
1536
1536
1536
0
0
1536
1536
XXXX
Preamble Type QPSK0 QPSK0 QPSK0
NONE
NONE QPSK1 QPSK1
XXXX
SCDMA Spreader
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
XXXX
Codes Subfrm
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
XXXX
Intlv Stp Sz
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
XXXX
TCM Encoding
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
XXXX
Channel Type mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma mtdma
XXXX
13-498
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
The show cable modulation-profile command displays the following modulation

profile group information::
Modulation
the upstream modulation type
Diff Encoding
indicates if differential encoding is enabled/disabled
Preamble Len
FEC Err CRC
the number of corrected Forward Error Correction (FEC) errors
FEC CW Len
the FEC code word length in bytes
Scrambler Seed
the scrambler seed in decimal format
Max Burst
the maximum burst length in minislots
Guard Time
Guard time size
Last Codeword
Last codeword shortened
Scrambler
Scramble enabled indication
Intlv Depth
the interleaver depth value
Intlv Blk Sz
the interleaver block size value
Preamble Type
the preamble type: NONE, QPSK0, QPSK1
SCDMA
Spreader
enabled/disabled SCDMA spreader
Codes Subfrm
the codes subframe value
Intlv Stp Sz
the interleaver step size value
TCM Encoding
enabled/disabled TCM encoding
Channel Type
the channel type: atdma, mtdm, scdma, tdma
Note: For a complete list and configuration of all 35 pre-defined modulation

profiles, refer to Appendix A, Pre-Defined Modulation Profiles of the BSR
64000 Configuration and Management Guide.
Group Access
All
13-499
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modulation-profile [<1-600> [<1-11>]]
Command Syntax
13-500
1-600
1-11
a specific IUC code:

1 = Request Burst
3 = Initial Maintenance
4 = Station Maintenance
5 = Short Grant Burst
6 = Long Grant Burst
9 = Advanced PHY Short Data Grant
10 = Advanced PHY Long Data Grant
11 = Unsolicited Grant Service
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable modulation-profile brief

The show cable modulation-profile brief command displays cursory
information for all configured modulation profiles on the BSR. The show cable
modulation-profile brief command displays which modulation profiles are
pre-defined, pre-defined but modified by the user, or user configured as shown in
the sample commnad output below:
Profile
1
2
to 4
5
6
101
102 to 104
201 to 205
301 to 310
Chan-type
tdma
tdma
tdma
tdma
mtdma
mtdma
atdma
scdma
Config-status
pre-defined
pre-defined
user-configured
user-configured
pre-defined, changed
pre-defined
pre-defined
pre-defined
In-use
yes
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modulation-profile brief
13-501
Release 6.2.0
show cable modulation-profile description

The show cable modulation-profile description command displays a description of
the specified modulation profile. The profile number is optional, and if none is
specified, a list of all of the profile descriptions is displayed. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show cable modulation-profile
description command:
+----+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
| Id | Profile Description
|
+----+-----------------------------------------------------------------------+
1
DOCSIS 1.X-TDMA 16-QAM & Transmit POST-EQ & FEC - for linear distortion
and impulse noise
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modulation-profile description [<1-600>]
Command Syntax
1-600
13-502
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy auth

The show cable privacy auth command displays the AK grace time and life time
values, in seconds. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show cable privacy auth command:
Interface Cable 3/0
Auth grace time: 600
Auth life time: 604800
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy auth
13-503
Release 6.2.0
show cable privacy cm-auth

The show cable privacy cm-auth command displays baseline privacy (BPI)
authorization key (AK) information for an individual cable modem (CM) using its
MAC address. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
cable privacy cm-auth command:
Version: 1
authCmMacAddr: 0011.805f.fd30
authCmPubKey: 30.81.89.02.81.81.00.AC.2D.1C.37.2D.60.07.43.BC.93.A8.7D.C9.AB.14
.09.CB.C4.37.88.56.09.ED.89.4D.BC.11.17.C8.4F.21.EE.FD.C5.B3.D6.51.A2.67.0E.80.8
E.E1.67.DE.F8.E1.2B.9E.A4.C6.4C.D6.52.76.5F.D5.AB.E6.DD.99.82.D5.5F.1D.99.1A.37.
B6.0D.FC.15.E6.77.3A.70.99.84.EB.D1.BD.E0.1A.3C.33.B0.E3.FD.10.61.89.18.24.F9.2E
.84.AA.73.81.52.9E.24.0A.B4.1D.EC.41.7E.B4.A3.85.F8.09.54.2C.CB.50.E7.FE.97.F0.C
E.BC.5D.D0.8C.7A.D7.02.03.01.00.01
authKeySeqNum: 1
authGraceTime: 600 seconds
authLifeTime: 604800 seconds
authCmReset: 1
authCmReqs: 1
authCmReplys: 1
authCmRejects: 0
authCmInvalids: 0
authRejectErrCode: 1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy cm-auth [<mac>]
Command Syntax
mac
13-504
cable modems MAC address in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy cm-tek

The show cable privacy cm-tek command displays Traffic Encryption Key (TEK)
information for a cable modem. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show cable privacy cm-tek command:
sid: 1
tekLifeTime: 43200
tekGraceTime: 3600
tekReset: 2
keyCmReqs: 24
keyCmReplys: 24
keyCmRejects: 0
tekCmInvalids: 0
keyRejectErrCode: 1
keyRejectErrStr:
tekInvalidErrCode: 1
tekInvalidErrStr:
sid: 2
tekLifeTime: 43200
tekGraceTime: 3600
tekReset: 2
keyCmReqs: 24
keyCmReplys: 24
keyCmRejects: 0
tekCmInvalids: 0
keyRejectErrCode: 1
keyRejectErrStr:
tekInvalidErrCode: 1
tekInvalidErrStr:
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-505
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy cm-tek [<1-8192>]
Command Syntax
1-8192
13-506
cable modems Service ID number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy cmts

The show cable privacy cmts command displays all the baseline privacy statistics
specified by the MIB for the cable interface.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable privacy
cmts command:
authGraceTime: 600
authLifeTime: 604800
tekGraceTime: 3600
tekLifeTime: 43200
certTrust: 2
certVerPeriod: 1
authCmtsReqs: 9
authCmtsReplys: 9
authCmtsRejects: 0
authCmtsInvalids: 0
authenInfos: 0
saMapReqs: 0
saMapReplys: 0
saMapRejects: 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy cmts
13-507
Release 6.2.0
show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus

The show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus command displays whether BPI+ is
enabled and enforced on a MAC domain. The following is typical screen output from
the show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus command:
- for no cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus

E for cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus
Interface
--------Global
cable 3/0
cable 3/1
cable 10/0
cable 10/1
Configuration
------------E
-
Operation
--------E
-
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus
13-508
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable privacy mandatory

The show cable privacy mandatory command displays the cable privacy
configuration for each MAC domain. The following is typical screen output from the
show cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus command:
- for no cable privacy mandatory

M for cable privacy mandatory
M+ for cable privacy mandatory bpi-plus-only
Interface
--------Global
cable 3/0
cable 3/1
cable 10/0
cable 10/1
Configuration
------------M+
-
Operation
--------M+
-
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy mandatory
13-509
Release 6.2.0
show cable privacy tek

The show cable privacy tek command shows Traffic Encryption Key (TEK) grace
time and life-time values.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable privacy
tek command:
Interface Cable 3/0

Tek grace time: 3600
Tek life time: 43200
Interface Cable 4/0
Interface Cable 4/1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable privacy tek
13-510
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable qos profile

The show cable qos profile command displays information about all the QoS Profiles
in use for each slot.
Note: This command is only valid for DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and
Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems.
Slot
the slot number
Prof Idx
Pri
the relative priority number assigned to

upstream traffic by this QoS profile with 7
being the highest priority.
Max UP BW
the maximum upstream bandwidth
Guar UP BW
the guaranteed minimum upstream bandwidth
Max DOWN BW
the maximum downstream bandwidth.
Max Tx burst
the maximum transmit burst size in bytes valid range is from 0 (the default) to the
largest 16-bit integer
BPI Mode
"true" indicates that Baseline Privacy is

enabled for this QoS profile - "false" indicates
that Baseline Privacy is not enabled for this
Qos profile
Flow Count
the number of cable modems that have

registered using this QoS Profile - active Qos
Profiles are those with Flow Count = 0
Tos Mask
overwrites the Type of Service (TOS) field in

IP datagrams received on the upstream before
forwarding them downstream if the value is
not "0"
13-511
Release 6.2.0
Tos Value
the overwrite value substituted for the

received TOS value.
Created By
"Oper" indicates a user configured QoS

Profile and "Modem" indicates a QoS Profile
learned from the cable modem during
registration
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable qos profile
command:
Slot Prof Pri Max

Idx
UP
BW
5
17
0
10000000
5
18
0
5000000
10
17
0
5000000
Guar
UP
BW
0
0
0
Max
DOWN
BW
10000000
5000000
5000000
Max
Tx
Burst
0
0
0
BPI
Mode
Flow Tos Tos

Created
Cnt Mask Value By
false 2
false 2
false 2
0
0
0
0
0
0
Modem
Modem
Modem
Note: The "Prof Idx" field output indicates a user defined QoS Profiles
unique identifying number in the range of 1-16. All QoS Profile identifying
numbers in the range of 17-32 indicate a QoS Profile that was learned from
cable modem registrations.
When using the show cable qos profile command to view the class of service
configuration for DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems,
you will obtain inconsistent results under the following conditions:
n
If you have not given each user configurable QoS Profile a unique identifying
number (in the range of 1 through 16) in the CM configuration file.
When you modify a CMs configuration file and specify parameter values that are
already in use by other registered modems and fail to change the QoS Profile
identifying number to a unique value.
Note: All registered CMs are using the QoS parameters as defined in their
respective configuration files and only the output from the show cable qos
profile command is inconsistent.
13-512
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Once all DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems have a a
unique QoS Profile number, the display of the show cable qos profile command is
accurate.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos profile [<NUM> [<1-32> [mac]]]
Note: The show cable qos profile command without any arguments
displays all user-defined QoS profiles on the BSR regardless of whether they
are in use. The show cable qos profile command without arguments does
not display any QoS profiles that have been learned via modem registration.
The show cable qos profile command with the <NUM> argument displays
all active Qos Profiles either user-configured or learned via modem
registration for the specified CMTS slot.
Command Syntax
NUM
the BSR slot number
1-32
the QoS Profiless identifying number based

on a valid range of defined service classes numbers 1-16 are user configured and
numbers 17-32 are learned by the CMTS
during cable modem registration
mac
adds the MAC addresses of the cable modems

to the display
13-513
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos profile user-defined

The show cable qos profile user-defined command displays information about all
QoS Profiles or a selected user defined QoS Profile.
Note: This command is only valid for DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and
Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems.
13-514
Prof Idx
Pri
the relative priority number assigned to

upstream traffic by this QoS profile with 7
being the highest priority.
Max UP BW
the maximum upstream bandwidth
Guar UP BW
the guaranteed minimum upstream bandwidth
Max DOWN BW
the maximum downstream bandwidth.
Max Tx burst
the maximum transmit burst size in bytes valid range is from 0 (the default) to the
largest 16-bit integer
BPI Mode
"true" indicates that Baseline Privacy is

enabled for this QoS profile - "false" indicates
that Baseline Privacy is not enabled for this
Qos profile
Flow Count
the number of cable modems that have

registered using this QoS Profile - active Qos
Profiles are those with Flow Count = 0
Tos Mask
overwrites the Type of Service (TOS) field in

IP datagrams received on the upstream before
forwarding them downstream if the value is
not "0"
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Tos Value
the overwrite value substituted for the

received TOS value.
Created By
"Oper" indicates a user configured QoS

Profile and "Modem" indicates a QoS Profile
learned from the cable modem during
registration
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable qos profile
user-defined command:
Slot Prof Pri Max

Idx
UP
BW
2
10
1
2500000
4
12
1
2500000
Guar
UP
BW
0
0
Max
DOWN
BW
10000000
10000000
Max
Tx
Burst
0
0
BPI
Mode
Flow Tos Tos

Created
Cnt Mask Value By
false 4
false 2
0
0
0
0
Oper
Oper
Note: The "Prof Idx" field output indicates a user defined QoS Profiles
unique identifying number in the range of 1-16. All QoS Profile identifying
numbers in the range of 17-32 indicate a QoS Profile that was learned from
cable modem registrations.
When using the show cable qos profile user-defined command to view the class of
service configuration for DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable
modems, you will obtain inconsistent results under the following conditions:
n
If you have not given each user configurable QoS Profile a unique identifying
number (in the range of 1 through 16) in the CM configuration file.
When you modify a CMs configuration file and specify parameter values that are
already in use by other registered modems and fail to change the QoS Profile
identifying number to a unique value.
Note: All registered CMs are using the QoS parameters as defined in their
respective configuration files and only the output from the show cable qos
profile user-defined command is inconsistent.
13-515
Release 6.2.0
Once all DOCSIS 1.0, DOCSIS 1.0+, and Euro-DOCSIS 1.0 cable modems have a a
unique QoS Profile number, the display of the show cable qos profile user-defined
command is accurate.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos profile user-defined
Note: The show cable qos profile user-defined command displays all
user-defined QoS profiles on the BSR regardless of whether they are in use.
The show cable qos profile user-defined command does not display any
QoS profiles that have been learned via modem registration.
13-516
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow classifier

A service flow classifier matches a packet to a service flow using a service flow
reference. The service flow reference associates a packet classifier encoding with a
service flow encoding to establish a SFID. Classifiers have the following features:
n
Classifiers are loosely ordered by priority.
Several classifiers can refer to the same service flow.
More than one classifier may have the same priority.
The CMTS uses a downstream classifier to assign packets to downstream service

flows.
The cable modem uses an upstream classifier to assign packets to upstream
service flows.
The show cable qos svc-flow classifier command is used to display the packet
classifiers of a service flow configured on the cable interface. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show cable qos svc-flow classifier
command:
13-517
Interface index:
Service flow id:
Packet class id:
Packet class direction:
Packet class priority:
Packet class IP tos low:
Packet class IP tos high:
Packet class IP tos mask:
Packet class IP protocol:
Packet class IP source addr:
Packet class IP source mask:
Packet class IP dest addr:
Packet class IP dest mask:
Packet class source port start:
Packet class source port end:
Packet class dest port start:
Packet class dest port end:
Packet class dest Mac Addr:
Packet class enet prot type:
Packet class enet protocol:
Packet class state:
Packet class packets:
Release 6.2.0
75431936
6
2
Downstream
20
0
0
0
258
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
65535
0
65535
1214.2428.3848
0
0x0
Active
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-518
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow classifier [<X/Y> [<1-4292967295> [<1-65535>]]]
Note: If the Classifier ID is not given, all the classifiers with the given SFID
are listed.
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
1-4292967295
SFID
1-65535
Classifier identification
13-519
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat

The show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat command displays the statistics for
dynamic service additions, deletions, and changes for both upstream and downstream
service flows. The following is and example of typical screen output from the show
cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat command:
Interface index: 294658
Qos DS Direction: 1
Qos DSA Reqests: 0
Qos DSA Rsps:
0
Qos DSA Acks:
0
Qos DSC Reqs:
0
Qos DSC Rsps:
0
Qos DSC Acks:
0
Qos DSD Reqs:
0
Qos DSD Rsps:
0
Qos dynamic adds:
Qos dynamic add fails:
Qos dynamic changes:
Qos dynamic change fails:
Qos dynamic deletes:
Qos dynamic delete fails:
0
0
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat
13-520
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable qos svc-flow log

The show cable qos svc-flow log command displays the time that the service flow
was created or deleted, the total number of packets counted, and the MAC address of
the cable modem (CM) that used the service flow. The following is and example of
typical screen output from the show cable qos svc-flow log command:
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
index:
interface index:
service flow id:
cm mac:
packets:
octets:
time deleted:
time created:
time active:
control:
2415919105
159318272
7
00e0.0c60.2854
1727
329836
5085076
21666
50634
1
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
service
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
flow
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
log
index:
interface index:
service flow id:
cm mac:
packets:
octets:
time deleted:
time created:
time active:
control:
2415919106
159318272
8
00e0.0c60.2854
12
4152
5085076
21666
50634
1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow log
13-521
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow param-set

The show cable qos svc-flow param-set command displays parameter settings for all
service classes configured on an individual CMTS slot and port or all CMTS modules
on the BSR.
The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc-flow param-set
command:
Interface index:
Qos service flow id:
Qos parameter set type:
Qos parameter set bit map:
Qos classname:
Qos active timeout:
Qos admitted timeout:
Qos scheduling type:
Qos traffic priority:
Qos max traffic rate:
Qos max traffic burst:
Qos min reserved rate:
Qos min reserved pkt size:
Qos max concatenated burst:
Qos tos AND mask:
Qos tos OR mask:
Qos req/trans policy:
Qos required attribute mask:
Qos forbidden attribute mask:
Qos attribute aggr rule mask:
58654720
6
Active
0x800000
DefBEUp
0
200
Best Effort
0
0
3044
0
128
1522
0xff
0x0
0x0
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow param-set [X/Y] [<1-4292967295>]
13-522
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module.
1-4292967295
The service flow ID.
13-523
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow phs

The show cable qos svc-flow phs command displays the payload header suppression
(PHS) configured for an interface that is used for a specific service flow.
The following is typical output from the show cable qos svc-flow phs command:
Interface index:
192872704
1599
Qos PHS index:
1
Qos PHS field:
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 13 71 38 e1 74 08 00 45 a0
00 c8 00 00 00 00 40 11 00 00 96 33 01 34 96 33
01 37 c0 02 c0 02 00 b4 00 00
Qos PHS Mask:
03 ff 3f 3c 30 c0
Qos PHS size:
42
Qos PHS verify:
1
Qos PHS classifier index: 662
Packets:
533
Note: If the PHS is not specified, all PHS entries with the specified SFIDs are
listed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow phs [<X/Y> [<1-4292967295> [<1-65535>]]]
13-524
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
1-4292967295
SFID
1-65535
13-525
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow statistics

The show cable qos svc-flow statistics command is used to determine the number of
dropped packets due to downstream rate-limiting for a particular service flow.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable qos
svc-flow statistics command:
Interface index:
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Qos service flow
Bonding group Id
id:
packets:
octets:
time created:
time active:
PHS unknowns:
policed drop packets:
policed delay packets:
class:
admit status:
admit restrict time:
PHS octets:
PHS packets:
(0=non-bonded)
159318016
1
6280
2452091
16335
64996 seconds
0
0
0
DefRRUp
Success
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow statistics [<X/Y> [<1-4292967295>]]
13-526
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
1-4292967295
SFID
13-527
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow summary

The show cable qos svc-flow summary command displays the service flow
information, including the SID, and QoS parameters sets associated with the service
flow. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable qos
svc-flow summary command:
Interface index:
Qos service flow SID:
Qos service flow direction:
Qos service flow primary:
Qos service flow CSID:
Qos attr assign success:
Qos service flow DSID:
BGID (0=non-bonded):
58654720
1
0
Downstream
True
3
True
0
0
Interface index:
Qos service flow direction:
Qos service flow primary:
Qos service flow CSID:
Qos attr assign success:
Qos service flow DSID:
BGID (0=non-bonded):
58654720
2
0
Downstream
False
3
True
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow summary [<X/Y> [<1-4292967295>]]
13-528
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module.
1-4292967295
The service flow identifier.
13-529
Release 6.2.0
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat

The show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat command is used to display the number
of fragmented packets, incomplete fragmented packets, and the number of
concatenated bursts counted on the service flow. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat command:
Interface index:
Qos upstream frag packets:
Qos upstream incomplete packets:
Qos upstream concat bursts:
294658
1
0
0
0
Interface index:
Qos upstream frag packets:
Qos upstream incomplete packets:
Qos upstream concat bursts:
294658
2
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat [<X/Y> [<1-16383>]]
Command Syntax
13-530
X/Y

CMTS module
1-16383
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable rcc-template

The show cable rcc-template command displays RCC template configuration
information. The following is typical screen output from the show cable
rcc-template index command:
Interface
Cable 2/5
Cable 2/9
RCC-TEMPLATE-ID
2
2
The following is typical screen output from the show cable rcc-template
mac-domain command:
Interface
Cable 2/5
RCC-TEMPLATE-ID
1,2,3,4,5
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except user EXEC
Command Line Usage

show cable rcc-template {index <1-255> | mac-domain <X/Y>} [ | {begin | exclude
show cable rcc-template {index <1-255> | mac-domain <X/Y>} [ | {count |
count-only}]
13-531
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
13-532
index 1-255
Displays a specific RCC template referenced

by the RCC template ID.
mac-domain X/Y
Displays RCC templates configured for a

MAC domain.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable service-type

The show cable service-type interfaces command displays service type identifiers
for all MAC domains or a specific MAC domain. The show cable service-type
loadbalance-groups command displays service type identifiers for Restricted Load
balancing Groups on all MAC domains or on a specific MAC domain
The following is typical output from the show cable service-type interfaces
command. A restricted cable interface or Loadbalance Group is indicated by an "x".
Interface
Cable 0/0
Cable 0/1
Cable 4/0
Cable 4/1
Service Type Id
Annex
Annex
Annex-B
Annex-B
Restricted
The following is typical output from the show cable service-type

loadbalance-groups command:
Loadbalance-group
lbg41
lbg40b
lbg40a
lbg00a
lbg00b
lbg01
Service Type Id
Annex_B
Annex
Annex_A
Annex_A
Annex_A
Annex
Restricted
x
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-533
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show cable service-type {interfaces | loadbalance-groups } [<X/Y>] | [{begin |
show cable service-type {interfaces | loadbalance-groups } [<X/Y>] | [{count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-534
interfaces
Display service type identifiers assigned to a

MAC domain(s).
loadbalance-groups
Display service type identifiers assigned to

Restricted Load Balancing Groups.
X/Y

CMTS module. Use this optional slot and
MAC domain parameter to display
information for a specific MAC domain.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable spectrum-group

The show cable spectrum-group command is used to verify if an assigned Spectrum
Group is activated for an upstream port and if and how the Spectrum Group is
configured for Advanced Spectrum Management.
The show cable spectrum-group command displays the following Spectrum Group
information::
Member channel the channels which belong to the Spectrum Group being
displayed
CfgFreq
the configured center frequency - this is the frequency set in the

running configuration for this upstream channel
Cfg MP
the configured modulation profile - this is the number of the

modulation profile set in the running configuration for this
upstream channel
ActFreq
the active center frequency - this is the frequency this upstream is

currently tuned to
Act MP
the active modulation profile - this is the Modulation Profile

Number which the upstream channel is currently using
ModType
the modulation type - this is the Modulation type currently being

used on this upstream channel
Thresh
the configured hop threshold snr modulation-type value for

the modulation type currently in use on this upstream channel
ChanWidth
the channel width currently in use on this upstream channel
ChanQual
the quality of this upstream channel - NORMAL or IMPAIRED
spectrum-group command:
13-535
Release 6.2.0
Spectrum Group: sg1

Member channel CfgFreq Cfg MP ActFreq Act MP ModType Thresh ChanWidth ChanQual
Cable 9/0/U0 10000000
1 25000000
1
16qam
20db
3200000 NORMAL
Cable 9/0/U1 13200000
1 13200000
1
16qam
20db
3200000 NORMAL
hop snr hysteresis
hop sampling-period active-channel
hop sampling-period rollback-channel
hop sampling-period spare-channel
2 db
0 sec
10 sec
60 sec
0
hop action modulation-profile 2 priority 128

hop action frequency 25000000 priority 128
spectrum-group schedule command:
Spectrum Group : spectrum1
start Frequency (Hz)
stop Frequency (Hz)
0000000
12000000
Timer Info (if any)
25000000
35000000
ADD TIMER DAILY THU JUL 26 16:00:00 2004
DEL TIMER DAILY THU JUL 26 20:00:00 2004
21000000
29000000
ADD TIMER WEEKLY THU JUL 26 10:00:00 2004
DEL TIMER WEEKLY THU JUL 26 11:00:00 2004
17000000
22000000
26000000
30000000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-536
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD> [schedule ]]
Command Syntax
WORD
the Spectrum Group name applied to the

upstream port
schedule
display the Spectrum Group schedule
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-537
Release 6.2.0
show cable spectrum-group load-balance summary

This show cable spectrum-group load-balance summary command displays a
summary of cable modem distribution and load balancing statistics for the spectrum
group. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable
spectrum-group load-balance summary command:
Spectrum Group: Mansfield

Static Load Balancing: enabled
Interface
Registered
Move
Modems
Success
Cable
2/0/U0 3
1
Cable
2/0/U1 1
1
Cable
2/0/U2 6
3
Cable
2/0/U3 2
1
Total
12
6
Move
Failure
0
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group <WORD> load-balance summary
Command Syntax
WORD
13-538
The Spectrum Group name.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable spectrum-group map

The show cable spectrum-group command displays the state of each channel in the
Spectrum Group. The command displays the following Spectrum Group map states:
SPEC_RESERVED this portion of the upstream spectrum has been configured as

the primary channel for use by the listed Member Channel
and is not currently being used - this portion of the spectrum
is not available for use by other upstream interfaces
SPEC_OCCUPIED
this portion of the upstream spectrum is currently being used

by the listed Member Channel. This portion of the spectrum
is the configured primary channel for the listed Member
Channel - this portion of the spectrum is not available for use
by other upstream interfaces
SPEC_HOP_AVAI
L
this portion of the upstream spectrum is not currently being

used and is available for use by any member channel which
belongs to this Spectrum Group
SPEC_AGILE
this portion of the upstream spectrum is currently being used

by the listed member channel - this is being used because the
configured primary channel was impaired the last time it was
checked - this portion of the spectrum is not available for use
by other upstream interfaces until the listed member channel
switches back to its primary channel or another portion of
the spectrum
spectrum-group map command:
13-539
Release 6.2.0
Spectrum Group : sg1

Start Frequency (Hz) stop Frequency (Hz) Map status
8400000
11600000
SPEC_RESERVED
11600000
14800000
SPEC_OCCUPIED
23400000
26600000
SPEC_HOP_AVAIL
36400000
39600000
SPEC_AGILE
Member channels
Cable 9/0/U0
Cable 9/0/U1
------Cable 9/0/U0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD>] map
Command Syntax
WORD
13-540

upstream port
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable spectrum-group modem-exclusion-list

The show cable spectrum-group modem-exclusion-list command displays the list
of low SNR cable modems that are not allowed to be used for channel assessment.
spectrum-group modem-exclusion-list command:
Spectrum Group: sg1

Interface: Cable 9/0/U0
Mac Address
0015.9a6a.88ee
0015.9a6a.8906
Last built on: MON MAR 19 07:40:01 2007
Ip Address
150.31.32.76
150.31.32.71
SNR
(Tenth DB)
147
156
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD>] modem-exclusion-list
Command Syntax
WORD

upstream port
13-541
Release 6.2.0
show cable spectrum-group reference-modem

The show cable spectrum-group reference-modem command displays the active
and rollback reference cable modems being used for channel assessment. The
reference cable modem list is built every 5 minutes. The active reference cable
modem is listed first and the rollback reference cable modem is listed second.
spectrum-group reference-modem command:
Spectrum Group: sg1, reference-modem-exclusion = 2

Interface: Cable 9/0 U0
SNR
Mac
Address
Ip
Address
(Tenth
DB)
Active Reference
0015.9a6a.8932
150.31.32.68
230
Cable Modem
0015.2f48.0f0a
150.31.32.67
235
Rollback Reference
Cable Modem
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD>] reference-modem
Command Syntax
WORD
13-542

upstream port
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable spectrum-group snr-thresholds

The show cable spectrum-group snr-thresholds command displays the default and
user configured SNR threshold configuration for each modulation type.
spectrum-group snr-thresholds command:
Spectrum Group : sg1

Default Thresholds (dB)
qpsk
14
8qam
17
16qam
20
32qam
23
64qam
27
128qam 30
256qam 33
Configured Thresholds (dB)

qpsk
14
8qam
17
16qam
21
32qam
24
64qam
28
128qam 31
256qam 34
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD>] snr-thresholds
Command Syntax
WORD

upstream port
13-543
Release 6.2.0
show cable spectrum-group stats

The show cable spectrum-group stats command displays statistics per Spectrum
Group for the ASPM feature. The command provides an overall picture on how the
Spectrum Group is operating. The show cable spectrum-group stats command
displays the following Spectrum Group information:
Member channel
the channels which belong to the Spectrum Group being

displayed
Freq Hops
the number of times that the channel has changed (hopped)

to spare frequencies due to noise - this total also includes
the number of times the frequency has rolled back to its
configured frequency
MProf Hops
the number of times that the channel has hopped to a spare

modulation profile due to noise - this total also includes
the number of times the modulation profile has rolled back
to its configured modulation profile
%Cfg Freq
the percentage of time that the configured frequency was

in use over the sampling period
% in Modulation modes
the percentage of time that each modulation profile was in

use over the sampling period
Start Time
the start time of the statistical sampling period in mm/

dd-hh:ss format
Stop Time
the stop time of the statistical sampling period in mm/

dd-hh:ss format - this is the current time
The following is typical screen output from the show cable spectrum-group stats
command:
Member Freq
Channel Hops
4/0/U0 0
13-544
MProf %Cfg
Hops Freq
0
100
|
% in Modulation modes |
256 128 64 32 16
8 qpsk
0
0
0
0 100
0
0
Start
Stop
Time
Time
01/29-13:55 01/30-13:15
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable spectrum-group [<WORD>] stats
Command Syntax
WORD

upstream port
13-545
Release 6.2.0
show cable submgmt default

The show cable submgmt default command displays default filter control
parameters for CPEs.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable submgmt default
13-546
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable sync-interval

The show cable sync-interval command shows the configured sync-interval value
between CMTS transmission of successive SYNC messages.
sync-interval command:
Cable sync-interval: 10
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable sync-interval
13-547
Release 6.2.0
show cable tcpudp-filter

The show cable tcpudp-filter command displays the TCP/UDP packet filter
configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable tcpudp-filter [group <1-32> [index <1-64>]]
Command Syntax
13-548
group 1-32
displays a specified TCP/UDP

packet filter group
index 1-64
displays the packet filter
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable ucc-stats

The show cable ucc-stats command displays DOCSIS Upstream Channel Change
(UCC) statistics for a MAC domain. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show cable ucc-stats command:
CMTS Slot: 3
Number of UCC
Number of UCC
Number of UCC
Number of UCC
MAC Domain: 1
Reqs : 0
Rsps : 0
: 0
Fails : 0
CMTS Slot: 10 MAC Domain: 0

Number of UCC Reqs : 0
Number of UCC Rsps : 0
Number of UCC
: 0
Number of UCC Fails : 0

Number of UCC
: 0

Number of UCC
: 0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable ucc-stats [<X/Y>]
13-549
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y
13-550

CMTS module
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show cable ucd-interval

The show cable usd-interval command shows configured ucd-interval between
transmission of successive UCD messages.
ucd-interval command:
Cable ucd-interval: 1000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable ucd-interval
13-551
Release 6.2.0
show cable ugs-stats

The show cable ugs-stats command is used to determine how many calls are active
on a given BSR upstream port at a specific time.
The following is an example of screen output from the show cable ugs-stats
command:
US Interface slot/port:
Current flow count:
Flow count Max (last 5 min window):
Flow count Min (last 5 min window):
Flow count Ave (last 5 min window):
Flow count Max (last 10 min window):
Flow count Min (last 10 min window):
Flow count Ave (last 10 min window):
4/1
3
<Valid
<Valid
<Valid
<Valid
<Valid
<Valid
in
in
in
in
in
in
5 minute(s)>
5 minute(s)>
5 minute(s)>
10 minute(s)>
10 minute(s)>
10 minute(s)>
The Current Flow Count output field is updated every time statistics are displayed.
The Maximum, Minimum and Average UGS flow counts for voice calls are updated
once every minute to display their status within the configured sample period. Once
enough samples are collected, these statistics become valid.
Note: The UGS Statistics window is refeshed every 60 seconds. The
sampling time period displayed in the show cable ugs-stats command
outputis specified with the ugs-stats-window command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable ugs-stats {<0-15> <0-7>}
13-552
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
0-15
CMTS module number
0-7
13-553
Release 6.2.0
show cable upstream

The show cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable
information:
13-554
ifIndex
interface index
description
displays the user-defined description of the

upstream port
centerFreq
center frequency for cable modem use
rng_back_st
initial ranging backoff fixed start value
rng_back_en
initial ranging backoff fixed end value
data_back_st
initial data backoff fixed start value
data_back_en
initial data backoff fixed end value
channelWidth
radio frequency channel width
powerLevel
power level in units of whole dB to one

decimal place
slotSize
port minislot size in number of time ticks
force-frag
forced fragmentation enabled
map-interval
configured map interval value
pre-equalization
pre-equalization adjustment enabled
invited-range-interval
the number of invited range interval requests

configured for this upstream channel
range-forced-continue
range forced continue enabled
range-power-override
specifies whether range power override is

enabled (true) or disabled (false)
concatenation
specifies whether concatenation is on (true) or

off (false).
physical-delay
the upstream physical delay configuration
rate-limit
upstream data transmission rate-limit
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
modulation-profile
physical layer profile characteristics
max-calls
the maximum number of voice calls

configured for this upstream channel
Spectrum Group
displays the associated Spectrum Group name
modem ranging delay
the maximum ranging timing offset for a

modem that is co-located with (next to) the
CMTS, in microseconds.The range, 0 to 600
(with a default of 250), corresponds to
ranging timing offsets in REFCLK units of 0
to 6144 (with a default of 2560).
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show cable upstream
command:
13-555
ifIndex:
description:
centerFreq:
rng_back_st:
rng_back_en:
data_back_st:
data_back_en:
channelWidth:
powerLevel:
slotSize:
force-frag:
map-interval:
pre-equalization:
invited-range-interval:
range-forced-continue:
range-power-override:
concatenation:
physical-delay:
rate-limit:
modulation-profile:
max-calls:
Spectrum Group:
modem ranging delay:
Release 6.2.0
295173
22800000
0
4
2
8
3200000
0 (10th of dB)
4
0
4000
0
10000
0
false
true
Mode 0, Min 400, Max 1600
0
1
0
250 (usec)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>}
13-556
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Note: When using the show cable upstream command, both the NUM and
X/Y arguments display for a BCM 3140-based DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS. |
To determine which 2:8 CMTS module is installed in the BSR 64000, use the
show chassis status command. For BCM 3138-based 2:8 CMTS modules,
the command display reads 2:8 CMTS, and for the BCM 3140-based
DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS, the display reads, 2:8 CMTS (DOCSIS 2.0)
Command Syntax
NUM
X/Y
the upstream port and logical channel number

(0-3)
13-557
Release 6.2.0
show cable upstream global-clock

The show cable upstream global-clock command displays the Global Clock Delay
(GCD) setting for a specified upstream port and if the GCD setting is enabled for that
upstream port. The following is typical screen output from the show cable upstream
global-clock command:
Global Clock: 16
Global Clock Enabled: TRUE
Note: When using the show cable upstream global-clock command, both
the NUM and X/Y arguments display for a BCM 3140-based DOCSIS 2.0 2:8
CMTS module. The show cable upstream global-clock command is only
applicable for an upstream port (NUM) and is not applicable for an upstream
port and logical channel (X/Y). The show cable upstream global-clock
command will only be available through the NUM argument.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable upstream <NUM> global-clock
Command Syntax
NUM
13-558
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands

The show controllers cable downstream xfpga command displays FPGA
information for a TX32 module in the BSR chassis. The following is typical screen
output from the show controllers cable downstream xfpga command:
XAUI Stats:
Logical Port Rx Packets:
: 0x0
Xaui Transmit Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Error Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets with CRC Error
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets Dropped due to bandwidth limit: 0
Xaui sourced SOP on Read If
: 0
Xaui sourced EOP on Read If
: 0
Xaui sourced SOP on Write If
: 0
Xaui sourced EOP on Write If
: 0
Drops Counts
RxDropAfCnt
totRxCnt
totRxDropCnt
SF drop invalid entry
SF drop packet
SF mirror packet
SF drop Non-Cam Hit Invalid TID
SF drop Cam Hit Invalid TID
SF error packet
IO drop invalid entry
IO drop packet
IO mirror packet
IO drop Non-Cam Hit Invalid TID
IO drop Cam Hit Invalid TID
IO error packet
Enqueue total
Enqueue w/drop
Enqueue bypass Scheduler
Dequeue total
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0x0
0x5cfc
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x15cfc
0x0
0x15cfc
0x15cfc
13-559
Release 6.2.0
Downstream Channel Status:

DS0
DS1
DS2
whole cycle
:0x20
0x20
0x20
fraction
:0x0
0x0
0x0
rate limit status:
:0x1
0x1
0x1
channel status
:0x1
0x1
0x1
max credit
:0x100
0x100
0x100
active classes
:0x0
0x0
0x0
active priority classes
:0x0
0x0
0x0
credit limit classes
:0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xfffffffff
credit limit priority classes :0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xfffffffff
cycle
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable downstream xfpga <NUM> [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show controllers cable downstream xfpga <NUM> [ | {count | count-only}]
13-560
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
The TX32 slot number.
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

13-561
Release 6.2.0
show controllers cable ds-mac

The show controllers cable ds-mac command displays the downstream MAC
parameters (BCM3215 devices) of a TX32 slot. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show controllers cable ds-mac command:
*** ds-mac module 0 ***

DS MAC part_id=3215, rev_id=C8F0001
Mac Address: 0200.0000.0100
ENP version: 000101
Total:
FCS Error:
Multicast:
Broadcast:
Control:
Pause:
Unknown OPCode:
Alignment Error:
Frame Len Error:
Undersize:
Oversize:
Fragment:
Dropped:
13-562
RX
2818004
337034878
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pkts
Bytes
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
TX
8003011
1549103444
0
0
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
Pkts
Bytes
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Ingress Control:
Dropped:
DOCSIS:
Status:
Chan
S/P/C
0
0/0/0
1
0/0/1
2
0/0/2
3
0/0/3
4
0/1/0
5
0/1/1
6
0/1/2
7
0/1/3
Egress
Chan
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DOCSIS:
S/P/C
0/0/0
0/0/1
0/0/2
0/0/3
0/1/0
0/1/1
0/1/2
0/1/3
881359 Pkts
0 Pkts
75496164 Pkts
0x00000000
Hi Que (pkts) Med Que (pkts)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
75496164 Pkts
MPT (bps)
Hi Byte Cnt
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
Lo Byte Cnt
2725219244
2729065023
0
0
0
0
0
0
Chans
0-3
4-7
PHS Auto-CRC Cnt

0
0
PHS Mask-Field Cnt

0
0
Chans
0-3
4-7
DOCSIS Pkts
75496128
36
Invalid DOCSIS Pkts

0
0
Lo Que (pkts)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Packet Cnt
52715990
52745617
0
0
0
0
0
0
PHS Mask-Ones Cnt

0
0
13-563
Release 6.2.0
Ring Manager
Ring Base Address: 0x01F9D800
Control Status: 0x00000000
FIFO Status: 0x0001021E
Chan
Queue
Status0
Status1
Status2
Status3
Status4
------------------------------------------------------------------------0
LO
0x00000000 0x81A00000 0xEA12303E 0x87198719 0x00000007
0
MED
0x00000000 0x81A3E800 0xEA12303E 0x82548254 0x00000007
0
HI
0x00000000 0x81A7D000 0x6A12303E 0x87820782 0x00000007
13-564
1
1
1
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81ABB800
0x81AFA000
0x81B38800
0x6A12303E
0xEA12303E
0xEA12303E
0x86690669
0x82C282C2
0x83478347
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
2
2
2
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81B77000
0x81BB5800
0x81BF4000
0xEA12303E
0x6A12303E
0xEA12303E
0x86AE86AE
0x82810281
0x834A834A
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
3
3
3
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81C32800
0x81C71000
0x81CAF800
0xEA12303E
0x6A12303E
0x6A12303E
0x817D817D
0x82530253
0x87850785
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
4
4
4
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81CEE000
0x81D2C800
0x81D6B000
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
5
5
5
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81DA9800
0x81DE8000
0x81E26800
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
6
6
6
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81E65000
0x81EA3800
0x81EE2000
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
7
7
7
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81F20800
0x81F5F000
0x81F9D800
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable ds-mac <X> module <0-3>
Command Syntax
X
0-3
the BCM3215 chip number
13-565
Release 6.2.0
show controllers cable ds-phy

The show controllers cable ds-phy command displays the downstream PHY
information for the 4QRM devices of a TX32 slot. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show controllers cable ds-phy command:
4QRM module 0
DS S/N= 01860807263705500013
Frequency 555000000 HZ, Power Level 520 10th dBmV, channel-mode 4 channel
FPGA Interface version fe020006
RF Output Level:
52.10
Muting (0-Unmute):
0
Reference Input Signal Status:
0
Base plate Temerature in Celsius: 41
+5VDC supply input:
5.060
+3.3VDC supply input:
3.190
Loss of Sync:
0
Not Locked to the 27 MHz Ref:
0
Not Detected the 27 MHz Ref:
0
Loss of Data Clock:
0
Synchroization Fault:
0
Initialization Error:
0
RF level exceeds upper threshold: 0
RF level below lower threshold:
0
+3.3VDC above upper threshold:
0
+3.3VDC below lower threshold:
0
+5VDC above upper threshold:
0
+5VDC below lower threshold:
0
Plate temp above upper threshold: 0
Plate temp threshold:
0
Missing Digital Data Input Ch0
0
0
0
0
13-566
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable ds-phy <X> module <0-7>
Command Syntax
X
0-7
the 4QRM device number - selects one of the

eight 4QRM devices on the TX32
13-567
Release 6.2.0
show controllers cable ixp

The show controllers cable ixp command displays information specific to a 2:8
CMTS module. The command returns packet buffer levels, running state, error
counts, and other information .
Slot 6 : UPSTREAM IXP

========================
IXP Micro Engine FbiXmit Ready Status.
-------------------------------------Cable 0
Ready
Low-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Med-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Hi-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Cable 1
Ready
Low-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Med-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Hi-Pri BCM Que

Ready
Ping Pong FIFO: Ready

Slot: 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready
Slot: 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready Ready
IXP Micro Engine Memory Statistics.

----------------------------------TOTAL
ALLOC
FREE
FAIL
ALLOC%
FREE%
-----------------------------------------------------------------Header Desc
26880
0
26880
0
0.00%
100.00%
Packet Desc
26880
8
26872
0
0.02%
99.97%
Buffer Desc
26880
8
26872
n/a
0.02%
99.97%
Trie Sets
13312
1
13311
n/a
0.00%
99.99%
Route Entries
26624
0
26624
n/a
0.00%
100.00%
VPN Nodes
26624
1
26623
n/a
0.00%
99.99%
13-568
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable ixp [NUM] [upstream | downstream] [ | {begin | exclude |
show controllers cable ixp [NUM] [upstream | downstream] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
NUM
The 2:8 CMTS module slot number.
upstream
Displays data for the upstream channels only.
downstream
Displays data for the downstream channels only.
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output.
13-569
Release 6.2.0
show docsis-version
The show docsis-version command displays the DOCSIS version of a slot in the BSR
64000 chassis. Returned values are DOCSIS 1.X (DOCSIS 1.0 or DOCSIS 1.1) and
DOCSIS 2.0.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show docsis-version <0-15>
Command Syntax
0-15
13-570
the BSR slot number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show docstest
The show docstest command displays DOCSIS 2.0 testing information. A displayed
value of "0" indicates that no test has been initiated.
Note: DOCSIS 2.0 test mode must be enabled with the docstest enable
command before DOCSIS 2.0 testing information can be displayed.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show docstest
13-571
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable

The show interfaces cable command displays the following cable interface
information:
13-572
cable port up/

administratively down
cable modem active or taken down by

administrator
up/administratively
down
determines if software processes handling

lineup/protocol down interface is operational
or taken down by the administrator
hardware
hardware type and address
internet address
internet address then subnet mask
MTU
interface maximum transmission unit (MTU)
BW
bandwidth (BW) in kilobits per second
received broadcast
total number of broadcast or multicast packets

that interface receives
cable
downstream interface location
downstream up/
interface administrative state
packets output
number of packets transmitted from the

interface
bytes
number of bytes transmitted from the

interface
discarded
number of packets discarded
output errors
errors that prevented downstream

transmission of packets from the interface
cable
upstream cable location
upstream up/
upstream interface administrative status
received broadcasts
upstream interface broadcast packets received
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
multicasts
upstream interface multicast packets received
unicasts
upstream interface unicast packets received
discards
upstream interface discarded packets
errors
total errors preventing upstream interface

transmission through interface
unknown protocol
upstream interface packets received through

interface
packets input
upstream interface packets received through

interface with no errors
corrected
upstream interface packets that were

uncorrected
uncorrectable
upstream interface packets that were

corrected
noise
corrupted packet as a result of line noise
microreflections
corrupted packets as a result of

microreflections
guaranteed-rate
number of bandwidth requests queued in the

guarantee-rate queue from modems that have
minimum upstream rates for their class of
service
best-effort service
number of bandwidth requests queued in the

best-effort queue depth queue from modems
without a reserved rate on the upstream
interface
total modems
modems, active or inactive, sharing upstream

channel on this channel
current total
reserved for modems sharing an upstream

channel interface
13-573
Release 6.2.0
bandwidth
requiring the QoS for that modem. Each time

the modem connects to an upstream channel,
the value for the guaranteed upstream value
increments by the QoS rate.
snmp out packets
number of SNMP packets sent by the other

router modem
packets too big
larger than maximum packet size sent by the

router modem
no such name errors
name errors non-existent number,

undefinable MIB
bad values errors
number of set requests that detail an invalid

value for a MIB object
general errors
number of requests failed due to some other

error, excluding a noSuchName error,
badValue error, or any of the other specific
errors
response
number of responses
trap
number of traps sent
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show interfaces cable
command:
13-574
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
cable 0/0 is up, line protocol is up

Hardware is Cable, Mac address is 00:30:b8:c1:d6:00
snmpIndex=0x7f0000(8323072)
MTU 1500 bytes
Last clearing of
"show interface
" counters 01:11:24
5 minute Input rate 815 bytes/sec, 5 packets/sec
5 minute Output rate 140564 bytes/sec, 10 packets/sec
24508 packets input, 4024761 bytes
Received 269 broadcasts+multicasts
0 input errors,
44549 packets output, 574571990 bytes
0 output errors
Length of output packet queue 0
downstream port 0, snmpIndex=0x800000(8388608)
upstream port 0, snmpIndex=0x810000(8454144)
downstream port 1, snmpIndex=0x800010(8388624)
downstream slot 12, port/chan 0/0, snmpIndex=0xc800000(209715200)
downstream slot 12, port/chan 0/1, snmpIndex=0xc800001(209715201)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-575
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show interfaces cable <X/Y> [ | {count | count-only}]]
13-576
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-577
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable bandwidth voice

The show interface cable bandwidth voice command displays voice bandwidth
statistics for a specified interface.
The following is typical output from the show interface cable bandwidth voice
command:
Cable Interface Voice Bandwidth Statistics:

Channel
Normal Calls
Emergency Calls
Intf
Total Peak
Cable DS/US
Alloc #Calls
---------------------------9/0
9D0C0
0.36%
0
9/0
U0C0
0.00%
0
9/0
U1C0
0.73%
0
9/0
U2C0
0.00%
0
9/0
U3C0
0.00%
0
Allow
Curr
Curr
BW
Alloc #Calls
--------------------25%
0.00%
0
30%
0.00%
0
30%
0.00%
0
30%
0.00%
0
30%
0.00%
0
Allow
Curr
Curr
BW
Alloc #Calls
--------------------1%
0.00%
0
1%
0.00%
0
1%
0.00%
0
1%
0.00%
0
1%
0.00%
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interface cable <X/Y> bandwidth voice [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show interface cable <X/Y> bandwidth voice [ | {count | count-only}]]
13-578
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y

CMTS module
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-579
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable configuration

The show interfaces cable configuration command displays cable interface
configuration information. The following is an example of typical screen output from
the show interfaces cable configuration command:
Invited Ranging Attempts:
--US PORT 0-Max Tx Timing Offset:
Forced Continue Ranging:
Ranging Interval:
Power Offset Threshold:
Power Desired:
--CHAN 0-Channel Type:
Rx Pwr Lvl Config:
Max SM Power Adj:
AdjCtrlFlag:
--US PORT 1-Max Tx Timing Offset:
Forced Continue Ranging:
Ranging Interval:
Power Offset Threshold:
Power Desired:
--CHAN 0-Channel Type:
Rx Pwr Lvl Config:
Max SM Power Adj:
AdjCtrlFlag:
16
0
0
10000(ms)
24
1500(linear)
tdma
0(10th of dB)
8
8
1659
0
10000(ms)
24
1500(linear)
tdma
0(10th of dB)
8
8
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> configuration [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show interfaces cable <X/Y> configuration [ | {count | count-only}]
13-580
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Syntax
X/Y
the slot and MAC Domain number of

the CMTS module
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

13-581
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable downstream

The show interfaces cable downstream command displays the following
downstream cable information:
.
cable
The downstream slot and MAC domain.
packets output
The number of packets transmitted.
bytes
The number of bytes transmitted.
discarded
The number of packets discarded.
total active modems
The total active cable modems on this downstream

channel.
Spectrum Group
The associated Spectrum Group names.
LB Group
The associated Load Balance Group names.
MD-US-SG-ID
The
MacDomain-UpStream-ServingGroup-Identifier.
MD-CM-SG-ID
The
MacDomain-CableModem-ServingGroup-Identifier
.
Fiber-Node
The fiber nodes associated with this downstream

channel.
downstream command:
13-582
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Cable 4/0: Downstream 0 is down

0 packet output, 0 bytes, 0 discarded
Avg downstream channel utilization : 0
0 total active modems
Spectrum Group: N/A
LB Group: N/A
MD-DS-SG-ID: 2,3
MD-CM-SG-ID: 1,2
Fiber-Node: FN-A,FN-B
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> downstream [<NUM>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show interfaces cable <X/Y> downstream [<NUM>] [ | {count | count-only}]
13-583
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y

of the CMTS module.
A list of local and/or remote

downstream channels separated by
Note: For a description of the spaces.
NUM syntax for downstream Local channels are represented as
channels, refer to the figure
a single digit channel number.
below this table.
Remote channels are in the form
downstream channel number. A
remote TX32 downstream
channel must be bound before it
can be bonded.
NUM
13-584
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]


13-585
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable intercept

Use the show interfaces cable intercept command to view statistical information for
each intercepted Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) MAC address.
Note: The show interfaces cable intercept command is only available to a
user logged in as securityuser - refer to Configuring Cable Intercepts in the
BSR 64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide.
The show interfaces cable intercept command displays the following CPE
information:
MAC Address
MAC (hardware) address of a CPE, such as a

customers PC or VoIP phone.
Destination IP Address
IP address of the data collection server.
Destination UDP Port
UDP Port number that is used exclusively by the data

collection server.
Packets
The total number of packets that have been

intercepted from each specified CPE on this CMTS
interface.
Bytes
The total number of bytes that have been intercepted

from each specified CPE on this CMTS interface.
intercept command:
Type: R - Layer 3 Intercept, B - Layer 2 (Bridged) Intercept

Destination
Destination
MAC Address
IP Address
UDP Port
Type Packets
00c0.4f5e.e476 150.31.98.100
10000
R 0
Bytes
0
Group Access
MSO
13-586
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC mode.
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> intercept
Command Syntax
X/Y

module
13-587
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable service-class

The show interfaces cable service-class command displays interface level service
class information for all downstream and upstream service classes, downstream
service classes, or upstream service classes. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show interfaces cable service-class command:
Service Level Interface database

| non-bonded flow counts
|
Dir
Ch ClassName Pri Thr CAP MAB FreeBW | Defer Succe Restr HighPri |
==========================================================================
Dn
0 DefBEDown
1
0
0 10
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 DefRRDown
1
0
5 10
96%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 DefEMDown
1
0 100
1
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 DefMCDown
1
0 100
1
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 DefVoiceD
5
0 100 25
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0
mysc
1
0
5 20
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 Multicast 20
0 100 30
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 myclass2
1
0
0
1
100%
0
0
0
0
Dn
0 myclass3
1
0
0
1
100%
0
0
0
0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Up
0
DefBEUp
1
0
0 10
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0
DefRRUp
1
0 50 25
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0
DefUGS
1
0 100 25
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0 DefUGSAD
1
0 80
5
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0
DefRTPS
1
0
5
5
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0 DefNRTPS
1
0
5
5
100%
0
0
0
0
Up
0
DefEMUp
1
0 100
1
100%
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
13-588
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> service-class [all | downstream <NUM> | upstream
<NUM>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show interfaces cable <X/Y> service-class [all | downstream | upstream] [ | {count
| count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

the CMTS module
all
display both upstream and

downstream service class
information
NUM
is a list of local and/or remote

downstream channels separated by
for a description of the NUM spaces
local channels are represented as
syntax for downstream
channels, refer to the figure
below this table
downstream channel number - a
remote TX32 downstream
channel must be bound before it
can be bonded
upstream NUM
display upstream service class

information only
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
13-589
Release 6.2.0
WORD
count
count-only

4/[0-7]/[0-3] 9/[0-1] 11/[0-1]

13-590

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show interfaces cable stats

The show interfaces cable stats command displays upstream statistical information
for all ports. The following is typical screen output from the show interfaces cable
stats command:
Channel
0/0
1/0
2/0
3/0
8/0
Reg
0
1
0
0
0
Rng
0
0
0
0
0
Abort
0
0
0
0
0
Denied
0
0
0
0
0
IP Cmp
0
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> stats [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show interfaces cable <X/Y> stats [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
X/Y

the CMTS module
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
13-591
13-592
Release 6.2.0
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show interfaces cable upstream

The show interfaces cable upstream command displays the following upstream
cable interface information:
Cable
The upstream slot and channel number.
Received broadcasts
The upstream broadcast packets received.
Received multicasts
The upstream multicast packets received.
Received unicasts
The upstream unicast packets received.
discarded
The upstream discarded packets.
errors
The total errors preventing upstream transmission of

packets.
unknown protocol
The packets received that were generated using a

protocol unknown to the BSR.
Avg upstream channel

utilization
The average percentage of upstream channel

utilization.
packets input
The total packets received with no errors.
Total Modems On This

Upstream Channel
The active or inactive cable modems on this

upstream channel.
Spectrum Group
The associated Spectrum Group name.
LB Group
The associated Load Balance Group names.
MD-US-SG-ID
The
MacDomain-UpStream-ServingGroup-Identifier.
MD-CM-SG-ID
The
MacDomain-CableModem-ServingGroup-Identifier.
Fiber-Node

channel.
13-593
Release 6.2.0
upstream command:
Cable 3/0: Upstream 2/0 is up

Received 0 broadcasts, 0 multicasts, 210503 unicasts
2 discarded, 0 errors, 0 unknown protocol
Avg upstream channel utilization: 0
210503 packets input
Total Modems On This Upstream Channel: 8
Spectrum Group: mansfield
LB Group: N/A
MD-US-SG-ID: 2,3
MD-CM-SG-ID: 1,2
upstream signal-quality command:
Upstream 3 channel 0
ifIndex
46989452
includesContention
0
unerroreds
0
correctables
0
uncorrectables
0
signalToNoise
0
microReflections
0
equalData FF.FA.00.01.00.09.00.0B
13-594
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
upstream spectrum command:
Frequency (Hz)
5000000
5200000
5400000
5600000
5800000
6000000
6200000
6400000
6600000
6800000
7000000
7200000
7400000
7600000
7800000
8000000
8200000
8400000
8600000
8800000
9000000
9200000
Voltage (microvolt)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Power (dBmV)
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
-60.0
upstream stats command:
Channel
0
1
2
3
Reg
0
5
0
0
Rng
0
0
0
0
Abort
0
0
0
0
Denied
0
0
0
0
IP Cmp
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
13-595
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} [signal-quality |
spectrum <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>| stats] [ | {begin | exclude |
show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} [signal-quality |
spectrum <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>| stats] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-596
X/Y

of the CMTS module.
NUM
X/Y
The upstream port and logical

signal-quality
Displays signal-quality information.
spectrum
Displays the noise power level for

the whole spectrum.
5000000-42000000
The start frequency in Hz,
5000000-42000000
The end frequency in Hz.
stats
Displays upstream statistical

information.
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

13-597
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats

The show interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats command displays
ASPM Channel Statistics.
upstream channel-agility-stats command:
Spectrum Group:
Channel:
State:
Number of State Transitions:
Last State Transitions:
Elapsed time in Current state
sg1
Cable 9/0 U0
SPM_CHAN_NORMAL_ST
6
THU MAR 08 01:23:01 2007
02:06:25.0
Note: The displayed "Elapsed time in Current state" value is dependant on

the amount of elapsed time. In the example above, the time is displayed in
Hours:Minutes:Seconds.10ths of a Second. If the BSR has been running for
a longer period of time, the display could be similar to the following:
1w:10d:6h
which would indicate Weeks:Days:Hours.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream <NUM> channel-agility-stats
13-598
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
Note: When using the show cable interfaces upstream

channel-agility-stats command, only the NUM argument displays for a BCM
3138-based 2:8 CMTS module (For example: show cable interfaces
upstream <NUM> channel-agility-stats). Both the NUM and X/Y arguments
display for a BCM 3140-based DOCSIS 2.0 2:8 CMTS (For example: show
cable interfaces upstream {<NUM> | <X/Y>} channel-agility-stats). Only
the NUM argument is applicable to this command.
Command Syntax
X/Y
the slot and MAC Domain number of the 2:8

CMTS module:
NUM
13-599
Release 6.2.0
show running-config cable downstream port

The show running-config cable downstream port command displays the
downstream port configuration for a TX32 RF port. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show running-config cable downstream port
command:
cable downstream port 10/0

cable downstream interleave-depth 16
cable downstream 0 channel-id 2
no cable downstream 0 shutdown
cable downstream 1 shutdown
no cable downstream shutdown
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show running-config cable downstream port <X/Y > [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show running-config cable downstream port <X/Y> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-600
X/Y
the slot and port number of the TX32 module
begin

string
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
13-601
Release 6.2.0
show stats cmts

The show stats cmts command displays the following upstream and downstream
statistical information:
Upstream Statistics
cable
upstream cable location
upstream up/
upstream interface administrative status
Received broadcasts
upstream interface broadcast packets received
Received multicasts
upstream interface multicast packets received
Received unicasts
upstream interface unicast packets received
discarded
upstream interface discarded packets
errors
total errors preventing upstream transmission

of packets
unknown protocol
packets received that were generated using a

protocol unknown to the BSR 64000
Total Modems On This total active or inactive cable modems on this

Upstream Channel
upstream channel
Spectrum Group
the associated Spectrum Group name
Downstream Statistics
13-602
cable
downstream cable location
downstream up/
downstream interface administrative status
packets output
number of packets transmitted from the

interface
bytes
number of bytes transmitted from the

interface
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
discarded
number of packets discarded
total active modems
total active cable modems on this downstream

channel
Spectrum Group
the associated upstream Spectrum Group

names
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats cmts
command:
CMTS Statistics for slot 4:

Downstream Statistics:
Cable 4/0: Downstream 0 is up
16770244 packet output, 866426355 bytes, 0 discarded
Avg downstream channel utilization : 0
2 total active modems
Spectrum Group: N/A
Group Id: 0
Upstream Statistics:
Avg upstream channel utilization : 0
0 packets input
Spectrum Group:
Group Id: 0
Group Access
All
13-603
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show stats <NUM> cmts [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show stats <NUM> cmts [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
13-604
NUM
the CMTS slot number
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
show stats summary error

The show stats summary error command displays the following statistical
information on FEC (forward error correction) errors:
MAC Address
MAC Address of the cable modem
I/F
interface on which the cable modem has an

active connection
SID
Service ID number
CorrFec Count
the number of correctable forward error

correction (FEC) errors
CorrFec Ratio
correctable forward error correction ratio
UnCorrFec Count
the number of uncorrectable forward error

correction (FEC) errors
UnCorrFec Ratio
correctable forward error correction ratio
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show stats summary
error command:
13-605
MAC Address
I/F
000b.0643.36c8
000b.0643.3716
000b.0643.375a
000b.0643.3766
000b.0643.3ac6
000b.0643.3b60
000b.0643.3b72
000b.0643.3b78
000b.0643.3b84
000b.0643.3b90
000b.0643.3b9a
000b.0643.3bb2
000b.063b.b320
000b.0643.33fc
000b.0643.361a
000b.0643.3718
000b.0643.3bb0
0020.4027.a15c
0020.409a.24f0
0020.409a.760c
SID
4/0/U2
4/0/U2
4/0/U3
4/0/U3
4/0/U3
4/0/U0
4/0/U2
4/0/U1
4/0/U1
4/0/U1
4/0/U0
4/0/U0
4/1/U7
4/1/U4
4/1/U5
4/1/U4
4/1/U5
4/1/U7
4/1/U6
4/1/U6
5
8
20
6
11
12
10
7
15
13
14
9
7
2
19
5
4
6
3
17
Release 6.2.0
CorrFec
Count
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CorrFec
UnCorrFec
Ratio
Count
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 6330272
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 6330272
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
0.00000000 0
UnCorrFec
Ratio
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
0.00000000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

show stats summary error [sid <1-2049> | slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
13-606
sid 1-2049
the Service ID number
slot NUM
the BSR slot number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
snr display
The snr display command displays SNR measurement data to a console or telnet
session. SNR measurement data is retrieved either from an operational CMTS module
or a file system.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr display {<NUM>{<NUM>}} | flash:<filename> <WORD> | loop-data
{<NUM>{<NUM>}} | nvram:<filename> <WORD>}
Command Syntax
NUM
operational 2:8 CMTS slot number
NUM
valid upstream port number
flash:<filename>
retrieve the SNR measurement data from the

Flash file system
loop-data
displays SNR loop measurement data
nvram:<filename>
retrieve the SNR measurement data from the

NVRAM file system
WORD
SNR measurement data filename - limit of 20

characters excluding the ".snr" filename
extension
13-607
Release 6.2.0
snr loop
The snr loop command allows an operator to perform SNR measurements for a
specified number of times on one particular frequency.
Note: Equalization settings on the snr loop command is for POST

equalization.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr loop {<NUM>} {<NUM>}{<NUM>}{<NUM>}{<frequency>} {1600000 |
200000 | 3200000 | 400000 | 6400000 | 800000} [<mac> | equalization {off | on} |
ingress-cancel {off | on} | modulation-type {16qam | qpsk}]
Command Syntax
13-608
NUM
the slot number of an operational 2:8 CMTS

module (0-5, 9-15)
NUM
valid upstream port number (0-7)
NUM
the number SNR measurement repetitions

(1-100)
NUM
use a ranging test pattern for SNR

measurement
frequency
the particular frequency to perform SNR

measurements on
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
1600000
200000
3200000
400000
6400000
800000
channel width 1600 kHz

mac
the MAC address, in the form of

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx, of a device to perform SNR
measurements on
equalization
off - perform SNR measurements without

equalization
on - perform SNR measurements with
equalization
ingress-cancel
off - perform SNR measurements without

ingress cancellation
on - perform SNR measurements with ingress
cancellation
modulation-type
16qam - perform SNR measurements for

16qam mode
qpsk - perform SNR measurements for QPSK
mode
13-609
Release 6.2.0
snr setup
The snr setup command is used to configure SNR measurement on the BCM3138/
BCM3140 chip set.
Note: Equalization settings on the snr setup command is for POST

equalization.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr setup {<NUM>{<NUM>}} {<5000000-42000000> | <5000000-42000000> |
<5000000-65000000>} {<5000000-65000000> | <1000000-55000000> |
<1000000-55000000>} {1600000 | 200000 | 3200000 | 400000 | 6400000 | 800000}
[equalization {off | on}]
Note: Depending on the configuration of the installed 2:8 CMTS Resource
Module, the start and end frequencies will reflect the North American
DOCSIS, EURODOCSIS, or J-DOCSIS standards
Command Syntax
13-610
NUM
NUM
5000000-42000000
is the North America standard start frequency

in Hz
5000000-42000000
is the North America standard end frequency

in Hz.
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
5000000-65000000
is the EURODOCSIS standard start

frequency in Hz
5000000-65000000
is the EURODOCSIS standard start

frequency in Hz
1000000-55000000
is the J-DOCSIS standard start frequency in

Hz
1000000-55000000
is the J-DOCSIS standard end frequency in

Hz.
1600000
200000
3200000
400000
6400000
800000

equalization
off - evaluate the SNR without equalization

on - evaluate the SNR with equalization
13-611
snr setup-get
The snr setup-get command dispalys the current SNR measurement feature
configuration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr setup-get [<NUM> [<NUM>]]
Command Syntax
NUM
NUM
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
snr setup-spare-mod-profile
The snr setup-spare-mod-profile command determines the modulation profile to be
used by RF Sentry during the snr start command.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr setup-spare-mod-profile <NUM> <1-600>
Command Syntax
NUM
the 2:8 CMTS module slot number
1-600
the secondary modulation profile number
Note: Modulation profiles 1-4, 101-116, 201-205, and 301-310 are

pre-configured modulation profiles.
Motorola recommends that user-created modulation profiles use the
numbering range of 401-600 to ensure better future portability.
13-613
Release 6.2.0
snr start
The snr start command initiates SNR measurement via the RF Sentry
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr start {<NUM>{<NUM>}} [<mac>]
Command Syntax
13-614
NUM
NUM
mac
MAC address of the reference modem in the

form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
snr store
The snr store command saves the latest SNR measurement data for a 2x8 CMTS
module to a file system. The user specifies a particular slot and port, the file system
(NVRAM or Flash), and a file name without any extension to be used to store the
SNR measurement data. An extension of ".snr" will be automatically added to the file
name.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

snr store {<NUM>{<NUM>}} {flash:<filename> <WORD> | nvram:<filename>
<WORD>}
Command Syntax
NUM
NUM
flash:<filename>
store the SNR measurement data from the

Flash file system
nvram:<filename>
store the SNR measurement data from the

NVRAM file system
WORD
SNR measurement data filename - limit of 20

characters excluding the ".snr" filename
extension
13-615
Release 6.2.0
spectrum-copy
The spectrum-copy command allows an operator to copy Spectrum Group
configurations from one Spectrum Group to another and assign the CMTS slot and
port numbers to the Spectrum Group at the time of the copy.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

spectrum-copy <WORD> <WORD> [slot <NUM> ] upstream <NUM> ]]
Command Syntax
13-616
WORD
the source Spectrum Group name
WORD
the destination Spectrum Group

name
slot NUM
upstream NUM
specify an upstream port number
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
spectrum-copy-drx
The spectrum-copy-drx command allows an operator to copy Spectrum Group
configurations from one RX48 Spectrum Group to another and, in Global
Configuration mode, assign the RX48 slot and upstream channel numbers to the
Spectrum Group at the time of the copy.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

Priviledged Exec Mode
spectrum-copy-drx <WORD> <WORD>
Global Configuration Mode
spectrum-copy-drx <WORD> <WORD> [slot <NUM> ] upstream <NUM> ]]
rfChannel <NUM>]]]
Command Syntax
WORD
The source Spectrum Group name.
WORD
The destination Spectrum Group name.
slot NUM
Specify a CMTS slot number.
upstream NUM
Specify an upstream port number.
rfChannel NUM
Specify an RF Channel.
13-617
spreader on
The spreader on command enables or disables the spreader for this S-SDMA
channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

spreader on
no spreader on
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
tcm-encoding on
The tcm encoding on command enables trellis-coded modulation (TCM) for this
S-CDMA channel. The trellis-coded modulation technique partitions the constellation
into subsets called cosets so as to maximize the minimum distance between pairs of
points in each coset. The no tcm encoding on command disables trellis-coded
modulation (TCM) for this S-CDMA channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tcm encoding on
no tcm encoding on
13-619
Release 6.2.0
time band
The time band command is used to schedule when a spectrum group band is
available. The spectrum group band can be made available on either a daily or weekly
schedule.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

time {<day> | <hh:mm:ss>} band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
no time {<day> | <hh:mm:ss>} band <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
Command Syntax
13-620
day
the three letter abbreviation for day of the

week
hh:mm:ss
the time during the day when the band

becomes available
5000000-42000000
the start upstream frequency in Hertz
5000000-42000000
the end upstream frequency in Hertz
Release 6.2.0
CMTS Commands
time delete
The time delete command can be used to schedule the time when the spectrum group
band is removed on a daily or weekly basis.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
no time {<day> <hh:mm:ss>} delete <5000000-42000000> <5000000-42000000>
Command Syntax
day
the three letter abbreviation for day of the

week
hh:mm:ss
the time during the day when the band is

removed
5000000-42000000
the start upstream frequency in Hertz
5000000-42000000
the end upstream frequency in Hertz
13-621
Release 6.2.0
vendor-class-identifier
The vendor-class-identifier command configures a vendor class identifier (VCI)
string and maps it to a vendor class identifier group. Any number of VCI strings can
be bounded to a single VCI group. The no vendor-class-identifier command
removes a VCI string.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

vendor-class-identifier <1-32> <WORD>
no vendor-class-identifier <1-32> <WORD>
Command Syntax
13-622
1-32
the vendor class identifier group number
WORD
the vendor class identifier string
14
TX32/RX48 show Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes additional TX32 and RX48 show commands and show
command enhancements/modifications supported by the BSR for Release 6.0.
The following new or modified show commands are described in this chapter:
n
show cable binding
show cable modem topology
show cable service-class
show cable srvclass-stats
show cable upstream
show chassis status
show controllers cable upstream calibrate
14-1
show interfaces cable upstream stats
show running-config cable upstream port
show stats cable
show version
Release 6.2.0
RX48 show Command Descriptions

This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the show commands
supported by the RX48.
14-2
Release 6.2.0
show cable binding

The show cable binding command displays downstream and upstream binding
information. The binding information displayed can include:
n
n
A single CMTS slot and its associated MAC domain (0).

All MAC domains associated with a single CMTS slot, which would include
binding information for two MAC domains if a 2:8 primary CMTS resource
module is installed in that slot and two MAC domains have been configured on
the module.
All CMTS slot and MAC domain associations for the entire BSR chassis.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable binding command
displaying CMTS slot and MAC domain associations for the entire BSR chassis:
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
Cable
0/0: downstream 0,1,12/0/0,12/0/1; upstream 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7

4/0: downstream 12/4/0,12/4/1,12/4/2,12/4/3; upstream 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable binding [cable <X/Y> | downstream slot <NUM> | slot <NUM> |
upstream slot <NUM>]
14-3
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
Displays binding information for a single

MAC domain associated with a CMTS slot.
downstream slot NUM Displays downstream binding information for

a single MAC domain associated with a
CMTS slot.
14-4
slot NUM
Displays binding information for all MAC

domains associated with a single CMTS slot.
Binding information for two MAC domains
may be displayed if a 2:8 primary CMTS
resource module is installed in that slot and
more than one MAC domain has been
configured on the module.
upstream slot NUM
Displays upstream binding information for a

single MAC domain associated with a CMTS
slot.
Release 6.2.0

The show cable modem detail command displays information for a service identifier
(SID) assigned to a cable modem on a specific CMTS interface or a specific cable
modem connected to a specific interface. The following is typical output from the
show cable modem detail command:
CM Record (index 1) Dump:

Psid
1
SAID
1
Config
0x2002
docsDevServerConfigFile lww_11_basic.bin
Status
regComplete
BPI Enabled
No
MAC Address
000e.5c6e.71de
IP Addr
150.31.61.15
US Port/Chan
U0C0
Primary DS Channel
3/0/1
RCS list
3/0/1
Vendor Id
00 20 40
MAX Classifier
0
MAX CPEs
1
Qos Profile
0
Device type
CM
Target Id
1
MD-CM-SG-ID
2
MD-DS-SG-ID
1
MD-US-SG-ID
1
RCS-ID (assigned)
2
RCS-ID (active)
2
--Ranging State-State
0x4
Retry
0
NoReqCount
0
Pending
0
Rx Power(TenthdBmV)
-2
Freq Offset
280
Timing Offset
1466
Last Invited
0(ms)
Max Interval
0(ms)
Max Req Delay
0(ticks)
14-5
Release 6.2.0
Equalization Data:
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00
EAE:
No
PreDocs30 Fragmentation:No
##CM Capability:##
Concatenation:
1
DOCSIS Version:
DOCSIS 1.1
Fragmentation:
1
PHS:
1
BPI:
1
DS SAIDs:
15
US SIDs:
4
Transmit Equalizer:
1(Taps/Symbol)
Transmit Equalizer Taps:24
DCC Support:
1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem detail {<MAC>} {<X/Y> <NUM>} [ | {begin | exclude |
show cable modem detail {<X/Y> <NUM>} {<MAC>} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
14-6
X/Y

RX48 module.
NUM
The service identifier assigned to a cable

modem.
MAC
Release 6.2.0
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
14-7
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem topology

The show cable modem topology command displays MAC domain service group
information for a cable modem. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show cable modem topology command:
MD-CM-SG-ID
MD-DS-SG-ID
MD-US-SG-ID
2
1
1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable modem <cm-mac> topology [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>}
show cable modem <cm-mac> topology [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
14-8
cm-mac
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
Release 6.2.0
WORD
count
14-9
Release 6.2.0

A service flow classifier matches a packet to a service flow using a service flow
reference. The service flow reference associates a packet classifier encoding with a
service flow encoding to establish a service flow ID (SFID). Classifiers have the
following features:
n
Classifiers are loosely ordered by priority.
Several classifiers can refer to the same service flow.
More than one classifier can have the same priority.
The CMTS uses a downstream classifier to assign packets to downstream service

flows.
The cable modem uses an upstream classifier to assign packets to upstream
service flows.
The show cable qos svc-flow classifier command is used to display the packet
classifiers of a service flow configured on the cable interface. The following example
shows typical screen output from the show cable qos svc-flow classifier command.
14-10
Release 6.2.0
Interface index:
Service flow id:
Shared:
Packet class id:
Packet class direction:
Packet class priority:
Packet class IP tos low:
Packet class IP tos high:
Packet class IP tos mask:
Packet class IP protocol:
Packet class IP source addr:
Packet class IP source mask:
Packet class IP dest addr:
Packet class IP dest mask:
Packet class source port start:
Packet class source port end:
Packet class dest port start:
Packet class dest port end:
Packet class dest Mac Addr:
Packet class dest Mac Mask:
Packet class src Mac Addr:
Packet class enet prot type:
Packet class enet protocol:
Packet class enet 802.1P range:
Packet class enet 802.1Q vlan:
Packet class state:
Packet class packets:
58654720 (0x037f0000)
16
no
2
Downstream
0
0
0
0
258
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0
65535
0
65535
aabb.ccdd.ee11
ffff.ffff.fffe
ffff.ffff.ffff
0
0x0
0 to 7
0
Active
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
14-11
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show cable qos svc-flow classifier [<X/Y> [<1-4292967295> [<1-65535>]]]
Note: If the classifier ID is not given, all the classifiers with the given SFID are
listed.
Command Syntax
14-12
X/Y

RX48 module.
1-4292967295
SFID
1-65535
Classifier identification.
Release 6.2.0

The show cable service-class command displays a configuration summary for all
service classes, including all default service classes, that are active on the BSR. The
complete configuration of an individual service class can also be displayed. The
following default service classes are supported:
DefBEUp
Upstream best-effort service class, no minimum rate.
DefRRUp
Upstream best-effort service class, non-zero minimum rate.
DefUGS
Upstream unsolicited grant service class.
DefUGSAD
Upstream unsolicited grant service with activity detection

service class.
DefRTPS
Upstream real-time polling service class.
DefNRTPS
Upstream non-real-time polling service class.
DefEMUp
Upstream emergency call service class.
DefBEDown
Downstream service class, no minimum rate.
DefRRDown
Downstream service class, non-zero minimum rate.
DefEMDown
Downstream emergency call service class.
DefMCDown
Downstream multicast service class.
DefAdminDown
Service class used for all administration traffic that needs to

flow downstream to cable modems. Represents all traffic that
is not user initiated and is used by an MSO for administration
purposes, such as DHCP, ARP/ND, routing protocols (RIP,
OSPF, IGMP, PIM), TFTP, and TOD.
DefMacMgmtDown Service class used for all MAC management traffic that does
not have a real-time deadline. This does not include MAP
traffic but does include UCD traffic.
14-13
Release 6.2.0
service-class command:
Upstream Service Classes

Service Class
mab
cap
priority
allowShared
enforce
admitted
cmts-qos threshold
--------------------------------------------------------------------------DefBEUp
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefRRUp
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefUGS
25
100
1
no
no
0
DefUGSAD
5
80
1
no
no
0
DefRTPS
5
5
1
no
no
0
DefNRTPS
5
5
1
no
no
0
DefEMUp
1
100
1
no
no
0
Total assigned bandwidth (mab sum): 61%
Downstream Service Classes

Service Class
mab
cap
priority
allowShared
enforce
admitted
cmts-qos threshold
--------------------------------------------------------------------------DefBEDown
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefRRDown
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefEMDown
1
100
1
no
no
0
DefMCDown
1
100
1
no
no
0
DefVoiceDown
25
100
5
no
no
0
DefAdminDown
2
0
1
no
no
0
DefMacMgmtDown
0
0
32
no
no
0
14-14
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output for an individual service class
from the show cable service-class <WORD> command:
service class name:

direction:
schedule type:
maximum assigned bandwidth:
configured active percent:
scheduling priority:
admitted bw threshold:
traffic priority:
maximum sustained rate:
maximum traffic burst:
minimum reserved rate:
assumed minimum rate packet size:
maximum concatenated burst:
active QoS parameter timeout:
admitted QoS parameter timeout:
tos overwrite AND mask:
tos overwrite OR mask:
request/transmission policy:
allow sharing:
enforce cmts qos:
DefBEUp
upstream
best effort
10
0
1
0
0
0
3044
0
128
1522
0
200
0xff
0x0
0x0
no
no
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable service-class [<WORD>]
14-15
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
14-16
Displays the complete configuration of a

user-defined service class created with the
name command or one of the default service
classes.
Release 6.2.0

The show cable srvclass-stats command displays service class statistics for a
specified service class on a specified interface. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show cable srvclass-stats command:
Qos service class name:

DefBEUp
Direction:
upstream
Interface slot/port/chan:
11/0/0
Total packets:
25735
Total bytes:
4068308
Service flow counts:
Intf Channel BGID Admit Defer Restrict Reject Admitted BW
____________ _____ _____ _____ ________ ______ ___________
11/0/0
NA
344
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable srvclass-stats <NUM> {<NUM> <WORD> |
<Upstream RfChannel> <WORD> }
14-17
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
14-18
NUM
Specifies an RX48 slot number.
NUM
A TX32 module slot number/

downstream port number/and
example: 4/0/3.
WORD
The predefined downstream service

class name or the user-defined
downstream service class name
created with the name command.
Upstream RfChannel
The RX48 port number (0-7) and

upstream RF channel number (0-5).
For example: 2/0.
WORD
The predefined upstream service

class name or the user-defined
upstream service class name created
with the name command.
Release 6.2.0
show cable upstream

The show cable upstream command displays the following upstream cable
information:
ifIndex
The interface index.
description
Displays the user-defined description of the

upstream port.
centerFreq
The center frequency for cable modem use.
rng_back_st
The initial ranging backoff fixed start value.
rng_back_en
The initial ranging backoff fixed end value.
data_back_st
The initial data backoff fixed start value.
data_back_en
The initial data backoff fixed end value.
channelWidth
The radio frequency channel width.
powerLevel
The power level in units of whole dB to one

decimal place.
slotSize
The port minislot size in number of time

ticks.
force-frag
Forced fragmentation enabled (1)/disabled

(0).
map-interval
The configured map interval value.
pre-equalization
Pre-equalization adjustment enabled (1)/

disabled (0).
eq-magnitude-scaling
The equalizer's scaled update value.
invited-range-interval
The number of invited range interval requests

configured for this upstream channel.
range-forced-continue
Range forced continue enabled (1)/disabled

(0).
14-19
Release 6.2.0
range-power-override
Specifies whether range power override is

enabled (true) or disabled (false).
concatenation
Specifies whether concatenation is on (true)

or off (false).
physical-delay
The upstream physical delay configuration.
rate-limit
The upstream data transmission rate limit.
modulation-profile
The physical layer profile characteristics.
max-calls
The maximum number of voice calls

configured for this upstream channel.
Spectrum Group
Displays the associated spectrum group

name.
Channel type
The channel type for this logical channel.
S-CDMA active codes
The number of active codes allowed for this

S-CDMA channel type.
S-CDMA codes per slot The number of active codes allowed for each
minislot on this S-CDMA channel.
S-CDMA spreading
intrvl
The spreading interval for an S-CDMA frame

on this S-CDMA channel.
S-CDMA hopping seed The 15-bit S-CDMA hopping seed value used
for the code hopping sequence initialization
on this S-CDMA channel.
14-20
Ingress canceller state
The state (enabled/disabled) of the ingress

canceller feature for this upstream RF
channel.
Ingress canceller idle

interval
The ingress canceller idle interval.
Ingress canceller idle

frequency
The ingress canceller idle frequency.
Release 6.2.0
Maintain power
spectrum density
The state (on/off) of the Maintain Power

Spectral Density feature for this logical
channel.
Modem ranging delay
The maximum ranging timing offset for a

modem that is co-located with (next to) the
CMTS, in microseconds. The range, 0 to 600
(with a default of 250), corresponds to
ranging timing offsets in REFCLK units of 0
to 6144 (with a default of 2560).
IUC 11 grant size
The size of the interval usage code (IUC) 11

advanced unsolicited grant service (UGS)
burst descriptor for this logical channel.
Fragmentation
The state (true/false) of the fragmentation

feature for this upstream RF channel.
Channel Class ID
The channel class ID value.
The following example shows typical screen output from the show cable upstream
command.
14-21
Release 6.2.0
ifIndex:
164429828
description:
centerFreq:
16400000
rng_back_st:
0
rng_back_en:
4
data_back_st:
2
data_back_en:
8
channelWidth:
3200000
powerLevel:
0 (10th of dB)
slotSize:
4
force-frag:
0
map-interval:
4000 (usec)
pre-equalization:
0
eq-magnitude-scaling:
16
invited-range-interval: 10000 (msec)
range-forced-continue: 0
range-power-override:
false
concatenation:
true
physical-delay:
Mode 0, Min 800, Max 1600
rate-limit:
1
modulation-profile:
1
Spectrum Group:
Channel type:
tdma
SCDMA active codes:
0
SCDMA codes per slot:
0
SCDMA spreading intrvl: 0
SCDMA hopping seed:
0
Ingress canceller state:
enabled
Ingress canceller idle interval: 320 (symbols)
Ingress canceller idle frequency: 5
Maintain power spectrum density: off
Modem ranging delay:
250 (usec)
IUC 11 grant size:
0
Fragmentation:
true
Channel Class ID:
none
Group Access
All
14-22
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Cable Interface Configuration (RX48 slot)
Command Line Usage

show cable upstream {<X/Y> | <X/Y/Z>}
Command Syntax
X/Y
The RX48 port number (0-7) and upstream

RF channel number (0-5).
X/Y/Z
The RX48 port number (0-7), upstream RF

channel number (0-5) and logical channel
number (0-3).
14-23
Release 6.2.0
show chassis status

The show chassis status command displays the operational status and the type of
modules that are installed in the BSR. For Release 6.0, the show chassis status
command has been enhanced with the RX48 module type and operational status. The
following information fields are displayed:
14-24
Slot
The module slot number from 0 to 15.
Type
The type of module inserted into the BSR 64000.
Sub
The module subtype: 2X8 CMTS, ETH1, ETH8, etc.
Red
Indicates the slot number of the redundant backup module.
State
Indicates the current operational state of the module. RUN

indicates that the module is fully operational. Flash indicates
that the module is updating its flash memory. boot indicates that
the module is currently in a boot state. stby indicates that the
module is in standby mode.
RM
Resource module. An x indicates that this module is operational.

A dash (-) indicates that this module is not currently operational.
IO
The physical module (I/O module). An x indicates that this

module is operational. A dash (-) indicates that this module is
not currently operational.
UpTime
If the system clock has been set using the clock set command,
the UpTime field displays the amount of time that the module
has been operational. The time is expressed in hh:mm:ss format.
LastUpTime
If the module is down, the last operational time for the module is
displayed.
Success
The module booted successfully.
Failure
The module failed the boot process.
Release 6.2.0
The following is typical screen output from the show chassis status command:
Current Time: 05/17-08:31:52
Running archive: FLASH:600t00p134.srm4
Slot Type Sub
Red State RM IO
RUN
2
3
DRX
RX48
SRM4
UpTime
LastUpTime Success Failure

0
RX48 Module
0
0
0w2d17h
2:21:13
RUN
10
0w2d21h
11
CMTS 2x8(2.0)
RUN
0w2d20h
12
DTX
0w2d17h
RUN
13
14
RUN
15
TX32
HSIM GE2/ETH8
0w2d20h
2:21:46
14-25
Release 6.2.0
value shown in the "UpTime" field displayed in the show chassis status
command output represent different system up-time values.
agent has been running, relative to the time that the SNMP agent was last
restarted. Initially, this will be close to the time that the SRM module last
restarted, because the SNMP agent resides on the SRM module. However, if
the SNMP agent itself is restarted with the snmp-server shutdown or
snmp-server enable CLI commands, the sysUpTime is reset to zero.
The "UpTime" value displayed in the show chassis status command output
per-module "UpTime" values displayed in the show chassis status
command output are not affected by the snmp-server shutdown and
snmp-server enable commands because these values are relative to the
modules boot time, not to the SNMP agents boot time.
Note: After an SRM switchover, the show chassis status command output
may display an inaccurate "UpTime" value for SRM4 modules in the BSR
chassis. This should not otherwise affect system performance.
For BSR 64000 systems with an SRM4, a file called timezone is
automatically created in NVRAM to store the system clock time zone
information configured with the clock set and clock timezone commands.
The timezone file should not be deleted. If the file is removed for any reason,
the system clock and time zone configuration must be re-entered using the
clock set and clock timezone commands and verified using the show clock
command.
14-26
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show chassis status [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count |
count-only}]
show chassis status [ | {count | count-only}]
Note: Do not truncate the show chassis status command (for example: sh
ch st) when in Interface Configuration Mode. Doing so will produce the
expected command output but will also place the CLI into Global
Configuration Mode.
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

14-27
Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable downstream ds-mac command displays the downstream
MAC parameters (BCM3215 devices) of a TX32 slot. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show controllers cable downstream ds-mac
command:
*** ds-mac module 0 ***

DS MAC part_id=3215, rev_id=C8F0001
Mac Address: 0200.0000.0100
ENP version: 000101
Total:
FCS Error:
Multicast:
Broadcast:
Control:
Pause:
Unknown OPCode:
Alignment Error:
Frame Len Error:
Undersize:
Oversize:
Fragment:
Dropped:
14-28
RX
2818004
337034878
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Pkts
Bytes
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
TX
8003011
1549103444
0
0
0
0
0
N/A
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
N/A
Pkts
Bytes
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Pkts
Release 6.2.0
Ingress Control:
Dropped:
DOCSIS:
Status:
Chan
S/P/C
0
0/0/0
1
0/0/1
2
0/0/2
3
0/0/3
4
0/1/0
5
0/1/1
6
0/1/2
7
0/1/3
Egress
Chan
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
DOCSIS:
S/P/C
0/0/0
0/0/1
0/0/2
0/0/3
0/1/0
0/1/1
0/1/2
0/1/3
881359 Pkts
0 Pkts
75496164 Pkts
0x00000000
Hi Que (pkts) Med Que (pkts)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
75496164 Pkts
MPT (bps)
Hi Byte Cnt
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
37700000
0
Lo Byte Cnt
2725219244
2729065023
0
0
0
0
0
0
Chans
0-3
4-7
PHS Auto-CRC Cnt

0
0
PHS Mask-Field Cnt

0
0
Chans
0-3
4-7
DOCSIS Pkts
75496128
36
Invalid DOCSIS Pkts

0
0
Lo Que (pkts)
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Packet Cnt
52715990
52745617
0
0
0
0
0
0
PHS Mask-Ones Cnt

0
0
14-29
Release 6.2.0
Ring Manager
Ring Base Address: 0x01F9D800
Control Status: 0x00000000
FIFO Status: 0x0001021E
Chan
Queue
Status0
Status1
Status2
Status3
Status4
------------------------------------------------------------------------0
LO
0x00000000 0x81A00000 0xEA12303E 0x87198719 0x00000007
0
MED
0x00000000 0x81A3E800 0xEA12303E 0x82548254 0x00000007
0
HI
0x00000000 0x81A7D000 0x6A12303E 0x87820782 0x00000007
1
1
1
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81ABB800
0x81AFA000
0x81B38800
0x6A12303E
0xEA12303E
0xEA12303E
0x86690669
0x82C282C2
0x83478347
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
2
2
2
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81B77000
0x81BB5800
0x81BF4000
0xEA12303E
0x6A12303E
0xEA12303E
0x86AE86AE
0x82810281
0x834A834A
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
3
3
3
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81C32800
0x81C71000
0x81CAF800
0xEA12303E
0x6A12303E
0x6A12303E
0x817D817D
0x82530253
0x87850785
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
4
4
4
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81CEE000
0x81D2C800
0x81D6B000
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
5
5
5
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81DA9800
0x81DE8000
0x81E26800
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
6
6
6
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81E65000
0x81EA3800
0x81EE2000
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
7
7
7
LO
MED
HI
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x81F20800
0x81F5F000
0x81F9D800
0x6212303E
0x6212303E
0xEA12303E
0x80000000
0x80000000
0x80048004
0x00000007
0x00000007
0x00000007
14-30
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable downstream ds-mac <NUM> module <0-3>
Command Syntax
NUM
0-3
The BCM3215 chip number.
14-31
Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable downstream ds-phy command displays the downstream
PHY information for the 4QRM devices of a TX32 slot. The following is an example
of typical screen output from the show controllers cable downstream ds-phy
command:
4QRM module 0
DS S/N= 01860807263705500013
Frequency 555000000 HZ, Power Level 520 10th dBmV, channel-mode 4 channel
FPGA Interface version fe020006
RF Output Level:
52.10
Muting (0-Unmute):
0
Reference Input Signal Status:
0
Base plate Temperature in Celsius: 41
+5VDC supply input:
5.060
+3.3VDC supply input:
3.190
Loss of Sync:
0
Not Locked to the 27 MHz Ref:
0
Not Detected the 27 MHz Ref:
0
Loss of Data Clock:
0
Synchronization Fault:
0
Initialization Error:
0
RF level exceeds upper threshold: 0
RF level below lower threshold:
0
+3.3VDC above upper threshold:
0
+3.3VDC below lower threshold:
0
+5VDC above upper threshold:
0
+5VDC below lower threshold:
0
Plate temp above upper threshold: 0
Plate temp threshold:
0
0
0
0
0
14-32
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable downstream ds-phy <NUM> module <0-7>
Command Syntax
NUM
0-7
The 4QRM device number. Selects one of

the eight 4QRM devices on the TX32.
14-33
Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable downstream xfpga command displays FPGA
information for a TX32 module in the BSR chassis. The following is typical screen
output from the show controllers cable downstream xfpga command:
XAUI Stats:
Logical Port Rx Packets:
: 0x0
Xaui Transmit Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Error Packets
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets with CRC Error
: 0
Xaui Receive Packets Dropped due to bandwidth limit: 0
Xaui sourced SOP on Read If
: 0
Xaui sourced EOP on Read If
: 0
Xaui sourced SOP on Write If
: 0
Xaui sourced EOP on Write If
: 0
Drops Counts
RxDropAfCnt
totRxCnt
totRxDropCnt
SF drop invalid entry
SF drop packet
SF mirror packet
SF drop Non-Cam Hit Invalid TID
SF drop Cam Hit Invalid TID
SF error packet
IO drop invalid entry
IO drop packet
IO mirror packet
IO drop Non-Cam Hit Invalid TID
IO drop Cam Hit Invalid TID
IO error packet
Enqueue total
Enqueue w/drop
Enqueue bypass Scheduler
Dequeue total
14-34
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0x0
0x9345
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
0x9345
0x0
0x9345
0x9345
Release 6.2.0
Downstream Channel Status:

DS0
DS1
DS2
DS3
whole cycle
:0x20
0x20
0x20
0x20
fraction
:0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
rate limit status:
:0x1
0x1
0x1
0x1
channel status
:0x1
0x1
0x1
0x1
max credit
:0x100
0x100
0x100
0x100
active classes
:0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
active priority classes
:0x0
0x0
0x0
0x0
credit limit classes
:0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
credit limit priority classes :0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
0xffffffff
cycle
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable downstream xfpga <NUM> [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show controllers cable downstream xfpga <NUM> [ | {count | count-only}]
14-35
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
14-36
NUM
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show controllers cable upstream calibrate

The show controllers cable upstream calibrate command displays calibration
information for an RX48 slot in the BSR chassis. The following is typical screen
output from the show controllers cable upstream calibrate command:
Current Upstream AFE Configuration

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------|
| Filter | FE Attenuator | BE Attenuator |
RF Chan# | Port/Chan | (MHz) | (10ths of dB) | (10ths of dB) | T_NOM_BR_GAIN
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------0
|
0/0
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
1
|
0/1
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
2
|
0/2
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
3
|
0/3
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
4
|
0/4
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
5
|
0/5
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
6
|
1/0
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
7
|
1/1
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
8
|
1/2
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
9
|
1/3
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
10
|
1/4
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
11
|
1/5
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
12
|
2/0
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
13
|
2/1
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
14
|
2/2
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
15
|
2/3
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
16
|
2/4
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
17
|
2/5
|
4
|
40
|
125
|
0x20
18
|
3/0
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
19
|
3/1
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
20
|
3/2
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
21
|
3/3
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
22
|
3/4
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
23
|
3/5
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
24
|
4/0
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
25
|
4/1
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
26
|
4/2
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
27
|
4/3
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
28
|
4/4
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
29
|
4/5
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
14-37
Release 6.2.0
30
|
5/0
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
31
|
5/1
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
32
|
5/2
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
33
|
5/3
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
34
|
5/4
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
35
|
5/5
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
36
|
6/0
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
37
|
6/1
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
38
|
6/2
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
39
|
6/3
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
40
|
6/4
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
41
|
6/5
|
4
|
40
|
120
|
0x20
42
|
7/0
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
43
|
7/1
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
44
|
7/2
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
45
|
7/3
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
46
|
7/4
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
47
|
7/5
|
15
|
300
|
315
|
0x20
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Upstream Calibration Data (<EEPROM>)
Channel Width:
Calibration Power:
TNMBRGN:
T_BUR_NRM_PWR:
BEATTN_MAX_PWR:
BEATTN_MIN_PWR:
6400kHz
0 (10ths of dBmV)
0x20
0x4000
3 dBmV
-4 dBmV
FE-BE Attenuator Calibration Table

--------------------------------------RX | HPF | Front-End | Back-End
Port|(MHz)|
(dB)
|(10ths of dB)
--------------------------------------0 |
4 |
4
|
95
| 15 |
4
|
95
1 |
4 |
4
|
85
| 15 |
4
|
85
2 |
4 |
4
|
95
| 15 |
4
|
95
3 |
4 |
4
|
90
| 15 |
4
|
90
14-38
Release 6.2.0
|
4 |
4
|
90
| 15 |
4
|
90
5 |
4 |
4
|
95
| 15 |
4
|
90
6 |
4 |
4
|
90
| 15 |
4
|
90
7 |
4 |
4
|
85
| 15 |
4
|
85
--------------------------------------AFE Frequency Response Calibration Table (in 10ths of dB)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------RX | HPF |
Frequency Offset (MHz)
Port|(MHz)|
3
6
9
12
15
18
21
24
27
30
33
36
39
2
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 |
4 | -78
-5
-1
-1
-1
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-3
-4
5
| 15 | -431 -618 -401 -290 -21
-2
-1
0
0
0
-1
-1
-3
4
1 |
4 | -84
-5
-1
-1
-1
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-3
-4
5
| 15 | -422 -452 -400 -359 -22
-3
-2
-1
-1
0
-1
-1
-3
4
2 |
4 | -82
-6
0
-1
-1
0
0
0
0
0
-1
-3
-4
6
| 15 | -427 -487 -417 -387 -24
-3
-1
-1
-1
0
-1
-1
-3
4
3 |
4 | -83
-5
0
-1
-1
0
-1
0
0
0
-1
-2
-3
5
| 15 | -445 -445 -394 -304 -21
-3
-2
-1
-1
0
-1
-1
-2
4
4 |
4 | -86
-6
0
-1
-1
0
1
1
0
0
-1
-3
-4
6
| 15 | -447 -517 -447 -285 -20
-2
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-3
4
5 |
4 | -80
-7
-1
-1
-1
-1
0
1
0
0
-1
-2
-4
6
| 15 | -422 -518 -395 -325 -21
-2
-1
0
0
0
0
-1
-3
14-39
4
6
6
|
|
4
7
7
4 |
-1
-1
-1
-2
-4
15 | -402 -513 -372 -297
-21
-2
-1
-1
-1
-3
-1
-1
-3
-5
4 |
-89
-88
-6
-7
Release 6.2.0
-2
| 15 | -450 -607 -390 -287 -21

-2
-1
0
0
0
-1
-2
-3
6
------------------------------------------------------------------------------RX | HPF |
Frequency Offset (MHz)
Port|(MHz)|
45
48
51
54
57
60
63
66
69
72
75
78
81
4
------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 |
4 |
-7
-8
-9 -10 -12 -14 -16 -17 -19 -20 -22 -25 -26 0
| 15 |
-6
-7
-8 -10 -11 -12 -13 -15 -17 -18 -20 -22 -24 7
1 |
4 |
-7
-8
-9 -10 -11 -13 -15 -16 -18 -19 -21 -23 -25 8
| 15 |
-6
-7
-8 -10 -11 -11 -13 -14 -16 -17 -19 -21 -24 6
2 |
4 |
-7
-8
-9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -19 -21 -24 -25 8
| 15 |
-5
-7
-8
-9 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -19 -21 -23 7
3 |
4 |
-6
-7
-8 -10 -11 -12 -14 -16 -18 -19 -21 -23 -25 8
| 15 |
-5
-7
-8
-9 -10 -12 -13 -15 -16 -18 -20 -22 -24 7
4 |
4 |
-7
-8 -10 -10 -12 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20 -22 -23 -26 9
| 15 |
-6
-7
-9 -10 -11 -12 -13 -15 -16 -18 -19 -21 -24 7
5 |
4 |
-7
-9 -10 -11 -13 -14 -15 -17 -18 -20 -21 -23 -26 9
| 15 |
-6
-8
-9 -10 -11 -13 -14 -15 -17 -18 -19 -21 -24 -
14-40
Release 6.2.0
7
6
0
9
7
1
4 |
-7
-9
-10
-11
-12
-14
-16
-18
-19
-20
-22
-25
-27
15 |
-6
-7
-9
-11
-11
-13
-15
-16
-17
-19
-21
-23
-26
4 |
-9
-11
-12
-13
-15
-16
-18
-19
-21
-21
-24
-25
-28
| 15 |
-7
-9 -11 -12 -14 -15 -16 -17 -19 -20 -22 -24 -26 9
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable upstream calibrate <NUM> {begin | exclude | include}
show controllers cable upstream calibrate <NUM> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
NUM
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
14-41
14-42
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable upstream rxfpga command displays FPGA information
for an RX48 module in the BSR chassis. The following is typical screen output from
the show controllers cable upstream rxfpga command:
Priority Queue Counters for bsrSlot: 3

Queue 0
InPkts
InBytes
EgPkts
EgBytes
InDropOverPkts
InDropOverBytes
InDropQFullPkts
InDropQFullBytes
InDropUnderPkts
InDropUnderBytes
InDropDisPkt
InDropDisBytes
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
2272
735252
2272
735252
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Queue 1
InPkts
InBytes
EgPkts
EgBytes
InDropOverPkts
InDropOverBytes
InDropQFullPkts
InDropQFullBytes
InDropUnderPkts
InDropUnderBytes
InDropDisPkt
InDropDisBytes
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
477957
155125762
477957
155125762
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
14-43
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable upstream rxfpga <NUM> [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show controllers cable upstream rxfpga <NUM> [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
14-44
NUM
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable upstream us-mac command displays upstream MAC
parameters (BCM3216 devices) of a RX48 slot. The following is an example of
typical screen output from the show controllers cable upstream us-mac command:
FPGA ver: 0015.0000 Master CPU ver: 00.05.00 Slave CPU ver: 00.02.01
GMAC0 Address: 0000.0300.0002 GMAC1 Address: 1000.0300.0002
Buffer Manager
Pool:
Base:
Buffer Size:
Buf Number:
Buf Num Avail:
Bad Rel Addr:
#0
0
0x00800000
0x00000008
0x00019000
0x00018f68
0x00000160
1
0x00e40000
0x0000000a
0x00006400
0x000063d9
2
0x01480000
0x0000000c
0x00001900
0x000018de
3
0x01ac0000
0x00000010
0x00000180
0x00000160
Buffer Manager
Pool:
Base:
Buffer Size:
Buf Number:
Buf Num Avail:
Bad Rel Addr:
#1
0
0x00c00000
0x0000000c
0x00000800
0x000007e0
0x000001e0
1
0x00e00000
0x0000000e
0x00000200
0x000001e0
2
0x00e00000
0x0000000e
0x00000200
0x000001e0
3
0x00e00000
0x0000000e
0x00000200
0x000001e0
Ingress
PMI Good:
PMI Drop:
Reg Processor Good:
Reg Processor Drop:
CPU Good:
CPU Drop:
Deletes:
0000193406
0000000000
0000009571
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
PMI
DOCSIS Errors:
PMI Errors:
Segment Errors:
Burst Count:
PMI Error Status:
DOCSIS Error Status:
0000000004
0000000000
0000193406
0000193406
0x00000000
0x00000003
14-45
State Information
Egress Drop Count A:
TP LOW:
GPIO DATA OUT:
GPIO DATA IN:
EPHY Reset Control:
SVB Mode:
PHS Control:
SEQ Errors:
RegProc Hold:
GMAC
RX Frames:
TX Frames:
RX Bytes:
TX Bytes:
RX FCS Error:
RX Alignment Error:
RX Pause:
TX Pause:
RX Unicast:
TX Unicast:
RX Multicast:
TX Multicast:
RX Broadcast:
TX Broadcast:
RX Pkt
RX Bytes
RX Pkt, Undersized:
RX Pkt, 64:
RX Pkt, 65-127:
RX Pkt, 128-255:
RX Pkt, 256-511:
RX Pkt, 512-1023:
RX Pkt, 1024-1518:
RX Pkt, Oversized:
RX Errors:
TX Errors:
TX Discards:
Drop Events:
14-46
0000000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00006ffc
0x00000003
0x00000001
0x0000000a
0000000000
0x00000000
GMAC0
0000202989
0000203031
0052627282
0036638260
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000202997
0000203039
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000203003
0056282082
0000000000
0000000000
0000000471
0000186273
0000004677
0000001323
0000010263
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
Release 6.2.0
Egress Drop Count B:

TP HIGH:
GPIO OUT EN:
Timer Scale:
Diag Select:
Frag Concat Control:
CC Errors:
Auto SEQ Control:
DDR2 Status:
GMAC1
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0x38d40003
0x00001000
0x00001e84
0x00000000
0x00000000
0000000000
0x00000000
0x0000ffff
MIB Object
aFramesReceivedOK
aFramesTransmittedOK
aOctetsReceivedOK
aOctetsTransmittedOK
aFrameCheckSequenceErrors
aAlignmentErrors
aRxPAUSEMACCtrlFrames
aTxPAUSEMACCtrlFrames
ifInUcastPkts
ifOutUcastPkts
ifInMulticastPkts
ifOutMulticastPkts
ifInBroadcastPkts
ifOutBroadcastPkts
etherStatsPkts
etherStatsOctets
etherStatsUndersizePkts
etherStatsPkts64Octets
etherStatsPkts65to127Octets
etherStatsOversizePkts
ifInErrors
ifOutErrors
ifOutDiscards
etherStatsDropEvents
Release 6.2.0
RX
RX
TX
TX
RX
RX
TX
TX
p
Section Empty
Section Full
Section Empty
Section Full
Almost Empty
Almost Full
Almost Empty
Almost Full
p
0x00000040
0x00000008
0x00000040
0x00000047
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000010
0x00000040
0x00000008
0x00000040
0x00000047
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000010
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable upstream us-mac <NUM> module <0-3> {begin | exclude |
include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]
show controllers cable upstream us-mac <NUM> module <0-3> [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
NUM
0-3
The QRM device number.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
14-47
14-48
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0

The show controllers cable us-phy command displays upstream PHY information
for the 4QRM devices of a RX48 slot. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show controllers cable us-phy command for each of the commands
keywords:
Dmod
*** us-phy module 0 dmod 0 lch 0 ***
RX_RST_CTL
GEN_CFG2
RX_INT_STA
INIT_TS
TS_CNT_OFS
MAP0
MAP2
T_RNG_PILOT
T_RNG_PMB_PRM
T_NOM_BR_GAIN
T_MIN_NRM_PWR
T_LOOP_CTL
T_RNG_MTP_SPD
T_NRNG_MTP_SPD
T_FBF_CNFG
T_CH_MISC_CTL
T_EQ_COEF00IL
T_EQ_COEF00QL
T_EQ_COEF01IL
T_EQ_COEF01QL
T_EQ_COEF02IL
T_EQ_COEF02QL
T_EQ_COEF03IL
T_EQ_COEF03QL
T_EQ_COEF04IL
T_EQ_COEF04QL
T_EQ_COEF05IL
05
0x00
0x58
0x00
0x8a9e5d6b
0x0168
0x3fff
0x00a0
0x03f02833eb
0xd1
0x20
0x80
0x04
0x33
0x33
0x10
0x4f
0xfff0
0xfff0
0x0000
0xfff0
0x0010
0x0010
0x0010
0x0000
0x0010
0x0010
0x0000
0 0010
GEN_CFG1
TIMING_SEL
RX_INT_EN
INIT_TS_CTL
IDLE_SID_CTL
MAP1
DMIXR_FC
T_NRNG_PILOT
T_NRNG_PMB_PRM
T_MAX_NRM_PWR
T_TIME_ERR_THR
T_EQ_COEF_CTL
T_RNG_NMT_SPD
T_NRNG_NMT_SPD
T_SLCR_ERR_THR
T_EQ_COEF00IH
T_EQ_COEF00QH
T_EQ_COEF01IH
T_EQ_COEF01QH
T_EQ_COEF02IH
T_EQ_COEF02QH
T_EQ_COEF03IH
T_EQ_COEF03QH
T_EQ_COEF04IH
T_EQ_COEF04QH
T_EQ_COEF05IH
T_EQ_COEF05QH
06
0x42
0x01
0x01
0x00
0xfdff
0x01
0x0eb80000
0x0df3dec0ed
0xd2
0x80
0x08
0xca
0x33
0x44
0x0040
0x0000
0x0010
0x0010
0xffe0
0x0020
0x0000
0xfff0
0x35c0
0xfff0
0xfff0
0x0010
0x0000
0 fff0
14-49
T_EQ_COEF10QL
T_EQ_COEF11IL
T_EQ_COEF11QL
T_I_SOFT_DEC
T_RCV_BR_GAIN
T_LT_SLCR_ERR_1
T_LT_SLCR_ERR_3
T_BUR_NRM_PWR
T_TIME_ERR
T_DSCRM_CNFG
T_FEC_CTL
T_TBYTES_CNT
T_BERT_ACQ
T_BERT_CNT
LAT_TIMEOUT
TCM_ERR_THR_1
MPI_INT_EN
C_PRMPLT_0
C_PRMPLT_2
C_PRMPLT_4
C_PRMPLT_6
C_PRMPLT_8
C_PRMPLT_10
C_PRMPLT_12
C_PRMPLT_14
C_MIN_NRM_PWR0
C_DSP_CTL
C_SEC_EN
CPP_MEM_ADDR
C_BURST_STAT
C_FREQ_ERR
C_DSCRM_CNFG
C_FEC_CTL
C_TBYTES_CNT
C_BERT_ACQ
C_BERT_CNT
C_Q_SOFT_DEC
C_CDHP_SEED_0
C_LT_AVG_TIME_CNST
C_LT_SLCR_ERR_0
MSLOT_SIZE
14-50
0x0020
0xfff0
0x0030
0x1600
0x0200
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x00000100
0x00c000
0x01
0xffffff
0x00000000
0x0000000000
0x00602000
0x0000
0x0000
0xf3
0xc0
0xf3
0xc0
0xf3
0xc0
0xf3
0xc0
0x80
0x01
0x00
0x3001
0x68
0x0000
0x3c0000
0x00
0x000000
0x00000000
0x0000000000
0xe2c0
0x0000
0x000000
0x0001
0x0040
Release 6.2.0
T_EQ_COEF11IH
T_EQ_COEF11QH
T_NB_RMS_PWR
T_Q_SOFT_DEC
T_LT_SLCR_ERR_0
T_LT_SLCR_ERR_2
T_BURST_STAT
T_FREQ_ERR
T_BR_SLCR_ERR
T_TCM_ERR_FLAG
T_CBYTES_CNT
T_BERT_CNFG
T_BERT_ERR
RD_REG_CTL
TCM_ERR_THR_0
TCM_ERR_THR_2
MPI_INT_STA
C_PRMPLT_1
C_PRMPLT_3
C_PRMPLT_5
C_PRMPLT_7
C_PRMPLT_9
C_PRMPLT_11
C_PRMPLT_13
C_PRMPLT_15
C_MAX_NRM_PWR0
C_MISC_CTL
C_MAX_QAM
CPP_MEM_DATA
C_BUR_NRM_PWR
C_BR_SLCR_ERR
C_TCM_ERR_FLAG
C_CBYTES_CNT
C_BERT_CNFG
C_BERT_ERR
C_I_SOFT_DEC
C_NOM_BR_GAIN
C_CDHP_SEED_1
C_LT_SLCR_ERR_THR
C_LT_SLCR_ERR_1
MSLOT_CTL
0x0040
0x0000
0x00b5
0x2400
0x0024
0x0000
0xc8
0x0000
0x0000
0x01
0x000000
0x00
0x00000000
0x00
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0xde
0xed
0xde
0xed
0xde
0xed
0xde
0xed
0x80
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x4000
0x0000
0xc0
0x010000
0x00
0x00000000
0xa9d00000
0x1020
0x0000
0x0040
0x0001
0x0a
Release 6.2.0
_
T_RNG_CR_ACF
T_NRNG_CR_ACF
T_RNG_BD_ATCF
T_BAUD_INTCF
T_NRNG_EQ_CFG
T_PMB_FERR_MD
C_SPREAD_SIZE
INIT_FRCNT
MCFC_CTL
SSHOT_MSLOT
0x44
0x44
0x54
0x01
0x25
0x00
0x08
0x00
0x00
0x00021afe
_
T_RNG_CR_TCF
T_NRNG_CR_TCF
T_NRNG_BD_ATCF
T_RNG_EQ_CFG
T_PMB_DET_MD
C_ACTCDE_SIZE
INIT_MSCNT
UCD_UPD_TIME
SSHOT_TIME
SSHOT_FRM
0x33
0x33
0x54
0xd8
0x03
0x80
0x008a9e5e
0x8a9c6800
0x021afe00
0xca
FFT
*** us-phy module 0 fft ***
FFT_STR_CTL
FFT_IN_CTL
FFT_OUT_CTL
FFT_TIM_CTL
FFT_MS_CNT
FFT_SID
FFT_LC_BTYPE
FFT_MXR_CTL
FFT_FRST_WDW_CF
FFT_SCND_WDW_CF
FFT_MIDL_WDW_CF
FFT_FFT_STATUS
FFT_CHAN_CONTROL
FFT_CHAN_PKT_COUNT
FFT_CHAN_ERROR_COUNT
FFT_CHAN_OVF_COUNT
0x00000004
0x00000038
0x00000009
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000920
0x0000c660
0x000061e0
0x00000080
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
14-51
Release 6.2.0
GMAC
*** us-phy module 0 gmac ***
GMAC
SYNC_CONTROL
TX_CONTROL
REVISION
SCRATCH
CONFIG
MAC_0
MAC_1
FRM_LENGTH
RX_SECTION_EMPTY
RX_SECTION_FULL
TX_SECTION_EMPTY
TX_SECTION_FULL
RX_ALMOST_EMPTY
RX_ALMOST_FULL
TX_ALMOST_EMPTY
TX_ALMOST_FULL
TX Good Pkt Cnt
RX Good Pkt Cnt
RX CRC Error
RX Align Error
TX Good Byte Cnt
RX Good Byte Cnt
TX Pause Cnt
RX Pause Cnt
RX IF Errors
TX IF Errors
RX UCAST Cnt
RX MCAST Cnt
RX BCAST Cnt
14-52
0
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00010003
0x00000000
0x0000002b
0x04000002
0x00000000
0x000005f2
0x00000000
0x00000040
0x00000008
0x00000040
0x00000047
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x001a1a38
0x06c5b22c
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x125b77fc
0x1d0c6884
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x06c5b21e
0x00000000
0x0000000e
1
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00010003
0x00000000
0x0000002b
0x04000002
0x00001000
0x000005f2
0x00000000
0x00000040
0x00000008
0x00000040
0x00000047
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000008
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
Release 6.2.0
TX
TX
TX
TX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
Discard Cnt
UCAST Cnt
MCAST Cnt
BCAST Cnt
Internal Errors
Total Byte Cnt
Total Pkt Cnt
Undersize Cnt
Oversize Cnt
64 Byte Cnt
65-127 Byte Cnt
128-255 Byte Cnt
256-511 Byte Cnt
512-1023 Byte Cnt
1024-1518 Byte Cnt
0x00000000
0x001a1a38
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x96f2ef9c
0x06c5b22c
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000002
0x06be59ae
0x0000724c
0x00000125
0x0006db5c
0x000009af
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
GMIC
*** us-phy module 0 gmci ***

GMCI_PART_ID
GMCI_REV_ID
GMCI_RX_IN_CNFG
GMCI_GLB_CLK_CTL
GMCI_GLB_RST_CTL
0x3142
0x00c0
0x00c0
0x0030
0x00f2
14-53
Release 6.2.0
ICB
*** us-phy module 0 icb ***
ICB instance:
ICB_ING_STRNTH_CHA
ICB_ING_STRNTH_CHB
ICB_CTL
ICB_ING_SEC_EN
ICB_RESET_INTG
ICB_A0_SINC_CTL
ICB_A1_SINC_CTL
ICB_B0_SINC_CTL
ICB_B1_SINC_CTL
ICB_M0_ACT
ICB_M1_ACT
ICB_NOM_BR_GAIN_CHB
ICB_NOM_BR_GAIN_CHA
ICB_MAX_QAM_CHB
ICB_MAX_QAM_CHA
ICB_MEM_ADDR
ICB_MEM_DATA
1
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0xfff8
2
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0xfffc
3
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
4
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
5
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
6
0x0000
0x0000
0x0031
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
0x0000
IMP
*** us-phy module 0 imp ***
IMP_CHAN_ENABLE
IMP_CHAN_BUCKET_RATE
IMP_CHAN_BUCKET_THRESH
IMP_CHAN_COUNT_THRESH
IMP_CHAN_TIME_THRESH
IMP_CHAN_EVENT_COUNT
IMP_CHAN_DROP_COUNT
14-54
0x00000000
0x00000040
0x00000100
0x00000010
0x00010000
0x00000000
0x00000000
Release 6.2.0
IMX
*** us-phy module 0 imx ***

IMX_SAI_RESET
IMX_SAI_INTR4_EN
IMX_FIFOCTL
IMX_ADCSEL
IMX_RX01ADCSEL
IMX_RX23ADCSEL
IMX_RX45ADCSEL
IMX_IAFECTL0
IMX_EX_DEV_CTL_0
IMX_EX_DEV_CTL_1
IMX_EX_DEV_CTL_2
IMX_EX_DEV_CTL_3
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL1_0
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL1_1
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL1_2
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL1_3
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL2_0
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL2_1
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL2_2
IMX_ANA_LEV_CTL2_3
IMX_CLIP_RMS_CTL_0
IMX_CLIP_RMS_CTL_1
IMX_CLIP_RMS_CTL_2
IMX_CLIP_RMS_CTL_3
IMX_ADC_CLIP_THR_0
IMX_ADC_CLIP_THR_1
IMX_ADC_CLIP_THR_2
IMX_ADC_CLIP_THR_3
IMX_ADC_CLIP_RMS_0
IMX_ADC_CLIP_RMS_1
IMX_ADC_CLIP_RMS_2
IMX_ADC_CLIP_RMS_3
IMX_XGXS16_RESET
IMX_XGXS16_PWRDWN_PLL
0xff
0x00
0x03
0x00
0x55
0x05
0x00
0x09
0x2c
0x22
0x3f
0x1f
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x0c
0x0c
0x0c
0x0c
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x19
0x40
0x00
0x33
0x90
0xe3
14-55
Release 6.2.0
Ingress
*** us-phy module 0 ingress ***
MAP_ADD_COUNT
MAP_DROP_COUNT
REGPROC_ADD_COUNT
REGPROC_DROP_COUNT
CPU_ADD_COUNT
CPU_DROP_COUNT
DELETE_COUNT
14-56
0x06b2ca1e
0x00000000
0x0014a71d
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x0000000e
Release 6.2.0
MAP
*** us-phy module 0 map 0 ***
Late Flush Error Mask (High/Low - Cnt): 0x0000 0000 / 0x0000 0000
FIFO Error Cnt
0x00000000
FIFO Full Cnt
0x00000000
PSP Header Error Cnt
PSP Seq Error Cnt
0x06b31bd5
FIFO Enable
Error Insertion
0x00000000
Unmapped MS Capture
Min
0:
4:
8:
PHY Lead Time:

0x000007d0
1: 0x000007d0
0x000007d0
5: 0x000007d0
0x00000800
9: 0x00000800
2: 0x000007d0
6: 0x00000800
10: 0x00000800
MAP Status (lch 0):

Mapped MS
0xb2a816e0
Disable MS
Overlap Error MS 0x00000000
Early MS
Late MS
0x00000000
Unmapped MS
Last MS Value
0x0044e850
IE Overlap Err Mask/Cnt 0x00000000 / 0x00000000
Early MAP Threshold 0x00000000
MAP Status (lch 1):
Mapped MS
0x00000000
Disable MS
Early MS
Late MS
0x00000000
Unmapped MS
Last MS Value
0x00000000
MAP Status (lch 2):
Mapped MS
0x00000000
Disable MS
Early MS
Late MS
0x00000000
Unmapped MS
Last MS Value
0x00000000
- 0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000001
0x008a7e83
3: 0x000007d0
7: 0x00000800
11: 0x00000800
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00122ed3
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
14-57
Release 6.2.0
MAP Status (lch 3):

Mapped MS
0x00000000
Disable MS
Early MS
Late MS
0x00000000
Unmapped MS
Last MS Value
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
REV
*** us-phy module 0 rev ***

US PHY part_id=3142, rev_id=0
ENP
0:
4:
8:
12:
14-58
version:
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
1:
5:
9:
13:
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
2:
6:
10:
14:
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.004
3:
7:
11:
15:
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.007
000.000.004
Release 6.2.0
USPROC
*** us-phy module 0 usproc 0 ***

US_CHAN_CONTROL
US_CHAN_PWR_THRESH
US_CHAN_PHY_ERR_COUNT
US_CHAN_FIFO_OVF_COUNT
US_CHAN_FIFO_ERR_COUNT
US_CHAN_DESC_OVF_COUNT
US_CHAN_BAD_HCS_COUNT
US_CHAN_MIB_CTL
US_CHAN_MIB_READ_DATA
US_CHAN_INT_STATUS_REG
US_CHAN_INT_STATUS
US_CHAN_CHECKSUM_SEED
US_CHAN_LC0_HI_BYTE_CNT
US_CHAN_LC0_LO_BYTE_CNT
0x00000001
0x00000001
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0xc000002c
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00001e2a
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
0x00000000
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers cable us-phy <NUM> module <0-3> {dmod <0-11> lch <0-3> |
fft | gmac | gmci | icb | imp | imx | ingress | map <0-11> | rev | usproc <0-11>} [ |
show controllers cable us-phy <NUM> module <0-3> {dmod <0-11> lch <0-3> |
fft | gmac | gmci | icb | imp | imx | ingress | map <0-11> | rev | usproc <0-11>} [ |
14-59
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
14-60
NUM
module 0-3
The QRM device number. Selects one of the

eight 4QRM devices on the RX48.
dmod 0-11 lch 0-3
The DMOD demodulator number and logical

channel number.
fft
FFT
gmac
GMAC
gmci
GMCI
icb
ICB
imp
IMP
imx
IMX
ingress
Ingress
map 0-11
The MAP demodulator number.
rev
REV
usproc 0-11
The USPROC demodulator number.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output.
14-61
Release 6.2.0

The show interfaces cable upstream command displays the following upstream
cable interface information:
14-62
Cable
The upstream slot and channel number.
Received broadcasts
The upstream broadcast packets received.
Received multicasts
The upstream multicast packets received.
Received unicasts
The upstream unicast packets received.
discarded
The upstream discarded packets.
errors
The total errors preventing upstream transmission of

packets.
unknown protocol
The packets received that were generated using a

protocol unknown to the BSR.
Avg upstream channel

utilization
The average percentage of upstream channel

utilization.
packets input
The total packets received with no errors.
Total Modems On This

Upstream Channel
The active or inactive cable modems on this

upstream channel.
Spectrum Group
The associated spectrum group name.
LB Group
The associated load balance group names.
MD-US-SG-ID
The MAC domain upstream service group identifier.
Release 6.2.0
MD-CM-SG-ID
The MAC domain cable modem service group

identifier.
Fiber-Node

channel.
Note: For DOCSIS 1.x/2.0 cable modems, if the
fiber node name cannot be determined because there
could be more than one fiber node, the Fiber-Node
field displays a list of fiber nodes that the cable
modem might be on.
Note: The output of the show interfaces cable upstream command has
been enhanced to display the MD-US-SG-ID for 2:8 CMTS upstreams, RX48
upstream RF channels, and RX48 upstream logical channels.
upstream command:

Avg upstream channel utilization: 0
Spectrum Group: mansfield
LB Group: N/A
MD-US-SG-ID: 2,3
MD-CM-SG-ID: 1,2
14-63
Release 6.2.0
upstream signal-quality command:
Upstream 3/0 channel 0

ifIndex
46989452
includesContention
0
unerroreds
0
correctables
0
uncorrectables
0
signalToNoise
0
microReflections
0
equalData FF.FA.00.01.00.09.00.0B
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<X/Y> | <X/Y/Z>} [signal-quality] [ |
show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<X/Y> | <X/Y/Z>} [signal-quality] [ |
Command Syntax
14-64
X/Y
The slot and MAC domain number

of the RX48 module.
X/Y

X/Y/Z
The RX48 port number (0-7),

upstream RF channel number (0-5)
signal-quality
Displays signal-quality information.
Release 6.2.0
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

14-65
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces cable upstream stats

The show interfaces cable upstream stats command displays upstream statistical
information for all ports. The following is typical screen output from the show
interfaces cable upstream stats command:
L-Channel
6/0/0
6/0/1
6/0/2
6/0/3
Reg
0
0
0
0
Rng
0
0
0
0
Abort
0
0
0
0
Denied
0
0
0
0
IP Cmp
0
0
0
0
Note: Each row in the above display indicates the stats for the respective
logical channels associated with the given upstream channel.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<X/Y> | <X/Y/Z>} stats [ | {begin | exclude
show interfaces cable <X/Y> upstream {<X/Y> | <X/Y/Z>} stats [ | {count |
count-only}]
14-66
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y
The slot and MAC domain number

of the RX48 module.
X/Y

X/Y/Z
The RX48 port number (0-7),

upstream RF channel number (0-5)
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

14-67
Release 6.2.0
show running-config cable upstream port

The show running-config cable upstream port command displays the upstream port
configuration for an RX48 port. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show running-config cable upstream port command:
cable upstream port 1/0

no cable upstream 0/0 shutdown
no cable upstream 0 shutdown
cable upstream fiber-node FN1
no cable upstream shutdown
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show running-config cable upstream port <X/Y > [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show running-config cable upstream port <X/Y> [ | {count | count-only}]
14-68
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
X/Y
The slot and port number of the RX48

module.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
14-69
Release 6.2.0
show stats cable

The show stats cable command displays RX48 statistics for a MAC domain and
upstream or downstream channels. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show stats cable command:
Cable 11/0: Upstream 0/2 is administratively down

0 packets input
Spectrum Group:
LB Group: N/A
Cable 11/0: Upstream 0/3 is administratively down
0 packets input
Spectrum Group:
LB Group: N/A
Spectrum Group:
LB Group: N/A
QoS Dynamic Service Statistics:
Interface index:
Qos IF Direction:
Qos DSA Reqs:
Qos DSA Rsps:
Qos DSA Acks:
Qos DSC Reqs:
14-70
75431936 (11/0)
Downstream
0
0
0
0
Release 6.2.0
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
Qos
DSC Rsps:
0
DSC Acks:
0
DSD Reqs:
0
DSD Rsps:
0
dynamic adds:
dynamic add fails:
dynamic changes:
dynamic change fails:
dynamic deletes:
dynamic delete fails:
DCCReqs:
0
DCCRsps:
0
DCCAcks:
0
DCCs:
0
DCCFails:
0
DCCRspDeparts: 0
DCCRspArrives: 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Interface index: 75431936 (11/0)

Qos IF Direction: Upstream
Qos DSA Reqs:
0
Qos DSA Rsps:
0
Qos DSA Acks:
0
Qos DSC Reqs:
0
Qos DSC Rsps:
0
Qos DSC Acks:
0
Qos DSD Reqs:
0
Qos DSD Rsps:
0
Qos dynamic adds:
0
Qos dynamic add fails:
0
Qos dynamic changes:
0
Qos dynamic change fails: 0
Qos dynamic deletes:
0
Qos dynamic delete fails: 0
Qos DCCReqs:
0
Qos DCCRsps:
0
Qos DCCAcks:
0
Qos DCCs:
0
Qos DCCFails:
0
Qos DCCRspDeparts: 0
Qos DCCRspArrives: 0
14-71
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show stats <X> cable [<NUM> | mac <0-15> | Upstream RfChannel] [ | {begin |
show stats <X> cable [<NUM> | mac <0-15> | Upstream RfChannel] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
14-72
The RX48 port number (0-7)
NUM
A TX32 module slot number,

downstream port number, and
example: 4/0/3.
mac 0-15
An RX48 MAC domain number.
Upstream RfChannel

For example: 2/0.
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

Release 6.2.0
show version
The show version command displays the configuration of the system hardware, the
software version, the names and sources of configuration files, and the boot images.
For Release 6.0, the output of the show version command has been enhanced with the
RX48 module type and operational status. The following is typical screen output from
the show version command:
Slot13 DRX RX48, 8 upstream ports with 6 channels per port Versions:
Boot ROM: 5.0.0.1
Mini ROM: RX48 Mini ROM Ver. 1.00
Image: 6.0.0T00P00.H00.KRCU
Date Built: Fri Oct 13 18:31:52 EDT 2009
CPU: MPC8572E
Memory Size: 4096 MB
Format Version: xx
Assembly Type : xx
PDM Number
: xxxxxx-xxx-xx
HW Revision
: x
Serial Number : xxxxxxxxx
Switch FPGA Version: xxxxxxxx
CPLD Version: xx
Motherboard Revision Info:
MB Part Number
: 535256-004-00
MB HW Revision
: 2
MB Serial Number : B086652040000041
Timing Module Revision Info:
FPGA Ver
: 00010001
PIC Prot Code Rev: 0100
PIC Main Code Rev: 0100
BCM3216 Revision Info:
Ver
: ???
BCM3142 Revision Info:
Ver
: ???
14-73
Release 6.2.0
The table below describes the displayed fields:

Slot 0-15
The type of module present in the slot, such

as 2:8 CMTS, 2:8 CMTS (2.0), Gigabit
Ethernet, or Supervisory Resource Module
(SRM3 or SRM4).
Boot ROM:
The boot ROM version.
System Image:
The current software version running on the

module.
Patches:
The patches installed on this BSR module.
Date Built:
The date the above version was built.
CPU:
The processor type name.
Memory Size:
The processor memory size.
Depending on the module type, the remaining output in each show version command
display shows the format version; assembly type; hardware revision, serial, part, and
product numbers; FPGA version number; and buffer management information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show version [slot <0-15>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show version [slot <0-15>] [ | {count | count-only}]
14-74
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
slot 0-15
The slot number in the BSR 64000 chassis

from which version information is to be
displayed.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
14-75
14-76
Release 6.2.0
15
QoS Commands
Introduction
Quality of Service (QoS) addresses consistent, predictable delivery of data to satisfy
customer application requirements during periods of congestion. QoS commands let
you define a level of system performance consistent with negotiated service level
agreements (SLAs).
QoS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the QoS commands
15-1
Release 6.2.0
qos bw default
The qos bw default command sets all the queues in an interface to a specific default
bandwidth.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

qos bw default
Command Default
the default bandwidth is 25%
15-2
Release 6.2.0
QoS Commands
qos queue bw
The qos queue bw command sets the percentage of bandwidth for the specified queue
of an interface.
Use the qos queue bw command to manage traffic such that higher bandwidth is
appropriated to the high priority traffic. The remaining percentage bandwidth is
shared among the other queues, which have not been set by this command. If all of the
queues have been set and if the total of all bandwidth allocated does not match 100%,
an error message is displayed.
Note: Each queue has to carry a minimum of 1% and a maximum of 93%, in

order for all 8 queue to acheive the 100% bandwidth goal.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

qos queue <0-7> bw <0-100>
no qos queue <0-7> bw <0-100>
Command Syntax
0-7
the queue number belonging to a physical

interface
0-100
the percentage of total bandwidth allocated to

the queue
15-3
Release 6.2.0
qos queue dot1p

The qos queue dot1p command is used to configure the 802.1p class of service.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

qos queue <0-7> dot1p <0-7>
no qos queue <0-7> dot1p <0-7>
Command Syntax
15-4
0-7
qos queue number
0-7
802.1p CoS priority setting
Release 6.2.0
QoS Commands
show qos queue config

The show qos queue config command displays QoS queue configuration status. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show qos queue config
command:
ethernet 15/0:
queue
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
ethernet 15/1:
queue
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
bandwidth (%) quantum (in bytes)

12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
bandwidth (%) quantum (in bytes)
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
12
2048
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show qos queue config [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
15-5
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
15-6
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y

number
pos X/Y
16
POS Commands
Introduction
The Synchronous Optical Network (SONET) standard provides for data transmission
over fiber optic cable and high-bandwidth utilization and efficiency over Internet
links. The SONET standard defines industry interface standards at the physical layer
of the OSI seven-layer model. This standard defines a hierarchy of interface rates that
allow data streams at different rates to be multiplexed. SONET establishes Optical
Carrier (OC) levels from 51.8 Mbps to 2.48 Gbps. Prior rate standards used by
different countries specified rates that were not compatible for multiplexing.
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH), the international equivalent of SONET,
defines a standard rate of transmission at 155.52 Mbps. With the implementation of
SONET/SDH, communication carriers throughout the world can interconnect existing
digital carrier and fiber optic systems.
The APS feature provides redundancy for BSR 64000 POS modules and allows for a
switchover of POS circuits in the event of a circuit failure.
There are two types of redundancy supported using APS on a POS module:
n
Port Level Redundancy - a port on a POS module is backed by another port on the
same module
Module Level Redundancy - all of the ports on a POS module are backed by all of
the ports on another POS module
16-1
Release 6.2.0
For both of these redundancy types, the active ports and the redundant ports have to
be the same speed and have APS enabled.
Switchover to a different POS circuit is dynamic and is not saved in the configuration.
If the BSR 64000 reboots because of a power failure or some other reason after a
switchover has occurred, the initial startup configuration will be re-applied after the
BSR is back online.
POS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the POS commands
16-2
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
aps force
The aps force command manually switches the specified circuit to a protect
(working) port. The no aps force command cancels the switch.
Use the aps force configuration command unless a request of equal or higher priority
is in effect. Use the aps force command to manually switch the port to the protect port
when you are not using the aps revert command.
Note: The aps force command has a higher priority than any of the signal
failures or the aps manual command.
The aps force command is configured on protect or working ports.
The aps force command takes effect immediately and is not saved with the
configuration.
Group Access
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (POS interface) and Slot Configuration
Command Line Usage

aps force <0-15>
no aps force <0-15>
Command Syntax
0-15
the board/port number
16-3
Release 6.2.0
aps group
The aps group command assigns a specific board to a board group.The no aps group
command removes a specific board from a board group. Four APS board groups are
available (0-3).
Note: A protection board and a working board must be assigned to a group in

order for APS to work correctly.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps group <0-3>
no aps group <0-3>
Command Syntax
0-3
16-4
the APS group number
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
aps lockout
The aps lockout command prevents a working board from switching to a protection
board. The no aps lockout command removes the lockout.
Note: The aps lockout command is configured only on protection boards.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps lockout
no aps lockout
16-5
Release 6.2.0
aps manual
The aps manual command manually switches all ports from the specified working
board to a protection board. The no aps manual command cancels this switch.
Use the aps manual command to manually switch the working board to the
protection board when you are not using the aps revert command. The aps manual
command reverts all ports back to the working board before the wait to restore (WTR)
time has expired. The WTR time period is set by the aps revert command.
Note: The aps manual command is a lower priority than any of the signal
failures or the aps force command.
The aps manual command is configured on protection or working boards.
The aps manual command takes effect immediately and is not saved with
the configuration.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps manual <0-15>
no aps manual <0-15>
Command Syntax
0-15
16-6
the APS board/port number
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
aps protect
The aps protect command configures a port as a protection port. The no aps protect
command disables the protection.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps protect
no aps protect
16-7
Release 6.2.0
aps revert
The aps revert command enables and sets the time period for automatic switchover
from the protect port to the working port after the working port becomes available. If
revertive mode is selected, the BSR will wait a specified amount of time before
switching back from a protection port to a working port. The no aps revert command
disables automatic switchover.
Note: The aps revert command is configured only on protection ports.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps revert <1-255> <0-3>
no aps revert <1-255> <0-3>
Command Syntax
16-8
1-255
the number of minutes until the protection

port is switched back to the working port after
the working port becomes available (wait to
restore)
0-3
the number of the port group that is to be

configured for revertive switching (refer to
the aps group command)
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
aps signal-degrade ber threshold

The aps signal-degrade ber threshold command sets the BER threshold for b2
signal degrade alarms. The no aps signal-degrade ber threshold command removes
the BER threshold.
Group Access
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (POS interface)
Command Line Usage

aps signal-degrade ber threshold <5-9>
no aps signal-degrade ber threshold <5-9>
Command Syntax
5-9
10E-5 to 10E-9 rate
16-9
Release 6.2.0
aps signal-fail ber threshold

The aps signal-fail ber threshold command sets the BER threshold for b2 signal
failure alarms. The no aps signal-fail ber threshold command removes the BER
threshold.
Group Access
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (POS interface)
Command Line Usage

aps signal-fail ber threshold <3-5>
no aps signal-fail ber threshold <3-5>
Command Syntax
3-5
16-10
10E-3 to 10E-5 rate
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
aps unidirectional
The aps unidirectional command initially configures a port for the type of Automatic
Protection Switching that will be used, The BSR64000 supports linear 1+1
unidirectional or bi-directional operation, and can be configured for either revertive or
non-revertive switching.
Use the aps unidirectional configuration command to configure APS for
unidirectional operation.
Use the no aps unidirectional command to configure APS for bi-directional
operation.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps unidirectional <0-3>
no aps unidirectional <0-3>
Command Syntax
0-3
the APS group number
16-11
Release 6.2.0
aps working
The aps working command configures a board or port as working. The no aps
working command disables a working board or port.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aps working <1-15>
no aps working <1-15>
Command Syntax
1-15
16-12
the APS switching priority number
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
crc
The crc command sets the mode of the cyclic redundancy check (CRC).
Use the crc command supports four checksum formats. The checksum formats are: 16
bits, 16 bits big-endian, 32 bits, and 32 bits big-endian. The checksum format must be
synchronized on both ends of a PPP link for the link to come up.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

crc {16 | 32} [big-endian]
Command Syntax
16
16 bits
32
32 bits
big-endian
use big-endian byte ordering
Command Default
16
16-13
Release 6.2.0
interface pos
The interface pos command accesses Interface Configuration mode for a POS
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

interface pos <X/Y>
Command Syntax
16-14
POS module slot in the BSR chassis
POS port number on the POS module
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
ip address
The ip address command assigns an IP address and subnet mask for the POS
interface.
Note: An IP address is necessary for the PPP link to be established.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary]
no ip address {<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>} [secondary]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address to assign
A.B.C.D
subnet address to assign
secondary
secondary IP address; secondary subnet-mask
16-15
Release 6.2.0
peer default ip address

The peer default ip address command specifies a default IP address for a remote
peer connecting to this interface. The no peer default ip address command removes
the default IP address from the configuration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

peer default ip address {A.B.C.D}
no peer default ip address
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
16-16
the default IP address for remote end of this interface
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
pos ais-shut
The pos ais-shut command sends the LAIS when the POS interface is placed in
administrative shut down state. The no pos ais-shut command disables the sending of
LAIS.
Use the pos ais-shut command to send the LAIS.
Note: In Automatic Protection Switching (APS) environment, AIS-L can be

used to force a protection switch.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos ais-shut
no pos ais-shut
Command Default
no LAIS is sent
16-17
Release 6.2.0
pos flag
The pos flag command sets SONET overhead bytes in the SONET frame. The no pos
flag command removes the setting, and sets it back to the default.
This command can be used to assign values for specific elements of the frame header.
Use the pos flag command to ensure communications other vendor equipment or to
meet specific standards.
Note: Although the j1 64byte <string> command is labeled as a 64 byte
string, the user can only enter 62 characters because the last two characters
are reserved for framing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> | j1
<hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
no pos flag {c2 <hexnum> | c2-exp <hexnum> | j0 <hexnum> | j0 16byte <string> |
j1 <hexnum> | j1 16byte <string> | j1 64byte <string> | s1 <hexnum>}
Command Syntax
c2 hexnum
path signal identifier used to identify the payload content type,

value is 0xCF for PPP or HDLC without scrambling;
0x16 for PPP or HDLC with scrambling
c2-exp hexnum
j0 hexnum
16-18
the section trace byte, value is 0x1 for interoperability with

some SDH devices in Japan
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
j0 16 byte string
the section trace byte sequence, a character string of 15

characters may be entered for interface labeling. (The first byte
contains a calculated CRC-7 byte.
j1 hexnum
the path trace byte, default value of 0x0.
j1 16 byte string
the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 15 characters

may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes
are set to CR and LF for framing purposes
j1 64 byte string
the path trace byte sequence, a character string of 62 characters

may be entered for STS Channel labeling. The last two bytes
are set to CR and LF for framing purposes.
s1 hexnum
for synchronous status messaging.
Command Default
for c2, 0xCF
for j0, -xCC
for s1 0x0
16-19
Release 6.2.0
pos framing
The pos framing command sets framing to SONET STS-3C or 12C, or SDH STM-1
or STM-4 framing. This is based upon the pos signal mode command. The no pos
framing command resets the default.
Note: If in OC3-C mode, STS-3C or STM-1 applies; if OC12-C then STS-12C

or STM-4 applies.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos framing {sdh | sonet}
no pos framing {sdh | sonet}
Command Default
SONET
16-20
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
pos internal-clock
The pos internal-clock command sets the SONET clock to use a local timing source,
either from the STRATUM 3 clock on the SRM or the Local PLL device on the HSIM
board. The no pos internal-clock command enables loop timing, so that the SONET
interface recovers its clock from the received SONET signal of another piece of Line
Terminating SONET equipment.
Note: STRATUM represents clock types used for network synchronization.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos internal-clock
no pos internal-clock
Command Default
internal clock enabled
16-21
Release 6.2.0
pos report
The pos report command enables selected SONET alarms for console logging for a
POS interface. The no pos report command disables selected SONET alarms for
console logging for a POS interfaces.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos report {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool | sd-ber
| sf-ber | slof | slos}
no {all | b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca | lais | lrdi | pais | plop | prdi | rdool | sd-ber
| sf-ber | slof | slos}
Command Syntax
16-22
all
enables/disables all possible alarm reporting
b1-tca
B1 Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold crossing alarm errors
b2-tca
B2 BER threshold crossing alarm errors
b3-tca
B3 BER threshold crossing alarm errors
lais
line alarm indication signal
lrdi
line remote defect indication
pais
path alarm indication signal
plop
path loss of pointer errors
prdi
path remote defect indication
rdool
receive data out of lock errors
sd-ber
signal degradation BER errors (for APS)
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
sf-ber
signal failure BER errors (for APS)
slof
section loss of frame errors
slos
section loss of signal errors
Command Default
All error reporting disabled
16-23
Release 6.2.0
pos scramble
The pos scramble command enables POS Synchronous Payload Envelope (SPE)
scrambling. The no pos scramble command disables POS SPE scrambling.
Note: The show interfaces pos command or the more

nvram:startup-config command displays scrambling status on the system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos scramble
no pos scramble
Command Default
Enabled
16-24
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
pos signal mode

The pos signal mode command changes ports on the High Speed I/O Module (HSIM)
board to OC3-C or OC12-C
Use the pos signal mode command to change the ports on the HSIM board to either
OC3-C or OC12-C. If you select a mode that is already configured, it notifies the user
and does not reset the mode.
Note: To change to OC12-C mode, this command must be executed from
POS Interface 0.
When switched to OC12-C mode, all of the other three SONET ports are
disabled and are inaccessible through the CLI. The only way to access these
other three ports is to switch back to OC3-C mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pos signal mode {oc3 | oc12}
Command Syntax
oc3
OC3-C mode, 155M
oc12
OC12-C mode, 622M
16-25
Release 6.2.0
pos threshold
The pos threshold command sets the Bit Error Rate (BER) threshold values of
specific alarms on the POS interface. The no pos threshold command sets the rate to
the default setting.
Note: For B1-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by
comparing the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B1 byte of
the following frame for B1. Differences indicate that section level bit errors
have occurred.
For B2-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing
the BIP-8/24 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B2 byte of the
following frame for B2. Differences indicate that line level bit errors have
occurred.
For B3-TCA, the bit interleaved parity error report is calculated by comparing
the BIP-8 code with the BIP-8 code extracted from the B3 byte of the
following frame for B3. Differences indicate that path level bit errors have
occurred.
SF-BER and SD-BER are directly related to B2 BIP-8 error counts (as is
B2-TCA). SF-BER and SD-BER feed into the APS state machine and can
lead to a protection switch if APS is configured.
B1-TCA, B2-TCA, and B3-TCA print a log message to the console if reports
for them are enabled.
To determine the BER thresholds configured on the interface, use the show
controllers pos command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
16-26
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
Command Line Usage

pos threshold {b1-tca <3-9> | b2-tca <3-9> | b3-tca <3-9>}
no pos threshold {b1-tca | b2-tca | b3-tca}
Command Syntax
b1-tca
B1 BER threshold crossing alarm
b2-tca
b3-tca
3-9
1E-3 to 1E-9 Rate
Command Default
b2-tca
pos threshold 3 (10e-3)
all others default at 6
16-27
Release 6.2.0
ppp magic-number
The ppp magic-number command sends a magic number in a negotiation request.
The no ppp magic-number command disables sending a magic number in a
negotiation request.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ppp magic-number
no ppp magic-number
16-28
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
ppp negotiation-count
The ppp negotiation-count command sets the number of times to send the
negotiation request to the peer in order to bring a PPP link up. The no ppp
negotiation-count command reverts to the default of continuous sending requests to
bring the PPP link up.
Note: Defaults to continuous sending of negotiation requests to bring up PPP

link.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ppp negotiation-count <1-100>
no ppp negotiation-count
Command Syntax
1-100
number of allowed attempts to try negotiating

with a peer
Command Default
Continuous
16-29
Release 6.2.0
ppp timeout
The ppp timeout command sets the maximum timeout period from the start of a PPP
negotiation request to a response from the remote host. The no ppp timeout
command restores the default maximum timeout period.
Use the ppp timeout command to set the timeout period for PPP negotiation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ppp timeout {ncp 1-2147483> | retry 0-2147483>}
no ppp timeout {ncp | retry}
Command Syntax
ncp 1-2147483
amount of time, in seconds, configured before

timing out from lack of response at the NCP
layer
retry 0-2147483
amount of time, in seconds, configured before

timing out from lack of response at the LCP
layer
Command Default
10 seconds
16-30
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
show aps
The show aps command provides APS configuration and statistics information for
groups containing working and protection ports.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show aps
16-31
Release 6.2.0
show controllers pos

The show controllers pos command displays high level information on the POS
controllers.
Use the show controllers pos command for troubleshooting. The following POS
controller information is provided:
SECTION:
section portion of the SONET link errors; a section can be

between the Customer Premise Equipment (CPE) and SONET
Service Provider Equipment (SPE)
B1_ERRORS = B1 BER threshold crossing alarm
LINE:
line portion errors; a line can be between a SONET SPE,

regenerators and another SONET SPE
REI_ERRORS = Remote Error Indicator
PATH:
errors that occur on the path portion of the SONET link; a path
can be between a CPE, SONET SPE, regenerators and another
SONET SPE and CPE
GI_ERRORS = G1 threshold crossing alarm
16-32
Active Defects:
list of all active SONET defects
Active Alarms:
list of current alarms as enforce by SONET alarm hierarchy
Alarm reporting
enabled for:
alarms enabled through the pos report command
APS:
Rx(K1/K2)/Tx(K1/K2) = contents of the received and

transmitted K1 and K2 bytes.
PATH SIGNAL
LABEL:
C2 = received value from the SONET path signal label byte
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
SYNCHRONOUS
STATUS
MESSAGE:
S1 = lower 4 bits of S1 byte.
CLOCK
RECOVERY:
SONET clock recovered using information in the SONET

overhead. RDOOL = an inexact count of the number of
PATH TRACE
BUFFER:
SONET path trace buffer for communication information

about remote hostname, interface name and number, and IP
address, or any other message you choose
APS BER
thresholds:
list of the APS bit-error rate (BER) thresholds configured with

the pos threshold command
TCA thresholds:
list of threshold crossing alarms (TCA) configured with the

pos threshold command
times Receive Data Out Of Lock has been detected.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show controllers pos [<X/Y>]
Command Syntax
X/Y
16-33
Release 6.2.0
show interfaces pos

The show interfaces pos command displays the SONET interface configuration. The
following information is provided:
POS 15/0 is
indicates whether the interface hardware is currently active and
administratively
can transmit and receive or if it has been taken down by an
up/down, line
administrator
protocol is up/down
16-34
Hardware
hardware type
MTU
maximum transmission units of the interface
BW
interface bandwidth in kilobits per second
Encapsulation
encapsulation method assigned to interface
Keepalive
keepalive set indicator
Scramble
POS scramble enable
LCP Initial
LCP initialized
IPCP Initial
IPCP initialized
Last input
hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was

successfully received by an interface.; useful for knowing
when a dead interface failed
Last output
hours, minutes, and seconds since the last packet was

successfully transmitted by an interface
Last clearing
of show interface counters
Last state change
hours, minutes, and seconds when the interface was reset
Queueing strategy
first-in, first-out queuing strategy (other queueing strategies

you might see are priority-list, custom-list, and weighted fair)
Output queue,
drops/input queue,
drops
number of packets in output and input queues. Each number is

followed by a slash, the maximum size of the queue, and the
number of packets dropped because a queue was full
packets input
error-free packets received by the system
Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
bytes (input)
number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation, in

the error-free packets received by the system
broadcasts
number of broadcast packets received by the interface
multicasts
number of multicast packets received by the interface
input errors
number of no buffer, runts, giants, CRCs, frame, overrun,

ignored, and abort counts; other input-related errors can also
increment the count, so that this sum might not balance with
the other counts
CRC
cyclic redundancy checksum generated by the originating

LAN station or far-end device does not match the checksum
calculated from the data received. On a LAN, this usually
indicates noise or transmission problems on the LAN interface
or the LAN bus itself. A high number of CRCs is usually the
result of collisions or a station transmitting bad data. On a
serial link, CRCs usually indicate noise, gain hits or other
transmission problems on the data link
overruns
number of times the serial receiver hardware was unable to

hand received data to a hardware buffer because the input rate
exceeded the receiver's ability to handle the data
runts
packets that are discarded because they are smaller than the
medium's minimum packet size
giants
packets that are discarded because they exceed the medium's

maximum packet size
aborts
illegal sequence of one bits on the interface
packets output
total number of messages transmitted by the system
bytes (output)
total number of bytes, including data and MAC encapsulation,

transmitted by the system
output errors
sum of all errors that prevented the final transmission of

datagrams out of the interface being examined. Note that this
might not balance with the sum of the enumerated output
errors, as some datagrams can have more than one error, and
others can have errors that do not fall into any of the
specifically tabulated categories.
16-35
Release 6.2.0
collisions
collision indication
underruns
Number of times that the far-end transmitter has been running

faster than the near-end router's receiver can handle
carrier transitions
Number of times the carrier detect signal of the interface has

changed state.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show interfaces pos [<X/Y>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show interfaces pos [<X/Y>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
16-36
X/Y
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
POS Commands
show ppp info

The show ppp info command displays PPP link and statistic information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ppp info [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ppp info [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

16-37
Release 6.2.0
show ppp statistics

The show ppp statistics command displays the PPP running statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ppp statistics [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ppp statistics [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
16-38
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

17
BGP Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Border Gateway Protocol version 4 (BGP-4) commands
used with the BSR.
BGP is an Inter-Autonomous System (AS) routing protocol that exchanges network
availability information with any other router speaking BGP. The information for a
network is the complete list of ASs that traffic must transport to reach that network
and is then used to assure loop-free paths. This information is used to construct a
graph of AS connectivity from which routing loops may be pruned, and some policy
decisions at the AS level may be enforced.
BGP Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the BGP commands
17-1
Release 6.2.0
aggregate-address
The aggregate-address command creates an entry in the BGP routing table. The no
aggregate-address command disables this function. Use the aggregate-address
command to implement aggregate routing by redistributing the route in BGP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set]
[attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
no aggregate-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [advertise-map <WORD>] [as-set]
[attribute-map <WORD>] [summary-only] [suppress-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
aggregate address in routing table
A.B.C.D
aggregate mask in routing table
advertise-map WORD
name of route map to choose the routes to

include into the aggregate and generate
associated attributes if as-set is specified
attribute-map WORD
route map name to establish aggregate route

attribute
as-set
generates AS set path information
summary-only
creates aggregate route and suppresses

advertisements of all aggregated, more
specific routes
suppress-map WORD
suppresses chosen, specific routes
Command Default
Disabled
17-2
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
auto-summary
The auto-summary command returns the user back to the automatic summarization
default of subnet routes into network-level routes. The no auto-summary command
disables this function.
When the route is summed up, it reduces the amount of routing information in the
routing tables. Use the network command or the no auto-summary command to
advertise and transmit subnet routes in BGP. BGP will not accept subnets distributed
from IGP.
If a network command is not entered, and auto-summarization is disabled, network
routes will not be advertised for networks with subnet routes unless they contain a
summary route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

auto-summary
no auto-summary
Command Default
Enabled
17-3
Release 6.2.0
bgp always-compare-med
The bgp always-compare-med command enables comparison of the Multi-exit
Discriminator (MED) from path entries from different ASs. The no bgp
always-compare-med command stops comparisons.
Use the bgp always-compare-med command to change the default, allowing
comparison of MEDs, which are received from any autonomous system. By default,
during the best-path selection process, MED comparison is done only among paths
from the same autonomous system. This command changes the default behavior by
allowing comparison of MEDs among paths regardless of the autonomous system
from which the paths are received.
The MED path, considered the best path, is the parameter used when selecting the
paths compared to many other options. The preference between a path with a lower
MED and a path with a higher MED, is the lower MED path.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp always-compare-med
no bgp always-compare-med
17-4
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
bgp client-to-client reflection

The bgp client-to-client reflection command re-establishes route reflection from a
BGP router reflector client to other clients. The no bgp client-to-client reflection
command stops the re-establishment of route reflection from a BGP router reflector.
Use the bgp client-to-client-reflection command to configure the cluster if it has
more than one route and to increase redundancy. The routes from a client, or route
reflector, are reflected to other clients. Clients of a route reflector are not required to
be fully interconnected.
More often than not, a cluster of clients will have a single route reflector. The router
ID of the route reflector identifies the cluster. To ensure increased redundancy, and
evade a single point of failure, a cluster might have more than one route reflector. If
this is the case, all route reflectors that are in the cluster must be configured with a
4-byte cluster ID. Use the no bgp client-to-client command to disable BGP
client-to-client reflection. If client-to-client reflection is enabled, clients of a route
reflector can not be members of a peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp client-to-client reflection
no bgp client-to-client reflection
Command Default
When a route reflector is configured, it reflects routes from a client to other clients.
17-5
Release 6.2.0
bgp cluster-id
The bgp cluster-id command configures a cluster ID if the BGP cluster has more than
one route reflector. The no bgp cluster-id command removes the cluster.
Use the bgp cluster-id command to increase redundancy and avoid a single point of
failure. Route reflectors in a cluster must be configured with a 4-byte cluster ID in
order to be recognized from route reflectors in the same cluster. Use this command to
configure the cluster ID if the route reflector has more than one route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp cluster-id <value>
no bgp cluster-id <value>
Command Syntax
value
router (as a route reflector) ID in IP address

format
Command Default
router ID route reflector in cluster
17-6
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
bgp confederation identifier

The bgp confederation identifier command configures a BGP confederation
identifier. The no bgp confederation identifier command removes a BGP
confederation identifier.
Use the bgp confederation identifier command to reduce the IBGP mesh. It splits an
autonomous system into many autonomous systems. They are then grouped into an
individual confederation. Each autonomous system is entirely engaged and has a
small number of connections to other autonomous systems in the confederation. The
confederation appears to be an individual autonomous system to all else.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp confederation identifier <1-65535>
no bgp confederation identifier <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
autonomous system number to identify the

confederation as a whole
17-7
Release 6.2.0
bgp confederation peers

The bgp confederation peers command configures the ASs that belong to the
confederation. The no bgp confederation peer command removes an AS from the
confederation.
Use the bgp confederation peers command to configure the ASs that belong to a
confederation. Autonomous systems specified in this command are visible internally
to a confederation. Each autonomous system is fully meshed within itself. The BGP
confederation identifier command specifies the confederation to which the
autonomous systems belong.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Router configuration
Command Line Usage

bgp confederation peers <1-65535> [1-65535...]
no bgp confederation peers <1-65535>
Command Syntax[
1-65535
17-8
autonomous system number
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
bgp dampening
The bgp dampening command enables BGP route dampening. The no bgp
dampening command to sets the default values or disables this function.
Note: The penalty is halved after the half-life period when a route is flapping.
The router configured for damping (dampening) assigns a penalty to a route
when a route flaps. Penalties are cumulative and are stored in the BGP
routing table. A flapping route is suppressed when its penalty exceeds the
suppress limit. A suppressed route is reused when its decayed penalty falls
below the reuse limit.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp dampening [<1-45> <1-20000> <1-20000> <1-255>| route-map <WORD>]
no bgp dampening
Command Syntax
1-45
half-life period in minutes, each time a route

is assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased
by half after the half-life period in 5 second
intervals, with penalties being cumulative
1-20000
allows route to be reused if penalty for

flapping route falls below reuse value
1-20000
route suppresses when its penalty exceeds this

value
1-255
maximum suppression time in minutes
route-map WORD
route map name
17-9
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
half life
= 15 minutes
route reuse
= 750
route suppression
= 2000
maximum suppression = 4 times the half-life

time
17-10
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
bgp default
The bgp default command specifies the default route advertisement which is sent to
all routers in the local ASs. The no bgp default command disables a default
advertisement.
A default route in a router IP forwarding table is used by the router if a routing entry
for a destination does not exist. By convention, a default route is represented by the
network mask combination 0.0.0.0/0.0.0.0. Any AS advertising the default route
represents itself as the gateway of last resort to other systems.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp default { ipv4-unicast | local-preference <0-4294967295> | route-refresh |
vpnv4 }
no bgp default { ipv4-unicast | local-preference <0-4294967295> | route-refresh |
vpnv4 }
Command Syntax
ipv4-unicast
activate IP Version 4 (IPv4) Unicast for a

peer by default
local-preference
0-4294967295
local preference value (higher values receive

preference) - when multiple paths exist to the
same destination, the local preference
specifies the preferred path
route-refresh
activate Route Refresh for a peer by default
vpnv4
activate VPN-IP Version 4 (VPNv4) for a

peer by default
17-11
Release 6.2.0
bgp permit
The bgp permit command permits updates with either the AGGREGATOR attribute
set to the 0 Autonomous System (AS) or with the 0.0.0.0 address in the BGP routing
process. The no bgp permit command disables the updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp permit [aggregator-AS-0 | aggregator-address-0]
no bgp permit [aggregator-AS-0 | aggregator-address-0]
Command Syntax
aggregator-AS-0
permits updates to AGGREGATOR attribute

set with an AS of 0.
aggregator-address-0
permits updates with the AGGREGATOR

attribute set with a 0.0.0.0 address.
Command Default
Disabled
17-12
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
bgp router-id
The bgp router-id command overrides a configured BGP router identifier (IP
address) by manually configuring a new identifier. The no bgp router-id command
restores the initial configuration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bgp router-id <A.B.C.D>
no bgp router-id
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the new BGP router identifier (IP address)
17-13
Release 6.2.0
clear ip bgp
The clear ip bgp command resets a BGP connection using soft reconfiguration.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip bgp {* | <A.B.C.D> | <WORD>}[soft [in | out]]
Command Syntax
*
resets active BGP sessions
A.B.C.D
IP address of BGP neighbor to clear
WORD
name of a specific BGP peer group to clear

the state
soft
reapply any export policies and sends refresh

updates without clearing the state
in
inbound soft reconfiguration; reapply any

import policies and send refresh updates
without clearing the state
out
outbound soft reconfiguration
Command Default
Disabled
17-14
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
clear ip bgp dampening

The clear ip bgp dampening command clears route dampening information and
unsuppresses the suppressed routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip bgp dampening [<A.B.C.D> | <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the network about which to

clear dampening information
A.B.C.D
network mask applied to the above address
17-15
Release 6.2.0
clear ip bgp flap-statistics

The clear ip bgp flap-statistics clears BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D> | filter-list <1-199> | regexp <LINE>]
Command Syntax
17-16
A.B.C.D
network to clear flap statistics
filter-list
clear flap statistics for all the paths that pass

the access list
1-199
clear flap statistics for all the paths that match

the regular expression
regexp
clear flap statistics for all the paths that match

the regular expression.
LINE
a regular-expression to match the BGP AS

paths
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
The default-information originate command generates a default route into the BGP
database. The no default-information originate command disables default route
generation.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no default-information originate
Command Default
Disabled
17-17
Release 6.2.0
default-metric
The default metric feature is used to eliminate the need for separate metric definitions
for each routing protocol redistribution.The default-metric command forces the BGP
routing protocol to use the same metric value for all distributed routes from other
routing protocols. The no default-metric command removes or changes the default
metric value for the BGP routing protocol.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no default-metric
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
17-18
Default metric value.
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
distance bgp
The distance bgp command sets external, internal, and local administrative distances
for routes to function. The no distance bgp command sets the default values.
Use the distance bgp command to administer distance based on the preferred routing
information source received from a router or group of routers. This enables the system
to prioritize protocols dependant upon the distances between 1 to 255, where 0 is the
best route, and the most unreliable route is 255. The bgp distance command has an
influence on whether the BGP-learned routes are installed in the routing table.
Note: It is recommended that the administrative distance not be changed.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance bgp [<1-255> < 1-255> <1-255>]
no distance bgp
Command Syntax
1-255
administrative distance for routes external to

the AS
1-255
administrative distance for routes external to

the AS - routes with a distance of 255 are not
installed in the routing table
1-255
administrative distance for local route
17-19
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
17-20
external distance
20
internal distance
200
local distance
200
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
distribute-list in
The distribute-list in command filters networks received in routing updates. The no
distribute-list in command changes or cancels the filters received in updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> in
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
1300-2699
in
applies access list to incoming route updates
Command Default
Disabled
17-21
Release 6.2.0
distribute-list out
The distribute-list out command prevents networks from being advertised in
updates. The no distribute-list out command enables update advertisements.
Use the distribute-list out command to apply the access list to outgoing route
updates.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
no distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699> out
Command Syntax
1-199
1300-2699
pre-defined access list number
out
applies access list to outgoing route updates
Command Default
Disabled
17-22
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
ip as-path access-list
The ip as-path access-list command creates or modifies a BGP related access list and
its elements. The no ip as-path access command deletes the corresponding list
element.
Use the no ip as-path access-list command to modify elements and add to the IP
as-path access list of corresponding elements. Use the ip as-path access-list and the
neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters to filter BGP advertisements.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip as-path access-list <1-199> {permit <LINE> | deny <LINE>}
no ip as-path access <1-199>
Command Syntax
1-199
access list number
permit
permits access for matching conditions
deny
denies access to matching conditions
LINE
regular expression describing the as-paths to

be matched
17-23
Release 6.2.0
ip bgp-community new-format
The ip bgp-community new-format command enables the extended community
format to be represented as a two byte number. In the most recent version of RFC
1997, an extended community is in the form AA:NN. The first part (AA) is the
autonomous system number and the second part (NN) is a 2-byte number. The BSRs
default community format is one 32-bit number. The ip bgp-community new-format
command changes the community format from one 32-bit number to the AA:NN
format to conform to RFC 1997.
The following command sequence example illustrates how the ip bgp-community
new-format command enables the extended AA:NN format:
MOT:7A(config)# ip bgp-community new-format
MOT:7A(config)# route-map test
MOT:7A(config-rmap)# set community 123456
MOT:7A(config-rmap)# show route-map
route-map test, permit, sequence 10
Match clauses:
Set clauses:
community 1:57920
The decimal number of 123456, specified with the set community command,
converts to a binary number of 11110001001000000. The last two bytes from this
binary number are 1110001001000000 which equals 57920 in decimal. This leaves a
single binary number of 1 which translates to a decimal number of 1. Thus, the
AA:NN format is 1:57920.
The ip bgp-community new-format command does not change the actual
community it just changes the way the bits are presented.
Group Access
ISP
17-24
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip bgp-community new-format
Command Default
Disabled
17-25
Release 6.2.0
ip community-list
The ip community-list command creates a BGP related access list and its
elements.There are two types of community lists: standard and extended. The
standard community lists have a list number from 1 to 99. The extended community
lists have a list number from 100 to 199. The no ip community-list deletes the
community lists and all associated elements.
The community lists are used in the match community-list command and the set
communities set comm-list delete commands. The route maps are used for inbound
and outbound filtering.
Note: The community lists are related to the respective elements, and are of
the standard and extended types:
Standard community lists:
To create a standard community list and its elements, use the ip
community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip
community-list command.
If there is no elements left in the list, the list will be removed too. To delete the
community list and all its elements use the no ip community-list command.
Extended community lists:
To create an extended community list and its elements use the ip
community-list command. To delete the list element use the no ip
community-list command. If there are no elements left in the list, the list will
be removed too.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
17-26
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Line Usage

ip community-list <1-99>{deny | permit } [<1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | internet |
local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ]
ip community-list <100-199>{deny | permit } <LINE> [<LINE>...]
no ip community-list <1-99>{deny | permit } [<1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | internet
| local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ]
no ip community-list <100-199>{deny | permit } <LINE> [<LINE>...]
Command Syntax
1-99
100-199
deny
prevents access for matching
permit
allows access for matching
1-4294967295
a community number - you can specify a
aa:nn
the extended community in the form AA:NN the first part (AA) is the autonomous system
number and the second part (NN) is a 2-byte
number
internet
internet community
local-AS

no-advertise

or external
no-export

confederation
LINE
an ordered list as a regular expression

17-27
Release 6.2.0
match as-path
The match as-path command matches a BGP autonomous system path access list
match entries or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The no match
as-path command removes the list numbers from the match entry used in the
command.
Use the match as-path command to match a BGP autonomous system path to
advertise on the route-map. Values can be set using the match as-path command.
Use the match as-path command to match at least one BGP autonomous system path
to ensure advertisement on the route-map.
Use the match as-path command to globally replace values matched and set with the
match as-path command and the set weight command to supersede weights
established with the neighbor weight and the neighbor filter-list commands.
The values set by the match and set commands override global values. For example,
the weights assigned with the match as-path and set weight route-map commands
override the weights assigned using the neighbor weight and neighbor filter-list
commands. The implemented weight is established by the initial autonomous system
match.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match as-path [<1-199>]
no match as-path [<1-199>]

Command Syntax
1-199
17-28
as-path list number - you can specify a

Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
match community
The match community command creates a BGP autonomous system community
access list match entry or appends new list numbers to the existing match entry. The
no match community command removes the match entry completely. The no match
community command removes the list numbers or the exact-match attribute from the
match entry use the command
Use the match community-list command to ensure that the route is advertised for
outbound and inbound route-maps. If a change to some of the information is to match
is needed, configure a second route-map with specifics.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match]
no match community [<1-99> <100-199>] exact-match]
Command Syntax
1-99
100-199
exact-match
exact match required; all of the communities

and only those communities in the
community list must be present
17-29
Release 6.2.0
maximum-paths
Group Access
RESTRICTED
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

maximum-paths <1-2>
no maximum-paths
Command Syntax
1-2
the maximum number of parallel routes
Command Default
1
17-30
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor advertisement-interval
The neighbor advertisement-interval command sets the minimum amount of time
between sending BGP routing updates. Use the no neighbor advertisement-interval
form of this command to delete an entry.
Use the neighbor advertisement-interval command to configure all the members of
the peer group with the same attributes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} advertisement-interval <0-600>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
neighbor peer-group-name
0-600
amount of time in seconds
Command Default
30 seconds for external peers
5 seconds for internal peers
17-31
Release 6.2.0
neighbor confed-segment
The neighbor confed-segment command allows you configure a neighbor to use
either AS confederation sequence or AS confederation set as the path segment type in
the AS path attribute. The no neighbor confed-segment command disables the AS
confederation path segment type attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D>} confed-segment {sequence | set}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D>} confed-segment {sequence | set}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
sequence
convert to AS_CONFED_SEQUENCE
(rfc3065: value 3)
set
convert to AS_CONFED_SET
(rfc3065: value 4)
Command Default
AS confederation path segment type attribute is disabled.
17-32
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor default-originate
The neighbor default-originate command allows a BGP speaker to send the default
route 0.0.0.0 to a neighbor for the neighbors default. The no neighbor
default-originate command sends no route as a default.
The neighbor default-originate command does not require the presence of 0.0.0.0 in
the local router, and when used with a route map, the default route 0.0.0.0 is injected
only if the route map contains a match ip address clause and there is a route that
matches the IP access list exactly. The route map can contain other match clauses
also.
The user can use standard or extended access lists with the neighbor
default-originate command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} default-originate [route-map <WORD>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
peer group name
WORD
route map name
17-33
Release 6.2.0
neighbor description
The neighbor description command provides a description of a neighbor. The no
neighbor description clears the provided neighbor description.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} description [LINE]
Command Syntax
17-34
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of a BGP peer group
LINE
up to 80 characters in length to describe

neighbor
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor distribute-list
The neighbor distribute-list command distributes BGP neighbor information based
on the access list. The no neighbor distribute-list command deletes an entry.
Use the neighbor distribute-list command to filter BGP advertisements. Also, use
the ip as-path access-list and the neighbor filter-list commands to use as-path filters
to filter BGP advertisements. If a BGP peer group is specified, all members of that
group are associated. Specifying the neighbor distribute-list command with an IP
address to replace the value already in the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699>{in | out}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} distribute-list <1-199> <1300-2699>{in |
out}
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of a BGP peer group
1-199
number of a standard or extended access list
1300-2699
number of an expanded range access list
in
within the group
out
outside the group
17-35
Release 6.2.0
neighbor ebgp-multihop
The neighbor ebgp-mulithop command accepts route updates from external peers
residing on the network that are not directly connected. The no neighbor
ebgp-mulithop command blocks route updates.
Use the neighbor ebgp-multihop command to modify BGP peer groups for unified
configuration by specifying a peer-group-name.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} ebgp-multihop <1-255>
Command Syntax
17-36
A.B.C.D
IP address of external peer, BGP neighbor
WORD
external BGP group name
1-255
the maximum hop count - if no value is

entered, the default value of 255 is used
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor filter-list
The neighbor filter-list command creates a BGP filter. The no neighbor filter-list
command disables this function.
Use the neighbor filter-list command to create filters on both inbound and outbound
BGP routes. Unlimited weight filters are accepted on a per-neighbor principle, but
only one inbound or one outbound filter is accepted, not both. Route selection rules
determine the weight of a route.
Weight assignment is based on the initial autonomous system path, or as-path.
Weights announced override weights assigned by global neighbor commands. This
happens when the initial match is made. Therefore, weights assigned using match
as-path and set weight commands override weights assigned by the neighbor weight
and neighbor filter-list commands.
Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the peer-group-name
argument is used with the neighbor filter-list command. If the neighbor filter-list
command is used with a specified IP address, then the IP address overrides the value
from the peer group.
Note: Using the command in the form, no neighbor {ip-address |
peer-group} filter-list <access-list-number> weight [<weight>], the optional
[<weight>] argument has no effect.
Using the command in the form, neighbor {ip-address | peer-group}
filter-list [<access-list-number>] {in | out }, the optional
[<access-list-number>] argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199> {in | out | weight <0-65535>}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} filter-list <1-199> {in | out | weight
<0-65535>}
17-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
BGP peer group
1-199
filter list number
in
access list to incoming routes
out
access list to outgoing routes
weight
0-65535
BGP weight metric assigned for competing

incoming routes; accepted values are 0 to
65535; the largest weight is preferred
Command Default
Disabled
17-38
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor maximum-prefix
The neighbor maximum-prefix command controls the number of prefixes accepted
from a neighbor. The no neighbor maximum-prefix command stops the controlled
number of prefixes accepted from a neighbor.
Use the neighbor maximum-prefix command to manage the number of prefixes
accepted from a neighbor.
Note: A prefix is a classless route or a route with a particular starting point
and length, with unlimited prefixes. Therefore, 198.7.97.0/27 and 198.7.97.0/
20 are not the same prefix (route). If the maximum number of acceptable
prefixes configured is exceeded, the router ends peering, which is the default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix <1-65536> [<1-100 > |
warning-only ]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} maximum-prefix <1-65536> [<1-100> |
warning-only ]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of BGP peer-group
1-65536
maximum number of configured prefixes

allowed from specific neighbor
17-39
Release 6.2.0
1-100
integer specifying what percentage of the

maximum number that the router generates a
warning message
warning-only
only generate a warning message when the

maximum number is exceeded
Command Default
Disabled
Threshold default, 75%
17-40
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor next-hop-self
The neighbor next-hop-self command disables BGP processing updates. The no
neighbor next-hop-self command enables BGP processing updates.
Note: Members of a peer group realize configured specifics when the
peer-group-name argument is used with the neighbor next-hop-self
command.
Specifying the command with an IP address will override the value inherited
from the peer group. Use the set ip next-hop command for additional
control.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} next-hop-self
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
name of neighbor peer-group
Command Default
Disabled
17-41
Release 6.2.0
neighbor password
The neighbor password command enables the Message Digest 5 (MD5)
authentication on a TCP connection between two BGP peers. The no neighbor
password command disables the Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication on a TCP
connection between two BGP peers.
Use the neighbor password command to authenticate and to verify TCP connections
between two BGP peers, of which the same password is configured. This command
begins the MD5 generation for outgoing packets and check every segment on a TCP
connection for incoming packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7 }<LINE>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} password {0 | 7} <LINE>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
specifies an UNENCRYPTED password will

follow
specifies an ENCRYPTED password will

follow
LINE
the password (1-32 characters)
Command Default
Disabled
17-42
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor peer-group (assigning members)

The neighbor peer-group (assigning members) command configures a BGP
neighbor to be a member a BGP peer group. The no neighbor peer-group (assigning
members) command removes the neighbor from the peer group.
The neighbor peer-group creates a new member of a peer-group. If there is no such
peer, it will be created and assigned to the group. If there is such peer already, and it
does not belong to any other group, it will be assigned to the group and inherit its AS
number and all its policies. If an existing peer belongs to another group, it must be
removed from that group first with no neighbor peer-group command.
The neighbor at the IP address specified completes all of the configuration options of
the peer group.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD>
no neighbor <A.B.C.D> peer-group <WORD>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
address of the BGP neighbor
WORD
the name of the peer-group
17-43
Release 6.2.0
neighbor peer-group (creating)

The neighbor peer-group (creating) command creates a BGP peer group. The no
neighbor peer-group (creating) command removes the peer group and all of its
members.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor <WORD> peer-group
no neighbor <WORD> peer-group
Command Syntax
WORD
17-44
peer group name
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor remote-as
The neighbor remote-as command performs many functions as described below. Use
the neighbor remote-as command to assign a BGP router to an autonomous system.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor <A.B.C.D> remote-as <1-65535>
creates a new BGP peer and assigns an AS number to it. If such peer does not exist
already, it assigns a new AS number to existing peer. Such assignment can be done
for the existing peer only if it is not a member of any peer-group.
no neighbor <A.B.C.D> [remote-as [<1-65535>]]
deletes the corresponding peer, regardless if it is peer-group member or not.
neighbor <WORD> remote-as <1-65535>
assigns a new AS number to existing peer-group. If the peer-group has an AS number
already, it will be replaced with the new one. All existing peer-group members will
inherit this AS number too.
no neighbor <WORD> remote-as [<1-65535>]
removes the peer-group and all its members.
17-45
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
17-46
A.B.C.D
BGP peer address
WORD
name of BGP peer group
1-65535
neighbor autonomous system number
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor remove-private-as
The neighbor remove-private-as command triggers the removal of private AS
numbers from outbound updates. Use no neighbor remove-private-as command to
stops such removal.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} remove-private-as
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
address of the BGP neighbor
WORD
Command Default
No removal
17-47
Release 6.2.0
neighbor route-map
The neighbor route-map command applies a route map to incoming or outgoing
routes. The no neighbor route-map command clears a route map for incoming and
outgoing routes.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out}
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-map <WORD> {in | out}
Command Syntax
17-48
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
WORD
name of route-map
in
apply to incoming routes
out
apply to outgoing routes
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor route-reflector-client
The neighbor route-reflector-client command configures the router as a BGP
route-reflector. The no neighbor route-reflector-client command configures a router
back to a BGP route-reflector.
Use the neighbor route-reflector-client command to establish a local router to act as
the route-reflector with the specified neighbor as a client.
Note: When all clients are disabled, the local router is no longer a
route-reflector.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-reflector-client
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
17-49
Release 6.2.0
neighbor route-refresh
The neighbor route-refresh command allows a BGP neighbor to accept route refresh
requests. The no neighbor route-refresh command disables the acceptance of reoute
refresh requests for a BGP neighbor.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-refresh
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} route-refresh
Command Syntax
17-50
A.B.C.D
BGP neighbor IP address
WORD
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor send-community
The neighbor send-community command will allow a communities attribute, if any,
to be sent in outbound updates to a neighbor. The no neighbor send-community
command stops sending communities attribute.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community [both | extended | standard]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} send-community [both | extended |
standard]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
both
send standard and extended community

attributes
extended
send extended community attributes
standard
send standard community attributes
17-51
Release 6.2.0
neighbor shutdown
The neighbor shutdown command disables a neighbor or peer group. The no
neighbor shutdown command enables a neighbor or peer group.
Use the neighbor shutdown command to end an session for a particular neighbor or
peer group. This removes all routing information associated.
Use the show ip bgp summary command for a list of neighbors and peer-group
connection. Those neighbors with an Idle status and the Administrative entry have
been disabled by the neighbor shutdown command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} shutdown
Command Syntax
17-52
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

The neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command starts the storage of
incoming updates without any modification. The no neighbor soft-reconfiguration
inbound command stops this storage and releases the memory used for them.
Use the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command to start update story
required to enable inbound software configuration with the clear ip bgp soft [in]
command. Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software
configuration.
Outbound BGP soft-reconfiguration does not need inbound software configuration.
Note: When the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound command is
issued, the peer will first be disabled and then enabled again. The no form of
this command doesn't bring the peer down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} soft-reconfiguration inbound
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
inbound
specific inbound update
Command Default
No storage
17-53
Release 6.2.0
neighbor timers
The neighbor timers command sets the timers for a particular BGP peer or peer
group. The no neighbor timers command clears the timers for a particular BGP peer
or peer group.
Use the neighbor timers command to configure a specific neighbor or peer-group
timers values to bypass the timers configured for all BGP neighbors using the timers
bgp command.
Note: If, during the negotiated holdtime (which is the smallest of configured
hold time and the holdtime advertised by the neighbor), no messages arrive,
the peer will be brought down. If the negotiated holdtime is 0, then the peer
will never be brought down, because it hasn't received any messages. If the
value of the keepalive timer is 0, then no keepalive messages will be sent.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers {<0-21845>} [<0-65535>]
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} timers
Command Syntax
17-54
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
0-21845
frequency of keepalive messages to peers in seconds
0-65535
amount of time passed when no keepalive message is

sent, in seconds
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Default
keepalive = 60 seconds
hold time = 180 seconds
17-55
Release 6.2.0
neighbor update-source loopback

The neighbor update-source loopback command allows an internal BGP session to
use any loopback interface for the TCP session. The no neighbor update-source
loopback command blocks a BGP session from using a loopback interface for the
TCP session.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-255>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} update-source loopback <1-255>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
loopback
loopback interface
1-255
Command Default
Best local address
17-56
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
neighbor weight
The neighbor weight command establishes a weight to a neighbor connection. The
no neighbor weight command removes a weight to a neighbor connection.
Note: Initially, all routes learned from this neighbor will have the assigned
weight. The route with the highest weight is chosen as the choice route when
multiple routes are available on the network.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535>
no neighbor {<A.B.C.D> | <WORD>} weight <0-65535>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
neighbor IP address
WORD
0-65535
weight assignment
Command Default
learned routes = 0
routes sourced by local router = 32768
17-57
Release 6.2.0
network
The network command specifies the list of networks for the BGP routing process.
The no network command deletes the entry.
Use the network command to control what networks are originated. be included in
the BGP updates. Network types are learned from connected routes, dynamic routing,
and static route sources. Because BGP can handle subnetting and supernetting, the
mask is used. The maximum number of network commands is based on the
configured nvram or ram.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>]
no network <A.B.C.D> [mask <A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
17-58
A.B.C.D
network that BGP will advertise
A.B.C.D
network or subnetwork mask address
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
redistribute
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redistribute {connected | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 | external
2}] | rip | static} [metric <0-4294967295>] [route-map <WORD>] [weight
<0-65535>]
no redistribute {connected | ospf [match {internal | external | external 1 |
external 2}] | rip | static} [metric <0-4294967295>] [route-map <WORD>]
[weight <0-65535>]
Command Syntax
connected

an interface
ospf
OSPF source protocol
match
the criteria by which OSPF routes are

redistributed into BGP
internal
routes that are internal to an autonomous

system
external
routes external to an autonomous system, but

are imported into OSPF as either Type 1 or
Type 2 external route
external 1

external routes
17-59
Release 6.2.0
external 2

external routes
rip
RIP source protocol
static
IP or BGP static routes
metric 0-4294967295
metric value used for the redistributed route.
route-map WORD

weight 0-65535
set a network weight value when

redistributing into BGP
Command Default
Disabled
17-60
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
route-map
The route-map command creates or modifies route-maps and their sequences. The no
route-map command removes the corresponding sequence from the route-map.If
there are no sequences left in the route-map, the route-map will be deleted too.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the
rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map
route map.
Note: If the optional sequence number [<0-65535>] is omitted, the default
sequence number 10 is used. If the optional access value [permit | deny] is
omitted, the default value permit is used.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>]
no route-map <WORD> [deny | permit] [<0-65535>]
Command Syntax
WORD
route-map name
0-65535
route-map sequence number
deny
denies access for matching conditions
permit
permits access for matching conditions
17-61
Release 6.2.0
router bgp
The router bgp command configures the BGP routing process. Use the no router
bgp command clears BGP routing process configuration.
Use the router bgp command to establish a distributed routing core that
automatically guarantees the loop-free exchange of routing information between
autonomous systems.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router bgp <1-65535>
no router bgp <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
17-62
number of the autonomous system identifying

the router to other BGP routers
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
set as-path prepend

The set as-path prepend command modifies AS system path attributes for the
matched BGP routes. The no set as-path prepend command ends modification of a
system path for BGP routes.
Use the set as-path prepend command to guide the path information to control the
BGP decision process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set as-path prepend <1-65535> [<1-65535>]
no set as-path prepend <1-65535> [<1-65535>]
Command Syntax
1-65535
prepend string - you can specify a single
number or multiple numbers separated

by a space
17-63
Release 6.2.0
set comm-list
The set comm-list command deletes communities from the community attribute of an
inbound or outbound update. The no set comm-list command deletes the entry.
Use the set comm-list command to delete communities from the community attribute
of inbound or outbound updates using a route map to filter and determine the
communities to be deleted.
If the standard list is referred in the set comm-list delete command, only the elements
with the single community number or no community number in them will be used. All
others will be quietly ignored. Any element specified with the 'internet' keyword is
equivalent to element without community number.
If the set community comm and set comm-list list-num delete commands are
configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion operation (set
comm-list list-num delete) is performed before the set operation (set community
comm).
Note: If the set community and set comm-list delete commands are
configured in the same sequence of a route-map attribute, the deletion
operation (set comm-list delete) is performed before the set operation (set
community).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
no set comm-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} delete
17-64
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
1-99
100-199
delete
delete inbound or outbound communities from the

community attribute
17-65
Release 6.2.0
set community
The set community command adds or replaces communities from the community
attribute of an inbound or outbound update. Use the no set community command
removes the specified communities from the set.
Use the route-map command, and the match and set commands to configure the rules
for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each route-map
route map.
Note: The communities could be specified as numbers; the result will be the
same; none removes community attribute from the update unless additive is
specified for the set entry. In this case it doesn't modify update community
attributes.
In other words, the no set community command, if the entry had some
community numbers in it before removal, and as the result of the removal no
numbers are left, then the entry itself is deleted.
The command set community none removes all community numbers from
set entry, if any, but leaves the value of the additive attribute intact.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set community {<1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export |
additive | none}
no set community {<1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export
| additive | none}
17-66
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
the community number
aa:nn
number
additive
add to the existing community
local-AS

no-advertise

or external
no-export

confederation
none
no community attribute
17-67
Release 6.2.0
set ip next-hop
The set ip next-hop command establishes a next-hop value for the AS path. The no ip
next-hop command deletes the entry.
Use the ip policy route-map interface configuration command, the route-map global
configuration command, and the match and set route-map configuration commands,
to define the conditions for policy routing packets. The ip policy route-map
command identifies a route map by name. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the match
criteria---the conditions under which policy routing occurs. The set commands
specify the set actions---the particular routing actions to perform if the criteria
enforced by the match commands are met.
If the interface associated with the first next hop specified with the set ip next-hop
command is down, the optionally specified IP addresses are tried in turn.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set ip next-hop <A.B.C.D>
no set ip next-hop
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
IP address of the next hop to which packets

are output; address of the adjacent router
Command Default
Disabled
17-68
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
set local-preference
The set-local preference command establishes a preference value for the AS system
path. Use the set local-preference command to send the local-preference to all
routers in the local autonomous system.
Use the no set-local preference form of this command to delete the entry.
Note: In the no set-local preference command, the optional

<0-4294967295> argument has no effect.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set local-preference <0-4294967295>
no set local-preference <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
local preference value
17-69
Release 6.2.0
set metric-type
The set metric-type command sets the destination routing protocol. The no set
metric-type command returns the default.
Use the set metric-type command, and the match and set commands to configure the
rules for redistributing routes from one routing protocol to another. Each set
metric-type command has a list of match and set commands associated with it. The
match commands specify the match criteria, which are the conditions under which
redistribution is allowed for the current set metric-type command. The set commands
enforced by the match commands are met. The no set metric-type command deletes
the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route-map configuration
Command Line Usage

set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2}
no set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2}
Command Syntax
internal
internal metric
external
external metric
type-1
type-2
Command Default
Disabled
17-70
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
set origin
The set origin command configures the conditions for redistributing routes from any
protocol to any protocol. The no set origin command deletes the BGP origin code.
When the set origin command configures redistributing routes from any protocol to
any protocol, any match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit
everything to set tags.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Route-Map Configuration
Command Line Usage

set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
no set origin {egp | igp | incomplete}
Command Syntax
egp
remote EGP
igp
local IGP
incomplete
unknown heritage
17-71
Release 6.2.0
set tag
The set tag command sets the value of the destination routing protocol. The no set tag
command removes the value.
The route-map global configuration command and the match and set route-map
configuration commands are used together to define the conditions for redistributing
routes from one routing protocol into another. Each route-map command has a list of
match and set commands associated with it. The match commands specify the
conditions for redistribution for the current route-map command. The set commands
specify the particular redistribution actions to perform if the criteria enforced by the
match commands are met. The no route-map command deletes the route map.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set tag <0-4294967295>
no set tag <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
0-4294967295
tag value
Command Default
If not specified, tag is forwarded to the new destination protocol.
17-72
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
set weight
The set-weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first
autonomous system match determines the weight to be set.
Use the set weight command to set the route weight on the network. The first AS
match determines the weight to be set. The route with the highest weight is chosen as
the choice route when multiple routes are available on the network. Weights spoken
when an as path is matched, override any weight set by the neighbor command. Any
match clause is necessary which includes pointing to a permit everything to set tags
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set weight <0-65535>
no set weight
Command Syntax
0-65535
weight value
17-73
Release 6.2.0
show ip as-path-access-list
The show ip as-path-access-list command displays configured AS path access lists
and their elements.
Use the show ip as-path-access-list command to display configured as-path access
lists and their elements.
With the optional access list number argument, it displays the specified as-path access
list, if such list exists. Without it, it displays all configured as-path access lists.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip as-path-access-list [<1-199>]
Command Syntax
1-199
17-74
access list number
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp
The show ip bgp command displays entries in the BGP routing table. Use the show ip
bgp command to determine whether the session is active or not.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip bgp [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
network address in the BGP routing table to

display
A.B.C.D
displays all BGP routes matching the network

address/network mask pair
longer-prefixes
displays route and more specific routes
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
17-75
17-76
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp cidr-only

The show ip bgp cidr-only command displays routes without natural network masks,
or Classless Inter-domain Routing (CIDR) routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp cidr-only [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip bgp cidr-only [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

17-77
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp community

The show ip bgp community command display routes that belong to specified BGP
communities.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp community [ <1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | <LINE> | exact-match
<LINE> | expanded | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip bgp community [ <1-4294967295>/<aa:nn> | <LINE> | exact-match
<LINE> | extended | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-78
1-4294967295
aa:nn
number
LINE
exact-match
display routes that have an exact match
expanded
extended access list format
local-AS

no-advertise
do not advertise this route to any peer
internal or external
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
no-export
routes with this community are sent to
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
peers in other sub-autonomous systems

within a confederation
17-79
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp community-list

The show ip bgp community-list command display routes that are permitted by the
BGP community list.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp community-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} [exact-match] [ | {begin |
show ip bgp community-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} [exact-match] [ | {count |
count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-80
1-99
100-199
exact-match
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp dampened-paths

The show ip bgp dampened-paths command displays BGP dampened routes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp dampened-paths [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show ip bgp dampened-paths [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-81
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp flap-statistics

The show ip bgp flap-statistics command displays BGP flap statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes ] [filter-list
<1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip bgp flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>] [longer-prefixes ] [filter-list
<1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-82
A.B.C.D

display
A.B.C.D

longer-prefixes
filter-list 1-199
number of an autonomous system path access

list
regexp LINE
a regular-expression to match the BGP

autonomous system paths
begin

string
exclude

string
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-83
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast

The show ip bgp ipv4 unicast command displays IPv4 address family unicast BGP
routing information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp ipv4 unicast [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]] [longer-prefixes]]] [ | {begin |
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]] [longer-prefixes]]] {<LINE>}
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast cidr-only [ | {count | count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast community [ <1-4294967295> | <LINE> | exact-match
<LINE> | expanded | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast community [ <1-4294967295> | <LINE> | exact-match
<LINE> | expanded | local-AS | no-advertise | no-export ] {<LINE>} [ | {count |
count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast community-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} [exact-match] [ |
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast community-list {<1-99> | <100-199>} [exact-match]
{<LINE>} [ | {count | count-only}]
17-84
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast dampened-paths [ | {begin | exclude | include} show ip

bgp ipv4 unicast dampened-paths {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast dampened-paths [ | {count | count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]
[longer-prefixes] [filter-list <1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] [ | {begin | exclude |
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast flap-statistics [<A.B.C.D>] [<A.B.C.D>]
[longer-prefixes] [filter-list <1-199> ] [ regexp <LINE> ] {<LINE>} [ | {count |
count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast paths [<LINE>] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
{<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast paths [<LINE>] [ | {count | count-only}]
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast regexp {<LINE>} [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast regexp{<LINE>} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D

display
A.B.C.D

longer-prefixes
cidr-only
displays routes without natural network

masks, or Classless Inter-domain Routing
(CIDR) routes
community
displays routes that belong to specified BGP

communities
1-4294967295
17-85
17-86
Release 6.2.0
LINE
exact-match
expanded
extended access list format
local-AS

no-advertise

or external
no-export

confederation
community-list
displays routes that are permitted by the BGP

community list.
1-99
100-199
dampened-paths
displays BGP dampened routes
flap-statistics
displays BGP flap statistics
filter-list 1-199
number of an autonomous system path access

list
regexp
displays routes matching the regular

expression
LINE
regular expression to match BGP autonomous

systems paths
paths
displays all BGP paths in the database
begin

string
exclude

string
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-87
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp memory

The show ip bgp memory command displays BGP memory usage information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip bgp memory
command:
Mem Pool
Size
Free
Used
High Water Mark
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Bgp Node
116036
Bgp 32B
32
1024 (
32768)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
Bgp 64B
64
1024 (
65536)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
Bgp 128B
128
4096 (
524288)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
Bgp 256B
256
16 (
4096)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
Bgp 512B
512
15 (
7680)
1 (
512)
1 (
512)
Bgp 2048B 2048
512 (
1048576)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
Bgp 8192B 8192
128 (
1048576)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
BgpRte
40
16384 (
655360)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
BgpRt
76
16384 (
1245184)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
BgpExp
36
16384 (
589824)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
BgpCB
2284
256 (
584704)
0 (
0)
0 (
0)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------Total Free 5670K (5806592) + Used 113K (116548) = 5784K (5923140)
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp memory [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip bgp memory [ | {count | count-only}]
17-88
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
Command Syntax
|
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-89
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp neighbors

The show ip bgp neighbors command displays information about TCP and BGP
connections to neighbors.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp neighbors [<A.B.C.D> | global [<A.B.C.D>] | ipv4 [<A.B.C.D>] |
vpnv4 [<A.B.C.D>]] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | received-routes |
routes] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip bgp neighbors [<A.B.C.D> | global [<A.B.C.D>] | ipv4 [<A.B.C.D>] |
vpnv4 [<A.B.C.D>]] [advertised-routes | dampened-routes | received-routes |
routes] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-90
A.B.C.D
the IP address of a neighbor - if not specified,

all neighbors are displayed
global
displays all neighbors for global BGP routing/

forwarding
ipv4
displays all neighbors active in the IPv4

address family
vpnv4
displays all neighbors active in the VPNv4

address family
advertised-routes
displays all routes advertised to a BGP

neighbor
dampened-routes
displays the dampened routes received from

BGP neighbor
received-routes
displays all received routes (both accepted

and filtered) from a specific neighbor
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
routes
displays all routes that were received and

accepted for the specified neighbor
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-91
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp next-hops

The show ip bgp next-hops command displays BGP next-hop information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp next-hops [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip bgp next-hops [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-92
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp paths

The show ip bgp paths command displays all BGP paths in the database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp paths [<LINE>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ip bgp paths [<LINE>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
LINE
regular expression to match BGP autonomous

systems paths
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-93
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp peer-group

The show ip bgp peer-group command displays information about BGP peer groups.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp peer-group [<WORD> | global [<WORD>] | ipv4 [<WORD>] | vpnv4
[<WORD>]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ip bgp peer-group <WORD> | global [<WORD>] | ipv4 [<WORD>] | vpnv4
[<WORD>]] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-94
WORD
display information about a specific

peer-group; number of peers and groups
global
displays all peer-groups for global BGP

routing/forwarding
ipv4
displays all peer-groups active in the IPv4

address family
vpnv4
displays all neighbors peer-groups in the

VPNv4 address family
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
17-95
Release 6.2.0
show ip bgp regexp

The show ip bgp regexp command displays routes matching the regular expression.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp regexp {<LINE>} [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count
| count-only}]]
show ip bgp regexp {<LINE>} [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
17-96
LINE
regular expression to match the BGP

autonomous system paths
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip bgp summary

The show ip bgp summary command displays the status of all BGP connections. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ip bgp summary
command:
BGP router identifier 150.31.108.1, local AS number 3

Message statistics:
Rcvd
0
0
0
0
0
0
Open
Update
Notify
Keepalive
Route Refresh
Total
RcvdLast
Sent
0
0
0
0
0
0
SentLast
New since last show 2w3d ago: none

CONF/RCVD values: U IPv4 unicast, u IPv4 unicast (no capabilities)
V VPNv4, M IPv4 multicast, L MPLS
Neighbor
AS CONF/RCVD MsgRcvd MsgSent TblVer Up/Down
State/PfxUsed
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip bgp summary [ global | ipv4 | vpnv4] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show ip bgp summary [ global | ipv4 | vpnv4] [ | {count | count-only}]
17-97
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
17-98
global
displays all neighbors for global BGP routing/

forwarding
ipv4
displays all neighbors active in the IPv4

address family
vpnv4
displays all neighbors active in the VPNv4

address family
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
show ip community-list
The show ip community-list command displays a configured community access list
and associated elements.
With the optional access list number argument, the command displays the specified
community access list, if such a list exists. Without the optional access list number
argument, the command displays all configured community access lists.
The following is typical screen output from the show ip community-list command:
Community standard list 10

permit 100:100
permit 10000:10000
permit 1:35474
permit 100:1
permit 1:57920
Community expanded list 100
permit line
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip community-list [<1-99> | <100-199>]
Command Syntax
1-99
100-199
17-99
Release 6.2.0
synchronization
The synchronization command enables IGP synchronization. The no
synchronization command disables IGP synchronization.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

synchronization
no synchronization
17-100
Release 6.2.0
BGP Commands
timers bgp
The timers bgp command adjusts BGP network timers. The no timers bgp command
resets the BGP timing defaults values.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

timers bgp <0-21845> [<0-65535>]
no timers bgp <0-21845>
Command Syntax
0-21845
the frequency, in seconds, at which the

software sends keepalive messages to its peer
0-65535
the holdtime interval, in seconds, which, after

not receiving a keepalive message, that the
software declares a BGP peer dead - the
holdtime value is always three times the
keepalive value
Command Syntax
keepalive = 60 seconds
holdtime = 180 seconds
17-101
18
PIM Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the Protocol-Independent Multicast (PIM) commands that are
supported on the BSR 64000. The BSR supports PIM in sparse mode.
PIM Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the PIM commands
18-1
Release 6.2.0
ip pim border
Use the ip pim border command to configure a PIM domain boundary on the
interface of a border router peering with one or more neighbors outside the PIM
domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim border
no ip pim border
18-2
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim bsr-candidate
Use the ip pim bsr-candidate command to configure the BSR to be a candidate
bootstrap router.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32>
no ip pim bsr-candidate <0-32>
Command Syntax
0-32
specifies the hash mask length from 0 to 32 bits.
Command Default
30 bits
18-3
Release 6.2.0
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address command to specifiy the IP address of a
specific interface on the candidate Bootstrap Router (BSR).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32>
no ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D> <0-32>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the interface IP address
0-32
the hash mask length
Command Default
Hash mask length = 30 bits
18-4
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim dr-priority
The ip pim dr-priority command sets the priority for which a router is elected as
the Designated Router (DR). When a DR is an election candidate, the router with
the highest priority is elected as the DR. The DR priority is configured on the
routers interface. If a DR priority is assigned on multiple router interfaces, then
the interface with the highest IP address is used as the DR.
If a router does not advertise its priority in its hello messages, the router is elected
as the DR. If multiple routers have the highest priority status, then the router with
the highest IP address configured on an interface is elected to be the DR.
The no ip pim dr-priority command removes a router from the list of potential
Designated Routers.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim dr-priority <1-255>
no ip pim dr-priority <1-255>
Command Syntax
1-255
the DR priority
Command Default
The default DR priority is 1 (highest).
18-5
Release 6.2.0
ip pim message-interval
Use the ip pim message-interval command to specify the PIM router join/prune
messages interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim message-interval <1-65535>
no ip pim message-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
join/prune interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
18-6
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim query-interval
The ip pim query-interval command adjusts how often PIM router query messages
are sent to other PIM routers. IP multicast routers send PIM query "Hello" messages
to determine which router is the Designated Router (DR) for each LAN segment. The
DR sends Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) host query messages to all
hosts on the directly connected LAN. When PIM operates in sparse mode, the DR
sends source registration messages to the Rendezvous Point (RP). The no ip pim
query-interval command disables the PIM router query message interval to the
default.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim query-interval <0-65535>
no ip pim query-interval
Command Syntax
0-65535
the PIM router query message interval in

seconds
Command Default
30 seconds
18-7
Release 6.2.0
ip pim rp-candidate
Use the ip pim rp-candidate command to configure and advertise the router as a
single Rendezvous Point (RP) candidate on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim rp-candidate
no ip pim rp-candidate
18-8
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate group-list

Use the ip pim rp-candidate group-list command to configure one or more groups
that are associated with this Rendezvous Point (RP) candidates on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99>
no ip pim rp-candidate group-list <1-99>
Command Syntax
1-99
the access list reference number for group prefixes
18-9
Release 6.2.0
ip pim rp-candidate interval

Use the ip pim rp-candidate interval command to change the candidate Rendezvous
Point (RP) advertisement interval.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200>
no ip pim rp-candidate interval <1-200>
Command Syntax
1-200
the candidate Rendezvous Point interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
18-10
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address

Use the ip pim rp-candidate ip-address command to advertise the IP address of a
specific interface for the candidate Rendezvous Point (RP).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D>
no ip pim rp-candidate ip-address <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the candidate RP
18-11
Release 6.2.0
ip pim rp-candidate priority

Use the ip pim rp-candidate priority command to specify the candidate Rendezvous
Point (RP) priority for the BSR on the PIM domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255>
no ip pim rp-candidate priority <0-255>
Command Syntax
0-255
the assigned priority of the candidate RP
Command Default
0
18-12
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop

The ip pim spt-threshold lasthop command configures when a PIM last-hop router
should join the shortest path tree (SPT). This is determined by specifying a network
traffic threshold. The no ip pim spt-threshold lasthop command restores the default
value or changes the setting.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim spt-threshold lasthop {<0-4294967294> | infinity}
no ip pim spt-threshold lasthop [<0-4294967294> | infinity]
Command Syntax
0-4294967294
the traffic rate in kilobits per second
infinity
never switch to the shortest path tree indicates that the Rendezvous Point (RP)
always uses a shared tree
Command Default
1024 kbps
18-13
Release 6.2.0
ip pim spt-threshold rp
Use the ip pim spt-threshold rp command to specify the multicast traffic threshold
that must be reached by the Rendezvous Point (RP) router before the distribution tree
is switched over to the Shortest Path Tree (SPT).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim spt-threshold rp {<0-4294967294> | infinity }
no ip pim spt-threshold rp
Command Syntax
0-4294967294 the multicast traffic rate in kilobits per second (kbps)
infinity
indicates that the shared tree distribution control method is always

used by the RP
Command Default
0
18-14
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
ip pim ssm
The ip pim ssm command is used to define the SSM range, as used by the IGMP
protocol, so that only requested sources are forwarded. Once a range is specified, only
Source Specific Join Messages within this specified range can be generated.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip pim ssm [default | range {<1-99> | <1300-1999>}]
no ip pim ssm
Command Syntax
default
Selects the default address range 232.0.0.0

through 232.255.255.255 (232/8) for SSM
applications and protocols.
range
Selects a range that uses a standard or

extended access-list number.
Command Default
Disabled
18-15
Release 6.2.0
network
The PIM version of the network command enables IP networks for the PIM routing
process. The no network command disables networks for the PIM routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
no network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
18-16
A.B.C.D
IP address of directly connected network
A.B.C.D
PIM wild card bits
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
pim accept-rp
The pim accept-rp command configures the router to accept only Join or Prune
messages destined for the specified Rendezvous Point (RP) for a specific list of
multicast groups. The no pim accept-rp command removes the RP address.
The multicast groups must be in the range specified by the access list. If no access list
is provided, the default is all class D group addresses. When the group address is not
in the group range, the RP will not accept Join or Register messages and will respond
immediately to Register messages with Register-Stop messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pim accept-rp <A.B.C.D> [1-99]
no pim accept-rp <A.B.C.D> [1-99]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
The IP address of the RP.
1-99
The access list number that defines which

groups the RP is allowed to send Join
messages. If not specified, the whole class D
groups are subject to the check.
Command Default
Disabled
18-17
Release 6.2.0
pim graceful-restart restart-interval

If multicast data traffic is being forwarded in the active SRM, the same multicast data
traffic will remain forwarded across an SRM switchover. For multicast data that is
being forwarded in the slow path on the SRM, there will be a slight interruption of
data as the new active SRM is taking over. This interruption should be less than 3
seconds. For multicast data that is being forwarded in the fast path, there should be no
significant interruption of data forwarding as the fast path is not being reset across an
SRM switchover.
The pim graceful-restart restart-interval command provides a configurable PIM
graceful restart interval that will complete the protocol relearn process which
validates all the replicated forwarding entries after an SRM switchover. The no pim
graceful-restart restart-interval command returns to the default value.
Note: The BSR does not support multicast data forwarding across a SRM
switchover for traffic learned from other multicast routing protocols except for
PIM-SM and PIM-SSM. When the newly active SRM initializes, all multicast
forwarding entries that are learned from protocols other than PIM-SM or
PIM-SSM will be deleted when graceful restart completes. These traffic flows
will be recreated as soon as new traffic arrives.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pim graceful-restart restart-interval <30-180>
no pim graceful-restart restart-interval
Command Syntax
30-180
the graceful restart period in seconds
Command Default
120 seconds
18-18
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
pim register-checksum
Use the pim register-checksum command to register a packet checksum type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pim register-checksum [ new | old ]
Command Syntax
new
use only IP and PIM Control Headers
old
use complete IP packet length
Command Default
Complete IP packet length
18-19
Release 6.2.0
pim rp-address
The pim rp-address command configures the address of a static PIM Rendezvous
Point (RP) for a particular group. The no pim rp-address command removes an RP
address for a particular group.
Note: You must configure the IP address of RPs on all routers (including the
RP router) if you use static RP.
First-hop routers send register packets to the RP address on behalf of source multicast
hosts. Routers also use this address on behalf of multicast hosts that want to become
members of a group. These routers send Join and Prune messages towards the RP.
The RP must be a PIM router but does not require any special configuration to
recognize that it is the RP. RPs are not members of the multicast group but serve as a
"meeting place" for multicast sources and group members. You can configure a single
RP for more than one group. The access list determines which groups the RP can be
used for. If no access list is configured, the RP is used for all groups. A PIM router
can use multiple RPs, but only one per group. Statically configured RP will take
precedence over RP learned though a dynamic mechanism such as the bootstrap
mechanism.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pim rp-address <A.B.C.D> [1-99]
no ip pim rp-address <A.B.C.D>
18-20
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
The IP address of the router to be a statically

configured PIM RP. This is a unicast IP
address in four-part, dotted notation.
1-99
The number of an access list that defines for

which multicast groups the RP should use.
This is a standard IP access list. If no number
is entered, then the default is the whole class
D group range.
Command Default
No PIM Rendezvous Points are preconfigured.
18-21
Release 6.2.0
pim unicast-route-lookup
The pim unicast-route-lookup command retrieves routes from the BSRs unicast
routing table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

pim unicast-route-lookup
no pim unicast-route-lookup
18-22
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
router pim
Use the router pim command to enter Router Configuration mode from Global
Configuration mode and enable PIM routing.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router pim
18-23
Release 6.2.0
show ip pim
The show ip pim command displays various PIM routing information. Use the show
ip pim command to determine whether the session is active or not.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip pim bsr-router
show ip pim interface [cable <X/Y> | count | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-64>]
show ip pim neighbor [<A.B.C.D> | cable <X/Y> | detail | ethernet <X/Y> |
gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-64>]
show ip pim rp [<A.B.C.D> | mapping]
show ip pim rp-hash <A.B.C.D>
show ip pim unresolved-groups
Command Syntax
18-24
bsr-router
Bootstrap router (v2) information
interface
PIM interface information
cable X/Y

CMTS module
count
Internet multicast packet count
ethernet X/Y
Ethernet interface
gigaether X/Y
Gigabit Ethernet interface
loopback 1-64
Loopback interface
neighbor
PIM neighbor information
Release 6.2.0
PIM Commands
A.B.C.D
IP address of a specific neighbor
detail
Shows all joins/prunes towards this neighbor
rp
PIM Rendezvous Point (RP) information
A.B.C.D
IP group address
mapping
show group-to-RP mappings
rp-hash
RP to be chosen based on group selected

information
unresolved-groups
unresolved groups information
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
18-25
19
MPLS Commands
Introduction
Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) provides a mechanism for engineering
network traffic patterns that is independent of routing tables. In a standard routed
network (without MPLS), as a packet travels from a source to a destination, an
independent forwarding decision must be made at each router along the path. As a
packet travels through the network, each router analyzes the packet and determines
the next hop router that the packet must be sent to in order for the packet to arrive at
its final destination.
With MPLS, a packet only has to be analyzed once it enters the network. As the
packet is received at the first router in the network, the router assigns a short label to
the packet. When the packet is forwarded to the next router, the label is included in
the packet. At subsequent routers, there is no further analysis of the packets layer 3
address. Instead, the label is used to instruct the router how to forward the packet.
An MPLS network consists of Label Edge Routers (LERs) and Label Switch Routers
(LSRs).
n
The LER is responsible for classifying each packet based on some

user-configurable policy (source, destination, port, QoS class, etc.), and assigning
a label to the packet.
19-1
Release 6.2.0
The LSRs are responsible for forwarding the packet along the correct Label
Switched Path (LSP) based upon the label. LSPs are configured from end-to-end
across the network. In order for a packet to properly travel across the network, all
routers in the path must be aware of the label for each packet and which LSP to
send the packet on. LSPs are configured statically at each router along the path or
dynamically using the Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP).
MPLS supports a variety routing protocols by creating end-to-end links across a

network that serve as tunnels for all packets that need to travel to the same
destination.
19-2
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
About RSVP
Resource Reservation Protocol (RSVP) data transfer occurs between a router that
serves as the links entrance point and another router that serves as the links exit
point. RSVP is used in conjunction with MPLS to distribute MPLS labels.
RSVP is a resource reservation setup protocol that is used by both network hosts and
routers. Hosts use RSVP to request a specific quality of service (QoS) from the
network for particular application flows. Routers use RSVP to deliver QoS requests to
all routers along the data path. RSVP also can maintain and refresh states for a
requested QoS application flow.
RSVP is not a routing protocol, but rather is designed to inter-operate with current and
future unicast and multicast routing protocols. The routing protocols are responsible
for choosing the routes to use to forward packets, and RSVP consults local routing
tables to obtain routes. RSVP is responsible only for ensuring the QoS of packets
traveling along a data path.
MPLS Command Descriptions

This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the MPLS commands
19-3
Release 6.2.0
clear ip rsvp statistics

The clear ip rsvp statistics command clears RSVP statistics for all interfaces or
selected interfaces with RSVP enabled.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ip rsvp statistics [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
19-4
rsvp statistics
clear RSVP statistics for all or selected

interfaces
ethernet X/Y
the Ethernet/Fast Ethernet IEEE 802.3 slot

and port number on the BSR
gigaether X/Y
the Gigabit Ethernet slot and port number on

the BSR
pos X/Y
the Packet over SONET slot and port number

on the BSR
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
clear mpls traffic

The clear mpls traffic command clears MPLS protocol statistics for the entire
system.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear mpls traffic
19-5
Release 6.2.0

The debug mpls forwarding command enables debugging for MPLS forwarding.
The no debug mpls forwarding disables debugging for MPLS forwarding.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

no debug mpls forwarding
19-6
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
debug mpls rsvp

The debug mpls rsvp command enables various debugging functions for MPLS
RSVP protocol messages. The no debug mpls rsvp command disables debugging for
MPLS RSVP protocol messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug mpls rsvp {all | path | resv | ptear | rtear | error}
no debug mpls rsvp {all | path | resv | ptear | rtear | error}
Command Syntax
all
debug all MPLS RSVP protocol messages
path
debug MPLS RSVP protocol Path messages each sender transmits Path messages
downstream along the routes provided by the
unicast and multicast routing protocols
resv
debug MPLS RSVP protocol Resv messages each receiver sends reservation request
(Resv) messages upstream toward senders
and sender applications and follow the
reverse route of Path messages
ptear
debug MPLS RSVP protocol PathTear

messages - PathTear messages remove path
states and dependent reservation states in any
routers along a path and follow the same route
as Path messages.
19-7
19-8
Release 6.2.0
rtear
debug MPLS RSVP protocol ResvTear

messages - ResvTear messages remove
reservation states along a path and travel
upstream toward senders of the session
error
debug MPLS RSVP protocol PathErr and

ResvErr error messages
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
ip rsvp
The ip rsvp command is used to enable the RSVP protocol on an interface. The no ip
rsvp command is used to disable the RSVP protocol on an interface.
The ip rsvp command can also be used to enable message aggregation and to specify
the interval in seconds between the transmission of RSVP bundle messages, hello
packets, message acknowledgements, and refresh messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip rsvp {aggregate | bundle-time <1-30> | hello-interval <0-65535> | hello-misses
<4-10> | msgack-time <1-65535> | refresh-time <1-65535> | summary-refresh}
no ip rsvp {aggregate | bundle-time <1-30> | hello-interval <0-65535> |
hello-misses <4-10> | msgack-time <1-65535> | refresh-time <1-65535> |
summary-refresh}
Command Syntax
aggregate
enable message aggregation which allows the

bundling of multiple RSVP messages in a
single RSVP transmission
bundle-time 1-30
specify the maximum interval in seconds

between the generation of bundle messages
hello-interval 0-65535 specify the value in seconds as to how often

this MPLS link generates hello packets
hello-misses 4-10
the number of sequential Hello

acknowledgments that a node can miss before
the LSP can be removed
19-9
Release 6.2.0
msgack-time 1-65535
specify the maximum interval in seconds

between the acknowledgement of bundle
messages
refresh-time 1-65535
specify the interval in seconds between the

successive generation of refresh messages
summary-refresh
RSVP summary refresh
Command Default
bundle time = 10 seconds
hello-misses = 4
msgack-time = 2 seconds
refresh-time = 30 seconds
Note: Setting the hello-interval to "0" disables the transmission of hello

packets.
19-10
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
mpls create-lsp rsvp

The mpls create-lsp rsvp command creates a dynamic MPLS LSP using RSVP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls create-lsp rsvp <string> <A.B.C.D> [<A.B.C.D>]
no mpls create-lsp rsvp <string>
Command Syntax
string
the LSP name
A.B.C.D
the destination IP address
A.B.C.D
the source IP address
19-11
Release 6.2.0
mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier

The mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier command is used to create one or
more named paths on an ingress router. The no mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route
identifier command removes a named path.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier <string> [hops [<1-20>]]
no mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier <string>
Command Syntax
19-12
identifier string
the name of the LSP
hops 1-20
the number of hops - if not specified, the

default number of hops is 10
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
mpls create-lsp rsvp next-hop

The mpls create-lsp rsvp next-hop command is used to specify one or more transit
router addresses and whether the route from the previous hop router is a direct path.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls create-lsp rsvp <string> next-hop <A.B.C.D> { Loose | Strict } [ Last-Hop ]
Command Syntax
string
the name of the LSP
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the next hop router
Loose
specifies that the route taken from the

previous router to this router does not need to
be a direct path, can include other routers, and
can be received on any interface
Strict
species that the route taken from the previous

router to this router is a direct path and does
not include any other routers - the IP address
of the next hop router should be directly
connected and should be one of the interface
addresses in the LSP path
Last-Hop
the keyword that signifies that this is the last

hop in the LSP configuration
19-13
Release 6.2.0
mpls create-lsp static

The mpls create-lsp static command is used to create an MPLS LSP static route that
uses push-label, pop-label, or swap-label operations. The no mpls create-lsp static
command deletes an existing static LSP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls create-lsp static <lsp-path-name> {ip-to-mpls-push <16-1048575>
<A.B.C.D> | mpls-to-mpls-push <16-1048575> <16-1048575> <A.B.C.D> |
pop-label <16-1048575> | swap-label <16-1048575> <16-1048575> <A.B.C.D>
[queue <0-3>]}
no mpls create-lsp static <lsp-path-name>
Command Syntax
19-14
lsp-path-name
the LSP name
ip-to-mpls-push
perform ip-to-mpls push label operation push label adds a new label to the packet
16-1048575
MPLS label to push on the packet
A.B.C.D
IP address of the next hop router
mpls-to-mpls-push
perform mpls-to-mpls push label operation push label adds a new label to the packet
16-1048575
MPLS label to match the packet
16-1048575
MPLS label to push on the packet
A.B.C.D
the IP address of the next hop router
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
pop-label
create an MPLS LSP static route that uses

pop-label operation - pop-label removes the
label from the beginning of the packet
16-1048575
MPLS label to pop on the packet
swap-label
create an MPLS LSP static route that uses

swap-label operation - swap-label replaces
the label at the top of the label stack with a
new label
16-1048575
MPLS label to swap out from the packet
16-1048575
MPLS label to swap in to the packet
A.B.C.D
IP address of the next hop router
queue 0-3
QoS queue identifier
19-15
Release 6.2.0
mpls fp max
The mpls fp max command sets the maximum number of MPLS fastpath forwarding
entries. The configurable MPLS entries feature allows a user to increase the number
of IP forwarding entries by setting a maximum number for MPLS forwarding entries.
By decreasing the number of MPLS entries from 10,000, the number of allowable IP
entries is increased. The no mpls fp max command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls fp max <256-10000>
no mpls fp max
Command Syntax
256-10000
the number of MPLS forwarding entries
Command Default
MPLS Fastpath Entries = 10,000
19-16
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
mpls ip
The mpls ip command enables dynamic label switching and MPLS forwarding of IP
(IPv4) packets on the interface.
The mpls ip propagate-ttl command enables the traceroute command to show all
the hops traversed by the MPLS packet in the network. When the no mpls ip
propagate-ttl command is used, the hops will not displa on the output of the
traceroute command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls ip [ propagate-ttl ]
no mpls ip [ propagate-ttl ]
Command Syntax
propagate-ttl
propagate IP TTL into the label stack
Command Default
time-to-live = 64 hops
19-17
Release 6.2.0
mpls label range

The mpls label range command allows you to specify an MPLS minimum and
maximum label range for static or dynamic LSPs.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls label range {dynamic-lsp | static-lsp}{<16-1048575> <16-1048575>}
no mpls label range {dynamic-lsp | static-lsp}
Command Syntax
dynamic-lsp
specify a label range for a dynamic LSP
static-lsp
specify a label range for a static LSP
16-1048575
the minimum label value
16-1048575
the maximum label value
Note: A dynamic-lsp range can not overlap a static-lsp range.
19-18
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
mpls mtu
The mpls mtu command allows you to specify the MPLS maximum transmission unit
for an interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
mpls mtu <64-65536>
no mpls mtu
Command Syntax
64-65536
the maximum transmission size in bytes
19-19
Release 6.2.0
mpls rsvp restart-lsp

The mpls rsvp restart-lsp command restarts an MPLS LSP specified by name. If no
name is specified, the command restarts all configures LSPs specified in the
running-configuration file.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC, Global Configuration, and Interface Configuration (Ethernet,
Gigabit Ethernet, and POS interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

mpls rsvp restart-lsp [<string>]
Command Syntax
string
19-20
the LSP name
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
mpls ttl
The mpls ttl command changes the default time-to-live value used by the mpls ip
propagate-ttl command. The no mpls ttl command restores the default value (64
hops) in the mpls ip propagate-ttl command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mpls ttl <1-255>
no mpls ttl
Command Syntax
1-255
the time-to-live value
19-21
Release 6.2.0
show fast-path ranges

The show fast-path ranges command displays the IP Table Entry size and the MPLS
Label entry size in the Fast Path. The following is typical screen output from the show
fast-path ranges command:
FP Entry Type
-------------
Range
-----
IP
MPLS
<0 - 54999>
<55000 - 64999>
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except for User EXEC mode
Command Line Usage

show fast-path ranges [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
Command Syntax
19-22
begin
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

output
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show ip rsvp explicit-routed-lsps

The show ip rsvp explicit-routed-lsps command displays all LSPs created with the
mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp explicit-routed-lsps
19-23
Release 6.2.0
show ip rsvp interface

The show ip rsvp interface command displays the following running system
interface information for the RSVP routing process:
Interface
interface type, slot, and port number on the

BSR 64000
State
the state of the interface - either "Up" or

"Down"
Neighbor Count
the number of routers connected to this

interface
Query Interval
the specified Hello Interval, in seconds, for

this interface
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp interface [ ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y> ]
Command Syntax
19-24
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show ip rsvp lsp

The show ip rsvp lsp command displays LSP information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp lsp [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
19-25
Release 6.2.0
show ip rsvp neighbor

The show ip rsvp neighbor command displays the following running system
information for current RSVP neighbors:
Neighbor Address
IP address of the RSVP neighbor
Interface
the interface on which Hello packets are sent

to this neighbor
Reduction Capable
refresh reduction creation - enabled or

disabled
Uptime
the total time, in seconds, that the neighbor

has been up
Expires
the times, in seconds, that if a Hello packet is

not received, this neighbor entry is deleted
Reduction Type
Summary Ref, Aggregate, or both
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp neighbor [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
19-26
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show ip rsvp reservation

The show ip rsvp reservation command displays the following running system
RSVP-related receiver information:
Senders
the IP address of the sender
Dest
the IP address of the receiver of this LSP
Tun-Id
the tunnel interface number or address to

which packets with this label are going
NHOP
IP address of the next hop
Style
the reservation style
LSP Id
the LSP ID used for sender identification
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp reservation [ ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y> ]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
19-27
Release 6.2.0
show ip rsvp sender

The show ip rsvp sender command displays the following running system
RSVP-related sender information:
Source Addr
the IP address of the sender
LSP
the number of LSPs
Dest Addr
the IP address to which the LSP is created
Phop
the IP address of the previous hop
Tun_Id
the tunnel interface number or address to

which packets with this label are going
LSP_Name
the user-defined name assigned to the LSP
Intf
the interface on which this LSP is created
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp sender [ ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
19-28
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show ip rsvp statistics

The show ip rsvp statistics command displays running system statistical information
for the MPLS RSVP routing process.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip rsvp statistics [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
19-29
Release 6.2.0
show mpls filters

The show mpls filters command displays the MPLS filter table including the flow
classification type (mpls-to-mpls-push, etc.) and the number of filters. The following
information is provided:
Dest Ip Address
the destination IP address
Src Ip Address
the source address in the packet
Pro
the protocol
SP
the source port - either TCP or UDP
DP
the destination port
DS
Diff-serv Code Point (differentiated services)
In If
the incoming (Ingress) interface
FT
the flow classification type:

PU = IP to MPLS Label Push
PS = IP to MPLS Push Stacked
IG = Ignore CAM use LME
19-30
Lbl1
label 1
Lbl2
label 2
Out If
the outgoing interface
Exp0
the available experimental field class of

service
Exp1
the standard experimental class of service
Mac
the MAC address
Mtu
the change in the outgoing MTU
QId
Oueue ID used for POS
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show mpls filters [ hitCount <NUM> | summary | vrf {<word>}] [ | {begin |
show mpls filters [ hitCount <NUM> | summary | vrf {<word>}] [ | {count |
count-only }]
Command Syntax
hitCount NUM
the access list hit count and optional BSR

chassis slot number
summary
summary of all MPLS Fast Path filters
vrf word
select a VPN Routing/Forwarding instance
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
19-31
Release 6.2.0
show mpls forwarding-table

The show mpls forwarding-table command displays the LSP forwarding table
including the route label type and network. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show mpls forwarding-table command:
PU = MPLS Label Push, SW = MPLS Label Switch,

LS = MPLS Label To SRM
VRF
IN Label OUT Lbl1 OUT Lbl2 Phys If
------ -------- -------- -------- ------1034
1035
1036
1037
1044
1045
1046
1047
---------
---------
RT
--
PO = MPLS Label Pop,
Next Hop Ip
MAC Address
QId
--------------- -------------- ---
PO
PO
PO
PO
PO
PO
PO
PO
---------
---------
HitCnt
------
0
0
2834493
0
0
0
6514681
0
19-32
Label IN
the label assigned by this router
Label OUT
the label assigned by next hop
Mtu
the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of

labeled packet
Phys If
the interface through which packets with this

label are sent
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
RT
the forwarding flow classification type:

PU = MPLS Label Push
SW = MPLS Label Switch
PO = MPLS Label Pop
IP = MPLS Label to IP
LS = MPLS Label To SRM
Next Hop Ip
the IP address of the neighbor that assigned

the outgoing label
MAC Address
the MAC address (not valid for POS)
QId
the QoS queue ID
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show mpls forwarding-table [ hitCount <NUM> | summary | vrf {<word>}] [ |
{begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} | {count | count-only}]
show mpls forwarding-table [ hitCount <NUM> | summary | vrf {<word>}] [ |
Command Syntax
hitCount NUM
the access list hit count and optional BSR

chassis slot number
summary
summary of all MPLS Fast Path filters
vrf word
select a VPN Routing/Forwarding instance
19-33
19-34
Release 6.2.0
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show mpls label range

The show mpls label range command displays the configured minimum and
maximum label range for both static and dynamic LSPs, as follows:
Static LSP Min/Max
label: X/Y
the minimum and maximum label range for

static LSPs
Dynamic LSP Min/Max the minimum and maximum label range for
label: X/Y
dynamic LSPs
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show mpls label range
command:
Local label pool:
Static LSP Min/Max label: 16/1023, Dynamic LSP Min/Max label: 1024/1048575
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show mpls label range
19-35
Release 6.2.0
show mpls lsp

The show mpls lsp command displays all configured LSPs on this BSR, as well as all
the number of Ingress, Transit, and Egress routers that are part of an LSP.
The show mpls lsp detail command displays the following information:
19-36
Incoming label
the label assigned by this router
Outgoing label
the label assigned by next hop
Prefix or TunnelId
the address or tunnel to which packets with

this label are going
Incoming interface

label are received
Outgoing interface

label are sent
Next Hop
the IP address of neighbor that assigned the

outgoing label
Status
the status of the LSP - either up or down
proto
the protocol with which the LSP was setup either RSVP or Static
lspName
the name of the LSP
initiator
the source address of the LSP
destination
the destination address of the LSP
label stack
all of the outgoing labels and associated label

operations (PUSH/SWAP/POP)
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
The show mpls lsp summary command displays the following information:
STATIC :
summary of static LSPs
INGRESS :
the number of Ingress routers that are part of

this static LSP that are either up or down
TRANSIT :
the number of Transit routers that are part of

EGRESS :
the number of Engress routers that are part of

Total :
the total number of static LSPs with status

either up or down
RSVP :
summary of dynamic LSPs set up via RSVP
INGRESS :
the number of Ingress routers that are part of

this LSP that are either up or down
TRANSIT :
the number of Transit routers that are part of

EGRESS :
the number of Engress routers that are part of

Total :
the total number of dynamic LSPs set up via

RSVP with status either up or down
Total LSPs :
the total number of static and dynamic

LSPs
Group Access
All
Command Mode
19-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

show mpls lsp [detail | labels <16-1048575> <16-1048575> [detail] | lsp-tunnel
<0-65536> [detail] | network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [detail] | next-hop <A.B.C.D>
[detail] | summary ]] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show mpls lsp [detail | labels <16-1048575> <16-1048575> [detail] | lsp-tunnel
<0-65536> [detail] | network <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [detail] | next-hop <A.B.C.D>
[detail] | summary ]] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
19-38
detail
display detailed information
labels
match label values
16-1048575
low label value
16-1048575
high label value
lsp-tunnel 0-65536
match specific LSP tunnel identifier
network A.B.C.D A.B.C.D
destination IP address and network mask
next-hop A.B.C.D
IP address of next hop
summary
display a summary of all LSPs
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show mpls lsp interface

The show mpls lsp command displays all configured LSPs on this BSR, as well as all
the number of Ingress, Transit, and Egress routers that are part of an LSP that are
associated with a specific interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show mpls lsp interface {ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>} [detail] [
| {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show mpls lsp interface {ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | pos <X/Y>} [detail] [
| {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y

gigaether X/Y

the BSR
pos X/Y

on the BSR
detail
display detailed information
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
19-39
19-40
Release 6.2.0
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
show mpls rsvp refresh-time

The show mpls rsvp refresh-time command displays the global refresh time.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage
show mpls rsvp refresh-time
19-41
Release 6.2.0
show mpls traffic

The show mpls traffic command displays the following MPLS network traffic
information:
19-42
total
the total number of MPLS packets that have been

received
header errors
counted when a MPLS packet is discarded because of

error in the packet header
bad hop count
counted when a MPLS packet is discarded because its

time-to-live (TTL) field was decremented to zero
runt
counted when a MPLS packet length is too small to

hold a single label
unreachable
counted when a MPLS packet is discarded because its

nextHop is unreachable.
no lsp
counted when there is no LSP established to forward

the incoming MPLS packet
other error
counted when a MPLS packet is discarded without

processing, such as when MPLS forwarding is not
enabled on this router or for some other reason
forwarded
the total number of MPLS packets that have been sent
drop
the total number of MPLS packets that have been

dropped
Release 6.2.0
MPLS Commands
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show mpls traffic
command:
MPLS statistics:
Rcvd:
1112 total, 0 header errors
0 bad hop count, 0 runt, 0 unreachable
0 no lsp, 3 other error
Sent:
1109 forwarded
Drop:
3 drop
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show mpls traffic
19-43
20
Introduction
Service levels provide a means of defining service flows with specific QoS
parameters (such as maximum, minimum, or reserved traffic rates, priority, and
service scheduling types) and binding them to a named service class. The concept of
maximum assigned bandwidth, in the context of a service class, provides a means for
controlling the amount of bandwidth that a particular service class can use on an
interface. This allows a user to configure levels of service to support applications with
specific bandwidth and priority requirements such as voice, video, and data and to
further permit users to provide differentiated levels of service.
Admission control is an authorization mechanism that provides a method of
controlling the admission of service flows belonging to specific service classes on
individual interfaces. Admission control is determined by the bandwidth percentage
(maximum assigned bandwidth) and the amount of over-booking (configured active
percent) allowed for a service class on an interface.
The creation of service classes involves assigning service flows to a service class and
providing all flows belonging to that class with a defined Quality of Service. DOCSIS
1.1 has defined a set of QoS parameters, a means for associating specific QoS
parameter values to a service flow, and assigning service flows their QoS parameters
by referencing a service class name. A set of pre-defined, default service classes are
provided with the BSR 64000 and a user has the capability of modifying these default
service class parameters.
20-1
Release 6.2.0
Entering Service Class Configuration Mode

Service Class Configuration mode provides access to the service class commands
described in this section. To enter Service Class Configuration mode, do the
following:
1. From Global Configuration mode, enter cable service-class and press the
<Enter> key:
MOT(config)# cable service-class <Enter>
The command line prompt changes to:
MOT(config-srvclass)#
To return to Global Configuration mode:
2. Enter the end or exit press the <Enter> key:
MOT(config-srvclass)# end <Enter>
-orMOT(config-srvclass)# exit <Enter>
Service Class Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the service class
20-2
Release 6.2.0
activity-timeout
The activity-timeout command specifies the timeout for active QoS parameters
which is the maximum duration that resources may remain unused on an active
service flow. The no activity-timeout command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

activity-timeout <WORD> <0-65535>
no activity-timeout <WORD> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
WORD
the user-defined service class name created

with the name command
0-65535
the activity timeout value in seconds
Command Default
0
20-3
Release 6.2.0
admission-timeout
The admission-timeout command specifies the timeout for admitted QoS parameters
which is the duration that the CMTS must hold resources for a service flow's admitted
QoS parameter set while they are in excess of its active QoS parameter set. The no
admission-timeout command a restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

admission-timeout <WORD> <0-65535>
no admission-timeout <WORD> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-65535
the admission timeout value in seconds
Command Default
200
20-4
Release 6.2.0
admitted-bw-threshold
The admitted-bw-threshold command specifies the amount of admitted bandwidth,
in percentage, for a service class on an interface. If this bandwidth threshold is
exceeded, an event will be generated. The no admitted-bw-threshold command
restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

admitted-bw-threshold <WORD> <0-100>
no admitted-bw-threshold <WORD> <0-100>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-100
the percentage of admitted bandwidth
Command Default
0
20-5
Release 6.2.0
allow-share
The allow-share command provides the ability to share bandwidth between different
service level classes. Enabling bandwidth sharing, allows the bandwidth of a service
level class to be used as a bandwidth pool that can be shared by multiple service
level classes.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

allow-share <WORD> <0-1>
no allow-share <WORD> <0-1>
Command Syntax
WORD
the name of the service class
disables bandwidth sharing
enables bandwidth sharing
Command Default
Disabled for every service class.
20-6
Release 6.2.0
cable service-class
The cable service-class command enters Service Class Configuration mode from
Global Configuration mode. To return to Global Configuration mode, use the end
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable service-class
20-7
Release 6.2.0
cap
The cap command specifies the configured active percent (CAP) parameter for a
service flow. This parameter controls overbooking for a service class. The no cap
command restores the default value.
The configured active percent of a service class is an estimation of what fraction,
expressed as a percentage, of service flows belonging to that service class that will be
simultaneously active on an interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cap <WORD> <0-100>
no cap <WORD> <0-100>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-100
the configured active percentage value
Command Defaults
20-8
Upstream Services Classes
Downstream Service Classses
DefBEUp = 0
DefRRUp = 0
DefUGS = 100
DefUGSAD = 80
DefRTPS = 5
DefNRTPS = 5
DefEMUp = 100
DefBEDown = 0
DefRRDown = 0
DefEMDown = 100
DefMCDown = 100
Release 6.2.0
clear cable srvclass-stats

The clear cable srvclass-stats command clears service class statistics on the BSR.
These are the same service class statistics displayed with the show cable srvclass-stats
command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable srvclass-stats [<X/Y> <NUM> [DOWN | UP | <WORD>]]
Command Syntax
X/Y
the BSR 64000 slot number and MAC

Domain
NUM
the port number on the specified MAC

Domain
DOWN
clear downstream service class statistics
UP
clear upstream service class statistics
WORD

20-9
Release 6.2.0
enforce-cmts-qos
The enforce-cmts-qos command enforces all service level parameters for all cable
modems belonging to a service class regardless of the parameters specified in the
cable modems configuration file. When MAB, CAP, and the maximum or minimum
reserve rates are configured for a given service class, these parameters are overriden
by a cable modems configuration file if the cable modem was configured after the
service class was set up.
The enforce-cmts-qos command overrides the cable modems configuration file QoS
settings with the CMTSs service class configuration. The no enforce-cmts-qos
command disables the cable modems configuraion file override.
Note: The enforce-cmts-qos command will not override service flow TLV
settings in cable modem configuration files for dynamically created service
flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enforce-cmts-qos <WORD>
no enforce-cmts-qos <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the name of the service class
Command Default
Disabled
20-10
Release 6.2.0
grant-interval
The grant-interval command specifies the nominal time between grants. The no
grant-interval command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying a grant interval is only relevant for service flows using
Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS ) or Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity
Detection (UGS-AD) scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

grant-interval <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no grant-interval <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the grant interval in microseconds
Command Default
UGS = 10000
UGS-AD = 10000
20-11
Release 6.2.0
grant-jitter
The grant-jitter command specifies the tolerated grant jitter which is the maximum
amount of time that the transmission opportunities may be delayed from the nominal
periodic schedule for this service flow. The no grant-jitter command restores the
default value.
Note: Specifying a tolerated grant jitter is only relevant for service flows using
Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS ) or Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity
Detection (UGS-AD) scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

grant-jitter <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no grant-jitter <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the tolerated grant jitter in microseconds
Command Default
UGS = 2000
UGS-AD = 2000
20-12
Release 6.2.0
grant-size
The grant-size command specifies the unsolicited grant size. Grant size includes the
entire MAC frame data PDU from the Frame Control byte to end of the MAC frame.
The no grant-size command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying an unsolicited grant size is only relevant for service flows
using Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS ) or Unsolicited Grant Service with
Activity Detection (UGS-AD) scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

grant-size <WORD> <0-65535>
no grant-size <WORD> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-65535
the unsolicited grant size in bytes
Command Default
UGS = 152
UGS-AD = 152
20-13
Release 6.2.0
grants-per-interval
The grants-per-interval command specifies the number of data grants per grant
interval. The no grants-per-interval command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying the number of data grants per grant interval is only relevant
for service flows using Unsolicited Grant Service (UGS )or Unsolicited Grant
Service with Activity Detection (UGS-AD) scheduling:
for UGS, the value of this parameter indicates the actual number of data
grants per Nominal Grant Interval
for UGS-AD, the value of this parameter indicates the maximum number
of Active Grants per Nominal Grant Interval
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

grants-per-interval <WORD> <0-127>
no grants-per-interval <WORD> <0-127>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-127
the number of grants
Command Default
1
20-14
Release 6.2.0
mab
The mab command specifies the Maximum Assigned Bandwidth (MAB) which is the
amount of bandwidth a service class is permitted to use on an interface. It is expressed
as a percentage of the total interface bandwidth capacity. The MAB of a service class
is applied during admission control to determine whether to admit a new service flow
and again by the packet schedulers to provide a class-based weighting to the
scheduler. The no mab command restores the default value.
Note: For scheduling purposes, each service class gets its bandwidth based
on its MAB fraction relative to other classes, not based on the absolute value
of the MAB. For example, if there are only two active service classes and
both have the same MAB, each service class would get 50% of the
bandwidth. The absolute value of the MAB is only used for admission control
not scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mab <WORD> <1-100>
no mab <WORD> <1-100>
Command Syntax
WORD

1-100
the percentage of bandwidth a service class is

permitted to use on an interface
20-15
Release 6.2.0
Command Defaults
20-16
Upstream Services Classes
Downstream Service Classses
DefBEUp = 10
DefRRUp = 10
DefUGS = 25
DefUGSAD = 5
DefRTPS = 5
DefNRTPS = 5
DefEMUp = 1
DefBEDown = 10
DefRRDown = 10
DefEMDown = 1
DefMCDown = 1
Release 6.2.0
max-burst
The max-burst command specifies the maximum traffic burst size for flows
belonging to a specific service class. The no max-burst command restores the default
value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-burst <WORD> <1522-4294967295>
no max-burst <WORD> <1522-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

1522-4294967295
the token bucket size in bytes for this service

flow - the minimum value is the larger of
1522 bytes or the value of Maximum
Concatenated Burst size
Command Defaults
BE-DOWN = 3044
BE-UP = 3044
RTPS = 3044
NRTPS = 3044
20-17
Release 6.2.0
max-concat-burst
The max-concat-burst command specifies the maximum concatenated burst in bytes
which a service flow is allowed. The maximum concatenated burst is calculated from
the FC byte of the Concatenation MAC Header to the last CRC in the concatenated
MAC frame. The no max-concat-burst command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying a maximum concatenated burst is only relevant for

upstream service flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-concat-burst <WORD> <0-65535>
no max-concat-burst <WORD> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-65535
the maximum concatenated burst in bytes - a

value of "0" means there is no limit
Command Default
All upstream non-UGS service classes = 1522
20-18
Release 6.2.0
max-latency
The max-latency command specifies the maximum allowable time for sending a
packet from a CMTS network interface to an RF interface starting at the point the
packet is received on the network interface. The no max-latency command restores
the default value.
Note: Specifying a maximum latency value is only relevant for downstream

service flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-latency <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no max-latency <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the latency value in microseconds
Command Default
0
20-19
Release 6.2.0
max-rate
The max-rate command specifies the maximum data rate the CM must adhere to and
the CMTS must enforce. The no max-rate command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no max-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the maximum data rate value in bits per

second
Command Default
0
20-20
Release 6.2.0
min-pkt-size
The min-pkt-size command specifies the minimum packet size in bytes reserved for a
service flow. The minimum reserved rate (min-rate) must be set in conjunction with
the minimum packet size for this service flow. The no min-pkt-size command
restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

min-pkt-size <WORD> <64-1522>
no min-pkt-size <WORD> <64-1522>
Command Syntax
WORD

64-1522
the minimum packet size in bytes
Command Default
128
20-21
Release 6.2.0
min-rate
The min-rate command specifies the minimum reserved traffic rate reserved for this
service flow. The minimum packet size (min-pkt-size) must be set in conjunction
with the minimum reserved traffic rate for this service flow.The no min-rate
command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

min-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no min-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the minimum reserved traffic rate in

bits-per-second
Command Default
0
20-22
Release 6.2.0
name
The name command creates a service class record with a user-specified name that is
entered on the command line. The no name command deletes this service class
record. Commands for specifying configuration parameters will use the service class
name as the key word for distinguishing which service class record is being
configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

name <WORD> [schedtype [be-down | be-up | non-rtps | rtps | ugs | ugs-ad]]
no name <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the user-defined service class name, 1-15

characters in length
schedtype
specifies which upstream scheduling service

is used for upstream transmission requests
and packet transmissions
be-down
best effort service on the downstream port
be-up
best effort service on the upstream port
non-rtps
non-real-time polling
rtps
real-time polling
ugs
unsolicited grant service
ugs-ad
unsolicited grant service with activity

detection
20-23
Release 6.2.0
name schedule-with
The name schedule-with command configures a template service class and specifies
the scheduling service class to be used with the template service class. The no name
command deletes the template service class.
A user can configure a unique QOS parameter set for each template service class but
service flows associated with them are scheduled through the specified scheduling
service class. This allows an MSO to configure multiple template service classes that
can all point to one scheduling service class and allow cable modem records in IPDR
to report the template service class name.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

name <WORD> schedule-with <WORD>
no name <WORD> schedule-with <WORD>
Command Syntax
20-24
WORD
The user-defined template service class name, 1-15

WORD
Schedules the user-defined template service class

with a specified scheduling class.
Release 6.2.0
over-max-rate
The over-max-rate command allows the maximum sustained rate to be increased for
voice calls. This command is only functional for downstream voice flows.
Note: A setting of 100% (the default) will have the effect of disabling rate
limting for voice calls.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Service-Class Configuration
Command Line Usage

over-max-rate <0-100>
Command Syntax
<0-100>
the amount of increase, specified as a percent
of the configured max rate
Command Default
100%
20-25
Release 6.2.0
peak-rate
The peak-rate command specifies the maximum downstream burst data rate the CM
must adhere to and the BSR will enforce. The no peak-rate command restores the
default value of zero (no peak rate applied). Under most circumstances, you should
configure a peak rate greater than or equal to the maximum sustained rate. This
feature applies only to DOCSIS 3.0.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

peak-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no peak-rate <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD
the user-defined service class name created with the

name command
0-4294967295
the maximum data rate value in bits per second
Command Default
0
20-26
Release 6.2.0
poll-interval
The poll-interval command specifies the nominal polling interval between successive
unicast request opportunities for this service flow on the upstream channel. The no
poll-interval command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying a nominal polling interval is only relevant for service flows
using Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection (UGS-AD), Real-Time
Polling Service (RTPS), or Non-Real-Time Polling Service (NRTPS)
scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

poll-interval <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no poll-interval <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
the nominal polling interval in microseconds
Command Default
UGS-AD = 10000
RTPS = 50000
NRTPS = 50000
20-27
Release 6.2.0
poll-jitter
The poll-jitter command specifies the maximum amount of time that the unicast
request interval may be delayed from the nominal periodic schedule for this service
flow. The no poll-jitter command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying a poll jitter value is only relevant for service flows using
Unsolicited Grant Service with Activity Detection (UGS-AD) or Real-Time
Polling Service (RTPS) scheduling.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

poll-jitter <WORD> <0-4294967295>
no poll-jitter <WORD> <0-4294967295>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-4294967295
maximum amount of delay in microseconds
Command Default
UGS-AD = 5000
RTPS = 25000
20-28
Release 6.2.0
req-trans-policy
The req-trans-policy command specifies:
n
n
n
which IUC opportunities the CM uses for upstream transmission requests and
packet transmissions for this service flow
whether requests for this Service Flow may be piggybacked with data
whether data packets transmitted on this service flow can be concatenated,
fragmented, or have their payload headers suppressed
For UGS, it also specifies how to treat packets that do not fit into the UGS grant. The
no req-trans-policy command restores the default value.
Note: Specifying a req-trans-policy value is only relevant for upstream

service flows.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

req-trans-policy <WORD> <0x0-0x7fff>
no req-trans-policy <WORD> <0x0-0x7fff>
Command Syntax
WORD

0x0-0x7fff
the Request/Transmission Policy bit mask
20-29
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
BE-UP = 0
UGS = 0x7f
UGS-AD = 0x7f
RTPS = 0x1f
NRTPS = 0
20-30
Release 6.2.0
restricted admission disabled

The restricted admission disabled command disables the admission of service flows
in the admission restricted state. The admission restricted state is when a service flow
is admitted when there is insufficient resources to meet its reserved rate and,
subsequently, the flow only receives best effort service. The no restricted admission
disabled command enables the admission of service flows in the admission restricted
state.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

restricted admission disabled
no restricted admission disabled
Command Default
Enabled
20-31
Release 6.2.0
schedpriority
The schedpriority command assigns a scheduling priority for a service class. The no
schedpriority command a restores the default value.
Each service class must be assigned a scheduling priority to determine the order in
which service flows are serviced for transmitting packets (downstream) and
generating data grants (upstream). Schedule priority is separate from the traffic
priority parameter which is specified to differentiate priority for service flows with
identical QoS parameter sets.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

schedpriority <WORD> <1-32>
no schedpriority <WORD> <1-32>
Command Syntax
WORD

1-32
the scheduling priority value
Command Default
1
20-32
Release 6.2.0

The show cable service-class command displays a configuration summary for all
service classes, including all default service classes, that are active on the BSR.The
complete configuration of an individual service class can also be displayed. The
following default service classes are supported:
DefBEDown
Downstream service class with no minimum rate.
DefRRDown
Downstream service class with a non-zero minimum rate.
DefBEUp
Upstream best-effort service class with no minimum rate.
DefRRUp
Upstream best-effort service class with a non-zero minimum

rate.
DefUGS
Upstream unsolicited grant service class.
DefUGSAD
Upstream unsolicited grant service with activity detection

service class.
DefRTPS
Upstream real-time polling service class.
DefNRTPS
Upstream non-real-time polling service class.
DefEMUp
Upstream emergency call service class.
DefEMDown
Downstream emergency call service class.
DefMCDown
Downstream multicast service class.
service-class command:
20-33
Release 6.2.0
Upstream Service Classes

Service Class
mab
cap
priority
allowShared
enforce
admitted bw
cmts-qos threshold
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------DefBEUp
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefRRUp
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefUGS
25
100
1
no
no
0
DefUGSAD
5
80
1
no
no
0
DefRTPS
5
5
1
no
no
0
DefNRTPS
5
5
1
no
no
0
DefEMUp
1
100
1
no
no
0
Downstream Service Classes

Service Class
mab
cap
priority
allowShared
enforce
admitted bw
cmts-qos threshold
------------------------------------------------------------------------------DefBEDown
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefRRDown
10
0
1
no
no
0
DefEMDown
1
100
1
no
no
0
DefMCDown
1
100
1
no
no
0
The admitted bw threshold field specifies the amount of admitted

bandwidth, in percentage, for a service class on an interface. If this
bandwidth threshold is exceeded, an event will be generated.
20-34
Release 6.2.0
The following is an example of typical screen output for an individual service class
from the show cable service-class <WORD> command:
service class name:

direction:
schedule type:
maximum assigned bandwidth:
configured active percent:
scheduling priority:
admitted bw threshold:
traffic priority:
maximum sustained rate:
maximum traffic burst:
minimum reserved rate:
assumed minimum rate packet size:
maximum concatenated burst:
active QoS parameter timeout:
admitted QoS parameter timeout:
tos overwrite AND mask:
tos overwrite OR mask:
request/transmission policy:
allow sharing:
enforce cmts qos:
DefBEUp
upstream
best effort
10
0
1
0
0
0
3044
0
128
1522
0
200
0xff
0x0
0x0
no
no
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable service-class [<WORD>]
20-35
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
WORD
20-36
displays the complete configuration of a

user-defined service class created with the
name command or one of the default service
classes
Release 6.2.0

The show cable srvclass-stats command displays service class statistics for a
specified service class on a specified interface. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show cable srvclass-stats command:
Qos service class name:

De
Direction:
upstream
Interface slot/port/chan:
11/0/0
Total packets:
3187
Total bytes:
953566
Service flow counts:
MacSlot/Port BGID Admit Defer Restrict Reject
_________
____ _____ _____ ________ __________
11/0
NA
5
0
0
0
11/0
1
0
0
0
0
11/1
1
0
0
0
0
9/0
1
0
0
0
0
total
5
0
0
0
Admitted BW
___________
0
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable srvclass-stats <NUM> <NUM> <WORD>
20-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
NUM
NUM
specify a CMTS downstream or

upstream port number or a TX32
module slot number/downstream
port number/downstream channel
number - refer to the diagram
following the Command Syntax
table
Note: The comma should not be
entered as part of the command
syntax.
WORD
the pre-defined service class name or

the user-defined service class name
created with the name command
<0-7>
4/[0-7]/[0-3]
comma

2:8 CMTS Module
Downstream or Upstream TX32 Downstream Port Number/
Port Number
20-38
Release 6.2.0
tos-overwrite
The tos-overwrite command provides an "AND" and "OR" mask which the CMTS
must use to overwrite the "type of service" field on all upstream IP packets on a
service flow. If this parameter is omitted, then the TOS field will not be modified by
the CMTS. The no tos-overwrite command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tos-overwrite <WORD> <0x0-0xff> <0x0-0xff>
no tos-overwrite <WORD> <0x0-0xff> <0x0-0xff>
Command Syntax
WORD

0x0-0xff
TOS AND mask
0x0-0xff
TOS OR mask
Command Default
TOS AND mask
TOS OR mask
BE-UP = 0xff
BE-UP = 0
UGS = 0xff
UGS = 0
UGS-AD = 0xff
UGS-AD = 0
RTPS = 0xff
RTPS = 0
NRTPS = 0xff
NRTPS = 0
20-39
Release 6.2.0
trafpriority
The trafpriority command specifies the relative priority of service flows that have
identical QoS parameters. The no trafpriority command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

trafpriority <WORD> <0-7>
no trafpriority <WORD> <0-7>
Command Syntax
WORD

0-7
the service flow priority value
Command Default
0
20-40
Release 6.2.0
ugs-stats-window
The ugs-stats-window command sets the UGS Flow Voice Call statistics sample
period. The no ugs-stats-window command returns to the default value.
Note: The ugs-stats-window command specifies the sampling time period

displayed in the show cable ugs-stats command output.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ugs-stats-window [<0> | <5-120>]
no ugs-stats-window
Command Syntax
0
disables UGS Flow Statistics

sampling
5-120
sets the UGS Flow Statistics

sampling time interval in minutes
Command Default
60 minutes
20-41
21
Secure Shell Server
Commands
Introduction
Secure Shell server (SSH) is a program that allows remote hosts to login to the BSR
over a non-secure network and execute commands in a secure manner. SSH
provides strong authentication and secure communications over non-secure
networks such as the public Internet.
The SSH protocol uses TCP as the transport layer. An SSH server listens for
connections from SSH clients on a well-known TCP port. An SSH client is
launched from a remote host and connects to the SSH server. The SSH server and
SSH client then handle key exchange, encryption, authentication, command
execution, and data exchange.
Secure Shell Server Command Descriptions

This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the SSH commands
21-1
Release 6.2.0
password ssh-passphrase
The password ssh-passphrase command establishes a password that must be
specified by users attempting to establish an SSH session with the BSR. An SSH
session will not be established if the correct password is not specified by the user. The
no password ssh-passphrase command removes the password.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

password ssh-passphrase [0 | 7] <WORD>
no password ssh-passphrase
Command Syntax
21-2
password
WORD

maximum, 78 character maximum
for option 7) - enclosed with double
quotes if the key contains spaces) the "%" and "!" characters must not
be used
Release 6.2.0
show ssh config

The show ssh config command displays the following configuration information for
an SSH session.
SSH2 Secure Shell
the SSH version number
sshTaskId
the task identifier for this SSH session
debugMode
"0" indicates that SSH debugging is turned

off - "1" indicates that SSH debugging is
turned on
quiet_mode
"1" indicates that SSH debugging is turned

off - "0" indicates that SSH debugging is
turned on
idle_timeout
the inactivity timeout value (in seconds) for

SSH sessions to time out a specified with the
ssh timeout command
portStr
the defined TCP port number for SSH to

listen for incoming connections as specified
with the ssh port command
max_connections
the maximum number of allowed,

simultaneous SSH sessions specified with
the ssh session-limit command
password_guesses
the number of authentication attempts that

will be allowed for an SSH client attempting a
connection as specified with the ssh
password-guesses command
macs
the message authentication (data integrity)

algorithm used for SSH sessions as
specified with the ssh
message-authentication command
ciphers
the cipher for the encryption of SSH session

data as specified with the ssh ciphers
command
21-3
Release 6.2.0
subsystemString
the type of SSH server
Private HostKey file
the private hostkey authentication filename
Public HostKey file
the public hostkey authentication filename
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ssh config
command:
SSH2 Secure Shell 3.0.4

sshTaskId = 0x0
sshTaskFatalError = 0x0
debugMode = 0
quiet_mode = 1
idle_timeout = 300
portStr = 22
max_connections = 8
password_guesses = 3
macs = any
ciphers = any
subsystemString = subsystem-sftp sftp-server
authenticationString = AllowedAuthentications publickey,password
Private HostKey file = NVRAM:hostkey
Public HostKey file = NVRAM:hostkey.pub
Zlib compression level = 0
accessGroup = 0
Total SSH resources used=0, pty's
tied-up=0
Note: To display modifications to the default SSH configuration, use the

following command:
show running-config | include ssh
21-4
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ssh config
21-5
Release 6.2.0
show ssh hostkey-fingerprint

The show ssh hostkey-fingerprint command displays the fingerprint of a public key.
Note: The SSH server must be disabled to execute this command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ssh hostkey-fingerprint {nvram: <filename> | flash: <filename>}
Command Syntax
21-6
nvram: filename
display fingerprint of public hostkey file

stored in NVRAM
flash: filename
display fingerprint of public hostkey file

stored in Flash
Release 6.2.0
show users ssh

The show users ssh command displays information about active SSH sessions
including SSH resource use and active calls.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show users ssh
21-7
Release 6.2.0
ssh ciphers
The ssh ciphers command configures a cipher for the encryption of SSH session data.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh ciphers [3des-cbc | aes128-cbc | aes192-cbc | aes256-cbc | any | arcfour |
blowfish-cbc | cast128-cbc | none | twofish-cbc | twofish192-cbc | twofish256-cbc]
no ssh ciphers
Command Syntax
21-8
3des-cbc
three-key triple DES in cbc mode, with

168-bit keys
aes128-cbc
Advanced Encryption standard (AES) with

128-bit keys
aes192-cbc

192-bit keys
aes256-cbc

256-bit keys
any
attempt all possible Ciphers, none excluded
arcfour
stream cipher with 128-bit keys
blowfish-cbc
Blowfish in CBC mode, with 128-bit keys
cast128-cbc
CAST cipher in cbc mode
none
no encryption
twofish-cbc
alias for twofish128-cbc
Release 6.2.0
twofish192-cbc
Twofish in cbc mode with 192-bit keys
twofish256-cbc
Twofish in cbc mode with 256-bit keys
21-9
Release 6.2.0
ssh enable
The ssh enable command enables an SSH process. The no ssh enable command
disables the SSH process. If SSH is disabled, all existing SSH sessions will be
terminated.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh enable
no ssh enable
21-10
Release 6.2.0
ssh-keygen2
The ssh-keygen2 tool generates authentication key files for the BSR Secure Shell
Server. Host keys are required for the SSH Server and can either be generated in the
BSR 64000 or generated on another BSR and copied over.
Note: The SSH Server must be disabled on the BSR 64000 before running
the ssh-keygen2 tool.
Caution: The BSR 64000 Secure Shell Server only accepts host key files
generated with the ssh-keygen2 tool. Keys files generated using the
OpenSSH ssh-keygen tool will not work with the BSR 64000 Secure Shell
Server.
The ssh-keygen2 tool resolves interoperability problems associated with
OpenSSH. A key file must be generated using the ssh-keygen2 tool for the
BSR 64000 Secure Shell Server to interoperate properly with OpenSSH
Secure Shell clients.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

ssh-keygen2 [bits <512-1024> | hostkeyfile {flash: <filename> | nvram:
<filename>} | passphrase <WORD> | type {dsa | rsa}]
Command Syntax
bits 512-1024
specify the key strength in bits
hostkeyfile flash:
filename
create private hostkey file name stored in

Flash
21-11
Release 6.2.0
hostkeyfile nvram:
filename
create private hostkey file name stored in

NVRAM
passphrase WORD
set a password (31 character maximum,) for

SSH connections - the "%" and "!" characters
must not be used
type dsa
Digital Signature Algorithm key type
type rsa
Rivest-Shamir-Adleman public-key
algorithm key type
Command Default
bits = 1024
hostkeyfile = nvram: hostkey
type = dsa
21-12
Release 6.2.0
ssh load-host-key-files
The ssh load-host-key-files command specifies a new private or public hostkey
authentication file. The default hostkey authentication file names are hostkey and
hostkey.pub. These two files must exist and must be valid key files. Use the
UNIX ssh-keygen2 tool to generate a new hostkey authentication file.
Note: If the hostkey authentication files are invalid, SSH will not run.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh load-host-key-files {flash: | nvram:} {<filename>}
no ssh load-host-key-files
Command Syntax
flash:
specifies Flash memory as the location of the

SSH hostkey authentication file
nvram:

hostkey authentication file
filename
filename of the hostkey authentication file

stored in Flash or NVRAM
Command Default
hostkey = hostkey.pub
21-13
Release 6.2.0
ssh logout session-id

The ssh logout session-id command will terminate an SSH session in progress. This
command can be used when a user wants to reconnect using new configuration
parameters.
Group Access
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

ssh logout session-id <0-7>
Command Syntax
0-7
21-14
the session-id number - the session-id is the

number displayed with the show users ssh
ssh command
Release 6.2.0
ssh message-authentication
The ssh message-authentication command specifies the message authentication
(data integrity) algorithm used for SSH sessions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh message-authentication [any | hmac-md5 | hmac-md5-96 | hmac-sha1 |
hmac-sha1-96 | none]
no ssh message-authentication
Command Syntax
any
attempt all possible MAC algorithms except

"none"
hmac-md5
digest length = key length = 20
hmac-md5-96
first 96 bits of HMAC-MD5 (digest

length=12, key length=16)
hmac-sha1
digest length = key length = 20
hmac-sha1-96
first 96 bits of HMAC-SHA1 (digest

length=12, key length=20)
none
no message authentication
Command Default
any
21-15
Release 6.2.0
ssh password-authentication radius

The ssh password-authentication radius command enables RADIUS services to be
used for password authentication. The no ssh password-authentication radius
command disables this feature.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh password-authentication radius [ local-password ]
no ssh password-authentication radius [ local-password ]
Command Syntax
local-password
21-16

RADIUS server
Release 6.2.0
ssh password-guesses
The ssh password-guesses command specifies how many authentication attempts
(login and password exchange) will be allowed for an SSH client attempting a
connection.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh password-guesses <1-5>
no ssh password-guesses
Command Syntax
1-5
password guess attempt number
Command Default
3
21-17
Release 6.2.0
ssh port
The ssh port command configures SSH to listen for incoming connections on a
defined TCP port number.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh port <1-65535>
no ssh port
Command Syntax
1-65535
port number
Command Default
22
21-18
Release 6.2.0
ssh session-limit
The ssh session-limit command specifies the maximum number of simultaneous
SSH sessions that the BSR accepts.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh session-limit <0-8>
no ssh session-limit
Command Syntax
0-8
number of simultaneous SSH sessions
Command Default
8
21-19
Release 6.2.0
ssh timeout
The ssh timeout command specifies an inactivity timeout value for SSH sessions to
time out. Specifying a value of "0" will disable time-out for SSH sessions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ssh timeout <0-60>
Command Syntax
0-60
the timeout value in minutes
Command Default
5 minutes
21-20
22
Overview
The BSR fully supports the Cablelabs PacketCable 1.x and PacketCable
Multimedia (PCMM) specifications. PacketCable Multimedia, building on the VoIP
capabilities of PacketCable 1.x, provides an IP-based platform for delivering
Quality-of-Service (QoS)-enhanced multimedia services over DOCSIS 1.1 and 2.0
HFC networks. Using PacketCable Multimedia, cable operators can offer subscribers,
in addition to the VoIP telephony services available through PacketCable 1.x,
additional services that include interactive gaming, streaming media, video telephony,
and video conferencing.
Command Descriptions
This chapter contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of PacketCable and
PacketCable Multimedia commands used with the BSR.
22-1
Release 6.2.0
cable dynamic-service authorization-mode

The cable dynamic-service authorization-mode command allows the cable
interface to accept dynamic service. The no cable dynamic-service command rejects
dynamic service on the cable interface.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dynamic-service authorization-mode {auth_no_ecn02064 | authorize |
disable | unauthorize}
Command Syntax
auth_no_ecn02064
authorize Dynamic Service based on DQoS

gates without PacketCable ECN 2064 support
authorize
authorize CM initiated Dynamic Service

based on DQoS gates, which only accepts
DOCSIS DSX MAC management message
types (DSA-REQ, DSC-REQ, DSD-REQ)
from the CM that is authorized through
DQoS. This argument is required when DQoS
is enabled.
disable
reject all Dynamic Service
unauthorize
accept all Dynamic Service
Note: ECN 2064 (dqos-n-02064) places additional requirements on the

authorization of dynamic service requests by an MTA. Set this value if the
MTAs connected to the cable interface do not support this ECN.
22-2
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
Disabled
22-3
Release 6.2.0
cable dynamic-service active-timeout

CMs dynamically allocate resources such as service identifiers (SIDs) and bandwidth
by using a Dynamic Service Addition (DSA) transaction. If the CM fails to issue a
Dynamic Service Deletion Request (DSD-REQ) to the cable interface or the
DSD-REQ is being dropped for any reasons (e.g. due to noise), these resources could
be held by the cable interface indefinitely. For this reason, an active timeout interval
could be configured on the cable interface so that the cable interface can remove the
dynamic service flows by issuing the DSD-REQs to the CM when the timer expires.
The cable dynamic-service active-timeout command specifies an active timeout for
dynamic service flows. The active timeout is the time since the dynamic service was
used. As long as the dynamic service continues to receive at least one packet within
this interval, the service is not deleted.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable interface)
Command Line Usage

cable dynamic-service active-timeout <0-65535>
no cable dynamic-service active-timeout
Command Syntax
0-65535
active timeout value in seconds - "0" disables

the active timer
Note: If the CM requests an active timeout for that dynamic service flow in
the DSA-REQ, this active timer starts using the timeout value specified in the
DSA-REQ.
Command Default
0
22-4
Release 6.2.0
clear configuration
The clear configuration command resets the Dynamic QoS, event message,
electronic surveillance, or PacketCable Multimedia configuration parameters to the
default settings.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
PacketCable Configuration
Command Line Usage

clear configuration [cops | dqos | em | es | mm]
Command Syntax
cops
set all COPS configuration parameters to their

default values
dqos
set all DQoS configuration parameters to their

default values
em
set all event message configuration parameters to

their default values
es
set the electronic surveillance feature to the default

value.
mm
set all PacketCable Multimedia configuration

parameters to their default values
22-5
Release 6.2.0
clear cops pdp-ip all

The clear cops pdp-ip all command removes all Policy Decision Point (PDP) IP
addresses.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear cops pdp-ip all
22-6
Release 6.2.0
clear counters ipsec

The clear counters ipsec command clears the IPSec statistical counters.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear counters ipsec
22-7
Release 6.2.0
clear packet-cable cops

The clear packet-cable statistics command clears specific, inactive, or all COPS
connections.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear packet-cable cops {<0-99> | all | inactive}
Command Syntax
22-8
0-99
shutdown specific COPS connection
all
shutdown all active COPS connections
inactive
clear inactive COPS connections
Release 6.2.0
clear packet-cable gate

The clear packet-cable gate command releases reserved or committed DQoS and
Multimedia gates.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear packet-cable gate {all | cops <0-99> | dqos | identifier <0x00000000-0xffffffff>
| mm | modem <mac> | slot <NUM> | subscriber <A.B.C.D> }
Command Syntax
all
releases all gates
cops 0-99
releases a gate for a specified COPS Client handle
dqos
releases all DQoS gates
identifier
0x00000000-0xffffffff
Gate Identifier in hexadecimal notation
mm
releases all Multimedia gates
modem mac
CM MAC address
slot NUM
releases all gates associated with a specified BSR

slot number
subscriber A.B.C.D
MTA or Client IP address.
22-9
Release 6.2.0
clear packet-cable statistics

The clear packet-cable statistics command clears event messages, gate, or electronic
surveillance statistical counters.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear packet-cable statistics [em | gate | es identifier {<0x00000000-0xffffffff>}]
Command Syntax
22-10
em
event message statistics
gate
specify gate statistics
es
ES duplicated packet and byte counts
clear a specific ES identifier
Release 6.2.0
cmts-ip
The cmts-ip command specifies the network or loopback interface IP address used for
the PacketCable protocols.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cmts-ip <A.B.C.D>
no cmts-ip <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
network or loopback interface IP address
Command Default
Any network or loopback IP address
22-11
Release 6.2.0
cops client-timer
If the show packet-cable statistics gate command output for the Client-Open Sent
field in the COPS Statistics section is incrementing, the network and the PDP server
need to be examined to determine the reason for the COPS Client timeouts. The
COPS Client Timer (which is the response timer for sending the COPS Client-Open
message) can be specified if COPS connections time out before receiving a
Client-Accept message.
The cops client-timer command specifies the time permitted for the BSR to receive
the Client-Accept message from the PDP before terminating the COPS connection.
The no cops client-timer command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cops client-timer <1-3600000>
no cops client-timer <1-3600000>
Command Syntax
1-3600000
COPS Client timer value in milliseconds
Command Default
3000 milliseconds
22-12
Release 6.2.0
cops listener access-list

The cops listener access-list command specifies an access control list (ACL) for
connections to the PacketCable Common Open Policy Service (COPS) on the BSR.
The no cops listener access-list command removes the ACL restriction.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cops listener access-list <1-99>
no cops listener access-list
Command Syntax
1-99
Specify the number of the access list.
Command Default
No access list configured.
22-13
Release 6.2.0
cops pdp-ip
The cops pdp-ip command restricts COPS connections to a specific Policy Decision
Point (PDP). A PDP is either the Call Management Server in the PacketCable
architecture or the Policy Server in the PacketCable Multimedia architecture where a
Client/MTA policy request is either serviced or rejected. The no cops pdp-ip
command removes an IP address from the list.
Note: If one or more PDP IP addresses are configured, only connections
from these PDP IP addresses are accepted. Up to 100 trusted PDP IP
addresses can be configured.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cops pdp-ip <A.B.C.D>
no cops pdp-ip <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
PDP IP address
Command Default
Any PDP IP address is allowed to make a COPS connection.
22-14
Release 6.2.0
cops pep-id
The cops pep-id command specifies the default Policy Enforcement Point (PEP) text
string, that is used in COPS messaging, to uniquely identify the BSR within the
PacketCable/PacketCable Multimedia domain
The no cops pep-id command restores the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cops pep-id <WORD> [<WORD>]
no cops pep-id <WORD> [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
COPS PEP ID string that is between 1 and 32

characters.
Command Default
"Motorola CMTS"
22-15
Release 6.2.0
cops status-trap-enable
The cops status-trap-enable command enables or disables the COPS status SNMP
trap through the DQoSCopsTrap SNMP MIB object. If the COPS status SNMP trap is
enabled, the BSR generates an SNMP trap when one or more of the following
conditions are occur:
n
a keep alive timeout
the COPS connection is disconnected
a failure to establish a TCP connection
a COPS connection is established
an unauthorized PDP attempt to establish a COPS connection
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cops status-trap-enable {disable | enable}
Command Syntax
disable
disables COPS status SNMP trap (if

previously enabled).
enable
enables COPS status SNMP trap. The default

is disabled.
Command Default
Disabled
22-16
Release 6.2.0
dqos dscp
The dqos dscp command sets a Differentiated Services Code Point for Dynamic
Quality-of-Service (DQoS) Connections. The command adds a DSCP (TOS) byte
value to all DQoS COPS connection packets locally generated by the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos dscp <0-63>
Command Syntax
0-63
the DSCP value
Command Default
0
22-17
Release 6.2.0
dqos emergency-preempt
The dqos emergency-preempt command is used to select one or all of three
emergency pre-emption options for admitting additional normal voice bandwidth for
high-priority 911 calls.
The no dqos emergency-preempt command returns the command default.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos emergency-preempt [most-recent | oldest | random]
no dqos emergency-preempt [most-recent | oldest | random]
Command Syntax
most-recent
admits bandwidth from the most

recent active normal voice calls
oldest
admits bandwidth from the oldest

active normal voice calls.
random
admits bandwidth from random

normal voice calls.
Command Default
Disabled
22-18
Release 6.2.0
dqos emergency-trap-enable
The dqos emergency-trap-enable command enables or disables an SNMP trap for
Emergency Calls through the rdnPktDQoSEmergencyTrapEnable SNMP MIB object.
If the Emergency Call SNMP trap is enabled, the BSR generates an SNMP trap if an
Emergency Call is initiated.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos emergency-trap-enable {disable | enable}
Command Syntax
disable
disable Emergency Call SNMP trap (if

previously enabled)
enable
enable Emergency Call SNMP trap
Command Default
Disabled
22-19
Release 6.2.0
dqos res-req-trap-enable
The dqos res-req-trap-enable command enables or disables a Resource Request
SNMP trap through the DQoSResReq SNMP MIB object. If the Resource Request
SNMP trap is enabled, the BSR generates an SNMP trap if a Resource Request from
an MTA is invalid. This would include one or more of the following conditions:
n
an invalid gate ID (DSA-REQ contains an unknown gate ID)
a missing gate ID (DSA-REQ is missing gate ID)
requested resources are exceeded
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos res-req-trap-enable {disable | enable}
Command Syntax
disable
disable Resource Request SNMP trap (if

previously enabled)
enable
enable Resource Request SNMP trap
Command Default
Disabled
22-20
Release 6.2.0
dqos shutdown
The dqos shutdown command disables Dynamic QoS (DQoS) and COPS operation
on the BSR.The no dqos shutdown command enables DQoS and the COPS operation
on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos shutdown [vrf <WORD>]
no dqos shutdown [vrf <WORD>]
Command Syntax
vrf WORD
the name of a specific VPN
Command Default
Disabled
22-21
Release 6.2.0
dqos t0-timer/t1-timer
If T0 and T1 timeouts are being counted in the show packet-cable statistics gate
command output, the network and the PDP server need to be examined. T0 and T1
timers may need to be increased from their default values to avoid T0 and T1
timeouts.
The dqos t0-timer and dqos t1-timer commands configure the T0 and T1 timers. The
T0 timer specifies the period of time that a gate is allocated without being authorized.
The T1 timer specifies the time that can elapse between the authorization and commit.
The no dqos t0-timer and no dqos t1-timer commands restore the default values.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

dqos {t0-timer | t1-timer} <1-3600>
Command Syntax
t0-timer
time, in seconds, that a gate ID can remain

allocated without any specified gate
parameters
t1-timer
time, in seconds, that an authorization for a

gate can remain valid
1-3600
number of seconds
Command Default
t0-timer = 30
t1-timer = 250
22-22
Release 6.2.0
em dscp
The em dscp command sets a Differentiated Services Code Point for Event Message
(EM) Call Data Connections. The command adds a DSCP (TOS) byte value to all EM
COPS connection packets locally generated by the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em dscp <0-63>
Command Syntax
0-63
the DSCP value
Command Default
0
22-23
Release 6.2.0
em element-number
The em element-number command specifies a unique event message Element ID for
the BSR. The no em element-number command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em element-number <0-99999>
no em element-number <0-99999>
Command Syntax
0-99999
Element ID number
Command Default
0
22-24
Release 6.2.0
em event-disable-mask
The em event-disable-mask command specifies a hexidecimal mask to disable event
messages. The no em event-disable-mask command restores the default setting.
The following table describes the QoS event message bit definitions. These
hexidecimal values can also be combined. For example, QoS_Release and
QoS_Commit event messages can be disabled by entering the hexidecimal number:
0x00040080.
Event Message
Bit Definition (1 Based)
Hexidecimal value
QoS_Reserve
0x00000040
QoS_Release
0x00000080
Time_Change
17
0x00010000
QoS_Commit
19
0x00040000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em event-disable-mask <0x00000000-0xffffffff>
Command Syntax
set bits correspond to event message IDs

being disabled
Command Default
0x00000000 (which is no mask)
22-25
Release 6.2.0
em event-priority
The em event-priority command specifies the priority of event messages generated
from the BSR relative to other events. The no em event-priority command restores
the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em event-priority <0-255>
no em event-priority <0-255>
Command Syntax
0-255
event message priority value
Command Default
128
22-26
Release 6.2.0
em flag-override
The Call Management Server directs the BSR (for PacketCable only) to send event
messages to the Record Keeping Server in either batch mode (putting event messages
together in a packet) or in realtime mode (sending event messages in packets as they
come). The event flag, which tells the BSR to send event messages to the Record
Keeping Server can be overridden.
The em flag-override command forces the BSR to use realtime mode or batch mode
regardless of what the Call Manager Server directs the BSR to do. The no em
flag-override command disables event flag override.
Note: PacketCable Multimedia supports realtime mode only.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em flag-override {batch | realtime}
no em flag-override
Command Syntax
batch
send the event message in batch mode
realtime
send the event message in realtime mode
Command Default
Disabled
22-27
Release 6.2.0
em max-batch-events
Event messages are batched together before being sent to the Record Keeping Server.
The em max-batch-events command specifies the amount of event messages that are
batched. The no em max-batch-events command restores the default setting. The
collected messages are sent when the em max-batch-time parameter expires.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em max-batch-events <2-32>
no em max-batch-events <2-32>
Command Syntax
2-32
maximum number of batched event messages
Command Default
6
22-28
Release 6.2.0
em max-batch-time
The hold-time for batched event messages can be specified to allow more time so that
multiple event messages are combined into one packet to reduce network traffic.
The em max-batch-time command specifies the interval that the batched event
messages are held before they are sent to the Record Keeping Server. The no em
max-batch-time command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em max-batch-time <1-60>
no em max-batch-time <1-60>
Command Syntax
1-60
maximum time in seconds
Command Default
10
22-29
Release 6.2.0
em qos-descriptor-disable
The QoS Descriptor attribute can be disabled if an MSO administrator decides it does
not need it because it wants to reduce the event message size for network traffic
management purposes.
The QoS descriptor attribute contains the Service Class profile name and QoS
parameters. The em qos-descriptor-disable command disables the QoS Descriptor
attribute. The no em qos-descriptor-disable command enables the QoS Descriptor.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em qos-descriptor-disable
no em qos-descriptor-disable
Command Default
Enabled
22-30
Release 6.2.0
em retry-count
If an Accounting-Response event message is not received by the BSR from the
Record Keeping Server, the BSR sends the event message again. Once all retries are
exhausted, the BSR tries an alternate Record Keeping Server (if one is available). The
network and the Record Keeping Server should be examined to determine the reason
for these timeouts.
The event message retry count can be specified depending on the amount of network
congestion and the distance between the BSR and the Record Keeping Server. For
example, if network congestion causes reported timeouts in the Account Request
Failure field in the show packet-cable statistics command output, the event message
retry count may need to be changed.
The em retry-count command specifies the number of retries that should occur
before the BSR tries an alternate Record Keeping Server. The no em retry-count
command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em retry-count <0-16>
no em retry-count <0-16>
Command Syntax
0-16
maximum number of retransmissions for each

Record Keeping Server
Command Default
3
22-31
Release 6.2.0
em retry-interval
The event message retry interval can be configured depending on the amount of
network congestion and the distance between the BSR and the Record Keeping
Server. For example, if the distance caused a time delay, the event message retry
interval can be extended from the default value to allow more time for the BSR to
receive an Accounting-Response message. The network and the Record Keeping
Server should be examined to determine the reason for these timeouts. In most cases
the em retry-count command parameter should be increased before the em
retry-interval command parameter is modified.
The em retry-interval command specifies the event message retry interval for
receiving an Accounting Response. The no em retry-interval command restores the
default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em retry-interval <1-3600>
no em retry-interval
Command Syntax
1-3600
retry interval in seconds
Command Default
2
22-32
Release 6.2.0
em rks-failure-trap-enable
The em rks-failure-trap-enable command enables/disables PacketCable EM RKS
Failure traps. PacketCable EM RKS Failure traps are generated if an
Accounting-Response event message is not received by the BSR from the Record
Keeping Server (RKS) after the BSR sends the RKS an Accounting-Request event
message. The RKS stores event messages which are used by applications for billing,
settlements, network usage monitoring, and fraud detection purposes.
If an Accounting-Response event message from the RKS is not received by the BSR ,
the BSR re-sends the Accounting-Request event message according to a
pre-configured retry count. If the retry count is exceeded without a returned
Accounting-Response event message, the BSR tries an alternate (secondary) RKS if
one is available. A PacketCable EM RKS Failure trap is generated if the
Accounting-Request event mesage retry count has been exceeded for both the
Primary RKS and the optional Secondary RKS.
The event message retry count is specified on the BSR with the em retry-count
command. If PacketCable EM RKS Failure traps are being generated, the event
message retry count may need to be increased. Repeated Accounting-Request event
message failures may indicate too much network congestion and/or distance between
the BSR and the RKS. The number of Accounting-Request event message failures can
be viewed through the Account Request Failure field in the show packet-cable
statistics em command output.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em rks-failure-trap-enable { disable | enable }
no em rks-failure-trap-enable { disable | enable }
22-33
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
disable
disables the PacketCable EM RKS Failure

trap
enable
enables the PacketCable EM RKS Failure

trap
Command Default
Disabled
22-34
Release 6.2.0
em shutdown
The em shutdown command disables event messages generated from the BSR if they
are not needed. The no em shutdown command enables event messages.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em shutdown
no em shutdown
Command Default
Enabled
22-35
Release 6.2.0
em udp-port
If the default UDP port is already in use, another UDP port can be specified for
PacketCable event messages. A different UDP port can also be specified for event
messages because of security reasons.
The em udp-port command specifies a UDP port number for event messages. The no
em udp-port command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

em udp-port <1-65535>
no em udp-port <1-65535>
Command Syntax
1-65535
UDP port number for event messages.
Command Default
1813
22-36
Release 6.2.0
es
The no es shutdown command enables electronic surveillance. The es shutdown
command disables electronic surveillance.
The es ccc-source-port command specifies the UDP source port number for
Electronic Surveillance Call Content Connections. Changes made to the
ccc-source-port configuration are displayed with the show packet-cable
configuration es and show running-config commands. The no es ccc-source-port
command removes a non-default ccc-source-port configuration and re-establishes the
default ccc-source-port configuration of 60000.
The es trap-enable enable command enables the electronic surveillance SNMP trap.
The no es trap-enable disable command disables the electronic surveillance SNMP
trap.
Note: Electronic surveillance conforms to Communications Assistance for

Law Enforcement Act (CALEA) requirements.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

es {ccc-source-port <0-65535> | shutdown | trap-enable {disable | enable}}
no es {ccc-source-port <0-65535> | shutdown | trap-enable {disable | enable}}
22-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
ccc-source-port
0-65535
the UDP source port number for

Electronic Surveillance Call Content
Connections
shutdown
Shutdown electronic surveillance

functionality
trap-enable {disable |
enable}
Enable/disable the electronic

surveillance SNMP trap
Command Default
Electronic Surveillance = disabled
22-38
Release 6.2.0
es ccc-dscp
The es ccc-dscp command sets a Differentiated Services Code Point for Electronic
Surveillance (ES) Call Content Connections. The command adds a DSCP (TOS) byte
value to all ES COPS connection packets locally generated by the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

es ccc-dscp <0-63>
Command Syntax
0-63
the DSCP value
Command Default
0
22-39
Release 6.2.0
ike client-addr
The ike client-addr command specifies the IP address used by the BSR for its source
address during IKE protocol exchanges.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ike client-addr <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
22-40
host IP address used for IKE
Release 6.2.0
ike phase1
The IKE Phase 1 Lifetime Interval and IKE Phase 1 Lifesize can be specified to
enhance security. These settings determine how long the key is exposed. For example,
an MSO administrator can decide to update this key on a regular basis to prevent
successful hacking.
The ike phase1 command specifies the IKE phase 1 lifetime value and the lifesize
value that can either trigger or prevent the expiration of the IKE security association:
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ike phase1 [lifetime <0, 300-2592000> | lifesize <0, 10240-4190000>]
Command Syntax
0, 300-2592000
lifetime interval value in seconds - "0"

indicates an unlimited lifetime
0, 10240-4190000
lifesize value in kilobytes - "0" indicates an

unlimited lifesize
Command Default
Lifetime is 28800.
Lifesize is 0, which indicates an unlimited size in kilobytes.
22-41
Release 6.2.0
ike phase2
The IKE Phase 2 Lifetime Interval and IKE Phase 2 Lifesize can be specified to
enhance security. These settings determine how long the key is exposed. For example,
an MSO administrator can decide to update this key on a regular basis to prevent
successful hacking.
The ike phase2 command specifies the IKE phase 2 lifetime value and lifesize value
for the lifetime:
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ike phase2 [lifetime <300-2592000> | lifesize <0, 10240-4190000>]
Command Syntax
300-2592000
lifetime interval value in seconds
0, 10240-4190000
lifesize value in kilobytes - "0" indicates an

unlimited lifesize
Command Default
Lifetime is 28800
Lifesize is 0, which indicates an unlimited size in kilobytes.
22-42
Release 6.2.0
ike retries
The number of IKE retries can be specified for network problems. Observe the
number of IKE retries in the show ipsec ike command output. If the number of IKE
retries is increasing, then the network and server should be examined to determine the
reason for the excessive number of IKE retries.
The ike retries command specifies the number of IKE retries.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ike retries <1-10>
Command Syntax
1-10
number of retransmissions
Command Default
3
22-43
Release 6.2.0
ike timeout
The IKE retransmission timeout interval can be specified for network problems.
Observe the number of IKE timeouts in the show ipsec ike command output. If the
number of IKE timeouts is increasing, then the network and server should be
examined to determine the reason for the excessive number of IKE timeouts.
The ike timeout command specifies the IKE retransmission timeout interval.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ike timeout <1-20>
Command Syntax
1-20
timeout value in seconds
Command Default
10
22-44
Release 6.2.0
ipsec
The ipsec command accesses IPSec Configuration mode from Global Configuration
mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipsec
22-45
Release 6.2.0
ipsec shutdown
The ipsec shutdown command disables IPSecIKE for the BSR.The no ipsec
shutdown command enables IPSec/IKE for the BSR.
Note: For the initial configuration of IPSec/IKE, the IPSec configurable
parameters should be configured, before IPSec is enabled. At a minimum,
the ike client-addr command should be configured prior to enabling IPSec.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

ipsec shutdown
no ipsec shutdown
Command Default
Disabled
22-46
Release 6.2.0
mm dscp
The mm dscp command sets a Differentiated Services Code Point for Multimedia
(MM) Connections. The command adds a DSCP (TOS) byte value to all MM COPS
connection packets locally generated by the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mm dscp <0-63>
Command Syntax
0-63
the DSCP value
Command Default
0
22-47
Release 6.2.0
mm shutdown
The mm shutdown command disables PacketCable Multimedia and COPS operation
on the BSR. The no mm shutdown command enables PacketCable Multimedia and
COPS operation on the BSR.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mm shutdown
no mm shutdown
Command Default
Disabled (shut down)
22-48
Release 6.2.0
mm t1-timer
The mm t1-timer command specifies the Multimedia Gate Timer T1 interval that
elapses between authorizing and reserving a PacketCable Multimedia gate.
The multimedia T1 timer starts when a gate is authorized. The Multimedia T1 timer is
stopped when an operation is performed (e.g. The gate state is switched). On
expiration of this timer, the BSR deletes the gate.
The no mm t1-timer command restores the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

mm t1-timer <1-3600>
no mm t1-timer <1-3600>
Command Syntax
1-3600
T1 timer in seconds
Command Default
200 seconds
22-49
Release 6.2.0
packet-cable
The packet-cable command is used to access PacketCable Configuration mode from
Global Configuration mode.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

packet-cable
22-50
Release 6.2.0
show cable dynamic-service

The show cable dynamic-service command displays the dynamic service
configuration status for the cable interfaces.
The following provides typical screen output from the show cable dynamic-service
command:
Cable dynamic-service auth-mode: authorize
Cable dynamic-service active-timeout: 0
Cable dynamic-service loadbalance: disable
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dynamic-service
22-51
Release 6.2.0
show ipsec
The show ipsec command displays the configuration of IKE, IPSec, Security
Association Database (SADB), Security Policy Database (SPD), SPD
preshared-keys, or SPD Policies.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipsec sadb policy
command:
SADB:
Initialized = false
Outbound DB
Outbound Tunnel DB
Inbound ESP DB
Inbound AH DB
Inbound Other Protocol DB
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipsec spd policy
command:
Index Source Address

Processing Indicator
1
150.31.40.10
Apply
2
150.31.50.10
Apply
3
0.0.0.0:0.0.0.0
ByPass
4
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
ByPass
5
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
Discard
Destination Address
IPsec Mode
150.31.50.10
Transport Mode
150.31.40.10
Transport Mode
0.0.0.0:0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255
SPort
Proto
0
0
0
0
0
0
500
17
0
0
DPort
Handle
0
3
0
4
0
5
500
1
0
2
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipsec ike
command:
22-52
Release 6.2.0
IKE:
Initialized = false
Timeout in seconds = 0
Number of retries = 0
IKE Client IP Address = 150.31.50.10
IKE Phase1 Lifetime in Seconds = 28800
IKE Phase1 Lifesize in Kilobytes = 0
IKE Phase2 Lifetime in Seconds = 28800
IKE Phase2 Lifesize in Kilobytes = 0
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipsec ipsec
command:
IPsec:
Initialized = false
IPsec Retain DF bit = disabled
IPsec
IPsec
IPsec
IPsec
Bypass
:
Outbound Ah :
Outbound ESP :
Output(total):
0
0
0
0
Ipsec
IPsec
IPsec
IPsec
Discard
:
Inbound Ah :
Inbound ESP :
Input(total):
0
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipsec {ike | ipsec | sadb | spd [policy | preshared-key]}
22-53
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
22-54
ike
display IKE-specific configuration
ipsec
display IPSec-specific configuration
sadb
display the Security Association Database

(SADB) configuration
spd
display SPD-specific configuration
policy
display SPD policy configuration
preshared-key
display SPD preshared-key and IP address

configuration
Release 6.2.0
show packet-cable configuration

The show packet-cable configuration command displays COPS, DQoS, event
messaging, electronic surveillance, and PacketCable Multimedia configuration
information.
The following provides typical screen output and output field descriptions for the
show packet-cable configuration command:
------------------------CMTS IP address: 150.31.50.10
COPS Configuration
-----------------PEP ID: Motorola CMTS
Client Timer: 4000 milliseconds
Status trap: disabled
Dynamic QoS Configuration
------------------------DQoS is enabled
T0 Timer: 30 seconds
Resource Request trap: disabled
Emergency trap: disabled
Multimedia Configuration
-----------------------MM is enabled
display the cable (CMTS) interface

IP address.
COPS Configuration
display the PEP ID, Client Timer,

and if the Status SNMP trap is
22-55
PDP IP Address
Release 6.2.0
display the Policy Decision Point

(PDP) for one or more Call
Management Servers (PacketCable
architecture) or Policy Server(s)
(PSs) (PacketCable Multimedia
architecture)
Dynamic QoS Configuration displays if DQoS is enabled or

disabled, T0 and T1 timer
parameters, and whether the COPS
status and Resource Request SNMP
traps are enabled or disabled.
displays if PacketCable Multimedia

is enabled or disabled and the
configured T1 Timer interval.
Event Message
Configuration
displays if event messages are

enabled or disabled and other event
message configuration parameters
Electronic Surveillance
Configuration
displays if ES is enabled or disabled

and if the ES status SNMP trap is
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show packet-cable
configuration cops command:
COPS Configuration
-----------------PEP ID: Motorola CMTS
Client Timer: 4000 milliseconds
Status trap: disabled
22-56
Release 6.2.0
configuration dqos command:
Dynamic QoS Configuration
------------------------DQoS is enabled
Resource Request trap: disabled
Emergency trap: disabled
configuration em command:
Event Message Configuration

--------------------------EM is enabled
UDP Port Number: 1813
Element Number: 0
Event Priority: 128
Retry Interval: 2 seconds
Retry Count: 3
Maximum Batch Events: 6
Maximum Batch Time: 10 seconds
Event Disable Mask: 0x00000000
Flag Override: None
QoS Descriptor: enabled
configuration es command:
22-57
Release 6.2.0
MOT:7A#show packet-cable configuration es

Electronic Surveillance Configuration
------------------------------------ES is disabled
ES trap: disabled
configuration mm command:
-----------------------MM is enabled
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show packet-cable configuration [cops | dqos | em | es | mm]
Command Syntax
22-58
cops
display the COPS configuration and status

information
dqos
display DQoS configuration and status

information
em
display event message configuration and

status information
Release 6.2.0
es
display electronic surveillance configuration

and status information
mm
display PacketCable Multimedia T1 timer

interval and PacketCable Multimedia status
information.
22-59
Release 6.2.0
show packet-cable cops

The show packet-cable cops command display all COPS connections, which
includes the COPS Client handle, PDP IP address, port number, keep-alive timeout,
and duration time.
The following provides typical screen output from the show packet-cable cops
command and output field descriptions:
COPS Connection Information

---------------------------------------------------------------------------| Handle | Type | IP Address
| Port | Keep-Alive Timeout | Connected Time |
---------------------------------------------------------------------------0
DQoS
172.50.1.100 52287
60
01:05:02
1
MM
150.31.1.143 46351
30
01:05:02
4
MM
150.31.1.140 59970
60
00:49:25
Handle
COPS handle ID
CMS IP Address
PDP IP address
Port Number
Socket connection port number.
Keep-Alive Timeout
Keep-Alive timeout interval between

when a Keep-Alive packet is sent
and received for a COPS connection.
Duration Time
time (days and hours) the COPS

connection has been active. If a
COPS handle has been disconnected
it display "disconnected".
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show packet-cable cops [inactive]
22-60
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
inactive
specify the COPS Client(s) that are inactive
22-61
Release 6.2.0
show packet-cable gate

The show packet-cable gate command displays currently allocated packet
cable DQoS and Multimedia gates. The following table provides the show
packet-cable gate command output field descriptions:
GateID (0x)
display the gate Identifier in

Modem MAC Address
cable modem (CM) MAC address
Subscriber IP Address
the client IP address
CMTS
cable slot number
SFID
display the upstream (Up) SFID

number, and the downstream (Dn)
Service Flow Identifier (SFID)
number.
Pri
gate priority, which is either high or

low.
Status
gate status
Committed Time
time at which the gate was

committed
gate command:
22-62
Release 6.2.0
p
g
DQoS Gates:
2
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------GateID |
Modem
| Subscriber
|CM|
SFID
|Pri| Status
|Committed
(0x) | MAC Address | IP Address
|TS| Up | Dn |
|
| Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------00000D3C 0011.8065.f57a
150.31.55.101 9
57
58 Low
Committed 00:21:58
00000E86 0011.8065.f580
150.31.55.102 9
55
56 Low
Committed 00:21:58
Multimedia Gates:
8
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------GateID |
Modem
| Subscriber
|CM|
SFID
|Pri| Status
|Committed
(0x) | MAC Address | IP Address
|TS| Up | Dn |
|
| Time
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------010004E5 000e.5c6c.98f2
150.31.56.5 9
0
37 Low
Committed 00:24:20
010005CA 000e.5c6c.98f2
150.31.56.5 9
39
0 Low
Committed 00:24:19
01000600 000e.5c6c.98f2
150.31.56.5 9
0
41 Low
Committed 00:24:19
0100077E 000e.5c6c.98f2
150.31.56.5 9
43
0 Low
Committed 00:24:19
0100084A 000e.5c6c.9810
150.31.56.103 9
0
45 Low
Committed 00:24:19
010009E5 000e.5c6c.9810
150.31.56.103 9
47
0 Low
Committed 00:24:19
01000A4C 000e.5c6c.9810
150.31.56.103 9
0
49 Low
Committed 00:24:19
01000BBA 000e.5c6c.9810
150.31.56.103 9
51
0 Low
Committed 00:24:19
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show packet-cable gate [am-tag <0-65535> | application-type <0-65535> | cops
<0-99> | dqos | identifier <0x00000000-0xffffffff> | mm | modem <mac> |
not-committed | slot <NUM> | subscriber <A.B.C.D>| summary ]
22-63
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
22-64
am-tag 0-65535
Application Manager tag
application-type
0-65535
application type
cops 0-99
specify a COPS connection and COPS handle

to display
dqos
specify all DQoS gates
identifier
Gate Identifier in hexadecimal notation to

display detailed information about the DQoS
or Multimedia gate.
mm
specify all Multimedia gates
modem mac
specify a cable modem MAC address to

display
not-committed
only display gates not in COMMITTED state
slot NUM
cable slot number to display
subscriber A.B.C.D
specify a CPE (subscriber) IP address to

display
summary
display summary information
Release 6.2.0
show packet-cable statistics

The show packet-cable statistics command displays COPS statistics, DQoS gate
statistics, PacketCable Multimedia gate statistics, event message statistics, DQoS
event message statistics, electronic surveillance event message statistics, and
PacketCable Multimedia event message statistics.
statistics em command:
Event Message Statistics

-------------------------------------------------------------------------Account Request Sent:
3 Account Response Received:
3
Account Request Failure:
0 Account Response Discarded:
0
DQoS Event Message Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------QoS_Reserve Count:
0 Primary RKS Retries:
0
QoS_Commit Count:
0 Primary RKS Exhausted:
0
QoS_Release Count:
0 Secondary RKS Retries:
0
Time_Change Count:
0 Secondary RKS Exhausted:
0
Electronic Surveillance Event Message Statistics
0 DF Retries:
0
QoS_Commit Count:
0 DF Exhausted:
0
QoS_Release Count:
0
Multimedia Event Message Statistics
1 Primary RKS Retries:
0
QoS_Commit Count:
1 Primary RKS Exhausted:
0
QoS_Release Count:
1 Secondary RKS Retries:
0
Time_Change Count:
0 Secondary RKS Exhausted:
0
statistics gate command:
22-65
Release 6.2.0
COPS Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------COPS Established:
1 Client-Open Sent:
1
COPS Terminated:
0 Client-Accept Received:
1
COPS Unauthorized:
0 Request Sent:
1
Keep-Alive Sent:
7 Client-Close Received:
0
Keep-Alive Received:
7 Client-Close Sent:
0
Keep-Alive Timeout:
0 Sync-State-Req Received:
0
Del-Req-State Sent:
0 Sync-State-Comp Sent:
0
DQoS Gate Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Gate-Alloc Count:
0 Gate-Open Count:
8
Gate-Alloc-Ack Count:
0 Gate-Close Count:
8
Gate-Alloc-Err Count:
0 T0 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set Count:
8 T1 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set-Ack Count:
8 T7 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set-Err Count:
0 T8 Timeout:
0
Gate-Delete Count:
0 CM Delete:
6
Gate-Delete-Ack Count:
0 CM Dereg:
0
Gate-Delete-Err Count:
0 Admin Delete:
0
Gate-Info Count:
0 Resource Reassign:
2
Gate-Info-Ack Count:
0
Gate-Info-Err Count:
0
Multimedia Gate Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Gate-Set Count:
0 Gate-Report-State Count:
0
Gate-Set-Ack Count:
0 T1 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set-Err Count:
0 T2 Timeout:
0
Gate-Delete Count:
0 T3 Timeout:
0
0 T4 Timeout:
0
0 Volume Limit:
0
Gate-Info Count:
0 CM Dereg:
0
0 Admin Delete:
0
0
22-66
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show packet-cable statistics [em | gate [ cops [<0-99>]]]
Command Syntax
em
display event message statistics
gate
display gate statistics
cops 0-99

to display
22-67
Release 6.2.0
statistics gate command:
COPS Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------COPS Established:
6 Client-Open Sent:
6
COPS Terminated:
3 Client-Accept Received:
6
COPS Unauthorized:
0 Request Sent:
6
Keep-Alive Sent:
519 Client-Close Received:
0
Keep-Alive Received:
519 Client-Close Sent:
0
Keep-Alive Timeout:
0 Sync-State-Req Received:
0
Del-Req-State Sent:
0 Sync-State-Comp Sent:
0
DQoS Gate Statistics
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Gate-Alloc Count:
3 Gate-Open Count:
4
Gate-Alloc-Ack Count:
3 Gate-Close Count:
2
Gate-Alloc-Err Count:
0 T0 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set Count:
4 T1 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set-Ack Count:
4 T7 Timeout:
0
Gate-Set-Err Count:
0 T8 Timeout:
0
Gate-Delete Count:
1 CM Delete:
2
1 CM Dereg:
0
0 Admin Delete:
0
Gate-Info Count:
0
0
0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show packet-cable statistics [em | es identifier <0x00000000-0xffffffff> | gate [ cops
[<0-99>]]]
22-68
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
em
display event message statistics
es
display electronic surveillance statistics
identifier
Gate Identifier in hexadecimal notation to

display detailed information about the DQoS
or Multimedia gate
gate
display gate statistics
cops 0-99

to display
22-69
Release 6.2.0
spd allow-dynamic-rsp
The spd allow-dynamic-rsp command allows a dynamic response from a peer to
negotiate Internet Key Exchange (IKE) even though the SPD policy setting is other
than the "APPLY" policy setting.
The no spd allow-dynamic-rsp command is used to return the default setting.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

spd allow-dynamic-rsp
no spd allow-dynamic-rsp
Command Default
BSR strictly follows the configured SPD.
22-70
Release 6.2.0
spd override
The spd override command is used to override IP addresses, ports, or protocols that
are configured in the IPSec Security Policy Database (SPD).
The no spd override is used to remove the address, port, or protocol override.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

spd override [addr-selector | port-selector | protocol-selector]
no spd override [addr-selector | port-selector | protocol-selector]
Command Syntax
addr-selector
SPD overrides a specific IP address within a

range of IP addresses or a wild card IP
address set in the SPD.
port-selector
SPD overrides a specific port with a range of

port(s) or wild card set in the SPD.
protocol-selector
SPD overrides a specific protocol with a

range of protocol or wild card of protocol set
in the SPD.
Command Default
No SPD override address selector is configured.
SPD override port selector is configured.
SPD override protocol selector is configured.
22-71
Release 6.2.0
spd policy
The spd policy command specifies a security policy for the given peers IPSec
Security Policy Database (SPD). The SPD policy is priority based. The lower
number index has a higher priority. Data packets are compared against rules in the
SPD policy, starting with the first index. When a match is found, that rule is applied
and no further comparisons are made against the SPD policy for that data packet.
When deleting entries, a single rule or all the rules in the table can be deleted at
once.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

spd policy <ipAddr{-ipAddr2|:ipMask}> <ipAddr{-ipAddr2|:ipMask}> <num>
<0-65535> <0-65535> {apply | bypass | discard} transport [after <num>]
no spd policy {<num> | all}
Command Syntax
22-72
ipAddr{-ipAddr2|:ipMask}
source network IP address followed by a

colon and subnetwork mask. If a hyphen is
used between ipAddr and ipAddr2, this
specifies a range of source network IP
addresses.
ipAddr{-ipAddr2|:ipMask}
destination network IP address followed by a

colon and subnetwork mask. If a hyphen is
used between ipAddr and ipAddr2, this
specifies a range of destination network IP
addresses.
Release 6.2.0
num
transport protocol number which is the IP

protocol from the IP protocol header. The
format is a decimal number. A value of 0
represents any protocol. For example, the Call
Management Server/Gate Controller or Call
Management Server/Policy Server can use
TCP Port 6 and the Record Keeping Server
can use UDP Port 17.
0-65535
source TCP/UDP port number. 0 represents

any port.
0-65535
destination TCP/UDP port number. 0

represents any port
apply transport
used if the packet matches the rule for this

policy (i.e., ipAddr, ipAddr2, num, source
port, or destination port matches the packet
being processed), then apply transport mode
IPSEC to the IP Packet.
bypass

policy (i.e., ipAddr, ipAddr2, num, source
port, or the destination port matches the
packet being processed), then the IPSEC
processing is bypassed and the IP packet is
processed.
discard

policy (i.e., ipAddr, ip Addr2, num, source
port, or destination port matches the packet
being processed), then discard this IP packet.
after
allows a rule to be inserted after an existing

rule in the SPD. If the after is not present, the
new rule is added to the first index.
num
policy security index number from the show

ipsec spd policy command. The index
numbering begins at 1.
22-73
Release 6.2.0
spd preshared-key
The spd preshared-key command specifies the Pre-shared Key IP address to allow a
Pre-shared secret key to be passed between parties in a communication flow to
authenticate their mutual identities. The no spd preshared-key removes the
Pre-shared Key IP address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
IPSec Configuration
Command Line Usage

spd preshared-key <A.B.C.D> <string>
no spd preshared-key <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
22-74
A.B.C.D
cable interface IP address
string
Pre-shared Key name which is between 1 to

128 characters
23
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands used to configure and manage the VLAN
Tagging feature on the BSR. VLAN Tagging allows the BSR to forward traffic
received from a CPE connected to a bridging CM to a uniquely numbered VLAN
using the 802.1Q industry-standard trunking encapsulation on a selected "bridge
mode trunk" port.
VLAN Tagging Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the VLAN Tagging
23-1
Release 6.2.0
bridge cable intercept

The bridge cable intercept command creates a cable intercept on a specified
bridging CM as a respone to a CALEA request from law enforcement for traffic
regarding a specific user. The no bridge cable intercept command deletes a bridge
cable intercept on a specified bridging CM.
Note: The bridge cable intercept command is only available to a user
logged in as securityuser - refer to Configuring Cable Intercepts in the BSR
64000 CMTS Configuration and Management Guide.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bridge cable intercept <mac> modem <mac> <A.B.C.D> <0-65535>
no bridge cable intercept <mac> modem <mac> <A.B.C.D> <0-65535>
Command Syntax
23-2
mac
the intercept source, which is the MAC address from

are copied and forwarded to the data collection server
- this MAC address is always the user's CPE device
(such as a PC or VoIP phone), and not the MAC
address of the user's CM.
modem mac
The MAC address of the user's CM.
Release 6.2.0
A.B.C.D
Specifies the destination IP address for the data

collection server that receives copies of the forwarded
traffic.
0-65535

provided.
23-3
Release 6.2.0
bridge cable modem

The bridge cable modem command designates a particular cable modem as a
bridging CM and associates its CPE traffic to a specified VLAN.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bridge cable modem <mac> <2-4094> [stackable]
no bridge cable modem <mac> <2-4094> [stackable]
Command Syntax
mac
cable modem MAC Address in the form

xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
2-4094
the VLAN ID
stackable
allows stacking of multiple IEEE 802.1Q tags
Note: VLAN ID 1 is reserved for use by the attached Layer 2 switch/router for
management purposes and as the default "native" VLAN for that equipment.
VLAN ID 1 may not be configured on the BSR for Ethernet port tagged
routing or for cable modem Layer 2 bridging.
23-4
Release 6.2.0
bridge mode trunk

The bridge mode trunk command enables VLAN tagged bridging on a network
interface. Only the ports of a Gigabit Ethernet Network Interface Module are
permitted to be configured for VLAN Tagging.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

bridge mode trunk [priority <0-255>]
no bridge mode trunk [priority <0-255>]
Command Syntax
priority 0-255
the optional priority value for the "bridge

mode trunk "port - if multiple network ports
are configured with bridge mode trunk
command, the BSR selects the port with the
highest priority value with its link state up for
forwarding VLAN tagged layer 2 packets. If
not specified, the default priority value is 128
23-5
Release 6.2.0
clear bridge vlan counters

The clear bridge vlan counters command clears all receive and transmit statistics for
all VLANs associated with a VLAN cable modem. These are the same statistics
displayed with the show bridge vlan counters command.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Command Line Usage

clear bridge vlan counters [<2-4094>]
Command Syntax
2-4094
23-6
the VLAN ID - if omitted, all VLAN counters

are cleared
Release 6.2.0
encapsulation dot1q
The encapsulation dot1q command configures VLAN tagged routing. This means
that all layer 3 packets routed by the BSR that egress the port are tagged with a
particular 802.1Q VLAN ID tag. The no encapsulation dot1q disables VLAN tagged
routing.
The encapsulation dot1q command associates a sub-interface with a unique 802.1q
tag that must be configured in the sub-interface shell. The no encapsulation dot1q
command removes the sub-interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

encapsulation dot1q <1-4094>
no encapsulation dot1q <1-4094>
Command Syntax
1-4094
the VLAN ID for routed traffic
23-7
Release 6.2.0
show bridge vlan

The show bridge vlan command display the bridging cable modem MAC addresses
for all VLANS or a specific VLAN. The following is typical screen output from the
show bridge vlan command:
Selected Network Bridge Port: gigaether 15/2

Vlan CM
Stackable
---- -------------- --------400 0008.0e10.39be disabled
900 000b.0643.33fc disabled
910 0020.409a.24c8 disabled
The show bridge vlan counters command displays statistical counters for all VLANs
or a specific VLAN. The following is typical screen output from the show bridge
vlan counters command:
VLAN
ID
----
Upstream
Packets
--------
Upstream
Discards
-------------
Downstream
Packets
----------
Downstream
Discards
----------
714
50
23
0
922
45
34
0
2
3
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show bridge vlan [<2-4094>]
show bridge vlan counters [<2-4094>]
23-8
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
counters
display statistical counters for all VLANs or a

specific VLAN
2-4094
the VLAN ID - if omitted, all VLANs are

displayed
Note: VLAN ID 1 is reserved for use by the attached Layer 2 switch/router for
management purposes and as the default "native" VLAN for that equipment.
VLAN ID 1 may not be configured on the BSR for Ethernet port tagged
routing or for cable modem Layer 2 bridging.
23-9
24
DSG Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands used to configure the DOCSIS Digital Set-top
Gateway (DSG) feature on the BSR. DSG allows the BSR CMTS to provide
out-of-band (OOB) cable services over a DOCSIS network. DSG allows MSOs to
merge both set-top box and DOCSIS operations into a single, open network without
having to re-configure their existing network or cable modems.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the DSG commands
24-1
Release 6.2.0
cable downstream dsg

The cable downstream dsg command associates a channel list, timer, or vendor
parameter with a downstream channel. The no cable downstream dsg command
disassociates a channel list, timer, or vendor parameter with a downstream channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> dsg {channel-list | timer | vendor-param}
<1-4294967295>
no cable downstream <NUM> dsg {channel-list | timer | vendor-param}
<1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
24-2
NUM
the downstream port number (default=0)
channel-list
associates a channel list with a downstream

cable channel
timer
associates a DSG timer with a downstream

cable channel
vendor-param
associates a DSG vendor parameter list with a

downstream cable channel
1-4294967295
the channel list, timer, or vendor-param index
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
cable downstream dsg enable

The cable downstream dsg enable command enables or disables DSG Downstream
Channel Descriptor (DCD) messages on a downstream channel. The no cable
downstream dsg enable command disables DSG DCD messages on a downstream
channel.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable downstream <NUM> dsg enable
no cable downstream <NUM> dsg enable
Command Syntax
NUM
Command Default
Enabled
24-3
Release 6.2.0
cable dsg
The cable dsg command accesses DOCSIS Set-top Gateway Configuration mode.
DOCSIS Set-top Gateway Configuration Mode allows you to configure or modify
various DSG configurations including channel lists, classifiers, client lists, group
maps, timers and DSG tunnels. The no cable dsg command disables the DSG
configuration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable dsg
no cable dsg
24-4
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
channel-list
The channel-list command creates or modifies a channel list. A channel list is a list of
one or multiple downstream frequencies that are carrying DSG tunnels. The
appropriate DSG Channel List will be included in the DCD messages on the
associated downstream channel. The DSG Client uses the channel list to determine
which downstream frequencies have DSG Tunnels present. The no channel-list
command deletes a channel list.
Note: Configuring a DSG channel list is optional. A DSG channel list provides
a faster means of searching for DSG Tunnels but is not a mandatory
configuration.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
DOCSIS Set-top Gateway Configuration
Command Line Usage

channel-list <1-4294967295> channel <1-4294967295> {delete | ds-freq
<91000000-857000000>}
no channel-list <1-4294967295> channel <1-4294967295> ds-freq
<91000000-857000000>
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a channel list index
channel 1-4294967295 specifies a channel index

delete
removes this channel list
ds-freq
91000000-857000000
specifies the downstream channel

frequency (s)
24-5
Release 6.2.0
classifier
The classifier command provides parameters for classifying DSG packets. The DSG
Agent applies the DSG classifier parameters to DSG packets transmitted from the
BSR to assign the DSG packet to the appropriate DSG tunnel. The DSG Agent can
also include the classifier configuration in the DCD messages on the downstream
channels to which the classifiers apply. The no classifier command deletes a
classifier.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

classifier <1-65535> {delete | destination <A.B.C.D> | destination-port <0-65535>
<0-65535> | include-in-dcd | priority <0-255> | source <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>}
no classifier <1-65535> {destination <A.B.C.D> | destination-port <0-65535>
<0-65535> | include-in-dcd | priority <0-255> | source <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>}
Command Syntax
24-6
1-65535
the classifier number
delete
removes this classifier
destination A.B.C.D
the destination IP address to be matched for

this classifier
Note: Specifying a destination IP address is
required for the operation of this DSG
classifier
destination-port
0-65535 0-65535
the low and high end destination port range to

be matched for this classifier
include-in-dcd
specifies the inclusion of this DSG classifier

in DCD messages
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
priority 0-255
the priority of this classifier - the default

value of 0 indicates the lowest priority
source A.B.C.D
A.B.C.D
the IP address and network mask of the DSG

server
Command Default
priority = 0
include-in-dcd = false
24-7
Release 6.2.0
client-list
The client-list command creates a new DSG client list or modifies an existing DSG
client list. A DSG client terminates the DSG tunnel and receives transmission from
the CMTS. There may be more than one DSG Client within a Set-top Device.
Configuring a DSG client involves specifying the matching parameters for the DSG
clients for which the DSG rules applies. A DSG client ID uniquely identifies each
DSG client. The same DSG client can exist in multiple Set-top Devices.
In DSG Advanced Mode, the DSG client ID can be a 6 byte MAC address or may
additionally be a 2 byte Application ID, a 2 byte CA_system_ID, or a broadcast ID.
The Set-top Device has a fixed MAC address that must be matched by the DSG
tunnel.
The no client-list command deletes a client list.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

client-list <1-4294967295> client-id <1-4294967295> {application-id <line> |
broadcast [<1-4>] | ca-id <line> | delete | mac-address <mac> | vendor-param
<1-4294967295>}
no client-list <1-4294967295> client-id <1-4294967295> {application-id <line> |
broadcast [<1-4>] | ca-id <line> | mac-address <mac> | vendor-param
<1-4294967295>}
Command Syntax
24-8
1-4294967295
the client list number
1-4294967295
the client identifier
application-id line
specifies an application ID in 2-byte hex

string (e.g. 12ab) - indicating a numeric ID
for an application running on the Set-top
Device
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
broadcast 1-4
specifies the broadcast ID which identifies

what types of data streams are provided
through the Broadcast Tunnel - the following
list provides Broadcast ID data stream type
values and definitions:
1 = contains SCTE-65 [SCTE-65] delivery as
defined in Annex D
2 = contains SCTE-18 [SCTE-18] delivery as
defined in Annex D
3 = contains OCAP Object Carousel
[OC-SP-OCAP1.0
4 = contains OpenCable Common Download
Carousel
ca-id line
specifies a CA ID in 2-byte hex string (e.g.

12ab) - indicating the type of CA system
applicable for the associated embedded
Cable Modem (ECM) streams
delete
delete this DSG client
mac-address mac
specifies a DSG client MAC address in the

form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx - this refers to
the MAC address of the DSG Client within
the Set-top Device
vendor-param
1-4294967295
the index of the vendor parameter list

specifying the vendor specific DSG
parameters
24-9
Release 6.2.0
group-map
The group-map command associates groups of tunnels to one or more downstream
channels. A DSG group map contains the downstream port number, DSG rule
priority, UCID range, and vendor parameter identifications. At least one tunnel must
be configured before a tunnel group can be mapped to a downstream channel through
a group map. The no group-map command deletes a DSG group map.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

group-map <1-4294967295> tunnel-group <1-4294967295> {delete | interface
cable <X/Y> downstream <NUM> | priority <0-255> | ucid <1-255> [<1-255>...] |
vendor-param <1-4294967295>}
no group-map <1-4294967295> tunnel-group <1-4294967295> {interface cable
<X/Y> downstream <NUM> | priority <0-255> | ucid <1-255> [<1-255>...] |
vendor-param <1-4294967295>}
Command Syntax
24-10
1-4294967295
specifies a group map number
1-4294967295
specifies the tunnel group number
delete
delete this group map
interface cable X/Y

downstream NUM
the cable interface slot and MAC domain and

priority 0-255
specifies a DSG rule priority level - DSG rule

priority determines the order of which the
channel and its associated UCIDs should be
applied by the DSG client
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
ucid 1-255...1-255...
specifies the upstream channel ID (UCID) for

which the DSG rule applies
vendor-param
1-4294967295
specifies the index of the vendor parameter

specifying the vendor specific DSG
parameters
24-11
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg

The show cable dsg command displays all DSG configuration information provided
with the following show commands:
n
show cable dsg channel-list
show cable dsg classifier
show cable dsg client-list
show cable dsg downstream
show cable dsg group-map
show cable dsg timer
show cable dsg tunnel
show cable dsg tunnel-group
show cable dsg vendor-param
Additionally, the show cable dsg command displays tunnel group associations to one
or more downstream channels. The following is typical screen output from the show
cable dsg for tunnel group associations to one or more downstream channels.
Cable DSG GroupChan 1 1:

Downstream ifIndex: 32769 (cable 0/0 D0)
Priority: 1
Ucid list: 1 2 3 4
Vendor Param Id: 1
Mapped slot/dsPort (slot<<4 | port): 00
mask = 0x00000000, grpChanUpdate=0
Status: 1
Priority: 1
mask = 0x00000000, grpChanUpdate=0
Status: 1
24-12
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg
24-13
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg channel-list

The show cable dsg channel-list command displays DSG channel list configuration
information. The following is typical screen output from the show cable dsg
channel-list command:
Cable DSG Channel List 1 1:

Downstream Frequency: 575000000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg channel-list [<1-4294967295> channel <1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a channel list index
channel 1-4294967295 specifies a channel index
24-14
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
show cable dsg classifier

The show cable dsg classifier command displays DSG classifier configuration
classifier command:
Cable DSG Classifier 10 :
Tunnel index: 1
Priority: 10
Source IP address: 10.100.10.1
Source IP prefix length: 32
Destination IP address: 230.10.10.10
Destination-port: low = 100, high = 300
Include in DCD: TRUE
Cable DSG Classifier 20 :

Tunnel index: 2
Priority: 0
Source IP address: 10.100.10.1
Source IP prefix length: 32
Destination IP address: 230.20.20.20
Destination-port: low = 100, high = 300
Include in DCD: TRUE
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg classifier [<1-65535>]
Command Syntax
1-65535
specifies a classifier number
24-15
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg client-list

The show cable dsg client-list command displays DSG client list information. The
following is typical screen output from the show cable dsg client-list command:
Cable DSG Client List 1 1:

Client Id Type: Broadcast
Client Id Type: Application Id
Client Id Value: 0x1000
Client Id Type: MAC address
Client Id Value: 010b.0b0b.0b0b
Client Id Type: CA system Id
Client Id Value: 0x3717
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg client-list [<1-4294967295> client-id <1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a client list number
client-id 1-4294967295 specifies a client identifying number
24-16
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands

The show cable dsg downstream command displays DSG downstream channel
configuration information. The following is typical screen output from the show
cable dsg downstream command:
Cable DSG Downstream

Vendor Param: 2
Timer: 1
Channel List: 1
DCD Enabled: TRUE
DCD Enabled: FALSE
DCD Enabled: FALSE
DCD Enabled: FALSE
DCD Enabled: FALSE
32769(cable 0/0 D0):
32770(cable 0/1 D1):

163841(cable 2/0 D0):
163842(cable 2/1 D1):
294913(cable 4/0 D0):
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

24-17
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg group-map

The show cable dsg group-map command displays DSG group map configuration
group-map command:

Priority: 10
Status: 1
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg timer [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
24-18
specifies a group map number
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
show cable dsg timer

The show cable dsg timer command displays DSG timer configuration information.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable dsg timer command:
DSG Timer 1:
Tdsg1: 20
Tdsg2: 2000
Tdsg3: 300
Tdsg4: 1000
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg timer [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a timer index
24-19
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg tunnel

The show cable dsg tunnel command displays DSG tunnel configuration
information. The following is typical screen output from the show cable dsg tunnel
command:
Cable DSG Tunnel 1:

Client list index: 1
Classifier indices: 10
Mac address: 010a.0a0a.0a0a
Cable DSG Tunnel 2:
Client list index: 2
Classifiers indices: 20
Mac address: 010b.0b0b.0b0b
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg tunnel [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
24-20
specifies a tunnel number
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
show cable dsg tunnel-group

The show cable dsg tunnel-group command displays DSG tunnel group information.
The following is typical screen output from the show cable dsg tunnel-group
command:
Cable DSG Tunnel Group 1:

Tunnel indices: 1
Cable DSG Tunnel Group 2:
Tunnel indices: 2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg tunnel-group [<1-4294967295>]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a tunnel group number
24-21
Release 6.2.0
show cable dsg vendor-param

The show cable dsg vendor-param command displays DSG vendor parameter
configuration information. The following is typical screen output from the show
cable dsg vendor-param command:
Cable DSG VendorParam 1 1:

Vendor OUI: 010203
Vendor Value: "10"
Cable DSG VendorParam 2 1:
Vendor OUI: 010203
Vendor Value: "20"
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable dsg vendor-param [<1-4294967295> vendor <1-4294967295> ]
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a vendor parameter group number
vendor 1-4294967295 specifies a vendor index
24-22
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
timer
The timer command specifies the 4 timeout timers that are sent to DSG clients
through the DCD message. Each downstream channel is mapped to only one set of
timers. The no timer command deletes a timer group.
Note: Configuring a DSG timer is optional.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

timer <1-4294967295> {delete | dsg1 <1-65535> | dsg2 <1-65535> | dsg3
<1-65535> | dsg4 <1-65535>}
no timer <1-4294967295> {dsg1 <1-65535> | dsg2 <1-65535> | dsg3 <1-65535> |
dsg4 <1-65535>}
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
the timer group number
delete
delete this timer group
dsg1
initialization timeout - this is the timeout

period for DSG packets during the
initialization of the DSG client
dsg2
operational timeout - this is the timeout

period for DSG packets during the normal
operation of the DSG client
24-23
Release 6.2.0
dsg3
two-way retry timer - this is the retry timer

that determines when the DSG client attempts
to reconnect with the DSG Agent and
establish two-way connectivity - a value of 0
indicates that the DSG client will
continuously retry two-way operation
dsg4
one-way retry timer - the retry timer that

determines when the DSG client attempts to
rescan for a DOCSIS downstream channel
that contains DSG packets after a dsg1 or
dsg2 timeout - a value of 0 indicates that the
DSG client will immediately begin scanning
upon a dsg1 or dsg2 timeout
1-65535
the timer value in seconds
Command Defaults
dsg1 = 2 seconds
dsg2 = 600 seconds (10 minutes)
24-24
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
tunnel
The tunnel command configures a DSG tunnel. The no tunnel command deletes a
DSG tunnel.
Note: A DSG tunnel with a minimum specification of classifier, client-list,
and mac-address must be configured before the configuration of a DSG
tunnel group.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

tunnel <1-4294967295> {classifier <1-65535> | client-list <1-4294967295> | delete
| mac-address <mac> | service-class <WORD> | tunnel-group <1-4294967295>}
no tunnel <1-4294967295> {classifier <1-65535> | client-list <1-4294967295> |
mac-address <mac> | service-class <WORD> | tunnel-group <1-4294967295>}
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies the DSG tunnel number
classifier 1-65535
specifies a classifier number for this DSG

tunnel
client-list
1-4294967295
specifies a client list number for this DSG

tunnel
delete
deletes this DSG tunnel
mac-address mac
specifies a DSG tunnel MAC address in the

form of xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
24-25
24-26
Release 6.2.0
service-class WORD
specifies a Service Class name
tunnel-group
1-4294967295
add this DSG tunnel to a DSG tunnel group specify an a new or existing DSG tunnel
group number
Release 6.2.0
DSG Commands
vendor-param
The vendor-param command allows a vendor to send vendor specific parameters.
The no vendor-param command deletes a vendor parameter entry.
Group Access
MSO
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

vendor-param <1-4294967295> vendor <1-4294967295> {delete | oui <line>
value <octet-string>}
no vendor-param <1-4294967295> vendor <1-4294967295>
Command Syntax
1-4294967295
specifies a vendor parameter index
vendor 1-4294967295
specifies a vendor index
delete
delete this vendor parameter entry
oui line
specifies a vendor assigned Organization

Unique ID (OUI) which is three bytes of an
octet string (e.g. aa056b)
value octet-string
specifies a vendor value string of up to 50

characters
24-27
25
IPDR Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the IPDR commands supported by the BSR 64000 for Release
5.2.0. IPDR based subscriber usage data accounting allows MSOs to accurately and
reliably collect and account for user traffic data from a DOCSIS access network.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IPDR commands
25-1
Release 6.2.0
debug ipdr
The debug ipdr command enables IPDR debugging. The no debug ipdr command
turns IPDR debugging off.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

debug ipdr { all | common | exporter | ipdr | platform | transport}
no debug ipdr { all | common | exporter | ipdr | platform | transport}
Command Syntax
25-2
all
all of the following debugging modes
common
debug mode for common
exporter
debug mode for the IPDR Exporter
ipdr
debug mode for IPDR
platform
debug mode for platform
transport
debug mode for transport
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
ipdr acksequenceinterval
The ipdr acksequenceinterval command configures the maximum number of
unacknowledged IPDR records within a session with a collector. Unacknowledged
IPDR records are the maximum number of ACKs which will be allowed to be
pending at any given time. The no ipdr acksequenceinterval command
re-establishes the default value.
Note: Changing the ackSequenceInterval value will not affect an existing
IPDR session with the collector. A changed ackSequenceInterval value will
be used for a new, subsequently established IPDR session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr acksequenceinterval <1-128>
no ipdr acksequenceinterval
Command Syntax
1-128
the maximum number of unacknowledged

(pending) IPDR records
Command Default
64 unacknowledged IPDR records
25-3
Release 6.2.0
ipdr acktimeinterval
The ipdr acktimeinterval command configures the maximum time between ACKs
received from a collector within a session. The no ipdr acktimeinterval command
re-establishes the default value.
Note: Changing the ackTimeInterval value will not affect an existing IPDR
session with the collector. A changed ackTimeInterval value will be used for a
new, subsequently established IPDR session.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr acktimeinterval <1-60>
no ipdr acktimeinterval
Command Syntax
1-60
the maximum time between ACKs in seconds
Command Default
30 seconds
25-4
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
ipdr collection-interval
The ipdr collection-interval command configures the collection interval for
exporting the subscribers IPDR records to the collector. The no ipdr
collection-interval command re-establishes the default value.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr collection-interval <15-1440>
no ipdr collection-interval
Command Syntax
15-1440
the collection interval in minutes
Command Default
30 minutes
25-5
Release 6.2.0
ipdr collector
The ipdr collector command adds, deletes, or modifies authorized IPDR collectors.
Note: The Session Id should be configured as "0" in the IPDR Collector when
configuring the Exporter (BSR) information in the IPDR Collector.
Note: The ipdr collector command allows for the provisioning of a maximum
of four IPDR collectors. An IPDR collector configured with this command is
uniquely identified using its IP address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr collector <A.B.C.D> {<0-3>} [<1024-65535>] [cpe-list-suppress]
[new-session-per-interval]
no ipdr collector <A.B.C.D>
25-6
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP Address of the collector
0-3
the priority value of the collector - the

collector with highest priority value (the one
with highest numerical value) is selected as
the primary collector for a given IPDR
session - if the priority value for two or more
collectors is the same, the collector with the
lowest IP Address will be selected as the
primary collector - if the primary collector is
unreachable for any reason, a session will be
established with the next highest priority
collector
1024-65535
specifies the TCP port for the collector

connection - this should be one of the
non-reserved non-assigned TCP port number.
for the IPDR connection - if not specified, a
default port number of 4737 is used
25-7
Release 6.2.0
cpe-list-suppress
optionally suppresses the inclusion of the

CPE IP address list as part of IPDR data
record being exported to the collector - this
could be useful for improving performance
and also for disabling the inclusion of CPE IP
Address List in IPDR records to be sent to
collectors which do not support CPE IP
Address List ECN - if not specified, by
default CPE IP Address list will be included
in IPDR records sent to a particular collector
new-session-per-interval
optionally sends "session close" messages to

IPDR collectors at the end of each streaming
interval - during IPDR data collection, some
collectors require a "session close" message
to write the data to a file - this parameter
should be enabled for those collectors that
require it - when enabled, the BSR sends a
file closure message at the end of each
streaming interval
Command Default
collector port = 4737
cpe-list-suppress = included
new-session-per-interval = disabled
25-8
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
ipdr enable
The ipdr enable command enables IPDR export of subscriber usage based
accounting information. The no ipdr enable command disables IPDR export of
subscriber usage based accounting information.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr enable
no ipdr enable
Command Default
Disabled
25-9
Release 6.2.0
ipdr keepaliveinterval
The ipdr keepaliveinterval command configures the keepalive interval for IPDR
connections. A keepalive interval is the maximum amount of idle time on an IDPR
connection before a keepalive message is sent to verify that the underlying TCP
connection is still available. The no ipdr keepaliveinterval command re-establishes
the default value.
Note: Changing the KeepAliveInterval value will not affect any existing IPDR
connection(s) with a collector(s). The existing IPDR connection(s) will
continue to use the previously negotiated value (as per the previous
configuration) with the collector. A changed KeepAliveInterval value will be
used for a new, subsequently established IPDR connection.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr keepaliveinterval <10-300>
no ipdr keepaliveinterval
Command Syntax
10-300
the keepalive interval in seconds
Command Default
60 seconds
25-10
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
ipdr poll-rate
The ipdr poll-rate command configures the subscriber accounting information
transmission rate from CMTS to SRM. The subscriber accounting information
transmission rate is the number of subscriber accounting records per second. The no
ipdr poll-rate command re-establishes the default value. The no ipdr poll-rate slot
command resets the poll rate value for a specified slot to the default.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr poll-rate {<16-100> | slot <NUM>{<16-100>}}
no ipdr poll-rate [slot <NUM>]
Command Syntax
16-100
the number subscriber accounting records

transmitted per second
slot NUM
configures the subscriber accounting

information transmission rate for a specific
Command Default
32 subscriber accounting records per second
25-11
Release 6.2.0
ipdr source-interface
The ipdr source-interface command optionally configures a source protocol address
for IPDR transport (TCP) connections to any of the configured collectors as an IP
address associated with one of the BSRs physical or loopback interfaces. The no
ipdr source-interface command removes this configuration.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipdr source-interface {cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>}
no ipdr source-interface
Command Syntax
25-12
cable X/Y

CMTS module
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y
the Gigabit Ethernet interface slot and port

number
loopback 1-255
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
show cable metering-status

The show cable metering-status command displays the status of most recent IPDR
streaming operation to currently selected IPDR collector. The following information
is provided:
Destination
the IP address and port number of the IPDR

collector to which IPDR records are streamed
Complete-Time
the date (month:day) and time (hh:mm:ss)

when the last billing record was streamed to
the IPDR collector
Cpe-Supp
indicates whether the CPE IP addresses are

included or suppressed in the billing records
Status
indicates the status of the last streaming

operation - this could one of the following:
success - the billing records were
successfully sent to the IPDR collector
connect-failed - the BSR was able to
establish the TCP level connection but
could not establish the IPDR level
connection
write-error the write on IPDR TCP
connection failed
no-memory the BSR has insufficient
memory to collect the billing records
unknown - an unknown error occurred
metering-status comman
Destination
Complete-Time
Cpe-Supp
Status
10.11.37.2 :4737
Jun 12 09:33:05
No
success
25-13
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable metering-status
25-14
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
show ipdr connection

The show ipdr connection command displays the current transport status of an IPDR
connection with a specific collector or for all the configured collectors. The following
is an example of typical screen output from the show ipdr connection command:
Collector
Port No.
Connection Status
ConnUpTime
10.10.10.10
20.20.20.20
30.30.30.30
40.40.40.40
4737
4737
5321
8181
Connected
Connected
Disconnected
ReadyToReceive
12:34:45
22:11:13
15:56:23
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipdr connection [<A.B.C.D>]
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the IP Address of a specific collector
25-15
Release 6.2.0
show ipdr session

The show ipdr session command displays the current status of a specific IPDR
session or all of the currently active sessions. The following is an example of typical
screen output from the show ipdr session command:
Session-Id
0
SessUpTime
14:37:46
Collector
10.10.10.10
20.20.20.20
30.30.30.30
Primary
Yes
No
No
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipdr session
detail command:
Session-Id
0
SessUpTime
14:37:46
Collector
10.10.10.10
20.20.20.20
30.30.30.30
No of IPDR Records Transmitted:

No of erroneous IPDR Records Received:
Current Record Sequence Number:
Last ACK Sequence Number:
Time since Last ACK Received:
Sessions Template ID:
Primary
Yes
No
No
2367589043
0
243
657
12:05:23
1234
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipdr session [<NUM> [ detail ]]
25-16
Release 6.2.0
IPDR Commands
Command Syntax
NUM
the IPDR unique session identifier - "0"

indicates that the statistics associated with
session ID 0 will be displayed
detail
display the details of a specific IPDR session
25-17
26
Cable Traffic Management
Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the commands introduced with the Cable Traffic Management
feature.
This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the Cable Traffic
Management commands supported by the BSR.
26-1
Release 6.2.0
bidirectional
The bidirectional command specifies that when a primary service flow controlled by
a cable traffic policy is enforced in one direction, the penalty is also enforced for that
primary service flow in the opposite direction. If the opposite directions primary
service flow does not have a cable traffic policy applied and the policy is not enabled
when the bidirectional attribute is configured, the BSR logs an event. Each cable
traffic policy can have bidirectional configured as an option.
Note: The bidirectional configuration is intended to match the behavior of
other vendors Subscriber Traffic Management enforce-rule options which
penalize both the upstream and downstream primary service flows when a
downstream service flow or upstream service flow's traffic count exceeds its
policy credit maximum. Motorola recommends omitting the bidirectional
configuration.
Group Access
Command Mode
Cable Traffic Management Configuration
Command Line Usage

bidirectional
no bidirectional
Command Default
Disabled
26-2
Release 6.2.0
cable traffic sample-interval

The cable traffic sample-interval command configures the cable sample interval at
which Traffic Token Buckets (TTBs) are updated and enforcement applied. The
Cable Traffic Management feature operates in the background of data forwarding,
periodically updating a Traffic Token Bucket based on background sampling of the
bytes transferred for a service flow. The configured cable sample interval controls the
interval between updates of a TTB for a single service flow.
Note: When any cable traffic policies are enabled, setting the cable traffic
sample-interval will disable and re-enable these policies after the interval is
changed. This will reset any current enforcement. A user will receive the
following warning message:
Changing sample-interval will reset any enabled cable
traffic policies. Continue? [yes/no]:
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable traffic sample-interval <5-60>
Command Syntax
5-60
the cable sample interval in minutes
Command Default
5 minutes
26-3
Release 6.2.0
cable traffic policy

The cable traffic policy command configures a cable traffic policy named in a
specified direction and enters a Cable Traffic Policy configuration mode. Cable
Traffic Policy configuration mode allows a user to configure a cable traffic policy. A
user can either create a new named cable traffic policy in a specified direction and
enters Cable Traffic Policy configuration mode for the new policy or enters Cable
Traffic Policy configuration mode for an existing cable traffic policy.
The no cable traffic policy command deletes an existing cable traffic policy.
Specifying the direction is optional when deleting a cable traffic policy and is not
verified to match the existing policy direction.
Note: A cable traffic policys direction cannot be changed once the policy is
created.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable traffic policy <ctp-name> {downstream | upstream}
no cable traffic policy <ctp-name> [downstream | upstream]
Command Syntax
ctp-name
26-4
the cable traffic policy name- from one to 12

case-sensitive alphanumeric characters
including underscores and must start with a
letter
Release 6.2.0
downstream
indicates that this cable traffic policy applies

in the downstream direction
upstream
indicates that this cable traffic policy applies

in the upstream direction
26-5
Release 6.2.0
clear cable traffic enforcement

The clear cable traffic enforcement command clears the traffic counts for traffic
token buckets (TTBs) and thereby expires any enforcement penalty periods in effect.
The clear cable traffic enforcement command clears the Traffic Count fields
displayed with the show cable subscriber-usage command and, depending on the
parameter specified with the clear cable traffic enforcement command, will effect
the summary counts in the show cable subscriber-usage summary output. In all
cases except the clearing of a single cable modems traffic, the clear cable traffic
enforcement command also sets the Last Cleared field of the show cable traffic
summary command to the current time for the combinations of cable traffic policy
and interface that are cleared.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable traffic enforcement {<cmMac> | <ctp-name> | <X/Y> | all}
Command Syntax
26-6
cmMac
a cable modem MAC address - clears the

TTBs for the downstream and upstream
primary service flows of the indicated cable
modem
ctp-name
a cable traffic policy name - clears all TTBs

created by that policy on all cable interface
X/Y
clears the TTBs for all online cable modems

registered in the indicated cable interface and
MAC domain
all
clears the TTBs for all online cable modems

on all cable interfaces
Release 6.2.0
clear cable traffic history

The clear cable traffic history command starts a new Enforced Since history
period for the show cable subscriber-usage command. The clear cable traffic
history command clears the Last Enforced timestamp for all TTBs and the Last
Enforced field of the show cable subscriber-usage command for all service flows.
Subsequent use of show cable subscriber-usage command will display as over
consumed only those service flows that had started enforcement since the clear
cable traffic history command was issued.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear cable traffic history
26-7
Release 6.2.0
credit
The credit command configures how a TTB controlled by a cable traffic policy
determines its credit maximum. If the mbytes option is used, the credit maximum is
the absolute number of megabytes specified. If the seconds option is used, the credit
maximum is calculated relative to the configured maximum rate (max-rate). The
credit maximum is set to the number of megabytes (rounded up) that can be
transferred in the specified seconds at the configured maximum rate for each flow.
For example, if the primary service flows maximum rate is 2 mbps and the credit
maximum is configured as 300 seconds, the credit maximum would be set to 2 * 300 /
8 = 75 mbytes.
Although the absolute credit maximum option (mbytes) is intended for a
single-tier-per-policy strategy and the relative credit maximum option (seconds) is
intended for a multiple-tier-per-policy strategy, the BSR does not enforce this as a
restriction.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

credit {mbytes <1-2147483> | seconds <1-43200> }
no credit [mbytes <1-2147483> | seconds <1-43200> ]
Note: Motorola recommends that the credit mbytes option for TTBs be
configured to be at least 10 megabytes.
Command Default
The default cable sample interval in seconds. The default cable sample interval is 300
seconds (5 minutes), so the default credit maximum is 300 seconds.
26-8
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
mbytes 1-2147483
the credit maximum is the absolute number of

megabytes specified
seconds 1-43200
the credit maximum is calculated relative to

the configured maximum rate (max-rate) - the
credit maximum is set to the number of
megabytes (rounded up) that can be
transferred in the specified seconds at the
configured maximum rate for each flow
26-9
Release 6.2.0
enabled
The enabled command enables a configured cable traffic policy. When a cable traffic
policy is first created, it is disabled by default. A disabled cable traffic policy can be
configured and displayed but does not affect packet forwarding unless enabled. TTBs
are created only for enabled cable traffic policies and are deleted when the cable
traffic policy is disabled. The no enabled command disables an already enabled cable
traffic policy.
Cable traffic policies are configured with working defaults and may be enabled
immediately after creation without any additional configuration. The default values
are:
Command
Command Default
max-rate
max-rate all
credit
The default cable sample interval in seconds.

The default cable sample interval is 5
minutes, so the default credit maximum is
300 seconds.
enforce
enforce percent = 50
bidirectional
Disabled
penalty-period
Disabled
peak-time
Disabled
Note: No attribute of an existing cable traffic policy can be changed while it is

enabled. For example, you must disable a cable traffic policy in order to
change the max-rate attribute. When a cable traffic policy is disabled, all
TTBs configured by the policy are deleted and all service flows controlled by
those TTBs are restored to their configured maximum rate.
Group Access
26-10
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enabled
no enabled
Command Default
Disabled
26-11
Release 6.2.0
enforce
The enforce command configures how a TTB controlled by the cable traffic policy
determines its enforce rate for a service flow to which the policy applies. The enforce
rate can be configured to an absolute number with enforce rate command or as a
relative percentage of the configured maximum rate (max-rate) with the enforce
percent command. The no enforce command resets the enforce rate to the default
value.
The BSR packet scheduler implements its scheduler rate limiter with a minimum
granularity of 8 kbps and a maximum rate of 200000 kbps. A configured maximum
rate (max-rate) or enforce rate is rounded down to a multiple of 8 kbps.
The BSR does not check or prevent an absolute enforce rate being set higher than a
flows configured maximum rate. Setting a relative enforce configuration to 100% is
convenient for cable traffic monitoring only and determining which subscribers
would be penalized without actually doing so.
Note: Setting the enforce percent to 0 is the equivalent of no enforcement
and allows all traffic from the service flow for an entire cable sample interval
and is not recommended.
Note: When a cable traffic policy is applies to service flows with no

configured maximum rate, then setting enforcement by percent will have no
effect - i.e. no penalization.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

enforce {percent <0-100> | rate <8-200000> }
no enforce [percent <0-100> | rate <8-200000>]
26-12
Release 6.2.0
Command Default
enforce percent = 50
Command Syntax
percent 0-100
configures the enforce rate relative to the

percentage of the service flow's Maximum
Rate (max-rate)
rate 8-200000
configures the enforce rate to a absolute

number in kbps
26-13
Release 6.2.0
max-rate
The max-rate command specifies whether a cable traffic policy only applies to
primary service flows with a particular configured maximum rate. When a cable
traffic policy is created, the default setting is max-rate all which means that the
policy applies to all configured maximum rate values (all service flows in the
direction of the cable traffic policy). If max-rate 0-4294967 is configured, the policy
will apply to a service flow only if that service flows configured maximum rate value
equals the value specified in the 0-4294967 argument of the command.
Operators may define different subscriber tiers of service with different combinations
of QOS parameters that have the same configured maximum rate in a given direction.
For example, an operator may define a 10/128 tier with 10 Mbps configured for the
maximum rate downstream and 128 kbps upstream as well as a 10/256 tier with 10
Mbps downstream and 256 kbps upstream. If the operator wishes to have different
cable traffic policies in a direction that apply to the different tiers with the same
maximum rate in that direction, the operator can configure slightly different
maximum rate values in order to uniquely match the desired cable traffic policy. For
example, the operator can define the "10/128" tier with a configured maximum rate of
10000001 bps and the 10/256 tier with a configured maximum rate of 10000002
bps. These would match separate cable traffic policies with max-rate 10000001 and
max-rate 10000002, respectively.
When a CM registers, the BSR selects a cable traffic policy for its primary
downstream and primary upstream service flows based on the configured maximum
rate of the service flow. The BSR prioritizes matching to a cable traffic policy
configured with an exact match with the max-rate 0-4294967 option. The BSR
selects the first matching policy in alphabetic order of policy name.
To thwart hackers who register with unauthorized maximum rates, an operator can
define cable traffic policies with the max-rate 0-4294967 option for all authorized
maximum rates, and then define a default cable traffic policy with the max-rate all
option and very low credit maximum and enforce rate attributes.
Group Access
Command Mode
26-14
Release 6.2.0
Command Line Usage

max-rate {<0-4294967> | all}
Command Syntax
0-4294967
Note: the cable traffic policy will apply to a

service flow only if that service flows
configured maximum rate value equals the
value specified in the 0-4294967 argument entering a max-rate of "0" will specify that
the cable traffic policy applies to all service
flows of cable modems without configured
max rates (enforcement by percent is not
allowed)
all
the cable traffic policy applies to all

configured maximum rate values - all service
flows in the direction of the cable traffic
policy - a more specific max-rate policy will
take precedence over the all policy
Command Default
max-rate all
26-15
Release 6.2.0
peak-time
The peak-time command configures a cable traffic policy for peak-time monitoring
mode. In peak-time monitoring mode, a service flow is permitted to send a traffic
count up to a credit limit during a configured peak-interval in the day before being
penalized to an enforced rate. A policy can be configured with up to four
non-overlapping peak-time attributes, each with a different index value.
If any peak-time interval is configured, the policy operates only during the set of
configured peak-times using peak-time traffic monitoring by counting absolute bytes
during the peak time only. If no peak-time intervals are configured, the policy
operates in continuous monitoring mode by measuring a traffic count only in excess
of an enforce rate
The no peak-time command deletes the peak-time attribute of the cable traffic policy.
At a minimum, the index must be specified with the no peak-time command. All
other arguments are optional and are not checked to verify that they match the
configuration of the peak-time index being deleted.
Note: Peak-time monitoring mode is disabled by default. Not configuring

peak-time causes the CTM to use Continuous Mode.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

peak-time <1-4> {daily | weekday | weekend} start {<hh:mm> | <0-23>} duration
<1-1440>
no peak-time <1-4> [daily | weekday | weekend] [start {<hh:mm> | <0-23>}
duration <1-1440>]
26-16
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
1-4
a required index argument that uniquely

identifies the peak-time interval within the
cable traffic policy
daily
specifies a peak-time that is defined as all

seven days of the week
weekday
specifies a peak-time interval that is defined

as only Monday through Friday
weekend
specifies the peak-time interval as only on

Saturday or Sunday
start hh:mm
start 0-23
specifies the starting hour (and optionally,

minute) of the peak time during the day - hh =
0-23 mm = 0-59
duration 1-1440
specifies the number of minutes that the

peak-time interval lasts - the duration may not
extend past 24 hours
Command Default
Disabled
26-17
Release 6.2.0
penalty-period
The penalty-period command configures a cable traffic policy to penalize a service
flow exceeding its traffic count credit for a fixed duration penalty period. The penalty
is also enforced for that primary service flow in the opposite direction, provided a
policy is applied in that direction.
n
For continuous monitoring, when no peak-time is configured, the enforcement

period always lasts for the configured penalty in minutes.
For peak-time monitoring, a penalty-period can continue beyond the end of the
peak-time interval.
If the expires-end-peak option is specified, then any penalty-period being
enforced at the end of the peak-time expires.
If expires-end-peak parameter is omitted, a penalty period can extend beyond
the end of the current peak-time. Any such late penalty-period expires
automatically at the start of the next peak-time interval. The expires-end-peak
option is ignored with continuous traffic monitoring (when no peak-time is
configured).
The minimum penalty-period can be specified as "0" minutes in order to monitor

subscriber traffic without enforcing it. Subscribers which exceed their traffic count
credit may be observed through the show cable subscriber-usage command even
though such subscribers never had their scheduler rate limits enforced. The maximum
penalty-period is 1440 minutes or 24 hours.
The no penalty-period removes a penalty-period configuration if one exists and is
ignored if no penalty-period configuration exists. The optional arguments after no
penalty-period command are not checked to verify that they match the existing
configuration.
Note: The penalty-period mode of traffic enforcement is intended for
compatibility with other vendors subscriber traffic management feature.
Motorola recommends NOT using the penalty-period configuration and using
token-based enforcement instead. Token-based enforcement restores
subscribers to their configured maximum rate limit as soon as they have
earned the tokens to do so thus minimizing the enforcement duration for the
subscriber.
26-18
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

penalty-period <0-1440> [expires-end-peak]
no penalty-period [<0-1440> [expires-end-peak]]
Command Syntax
0-1440
specifies the penalty period duration in

minutes (24 hour maximum) - the minimum
penalty-period may be specified as "0"
minutes in order to monitor subscriber traffic
without enforcing it
expires-end-peak
stops enforcement of a service flow at the end

of the policy peak time
if the expires-end-peak option is
specified, then any penalty-period being
enforced at the end of the peak-time
expires
if the expires-end-peak option is omitted,
a penalty period can extend beyond the
end of the current peak-time
any such late penalty-period expires
automatically at the start of the next
peak-time interval - the expires-end-peak
option is ignored with continuous traffic
monitoring, i.e. when no peak-time is
configured
Command Default
Disabled
26-19
Release 6.2.0
show cable subscriber-usage

The show cable subscriber-usage command displays the cable traffic policy
enforcement state for downstream and upstream primary service flows of online cable
modems for which a cable traffic policy is applied. The show cable subscriber-usage
command only displays the cable modems for which a cable traffic policy is applied.
subscriber-usage command:
E=Enforced, M=Monitored, B=Bidirectional

Current Time: THU JUN 11 16:39:11 2009
Enforced History Since: THU JUN 11 14:44:59 2009
Cable Sfid
I/F
CM Mac Address Traffic

Policy
Monitored
Last
Remain
Limit
M R
Traffic(K) Enforced Enforced Rate (K)
----- ----- -------------- ----------- ---------
-------- -------- -------- - -
1/0
3764 000b.0626.5bc8 ctp-ds-6700
30397
0:07:53
0:05:00
3350 M E
1/0
3774 000b.0623.ffa4 ctp-ds-3400
26535
0:15:11
0:00:18
100 M E
1/0
3780 0011.ae05.bcda ctp-ds-all
1352
0:17:39
1/0
3806 000b.0623.fe4c ctp-ds-3400
23053
0:10:17
0:05:00
100 M E
1/0
3842 000b.0626.afa8 ctp-ds-3400
17450
0:03:03
0:05:00
100 M E
1/0
3850 000b.0623.fe68 ctp-ds-3400
17463
0:03:03
0:05:00
100 M E
1/0
3852 000b.0626.5b10 ctp-ds-6700
31103
0:07:53
0:05:00
3350 M E
26-20
34000 M -
Release 6.2.0
The show cable subscriber-usage command displays the following cable traffic
policy enforcement state information:
Cable I/F
Tthe <slot/MAC Domain> number of a cable

interface.
Sfid
The service flow identifier of a primary

downstream service flow for an online cable
modem on this cable interface.
CM Mac Address
The MAC address of the subscriber cable

modem.
Traffic Policy
The name of the cable traffic policy applying

to the service flow.
Monitored Traffic
The current traffic token bucket (TTB) credit

used (i.e. credit maximum less the traffic
token count).
For traditional TTBs, this is a measure of
recent traffic in excess of the enforce rate.
For penalty-period TTBs, this is a total
count of transferred bytes since the TTB
was cleared.
A penalty-period TTB is cleared at the start of
a peak-time, after expiration of
penalty-period, or by using the clear cable
traffic command. Penalty-period TTB Traffic
Counts remain fixed outside of a peak-time.
Last Enforced
If the service flow has been enforced, this

field displays the amount of time since the
service flow was last enforced by it's applied
cable traffic policy (not by a bidirectional
policy). If the service flow has not undergone
enforcement, this field displays a
-character.
26-21
26-22
Release 6.2.0
Remain Enforced
If the service flow is currently being

enforced, this field is the amount of time of
the earliest cable sample interval boundary at
which time the enforcement can be removed.
For traditional TTBs, this is calculated as
when a completely idle flow would earn
tokens back to a positive token level.
For enforced penalty-period TTBs, this is
the cable sample interval boundary for this
flow at which the penalty will expire.
If the Remain Enforced field is in the
form hh:mm, the hour and minute indicate
a time within the next 24 hours.
If the Remain Enforced field is in the
form hh:mm+dd, the +dd gives a number
of additional 24-hour days from now until
the enforcement ends at hh:mm from that
point in time.
The Remain Enforced field will only
have a time displayed if R (Reason) = E
(Enforced).
Limit Rate (K)
The current scheduler limit rate L for the

service flow in kilobits per second (kbps).
This is either the configured maximum rate or
the enforce rate (if the service flow is
currently being enforced). An asterisk (*)
following the Limit Rate means that because
maximum rate limiting is not enabled on at
least one of the downstream channels of the
MAC domain, the limit rate does not apply.
Release 6.2.0
The monitored flag will be displayed as "M"

if the service flow is currently being
monitored. If the service flow is not currently
being monitored, this field displays a -
character.
The reason flag which is displayed as E if

the service flow is currently being enforced
(i.e. its current scheduler limit rate is lower
than its configured maximum rate) or "B" if
the service flow is bidirectional and being
enforced. If the service flow is not currently
being enforced, his field displays a -
character.
Note: If rate limiting is not enabled for any channel with the cable
downstream rate-limiting or cable upstream rate-limiting commands, the
Limit Rate field displayed for a service flow may not actually be enforced.
Note: The clear counters and clear stats commands do not affect the
Traffic Count statistics displayed with the show cable subscriber-usage
summary command.
Command Line Usage

show cable subscriber-usage [ <mac> | <X/Y> ] [ downstream | upstream ]
[<ctp-name> | over-consume | sort-byte-count ] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show cable subscriber-usage [ <mac> | <X/Y> ] [ downstream | upstream ]
[<ctp-name> | over-consume | sort-byte-count ] [ | {count | count-only}]
26-23
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
26-24
mac
Displays the cable traffic policy enforcement

state for downstream and upstream primary
service flows, for which a cable traffic policy
is applied, of the indicated cable modems
MAC address.
X/Y
Restricts the command output to a single

cable interface and MAC domain, otherwise,
all interfaces are shown in order of slot and
MAC domain number.
downstream
Displays a traffic count summary for cable

traffic policies in the downstream direction.
upstream
Displays a traffic count summary for cable

traffic policies in the upstream direction.
ctp-name
The name of a cable traffic policy - only the

configuration for the this named policy is
displayed.
over-consume
Restricts the command output to service

flows that have been penalized (or were being
penalized at that time) since the last clear
cable traffic history command was issued.
The "Last Enforced" field in the command
output will display a time only for service
flows that are newly enforced.
sort-byte-count
Displays the service flows on a given cable

traffic policy are shown in decreasing order of
Traffic Count, otherwise, the service flows
are shown in increasing order of the service
flow ID.
begin

specified string.
Release 6.2.0
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
26-25
Release 6.2.0
show cable subscriber-usage summary

The show cable subscriber-usage summary command displays a summary of the
traffic transferred for all service flows controlled by a particular cable traffic policy
on a particular cable interface. The following is an example of typical screen output
from the show cable subscriber-usage summary command:
Dir
----
26-26
Interface
----------
Traffic
Monitored
Total Enforced
Policy
Count (K)
Flows
-------------
----------- ----- --------
down
1/0
ctp-ds-0
down
1/0
down
Flows
170690
1497
10
ctp-ds-3400
1477193
68
67
1/0
ctp-ds-6700
1824075
66
65
down
1/0
ctp-ds-all
455760
118
21
up
1/0
ctp-us-0
446046
1497
10
up
1/0
ctp-us-1500
2011912
89
88
up
1/0
ctp-us-670
1911957
66
65
up
1/0
ctp-us-all
3547
97
Release 6.2.0
The show cable subscriber-usage summary command displays the following cable
traffic policy summary information:
Dir
the direction of the traffic - down for

downstream or up for upstream
Interface
the <slot/MAC Domain> number of a cable

interface
Traffic Policy
the name of the cable traffic policy that

applies to service flows that were active on
this cable interface since the last time cable
traffic statistics were cleared with the clear
cable traffic enforcement command
Monitored Count (K)
the sum of the Traffic Counts for all TTBs for

currently active service flows to which this
cable traffic policy applies - the Traffic Count
for a TTB is the credit used (the credit
maximum minus the token count) - the
Traffic Count is shown in kilobytes, with
1000 bytes per kilobyte and does not include
traffic for offline cable modems
Total Flows
the number of service flows on the MAC

Domain that the cable traffic policy applies to
Enforced Flows
the number of applied service flows currently

under enforcement
Note: The clear counters and clear stats commands do not affect the
Traffic Count statistics displayed with the show cable subscriber-usage
summary command.
Group Access
All
26-27
Release 6.2.0
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable subscriber-usage summary [ downstream | upstream ] [<X/Y>] [ |
show cable subscriber-usage summary [ downstream | upstream ] [<X/Y>] [ |
Command Syntax
26-28
X/Y
restricts the command output to a single cable

interface and MAC domain, otherwise, all
interfaces are shown in order of slot and
MAC domain number
downstream
displays a traffic count summary for cable

traffic policies in the downstream direction
upstream
displays a traffic count summary for cable

traffic policies in the upstream direction
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
Release 6.2.0
show cable traffic policy

The show cable traffic policy command displays the configuration of all existing
cable traffic policies. The following is an example of typical screen output from the
show cable traffic policy command:
Cable Traffic
Policy
------------ctp_all
ctp_ds1
ctp_us1
test
Dir Max
Rate (K)
--- --------dn
all
dn
20000
up
20000
up
all
Pk Fq Start Dur
Pen
X B Credit
Enforce
En
Mins Mins
Rate
-- -- ----- ----- ----- - - ----------- --------- -- - - - N
300s
50% Y
1 dy 20:20
35
- - N
1000mb
5000 N
1 dy 08:00
20
- - Y
300s
5000 N
- - - - N
300s
75% N
The show cable traffic policy command displays the following cable traffic policy
information:
Cable Traffic Policy
the name of a cable traffic policy - only the

configuration for this policy is displayed
Dir
the cable traffic policy direction abbreviated

as dn for downstream or up for upstream.
Max Rate
the value of the max-rate attribute of the

cable traffic policy which controls the service
flows to which the policy applies
Pk
the index of the peak-time attribute

configured for this cable traffic policy - if no
peak-time is configured, a -is displayed
Fq
the frequency of the peak-time configuration

abbreviated as dy for daily, wd for
weekday, we for weekend - if no
peak-time is configured, a - is displayed
Start
the starting hour and minute of the peak-time

configuration in a 24-hour format - if no
peak-time is configured, a - is displayed
26-29
Release 6.2.0
Dur Mins
the duration of the peak-time configuration

in minutes,- if no peak-time is configured, a
- is displayed
Pen Mins
the penalty-period configuration in minutes,

if any, or - if no penalty-period or
peak-time configured,
"Y" if expires-off-peak is configured
the bidirectional status - Y if configured,

N if not configured
Credit
the value of the credit mbytes or credit

seconds attribute of the cable traffic policy
Enforce Rate
the value of the enforce rate attribute of the

cable traffic policy. For absolute enforce rate
configurations, the value shown is in the form
xxxxxx K in kilobits per second, where
xxxxxx is the configured enforce rate divided
by 1000. For relative enforce rate
configurations, the value shown is of the form
NNN %
En
the enforced status - Y if enabled, N if

disabled
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show cable traffic policy [<ctp-name>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [
show cable traffic policy [<ctp-name>] [ | {count | count-only}]
26-30
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
ctp-name
the name of a cable traffic policy - only the

configuration for this policy is displayed
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
26-31
27
IPv6 Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the IPv6 commands supported by the BSR 64000. IPv6
represents the evolution of the Internet Protocol from IPv4. IPv6 maintains the same
basic operational principles of IPv4 but makes some important modifications
particularly in the area of addressing. One of the most significant changes is the
creation of an entirely new support protocol for IPv6 which combines several tasks
previously performed by other protocols in IPv4. This new protocol is called the IPv6
Neighbor Discovery (ND).
The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMPv6) provides a method for error
reporting, route discovery and diagnostics. In addition, it provides information about
multicast group membership, and performs address resolution (Address Resolution
Protocol (ARP) in IPv4). Significant functionality of ICMPv6 includes neighbor
discovery and auto configuration. Neighbor discovery allows one device in a network
to find out about other nearby devices, and stateless address auto configuration allows
a device to dynamically configure an IPv6 address.
IPv6 Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IPv6 commands
27-1
Release 6.2.0
cable ipv6 helper-address

The cable helper address function disassembles a DHCP broadcast packet, and
reassembles it into a unicast packet so that the packet can traverse the BSR and
communicate with the DHCP server.
The cable ipv6 helper-address command can also be used to define the cable helper
address to be used for all CPEs whose CMs have an IP address in a particular subnets
address space. This forces the BSR relay agent to forward DHCP requests from a CPE
using a selected ISP to a DHCP server configured for that selected ISP.
Note: The cable ipv6 helper-address command allows operators to support
multiple CM subnets bound to a single cable helper-address. Any DHCP
requests from clients that are attached to CMs that are part of the Multiple
ISP configuration will have their requests relayed to any defined IPv6
helper-addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

cable ipv6 helper-address <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> cable-modem
no cable ipv6 helper-address <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> cable-modem
27-2
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:
the IPv6 address of the destination DHCP

server
cable-modem
specifies that only CM UDP broadcasts are

forwarded
27-3
Release 6.2.0
cable ip prov-mode
The cable ip prov-mode command specifies the provisioning mode of DOCSIS 3.0
cable modems on a particular cable interface (MAC domain). The no cable ip
prov-mode command disables the specified provisioning mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable interfaces only)
Command Line Usage

cable ip prov-mode {apm | dpm | ipv4-only | ipv6-only}
no cable ip prov-mode {apm | dpm | ipv4-only | ipv6-only}
Command Syntax
27-4
apm
Alternate Provisioning Mode - i.e.

the cable modem will first try to
acquire IPv6 address, if that fails
then modem will try to acquire IPv4
address
dpm
Dual-Stack Provisioning Mode - i.e.

the cable modem will try to acquire
both IPv6 and IPv4 address. If IPv6
address acquisition was successful,
modem will complete the
registration using that address
otherwise modem will complete the
registration with the acquired IPv4
address
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv4-only
IPv4 only provisioning mode - i.e.

the cable modem will acquire only
the IPv4 address
ipv6-only
IPv6 only provisioning mode - i.e.

the cable modem will acquire only
the IPv6 address
27-5
Release 6.2.0
clear ipv6 neighbor-cache

The clear ipv6 neighbor-cache command clears the entire IPv6 neighbor cache or a
specific neighbor cache entry.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ipv6 neighbor-cache [<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>]
Command Syntax
27-6
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the IPv6 address of the neighbor

cache entry
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the Link Local address of the

neighbor cache entry
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
clear ipv6 traffic

The clear ipv6 traffic command clears IPv6 protocol statistics.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

clear ipv6 traffic Command Syntax
27-7
Release 6.2.0
ipv4 range
IPv6-mapped addresses are used by an IPv4 host to communicate with an IPv6 host.
The IPv4 host addresses the packet to the mapped address.
The ipv4 range command establishes IPv4 to IPv6 address mapping. The no ipv4
range command removes the address mapping association.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv4 range <A:B:C:D/1-32> mapto <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>
no ipv46 range <A:B:C:D/1-32> mapto <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>
Command Syntax
27-8
A.B.C.D/1-32
the IPv4 address/Prefix Length to be mapped

to an IPv6 address
mapto
translate the above IPv4 address/Prefix

Length into an IPv6 address
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
map to this IPv6 address
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv6 address
The ipv6 address command configures a primary or secondary IP address for an
interface. The no ipv6 address command is used to remove an IP address from the
interface.
The following rules apply to IPv6 addressing:
n
The default link local address for the interface is automatically configured when
first IPv6 prefix is configured on that interface.
A user specified link-local address can be configured before any primary or
secondary IPv6 address is configured for the interface, or to overwrite an existing
link-local address on an interface.
BSR will not allow IPv6 addresses to be configured on an interface if Tagged
Router Interface (TRI) is enabled on that interface (via the encapsulation dot1q
command). Similarly the BSR will not allow TRI to be enabled on an interface if
IPv6 subnets are already configured on that interface.
The automatically generated default link local address for the interface is deleted
when the primary IPv6 prefix is deleted on that interface.
The user configured link local address for the interface will not be automatically
be deleted when the primary IPv6 prefix is deleted on that interface.
Deleting the primary IPv6 prefix of the interface without deleting all the
secondary prefixes of the interface is not allowed.
When the user specified link local address for the interface is deleted, the default
link local address for the interface is automatically generated if the primary IPv6
subnet was previously configured for the interface.
The BSR will not allow the IPv4-Mapped IPv6 addresses to be configured as part
of the ipv6 address command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 address <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128> [eui-64 [secondary] | secondary ]]
ipv6 address <FE80:0:0:0:E:F:G:H> link-local
27-9
Release 6.2.0
Note: The link-local option will not be visible until the correct upper 8 octects
of the link-local address, which must be FE80:0:0:0, is entered. The lower 8
octets can be any valid entry.
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the Link-local IPv6 address
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128
the IPv6 address/Prefix Length
eui-64
use EUI-64 interface identifier
secondary
make this IPv6 address a secondary

address
Note: The Extended Unique Identifier (EUI). EUI-64 is a 64-bit identifier that
is formed by concatenating the 24-bit Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI)
with a 40-bit extension identifier that is assigned by the organization that
purchased the OUI. The resulting identifier is generally represented as a set
of octets separated by dashes (hexadecimal notation) or colons (bit-reversed
notation) as in xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx-xx or xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx. RFC 3513
specifies the use of EUI-64 identifiers as part of an IPv6 address.
27-10
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv6 helper-address
The ipv6 helper-address command specifies the destination IPv6 address of the
DHCP server for where broadcast packets are forwarded. The no ipv6
helper-address command removes the IPv6 address. In most cases, the cable ipv6
helper-address command will be used instead of this command.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (cable and loopback interfaces only
Command Line Usage

ip ipv6 helper-address <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>
no ipv6 helper-address <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the IPv6 address of the destination DHCP

server
27-11
Release 6.2.0
ipv6 icmp error-interval

The ipv6 icmp error-interval command configures ICMPv6 error message rate
limiting. The command specifies the minimum interval between ICMPv6 error
messages and the maximum number of ICMPv6 error messages allowed to be queued
in the Rate Limiting Bucket. The no ipv6 icmp error-interval command disables the
limiting of ICMP error messages.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 icmp error-interval <0-2147483647> [<1-200>]
no ipv6 icmp error-interval
Command Syntax
0-2147483647
the minimum interval between ICMP error

messages in milliseconds
1-200
the maximum number of ICMP error

messages in the Rate Limiting Bucket
Command Default
100
10
27-12
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv6 nd
The ipv6 nd command configures Neighbor Discovery on the BSR. Neighbor
Discovery is an ICMPv6 function that allows a router or host to identify other devices
on its links. The discovered information is used in address auto configuration which
redirects a node to use a more appropriate router, if necessary, and to maintain
reachability information with its neighbors. IPv6 Neighbor Discovery is similar to a
combination of the ARP, ICMP Router Discovery and ICMP Redirect IPv4 protocols.
Neighbor Discovery provides the following functions:
n
Duplicate Address Detection
Managed Configuration signal in router advertisement
Neighbor Solicitation Retransmission Interval
Other Configuration signal in router advertisement
Suppression of IPv6 router advertisement
Router Advertisement Interval
Router Advertisement Lifetime Advertised
Reachability Time Interval
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 nd dad attempts <0-600>
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
ipv6 nd ns-interval <1000-3600000>
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
ipv6 nd ra suppress
ipv6 nd ra-interval {<3-1800> | msec <500-1800000>}
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime <0-9000>
ipv6 nd reachable-time <0-3600000>
27-13
Release 6.2.0
no ipv6 nd dad attempts

no ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
no ipv6 nd ns-interval
no ipv6 nd other-config-flag
no ipv6 nd ra suppress
no ipv6 nd ra-interval
no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
no ipv6 nd reachable-time
Command Syntax
dad attempts 0-600
sets the number of duplicate address detection

attempts
managed-config-flag
sets the "M" bit to 1 (true)
ns-interval
1000-3600000
sets the neighbor solicitation retransmission

interval value in milliseconds
other-config-flag
sets the "O" bit to 1 (true)
ra suppress
suppress router advertisement messages
ra-interval 3-1800
sets router advertisement interval value in

seconds
ra-interval msec
500-1800000
sets the router advertisement interval value in

milliseconds
ra-lifetime 0-9000
sets the router advertisement lifetime value in

seconds
reachable-time
0-3600000
sets the reachability time in milliseconds
Command Defaults
dad attempts = 3
managed-config-flag = 1
27-14
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ns-interval = 1000
other-config-flag = 1
ra-interval msec = 200000
ra suppress = disabled
ra-lifetime = 1800
reachable-time = 0
27-15
Release 6.2.0
ipv6 neighbor
The ipv6 neighbor command establishes IPv6 static neighbors. The is referred to as a
static arp configuration. The no ipv6 neighbor command removes the static neighbor
association.
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 neighbor <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> <H.H.H> {arpa | snap} interface {ethernet
<X/Y>| gigaether <X/Y>}
no ipv6 neighbor <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>
Command Syntax
27-16
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the IPv6 address of the ARP entry associated

with the local data link address
H.H.H
the 48-bit local data link address (MAC

address) in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
arpa
standard Ethernet-style ARP (RFC 826)
snap
IEEE 802.3 usage of ARP packets

conforming to RFC 1042
interface
the IPv6 interface
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y

number
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv6 range
IPv4-mapped addresses are used by an IPv6 host to communicate with an IPv4 host.
The IPv6 host addresses the packet to the mapped address.
The ipv6 range command establishes IPv6 to IPv4 address mapping. The no ipv6
range command removes the mapping association.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 range <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128> mapto <A.B.C.D>
no ipv6 range <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128> mapto <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/
1-128
the IPv6 address/Prefix Length to be mapped

to an IPv4 address
mapto
translate the above IPv6 address/Prefix

Length into an IPv4 address
A.B.C.D
map to this IPv4 address
27-17
Release 6.2.0
ipv6 redirects
The ipv6 redirects command enables the processing of "Host Redirect" messages. If
enabled, the BSR will send an ICMPv6 Host Redirect packet to the originating IPv6
source when:
n
The interface the packet is received on is the same as the outgoing interface.
The source subnet is on the same subnet as the next-hop address.
Both the source and destination IP addresses of the packet are within a logical
IPv6 subnet.
The no ipv6 redirects command disables the sending of "Host Redirect" messages.
When disabled, the BSR will not send an ICMPv6 "Host Redirect" message to the
source.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (not supported for cable interfaces)
Command Line Usage

ipv6 redirects
no ipv6 redirects
Command Default
Enabled
27-18
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ipv6 route
The ipv6 route command is used to configure a static route when the router cannot
dynamically build a route to the specific destination or if the route must be in place
permanently. The no ip route command removes a static route.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 route <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128> {<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>}
[<1-255>]
no ipv6 route <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/1-128> [<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> |
<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>] [<1-255>]
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/
1-128
IP address of the destination network
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
IP address of the forwarding router
1-255
administrative distance
Command Default
Administrative distance = 1
27-19
Release 6.2.0
ipv6 unicast-routing
The ipv6 unicast-routing command enables the forwarding of IPv6 unicast
datagrams. The no ipv6 unicast-routing command disables the forwarding of IPv6
unicast datagrams.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 unicast-routing
no ipv6 unicast-routing
Command Default
Enabled
27-20
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
ping6
The Packet Internet Groper (PING) ping6 command sends an Internet Control
Message Protocol (ICMPv6) echo request to a remote host which replies with an
ICMPv6 echo reply.
Use the ping6 command to verify network routing and basic network connectivity.
Note: The address of the source in an echo message will be the destination
of the echo reply message. To form an echo reply message, the source and
destination addresses are simply reversed, the type code changed to 0, and
the checksum recomputed.
ICMPv6 is used to report problems with delivery of IPv6 datagrams within an
IPv6 network. It can also show when a particular node is not responding,
when an IP network is not reachable, when a node is overloaded, when an
error occurs in the IP header information, etc. The protocol is also frequently
used by Internet managers to verify correct operations of nodes and to check
that routers are correctly routing packets to the specified destination address.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

ping6 {<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H>}
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the destination IPv6 address
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
27-21
Release 6.2.0
service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable

The service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable command enables IPv6 CPE forwarding.
The no service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable command disables IPv6 CPE
forwarding.
Group Access
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable
no service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable
Command Default
Disabled
27-22
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
show ipv6 dhcp

The show ipv6 dhcp command displays DHCP messages sent and received for all
slots on the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show
ipv6 dhcp command:
DHCP IPv6 Statistics:

CMTS Slot
Upstream Downstream
4
30238
30234
6
0
0
9
0
0
11
40174
40160
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 dhcp [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ipv6 dhcp [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
27-23
27-24
Release 6.2.0
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
show ipv6 interface

The show ipv6 interface command displays the status, statistical information, and
configuration for the network interfaces. The show ipv6 interface command without
any command arguments displays status, statistical information, and configuration for
all interfaces configured for IPv6. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show ipv6 interface command:
27-25
Release 6.2.0

IPv6 is enabled, link-local address is FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D6F6
Primary address:
2000:300::18, subnet is 2000:300::/64 [UP]
Joined Group address(es):
FF02::1
FF02::2
FF02::1:2
FF02::1:FF00:18
FF02::1:FFC1:D6F6
FF05::1:3
MTU 1500 bytes
ICMP redirects are enabled
ND DAD is enabled, number of DAD attempts: 3
ND reachable time is 0 milliseconds
ND advertised reachable time is 0 milliseconds
ND advertised retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds
ND router advertisements are sent every 200000 milliseconds
ND router advertisements live for 0 milliseconds
IPv6 is enabled, link-local address is FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D600
Primary address:
2001:900:101::1, subnet is 2001:900:101::/64 [UP]
Joined Group address(es):
FF02::1
FF02::1:2
FF02::1:FF00:1
FF02::1:FFC1:D600
MTU 1514 bytes
IPv6 helper address(es):
Cable IPv6 cable-modem helper address(es):
2000:300::2 cable-modem
ICMP redirects are disabled
Secondary address(es):
2001:900:102::1, subnet is 2001:900:102::/64 [UP]
cable 0/0 is up, line protocol is up
cable 0/1 is administratively down, line protocol is down
bl 2/0 i
d i i t ti l d
li
t
l i d
27-26
[UP]
[UP]
[UP]
[TEN]
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 interface [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show ipv6 interface [cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
the cable interface slot and MAC

domain number
ethernet X/Y
the Ethernet interface slot and port

number
gigaether X/Y
the Gigabit Ethernet interface slot

and port number
loopback 1-255
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

27-27
Release 6.2.0
show ipv6 interface brief

The show ipv6 interface brief command provides a summary of IPv6 status and
ipv6 interface brief command:
ethernet 15/6
[up/up]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D6F6
2000:300::18
loopback 2
[up/up]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D600
2001:900:101::1
2001:900:102::1
cable 0/0
[up/up]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D600
cable 0/1
[up/down]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D601
cable 2/0
[up/down]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D620
cable 2/1
[up/down]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D621
cable 4/0
[up/down]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D640
cable 4/1
[up/down]
FE80::230:B8FF:FEC1:D641
[UP]
[UP]
[UP]
[UP]
[UP]
[UP]
[TEN]
[TEN]
[TEN]
[TEN]
[TEN]
Group Access
All
Command Mode
27-28
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 interface brief [ cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-255>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ipv6 interface brief [ cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> |
loopback <1-255>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
cable X/Y

domain number
ethernet X/Y

number
gigaether X/Y

and port number
loopback 1-255
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

27-29
Release 6.2.0
show ipv6 neighbor

The show ipv6 neighbor command displays IPv6 neighbor information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipv6 neighbor
command:
IPv6 Address
Age
Link-layer Addr
State
Interface
2001:0DB8:0:4::2
0003.a0d6.141e
REACH
Ethernet2
FE80::XXXX:A0FF:FED6:141E
0003.a0d6.141e
REACH
Ethernet2
2001:0DB8:1::45a
0002.7d1a.9472
REACH
Ethernet2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 neighbor [<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> |
gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ |
show ipv6 neighbor [ <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H> | cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> |
gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
27-30
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the IPv6 Address of the neighbor

entry
cable X/Y

domain number
ethernet X/Y

number
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
gigaether X/Y

and port number
loopback 1-255
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

27-31
Release 6.2.0
show ipv6 route

The show ipv6 route command displays active entries in the IPv6 routing table. The
following is typical screen output from the show ipv6 route command:
IPv6 Routing Table

Codes: C - Connected, L - Local, S - Static
IPv6 Routing Table - Total number of routes 3
C
C
C
2000:300::/64 [0/0]
via 2000:300::18, ethernet 15/6
2001:900:101::/64 [0/0]
via 2001:900:101::1, loopback 2
2001:900:102::/64 [0/0]
via 2001:900:102::1, loopback 2
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

static | summary] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
static | summary] [ | {count | count-only}]
27-32
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the destination IPv6 Address
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H/ 1-128
the IPv6 address/Prefix Length
connected
displays connected routes
static
displays static routes
summary
displays a summary of routes in the

IPv6 routing table
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

27-33
Release 6.2.0
show ipv6 traffic

The show ipv6 traffic command displays IPv6, ICMPv6, UDPv6, and DHCPv6
statistics. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show ipv6
traffic command:
27-34
Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
IPv6 statistics:
Rcvd: 1139 input, 600 local destination
0 source-routed, 0 truncated
0 format errors, 0 hop count exceeded
0 bad header, 0 unknown option, 0 bad source
0 unknown protocol, 0 not a router
0 fragments, 0 total reassembled
0 reassembly timeouts, 0 reassembly failures
0 unicast RPF drop, 0 suppressed RPF drop
0 not a member, 0 bad scope
0 too short, 0 too small
0 fragments dropped, 0 fragments overflow
0 bad version, 0 nobuffer drop, 0 too big
Sent: 170 generated, 0 forwarded
0 fragmented into, 0 fragments, 0 failed
0 encapsulation failed, 0 no route, 0 too big
Mcast: 1100 received, 261 sent
ICMPv6 statistics:
Rcvd: 561 input, 0 checksum errors, 0 too short
0 unknown info type, 0 unknown error type
unreach: 0 routing, 0 admin, 0 neighbor, 0 address, 0 po
parameter: 0 error, 0 header, 0 option
0 hopcount expired, 0 reassembly timeout,0 too big
0 echo request, 0 echo reply
0 group query, 0 group report, 0 group reduce
0 router solicit, 553 router advert, 0 redirects
0 neighbor solicit, 0 neighbor advert
Sent: 131 output, 0 rate
unreach: 0 routing, 0 admin, 0 neighbor, 0 address, 0 po
parameter: 0 error, 0 header, 0 option
0 hopcount expired, 0 reassembly timeout,0 too big
0 echo request, 0 echo reply
0 group query, 0 group report, 0 group reduce
0 router solicit, 119 router advert, 0 redirects
12 neighbor solicit, 0 neighbor advert
UDPv6 statistics:
Rcvd: 39 input, 0 checksum errors, 0 length errors
0 no port, 0 dropped
Sent: 39 output
27-35
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ipv6 traffic [detail ] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show ipv6 traffic [detail ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
27-36
detail
display detailed statistics
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

Release 6.2.0
IPv6 Commands
traceroute6
The traceroute6 command is used to trace the route that packets take through the
network from their source to their destination. The BSR sends out a sequence of User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) datagrams to an invalid port number at the remote host to
trace the route through the network, as follows:
n
First, three UDP datagrams are sent, each with a TTL field value set to 1. The
TTL value of 1 causes the datagram to "timeout" as soon as it reaches the first
router in the path. The router responds with an ICMP "time exceeded" message
indicating that the datagram has expired.
Next, three more UDP datagrams are sent, each with the TTL value set to 2. This
causes the second router in the path to the destination to return an ICMP "time
exceeded" message.
This process continues until the UDP datagrams reach the destination and the system
originating the traceroute has received an ICMP "time exceeded" message from every
router in the path to the destination. Since the UDP datagrams are trying to access an
invalid port at the destination host, the host responds with an ICMP "port
unreachable" message which signals the traceroute program to finish. The following
is typical screen output from the traceroute6 command:
traceroute to 150.31.40.10 : 1-64 hops, 38 byte packets
1 172.17.103.65
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
2 172.17.1.1
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
3 150.31.1.21
0.000 ms 16.7 ms 0.000 ms
4 150.31.40.10
0.000 ms 0.000 ms 0.000 ms
Trace complete
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

traceroute6 {<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H > | options <WORD> {<A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H >}}
[source <A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H >] [timeout <1-1024>] [nprobes <1-1024>] [maxhops
<2-1024>] [port <0-65535>]
27-37
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the destination IPv6 address
WORD
any combination of d, l, n, r, or v
d = SO_DEBUG
l = hostnames and addresses
n = addresses
r = SO_DONTROUTE
v = verbose
source
A:B:C:D:E:F:G:H
the IPv6 address of the source interface
timeout 1-1024
the number of seconds to wait for a response to a

probe packet
nprobes 1-1024
the number of probes to send
maxhops 2-1024
the maximum TTL value - the traceroute6

command terminates when the destination or this
value is reached
port 0-65535
the destination port used by the UDP probe

messages
Command Defaults
timeout = 3 seconds
nprobes = 3
maxhops = 64
port = 32868
27-38
28
IS-IS Commands
Introduction
This chapter describes the integrated Intermediate System to Intermediate System
(IS-IS) commands. The Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) is a link
state based intra-domain routing protocol used to build a complete and consistent
picture of a networks topology by sharing link state information across all network
Intermediate System (IS) devices. IS-IS is based on an SPF routing algorithm and
shares all the advantages common to other link-state protocols. It also routes both IP
packets and pure OSI packets with no extra encapsulation by design. IS-IS supports
type of service (TOS) identifiers, IP subnetting, variable subnet masks, external
routing, and authentication.
IS-IS Command Descriptions

This section contains an alphabetized list and descriptions of the IS-IS commands
28-1
Release 6.2.0
address-family ipv6
The address-family ipv6 command accesses IS-IS Address Family Configuration
mode which allows a user to configure IPv6-specific settings for an IS-IS routing
session.
To exit IS-IS Address Family Configuration mode and return to Global Configuration
Mode, use the end or exit commands.
To exit IS-IS Address Family Configuration mode and return to IS-IS Router
configuration mode, use the exit-address-family command.
Note: The distance and maximum-paths commands used in IS-IS Address
Family Configuration mode apply to IPv6 only while the matching distance
and maximum-paths commands in IS-IS Router Configuration mode are
specific to IPv4.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
IS-IS Router Configuration
Command Line Usage

address-family ipv6 [unicast]
Command Syntax
unicast
28-2
Only configure unicast addressing.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
adjacency-check
The adjacency-check command allows IS-IS IPv6 protocol-support consistency
checks to be performed on hello packets. The no adjacency-check command disables
consistency checks on hello packets.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
IS-IS Address Family Configuration
Command Line Usage

adjacency-check
no adjacency-check
28-3
Release 6.2.0
area-password
The area-password command is used to configure an IS-IS area authentication
password for an area.The area authentication password is inserted in Level 1 (station
router level) LSPs, CSNPs, and Partial Sequence Number PDUs (PSNPs).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

area-password <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
28-4
the unencrypted text password, 1-8 characters

in length.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
authentication mode
The authentication mode command specifies global IS-IS authentication mode
control. The no authentication mode command disables global IS-IS authentication.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

authentication mode {md5 | text}
no authentication mode {md5 | text}
Command Syntax
md5
MD5 based authentication
text
clear text authentication
Command Default
Disabled
28-5
Release 6.2.0
clear isis
The clear isis command clears the IS-IS database.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes except User EXEC.
Command Line Usage

clear isis *
28-6
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
The default-information originate command generates a default route into an IS-IS
routing domain. The no default-information originate command disables this
feature.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

default-information originate [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only ]
no default-information originate [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only ]
Command Syntax
level-1
Indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router.
level-1-2
Indicates a Level 1 and Level 2 IS-IS router.
level-2-only
Indicates a Level 2 IS-IS router.
Command Default
level-2-only
28-7
Release 6.2.0
distance
An administrative distance is a rating of the trustworthiness of a routing information
source, such as an individual router or a group of routers. Numerically, an
administrative distance is an integer between 1 and 254. The higher the value, the
lower the trust rating. For example, an administrative distance of 254 means the
routing information source cannot be trusted and should be ignored. The distance
command configures an administrative distance for IS-IS IPv6 routes inserted into the
IPv6 routing table.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

distance <1-254>
no distance <1-254>
Command Syntax
1-254
The IS-IS IPv6 routing administrative

distance.
Command Default
115
28-8
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
domain-password
The routing domain authentication password is inserted in Level 2 (the area router
level) LSP, CSNP, and PSNPs. The domain-password command is used to configure
authentication password for an IS-IS routing domain.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

domain-password <WORD>
Command Syntax
WORD
the unencrypted text password 1-8 characters

in length
28-9
Release 6.2.0
exit-address-family
The exit-address-family command exits IS-IS Address Family Configuration mode
and returns to IS-IS Router Configuration mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

exit-address-family
28-10
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
hello padding
The hello padding command pads IS-IS hello PDUs to the full MTU. The no hello
padding command disables hello PDU padding.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

hello padding
no hello padding
28-11
Release 6.2.0
ignore-lsp-errors
The ignore-lsp-errors command allows the BSR to ignore IS-IS link-state packets
that are received with internal checksum errors rather than deleting the link-state
packets. Link-state packets are used by receiving routers to maintain their routing
tables. The no ignore-lsp-errors command disables this function.
The IS-IS protocol requires that a received link-state packet with an internal
checksum error be deleted by the receiving router. This causes the transmitting router
to resend the packet. If a network has a link that causes data corruption while still
delivering link-state packets with correct checksums, a continuous cycle of deleting
and resending large numbers of packets can occur which may create network
problems.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ignore-lsp-errors
no ignore-lsp-errors
Command Default
Disabled
28-12
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp
The ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp command allows relaxing of adjacency checks on
network layer protocol identification for LSPs being received during SPF
calculations. Because the no adjacency check command is supported for IPv6, the
ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp command is used with IPv4. The no ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp
command disables this functionality.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp
no ignore-nlpid-on-rx-lsp
28-13
Release 6.2.0
ip router isis
The ip router isis command is used to enable IS-IS routing on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ip router isis
no ip router isis
28-14
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
ipv6 router isis

The ipv6 router isis command enables an IS-IS routing process for IPv6 on an
Ethernet or Gigabit Ethernet interface. The no ipv6 router isis command disables
IS-IS for IPv6.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

ipv6 router isis
no ipv6 router isis
28-15
Release 6.2.0
isis authentication mode

The isis authentication mode command specifies IS-IS authentication mode control
for an interface. The no isis authentication mode command disables IS-IS
authentication for an interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis authentication mode {md5 | text }
no isis authentication mode {md5 | text }
Command Syntax
md5
MD5 based authentication
text
cleartext authentication
Command Default
Disabled
28-16
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis circuit-type
The default IS-IS interface circuit type is for Level 1 and Level 2. The isis
circuit-type command is used to select the IS-IS interface circuit type of adjacency
desired for neighbors on the BSR interface (IS-IS interface circuit type).
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis circuit-type [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only]
no isis circuit-type [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only]
Command Syntax
level-1
indicates that a Level 1 adjacency may be

established if there is at least one area address
in common between this system and its
neighbors
level-1-2
indicates that a Level 1 and 2 adjacency is

established if the neighbor is also configured
as level-1-2 and there is at least one area in
common. If there is no area in common, a
Level 2 adjacency is established
level-2-only
indicates that a Level 2 adjacency is

established only if the neighbor is configured
exclusively to be a Level 2 router
28-17
Release 6.2.0
isis csnp-interval
Complete Sequence Number PDUs (CSNPs) hold a complete list of all LSPs in the
IS-IS routing database. CSNPs are sent periodically on all links, and the receiving
systems use the information in the CSNP to update and synchronize their LSP
databases. The designated router multicasts CSNPs on broadcast links in place of
sending explicit acknowledgments for each LSP.
By default, IS-IS sends CSN packets periodically. If the BSR is the designated router
on a LAN, IS-IS sends CSN packets every 10 seconds. Depending on your network
topology you may want to modify the default interval to protect against LSP flooding.
The isis csnp-interval command is used to adjust the IS-IS CSNP interval for Intranet
connections if the Intranet is a part of a multiaccess meshed network on the interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis csnp-interval <1-65535> [level-1 | level-2]
no isis csnp-interval [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
28-18
1-65535
the IS-IS CSNP interval in seconds
level-1
indicates that the interface is a Level 1 IS-IS

interface
level-2
indicates that the interface is a Level 2 IS-IS

interface
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis hello padding

The isis hello padding command pads IS-IS hello PDUs to the full MTU on an IS-IS
enabled interface. The no isis hello padding command disables hello PDU padding
on an IS-IS enabled interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis hello padding
28-19
Release 6.2.0
isis hello-interval
IS-IS hello packets are broadcast to discover the identity of neighboring IS-IS systems
and to determine whether the neighbors are Level 1 or Level 2 intermediate systems.
The hello-interval is the amount of time between sending hello packets. The hello
interval can be configured independently for Level 1 and Level 2. The isis
hello-interval command is used to specify the length of time between hello packets
that the BSR sends on either the Level 1 or Level 2 IS-IS router interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis hello-interval <1-65535> [level-1 | level-2]
no isis hello-interval [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
28-20
1-65535
the ISIS hello interval in seconds
level-1
Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis hello-multiplier
The isis hello-multiplier command is used to specify the number of Intermediate
System-to-Intermediate System (IS-IS) hello packets a neighbor can miss before the
BSR determines the adjacency between the BSR interface and the neighbor is down.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis hello-multiplier <3-1000> [level-1 | level-2]
no isis hello-multiplier [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
3-1000
the number of missing hello packets
level-1
level-2
28-21
Release 6.2.0
isis lsp-interval
IS-IS Link-state PDUs (LSPs) contain information about the state of adjacencies to
neighboring IS-IS systems. LSPs are flooded periodically throughout an area.
The isis lsp-interval command configures the time delay between successive link
state packet (LSP) transmissions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis lsp-interval <1-65535>
no isis lsp-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
the time delay between successive LSPs in

milliseconds
Command Default
33 milliseconds
28-22
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis message-digest-key
The isis message-digest-key md5 command is used to configure a Message Digest 5
(MD5) Authentication key for an IS-IS interface. The no isis message-digest-key
md5 command disables MD5 auhentication for an IS-IS interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis message-digest-key <1-255> md5 {7 <password> | <password>} [level-1 |
level-2 ]
no isis message-digest-key <1-255> [level-1 | level-2 ]
Command Syntax
1-255

7 <password>

between 18-50 characters
password
specifies an MD5 cleartext password between

1-16 characters
level-1
configure MD5 for Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
28-23
Release 6.2.0
isis metric
You can configure a cost for a specified interface. A cost is an arbitrary routing metric
value assigned for crossing or intersecting networks. This metric can be applied to
both Level 1 and/or Level 2 routing.
The isis metric command is used to configure the metric cost for the specified IS-IS
interface. The no isis metric command disables the metric cost for the specified IS-IS
interface.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis metric {<0-63> | <0-16777214>} [level-1 | level-2]
no isis metric [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
0-63
the assigned narrow metric style value for the

interface - metric styles are specified with the
metric-style command
0-16777214
the assigned wide metric style value for the

level-1
configure a cost for Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
configure a cost for Level 2 IS-IS routing
Command Default
Disabled
28-24
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis network point-to-point

The isis network point-to-point command enables IS-IS point-to-point operations
over broadcast media interfaces. The no isis network point-to-point command
disables IS-IS point-to-point operations over broadcast media interfaces.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis network point-to-point
no isis network point-to-point
Command Default
Disabled
28-25
Release 6.2.0
isis password
You can assign different passwords for the different IS-IS routing levels. Specifying
Level 1 or Level 2 configures the password for only Level 1 or Level 2 routing,
respectively. By default, password authentication is disabled.
The isis password command is used to configure the authentication password for
hello packets on the specified interface. The no isis password command removes the
password.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis password <WORD> [level-1 | level-2]
no isis password [<WORD>] [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
WORD
the unencrypted cleartext password 1-8

level-1
configure a password for Level 1 IS-IS

routing
level-2
configure a password for Level 2 IS-IS

routing
Command Default
Disabled
28-26
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis priority
A BSR uses hello packets to advertise its priority to become a designated router. IS-IS
uses the advertised priorities on all multiaccess networks to elect a designated router
for the network. This router is responsible for sending network LSP advertisements,
which describe all the routers attached to the network. These advertisements are
flooded throughout a single area. The priority value is meaningful only on a
multiaccess network. A routers priority for becoming the designated router is
indicated by an arbitrary number. Routers with a higher value are more likely to
become the designated router.
The isis priority command is used to select the designated router priority. The no isis
priority command restores the default priority value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis priority <0-127> [level-1 | level-2]
no isis priority [level-1 | level-2]
Command Syntax
0-127
a number that assigns a priority value to the

designated router.
level-1
designate a priority for Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
designate a priority for Level 2 IS-IS routing
Command Default
32
28-27
Release 6.2.0
isis retransmit-interval
Note: The isis retransmit-interval command is not valid on the BSR as
IS-IS point-to-point links are not supported.
When LSPs are dropped, LSPs are retransmitted. The isis retransmit-interval
command is used to set the number of seconds between retransmission of the same
LSP. The no isis retransmit-interval command disables the retransmission of LSPs.
Note: The number of seconds should be greater than the expected round-trip
delay between any two routers on the attached network. Set this parameter
conservatively to avoid unnecessary retransmission. Increase the number of
seconds for networks that have serial lines and virtual links.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis retransmit-interval <1-65535>
no isis retransmit-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
the number of seconds between

retransmission of the same LSP
Command Default
5 seconds
Disabled
28-28
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
isis retransmit-throttle-interval
Note: The isis retransmit-throttle-interval command is not valid on the
BSR as IS-IS point-to-point links are not supported.
The isis retransmit-throttle-interval command to configure the amount of time

between any LSP retransmissions.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

isis retransmit-throttle-interval <1-65535>
no isis retransmit-throttle-interval
Command Syntax
1-65535
the minimum delay in milliseconds between

LSP retransmissions on the interface
Command Default
33 milliseconds
28-29
Release 6.2.0
is-type
The is-type command is used to specify that the BSR acts as a Level 1 (intra-area)
router, as both a Level 1 router and a Level 2 (inter-area) router, or as a Level-2 router
only. The no is-type command disables the IS-IS type.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only}
no is-type
Command Syntax
level-1
indicates a Level 1 IS-IS router
level-1-2
indicates a Level 1 and Level 2 IS-IS router
level-2-only
Command Default
Disabled
28-30
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
log-adjacency-changes
The log-adjacency-changes command logs adjacency changes with neighboring
Intermediate Systems without having to use a debug command.The command logs
Level-1 and Level-2 Intermediate System to Intermediate System Hellos (IIH). IIHs
are used for establishing L1/L2 adjacencies with other Intermediate Systems.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

log-adjacency-changes [all]
no log-adjacency-changes [all]
Command Syntax
all
Log adjacency changes generated by non-IIH

events.
Command Default
Disabled
28-31
Release 6.2.0
lsp-gen-interval
The lsp-gen-interval command specifies the minimum interval between regenerating
the same LSP. The no lsp-gen-interval command disables regenerating the same
LSP.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

lsp-gen-interval <1-120>
no lsp-gen-interval
Command Syntax
1-120
the minimum LSP regeneration interval in

seconds
Command Default
Disabled
28-32
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
lsp-refresh-interval
The lsp-refresh-interval command specifies the LSP refresh interval. The no
lsp-refresh-interval command disables LSP refresh.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

lsp-refresh-interval <1-65234>
no lsp-refresh-interval
Command Syntax
1-65234
the LSP refresh interval in seconds
Command Default
900 seconds
28-33
Release 6.2.0
max-lsp-lifetime
The max-lsp-lifetime command specifies the maximum LSP lifetime value. The no
max-lsp-lifetime command disables maximum LSP lifetime.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

max-lsp-lifetime <301-65535>
no max-lsp-lifetime
Command Syntax
301-65535
the maximum LSP lifetime in seconds
Command Default
Disabled
28-34
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
maximum-paths (IPv4)
The maximum-paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes
that an IS-IS IPv4 routing process can support. The no maximum-paths command
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

maximum-paths <1-8>
no maximum-paths
Command Syntax
1-8
Command Default
4
28-35
Release 6.2.0
maximum-paths (IPv6)
The maximum-paths command specifies the maximum number of parallel routes that
an IS-IS IPv6 routing process can support. The no maximum-paths command
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

maximum-paths <1-2>
no maximum-paths
Command Syntax
1-2
Command Default
2
28-36
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
message-digest-key md5
The message-digest-key md5 command is used to configure a global Message Digest
5 (MD5) Authentication key for IS-IS. The no message-digest-key md5 command
disables global MD5 authentication for IS-IS.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

message-digest-key <1-255> md5 {7 <password> | <password>} [level-1 | level-2 ]
no message-digest-key <1-255> [level-1 | level-2 ]
Command Syntax
1-255

7 <password>

between 18-50 characters
password
specifies an MD5 cleartext password between

1-16 characters
level-1
level-2
28-37
Release 6.2.0
metric-style
The metric-style command specifies the metric style to be used with IS-IS.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

metric-style {narrow} {transition [ level-1 | level-2] } {wide [ level-1 | level-2 |
transition] }
no metric-style [narrow] [transition [ level-1 | level-2] ] [wide [ level-1 | level-2 |
transition] ]
Command Syntax
28-38
narrow
use the old style of TLVs with narrow metric
transition
send and accept both styles of TLVs during

transition
wide
use the new style of TLVs to carry a wider

metric
level-1
set the metric style for Level 1 IS-IS routing
level-2
set the metric style for Level 2 IS-IS routing
wide transition
send the new style of TLVs to carry a wider

metric and accept both styles of TLVs in
return
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
net
The net command is used to define a Network Entity Title (NET) for the area address
and the system ID of an IS-IS router. Most end systems and intermediate systems
have one NET. Intermediate systems that participate in multiple areas can have
multiple NETs. A user can configure 3 net commands.
The following example configures IS-IS for IP routing, with an area ID of 01.0001
and a system ID of 0000.0000.0002.00:
MOT(config-isis)#net 01.0001.0000.0000.0002.00
The following criteria is used to interpret the IS-IS NET address format:
The first portion of the NET address is the area number, which is a variable
number from 1 through 13 bytes. The first byte of the area number (01) is the
authority and format indicator (AFI). The next bytes are the assigned domain
(area) identifier, which can be from 0 through 12 bytes. In the example above, the
area identifier is 0001.
The next six bytes form the system identifier (SYSID). The SYSID can be any six
bytes that are unique throughout the entire domain. The system identifier
commonly is either the Media Access Control (MAC) address or the IP address
expressed in binary-coded decimal (BCD).
The last byte (00) is the n-selector.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

net <XX.XXXX.XXXX. ... .XXXX.XX>
no net <XX.XXXX.XXXX. ... .XXXX.XX>
Command Syntax
XX.XXXX.XXXX. ... .XXXX.XX
is the IS-IS area ID and system ID for an

IS-IS router
28-39
Release 6.2.0
passive-interface
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>}
no passive-interface {cable <X/Y> | ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>}
Command Syntax
cable X/Y
the cable interface slot and MAC domain

number
ethernet X/Y
gigaether X/Y

number
loopback 1-255
Command Default
Enabled
28-40
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
redistribute
You can advertise networks by redistributing routes learned from one routing protocol
into another. The redistribute command is used to redistribute a BGP, OSPF, RIP, or
static route into the IS-IS routing process.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 ]
[metric <1-16777215>] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [route-map <WORD>]
no redistribute {bgp | connected | ospf | rip | static}
Command Syntax
bgp
indicates a BGP route
connected
indicates a connected route
ospf
indicates an OSPF route
rip
indicates a RIP route
static
indicates a static route
level-1
specifies that IS-IS Level 1 routes are

redistributed independently
level-1-2
specifies that IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2 routes

are redistributed independently
level-2
specifies that IS-IS Level 2 routes are

redistributed independently
metric 0-63
the assigned narrow metric style value for the

28-41
28-42
Release 6.2.0
metric 0-16777214
the assigned wide metric style value for the

metric-type
IS-IS exterior metric type for redistributed

routes
route-map WORD

Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
router isis
The router isis command enables IS-IS routing, specifies an IS-IS process for IP
communication and enters IS-IS router configuration mode.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

router isis [<WORD>]
Command Syntax
WORD
the name for the routing process - if a tag is

not specified, a null tag is assumed
28-43
Release 6.2.0
set-overload-bit
The LSP overload bit is enabled for the IS-IS routing process to ensure that no paths
through the BSR are seen by other routers in the IS-IS area when the Link State
routing table on the BSR is incomplete or inaccurate. However, IP and CLNS prefixes
directly connected to the BSR continue to be reachable.
Use the set-overload-bit command to allow other routers on the network to ignore
IS-IS routing problems on the BSR in their SPF calculations until the IS-IS routing
process on the BSR has recovered. The no set-overload-bit command disables the
overload bit.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

set-overload-bit
no set-overload-bit
Command Default
Disabled
28-44
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
show clns interface

The show clns interface command displays the CLNS interface status and
clns interface command:
ethernet 7/0 is up,line protocol is up

CLNS protocol processing is disabled
loopback 1 is up,line protocol is up
CLNS protocol processing is enabled
Checksums enabled, MTU 1500
Next Esh/Ish is 1 seconds
Routing Protocol: IS-IS
Circuit Type:level-1
Level-1 Metric:18 Priority: 32 Circuit ID:0011.0011.0016
Number of active level-1 adjacencies:1
Next IS-IS LAN Level-1 Hello in 7 seconds
CLNS protocol processing is enabled
Checksums enabled, MTU 1500
Next Esh/Ish is 1 seconds
Routing Protocol: IS-IS
Circuit Type:level-2 only
Level-2 Metric:12 Priority: 32 Circuit ID:0011.0011.0012
Number of active level-2 adjacencies:0
Next IS-IS LAN Level-2 hello in 7 seconds
28-45
Release 6.2.0
The show clns interface command displays the following information:

Interface
The specific interface and its status is displayed along with the
status the line protocol as up (functional) or administratively
down.
CLNS protocol
processing
Describes whether or not the CLNS protocol is enabled or

disabled.
Checksums
The checksums can be enabled or disabled.
MTU
The maximum transmission unit size for a packet on this

interface.
Next Esh/Ish
Displays when the next IS-IS hello packet is sent on this

interface.
Routing Protocol
Describes the routing protocol on this interface - below this

field, information for Level 1 and/or Level 2 is displayed.
Circuit Type
Indicates whether the interface has been configured for local

routing (Level 1), area routing, (Level 2), or local and area
routing (Level 1 and 2).
Metric
Indicates the routing metric assigned to the Level 1 or Level 2

router.
Priority
Indicates the priority of the IS on this interface.
Circuit ID
Indicates the IS-IS circuit ID.
Level-1 IPv6
Metric:
Indicates the routing metric for IPv6 assigned to the Level 1

router.
Level-2 IPv6
Metric:
Indicates the routing metric for IPv6 assigned to the Level 2

router.
Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 1 adjacencies.

level-1 adjacencies
Number of active Indicates the number of active Level 2 adjacencies.
level-2 adjacencies
28-46
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show clns interface [ ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> ] [ |
show clns interface [ ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255> ] [ |
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y
The Ethernet interface slot and port

number.
gigaether X/Y
The Gigabit Ethernet interface slot

and port number.
loopback 1-255
The loopback interface number.
begin

specified string.
exclude

specified string.
include

specified string.
WORD
count

lines.
count-only

28-47
Release 6.2.0
show clns is-neighbors

The show clns is-neighbors command displays IS-IS information for IS-IS router
adjacencies. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show clns
is-neighbors command:
System Id
0011.0011.0016
Interface
Ethernet2/3
State
Up
Type
L1
Priority Circuit Id
64
0011.0011.0016.02
The show clns is-neighbors command displays the following information:

System Id
the System ID of the IS-IS router
Interface
the interface on which the router was discovered
State
the Adjacency state - "Up" and "Init" are the states of the IS-IS
neighbor
Type
displays whether the IS-IS router type is Level 1 or Level 2
Priority
indicates the routing priority
Circuit Id
indicates the IS-IS circuit ID
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
28-48
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
Command Line Usage

show clns is-neighbors [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>]
show clns is-neighbors [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>]
Command Syntax
ethernet X/Y

number
gigaether X/Y

and port number
loopback 1-255
begin

specified string
exclude

specified string
include

specified string
WORD
count
count-only

28-49
Release 6.2.0
show clns neighbors

The show clns neighbors command displays IS-IS neighbor information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show clns neighbors
command:
System Id
0011.0011.0016
SNPA
0030.942e.ddc1
Interface
Ethernet2/3
State
Up
Holdtime
7
Type Protocol
L1 IS-IS
The show clns neighbors command displays the following information:

System ID
The System ID of the IS-IS router.
SNPA
The Subnetwork Point of Attachment, which is the data-link

layer address.
Interface
The interface from which the system was learned.
State
The Adjacency state - "Up" and "Init" are the states of the IS
neighbor.
Init
The system is an IS and is waiting for an IS-IS hello message IS-IS regards the neighbor as not adjacent.
Up
The IS is reachable.
Holdtime
The number of seconds before this adjacency entry times out.
Type
The level of the IS-IS router.
Protocol
The protocol through which the adjacency was learned - valid

protocol source is IS-IS.
The show clns neighbors detail command displays additional IPv4 and IPv6
addressing information including. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show clns neighbors detail command:
28-50
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
System Id
SNPA
Interface
State
Mercury
000c.854b.1930 Ethernet14/1
Up
Area Address(es):49.0002
Ip address: 92.92.92.10* 82.82.82.15 69.69.69.2
IPv6 address: FE80::0:e2FF:FE14:DCB3
Up time: 02:42:07
Holdtime
10
Type Protocol
L2 IS-IS
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show clns neighbors [detail] [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show clns neighbors [detail] [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback
<1-255>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
detail
Displays detailed information.
ethernet X/Y
The Ethernet interface slot and port number.
gigaether X/Y
The Gigabit Ethernet interface slot and port

number.
loopback 1-255
begin

specified string.
28-51
28-52
Release 6.2.0
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
show clns protocol

The show clns protocol command displays the protocol-specific information for each
IS-IS routing process in the BSR. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show clns protocol command:
IS-IS Router:
System Id:1720.2607.2001.00
IS-Type: level-1-2
,IPv6
Manual area address(es):
49.0001
Routing for area address(es):
48
49.0001
Interfaces supported by IS-IS:
Ethernet12/0 - IP - IPv6
Redistribute -IPV4:
None
Distance for isis-v4: 115
Distance for isis-v6: 115
Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2
Accept narrow metrics:
level-1-2
Generate wide metrics:
none
Accept wide metrics:
none
Configured Protocols: IPv4
The show clns protocol command displays the following information:

IS-IS Router
Indicates that the IS-IS protocol is enabled on the BSR.
System Id
The Identification value of the system.
IS-Type:
Indicates the IS-IS routing level (Level 1, Level 2 or both)

is enabled on the router.
Configured Protocols:
The IS-IS operational mode: IPv4, IPv6, or IPv4 and IPv6.
28-53
Release 6.2.0
Manual area
address(es):
The area addresses that have been configured.
Routing for area

address(es):
The manually configured and learned area addresses.
Interfaces supported by The interfaces on the BSR that have IS-IS configured.
IS-IS:
Distance:
The configured IS-IS administrative routing distance.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show clns protocol [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show clns protocol [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
28-54
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
show clns traffic

The show clns traffic command lists the CLNS packets that the BSR has processed.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show clns traffic
command:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
IS-IS:
Corrupted LSPs:
L1 LSP Database Overloads:
L2 LSP Database Overloads:
Area Addresses Dropped:
Attempts to Exceed Max Seq:
Sequence Numbers Skipped:
Own LSPs Purges:
System ID Length Mismatches:
Maximum Area Mismatches:
Level-1 Hellos(sent/rcvd):
Level-2 Hellos(sent/rcvd):
PTP Hellos(sent/rcvd):
Level-1 LSPs(sent/rcvd):
Level-2 LSPs(sent/rcvd):
Level-1 CSNP(sent/rcvd):
Level-2 CSNP(sent/rcvd):
Level-1 PSNP(sent/rcvd):
Level-2 PSNP(sent/rcvd):
Level-1 SPF Calculations:
Level-2 SPF Calculations:
Tot IS-Task Recvd pkts:
Packets (sent/recvd):
Mux Level Isis Pkts recvd:
Total xmit failed:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
17153/65132
17171/0
0/0
3564/10879
0/0
0/16273
0/0
6/0
0/0
3596
3802
92284
37894/92284
92284
0
The show clns traffic command displays the following information:

Corrupted LSPs The number of corrupted LSPs recorded on BSR.
L1 LSP
Database
Overloads
The number of times that the Level 1 LSP database has

overloaded.
28-55
L2 LSP
Database
Overloads
Release 6.2.0
The number of times that the Level 2 LSP database has

overloaded.
Area Addresses The number of area addresses dropped by the BSR.

Dropped
Attempts to
Exceed Max
Sequence
The maximum sequence number is 232 -1 - the number of times

the BSR reaches that number when the generating new LSPs.
Own LSPs
Purges
The number of LSPs received which have the same system ID as

the BSR.
System ID
Length
Mismatches
The number of IS-IS packets received which have an ID length

other than 6.
Maximum Area The number of IS-IS packets received which have a maximum
Mismatches
area number greater than 3.
Level-1 Hellos
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 1 IS-IS hello packets sent and received.
Level-2 Hellos
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 2 IS-IS hello packets sent and received.
Level-1 LSPs
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 1 link-state PDUs sent and received.
Level-2 LSPs
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 2 link-state PDUs sent and received.
Level-1 CSNP
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 1 CSNPs sent and received.
Level-2 CSNP
(sent/rcvd)
The number of Level 2 CSNPs sent and received.
Level-1 PSNPs The number of Level 1 PSNPs sent and received.

(sent/rcvd)
Level-2 PSNPs The number of Level 2 PSNPs sent and received.
(sent/rcvd)
28-56
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
Level-1 SPF
Calculations
The number of times a Level 1 shortest -path-first (SPF) tree was

computed.
Level-2 SPF
Calculations
The number of times a Level 2 SPF tree was computed.
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show clns traffic [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show clns traffic [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
28-57
Release 6.2.0
show ip redistribute
The show ip redistribute command displays which routing processes are being
redistributed to other routing domains. The following is an example of typical screen
output from the show ip redistribute command:
To isis in ipv4
redistribute ospf match internal match external 1 match external 2 route-map OSPF
redistribute connected level-1
redistribute static
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show ip redistribute [ bgp | isis | ospf | rip ] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show ip redistribute [ bgp | isis | ospf | rip ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
28-58
bgp
Displays only the routing domains

redistributed into BGP.
isis

redistributed into ISIS.
ospf

redistributed into OSPF.
rip

redistributed into RIP.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
28-59
Release 6.2.0
show isis database

The show isis database command is used to display all or specific IS-IS database
information. The following is an example of typical screen output from the show isis
database command:
IS-IS Level-1 Link State

LSPID
0011.0011.0005.00-00
0011.0011.0005.03-00
0011.0011.0012.00-00
*
Database
LSP Seq Num
0x0000001B
0x0000000B
0x00000014
LSP Checksum
0xD0C2
0x08BF
0x6D7E
LSP Holdtime
370
380
329
ATT/P/OL
0/0/0
0/0/0
0/0/0
IS-IS Level-2 Link State

LSPID
0011.0011.0012.00-00
*
0011.0011.0016.00-00
0011.0011.0016.02-00
Database
LSP Seq Num
0x00000014
0x00004DFC
0x00000013
LSP Checksum
0x0633
0xE624
0xF432
LSP Holdtime
329
284
279
ATT/P/OL
0/0/0
0/0/0
0/0/0
The show isis database command displays the following information:

LSPID
The LSP identifier.
LSP Seq Num The sequence number for the LSP. Allows other systems to
determine if they have received the latest information from source.
LSP
Checksum
The checksum of the LSP packet.
LSP Holdtime The number of seconds the LSP remains valid.
28-60
ATT
The Attach bit which indicates if the router is a Level 2 router and
can reach other areas.
The P bit which indicates if the intermediate system is capable of

area partition repair.
OL
The Overload bit which indicates if the intermediate system is

congested.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
The show isis database detail command displays IPv6 addressing information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show isis database detail
command:
IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database:

LSPID
LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum
bsr64k-1.00-00
* 0x000000DE
0xC382
Area Address: 49.1111
NLPID:
0x8E
Hostname: bsr64k-1
IPv6 Address: 2002:1::1
Metric: 10
IPv6 1002:1:1:1:1:1:2:0/112
Metric: 10
IPv6 2002:1::/96
Metric: 10
IS bsr64k-1.01
bsr64k-1.01-00
Metric: 0
Metric: 0
* 0x00000038
0x6C9B
IS
bsr64k-1.00
IS
bsr64k-2.00
bsr64k-2.00-00
0x0000001D
0x7d19
NLPID:
0x8E
Hostname: bsr64k-2
Metric: 10
IPv6 1002:1:1:1:1:1:2:0/112
Metric: 10
IPv6 3002:3::/96
Metric: 10
IS bsr64k-1.01
IS-IS Level-2 Link State Database:
LSPID
LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum
bsr64k-1.00-00
* 0x000000AC
0xe56c
NLPID:
0x8E
Hostname: bsr64k-1
Metric: 10
IS bsr64k-1.01
Metric: 10
IPv6 1002:1:1:1:1:1:2:0/112
Metric: 10
IPv6 2002:3::/96
Metric: 20
IPv6 3003:3::/96
LSP Holdtime
1003
178
257
LSP Holdtime
593
28-61
Release 6.2.0
Group Access
All
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show isis database [detail <WORD> | l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2] [<WORD> | detail
<WORD>] [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count | count-only}]]
show isis database [detail <WORD> | l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2] <WORD> | detail
<WORD>] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
28-62
detail
Displays the contents of each LSP.
WORD
The LSPID in the form xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xx-xx

or name.xx-xx.
l1
Abbreviation for the level-1 option.
l2
Abbreviation for the level-2 option.
level-1
Displays the Level 1 IS-IS routing link state

database.
level-2
Displays the Level 2 IS-IS routing link state

database.
begin

specified string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
count
count-only

screen output.
28-63
Release 6.2.0
show isis hostname

The show isis hostname command displays IS-IS hostname information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show isis hostname
command:
Level
*
System ID
0011.0011.0012
Dynamic Hostname
MOT-Marlboro
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show isis hostname [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show isis hostname [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
28-64
begin

string.
exclude
include
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
show isis neighbors

The show isis neighbors command displays IS-IS neighbor information. The
following is an example of typical screen output from the show isis neighbors
command:
System Id
0011.0011.0016
0011.0011.0005
Interface
Ethernet2/3
Ethernet2/4
State
Up
Up
Type
L2
L1
Priority Circuit Id
64
0011.0011.0016.02
64
0011.0011.0005.03
The show isis neighbors command displays the following information:

System Id
Interface
the interface from which the system was learned
State
the Adjacency state - "Up" and "Init" are the states of the IS
neighbor
Type
displays whether the IS-IS router type is Level 1 or Level 2
Priority
indicates the routing priority
Circuit Id
indicates the IS-IS circuit ID
Group Access
All
Command Mode
All modes
Command Line Usage

show isis neighbors [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>] [ |
show isis neighbors [ethernet <X/Y> | gigaether <X/Y> | loopback <1-255>] [ |
28-65
Release 6.2.0
Command Syntax
28-66
ethernet X/Y
The Ethernet interface slot and port number.
gigaether X/Y
The Gigabit Ethernet interface slot and port

number.
loopback 1-255
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
show isis spf-log

The show isis spf-log command displays how often and why the router has run a full
SPF calculation for the Level 1 and Level 2 IS-IS routers. The following is an
example of typical screen output from the show isis spf-log command:
28-67
Level 1 SPF log

When
Duration Nodes Count Last trigger LSP
00:09:48
0
7
1
0011.0011.0016.02-00
00:09:43
0
9
1
0011.0011.0016.00-00
00:09:36
0
9
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:09:06
0
7
2
0011.0011.0016.00-00
VCONTENT
00:08:36
0
7
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:08:04
0
7
2
0000.0000.0000.00-00
ONTENT ADJCHANGE
00:07:56
16
12
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:07:54
16
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:07:34
0
12
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:07:04
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:06:34
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:05:58
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:05:18
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:04:38
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:03:58
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:03:18
16
12
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:02:38
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:01:58
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:01:18
0
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:00:38
16
12
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
Level 2 SPF log
When
Duration Nodes Count Last trigger LSP
00:09:38
16
8
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:09:13
0
12
1
0011.0011.0016.00-00
00:09:08
0
12
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:08:41
0
8
1
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:08:38
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:07:58
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:07:56
0
8
0
0000.0000.0000.00-00
00:07:28
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:06:58
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
00:06:29
16
8
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:05:57
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:05:17
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:04:37
0
8
1
0011.0011.0005.03-00
00:03:57
16
8
1
0011.0011.0005.00-00
28-68
Release 6.2.0
Triggers
NEWLSP
NEWLSP
PERIODIC
PERIODIC NEWLEVEL TLVCODE TL
PERIODIC
PERIODIC NEWADJ TLVCODE TLVC
PERIODIC NEWLSP
NEWLSP
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
Triggers
PERIODIC TLVCODE
PERIODIC TLVCODE
PERIODIC TLVCODE TLVCONTENT
TLVCODE
PERIODIC TLVCODE
PERIODIC NEWADJ
PERIODIC TLVCODE
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
PERIODIC
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
The show isis spf-log command displays the following information:

When
The amount of time since a full SPF calculation took place given
in hours:minutes:seconds. The previous 20 calculations are
logged.
Duration
The number of milliseconds to complete this SPF run - the elapsed

time is the time from the start to the finish of the SPF run including
time spent doing other tasks
Nodes
Number of routers and pseudonodes (LANs) that make up the

topology calculated in this SPF run.
Count
Number of events that triggered this SPF run. When there is a

topology change, often multiple LSPs are received in a short time
period. A router waits 5 seconds before running a full SPF run, so
it can include all new information. This count denotes the number
of events (such as receiving new LSPs) that occurred while the
router was waiting its 5 seconds before running full SPF.
Last trigger
LSP
Whenever a full SPF calculation is triggered by a new LSP, the

LSP ID is stored in the router and displayed here
Triggers
The reason the full SPF calculation occurred - refer to the

following table for a list of the possible SPF triggers
The following table describes a list of possible SPF triggers

Trigger
Reason
PERIODIC
Typically, every 15 minutes a router runs a periodic full SPF

calculation.
NEWSYSID
A new system ID through the net command was configured on

this router.
NEWAREA
A new area (via the net command) was configured on this router.
NEWLEVEL
A new level (via the is-type command) was configured on this

router.
NEWMETRIC
A new metric was configured on an interface of this router.
28-69
Release 6.2.0
Trigger
Reason
IPBACKUP
An IP route disappeared, which was not learned via IS-IS, but via
another protocol with better administrative distance. IS-IS will
run a full SPF to install an IS-IS route for the disappeared IP
prefix.
IPQUERY
A clear ip route command was issued on this router.
ATTACHFLAG The router has either attached or lost contact with the Level 2
backbone.
ADMINDIST
Another administrative distance was configured for the IS-IS

process on this router.
AREASET
Set of learned area-addresses in this area changed.
NEWADJ
This router has created a new adjacency to another router.
DBCHANGED
A clear isis * command was issued on this router.
BACKUPOVFL An IP prefix disappeared. The router knows there is another way

to reach that prefix, but has not stored that backup route. The only
way to find the alternative route is to perform a full SPF run
NEWLSP
A new router or pseudonode appeared in the topology.
LSPEXPIRED
An LSP in the LS database has aged out.
LSPHEADER
The Attach, Partition, or Overload bits or the is-type in an LSP

header changed.
TLVCODE
TLV code mismatch, indicating that different TLVs are included

in the newest version of an LSP.
TLVCONTENT TLV contents changed. This normally indicates that an adjacency

somewhere in the area has come up or gone down. Look at the
"Last trigger LSP" address to get an indication of where the
instability may have occurred.
Group Access
All
28-70
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

show isis spf-log [ | {begin | exclude | include} {<WORD>} [ | {count |
count-only}]]
show isis spf-log [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
|
begin

string.
exclude

string.
include

string.
WORD
count
count-only

screen output.
28-71
Release 6.2.0
show isis topology

The show isis topology command displays the IS-IS paths to Intermediate Systems.
The following is an example of typical screen output from the show isis topology
command:
IS-IS paths to level-1 routers

System Id
Metric
Next-Hop
0011.0011.0012
--0011.0011.0016
18
0011.0011.0016
IS-IS paths to level-2 routers
System Id
Metric
Next-Hop
0011.0011.0012
--0011.0011.0016
18
0011.0011.0016
0011.0011.0005
12
0011.0011.0005
0011.0011.0013
19
0011.0011.0005
Interface
SNPA
Ethernet2/3
0030.942e.ddc1
Interface
SNPA
Ethernet2/3
Ethernet2/4
Ethernet2/4
0030.942e.ddc1
000c.854b.1d32
000c.854b.1d32
The show isis topology command displays the following information:

System ID
Metric
indicates the routing metric assigned to the Level 1 or Level 2

router
Next-Hop
the MAC address of the next hop router
Interface
the interface from which the system was learned
SNPA
the Subnetwork Point of Attachment, which is the data-link

layer address
Group Access
All
Command Mode
28-72
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
Command Line Usage

show isis topology [ l1| l2 | level-1 | level-2 ] [ | {begin | exclude | include}
show isis topology [ l1| l2 | level-1 | level-2 ] [ | {count | count-only}]
Command Syntax
l1
abbreviation for the option level-1
l2
abbreviation for the option level-2
level-1
display the Level 1 IS-IS routing link state

database
level-2
display the Level 2 IS-IS routing link state

database
begin

string
exclude

string
include

string
WORD
count
count-only

screen output
28-73
Release 6.2.0
spf-hold-time
The spf-hold-time command is used to configure the Shortest Path First (SPF) hold
interval. The SPF hold interval is the minimum hold time between two consecutive
SPF calculations in seconds. The no spf-hold-time command restores the default hold
interval value.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

spf-hold-time <1-120>
no spf-hold-time
Command Syntax
1-120
The SPF hold interval in seconds.
Command Default
2 seconds
28-74
Release 6.2.0
IS-IS Commands
summary-address
A range of IP addresses listed in a routing table can be represented by a summary
address. Routes learned from other routing protocols also can be summarized. The
metric used to advertise the summary is the smallest metric of all the more specific
routes.
The summary-address command is used to create a summary address for a range of
IP addresses.
Group Access
ISP
Command Mode
Command Line Usage

summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | metric]
no summary-address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>
Command Syntax
A.B.C.D
the summary IP address
A.B.C.D
the subnetwork mask for the summary IP

address
level-1
level-1-2
indicates a Level 1 and 2 IS-IS router
level-2
metric
sets a metric for the summary route
Command Default
level-2
28-75
Index
Numbers
48095
head_2_top
cable downstream service-flow-attribute, 13-60
aps protect, 16-7

aps revert, 16-8
aps signal-degrade ber threshold, 16-9
aps signal-fail ber threshold, 16-10
aps unidirectional, 16-11
aaa accounting commands default, 1-3
aps working, 16-12
aaa accounting exec default, 1-5
area authentication, 8-2
aaa authentication enable, 1-7
area default-cost, 8-3
aaa authentication enable default, 1-7
area nssa, 8-4
aaa authentication fail-message, 1-8
area range, 8-5
aaa authentication local-override, 1-9
area stub, 8-6
aaa authentication login default, 1-9, 1-10
area virtual-link, 8-7
aaa authorization commands default, 1-11
area-password, 28-2
aaa authorization exec default, 1-13
arp, 2-3
aaa console authentication, 1-14
arp (global), 2-3
aaa console authorization commands default, 1-15
arp timeout, 2-5, 13-2
aaa new-model, 1-16
authentication mode, 28-3
access-class in, 5-2
auto-cost reference-bandwidth, 8-9
access-list (extended), 5-4
auto-summary, 7-2, 17-3
access-list (standard), 5-3
auto-virtual link, 8-10
aggregate-address, 17-2
alias, 1-17
allow-share, 20-6
balance, 13-3
aps force, 16-3
band, 13-4
aps group, 16-4
banner motd, 1-18
aps lockout, 16-5
batch, 1-19
aps manual, 16-6
bgp always-compare-med, 17-4
Index-1
Release 6.2.0
bgp client-to-client reflection, 17-5
cable downstream bdm-interval, 13-32
bgp cluster-id, 17-6
cable downstream bonding disable, 13-32
bgp confederation identifier, 17-7
cable downstream bonding-domain, 13-33
bgp confederation peers, 17-8
cable downstream bonding-group, 13-34
bgp dampening, 17-9
cable downstream bonding-group

service-flow-attribute, 13-37
bgp default, 17-11

bgp permit, 17-12
cable downstream carrier-only, 13-39
bgp router-id, 17-13
cable downstream channel-id, 13-40
bind cmts, 13-5
cable downstream channel-mode, 13-41
boot system, 1-20
cable downstream cm-status-event, 13-42
bootrom-filename, 13-6
cable downstream description, 13-43, 13-198
bootrom-invalidate slot, 13-7
cable downstream dsg, 24-2
bridge cable intercept, 13-8, 23-2
cable downstream dsg enable, 24-3
bridge cable modem, 23-4
cable downstream fiber-node, 13-44
bridge mode trunk, 23-5
cable downstream frequency, 13-45
broadcast, 1-21
cable downstream interleave-depth, 13-47
cable downstream modulation, 13-50
cabel upstream channel-type, 13-184
cable downstream port, 13-53
cable, 13-59, 13-152, 24-4
cable downstream loadbalance-group, 13-49
cable downstream power-level, 13-54
cable arp throttle upstream, 13-10
cable downstream primary-capable, 13-56
cable bind (2
8 CMTS), 13-11
cable downstream rate-limit, 13-57

cable downstream scrambler on, 13-59
cable bind (RX48), 13-13
cable downstream shutdown, 13-62
cable bundle, 13-15
cable downstream sync-interval, 13-63
cable bundle master, 13-16
cable downstream threshold, 13-64
cable cmts type, 13-20
cable downstream trap-enable-if, 13-66
cable concatenation docsis-1.0, 13-21
cable downstream trap-enable-rdn, 13-67
cable deny ip, 13-22
cable dsg, 13-77, 24-4
cable dhcp force-unicast, 13-23
cable dtx type, 13-68
cable dhcp leasequery message-type, 13-26
cable dynamic-service, 22-2
cable dhcp preserve-server-id, 13-24
cable dynamic-service active-timeout, 22-4
cable dhcp-giaddr primary, 13-25
cable fast-path cm, 13-70
cable disable 3140-nbpwr-adjustment, 13-28
cable filter group index action, 13-75
cable disable bpi-cmcert, 13-29
cable filter group index dst-ip, 13-72
cable disable eth-pkt-filtering, 13-30
cable filter group index enable, 13-76
cable downstream aggregate, 13-31
cable filter group index src-ip, 13-71
Index-2
Release 6.2.0
Index
cable filter group index tos, 13-74
cable modem remote-query, 13-121
cable filter group index ulp, 13-73
cable modem remote-query source-interface, 13-122
cable flap-list aging, 13-77
cable modem service-class-name, 13-125
cable flap-list insertion-time, 13-79
cable modem ucc, 13-127
cable flap-list miss-threshold, 13-80
cable modem updis, 13-129
cable flap-list percentage threshold, 13-81
cable modem vendor, 13-130
cable flap-list power-adjust threshold, 13-82
cable modem-aging-timer, 13-108
cable flap-list size, 13-83
cable modulation-profile, 13-131
cable flap-list trap-enable, 13-84
cable modulation-profile copy, 13-135
cable helper-address, 2-6, 13-85
cable modulation-profile description, 13-136
cable host authorization range, 13-88
cable modulation-profile reset, 13-137
cable insert-interval, 13-89
cable mta-protection enable, 13-138
cable intercept, 13-90
cable multicast, 13-139
cable ip prov-mode, 27-4
cable multi-ds-override, 13-141
cable ip-broadcast-echo, 13-92
cable non-chan-specific cm-status-event, 13-142
cable ip-multicast-echo, 13-93
cable partial-service, 13-144
cable ipv6 helper-address, 27-2
cable privacy add-certificate, 13-145
cable load-balance, 13-94
cable privacy auth life-time, 13-147
cable load-balance spectrum-group, 13-103
cable privacy cert, 13-148
cable loadbalance-group, 13-95
cable privacy cm-auth life-time, 13-149
cable loadbalance-policy, 13-96
cable privacy cm-auth reset, 13-150
cable loadbalance-restricted, 13-97
cable privacy cm-tek life-time, 13-152
cable loadbalance-restricted (RX48), 13-99
cable privacy cm-tek reset, 13-153
cable loadbalance-rule, 13-100
cable privacy enforce-bpi-plus, 13-154
cable load-balancing dcc-mrc-mode, 13-104
cable privacy mandatory, 13-155
cable load-balancing interval, 13-105
cable privacy mcast, 13-157
cable load-balancing tcc, 13-106
cable privacy mcast access, 13-158
cable mdd-interval, 13-107
cable privacy tek life-time, 13-159
cable modem control, 13-109
cable qos max-burst, 13-160
cable modem dcc, 13-111
cable qos-profile, 13-161
cable modem deny, 13-113
cable security authorized, 13-162
cable modem disable loadbalancing, 13-114
cable security dhcp-server permit, 13-163
cable modem max-hosts, 13-115
cable security failure, 13-164
cable modem max-hosts-all, 13-116
cable service-class, 20-7
cable modem qos dsa, 13-115, 13-117
cable shared-secondary-secret, 13-166
cable modem qos dsc, 13-119
cable shared-secret, 13-165
cable modem qos dsd, 13-120
cable spectrum-group, 13-167
Index-3
Release 6.2.0
cable spm-management, 13-168
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (RX48), 13-221
cable submgmt default cpe-control active, 13-169
cable upstream loadbalance-group, 13-222
cable submgmt default cpe-control learnable, 13-170
cable upstream maintain-power-density on, 13-223
cable submgmt default cpe-control max-cpe, 13-171
cable upstream map-interval, 13-225
cable submgmt default filter-group, 13-172
cable upstream max-calls, 13-227
cable submgmt default filter-group cm, 13-173
cable upstream minislot-size, 13-228
cable sync-interval, 13-174
cable upstream modem-ranging-delay, 13-230
cable tcpudp-filter group index dst-port, 13-176
cable upstream modulation-profile, 13-232
cable tcpudp-filter group index enable, 13-177
cable upstream physical-delay, 13-234
cable tcpudp-filter group index src-port, 13-175
cable upstream port, 13-238
cable tcpudp-filter group index tcp-flag, 13-178
cable upstream power-level (2

8 CMTS), 13-239
cable ucd-interval, 13-179

cable upstream active_codes, 13-180
cable upstream power-level (RX48, 13-241
cable upstream capability, 13-182
cable upstream power-level default (2

8 CMTS), 13-243
cable upstream channel-id, 13-184

cable upstream channel-type, 13-186
cable upstream channel-width, 13-188
cable upstream cm-status-event, 13-189, 13-191
cable upstream codes-minislot, 13-193
cable upstream concatenation, 13-195
cable upstream data-backoff, 13-196
cable upstream eng-nb-atten-backoff value, 13-200
cable upstream eq-magnitude-scaling, 13-202
cable upstream fiber-node, 13-204
cable upstream force-frag, 13-205
cable upstream frequency, 13-207
cable upstream frequency (2
8 CMTS), 13-207
cable upstream power-level default (RX48), 13-245

cable upstream pre-equalization, 13-247
cable upstream range-backoff, 13-249
cable upstream range-forced-continue, 13-251
cable upstream range-power-override, 13-252
cable upstream rate-limit, 13-253
cable upstream schedule, 13-255
cable upstream shutdown, 13-256
cable upstream snr-offset, 13-257
cable upstream spectrum-group, 13-258
cable upstream spread-interval, 13-259
cable upstream trap-enable-cmts, 13-261
cable upstream trap-enable-if, 13-263
cable upstream frequency (RX48), 13-209
cable upstream trap-enable-rdn, 13-265
cable upstream global-clock enable, 13-212
cable utilization-interval, 13-267
cable upstream hopping-seed, 13-213
cap, 20-8
cable upstream ingress-canceller enable, 13-215
carriage-return-lf-mode, 1-22
cable upstream init-tech-override, 13-217
channel-list, 13-268, 24-5
cable upstream invited-range-interval, 13-218
channel-type, 13-268
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size, 13-220
chassis alias, 1-23
cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (2

8 CMTS, 13-220
chassis assetid, 1-24
Index-4
chkdsk, 1-25
Release 6.2.0
Index
classifier, 24-6
clear ipv6 traffic, 27-7
clear arp-cache, 2-8
clear isis, 28-4
clear bridge, 23-6
clear log, 1-29
clear cable dcc-stats, 13-270
clear mpls traffic, 19-5
clear cable downstream bonding-group statistics,
clear packet-cable configuration, 22-5
13-271
clear cable flap-list, 13-272
clear cable modem, 13-274
clear packet-cable cops, 22-6, 22-8

clear packet-cable gate, 22-9
clear packet-cable statistics, 22-10
clear cable modem downstream, 13-276
clear redundancy stats, 1-30
clear cable modem downstream partial-service reset,
clear sntp history, 2-13
13-280
clear cable modem offline, 13-278
clear cable modem sync, 13-279
clear cable qos svc-flow statistics, 13-281
clear cable srvclass-stats, 13-282, 20-9
clear cable ucc-stats, 13-284
clear cable ugs-stats, 13-285
clear core log, 1-26
clear counters, 2-9
clear counters cable, 13-286
clear counters ipsec, 22-7
clear evt, 1-27
clear host, 2-10
clear interfaces cable upstream signal-quality, 13-288
clear ip bgp, 17-14
clear ip bgp dampening, 17-15
clear ip bgp flap-statistics, 17-16
clear ip igmp counters, 9-3
clear stats cable, 13-289

clear usage-stats, 13-290
Client-Accept message, 22-12
client-list, 13-292, 24-8
client-timer, 22-12
clock set, 1-31
clock summer-time, 1-32
clock timezone, 1-34
cmts-id, 13-291
cmts-ip, 22-11
codes-subframe, 13-292
collect interval, 13-293
collect resolution, 13-294
commands
snmp-server community, 3-27
snmp-server host, 3-27
Communications Assistance for Law Enforcement Act
(CALEA), 22-37
clear ip multicast fwd-cache, 11-8
configure, 1-36
clear ip multicast proto-cache, 11-9
console authentication radius, 1-37
clear ip ospf, 8-11
cops listener access-list, 22-13
clear ip rip statistics, 7-3
cops status-trap-enable, 22-16
clear ip route, 2-11
copy, 1-38
clear ip rsvp statistics, 19-4
copy core, 1-40
clear ip traffic, 2-12
core, 1-41
clear ip vrrp, 10-2
crc, 16-13
clear ipv6 neighbor-cache, 27-6
Index-5
D
datapath keepalive, 1-42
datapath pause enable, 1-43
debug aps, 4-2
debug arp, 4-3
debug cable cra, 4-4
debug cable err, 4-4
debug cable keyman, 4-5
debug cable mac, 4-6
debug cable map, 4-7
debug cable modem-select, 4-8
debug cable privacy, 4-9
debug cable qos, 4-10
debug cable range, 4-11
debug cable reg, 4-12
debug cable remote-query, 4-13
debug cable ucc, 4-14
debug ip access-list, 4-15
debug ip bgp, 4-16
debug ip dvmrp, 4-18
debug ip icmp, 4-19
debug ip igmp, 4-20
debug ip mfm, 4-21
debug ip mrtm, 4-22
debug ip ospf, 4-23
debug ip packet, 4-25
debug ip pim, 4-27
debug ip policy, 4-29
debug ip redistribute, 4-30
debug ip rip, 4-32
debug ip rip database, 4-33
debug ip rip events, 4-34
debug ip rip trigger, 4-35
debug ip tcp transactions, 4-36
debug ip udp, 4-37
debug ip vrrp, 4-38
Index-6
Release 6.2.0
debug ipdr, 25-2
debug ipsec, 4-39
debug isis adj-packets, 4-47
debug isis spf-statistics, 4-51
debug isis update-packets, 4-53
debug mpls forwarding, 4-54, 19-6
debug mpls rsvp, 4-55, 19-7
debug nd, 4-57
debug packet-cable, 4-58
debug ppp fsm, 4-59
debug ppp packet, 4-60
debug radius, 4-61
debug snmp, 4-62
debug sntp, 4-63
debug specmgr, 4-64
debug ssh, 4-65
debug tacacs, 4-66
debug tacacs events, 4-67
debug task monitor, 4-68
debug tunnel, 4-72
default-information originate, 8-12, 17-17, 28-5
default-information originate (OSPF), 6-2
default-information originate (RIP), 7-4
default-metric, 6-4, 17-18
default-metric (OSPF), 8-13
default-metric (RIP), 7-5
delete, 1-44
description, 1-45
dhcp leasequery authorization on, 13-295
differential-encoding on, 13-296
dir, 1-46
disable, 1-47
distance, 7-6, 8-14, 28-6
distance bgp, 17-19
distance ospf, 8-15
distribute-list, 8-17
distribute-list in, 7-7, 17-21
Release 6.2.0
Index
distribute-list out, 7-8, 17-22
erase, 1-55
docstest, 13-297
es, 22-37
domain-password, 28-7
exception, 1-56
dqos cops-trap-enable, 22-19
exit, 1-57
dqos dscp, 22-17

dqos emergency-preempt, 22-18
dqos emergency-trap-enable, 22-19
fastpath timeout slot-recover, 1-58
dqos res-req-trap-enable, 22-20
fec-codeword, 13-300
dqos shutdown, 22-21
fec-correction, 13-301
dqos t0/t1-timer, 22-22
fft display, 13-302
dqos t0-timer/t1-timer, 22-22
fft setup, 13-304
duplex, 1-48
fft start, 13-306
E
Element ID, 22-24
em dscp, 22-23
fft store, 13-309

forced-download, 1-59
format, 1-60
em element-number, 22-24
em event-disable-mask, 22-25
graceful-restart, 8-18
em event-priority, 22-26
graceful-restart-period, 7-9
em flag-override, 22-27
grant-interval, 20-11
em max-batch-events, 22-28
grant-jitter, 20-12
em max-batch-time, 22-29
grant-size, 20-13
em qos-descriptor-disable, 22-30
grants-per-interval, 20-14
em retry-count, 22-31
group-map, 24-10
em retry-interval, 22-32
guard-band, 13-311
em rks-failure-trap-enable, 22-33
em shutdown, 22-35
em udp-port, 22-36
hello padding, 28-8
enable, 1-49
help, 1-61
enable authentication radius, 1-50
helper-mode, 8-19
enable password, 1-51
history, 1-62
enable rdn-process, 1-52
hop action band, 13-312
enable secret, 1-53
hop action channel-width, 13-313
encapsulation dot1q, 23-7
hop action frequency, 13-314
encapsulation snap, 1-54
hop action modulation-profile, 13-315
enforce-cmts-qos, 20-10
hop action power-level, 13-316
Index-7
Release 6.2.0
hop action roll-back, 13-318
ip dhcp relay information, 2-24
hop modulation-rollback-count, 13-319
ip dhcp relay information option, 13-338
hop period, 13-320
ip domain-lookup, 2-27
hop sampling-period active-channel, 13-323
ip domain-name, 2-28
hop sampling-period rollback-channel, 13-324
ip dvmrp accept-filter, 12-2
hop sampling-period spare-channel, 13-325
ip dvmrp default-information originate, 12-3
hop snr hysteresis, 13-321
ip dvmrp metric-offset, 12-4
hop threshold error, 13-326
ip dvmrp output-report-delay, 12-5
hop threshold flap, 13-327
ip dvmrp out-report-filter, 12-6
hop threshold snr modulation-type, 13-328
ip dvmrp probe-interval, 12-7
host authorization, 2-14
ip dvmrp reject-non-pruners, 12-8
hostname, 1-63
ip dvmrp summary-address, 12-9
hsim4 slot, 1-64
ip forwarding, 2-30
ip forward-protocol udp, 2-29

ip ftp password, 1-67
icp keepalive, 1-65
ip ftp username, 1-68
ignore-lsp-errors, 28-9
ip helper-address, 2-31, 27-11
ike client-addr, 22-40
ip host, 2-32
ike phase1, 22-41
ip igmp access-group, 9-4
ike phase2, 22-42
ip igmp last-member-query-interval, 9-8
ike retries, 22-43
ip igmp querier-timeout, 9-5
ike timeout, 22-44
ip igmp query-interval, 9-6
init-tech, 13-330
ip igmp query-max-response-time, 9-9
interface, 2-16
ip igmp static-group, 9-10
interface cable, 13-331
ip igmp version, 9-11
interface pos, 16-14
ip igmp version1-querier, 9-12
interleaver-block-size, 13-332
ip irdp, 2-33
interleaver-depth, 13-333
ip local policy route-map, 6-5
interleaver-step-size, 13-334
ip mask-reply, 2-35
ip access-group, 2-18, 5-12
ip mroute, 11-2
ip access-list, 5-13
ip mroute distance, 11-3
ip address, 2-19, 13-335
ip mroute unicast distance, 11-4
ip as-path access-list, 17-23
ip mtu, 2-36
ip bgp-community new-format, 17-24
ip multicast fastpath, 2-37
ip broadcast-address, 2-23
ip multicast-routing, 11-5
ip community-list, 17-26
ip name-server, 2-39
ip netmask-format, 1-69
Index-8
Release 6.2.0
Index
ip ospf authentication-key, 8-21
ip rsvp, 19-9
ip ospf cost, 8-22
ip source-route, 2-45
ip ospf database-filter all out, 8-23
ip split-horizon, 7-15
ip ospf dead-interval, 8-24
ip tacacs source-interface, 1-70
ip ospf hello-interval, 8-25
ip tftp source-interface loopback, 1-71
ip ospf message-digest-key, 8-26
ip unreachables, 2-46
ip ospf network, 8-27
ip vrrp, 10-3
ip ospf priority, 8-28
ip vrrp (virtual router ID), 10-4
ip ospf retransmit-interval, 8-29
ip vrrp address, 10-5
ip ospf transmit-delay, 8-30
ip vrrp authentication key, 10-6
ip pim border, 18-2
ip vrrp authentication type, 10-7
ip pim bsr-candidate, 18-3
ip vrrp enable, 10-8
ip pim bsr-candidate ip-address, 18-4
ip vrrp preempt, 10-9
ip pim dr-priority, 18-5
ip vrrp primary-ip, 10-11
ip pim message-interval, 18-6
ip vrrp priority, 10-10
ip pim query-interval, 18-7
ip vrrp timer, 10-12
ip pim rp-candidate, 18-8
ip vrrp verify-availability, 10-13
ip pim rp-candidate group-list, 18-9
ip-address (pos), 16-15
ip pim rp-candidate interval, 18-10
ipdr acksequenceinterval, 25-3
ip pim rp-candidate ip-address, 18-11
ipdr acktimeinterval, 25-4
ip pim rp-candidate priority, 18-12
ipdr collection-interval, 25-5
ip pim spt-threshold lasthop, 18-13
ipdr collector, 25-6
ip pim spt-threshold rp, 18-14
ipdr enable, 25-9
ip pim ssm, 18-15, 18-16
ipdr keepaliveinterval, 25-10
ip policy route-map, 6-6
ipdr poll-rate, 25-11
ip proxy-arp, 2-40
ipdr source-interface, 25-12
ip qos-group, 15-2
ipsec, 22-45
ip rarp-server, 2-41
ipsec shutdown, 22-46
ip redirects, 2-42
ipv4 range, 27-8
ip rip authentication key, 7-10
ipv6 address, 27-9
ip rip host-routes, 7-11
ipv6 helper-address, 27-11
ip rip message-digest-key md5, 7-12
ipv6 icmp error-interval, 27-12
ip rip receive version, 7-13
ipv6 nd, 27-13
ip rip send version, 7-14
ipv6 neighbor, 27-16
ip route, 2-43
ipv6 range, 27-17
ip router isis, 28-10
ipv6 redirects, 27-18
ip routing, 2-44
ipv6 route, 27-19
Index-9
Release 6.2.0
ipv6 unicast-routing, 27-20
logging disable bpi_tek_invalid_messages, 1-89
isis authentication mode, 28-11
logging disable cm_ranging_fail_r103_0, 1-90
isis circuit-type, 28-12
logging enable-docs-id, 1-93
isis csnp-interval, 28-13
logging evt clear, 1-95
isis hello padding, 28-14
logging evt set, 1-96
isis hello-interval, 28-15
logging facility, 1-97
isis hello-multiplier, 28-16
logging on, 1-98
isis lsp-interval, 28-17
logging rate-limit, 1-99
isis message-digest-key, 28-18
logging reporting, 1-100
isis metric, 28-19
logging reporting default, 1-103
isis network point-to-point, 28-20
logging session, 1-104
isis password, 28-21
logging snmp-trap, 1-105
isis priority, 28-22
logging source-interface loopback, 1-107
isis retransmit-interval, 28-23
logging trap, 1-108
isis retransmit-throttle-interval, 28-24
login, 1-110
is-type, 28-25
logout, 1-111
iuc, 13-339
Loopback interface, 22-11
L
last-codeword-length, 13-342
lsp-gen-interval, 28-27
lsp-refresh-interval, 28-28
ldap client, 1-72
ldap search-base, 1-73
mab, 20-15
ldap server, 1-74
macro, 1-112
load-balancing, 13-343
match as-path, 6-7, 17-28
load-balancing static, 13-344
match community, 6-8, 17-29
load-interval, 1-75
match ip address, 6-9
log-adjacency-changes, 28-26
match ip next-hop, 6-10
logging, 1-77
match ip route-source, 6-11
logging admin-status, 1-78
match metric, 6-12
logging buffered, 1-80
match route-type external, 6-13
logging console, 1-82
match route-type internal, 6-14
logging control docsis, 1-84
match tag, 6-15
logging default, 1-85
max-burst, 13-345, 20-17
logging disable bpi_auth_invalid_messages, 1-86
max-concat-burst, 20-18
logging disable bpi_auth_reject_messages, 1-87
maximum-paths, 7-16, 8-31, 17-30, 28-30
logging disable bpi_map_reject_messages, 1-88
max-latency, 20-19
Index-10
Release 6.2.0
Index
max-lsp-lifetime, 28-29
neighbor next-hop-self, 17-41
max-rate, 20-20
neighbor password, 17-42
memory checkzero, 1-113
neighbor peer-group (assigning members), 17-43
message, 1-114
neighbor peer-group (creating), 17-44
message-digest-key md5, 28-31
neighbor remote-as, 17-45
metric-style, 28-32
neighbor remove-private-as, 17-47
min-pkt-size, 20-21
neighbor route-map, 17-48
min-rate, 20-22
neighbor route-reflector client, 17-49
mm dscp, 22-47
neighbor route-refresh, 17-50
mm shutdown, 22-48
neighbor send-community, 17-51
mm t1-timer, 22-49
neighbor shutdown, 17-52
modulation-type, 13-347
neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound, 17-53
more, 1-118
neighbor timers, 17-54
moto-nsf, 8-32
neighbor update-source loopback, 17-56
mpls create-lsp rsvp, 19-11
neighbor weight, 17-57
mpls create-lsp rsvp explicit-route identifier, 19-12
net, 28-33
mpls create-lsp rsvp next-hop, 19-13
network, 7-17, 12-10, 17-58, 18-16
mpls create-lsp static, 19-14
network area, 8-34
mpls ip, 19-17
network-clock-select, 16-16
mpls label range, 19-18
network-clock-select revertive, 1-117
mpls mtu, 19-19

mpls rsvp restart-lsp, 19-20
mpls ttl, 19-21
offset-list, 7-18
mtrace, 11-10
output-delay, 7-20
over-max-rate, 20-25
name, 20-23
name schedule-with, 20-24

neighbor advertisement-interval, 17-31
PacketCable
description, 22-1
neighbor confed-segment, 17-32
packet-cable, 22-50
neighbor default-originate, 17-33
PacketCable Multimedia
description, 22-1
neighbor description, 17-34

neighbor distribute-list, 17-35
neighbor ebgp-multihop, 17-36
neighbor filter-list, 17-37
neighbor maximum-prefix, 17-39
page, 1-120
passive-interface, 2-47, 7-21, 8-35, 28-34
password, 1-121
password ssh-passphrase, 21-2
patch install, 1-122
Index-11

pdp-ip, 22-14
peak-rate, 20-26
peer default ip address, 16-16
pep-id, 22-15
pim accept-rp, 18-17
pim graceful-restart restart-interval, 18-18
pim register-checksum, 18-19
pim rp-address, 18-20
pim unicast-route-lookup, 18-22
ping, 2-49
ping docsis, 13-349
ping6, 27-21
Policy Enforcement Point (PEP), 22-15
policy rule, 13-350
poll-interval, 20-27
poll-jitter, 20-28
pos ais-shut, 16-17
pos flag, 16-18
pos framing, 16-20
pos internal-clock, 16-21
pos report, 16-22
pos scramble, 16-24
pos signal mode, 16-25
pos threshold, 16-26
ppp magic-number, 16-28
ppp negotiation-count, 16-29
ppp timeout, 16-30
preamble-length, 13-351
preamble-type, 13-352
privilege restricted, 1-123
Q
qos bw default, 15-2
qos queue bw, 15-3
qos queue dot1p, 15-4
qos-list queue, 15-3
Index-12
Release 6.2.0
R
radius-server, 1-124
radius-server source-interface loopback, 1-126
redistribute, 7-22, 8-36, 17-59, 28-35
redundancy cmts, 1-127
redundancy dtx, 1-129
redundancy force-switchover cmts, 1-130
redundancy force-switchover dtx, 1-132
redundancy force-switchover srm, 1-133
reference-modem-exclusion, 13-353
reload, 1-134
reload switched, 1-135
remote copy, 1-139
repeat, 1-144
req-trans-policy, 20-29
reset, 1-145
restricted admission disabled, 20-31
RF output upstream frequency
setting, 13-207, 13-209
rfc1583-compatible, 8-38
route-map, 6-16, 17-61
router bgp, 17-61, 17-62
router dvmrp, 12-11
router isis, 28-37
router ospf, 8-40
router pim, 18-23
router rip, 7-24
router-id, 8-39
S
schedpriority, 20-32
scrambler-mode, 13-354
scrambler-seed, 13-355
service ipv6 cpe-forwarding enable, 27-22
service password-encryption, 1-146
session-timeout, 1-147
Release 6.2.0
Index
session-window set, 1-148
show cable dsg channel-list, 24-14
set as-path prepend, 6-18, 17-63
show cable dsg classifier, 24-15
set automatic-tag, 6-19
show cable dsg client-list, 24-16
set bandwidth-factor, 1-149
show cable dsg downstream, 24-17
set comm-list, 6-20, 17-64
show cable dsg group-map, 24-18
set community, 6-22
show cable dsg timer, 24-19
set default interface, 6-24
show cable dsg tunnel, 24-20
set interface, 6-25
show cable dsg tunnel-group, 24-21
set ip default next-hop, 6-26
show cable dsg vendor-param, 24-22
set ip diff-serv, 6-27
show cable dynamic-service, 22-51
set ip next-hop, 6-29, 17-68
show cable fiber-node, 13-372
set ip qos queue, 6-30
show cable filter, 13-374
set local-preference, 6-31, 17-69
show cable flap-list, 13-375
set metric, 6-32
show cable insert-interval, 13-377
set metric-type, 6-33, 17-70
show cable loadbalance-group, 13-378, 13-380
set origin, 6-34, 17-71
show cable loadbalance-no-move-list, 13-380
set stats poll, 1-150
show cable loadbalance-policy, 13-382
set tag, 6-35, 17-72
show cable loadbalance-restricted, 13-384
set weight, 6-36, 17-73
show cable loadbalance-rule, 13-385
set-overload-bit, 28-38
show cable md-cm-sg, 13-388
setting
RF output upstream frequency, 13-207, 13-209
show cable md-ds-sg, 13-386
show access-lists, 5-14
show cable modem, 13-392
show aliases, 1-152

show aps, 16-31
show arp, 2-51
show bindings, 13-356
show boot, 1-154
show bridge vlan, 23-8
show cable metering-status, 25-13

show cable modem bonding, 13-396
show cable modem cpe, 13-398
show cable modem detail, 13-401
show cable modem downstream, 13-405
show cable modem downstream partial-service,
13-408
show cable binding, 13-357
show cable modem hosts, 13-412
show cable bonding-group minrr-multipliers, 13-359
show cable modem loadbalance-group, 13-414
show cable channel-set, 13-361
show cable modem mac, 13-416
show cable dcc-stats, 13-363
show cable modem mac30, 13-419
show cable downstream, 13-365
show cable modem maintenance, 13-422
show cable downstream bonding-groups, 13-368
show cable modem max-rate, 13-424
show cable downstream id-list, 13-371
show cable modem mta, 13-425
show cable dsg, 24-12
show cable modem offline, 13-430
Index-13
Release 6.2.0
show cable modem phy, 13-434
show cable qos svc-flow upstream-stat, 13-524
show cable modem ps, 13-425
show cable service-class, 14-13, 20-33
show cable modem qos, 13-437
show cable spectrum-group, 13-525, 13-527
show cable modem qos summary, 13-440
show cable spectrum-group load-balance summary,
show cable modem registered, 13-443
13-528
show cable modem remote-query, 13-446
show cable spectrum-group map, 13-529
show cable modem security, 13-451
show cable spectrum-group modem-exclusion-list,
show cable modem stats, 13-456

show cable modem stb, 13-425
show cable modem summary, 13-459, 13-466
show cable modem summary percentage, 13-462
show cable modem summary total, 13-464, 13-466
show cable modem svc-flow-id, 13-466
show cable modem svc-flow-id detail, 13-468
show cable modem time-registered, 13-473
show cable modem timing-offset, 13-476
show cable modem unregistered, 13-480
show cable modem vendor, 13-482
show cable modem vendor summary, 13-484
show cable modem verbose, 13-486
show cable modulation-profile, 13-488
show cable modulation-profile brief, 13-491
show cable modulation-profile description, 13-492
show cable privacy auth, 13-497
show cable privacy cm-auth, 13-498
show cable privacy cm-tek, 13-499
show cable privacy cmts, 13-501
show cable privacy tek, 13-504
show cable qos profile, 13-505
show cable qos profile user-defined, 13-508
show cable qos svc-flow classifier, 13-511
show cable qos svc-flow dynamic-stat, 13-514
show cable qos svc-flow log, 13-515
show cable qos svc-flow param-set, 13-493
show cable qos svc-flow phs, 13-519
show cable qos svc-flow statistics, 13-521
show cable qos svc-flow summary, 13-495, 13-523
Index-14
13-531
show cable spectrum-group reference-modem, 13-532
show cable spectrum-group snr-thresholds, 13-533
show cable spectrum-group stats, 13-534
show cable srvclass-stats, 20-37
show cable submgmt cpe-control default, 13-536
show cable subscriber-usage, 26-20
show cable sync-interval, 13-537
show cable tcpudp-filter, 13-538
show cable ucc-stats, 13-539
show cable ucd-interval, 13-541
show cable ugs-stats, 13-542
show cable upstream, 13-544
show cable upstream global-clock, 13-548
show chassis alias, 1-155
show chassis assetid, 1-156
show chassis serial-num, 1-157
show chassis status, 1-158
show clns interface, 28-39
show clns is-neighbors, 28-42
show clns neighbors, 28-44
show clns protocol, 28-46
show clns traffic, 28-48
show clock, 1-162
show controllers, 2-53
show controllers cable downstream xfpga, 13-549
show controllers cable ds-mac, 13-552, 14-45
show controllers cable ds-phy, 13-556, 14-32
show controllers cable ixp, 13-558
show controllers pos, 16-32
Release 6.2.0
Index
show core log, 1-163
show ip bgp next-hops, 17-92
show debugging, 4-73
show ip bgp paths, 17-93
show docsis-version, 13-560
show ip bgp peer-group, 17-94
show docstest, 13-561
show ip bgp regexp, 17-96
show evt, 1-164
show ip bgp summary, 17-97
show fast-path ranges, 19-22
show ip community-list, 17-100
show forced-download, 1-168
show ip dhcp stats, 2-69
show history, 1-170
show ip dvmrp information, 12-12
show host authorization, 2-55
show ip dvmrp interface, 12-13
show host authorization cpe, 2-56
show ip dvmrp neighbor, 12-14
show host authorization interface cable, 2-58
show ip dvmrp network, 12-15
show host authorization summary, 2-60
show ip dvmrp route, 12-16
show host unauthorized cpe, 2-62
show ip dvmrp route hold-down, 12-17
show hosts, 2-63
show ip dvmrp summary-route, 12-18
show interfaces, 2-64
show ip dvmrp tunnels, 12-19
show interfaces cable, 13-562
show ip filters, 2-70
show interfaces cable bandwidth voice, 13-568
show ip filters summary, 2-74
show interfaces cable configuration, 13-570
show ip flows, 2-77
show interfaces cable downstream, 13-572
show ip forwarding-table, 2-79, 2-81
show interfaces cable intercept, 13-576
show ip forwarding-table ecmp, 2-81
show interfaces cable service-class, 13-578
show ip forwarding-table hsim, 2-83
show interfaces cable stats, 13-581
show ip igmp groups, 9-13
show interfaces cable upstream, 13-583
show ip igmp interface, 9-16
show interfaces cable upstream channel-agility-stats,
show ip igmp statistics, 9-18
13-588
show interfaces pos, 16-34
show ip arp, 2-66
show ip as-path-access-list, 17-74
show ip bgp, 17-74, 17-75
show ip bgp cidr-only, 17-77
show ip bgp community, 17-78
show ip bgp community-list, 17-80
show ip bgp dampened-paths, 17-81
show ip bgp flap-statistics, 17-82
show ip bgp ipv4 unicast, 17-84
show ip bgp memory, 17-88
show ip bgp neighbors, 17-90
show ip interface, 2-85

show ip irdp, 2-88
show ip multicast cache-summary, 11-11
show ip multicast fastpath, 2-90
show ip multicast fwd-cache, 2-91, 11-12
show ip multicast interface, 11-13
show ip multicast no-oi-fwd-cache, 11-15
show ip multicast oi-fwd-cache, 11-14
show ip multicast proto-cache, 11-16
show ip ospf, 8-41
show ip ospf border-routers, 8-43
show ip ospf database, 8-44
show ip ospf interface, 8-47
Index-15
Release 6.2.0
show ip ospf memory, 8-49
show logging evt, 1-179
show ip ospf neighbor, 8-51
show logging reporting, 1-180
show ip ospf network, 8-53
show logging syslog, 1-183
show ip ospf virtual-links, 8-54
show macro, 1-184
show ip pim, 18-24
show memory, 1-185
show ip protocols, 2-93
show mpls filters, 19-30
show ip redistribute, 6-37, 28-51
show mpls forwarding-table, 19-32
show ip rip database, 7-25
show mpls label range, 19-35
show ip route, 2-95
show mpls lsp, 19-36
show ip rpf, 11-6
show mpls lsp interface, 19-39
show ip rsvp explicit-routed-lsps, 19-23
show mpls rsvp refresh-time, 19-41
show ip rsvp interface, 19-24
show mpls traffic, 19-42
show ip rsvp lsp, 19-25
show network-clocks, 1-188, 16-37
show ip rsvp neighbor, 19-26
show packet-cable configuration, 22-55
show ip rsvp reservation, 19-27
show packet-cable cops, 22-60
show ip rsvp sender, 19-28
show packet-cable gate, 22-62
show ip rsvp statistics, 19-29
show packet-cable statistics, 22-65
show ip traffic, 2-98, 6-39
show patches-installed, 1-189
show ip vrrp, 10-14
show pool, 1-191
show ipdr connection, 25-15
show ppp info, 16-37
show ipdr session, 25-16
show ppp statistics, 16-38
show ipsec, 22-52
show process, 1-193
show ipv6 dhcp, 27-23
show process cpu, 1-195
show ipv6 interface, 27-25
show process memory, 1-199
show ipv6 interface brief, 27-28
show process msg-q-info, 1-202
show ipv6 neighbor, 27-30
show process semaphores, 1-203
show ipv6 route, 27-32
show process stack, 1-205
show ipv6 traffic, 27-34
show qos queue config, 15-5
show isis database, 28-53
show qos-lists, 15-5
show isis hostname, 28-56
show redundancy, 1-207
show isis neighbors, 28-58
show redundancy cmts, 1-210
show isis spf-log, 28-60
show redundancy dtx, 1-214
show isis topology, 28-65
show redundancy srm, 1-217
show keepalive, 1-172
show reload, 1-219
show l2-cam, 2-102
show route-map, 6-40
show log, 1-174
show running-config, 1-220
show log standby, 1-177
show running-config cable downstream port, 13-590
Index-16
Release 6.2.0
Index
show snmp, 3-3
snmp-server enable informs, 3-21
show sntp, 2-105
snmp-server enable traps, 3-22
show srm alias, 1-222
snmp-server engineID, 3-24
show srm assetid, 1-223
snmp-server ether, 3-25
show srm serial-num, 1-224
snmp-server group, 3-26
show ssh config, 21-3
snmp-server host, 3-27
show ssh hostkey-fingerprint, 21-6
snmp-server location, 3-30
show startup-config, 1-225
snmp-server manager response-timeout, 3-31
show stats cmts, 13-592
snmp-server notify, 3-32
show stats fastpath, 1-227
snmp-server notify-filter, 3-34
show stats summary error, 13-595
snmp-server notify-filter-profile, 3-36
show stats xfabric, 1-230
snmp-server packetsize, 3-38
show system, 1-231
snmp-server port number, 3-39
show system alarms, 1-235
snmp-server shutdown, 3-40
show system fans, 1-238
snmp-server sysname, 3-41
show tacacs, 1-240
snmp-server target-addr, 3-42
show tacacs statistics, 1-241
snmp-server target-params, 3-45
show tcp brief, 2-106
snmp-server trap rate-limit, 3-48
show tcp statistics, 2-107
snmp-server trap-source loopback, 3-49
show tech, 1-242
snmp-server user, 3-50
show update, 1-245
snmp-server view, 3-52
show user-group, 1-246
snr display, 13-597
show users, 1-248
snr loop, 13-598
show users ssh, 21-7
snr setup, 13-600
show vectron slot, 1-250
snr setup-get, 13-602, 13-604
show version, 1-252
snr setup-spare-mod-profile, 13-603
show xfabric, 1-254
snr start, 13-604
shutdown, 2-111
snr store, 13-605
slot, 1-256
sntp authenticate, 2-112
snmp-server access, 3-9
sntp authentication-key, 2-113
snmp-server chassis-id, 3-11
sntp broadcast client, 2-115
snmp-server community, 3-12
sntp broadcastdelay, 2-114
snmp-server community-table, 3-13
sntp disable, 2-116
snmp-server contact, 3-16
sntp response timeout, 2-117
snmp-server context, 3-17
sntp server, 2-118
snmp-server convert, 3-18
sntp source-interface loopback, 2-120
snmp-server docs-trap-control, 3-19
sntp timer, 2-121
Index-17
Release 6.2.0
sntp trusted-key, 2-122
telnet session-limit, 1-273
source-port 520, 7-27
time band, 13-609
spd allow-dynamic-rsp, 22-70
time delete, 13-610
spd override, 22-71
timer, 24-23
spd policy, 22-72
timers basic, 7-28
spd preshared-key, 22-74
timers bgp, 17-101
spectrum-copy, 13-606
timers spf, 8-56
speed, 1-257
tos-overwrite, 20-39
spreader on, 13-607
traceroute, 2-123
srm alias, 1-258
traceroute6, 27-37
srm assetid, 1-259, 1-260
trafpriority, 20-40
ssh ciphers, 21-8
trap-enable-if, 2-125
ssh enable, 21-10
trap-enable-rdn, 2-126
ssh load-host-key-files, 21-13
tunnel, 24-25
ssh logout session-id, 21-14
tunnel destination, 2-127
ssh message-authentication, 21-15
tunnel mode, 2-128
ssh password-authentication radius, 21-16
tunnel source, 2-129
ssh password-guesses, 21-17

ssh port, 21-18
ssh session-limit, 21-19
ugs-stats-window, 20-41
ssh timeout, 21-20
undebug all, 4-74
ssh-keygen2, 21-11
unresolved-ip-packet-throttle, 2-130
summary-address, 8-55, 28-67
update bypass, 1-274
sync file, 1-261
update chassis, 1-275
synchronization, 17-100
update slot, 1-276
T
tacacs-server host, 1-265
tacacs-server key, 1-267
username, 1-277
username privilege, 1-279
username user-group, 1-280
tacacs-server port, 1-268
tacacs-server reset-connections, 1-264
vendor-class-identifier, 13-611
tacacs-server retry, 1-269
vendor-param, 24-27
tacacs-server timeout, 1-270
version, 7-30
tcm-encoding on, 13-608

telnet, 1-271
telnet authentication radius, 1-272
xfabric keepalive, 1-281, 1-282
Index-18
Visit our website at:

www.motorola.com

7/11

BSR64K-R6 2 0-CRGuide PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

BSR64K-R6 2 0-CRGuide PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

BSR 64000

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

System Administration Commands

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

logging disable securityuser-login..................................................................................1-92

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

remote copy ..................................................................................................................1-139

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

srm assetid ....................................................................................................................1-259

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

show ip arp .....................................................................................................................2-66

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

tunnel mode ..................................................................................................................2-128

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

snmp-server trap-source loopback..................................................................................3-49

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

debug ip rip events..........................................................................................................4-34

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Access List Commands

Routing Policy Commands

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

set default interface.........................................................................................................6-24

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

clear ip multicast fwd-cache...........................................................................................11-8

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

cable downstream channel-mode .................................................................................13-41

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

cable flap-list percentage threshold ..............................................................................13-81

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

cable modem service-class-name ...............................................................................13-125

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

cable submgmt default cpe-control active..................................................................13-169

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

cable upstream iuc11-grant-size (RX48)....................................................................13-221

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

clear cable modem downstream .................................................................................13-276

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide

hop action modulation-profile ....................................................................................13-315

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

show cable binding .....................................................................................................13-357

Compass ID: 379434781 Version 3

BSR 64000 Command Reference Guide